7


 
 TUE 
 
 PARADISE LOST 
 
 BY 
 
 JOHN MILTON 
 
 WITH NOTES 
 
 MPLANATORY AND CRITICAL. 
 
 ZDITEO BT 
 
 REV. JAMES ROBERT BOYD, 
 
 Mti.mv wliosc genius had angelic 
 AIM fed on manna. COWPKR. 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 
 PUBLISHED BY A. S. BARNES & CO 
 CINCINNATI: II. W. DERBY & CO.
 
 Entered econling to Act of ("onfrreit. in MM veir 1880, by 
 
 BAKER AND 8CIMBNER. 
 
 hi the < leiVt Office of the Oittnct Court of the United Mm* for the Southern 
 District of New York. 
 
 C. W. BENEDICT, 
 
 Sttreotypi'* 
 
 tOl William it N T
 
 STACK ANNEX 
 
 REASONS 
 
 FOR PREPARING THIS AMERICAN EDITION. 
 
 PARADISE LOST is, by common consent, pronounced to be a work of 
 transcendent genius and taste. It takes rank with the Iliad of Homer, 
 and with the ^Eneid of Virgil, as an Epic of incomparable merit. Dry- 
 den was by no means extravagant in the praise whfch he bestowed 
 upon it in his well-known lines ; 
 
 " Three poets in three distant ages born, 
 Greece, Italy, and England did adorn : 
 The first in loftiness of thought surpassed ; 
 The next in majesty ; in both the last. 
 The force of nature could no further go : 
 To make a third, she joined the other two." 
 
 Its praise is often on the lips of every man endowed with the most 
 moderate literary qualifications : but the work has been read by com- 
 paratively few persons. How few even of educated men can affirm 
 that they have so read and understood it, as to appreciate all its parts ? 
 How does this happen ? Is the poem considered unworthy of their 
 most careful perusal 1 Is it not inviting to the intellect, the imagina- 
 tion, and the sensibilities? Is it not acknowledged to be superior to 
 any other poetic composition, the Hebrew writings only excepted, to 
 whose lofty strains of inspired song the blind bard of London was s 
 greatly indebted for his own subordinate inspiration ? 
 
 If inquiry should extensively be made, it will be ascertained that 
 Paradise Lost, is but little read, less understood, and still less appre- 
 ciated ; though it may be found on the shelves of almost every library, 
 or upon the parlor table of almost every dwelling. Every school boy,
 
 4 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. 
 
 and every school girl has read some beautiful extracts from it, and lias 
 heard it extolled as an unrivalled production ; and this is about all that 
 is usually learned in regard to it, or appreciated. The question returns, 
 and it is one of some literary interest, how is this treatment of the 
 Paradise Lost to be accounted for? To this inquiry the following ob- 
 servations will, it is hoped, be considered appropriate and satisfactory. 
 
 It is pre-eminently a learned work ; and has been well denominated 
 " a book of universal knowledge. 11 In its naked form, in its bare text, 
 it can be understood and appreciated by none but highly educated per- 
 sons. The perusal of it cannot fail to be attended with a vivid im- 
 pression of its great author's prodigious learning, and of the immense 
 stores which he brought into use in its preparation. As one of his 
 editors, (Sir Egerton Brydges,) remarks, " his great poems require 
 such a stretch of mind in the reader, as to be almost painful. The 
 most amazing copiousness of learning is sublimated into all his concep- 
 tions and descriptions. His learning never oppressed his imagination ; 
 and his imagination never obliterated or dimmed his learning; but 
 even these would not have done without the addition of a great heart, 
 and a pure and lofty mind. The poem is one which could not have 
 been produced solely by the genius of Milton, without the addition of 
 an equal extent and depth of learning, and an equal labor of reflection. 
 It has always a great compression. Perhaps its perpetual allusion to 
 all past literature and history were sometimes carried a little too far 
 for the popular reader; and the latinised style requires to be read with 
 the attention due to an ancient classic. 1 ' To read it, therefore, intelli- 
 gently and advantageously, no small acquaintance is needed with 
 classical and various learning. 
 
 While large portions of the poem are sufficiently lucid for the com- 
 prehension of ordinary reader^ there is frequently introduced an oh- 
 fcure paragraph, sentence, clause, or word ; which serves to break up 
 the continuity of the poem in the reader's mind, to obstruct his pro- 
 gress, to apprise him of his own ignorance or obtuseness, and thus to 
 create no small degree of dissatisfaction. The obscurity arises, in 
 some cases, from the highly learned character of the allusions to an- 
 cient history and mythology ; in other cases, from great inversion of
 
 REASON'S FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. 5 
 
 style, from the use of Latin and Greek forms of expression ; from pe- 
 culiar modes of spelling; from references to exploded and unphiloso- 
 phical notions in astronomy, chemistry, geology, and philosophy, with 
 which but few persons are familiar. 
 
 Besides all this, it has been truly observed by the writer before 
 quoted, that " Milton has a language of his own; I may say invented 
 by himself. It is somewhat hard but it is all sincere : it is not ver- 
 nacular, but has a latinised cast, which requires a little time to recon- 
 cile a reader to it. It is best fitted to convey his own magnificent 
 ideas ; its very learnedness impresses us with respect. It moves with 
 a gigantic step : it does not flow like Shakspeare's style, nor dance 
 like Spenser's. Now and then there are transpositions somewhat 
 alien to the character of the English language, which is not well cal- 
 culated for transposition ; bul in Milton this is perhaps a merit, be- 
 cause his lines are pregnant with deep thought and sublime imagery 
 which requires us to dwell upon them, and contemplate them over and 
 over. He ought never to be read rapidly." 
 
 Such being some of the characteristics of Paradise Lost, it i& ot 
 difficult to account for its general neglect, and for the scanty satisfac- 
 tion experienced by most persons in the attempt to read it. Much of 
 it. as we have remarked, cannot be understood; it abounds in too 
 many passages that convey to none but the learned any etea,i idea: 
 thus the common reader is repelled, and the sublimities Bind beag.t.ie^ 
 of this incomparable poem are known, ouly as. echoes irp.m, \\}$ pages 
 of criticism, of course inadequately. 
 
 Not long since even a well-educa,te4 and popular preacher was 
 asked how be managed in reading Paradise Lost ? His honest and 
 truthful answer was, that he skipped over the hard places, and read the 
 easier ; that be did not pretend fully to understand, or to appreciate 
 (he entire poem ; but admitted that not a few passages were not far 
 from being a dead letter to him, requiring for their just interpretation 
 more research and study than he was willing or able to bestow. The 
 fact undoubtedly is, that since a poem is addressed chiefly to the irnr 
 agination and the sensibilities; since it is read with a view to plea- 
 surable excitement, and not taken up as a production to be severely
 
 6 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. 
 
 studied ; since a demand for mental labor and research interferes with 
 the entertainment anticipated, in most cases the Paradise Lost is, on 
 this account, laid aside, though possessing the highest literary merit, 
 for poems of an inferior cast, but of easier interpretation. 
 
 It is possible also that the pious spirit which animates the entire 
 poem, and the theological descriptions which abound in several of the 
 Books, may, to the mass of readers, give it a repulsive aspect, and 
 cause them, though unwisely, to prefer other productions in which 
 these elements are not found. 
 
 To the causes now enumerated, rather than to those assigned by Dr. 
 Johnson may be referred the result which he thus describes: "Para- 
 dise Lost is one of the books which the reader admires and lays down, 
 and forgets to take up again. None ever wished it longer than it is. 
 Its perusal i a duty rather than a pleasure. We read Milton for in- 
 struction, retire harassed and overburdened, and look elsewhere for 
 recreation : we desert our master, and seek for companions." 
 
 But if there no remedy for this neglectful treatment of the finest poeti- 
 cal composition in our language ? May not something be done to pre- 
 pare American readers generally to appreciate it, and, in the perusal, 
 to gratify their intellects and regale their fancy, among its grandeurs 
 and beauties, and also among its learned allusions, and scientific infor- 
 mations 1 
 
 The attainment of this important end is the design of the present 
 edition : it is therefore furnished with a large body of notes ; with 
 notes sufficiently numerous and full, it is presumed, to clear up the ob- 
 scurities to which we have referred ; to place the unlearned reader, so 
 far as the possession of the information requisite to understand the 
 poem is concerned, on the same level with the learned; and to direct 
 attention to the parts most deserving of admiration, and to the grounds 
 upon which they should be admired. The editions hitherto published 
 in this country, it is believed, are either destitute of notes, or the notes 
 are altogether too few and too brief to afford the aid which is generally 
 required. 
 
 About half a cen'ury after the publication of the Paradise Lost, 
 its reputation was much advanced by a series of papers which came
 
 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. 7 
 
 out weekly in the celebrated Spectator, from the graceful pen ot 
 Addison. "These," as Hallam justly remarks, "were perhaps 
 superior to any criticisms that had been written in our language, and 
 we must always acknowledge their good sense, their judiciousness, 
 and the vast service they did to our literature, in setting the Paradise 
 Lost on its proper level." But modern periodicals, and modern 
 essays are fast crowding out the once familiar volumes of that excel- 
 lent British classic ; and those once famous criticisms are now seldom 
 met with, so that modern readers, with rare exceptions, derive from 
 them no benefit in the reading of the Paradise Lost. 
 
 The Editor has evinced his own high sense of their value, and has, 
 moreover, rendered them far more available to the illustration of the 
 poem, than they are, as found in the Spectator, by selecting such criti- 
 cisms as appeared to him to possess the highest merit, and distributing 
 them in the form of notes, to the several parts of the poem which they 
 serve to illustrate and adorn. After this labor had been performed, 
 however, and a principal part of the other notes had been prepared, it 
 was ascertained with some surprise, on procuring a London copy of 
 Bp. Newton's edition of Milton, now quite scarce, that the same course 
 had a century ago been pursued by him ; though the same pains had 
 not been taken by Newton to distribute in detail to every part of the 
 poem the criticisms of Addison. Besides this, he introduced them 
 entire, and thus occupied his pages with much matter quite inferior to 
 that which has been provided, in this edition, from recent sources. 
 
 The notes of the present edition will be found to embrace, besides 
 much other matter, all that is excellent and worth preservation in 
 those of Newton, Todd, Brydges, and Stebbing; comprehending also 
 some of the richest treasures of learned and ingenious criticism which 
 the Paradise Lost has called into existence, and which have hithertc 
 been scattered through the pages of many volumes of Reviews and 
 miscellaneous literature : and these have been so arranged as to illus- 
 trate the several parts of the poem to which tbey relate. 
 
 It was not deemed important to occupy space in the discussion of 
 certain questions, more curious than useful or generally interesting, 
 relating to some earlier authors, to whom it has been alleged that Mil-
 
 6 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. 
 
 ton was greatly indebted for the plan and some prominent features of 
 the Paradise Lost. Yet it has been a pleasant, and more profitable 
 task, to discover by personal research, and by aid of the research of 
 others, those parts of classical authors a familiar acquaintance with 
 which has enabled the learned poet so wonderfully to enrich and adorn 
 bis beautiful production. These classic gems of thought and expres- 
 sion hare been introduced in the notes, only for the gratification of 
 those persons who are able to appreciate the language of the Roman 
 and Grecian poets ; and who may have a taste for observing the coin- 
 cidences between their language and that of the great master of Eng- 
 lish verse. 
 
 Not long before the composition of Paradise Lost, Milton thus 
 epeaks of the qualifications which he regarded as requisite and which 
 he hoped to employ in preparing it: "A work not to be raised from 
 the heat of youth or the vapors of wine ; nor to be obtained of dame 
 Memory and her siren daughters, but by devout prayer to that Eternal 
 Spirit, whocan enrich with all utterance and knowledge, and sends out 
 his Seraphim with the hallowed fire of his altar, to touch and purify 
 the lips of whom he pleases. To this must be added industrious and 
 select reading, steady observation, insight into all seemly and generous 
 arts and affairs/' 
 
 This, I am convinced,' says Sir E. B. already quoted, ' is the true 
 origin of Paradise Lost. Shakspeare's originality might be still more 
 impugned, if an anticipation of hints and similar stories were to be 
 taken as proof of plagiarism. In many of the dramatist's most beauti- 
 ful plays the whole tale is borrowed ; but Shakspeare and Milton 
 turn brass into gold. This sort of passage hunting has been carried a 
 great deal too far, and has disgusted and repelled the reader of feeling 
 and taste. The novelty is in the raciness, the life, the force, the just 
 association, the probability, the truth ; that which is striking because 
 it is extravagant is a false novelty. He who borrows to make patches 
 is a plagiarist ; but what patch is there in Milton ? All is inter- 
 woven and forms part of one web. No doubt the holy bard was al- 
 ways intent upon sacred poetry, and drew his principal inspirations 
 from Scripture. This distinguishes his style and spirit from all other
 
 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. 9 
 
 poets ; and gives him a solemnity which has not been surpassed, save > 
 in the book whence welled that inspiration.' 
 
 The Editor is fully aware of the boldness of the attempt to furnish 
 a full commentary on such a poem as this : he is also painfully sensi- 
 ble that much higher qualifications than he possesses could profitably 
 and honorably be laid out in the undertaking. He has long wondered, 
 and regretted, that such an edition of Paradise Lost, as the American 
 public needs, has not been furnished ; and in the absence of a better, 
 he offers this edition, as adapted, in his humble opinion, to render a 
 most desirable and profitable service to the reading community, while 
 it may contribute, as he hopes, to bring this poem from the state of 
 unmerited neglect into which it has fallen, and cause it to be more 
 generally read and studied, for the cultivation of a literary taste and 
 for the expansion of the intellectual and moral powers. 
 
 Ours is an age in which the best writings of the seventeenth century 
 have been generally republished, and thus have been put upon a new 
 career of fame and usefulness. Shakspeare has had, for more than 
 half a century, his learned annotators, without whose aid large por- 
 tions of his plays would be nearly unintelligible. He has been hon- 
 ored with public lectures also, to illustrate his genius, and to bring 
 to view his masterly sketches of the human heart and manners. 
 There have recently started up public readers also, by whose popular 
 exertions he has been brought into more general admiration. It seems 
 to be full time that a higher appreciation of the great epic of Milton 
 than has hitherto prevailed among us, and that a more extended use- 
 fulness also, should be secured to it, by the publication of critical and 
 explanatory notes, such a^the circumstances of the reading class ob- 
 viously require. 
 
 Ever valuable will it be, for its varied learning, for its exquisit 
 beauties of poetic diction and measure ; for its classical, scientific and 
 scriptural allusions; for its graphic delineations of the domestic state 
 and its duties; for its adaptation, when duly explained and understood, 
 to enlarge the intellect, to entertain the imagination, to improve lite- 
 rary taste, and cultivate the social and the devout affections ; for its 
 grand account of creation, providence, and redemption, embracing a
 
 10 REASONS FOR PREPARING THIS EDITION. 
 
 most beautiful narrative and explanation of some of the most interest 
 ing events connected with the history of our race. Nor should men- 
 tion be omitted, of those excellent counsels, and maxims of conduct 
 which it so frequently suggests, conveyed in language too appropriate 
 and beautiful to be easily erased from the memory, or carelessly disre- 
 garded. 
 
 Tn conclusion, we may confidently adopt the words of Brydges, who 
 has said, that to study Milton's poetry is not merely the delight of every 
 accomplished mind, but it is a duty. He who is not conversant with it, 
 cannot conceive how far the genius of the Muse can go. The bard, 
 whatever might have been his inborn genius, could never have at- 
 tained this height of argument and execution but by a life of laborious 
 and holy preparation ; a constant conversance with the ideas sug- 
 gested by the sacred writings; the habitual resolve to lift his mind 
 and heart above earthly thoughts ; the incessant exercise of all the 
 strongest faculties of the intellect ; retirement, temperance, courage, 
 hope, faith. He had all the aids of learning; all the fruit of all the 
 wisdom of ages ; all the effect of all that poetic genius, and all that 
 philosophy had achieved. His poetry is pure majesty; the sober 
 strength, the wisdom from above, that instructs and awes. It speaks 
 as an oracle ; not with a mortal voice. And indeed, it will not be too 
 much to say, that of all uninspired writings, Milton's are the most 
 worthy of profound study by all minds which would know the crea- 
 tiveness, the splendor, the learning, the eloquence, the wisdom, to 
 which the human intellect can attain. 
 
 NOT*. The names of the authors most frequently quoted will be indi- 
 cted simply by the initial letters : those authors are Addison, Newton, E. 
 Brydges, Todd, Hume, Kitto, Richardson, Thyer, Stebbing and Pearce. The 
 Introductory Remarks upon the several Books are, generally, those found in 
 Sir Egerton Brydges' edition, with the omission of such remarks as were 
 leemed either incorrect, or of little interest and importance.
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 THIS I irst Book proposes, first, in brief, the whole subject, Man's disobe- 
 dience, and the loss thereupon of Paradise, wherein he was placed : then 
 touches the prime cause of his fall, the Serpent, or rather Satan in the ser- 
 pent ; who revolting from God, and drawing to his side many legions of 
 Angels, was, by the command of God, driven out of Heaven, with all his 
 crew, into the great deep. Which action passed over, the poem hastens into 
 the midst of things, presenting Satan with his Angels now fallen into Hell, 
 described here, not in the centre (for Heaven and Earth may be supposed as 
 yet not made, certainly not yet accursed) but in a place of utter darkness, 
 fitliest called Chaos : here Satan with his Angels lying on the burning lake, 
 thunderstruck and astonished, after a certain space recovers, as from confu- 
 sion, calls up him who next in order and dignity lay by him ; they confer of 
 their miserable fall. Satan awakens all his legions, who lay till then in the 
 same manner confounded : they rise ; their numbers, array of battle, their 
 chief leaders named, according to the idols known afterward in Canaan and 
 the countries adjoining. To these Satan directs his speech, comforts them 
 with hope yet of regaining Heaven, but tells them lastly of a new world 
 and new kind of creature to be created, according to an ancient prophecy 
 or report in Heaven ; for that Angels were long before this visible creation, 
 was the opinion of many ancient Fathers. To fipd out the truth of this 
 prophecy, and what to determine thereon, he refers to a full council. What 
 his associates thence attempt. Pandemonium, the palace of Satan, rises, sud- 
 denly built out of the deep : the infernal peers there sit in council.
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 THIS Book on the whole is so perfect from beginning to end, that it would 
 be difficult to find a single superfluous passage. The matter, the illustra- 
 tions and the allusions, are historically, naturally, and philosophically true. 
 The learning is of every extent and diversity ; recondite, classical, scientific, 
 antiquarian. But the most surprising thing is, the manner in which he vivi- 
 fies every topic he touches : he gives life and picturesqueness to the driest 
 catalogue of buried names, personal or geographical. They who bring no 
 learning, yet feel themselves charmed by sounds and epithets which give a 
 vague pleasure, and stir up the imagination into an indistinct emotion. 
 
 Poetical imagination is the power, not only of conceiving, but of creating 
 embodied illustrations of abstract truths, which are sublime, or pathetic, or 
 beautiful ; but those ideas, which Milton has embodied, no imagination but 
 his own would have dared to attempt ; none else would have risen ' to the 
 height of this great argument.' Every one else would have fallen short of 
 it, and degraded it. 
 
 Among the miraculous acquirements of Milton, was his deep and familial 
 intimacy with all classical and all chivalrous literature ; the amalgamation in 
 his mind of all the philosophy and all the sublime and ornamental literature of 
 the ancients, and all the abstruse, the laborious, the immature learning of 
 those who again drew off* the mantle of time from the ancient treasures ol 
 genius, and mingled with thorn their own crude conceptions and fantastic 
 theories. He extracted from this mine all that would aid the imagination 
 without shocking the reason. He never rejected philosophy ; but where it 
 was fabulous, only offered it as ornament. 
 
 In Milton's language though there is internal force and splendor, there is 
 outward plainness. Common readers think thai it sounds and looks like 
 prow?. This is one of its attractions; while all that is stilted, and decorated, 
 and affected, soon fatigues and satiates. 
 
 Johnson says that " an inconvenience of Milton's design is, that it requires 
 th description of what cannot be described, the agency of spirits. He saw
 
 BOOK I. 13 
 
 that immateriality suppHed no images, and that he could not show angels 
 acting but by instruments of action : he therefore invested them with form 
 and matter. This, being necessary, was therefore defensible, and he should 
 have secured the consistency of his system by keeping immateriality out of 
 sight, and enticing his reader to drop it from his thoughts." Surely this was 
 quite impossible, for the reason which Johnson himself has given. The im- 
 agination, by its natural tendencies, always embodies spirit. Poetry deals 
 in pictures, though not exclusively in pictures. - E. B. 
 
 Upon the interesting topic here thus summarily though satisfactorily dis- 
 posed of, Macaulay has furnished the following, among other admirable 
 remarks : * 
 
 The most fatal error which a poet can possibly commit in the manage- 
 ment of his machinery, is that of attempting to philosophise too much. 
 Milton has been often censured for ascribing to spirits many functions of 
 which spirits must be incapable. But these objections, though sanctioned by 
 eminent names, originate, we venture to say, in profound ignorance of the art 
 of poetry. 
 
 What is spirit ? What are our own minds, the portion of spirit with 
 which we are best acquainted ? We observe certain phenomena. We can- 
 not explain them into material causes. We therefore infer that there exists 
 something which is not material, but of this something we have no idea. 
 We can define it only by negatives. We can reason about it only by sym- 
 bols. We use the word but we have no image of the thing ; and the busi- 
 ness of poetry is with images, and not with words. The poet uses words 
 indeed, but they are merely the instruments of his art, not its objects. They 
 are the materials which he is to dispose in such a manner as to present a 
 picture to the mental eye. And, if they are not so disposed, they are no 
 more entitled to be called poetry than a bale of canvas and a box of colors 
 are to be called a painting. 
 
 Logicians may reason about abstractions, but the great mass of mankind 
 can never feel an interest in them. They must have images. The strong 
 tendency of the multitude in all ages and nations to idolatry can be explained 
 on no other principles. The first inhabitants of Greece, there is every rea- 
 son to believe, worshipped one invisible Deity ; but the necessity of having 
 something more definite to adore produced, in a few centuries, the innumera- 
 ble crowd of gods and goddesses. In like manner the ancient Persians 
 tho ight it impious to exhibit the Creator under a human form. Yet even 
 they transferred to the sun the worship which, speculatively, they consid- 
 ered due only to the supreme mind. The history of the Jews is the record 
 of a continual struggle between pure Theism, supported by the most terrible 
 sanctions, and the strangely fascinating desire of having some visible and 
 tangible object of adoration. Perhaps none of the secondary causes which 
 Giblx>n has assigned for the rapidity with which Christianity spread over 
 the world, while Judaism scarcely ever acquired a proselyte, operated more 
 powerfully than this feeling. Got!, the uncreated, the incomprehensible, the
 
 14 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 invisible, attracted but few worshippers. A philosopher might admire so 
 noble a conception ; but the crowd turned away in disgust from words which 
 presented no image to their minds. It was before Deity embodied in a hu- 
 man form, walking among men, partaking of their infirmities, leaning on 
 their bosoms, weeping over their graves, slumbering in the manger, bleeding 
 on the cross, that the prejudices of the synagogue, and the doubts of the 
 Academy, and the pride of the Portico, and the forces of the lictor, and the 
 swords of thirty legions, were humbled in the dust. 
 
 Soon after Christianity had achieved its triumph, the principle which had 
 fated it began to corrupt it. It became a new Paganism. Patron saints 
 assumed the offices of household gods. St. George took the place of Mars. 
 St. Elmo consoled the mariner for the loss of Castor and Pollux. The vir- 
 gin Mary and Cecilia succeed to Venus and the Muses. The fascination of 
 sex and loveliness was again joined to that of celestial dignity ; and the 
 homage of chivalry was blended with that of religion. Reformers have 
 often made a stand against these feelings ; but never with more than appa- 
 rent and partial success. The men who demolished the images in cathedrals 
 have not always been able to demolish those which were enshrined in their 
 minds. It would not be difficult to show that in politics the same rule holds 
 good. Doctrines, we are afraid, must generally be embodied before they 
 can excite strong public feeling. The multitude is more easily interested for 
 the most unmeaning badge, or the most insignificant name, than for the most 
 important principle. 
 
 From these considerations, we infer that no poet who should affect that 
 metaphysical accuracy for the want of which Milton has been blamed, 
 would escape a disgraceful failure, still, however, there was another extreme, 
 which, though one less dangerous, was also to be avoided. The imagina- 
 tions of men are in a great measure under the control of their opinions. The 
 most exquisite art of a poetical coloring can produce no illusion when it is 
 employed to represent that which is at once perceived to be incongruous and 
 absurd. Milton wrote in an age of philosophers and theologians. It was 
 necessary therefore for him to abstain from giving such a shock to their un- 
 derstandings, as might break the charm which it was his object to throw 
 over their imaginations. This is the real explanation of the indistinctness 
 and inconsistency with which he has often been reproached. Dr. Johnson 
 acknowledges that it was absolutely necessary for him to clothe his spirits 
 with material forms. u But," says he, u he should have secured the consis- 
 tency of his system, by keeping immateriality out of sight, and seducing the 
 reader to drop it from his thoughts." This is easily said : but what if he 
 could not seduce the reader to drop it from hit thoughts ? What if the con- 
 trary opinion had taken so full a possession of the minds of men, as to leave 
 no room even for the quati-belief which poetry requires ? Such we suspect 
 to have been the case. It was impossible for the poet to adopt altogether 
 the material or the immaterial system. He therefore took his stand on the 
 debateable ground. He left the whole in ambiguity. He has doubtless, by
 
 BOOK I. 15 
 
 so doing, laid himself open to the charge of inconsistency. But, though phi- 
 losophically in the wrong, we cannot but believe that he was poetically in 
 the right. This task, which almost any other writer would have found im- 
 practicable, was easy to him. The peculiar art which he possessed of com- 
 municating his meaning circuitously, through a long succession of associated 
 ideas, and of intimating nore than he expressed, enabled him to disguise 
 those incongruities which AC could not avoid. 
 
 The spirits of Milton are unlike those of almost all other writers. His 
 fiends, in particular, are wonderful creations. They are not metaphysical 
 abstractions. They are not wicked men. They are not ugly beasts. They 
 have no horns, no tails. They have just enough in common with human 
 nature to be intelligible to human beings. Their characters are, like their 
 forms, marked by a certain dim resemblance to those of men, but exagger- 
 ated to gigant ; c dimensions and veiled in mysterious gloom. 

 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 OF man's first disobedience, and the fruit 
 
 Of that forbidden tree, whose mortal taste 
 
 Brought death into the world, and all our woe, 
 
 With loss of Eden, till one greater man 
 
 Restore us, and regain the blissful seat, a 
 
 Sing Heav'nly Muse, that on the secret top 
 
 1. As in the commencement of the Iliad, of the Odyssey, and of tne 
 JEneid, so here the subject of the poem is the first announcement that is 
 made, and precedes the verb with which it stands connected, thus giving it 
 due prominence. Besides the plainness and simplicity of the exordium, there 
 is (as Newton has observed) a further beauty in the variety of the numbers, 
 which of themselves charm every reader without any sublimity of thought 
 or pomp of expression ; and this variety of the numbers consists chiefly in 
 the pause being so artfully varied that it falls upon a different syllable in 
 almost every line. Thus, in the successive lines it occurs after the words 
 ditobtdimct. trrt, world, Eden, ttf, Mute. In Milton's verse the pause is con- 
 tinually varied according to the sense through all the ten syllables of which 
 it is composed ; and to this peculiarity is to be ascribed the surpassing har- 
 mony of his numbers. 
 
 4. Eden : Here the whole is put for a part. It was the loss of Paradite 
 only, the garden, the most beautiful part of Eden ; for after the expulnon of 
 our first parents from Paradise we read of their pursuing their solitary way 
 in Eden, which was an extensive region. 
 
 5. Regain, Src. : Compare XII. 463, whence it appears that in the opinion 
 of Milton, aAer the general conflagration, the whole earth would be formed 
 into another, and more beautiful, Paradise than the one that was lost. 
 
 6. Mute: One of those nine imaginary heathen divinities, that were
 
 BOOK I. 17 
 
 Of Oreb, or of Sinai, didst inspire 
 
 That Shepherd, who first taught the chosen seed 
 
 In the beginuing, how the heav'ns and earth 
 
 Rose out of Chaos. ^ Or tf Sion hill 10 
 
 Delight thee more, and Siloa's brook that flow'd 
 
 Fast by the oracle of God ; I thence 
 
 Invoke thy aid to my adventurous song, 
 
 That with no middle flight intends to soar 
 
 Above the Aonian Mount, while it pursues If* 
 
 Things unattempted yet in prose or rhyme. 
 
 And chiefly Thou, Spirit, that dost prefer 
 
 thought to preside over certain arts and sciences, is here, in conformity to 
 classical custom, addressed. Secret top : set apart, interdicted. The Israel- 
 ites, during the delivery of the law, were not allowed to ascend that moun- 
 tain. 
 
 7. Horeb and Sinai were the names of two contiguous eminences of the 
 same chain of mountains. Compare Exod. iii. 1, with Acts vii. 30. 
 
 8 S/iepherd: Moses. Exod. iii. 1. 
 
 12. Oracle : God's temple ; so called from the divine communications 
 which were there granted to men. 
 
 15. The jlonian Mount; or Mount Helicon, the fabled residence of the 
 Muses, in Bceotia, the earlier name of which was Aonia. Virgil's Eclog. vi. 
 65. Georg. iii. 11. 
 
 16. Things unattended: There were but few circumstances upon which 
 Milton could raise his poem, and in everything which he added out of his 
 own invention he was obliged, from the nature of the subject, to proceed 
 with the greatest caution ; yet he has filled his story with a surprising num- 
 ber of incidents, which bear so close an analogy with what is delivered in 
 holy writ that it is capable of pleasing the most delicate reader without 
 giving offence to the most scrupulous. A. 
 
 17. Chiefly Thou, O Spirit : Invoking the Muse is commonly a matter of 
 mere form, wherein the (modern) poets neither mean, nor desire to be 
 thought to mean, anything seriously. But the Holy Spirit, here invoked, is 
 too solemn a name to be used insignificantly : and besides, our author, in the 
 beginning of his next work, ' Paradise Regained,' scruples not to say to the 
 
 same Divine Person 
 
 ' Inspire 
 A Thou art wont, my proropte 1 song, else mute." 
 
 This address therefore _is no mere formality. HEYLIN. 
 
 It is thought by Bp. Newton that the poet is liable to the charge of enthu 
 tiasm ; having expected from the Divine Spirit a kind and degree of inspira- 
 tion similar to that which the writers of the sacred scriptures enjoyed. The 
 2
 
 18 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Before all temples the upright heart and pure, 
 
 Instruct me, for Thou know'st ; Thou from the first 
 
 Wast present, and with mighty wings outspread 20 
 
 Dovelike sat'st brooding on the vast abyss, 
 
 And madest it pregnant : What in me is dark, 
 
 Illumine ; what is low, raise and support ; 
 
 That to the height of this great argument 
 
 I may assert eternal Providence, 25 
 
 And justify the ways of God to Men. 
 
 Say tirst, for Heav'n hides nothing from thy view, 
 Nor the deep tract of Hell ; say first what cause 
 Moved our grand parents, in that happy state, 
 Favor'd of Heav'n so highly, to fall off 30 
 
 widow of Milton was accustomed to affirm that he considered himself as in- 
 spired ; and this report is confirmed by a passage in his Second Book on 
 Church Government, already quoted in our preliminary observations. 
 
 24. The hri^hl of the argument is precisely what distinguishes this poem 
 of Milton from all others. In other works of imagination the difficulty lies 
 in giving sufficient elevation to the subject ; here it lies in raising the imagi- 
 nation up to the grandeur of the subject, in adequate conception of its mighti- 
 ness, and in finding language of such majesty as will not degrade it A 
 genius less gigantic and less holy than Milton's would have shrunk from the 
 attempt. Milton not only does not lower ; but he illumines the bright, and 
 enlarges the great : he expands his wings, and " sails with supreme domin- 
 ion" up to the heavens, parts the clouds, and communes with angels and un- 
 embodied spirits. E. B. 
 
 27. The poets attribute a kind of omniscience to the Muse, as it enables 
 them to speak of things which could not otherwise be supposed to cotne to 
 their knowledge. Thus Homer, Iliad ii. 485, and Virgil, JEn. vii. 643. 
 
 Milton's Muse, being the Holy Spirit, must of course be omniscient. N. 
 
 30. Greatness, is an important requisite in the action or subject of an 
 epic poem ; and Milton here surpasses both Homer and Virgil. The anger 
 of Achilles embroiled the kings of Greece, destroyed the heroes of Troy, and 
 engaged all the gods in factions. ^Eneas' settlement in Italy produced the 
 Ciesars and gave birth to the Roman empire. Milton's subject does not de- 
 termine the fate merely of single persons, or of a nation, but of an entire 
 species. The united powers of Hell are joined together lor the destruction 
 of mankind, which they effected in part and wouM have completed, had not 
 Omnipotence itself interposed. The principal acton are man in his greatest 
 perfection, and woman in her highest beauty. Th . .ire the fallen 
 
 ; th Messiah thir friend, and the Almighty their Protect or. IP
 
 BOOK I. 19 
 
 From their Creator, and trangress his will 
 
 For one restraint, lords of the world besides ? 
 
 Who first seduced them to that foul revolt ? 
 
 Th' infernal Serpent : he it was whose guile, 
 
 Stirr'd up with envy and revenge, deceived 35 
 
 The mother of mankind, what time his pride 
 
 Had cast him out from Heav'n, with all his host 
 
 Of rebel Angels ; by whose aid aspiring 
 
 To set himself in glory 'bove his peers, 
 
 He trusted to have equall'd the Most High, 40 
 
 If he opposed ; and with ambitious aim 
 
 Against the throne and monarchy of God, 
 
 Raised impious war in Heav'n, and battle proud 
 
 With vain attempt. Him the Almighty Power 
 
 Hurl'd headlong naming from th' ethereal sky, 45 
 
 With hideous ruin and combustion, down 
 
 To bottomless perdition ; there to dwell 
 
 In adamantine chains and penal fire, 
 
 short, everything that is great in the whole circle of being, whether within 
 the range of nature or beyond it, finds a place in this admirable poem. A. 
 
 u The sublimest of all subjects (says Cowper) was reserved for Milton ; 
 and, bringing to the contemplation of that subject, not only a genius equal to the 
 best of the ancients, but a heart also deeply impregnated with the divine 
 truths which lay before him, it is no wonder that he has produced a compo- 
 sition, on the whole, superior, to any that we have received from former ages 
 But he who addresses himself to the perusal of this work with a mind en- 
 tirely unaccustomed to serious and spiritual contemplation, unacquainted 
 with the word of God, or prejudiced against it, is ill qualified to appreciate 
 the value of a poem built upon it, or to taste its beauties. 
 
 32. One restraint : one subject" of restraint the tree of knowledge o/ 
 good and evil. 
 
 34. Serpent. Compare Gen. iii. 1 Tim. ii. 14. John viii. 44. 
 
 38. Jltpiring: 1 Tim. iii. 6. 
 
 39. In glory : a divine glory, such as God himself possessed. This 
 charge is brought against him, V. 725 ; it is also asserted in line 40 ; again iu 
 VI. 88, VII. 140. 
 
 46. Ruin is derived from ruo, and includes the idea of falling with vio- 
 lence and precipitation : combustion is more than flaming in the foregoing 
 line ; it is burning in a dreadful manner. N. 
 
 . 48. Chain* Compare with Epistle of Judt v. 8. Also, /Eschylus 
 Prometh. 6. 

 
 20 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Who durst defy th' Omnipotent to arras. 
 
 * Nine times the space that measures day and night 50 
 
 To mortal men, he with his horrid crew 
 Lay vanquish 'd, rolling in the fiery gulf, 
 Confounded though immortal : But his doom 
 Reserved him to more wrath ; for now the thought 
 Both of lost happiness and lasting pain 55 
 
 Torments him ; round he throws his baleful eyes, 
 That witness'd huge affliction and dismay, 
 Mix'd with obdurate pride and steadfast hate : 
 At once, as far as angels' ken, he views 
 
 The dismal situation waste and wild : 60 
 
 A dungeon horrible on all sides round, 
 As one great furnace flamed ; yet from those flames 
 No light ; but rather darkness visible 
 Served only to discover sights of woe, 
 
 Regions of sorrow, doleful shades, where peace 65 
 
 And rest can never dwell .hope never comes, 
 That comes to all : but torture without end 
 Still urges, and a fiery deluge, fed 
 With ever-burning sulphur unconsumed : 
 Such place eternal justice had prepared 70 
 
 50. Nine hmet the spare, Ift. Propriety sometimes requires the use of 
 circumlocution, as in this case. To have said win* dayt and night* would not 
 have been proper when talking of a period before the creation of the sun, 
 and consequently before time was portioned out to any being in that man- 
 ner. CAMPBELL, Phil. Rhet. 
 
 52 3. The nine days' astonishment, in which the angels lay entranced 
 after their dreadful overthrow and fall from heaven, before they could recover 
 the use either of thought or speech, is a noble circumstance and very finely 
 imagined. The division of hell into seas of fire, and into firm ground 
 (227-8) impregnated with the same furious element, with that particular 
 circumstance of the exclusion of hope from those infernal regions, are in- 
 stances of the same great and fruitful invention. A. 
 
 63. Darknett visible : gloom. Absolute darkness is, strictly s]>eakir.g, in- 
 visible; but where there is a gloom only, there is so much light remaining 
 as serves to show that there are objects, and yet those objects cannot be di-j- 
 anctly seen. Compare with the Penseroso, 79, 80 : 
 
 \\ lieie glowing ember* through Uie room 
 TYach light to counterfeit e gloom.'* II
 
 BOOK I. ^ 21 
 
 For those rebellious ; here their pris'n ordained 
 
 In utter darkness, and their portion set 
 
 As far removed from God and light of heaven, 
 
 As from the centre thrice to th' utmost pole. 
 
 how unlike the place from whence they fell ! 75 
 
 There the companions of his fall, o'erwhelmed 
 
 With floods and whirlwinds of tempestuous fire, 
 
 He soon discerns, and welt'ring by his side 
 
 One next himself in power, and next in crime, 
 
 Long after known in Palestine, and named 80 
 
 Beelzebub. To whom th' Arch-Enemy, 
 
 And thence in Heav'n call'd Satan, with bold words 
 
 72. Utter, has the same meaning as the word outer, which is applied to 
 darkness in the Scriptures. Spenser uses utter in this sense. 
 
 74. Thrice as far as it is from the centre of the earth (which is the centre 
 of the world, (universe,) according to Milton's system, IX. 103, and X. 671,) 
 to the pole of the world ; for it is the pole of the universe, far beyond the 
 pole of the earth, which is here called the utmost pole. It is observable that 
 Homer makes the seat of hell as far beneath the deepest pit of earth as the 
 heaven is above the earth, Iliad viii. 16 ; Virgil makes it twice as far, 
 /Eneid vi. 577 ; and Milton thrice as far : as if these three great poets had 
 stretched their utmost genius, and vied with each other, in extending bis 
 idea of Hell farthest. N. 
 
 75. The language of the inspired writings (says Dugald Stewart) is on 
 this as on other occasions, beautifully accommodated to the irresistible im- 
 pressions of nature ; availing itself of such popular and familiar words as up- 
 wards and downwards, above and below, in condescension to the frailty of the 
 human mind, governed so much by sense and imagination, and so little by 
 the abstractions of philosophy. Hence the expression of fallen angels, 
 which, by recalling to us the eminence from which they fell, communicates, 
 in a single word, a character of sublimity to the bottomless abyss. WORKS 
 vol. iv. 288. 
 
 77. Fire. Compare with Mark ix. 45, 46. 
 
 81. Beelzebub. Compare with Mat. xii. 24. 2 Kings i. 2. The word 
 means god of flies. Here he is made second to Satan. 
 
 82. Satan. Many other names are assigned, to this arch enemy of God and 
 man, in the sacred scriptures. He is called the Devil, the Dragon, the Evil One, 
 the Angel of the Bottomless Pit, the Prince of this World, the Prince of the 
 power of the air, the God of this World, Apollyon. Abaddon, Belial, Beel- 
 zebub. 
 
 Milton, it will be seen, applies some of these terms to other evil angels.
 
 22 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Breaking the horrid silence thus began : 
 
 If thou beest he ; but how fallen ! how changed 
 From him who, in the happy realms of light 85 
 
 Cloth'd with transcendent brightness didst outshine 
 Myriads though bright ! If he whom mutual league, 
 United thoughts and counsels, equal hope 
 And hazard in the glorious enterprise, 
 
 Join'd with me once, now misery hath join'd 90 
 
 In equal ruin : into what pit thou seest 
 From what height fall'n, so much the stronger proved 
 He with his thunder d&nd till then who knew 
 The force of those dire arms ? yet not for those 
 Nor what the potent victor in his rage 95 
 
 The term Satan denotes adversary : the term Devil denotes an accuser, 
 See Kitlo's Bib. Cycl. 
 
 Upon the character of Satan as described by Milton, Hazlitt has penned an 
 admirable criticism, which will be found at the end of Book I. 
 
 84. The confusion of mind felt by Satan is happily shown by the abrupt 
 and halting manner in which he commences this speech. Fallen ; see Isaiah 
 xiv. 12. Changed : see Virg. JEn, ii. 274 : 
 
 ' Hei mihi quails erat ! Quantum muUtus ab illo !' ' 
 
 93. He with hit thunder. There is an uncommon beauty in this expres- 
 sion. Satan disdains to utter the name of God, though he cannot but ac- 
 knowledge his superiority. So again, line 257. N. . 
 
 94. Thou: compare JE&ch. Prometh. 991. 
 
 95116. Amidst those impieties which this enraged spirit utters in vari- 
 ous parts of the poem, the author has taken care to introduce none that is 
 Dot big with absurdity, and incapable of shocking a religious reader ; hit 
 words, as the poet himself describes them, bearing only a "semblance of 
 worth, not substance." He is likewise with great art described as owning 
 his adversary to be Almighty. Whatever perverse interpretation he puts 
 on the justice, mercy, and other attributes of the Supreme Being, he fre- 
 quently confesses his omnipotence, that being the perfection he was forced 
 to allow, and the only consideration which could support his pride under the 
 shame of his defeat. A. 
 
 Upon this important point Dr. Channing has made the following observa- 
 tions : " Some have doubted whether the moral effect of such delineations 
 (as Milton has given) of the stormy and terrible workings of the soul is 
 good ; whether the interest felt in a spirit so transcendently evil as Satan 
 favors our sympathies with virtue. But our interest fastens, in this and like 
 CAMS, on what is not evil. We gaze on Satan with an awe not unmixed
 
 BOOK I. 23 
 
 Can else inflict, do I repent or change, 
 
 Though changed in outward lustre, that fix'd mind 
 
 And high disdain from sense of injured merit, 
 
 That with the Mightiest raised me to contend, 
 
 And to the fierce contention brought along 100 
 
 Innumerable force of Spirits arm'd, 
 
 That durst dislike his reign, and me preferring, 
 
 His utmost pow'r with adverse pow'r opposed 
 
 In dubious battle on the plains of Heav'n, 
 
 And shook his throne. What though the field be lost ? 105 
 
 All is not lost ; th' unconquerable will 
 
 And study of revenge, immortal hate, 
 
 And courage never to submit or yield : 
 
 And what is else not to be overcome ; 
 
 That glory never shall his wrath or might 1 10 
 
 Extort from me. To bow and sue for grace 
 
 With suppliant knee, and deify his pow'r, 
 
 Who from the terror of this arm so late 
 
 Doubted his empire ; that were low indeed ! 
 
 That were an ignominy and shame beneath 115 
 
 This downfall ? since by fate the strength of Gods 
 
 And this empyreal substance cannot fail; 
 
 with mysterious pleasure, as on a miraculous manifestation of the power ofiir.nd. 
 What chains us, as with a resistless spell, in such a character, is spiritual 
 might (might of soul) , made visible by the racking pains which it over- 
 powers. There is something kindling and ennobling in the consciousness 
 however awakened, of the energy which resides in mind ; and many a vir- 
 tuous man has borrowed new strength from the force, constancy, and daunt- 
 less courage of evil agents." 
 
 109. And what, <tc. : "And if there be any thing else (besides these par- 
 ticulars) which is not to be overcome." If, as some prefer, a point of in- 
 terrogation be placed after overcome, Satan, with great energy, will then 
 ask, What else, thou having this undaunted spirit, is to be unvanquished, 
 though the field be lost? 110. That glory : The glory of an unconquerable 
 will, Ac. 114. Doubted hi* empire : That is, doubted the stability of it 
 
 116. Fate. Satan supposes the angels to subsist by necessity, and repre- 
 sents them of an empyreal, that is, fiery substance, as the Scripture does, Ps. 
 civ. 4. Heb. i. 7. Satan disdains to submit, since the angels (as he says) are 
 necessarily immortal and cannot be destroyed, and since too they are nowr 
 improved in experience.
 
 
 24 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Since through experience of this great event 
 In arms not worse, in foresight much advanced, 
 We may with more successful hope resolve 120 
 
 To wage by force or guile eternal war, 
 Irreconcileable to our grand foe, 
 -Who now triumphs, and in th' excess of joy 
 Sole reigning holds the tyranny of heav'n. 
 
 So spake th' apostate Angel, though in pain, 125 
 
 Vaunting aloud, but rack'd with deep despair : 
 And him thus answer'd soon his bold compeer. 
 
 Prince, Chief of many throned powers ! 
 That led the embattled Seraphim to war 
 
 Under thy conduct, and in dreadful deeds 130 
 
 Fearless, endangered heavVs perpetual King, 
 And put to proof his high supremacy, 
 Whether upheld by strength, or chance, or fate ; 
 Too well I see and rue the dire event, 
 
 That with sad overthrow and foul defeat 135 
 
 Hath lost us heav'n, and all this mighty host 
 In horrible destruction laid thus low, 
 As far as Gods and heav'nly essences 
 Can perish ; for the mind and spirit remains 
 Invincible, and vigor soon returns, 140 
 
 Though all our glory extinct, and happy state 
 Here swallow'd up in endless misery. 
 But what if he our conqu'ror (whom I now 
 Of force believe almighty, since no less 
 Than such could have overpower'd such force as ours) 
 Have left us this our spirit and strength entire 146 
 
 Strongly to suffer and support our pains, 
 That we may so suffice his vengeful ire, 
 Or do him mightier service as his thralls 
 By right of war, whate'er his business be 160 
 
 Here in the heart of Hell to work in fire, 
 Or do his errands in the gloomy deep ; 
 What can it then avail, though yet we feel 
 
 129. Seraphim. Compare with Isaiah vi. 2 6. An order of angels new 
 the throne of God-
 
 BOOK I. 25 
 
 Strength undiminish'd, or eternal being. 
 
 To undergo eternal punishment ? 155 
 
 Whereto with speedy words th' Arch-Fiend replied : 
 
 Fall'n Cherub, to be weak is miserable 
 Doing or suffering : but of this be sure, 
 To do aught good never will be our task, 
 But ever to do ill our sole delight, 16 * 
 
 As being the contrary to his high will 
 Whom we resist. If then his providence 
 Out of our evil seek to bring forth good, 
 , Our labor must be to pervert that end, 
 
 And out of good still to find means of evil ; 165 
 
 Which oft-times may succeed, so as perhaps 
 Shall grieve him, if I fail not, and disturb 
 His inmost counsels from their destined aim. 
 But see, the angry victor hath recall'd 
 
 His ministers of vengeance and pursuit 170 
 
 Back to the gates of Heav'n ; the sulph'rous hail 
 Shot after us in storm, o'erblown hath laid 
 The fiery surge, that from the precipice 
 Of Heav'n received us falling ; and the thunder, 
 Wing'd with red lightning and impetuous rage, 175 
 
 Perhaps hath spent his shafts, and ceases now 
 To bellow through the vast and boundless deep, 
 Let us not slip th' occasion, whether scorn 
 
 157. Cherub. One of an order of angels next in rank to a seraph. Com- 
 pare with Gen. iii. 24. Ezek. ch. x. 
 
 169. The account here given by Satan differs materially from that which 
 Raphael gives, book vi. 880, but this is satisfactorily explained by referring 
 to the circumstances of the two relators. Raphael's account may be con- 
 sidered as the true one ; but, as Newton remarks, in the other passages Sa 
 tan himself is the speaker, or some of his angels ; ajid they were too prouo 
 and obstinate to acknowledge the Messiah for their conqueror ; as their 
 rebellion was raised on his account, they would never own his superiority ; 
 they would rather ascribe their defeat to the whole host of heaven than to 
 him alone. In book vi. 830 the noise of his chariot is compared to the 
 sound of a numerous lutst ; and perhaps their fears led them to think that they 
 were really pursued by a numerous army. And what a sublime idea does 
 it give us of the terrors of the Messiah, that he alone should be as lormida- 
 ble, as if the whole host of Heaven were in pursuit of them.
 
 26 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Or satiate fury yield it from our foe. 
 
 Seest thou yon dreary plain, forlorn and wild, 180 
 
 The seat of desolation, void of light, 
 I Save what the glimm'ring of these livid flames 
 
 Casts pale and dreadful ? Thither let us tend 
 
 From off the tossing of these fiery waves, 
 
 There rest, if any rest can harbor there, 18ft 
 
 And reassembling our afflicted powers, 
 
 Consult how we may henceforth most offend 
 
 Our enemy, our own loss how repair, 
 
 How overcome this dire calamity,. 
 
 What reinforcement we may gain from hope, 190 
 
 ., If not, what resolution from despair. 
 
 Thus Satan talking to his nearest mate 
 
 With head uplift above the wave, and eyes 
 
 That sparkling blazed, his other parts 'besides 
 
 Prone on the flood, extended long and large, 195 
 
 Lay floating many a rood-, in bulk as huge 
 
 As whom the fables name of monstrous size ; 
 
 Titanian, or Earth-born, that warr'd on Jove-, 
 
 J92. The incidents, in the passage that follows, to which Addison calls at- 
 tention, are, Satan's being the first that wakens out of the general trance, his 
 posture on the burning lake, his rising from it, and the description of his 
 shield and spear; also his call to the fallen angels that lay plunged and stupi- 
 fied in the sea of fire. (314 5.) 
 
 193. Prone on the flood, somewhat like those two monstrous serpepts de- 
 scribed by Virgil ii. 206 : 
 
 Pectora quorum inter fluctut arrecta, juba-que 
 Sanguines exiuperant and as ; pan ctrtera pontura 
 Pone legit 
 
 196. Rood, (ft. : a rood is the fourth part of an acre, so that the bulk of 
 Satan is expressed by the same sort of measure, as that of one of the giants 
 .11 Virgil, &n. vi. 596 : 
 
 Per tola norem cni jufrra corpus 
 Porrigitur. 
 
 And also that of the old dragon in Spenser's Fairy Queen, book i. 
 ' That with hii largeness measured much land." 
 
 N. 
 
 l98. TUnnian, or Earth-born : 
 
 Genus antiquum tsjrss, TiUnia pubes 
 
 JEn. vi. 580
 
 ROOK I. 27 
 
 Briareos, or Typhon, whom the den 
 
 By ancient Tarsus held, or that sea-beast 200 
 
 Leviathan, which God of all his works 
 
 Created hugest that swim the ocean stream ; 
 
 Him haply slumb'ring on the Norway foam 
 
 The pilot of some small night-founder'd skiff 
 
 Deeming some island, oft, as seamen tell, 205 
 
 With fixed anchor in his scaly rind 
 
 Moy/s by^^^ide under the lea, while night 
 
 Invest^ tnosea^ and, wislftd morn delays : 
 
 Here Milton commences that train of learned allusions which was among 
 his peculiarities, and which he always makes poetical by some picturesque 
 epithet, or simile. E. B. 
 
 199. Briareos, a fabled giant (one of the Titans) possessed of a hundred 
 hands. " Et centumgeminus Briareus." Virg. JEn. vi. 287. 
 
 201. Leviathan, a marine animal finely described in the book of Job, ch. 
 xli. It is supposed by some to be the whale ; by others, the crocodile, with 
 less probability. See Brande's Cyc. 
 
 202. Swim the ocean-stream : What a force of imagination is there in thia 
 last expression ! What an idea it conveys of the size of that largest of 
 created beings, as if it shrunk up the ocean to a stream, and took up the sea 
 
 * in its nostrils as a very little thing ! Force of* style is one of Milton's great 
 excellencies. Hence, perhaps, he stimulates us more in the reading, and less 
 afterwards. The way to defend Milton agams3y}*impugners is to take 
 
 UW. 
 
 vm 
 
 down the book and read it. 
 
 This line is by some found fault vmh as inharmonious ; but good taste ap- 
 proves its structure, as being on this account better suited to convey a just 
 idea of the size of this monster. 
 
 204. Night-foundered : overtaken by the night, and thus arrested in its 
 course. The metaphor, as Hurne observes, is taken from a foundered horse 
 that can go no further. 
 
 207. Under the lee: in a place defended from the wind. 
 
 208. Inverts the sea: an allusion to the figurative description of Nigh 
 given by Spenser : 
 
 By this the drooping daylight 'gan to fa IP. 
 And yield his room to sad succeeding night, 
 WHo with htr sable mantle ''gun to shade 
 The fact of Earth." 
 
 Milton also, in the same taste, speaking of the moon, IV. 609: 
 'And o'er the dark her silver mantle threw.'
 
 28 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So stretch 'd out huge in length the Arch -Fiend lay 
 Chain'd on the burning lake, nor ever thence 210 
 
 Had ris'n or heaved his head, but that the will 
 And high permission of all-ruling Heav'n 
 Left him at large to his own dark designs, 
 That with reiterated crimes he might 
 
 Heap on himself damnation, while he sought 215 
 
 Evil to others, and enraged might see 
 How all his malice served but to brim; 
 Infinite goodness, grace, and .m^rc^shev^n - 
 On Man, by him seduced ; but oti^fcjLMlf.. . v 
 Treble confusion, wrath, and vengeance pour'd. 220 
 
 Forthwith upright he rears from off the pool 
 His mighty stature ; on each hand the flames 
 Driv'n backward slope their pointing spires, and roll'd 
 In billows, leave i' th- 1 midst a horrid vale. 
 Then with expandea wings^he stcttf'hQ flight 226 
 
 Aloft, incumbent on the dusky air, 
 
 209. There are many examples in Milton of musical expression, or ot an 
 adaptation of the sound and movement of the verse to the meaning of the 
 passage. This line is an insdyje. By its great length,*and peculiar stric- 
 ture, being composed of monosyllables, it is admirably adapted to convey the * 
 idea of immense * 17 - C - l^fH 
 
 210. Chained on th^N^wing laJce: There seems to be an^ajltision here toi 
 the legend of Prometheus, one^nW^^kns, who was exposed to the wrath 
 of Jupiter on account of his having taught mortals the arts, and especially 
 the use of fire, which "he was said to have stolen from heaven, concealed in a 
 reed. According to another story he was actually the creator of men, or at, 
 least inspired them with thought and sense. 
 
 His punishment was to be chained to a rock on Caucasus, where a vulture 
 perpetually gnawed his liver; from which he was finally rescued by Her- 
 cules. This legend has formed the subject of the grandest of all the jjootical 
 illustrations of Greek supernatural belief, the Promttheut Bound of ^Eschy- 
 lus. Many have recognized in the indomitable resolution of this suffering 
 Titan, and his stern endurance of the evils inflicted on him by a power with 
 which he Lid vainly warred for supremacy, the prototype of the arch-fiend 
 of Milton. BRAJCDE. 
 
 226 7. That felt unusual tceight : This conceit (as Thyer remarks) it 
 borrowed from Spenser, who thus describes the old dragon, book i. 
 
 ' Then with his waving wingi tliipU) cii wid 
 Himself np high he lift* I from the ground.
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 29 
 
 That felt unusual weight ; till on dry land 
 *- He lights, as if it were land that ever burn'd 
 
 With solid, as the lake with liquid fire ; 
 "> And such appear'd in hue, as when the force 230 
 
 Of subterranean wind transports a hill 
 
 Torn from Pelorus, or the sbattcr'd side 
 
 Of thund'ring ^Etna, whose combustible 
 
 And fuel'd entrails thence conceiving fire, 
 
 And with strong flight did forcibly divide 
 The yielding air, which nigh toofeehle found 
 Her flitting parts, and clement unsound, 
 To bear so greqffiiceight." 
 
 229. Liquid fire. Virg. EC. vi. 33. " Et liquid! simul ignis. N. 
 
 230. There are several noble similies and allusions in the first book of 
 Paradise Lost. And here it must be observed that when Milton alludes 
 either to things or persons he never quits his simile until it rises to some 
 very great idea, which is often foreign to the occasion that gave birth to it. 
 The simile does not perhaps occupy above a line or two, but the poet runs 
 on with the hint until he has raised out of it some brilliant image or senti- 
 ment adapted to inflame the mind of the reader and to give it that sublime 
 kind of entertainment which is suitable to the nature of an heroic poem. 
 
 In short, if we look into the poems of Homer, Virgil, and Milton, we must 
 observe, that as the great fable is the soul of each poem, so, to give their 
 works the greater variety, the episodes employed by these authors may be 
 regarded as so many short fables, their similies as so many short episodes, 
 and their metaphors as so many short similies. If the comparisons in the 
 first book of Milton, of the sun in an eclipse, of the sleeping leviathan, of the 
 bees swarming about their hive, of the fairy dance, be regarded in this light 
 the great beauties existing in each of these passages will readily be dis- 
 covered. A. 
 
 231. Wind : this should be altered to winds, to agree with the reading in 
 line 235 ; or that should be altered to agree with this. 
 
 232. Pelorus : the eastern promontory of Sicily. 
 
 234. Thence conceiving fire : the combustible and fuelled entrails, or interior 
 contents, of the mountain, are here represented as taking fire, as the result of 
 the action of the subterranean wind, in removing the side of the mountain. 
 The fire thus kindled was sublimed with mineral fury, that is. was heightened 
 by the rapid combustion of mineral substances of a bituminous nature. The 
 poet seems to have in his mind the description of ^.tna by Vhgil (book iii 
 
 572, 578.) 
 
 Sed horrificis juxta tonat ^Ktna minis, 
 Interdiimqnc atrttm prorumpit <l aitliera nubem, 
 Turbine fumantem picen. et camlcnte fnill'i ; 
 Attollitque globo* flammarum, et si Icra lambit ;
 
 90 PARADI6K LOST. 
 
 Sublimed with min'ral fury, aid the winds, 235 
 
 ^ And leave a singed bottom all involved 
 
 With stench and smoke ; such resting found the sole 
 
 Of unblost feet. Him follow'd his next mate, 
 
 Both glorying to have 'scap'd the Stygian flood 
 
 As Gods, and by their own recover'd strength, 240 
 
 Not by the sufPrance of Supernal Power. 
 
 Is this the region, this the soil, the clime, 
 Said then the lost Arch- Angel, this the seat 
 That we must change for heav'n, this mournful gloom 
 For that celestial light ? Be it so, since he 245 
 
 Who now is Sovran can dispose and bid 
 What shall be right : farthest from him is best, 
 Whom reason hath equall'd, force hath made supreme 
 Above his equals. Farewell happy fields, 
 Where joy forever dwells : Hail horrors, hail 250 
 
 Infernal world, and thou profonndcst Ilrll 
 Receive thy new possessor ; one who brings 
 A mind not to be changed by place or time. 
 The mind is its own place, and in itself 
 Can make a Heav'n of Hell, a Hell of Heav'n. 255 
 
 Interdum icopnlos arnliaque viscera montii 
 Erigttenictani. liquefactaque ttxa tub auras 
 Cam gemitu glomerat, fundoqne excitutt imo. 
 
 239. Stygian flood ; an expression here of the same import with infernal 
 food, alluding to the fabulous river Styx of the lower world, which the poets 
 represented as a broad, dull and sluggish stream. 
 
 246. Sovran : from the Italian word sovrano. 
 
 250. Dr. Charming, writing upon Satan's character as drawn by the poet 
 observes : " Hell yields to the spirit which it imprisons. The intensity of 
 its fires reveals the intense passion and more vehement will of Satan ; and 
 the mined archangel gathers into himself the sublimity of the scene which 
 surrounds him. This forms the tremendous interest of these wonderful 
 books. We see mind triumphant over the most terrible powers of nature 
 We see unutterable agony subdued by energy of soul." 
 
 Addison remarks that Milton has attributed to Satan those sentiments 
 which are every way answerable to his character, and suited to a created 
 being of the most exalted and most depraved nature; as in this passage, 
 which descrilies him as taking possession of his place of tonne-Is, 250 263. 
 
 253 5. These are some of the extravagances of the Stoics, and could not
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 31 
 
 What matter where, if I be still the same, 
 And what I should be, all but less than he 
 Whom thunder hath made greater ? Here at least 
 We shall be free ; th' Almighty hath not built 
 Here for his envy, will not drive us hence : 260 
 
 Here we may reign secure, and in my choice 
 To reign is worth ambition, though in hell ; 
 Y Better to reign in hell than serve in heaven. 
 But wherefore let we then our faithful friends, 
 Th' associates and copartners of our loss, 265 
 
 Lie thus astonish'd on th' oblivious pool, 
 And call them not to share with us their part 
 In this unhappy mansion, or once more 
 With rallied arms to try what may be yet 
 Regain'd in Heav'n, or what more lost in Hell ? 270 
 
 So Satan spake ; and him Beelzebub 
 Thus answer'd : Leader of those armies bright, 
 Which but th' Omnipotent none could have foil'd, 
 If once they hear that voice, their liveliest pledge 
 Of hope in fears and dangers, heard so oft 275 
 
 In worst extremes, and on the perilous edge 
 Of battle when it raged, in all assaults 
 Their surest signal, they will soon resume 
 New courage and revive, though now they lie 
 Grov'ling and prostrate on yon lake of fire, 280 
 
 be better ridiculed than they are here by being put into the mouth of Satan 
 in his present situation. THYER. 
 Shakspeare, in Hamlet, says : 
 
 There is nothing either good or bad, but 
 
 Thinking makes it so. 
 
 254. This sentiment is the great foundation on which the Stoics build, 
 their whole system of ethics. S. 
 
 263. This sentiment is an improvement of that which is put by ^Eschy- 
 Uis into the mouth of Prometheus, 965 ; and it was a memorable saying of 
 Julius Caesar that he would rather be the first man in a village, than the 
 second in Rome. Compare Virg. Georg. i. 36. N. 
 
 The lust of power and the hatred of moral excellence are Satan's promi- 
 nent characteristics. 
 
 276. Edge of battle : from the Latin word acies, which signifies both the 
 edge of a weapon and also an array in battle array. See book VI. 103 ?]
 
 32 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 As we ere while, astounded and amazed, 
 No wonder, fall'u such a pernicious height. 
 
 He scarce had ceased when the superior Fiend 
 Was moving tow'rd the shore ; his pond'rous shield 
 Ethereal temper, massy, large, and round, 285 
 
 Behind him cast ; the broad circumference 
 Hung on his shoulders like the moon, whose orb 
 Through optic glass the Tuscan artist views 
 At evening from the top of Fesole, 
 
 Or in Valdarno, to descry new lands, 290 
 
 Rivers, or mountains, on her spotty globe. 
 His spear, to equal which the tallest pine 
 Hewn on Norwegian hills, to be the mast 
 Of some great ammiral, were but a wand, 
 He walk'd with to support uneasy steps 295 
 
 Over the burning marie ; not like those steps 
 On Heaven's azure, and the torrid clime 
 Smote on him sore besides, vaulted with fire : 
 Nathless he so endured, till on the beach 
 Of that inflamed sea he stood, and call'd 300 
 
 His legions, Angel forms, who lay entranced 
 
 287. Homer and Ossian describe in a like splendid manner the shields of 
 their heroes. 
 
 288. Galileo : He was the first who applied the telescope to celestial ob- 
 servations, and was the discoverer of the satellites of Jupiter in 1C10, which, 
 in honor of his patron, Cosmo Medici he called the Mediccan ttars. From 
 the tower of St. Mark he showed the Venetian senators not only the satel- 
 lites of Jupiter but the crescent of Venus, the triple appearance of Saturn, 
 and the inequalities on the Moon's surface. At this conference he also en- 
 deavored to convince them of the tnith of the Copernican system. 
 
 289 00. Fetolf: a city of Tuscany. Valdarno, the valley of Arno, in the 
 same district The very sound of these names is charming. 
 
 v. j :i I. Ammiral: the obsolete form of admiral, the principal ship in a fleet. 
 
 The idea contained in this passage, may, as Dr. Johnson suggest*, be 
 drawn from the following lines of Cowley ; b'.it, who does not admire the 
 *ast improvements in form ? He says of Goliath, 
 
 - His uprtr, the trunk was of n lofty tree, 
 Which nature meant tome tall ship's matt should be.' 1 
 
 Compare Horn. Odys. ix. 322. JEn. iii. 659. Tasso, canto vL 40. 
 299. Nathlnt: nevertheless
 
 /fr^'w
 
 BOOK I. 33 
 
 Thick as autumnal leaves that strow the brooks 
 
 In Vallombrosa, where the Etrurian shades 
 
 High over-arch'd irabow'r ; or scatter'd sedge 
 
 Afloat, when with fierce winds Orion arm'd 305 
 
 Hath vex'd the Red Sea coast, whose waves o'erthrew 
 
 Busiris and his Memphian chivalry, 
 
 While with perfidious hatred they pursued 
 
 The sojourners of Groshen, who beheld 
 
 From the safe shore their floating carcasses 310 
 
 And broken chariot wheels : so thick bestrewn, 
 
 Abject and lost lay these, covering the flood, 
 
 Under amazement of their hideous change. 
 
 He call'd so loud, that all the hollow deep 
 
 302, &c. : Here we see the impression of scenery made upon Milton's 
 mind in his youth, when he was at Florence. This is a favorite passage 
 with all readers of descriptive poetry. E. B. 
 
 302. Autumnal leaves. Compare Virgil's lines, JEn. vi. 309 : 
 
 Quam multa in sylvis autumn! frigore primo 
 Lnjisa cadunt foiia. 
 " That as the leaves in autumn strow the woods." 
 
 DRYDEN. 
 
 But Milton's comparison is the more exact by far ; it not only expresses a 
 multitude but also the posture and situation of the angels. Their lying con- 
 fusedly in heaps covering the lake is finely represented by this image of the 
 leaves in the brooks. N. 
 
 303. Vallombrosa : a Tuscan valley : the name is composed of vallis and 
 umbra, arid thus denotes a shady valley. 
 
 305. Orion arw'rf: Orion is a constellation represented in the figure of an 
 armed man, and supposed to be attended with stormy weather, assurgens 
 fluctu nimbosns Orion, Virg. JEn. i. 539. The Red Sea abounds so much 
 with sedge that in the Hebrew Scriptures it is called the Sedgy Sea. The 
 wind usually drives the sedge in great quantities against the shore. N. 
 
 306. JJiairis: Bentley objects to Milton giving this name to Phaiaoh since 
 history does not support him in i*. But Milton uses the liberty of a poet in 
 giving Pharaoh this name, because some had already attached it to him. 
 
 Chivalry, denotes here those who use horses in fight, whether by riding 
 on them, or riding in chariots drawn by them. See line 765. Also Para- 
 dise Regained iii. 343, compared with line 328. 
 
 308. Perfidious : he permitted them to leave the country, but afterwards 
 pursued them. 
 
 ii
 
 34 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Of Hell resounded. Princes, Potentates, 315 
 
 Warriors, the flow'r of heav'n, once yours, now lost, 
 
 If such astonishment as this can seize 
 
 Eternal spirits ; or have ye chos'n this place 
 
 After the toil of battle to repose 
 
 Your wearied virtue, for the ease you find 320 
 
 To slumber here, as in the vales of Heaven ? 
 
 Or in this abject posture have ye sworn 
 
 T' adore the conqueror ? who now beholds 
 
 Cherub and Seraph rolling in the flood 
 
 With scattered arms and ensigns, till anon 325 
 
 His swift pursuers from heav'n gates discern 
 
 Th' advantage, and descending tread us down 
 
 Thus drooping, or with linked thunderbolts 
 
 Transfix us to the bottom of this gulf. 
 
 Awake, arise, or be for ever fall'n. 330 
 
 They heard, and were abash'd, and up they sprung 
 Upon the wing, as when men wont to watch 
 On duty, sleeping found by whom they dread, 
 Rouse and bestir themselves ere well awake. 
 Nor did they not perceive the evil plight 335 
 
 In which they were, or the fierce pains not feel ; 
 Yet to their gen'ral's voice they soon obey'd 
 Innumerable. As when the potent rod 
 Of Amram's son, in Egypt's evil day, 
 
 Waved round the coast, up call'd a pitchy cloud 340 
 
 Of locusts, warping on the eastern wind, 
 That o'er the realm of impious Pharaoh hung 
 Like night, and darken M all the land of Nile : 
 80 numberless were those bad Angels seen 
 
 >15. This magnificent call of Satan to his prostrate host could have been 
 .tlen by nobody but Milton. E. B. 
 ">25. Anon: Soon. 
 
 329. An allusion seems here to be made to the JEneid, book i. 44-5. 
 Ilium, ex(|'irmntcm tranifixo prctore flammas, 
 Tuilunc corripuit. Kr|iiiliH|iie infixit acuto. 
 
 338. dmramt ion : Moses. See Exod. x. 
 
 341. Warping: Moving like waves; or, working themselves forward. H.
 
 BOOK I. 35 
 
 Hov'ring on wing under the cope of Hell 345 
 
 'Twixt upper, nether, and surrounding fires ; 
 
 Till, as a signal giv'n, th' uplifted spear 
 
 Of their great Sultan waving to direct 
 
 Their course, in even balance down they light 
 
 On the firm brimstone, and fill all the plain ; 350 
 
 A multitude, like which the populous north 
 
 Pour'd never from her frozen loins, to pass 
 
 Rhcne or the Danaw, when her barb'rous sons 
 
 Came like a deluge on the south, and spread 
 
 Beneath Gibraltar to the Lybian sands. 355 
 
 Forthwith from ev'ry squadron and each band 
 
 The heads and leaders thither haste where stood 
 
 Their great commander ; Godlike shapes and forms 
 
 Excelling human, princely dignities, 
 
 And Pow'rs that erst in Heaven sat on thrones ; 360 
 
 Though of their names in heav'nly records now 
 
 Be no memorial, blotted out and rased 
 
 By their rebellion from the books of life. 
 
 Nor had they yet among the sons of Eve 
 
 Got them new names, till wand'ring o'er the earth, 365 
 
 345. Cope: Roof. 
 
 352. Frozen loins : In Scripture children are said to come out of tlie loins, 
 Gen. xxxv. 1 1 . The term frozen is here used only on account of the cold- 
 ness of the climate. Rhcne and Danaw, the one from the Latin, the other 
 from the German, are chosen because uncommon. Barbarous : The Goths, 
 Huns, and Vandals, wherever their conquests extended, destroyed the monu- 
 ments of ancient learning and taste. Beneath Gibraltar : That is, southward 
 of it, the northern portion of the globe being regarded as uppermost. N. 
 
 The three comparisons relate to the three different states in which these 
 fallen angels are represented. When abject and lying supine on the lake, 
 they are fitly compared to vast heaps of leaves which in autumn the poet 
 himself had observed to bestrew the water-courses and bottoms of Vallom- 
 brosa. When roused by their great leader's objurgatory summons, they are 
 compared, in number, with the countless locusts of Egypt. The object of 
 the third comparison is to illustrate their number when assembled as sol- 
 diers on the firm brimstone, and here they are compared with the most nu- 
 merous body of troops wliich history had made mention of. DUNSTER. 
 
 360. Ertt: Formerly. 
 
 364-375. The subject of Paradise Lost is the origin of evil an event, in
 
 36 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Thro' God's high fluff 'ranee for the trial of man, 
 
 By falsities and lies the greatest part 
 
 Of mankind they corrupted, to forsake 
 
 God their Creator, and th' invisible 
 
 Glory of him that made them to transform 370 
 
 Oft to the image of a brute, adorn'd 
 
 With gay religions full of pomp and gold, 
 
 And Devils to adore for Deities : 
 
 Then were thoy known to men by various names, 
 
 And various idols through the Heathen world. 375 
 
 Say, Muse, their names then known, who first, who last 
 
 Roused from the slumber, on that fiery couch, 
 
 At their great emp'ror's call, as next in worth 
 
 Came singly where he stood on the bare strand, 
 
 While the promiscuous crowd stood yet aloof. 380 
 
 The chief were those who from the pit of Hell 
 
 Roaming to seek their prey on earth, durst fix 
 
 Their seats long after next the seat of God, 
 
 Their altars by his altar, Gods adored 
 
 Among the nations round, and durst abide 385 
 
 ito nature connected with everything important in the circumstances of hu- 
 man existence ; and, amid these circumstances, Milton saw that the Fnbltt of 
 Paganism were too important and poetical to be omitted. As a Chri.-tian 
 he was entitled wholly to neglect them, but as a poet he chose to treat them 
 not as the dreams of the human mind, but as the delusions of infernal exist- 
 ences. Thus anticipating a beautiful propriety for all classical allusions ; 
 thus connecting and reconciling the co-existence of fable and of truth ; and 
 thus identifying the fallen angels with the deities of " gay religions full of 
 pomp and gold," he yoked the heathen mythology in triumph to his subject, 
 and clothed himself in the spoils of super.-tition. KDI.NB. ENCYC. 
 
 This subject ia again presented in the last note on Book I. 
 
 369. Rom. i. 18-25. 372. Religion* : That is, religions rites. 
 
 375. Holt: Heathen idols' are here described as the ii-pn f there 
 demons. Addison remarks that the catalogue of evil spirits has abundance 
 of learning in it and a very agreeable turn of poetry, which rises in a great 
 measure from its describing the places where they were worshipped, by 
 those beautiful marks of rivers so frequent among the ancient poets. The 
 author had doubtless in this place Homers catalogue of ships, and Vir^il'.-s 
 list of warriors in his view. 
 
 376. When they apostatised, they acquired new and dishonorable name*.
 
 BOOK I. 37 
 
 Jehovah thund'ring out of Sion, throned 
 Between the Cherubim ; yea, often placed 
 Within his sanctuary itself their shrines, . 
 Abominations ; and with cursed things 
 
 His holy rites and solemn feasts profaned, 390 
 
 And with their darkness durst affront his light. 
 First Moloch, horrid king, besmear'd with blood 
 Of human sacrifice, and parents' tears, 
 Though for the noise of drums and timbrels loud 
 Their children's cries unheard, that pass'd thro' fire 395 
 
 To his grim idol. Him the Ammonite 
 Worshipp'd in Rabba and ner wat'ry plain, 
 In Argob and in Basan, to the stream 
 Of utmost Arnon. Nor content with such 
 Audacious neighborhood, the wisest heart 400 
 
 Of Solomon he led by fraud to build 
 . His temple right against the temple of God, 
 On that opprobrious hill ; and made his grove 
 The pleasant valo of Hinnom, Tophet thence 
 
 387. Cherubim : The golden figures placed over the ark in the Hebrew sanc- 
 tuary, Exod. xxv. See also 2 Kings xix. 15 " O Lord God of Israel, which 
 dwellest between the Cherubim." 
 
 392. Moloch : The national God of the Ammonites ; properly denomi- 
 nated horrid, since to him children were offered in sacrifice. Consult 2 
 Kings xxiii. 10-13. The characters ascribed to Moloch anil Belial prepare 
 us for their respective speeches and behaviour in the second and sixth books. 
 
 397-8. Rabba, or Kabbah, was the principal city of the Ammonites, 
 twenty miles northeast of Jericho, and on the east side of the Jordan. Jlr- 
 gob is not far distant. Bashan is a large district of country lying east of the 
 Sea of Tiberias, celebrated for its cattle, and its oaks. At the time of the 
 conquest of Canaan by the Hebrews, the Ammonites occupied the country 
 east of Jordan, from the river Jlriwn, which empties into the Dead Sea to 
 :he river Jabbok. The vale of Hinnom was near Jerusalem. 
 
 403. Solomon built a temple to Moloch on the Mount of Olives (1 Kings 
 xi. 7) : it is hence called that opprobrious (or infamous) hill. 
 
 404. Tophet: In the Hebrew, drum; this and other noisy instruments 
 being used to drown the cries of the miserable children who were offered to 
 this idol ; and (iclminu. or the valley of Hiiuioni, is in several places of the 
 New Testament, and by our Saviour himself, made the name and type of 
 hell. N.
 
 38 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And black Gehenna call'd, the type of Hell. 405 
 
 Next Cheiuos, the obscene dread of Moab's sons, 
 
 From Aroar to Nebo, and the wild 
 
 Of southmost Abarim ; in Hesebon 
 
 And Horonaiiu, Scon's realm, beyond 
 
 The flowery dale of Sibma clad with vines, 410 
 
 And Eleale to th' Asphaltic pool. 
 
 Peor his other name, when he enticed 
 
 Israel in Sittim, on their march from Nile, 
 
 To do him wanton rites, which cost them woe. 
 
 Yet thence his lustful orgies he enlarged 415 
 
 E'en to that bill of scandal, by the grove 
 
 Of Moloch homicide ; lust hard by hate ; 
 
 Till good Josiah drove them thence to Hell. 
 
 406. Chtmo* : The god of the Moabites. Consult 1 Kings xi. 6, 7. 2 Kings 
 xxiii. 13. It is supposed to be same as Baal-Peor, and as Priapus. Numb, 
 xxv. 1-9. 
 
 408. Hescbon (Heshbon) : Twenty-one miles east of the mouth of the 
 Jordan. Its situation is still marked by a few broken pillars, several large 
 ( cisterns and wells, together with extensive ruins which overspread a high 
 hill, commanding a wild and desolate scenery on every side. Jlbarim is a 
 chain of mountains running north and south, east of the Dead Sea ; Piigah is 
 some eminence in this chain at the northern part, and Airio is supposed to be 
 the summit of Pisgah, nearly opposite Jericho. It was here that the great 
 leader of the Israelites was favored with a view of the land of promise, and 
 yielded up his life at the command of the Lord, n. c. 1451. Aroar (Aroer) 
 was a place situated on the river Arnon. which formed the northern bound- 
 ary of the kingdom of Moab. Scon (Sihon) was king of the Amorites. 
 Sibma was half a mile from Heshbon ; Ele.iK, two and a half miles south of 
 it. The Atphnltic pool is the Dead Sea. Sittim is written Shittim in the 
 Bible. 
 
 415. Orgia: Wild, frantic rites. The term is generally applied to the 
 feasts of Bacchus, but is equally applicable to the obscene practices connected 
 with the worship of Chemos, or Peor. 
 
 417. Lutt hard by hate: The figure contained in this verse conveys a 
 strong moral truth. Had it not been, however, that the music of the verse 
 would have been injured, the idea would have been more correct by the 
 transposition of the words lust and hate. S. 
 
 Our author might perhaps have in view Spenser's Mack of Cupid, where 
 Anger, Strife, &c., are represented as immediately following Cupid in the 
 procession. T
 
 BOOK I. 39 
 
 With these came they, who from the bord'ring flood 
 
 Of old Euphrates to the brook that parts 420 
 
 Eygpt from Syrian ground, had general names 
 
 Of Baalim and Ashtaroth ; those male, 
 
 These feminine ; for spirits, when they please, 
 
 Can either sex assume, or both ; so soft 
 
 And uncorn pounded is their essence pure 425 
 
 Not tied nor manacled with joint or limb ; 
 
 Nor founded on the brittle strength of bones, 
 
 Like cumbrous flesh ; but, in what shape they choose 
 
 Dilated or condensed, bright or obscure, 
 
 Can execute their aery purposes, 430 
 
 And works of love or enmity fulfil. 
 
 For those tbr mce of Israel oft forsook 
 
 419. Bordering /M/e-a . The Euphrates formed the eastern border of the pro- 
 mised land, Gen. x 6 . It may be called old from the very early historic 
 mention of it in Gti. <i. 1*. See also Ps. Ixxx. 11. 
 
 420. Brook : Probahlv the brook Besor. 
 
 422. Baalim and Jlstaroth : There were many of these deities (so called) in 
 Syria and adjacent regions. The sun and the stars are supposed to be in- 
 tended under these names. 
 
 423. Milton probably derived these notions from a passage in a Greek 
 author of antiquity, who, in a dialogue concerning Demons, tells a story of 
 one appearing in the form of a woman, and upon this it is asserted that they 
 can assume either sex, take what shape and color they please, and contract 
 and dilate themselves at pleasure. N. 
 
 423. Spirits : The nature of spirits is here set forth, and the explanation 
 of the manner in which spirits transform themselves by contraction or en- 
 largement is introduced with great judgment, to make way for several sur- 
 prising accidents in the sequel of the poem. There follows a passage near 
 the very end of the first book, which is what the French critics call marvel- 
 lous, but at the' same time is rendered probable when compared with this 
 passage. As soon as the infernal palace is finished, we are told, the multi- 
 tude and rabble of spirits shnmk themselves into a small compass, that there 
 alight be room for such a numberless assembly in this capacious hall. But 
 i* is the poet's refinement upon this thought which is most to be admired, 
 and which indeed is very noble in itself. For he tells us, that notwithstand- 
 ing the vulgar among the fallen spirits contracted their forms, those of the 
 first rank and dignity btill preserved their natural dimensions. Consult the 
 lart ten lines of the first book. A. 
 
 432. Thou : Those demon*. 433. Strength : Jehovah.
 
 40 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Their living Strength, and unfrequented left 
 
 His righteous altar, bowing lowly down 
 
 To bestial gods ; for which their heads as low 435 
 
 Bow'd down in battle, sunk before the spear 
 
 Of despicable foes. With these in troop 
 
 Came Astoreth, whom the Phoenicians call'd 
 
 Astarte, queen of heaven, with crescent horns 
 
 To whose bright image nightly by the moon 440 
 
 Sidonian virgins paid their vows and songs ; 
 
 In Sion also not unsung, where stood 
 
 Her temple on th' offensive mountain, built 
 
 By that uxorious king, whose heart, though large, 
 
 Beguiled by fair idolatresses, fell 445 
 
 To idols foul. Thamtnuz came next behind, 
 
 Whose annual wound in Lebanon allured 
 
 The Syrian damsels to lament his fate 
 
 In amorous ditties all a summer's day ; 
 
 While smooth Adonis from his native rock 450 
 
 Ran purple to the sea, supposed with blood 
 
 Of Thammuz yearly wounded : the love-tale 
 
 Infected Sion's daughters with like heat ; 
 
 Whose wanton passions in the sacred porch 
 
 Ezckiel saw, when by the vision led, 455 
 
 His eye survey 'd the dark idolatries 
 
 438. Jerern. vii. 18; zliv. 17, 18. 1 Kings xi. 5. 2 Kings xxiii. 13. 
 
 443. Offensive : So called on account of the idolatrous worship there per- 
 formed ; in other places called by Milton, for the same reason, the mountain 
 of corruption, opprobrious kill, and hill of scandal. 
 
 444. Uxorious king : Solomon, who was too much influenced by his wives. 
 451. Thammuz : This idol is the same as the Phenician Adonis. Ezek. 
 
 viii. 14. Adonis, in the heathen mythology, was a beautiful youth, son of 
 Cinyrus. king of Cyprus, beloved by Venus, and lulled by a wild boar, to the 
 great regret of the goddess. It is also the name of a river of Phenicia, on the 
 lank* of which Adonis, or Thammuz as he u called in the East, was sup- 
 posed to have been killed. At certain seasons of the year this river acquires 
 a high red color by the rains washing up red earth. The ancient poets as- 
 cribed this to a sympathy in the river fur the death of Adonis. This season 
 was observed as a festival in the adjacent country. To these circumstance* 
 Milton has here beautifully alluilpd. BKAN:>>:'S Cvc.
 
 BOOK I. 41 
 
 Of alienated Judah. Next came one 
 
 Who mourn'd in earnest, when the captive ark 
 
 Maim'd his brute image, head and hands lopp'd off 
 
 In his own temple, on the grunsel edge, 460 
 
 Where he fell flat, and shamed his worshippers : 
 
 Dagon his name, sea-monster, upward man 
 
 And downward fish : yet had his temple high 
 
 Rear'd in Azotus, dreaded through the coast 
 
 Of Palestine, in Gath and AscaJon, 465 
 
 And Accaron and Gaza's frontier bounds. 
 
 Him follow'd Rimmon, whose delightful seat 
 
 Was fair Damascus, on the fertile banks 
 
 Of Abbana and Pharphar, lucid streams. 
 
 He also 'gainst the house of God was bold : 470 
 
 A leper once he lost, and gain'd a king ; 
 
 Ahaz his sottish conqu'ror, whom he drew 
 
 God's altar to disparage and displace 
 
 For one of Syrian mode, whereon to burn 
 
 His odious offerings, and adore the gods 475 
 
 Whom he had vanquish'd. After these appear'd 
 
 A crew, who, under names of old renown, 
 
 460. Grunsel edge: Groundsill edge the threshold of the gate of the 
 temple. 
 
 462- Dagon : A god of the Philistines. Consult Judges xvi. 23. 1 Sam. v. 
 4 ; vi. 17. 
 
 467. Rimmon : A god of the Syrians. Consult 2 Kings v. 18. 
 
 467-9. The power of Milton's mind is stamped on every line. The fer- 
 vour of his imagination melts down and renders malleable, as in a furnace, 
 the most contradictory materials. Milton's learning has all the effect of in- 
 tuition. He describes objects, of which he could only have read in books, 
 with the vividness of actual observation. His imagination has the force of 
 nature. He makes words tell as pictures, as in these lines. The word /tirirf, 
 here used, gives us all the sparkling effect of the most perfect landscape 
 There is great depth of impression in his descriptions of the objects of all the 
 different senses, whether colours, or sounds, or smells ; the same absorption of 
 mind in whatever engaged his attention at the time. He forms the most in- 
 tense conceptions of things, and then embodies them by a single stroke of his 
 pen. HAZLITC. 
 
 471. 2 Kings viii. xvi. 10. 2 Chron. xxviii. 23.
 
 42 PARADISE LOST 
 
 Osiris, Iris, Orus, and their train, 
 
 With monstrous shapes and sorceries abused 
 
 Fanatic Egypt and her priests, to seek 480 
 
 Their wandering gods disguised in brutish forms 
 
 Rather than human. Nor did Israel 'scape 
 
 Th' infection, when their borrow'd gold composed 
 
 The calf in Oreb ; and the rebel king 
 
 Doubled that sin in Bethel and in Dan, 4S5 
 
 Likening his Maker to the grazed ox ; 
 
 Jehovah, who in one night when he pass'd 
 
 From Kgypt marching, equall'd with one stroke 
 
 Both her first-born, and all her bleating gods. 
 
 Belial came last, than whom a spirit more lewd 490 
 
 Fell not from heaven, or more gross to love 
 
 Vice for itself : to whom no temple stood, 
 
 Nor altar smoked ; yet who more oft than he 
 
 In temples and at altars, when the priest 
 
 Turns atheist, as did Eli's sons, who fill'd 495 
 
 478. Oriris, one of the principal Egyptian gods, was brother to Isis, and 
 the father of Orus (Horus) . Osiris was worshipped under the form of the 
 sacred bulls. Apis and Mnevis; and as it is usual in the Egyptian symboli- 
 cal language to represent their deities with human forms, and with the heads 
 of the animals which were their representatives, we find statues of Osiris 
 with the horns of a bull. ANTHON. 
 
 The reason alleged for worshipping their gods under the monstrous forms 
 of bulls, cats, &c., is the fabulous tradition that when the Giants invaded hea- 
 ven, the gods were so affrighted that they fled into Egypt, and there concealed 
 themselves in the shapes of various animals. See Ovid Met. v. 319. N. 
 
 483. Infection : The Israelites, by dwelling so long in Egypt, were infected 
 with the superstitions of the Egyptians. E. B. 
 
 48-1. Oreb : Horeb. Rebel king : Jeroboam. Consult 1 Kings xii. 26-33. 
 
 485. Doubled that rin, by making two golden calves, probably in imitation 
 of the Egyptians among whom he had been, who worshipped two oxen ; 
 one called Apis, at Memphis, the metropolis of Upper Egypt; the other 
 called Mnevis, at Hieropolis, the chief city of Lower Egypt. Bethel and Dan 
 were at the southern and northern extremities of Palestine. See Psalm 
 cvi. 20. N. 
 
 480. Bleating god* : Sheep ; and hence shepherds who raised sheep to kill 
 for food were " an abomination" to the Egyptians. 
 
 495. Elf i ton* : Consult 1 Sam. ii.
 
 BOOK I. 43 
 
 With lust and violence the house of God ? 
 
 In courts and palaces he also reigns, 
 
 And in luxurious cities, where the noise 
 
 Of riot ascends above their loftiest towers, 
 
 And injury and outrage : and when night 500 
 
 Darkens the streets, then wander forth the sons 
 
 Of Belial, flown with insolence and wine 
 
 Witness the streets of Sodom, and that night 
 
 In Gibeah, when the hospitable door 
 
 Exposed a matron, to avoid worse rape. 505 
 
 These were the prime in order and in might : 
 
 The rest were long to tell, though far renown'd, 
 
 Th' Ionian gods, of J avail's issue held 
 
 Gods, yet confess'd later than Heaven and Earth, 
 
 Their boasted parents : Titan, Heav'n's first-born, 510 
 
 With his enormous brood, and birthright seized 
 
 By younger Saturn : he from mightier Jove, 
 
 His own and Rhea's son, like measure found ; 
 
 So Jove usurping reign'd : these first in Crete 
 
 And Ida known, thence on the snowy top 515 
 
 Of cold Olympus, ruled the middle air, 
 
 Their highest heav'n ; or on the Delphian cliff, 
 
 Or in Dodona, and through all the bounds 
 
 Of Doric land ; or who with Saturn old 
 
 Fled over Adria to th' Hesperian fields, 520 . 
 
 And o'er tlie Celtic roam'd the utmost isles. 
 
 502. Flown: A better reading is blown, inflated. Virg. EC. vi. 15. 
 
 504. Gibeah : Consult Judges xix. 14-30. 
 
 506. Prime: Being mentioned in the oldest records, the Hebrew. 
 
 508. Javan : The fourth son of Japhet, from whom the lonians and the 
 Greeks are supposed to have descended. 
 
 509. Heaven and Earth : The god Uranus, and the goddess Gaia. 
 510-521. Titan was their eldest son: he was the father of the Giants 
 
 and his empire was seized by his younger brother Saturn, as Saturn's was by 
 Jupiter, the son of Saturn and Rhea. These first were known in the island 
 of Crete, now Candia, in which is Mount Ida, where Jupiter is said to have 
 been born ; thence passed over into Greece, and resided on Mount Olymput 
 in Thessaly : the itnowy top of raid Olympus, as Homer calls it, Iliad i. 420. xviii. 
 615, which mountain afterwards became the name of Heaven among their
 
 44 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 All these and more came flocking ; but with looks 
 Downcast and dump ; yet such wherein appear'd 
 Obscure some glimpse of joy, to have found their chief 
 Not in despair, to have found themselves not lost 525 
 
 In loss itself: which on his count'nance cast 
 Like doubtful hue : but he, his wonted pride 
 Soon recollecting, with high words, that bore 
 Semblance of worth, not substance, gently raised 
 Their fainting courage, and dispell'd their fears. 530 
 
 Then straight commands, that at the warlike sound 
 Of trumpets loud and clarions be uprear'd 
 His mighty standard ; that proud honor claim 'd 
 Azazel as his right, a cherub tall ; 
 
 Who forthwith from the glittering staff unfurl'd 535 
 
 Th' imperial ensign ; which, full high advanced, 
 Shone like a meteor, streaming to the wind, 
 With gems and golden lustre rich emblazed 
 Seraphic arms and trophies ; all the while 
 Sonorous metal blowing martial sounds : 540 
 
 At which the universal host up-sent 
 A shout, that tore hell's concave, and beyond 
 Frighted the reign of Chaos and old Night. 
 All in a moment through the gloom were seen 
 Ten thousand banners rise into the air, 545 
 
 With orient colors waving : with them rose 
 A forest huge of spears ; and thronging helms 
 Appear'd, and serried shields in thick array 
 
 worshippers ; or on the Delphian cliff, Parnassus, on which was seated the 
 city of Delphi, famous for the temple and oracle of Apollo ; or in IXx/ona, a 
 city and wood adjoining, sacred to Jupiter ; and through all the bound $ of Doric 
 (and, that is. of Greece, Doris being a part of Greece ; or fitd over Hadria, 
 the Adriatic sea, to the Hesperian fieldt, to Italy ; and o'er the Celtic, France 
 and the other countries overrun by the Celts ; roamed the utmost itlei, Great 
 Britain, Ireland, the Orkneys, Thulc, or Iceland, Ultima Thule, as it is called, 
 the utmost boundary of the world. N. 
 
 534. Jlzazel : The name signifies brave in retreating. 
 
 543. Reign, in the sense of regnttm, kingdom. 
 
 546. Orient: Brilliant
 
 BOOK r. 45 
 
 Of depth immeasurable : anon they move 
 
 In perfect phalanx to the Dorian mood 550 
 
 Of flutes and soft recorders ; such as raised 
 
 To height of noblest temper heroes old 
 
 Arming to battle ; and instead of rage 
 
 Deliberate valor breath'd, firm and unmoved 
 
 With dread of death to flight or foul retreat 555 
 
 Nor wanting power to mitigate and 'suage, 
 
 With solemn touches troubled thoughts, and chase 
 
 Anguish, and doubt, and fear, and sorrow, and pain 
 
 From mortal or immortal minds. Thus they, 
 
 Breathing united force, with fixed thought, 560 
 
 Moved on iu silence, to soft pipes, that charm 'd 
 
 Their painful steps o'er the burnt soil : and now 
 
 Advanced in view they stand ; a horrid front 
 
 Of dreadful length and dazzling arms, in guise 
 
 Of warriors old with order'd spear and shield, 565 
 
 Awaiting what command their mighty chief 
 
 Had to impose : he through the armed files 
 
 Darts his experienced eye, and soon traverse 
 
 The whole battalion views, their order due, 
 
 Their visages and stature as of gods : 570 
 
 Their number last he sums. And now his heart 
 
 Distends with pride, and hardening in his strength 
 
 Glories ; for never since created man 
 
 Met such embodied force, as, named with these, 
 
 Could merit more than that small infantry 575 
 
 548. Serried shields : Locked one within another, linked and clasped to- 
 gether, from the French serrer, to lock, to shut close. HUME. 
 
 550. There were three kinds of music among the ancients ; the Lydian, 
 the most melancholy ; the Phrygian, the most lively ; and the Dorian, the 
 most majestic, (exciting to cool and deliberate courage. N.) Milton has 
 been very exact in employing music fit for each particular purpose. S. 
 
 551. Recorders: Flageolets. 
 
 060. Homer's Iliad, iii. 8. 568. Traoerte : across. 
 
 575. All the heroes and armies that ever were assembled were no more 
 than pigmies in comparison with these angels. N. See note on !' >ok 
 L 780.
 
 46 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Warr'd on by cranes : though all the giant brood 
 
 Of Phlcgra with th' heroic race werejoin'd 
 
 That fought at Thebes and Ilium, on each side 
 
 Mix'd with auxiliar gods ; and what resounds 
 
 In fable or romance of Uther's son 680 
 
 Begirt with British and Armoric knights ; 
 
 And all who since, baptized or infidel, 
 
 Jousted in Aspramont, or Montalban, 
 
 Damasco, or Marocco, or Trebisond, 
 
 Or whom Biserta sent from Afric shore, 585 
 
 When Charlemagne with all his peerage fell 
 
 By Fontarabia. Thus far these beyond 
 
 Compare of mortal prowess, yet observed 
 
 Their dread commander : he, above the rest 
 
 In shape and gesture proudly eminent," 590 
 
 Stood like a tower ; his form had uot yet lost 
 
 . 577. Phlegm : The earlier name of the peninsula Pallene in Macedonia 
 and the fabled scene of a conflict between the gods and the earth-born 
 Titans. 
 
 580. Uther was the father of king Arthur. This and the following allu 
 ions are derived from the old romances on the subject. Charlemagne is 
 said not to have died at Fontarabia, but some years after, and in peace. S. 
 
 581. Armoric: Celtic those on the sea-coast of Brittany in the north- 
 west part of France. 
 
 583. Jousted: Engaged in mock fights on horseback. Jlspramont and 
 Montulban : Fictitious names of places mentioned in Orlando Furioso. 
 
 585. Biterta : Formerly called Utica. The Saracens are referred to as 
 being sent thence to Spain. Fontarabia: Afortined town in Biscay, in Spain, 
 near France. 
 
 590-99. Here, says Burke, is a very noble picture ; and in what does this 
 poetical picture consist ? in images of a town, an archangel, the sun rising 
 through mists, or in an eclipse, the ruin of monarchs, and the revolutions of 
 kingdoms. The mind is hurried out of itself by a crowd of great and con- 
 fased images, which affect because they are crowded and confused: for 
 separate them, and you lose much of the greatness ; join them, and you in- 
 fallibly lose the clearness. There are reasons in nature why the obscure 
 idea, when properly conveyed, should be more affecting than the clear. It 
 is our (comparative) ignorance of things that causes all our admiration, and 
 chiefly excite* our passions. Knowledge and acquaintance make the most 
 striking causes affect but little. It is thus with th* vulgar, and all men art 
 at th vulgar in what they do not understand.
 
 BOOK r. 47 
 
 All her original brightness, nor appeared 
 
 Less than archangel ruin'd, and the excess 
 
 Of glory obscured ; as when the sun, ne*v riflen. 
 
 Looks through the horizontal misty air 595 
 
 Shorn of his beams ; or from behind the moon, 
 
 In dim eclipse, disastrous twilight sheds 
 
 On half the nations, and with fear of change 
 
 Perplexes monarchs. Darken'd so, yet shone 
 
 Above them all the Arch-angel : but his face 600 
 
 Deep scars of thunder had intrench M, and care 
 
 Sat on his faded cheek ; but under brows 
 
 Of dauntless courage, and considerate pride 
 
 Waiting revenge ; cruel his eye, but cast 
 
 Signs of remorse and passion, to behold 605 
 
 The fellows of his crime, the followers rather 
 
 595-6. When Milton sought license to publish his poem, the licenser was 
 strongly inclined to withhold it, on the ground that he discovered treason in 
 this noble simile of the sun eclipsed ! a striking example of the acute remark 
 of Lord Lyttleton, that "the politics of Milton at that time brought his 
 poetry into disgrace ; for it is a rule with the English to see no good in a 
 man whose politics they dislike." T. 
 
 597. Eclipse : Derived from a Greek word which signifies to fail, to faint 
 or swoon away ; since the moon, at the period of her greatest brightness, 
 falling into the shadow of the earth, was imagined by the ancients to sicken 
 and swoon, as if she were^ going to die. By some very ancient nations she 
 was supposed, at such times, to be in pain ; and, in order to relieve her fan- 
 cied distress, they lifted torches high in the atmosphere, blew horns and 
 tmmpets, beat upon brazen vessels, and even, after the eclipse was over, they 
 offered sacrifices to the moon. The opinion also extensively prevailed, that 
 it was in the power of witches, by their spells and charms, not only to 
 darken the moon, but tp bring her down from her orbit, and to compel her to 
 shed her baleful influences upon the earth. In solar eclipses, also, especially 
 when total, the sun was supposed to turn away his face in abhorrence of 
 some atrocious crime, that had cither been pei petrated, or was about to be 
 perpetrated, and to threaten mankind with everlasting night, and the destruc- 
 tion of the world. To such superstitions Milton, in this passage, alludes. 
 OLMSTED'S LETTERS ON ASTROX. 
 
 No where is the person of Satan described with more sublimity than in 
 this part of the poem. 
 
 600. Intrenched : Cut into, made trenches there. N. 
 
 60. Fdlowt. The nice moral discrimination displayed in this line, is 
 worthy of notice.
 
 48 PARADISE G'JST. 
 
 (Far other once beheld in bliss), condemned 
 
 For ever now to have their lot in pam : 
 
 Millions of Spirits for his fault amerced 
 
 Of heaven, and from eternal splendours flung 610 
 
 For his revolt, yet faithful how they stood, 
 
 Their glory wither'd: as when Heav'n's fire 
 
 Hath scath'd the forest oaks, or mountain pines, 
 
 With singed top their stately growth tho' bare 
 
 Stands on the blasted heath. He now prepared 615 
 
 To speak ; whereat their doubled ranks they bend 
 
 From wing to wing, and half inclose him round 
 
 With all his peers. Attention held them mute. 
 
 Thrice he essay'd, and thrice, in spite of scorn, 
 
 Tears, such as angels weep, burst forth. At last 620 
 
 Words interwove with sighs found out their way. 
 
 myriads of immortal Spirits, Powers 
 Matchless, but with th' Almighty, and that strife 
 Was not inglorious, though the event was dire, 
 As this place testifies, and this dire change, 625 
 
 Hateful to utter ; but what power of mind, 
 Foreseeing or presaging, from the depth 
 Of knowledge past or present, could have fear'd 
 How such united force of Gods, how such 
 As stood like these, could ever know repulse; 630 
 
 For who can yet believe, though after loss, 
 That all these puissant legions, whose exile 
 
 609. Amerced: Judicially deprived. See Horn. Odys. viii. 64. 
 611. Yet faithful: We must refer to line 605, and thence supply here "to 
 behold." 
 
 619. Allusion to Ovid. Met. xi. 41.0 : 
 
 Ter conata loqui, ter fletibui ora rigavit, 
 
 620. Tear*, turh at angel* twp . Like Homer's ichor of the gals, which 
 was different from the blood of mortals. This weeping of Satan on sun-ey- 
 ing his numerous host, and the thoughts of their wretched state, put one it 
 mind of the story of Xerxes, weeping at the sight of his immense army, ami 
 reflecting that they were mortal, at the time that he was hastening them t< 
 their fate, and to the intended destruction of the most polished people in th< 
 world, to gratify his own vain glory. N.
 
 BOOK I. 49 
 
 Hath emptied Heav'n, shall fail to re-ascend 
 
 Self-raised, and repossess their native seat ? 
 
 For me, be witness all the host of Heav'n, 635 
 
 If counsels different, or danger shunn'd 
 
 By me, have lost our hopes. But he who reigns 
 
 Monarch in Heav'n, till then as one secure 
 
 Sat on his throne, upheld by old repute, 
 
 Consent, or custom, and his regal state 640 
 
 Put forth at full, but still his strength conceal'd, 
 
 Which tempted our attempt, and wrought our fall. 
 
 Henceforth his might we know, and know our own, 
 
 So as not either to provoke or dread 
 
 New war, provoked ; our better part remains 645 
 
 To work in close design, by fraud or guile, 
 
 What force effected not ; that he no less 
 
 At length from us may find, who overcomes 
 
 By force, hath overcome but half his foe. 
 
 Space may produce new worlds ; whereof so rife 650 
 
 There went a fame in Heav'n that he ere long 
 
 Intended to create, and therein plant 
 
 A generation, whom his choice regard 
 
 Should favour equal to the sons of Heav'n : 
 
 Thither, if but to pry, shall be perhaps 656 
 
 Our first eruption, thither or elsewhere : 
 
 For this infernal pit shall never hold 
 
 Celestial Spirits in bondage, nor th' abyss 
 
 Long under darkness cover. But these thoughts 
 
 Full counsel must mature : Peace is despair'd, 660 
 
 For who can think submission ? War then, War, 
 
 Open or understood, must be resolved. 
 
 He spake : and, to confirm his words, out flew 
 
 633. Emptied: An instance of arrogant boasting and falsehood. 
 
 642. Tempted our attempt : Words which, though well-chosen and signifi- 
 cant enough, yet of jingling and unpleasant sound, and, like marriages be- 
 tween persons too near of kin, to be avoided. 
 
 650. Rife : Prevalent. This /om, or report, serves to exalt the dignity 
 and importance of our race. 
 
 662. Underload : Not declared. 
 4
 
 60 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Millions of flaming swords, drawn from the thighs 
 
 Of mighty Cherubim : the sudden blase 665 
 
 Far round illumined Hell. Highly they raged 
 
 Against the Highest, and fierce with grasped arms 
 
 Clash'd on their sounding shields the din of war, 
 
 Hurling defiance tow'rd the vault of Heaven. 
 
 There stood a hill not far, whose grisly top 670 
 
 Belch 'd fire and rolling smoke ; the rest entire 
 Shone with a glossy scurf, undoubted sign 
 That in his womb was hid metallic ore, 
 The work of sulphur. Thither wing'd with speed 
 A num'rous brigade hasten 'd : as when bands 675 
 
 Of pioneers, with spade and pickaxe arm'd, 
 Forerun the royal camp to trench a field, 
 Or cast a rampart. Mammon led them on ; 
 Mammon, the least erected Spirit that fell 
 From Heav'n : for e'en in Heav'n his looks and thoughts 680 
 Were always downward bent, admiring more 
 The riches of HeavVs pavement, trodden gold, 
 Than aught divine or holy else enjoy'd 
 In vision beatific. By him first 
 Men also, and by his suggestion taught, 685 
 
 064. Drawn from the thigh* : A Homeric expression, Iliad, i. 190, more dig- 
 nified than ' drawn from the sides." 
 
 668. Clothed : Alluding to a custom among Roman soldiers of striking 
 their shields with their swords, when they applauded the speeches of their 
 commanders. 
 
 671. Belched: An idea borrowed, perhaps, from an expression of Virgil 
 (JEn. iii. 576) , eructant, in describing ^Etna. 
 
 674. Tht tcork of tulphur : Metals were in the the time of Milton supposed 
 to consist of two component parts, mercury, as the basis, or metallic matter ; 
 and sulphur as the binder or cement, which fixes the fluid mercury into a co- 
 herent, malleable mass. So Jonson in the Alchemist, Act 2, Scene 3 : 
 
 ' It turn* to sulphur, or to quicksilver. 
 Who are the parent* of all other metals." 
 
 678. Mammon : The god of riches ; the same as the Pluto of the Greeks 
 and Romans. Tne delineation of his character and agency by Milton, 
 abounds in literary beauties. 
 
 683. Sugge$tion: Milton here alludes to a superstitious opinion formerly
 
 BOOK I. 51 
 
 Kansack'd the centre, and with impious hands 
 
 Rifled the bowels of their mother earth 
 
 For treasures better hid. Soon had his crew 
 
 Open'd into the hill a spacious wound, 
 
 And digg'd out ribs of gold. Let none admire 690 
 
 That riches grow in Hell ; that soil may best 
 
 Deserve the precious bane. And here let those 
 
 Who boast in mortal things, and wond'ring tell 
 
 Of Babel, and the works of Memphian kings, 
 
 Learn how their greatest monuments of fame, 695 
 
 And strength, and art, are easily outdone 
 
 By Spirits reprobate, and in an hour 
 
 What in an age they with incessant toil 
 
 And hands innumerable scarce perform. 
 
 Nigh on the plain in many cells prepared, 700 
 
 That underneath had veins of liquid fire 
 
 Sluiced from the lake, a second multitude 
 
 With wond'rous art founded the massy ore, 
 
 Severing each kind, and scumm'd the bullion dross ; 
 
 A third as soon had form'd within the ground 705 
 
 A various mould, and from the boiling cells 
 
 current with the miners, that there is a sort of demons who have much to 
 do with minerals, being frequently seen occupying themselves with the va- 
 rious processes of the workmen. So tltat Milton (as Warburton remarks) 
 poetically supposes Mammon and his clan to have taught the sons of earth by 
 example and practical instruction, as well as precept and mental suggestion. 
 
 687. Compare Ovid Met. i. 138, &c. HUME. 
 
 688. Better hid. Compare Hor. Od. III. iii. 49: 
 
 " Aurum irrepertum, et sic melius litum." 
 
 694. Workt : The pyramids. 
 
 696. Strength and art : These words are in the nominative case, connected 
 with monuments. 
 
 699. Diodorus Siculus says, that 360,000 men were employed about twenty 
 years on one of the pyramids. 
 
 7034. The sense of the passage is this: They founded, or melted, the ore 
 that was in the mast, by separating, or fevering, each kind, that is, the sul- 
 phur, earth, &c., from the metal ; and, after that, they scummed the drou 
 that floated on the top of the boiling ore, or bullion. The word bullion dot* 
 not here signify purified ore, but ore boiling. PEAROR.
 
 62 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 By strange conveyance fill'd each hollow nook, 
 
 As in an organ, from one blast of wind, 
 
 To many a row of pipes, the sound-board breathes. 
 
 Anon out of the earth a fabric huge 710 
 
 Rose like an exhalation, with the sound 
 
 Of dulcet symphonies and voices sweet, 
 
 Built like a temple, where pilasters round 
 
 Were set, and Doric pillars overlaid 
 
 With golden architrave ; nor did there want 71ft 
 
 Cornice or frieze, with bossy sculptures grav'n : 
 
 The roof was fretted gold. Not Babylon, 
 
 Nor great Alcairo such magnificence 
 
 Equalled in all their glories, to inshrine 
 
 Belus or Serapis their Gods, or seat 720 
 
 Their kings, when Egypt with Assyria strove 
 
 In wealth and luxury. Th' ascending pile 
 
 Stood fix'd her stately height ; and straight the doors, 
 
 Op'ning their brazen folds, discover wide 
 
 Within her ample spaces, o'er the smooth 725 
 
 And level pavement. From the arched roof, 
 
 Pendant by subtle magic, many a row 
 
 Of starry lamps and blazing cressets, fed 
 
 With naphtha and asphaltus, yielded light 
 
 As from a sky. The hasty multitude 730 
 
 708. Organ : A very complete simile is here used. Milton, being fond of 
 music, often draws fine illustrations from it. 
 710. Jlnon: At once. 
 
 715. Architrave : The part of a pillar above the capital. Above this, is the 
 frieze, which is surmounted by the cornict. 
 
 718. JHcairo: Cairo, a famous city in Egypt, built from the splendid ruins 
 of Memphis, which was partially destroyed by Arabian invaders, in the 
 seventh century. The god Serapis, is by some supposed to be the same as 
 Osiris, or Apis. The Belus of Assyria is thought to be the same as the 
 great Bali of Hindoo mythology, and Baal mentioned in the Scriptures. 
 
 723. Her ttately height : At her stately height. 
 
 725. Within : Is an adverb and not a preposition. So Virg. JEn. ii. 483. 
 Apparet domu intut, et atria long* patescunt 
 
 N. 
 
 738. Crrttett: Torch**.
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 53 
 
 Admiring enter'd ; and the work some praise, 
 
 And some the architect : his hand was known 
 
 In heaven by many a tower'd structure high, 
 
 Where sceptred angels held their residence, 
 
 And sat as princes ; whom the supreme King 735 
 
 Exalted to such power, and gave to rule, 
 
 Each in his hierarchy, the orders bright. 
 
 Nor was his name unheard or unadored 
 
 In ancient Greece ; and in Ausonian land 
 
 Men call'd him Mulciber ; and how he fell 740 
 
 From Heaven, they fabled, thrown by angry Jove 
 
 Sheer o'er the crystal battlements : from morn 
 
 To noon he fell, from noon to dewy eve, 
 
 A summer's day ; and with the setting sun 
 
 Dropt from the zenith like a falling star, 745 
 
 On Lemnos, th' JEgean isle : thus they relate, 
 
 Erring ; for he with this rebellious rout 
 
 Fell long before ; nor ought avail'd him now 
 
 T' have built in heav'n high tow'rs ; nor did he 'scape 
 
 By all his engines, but was headlong sent 750 
 
 With his industrious crew to build in hell. 
 
 Meanwhile, the winged heralds, by command 
 Of sovereign power, with awful ceremony 
 
 740. Mulciber : Or Vulcan, to which god was ascribed the invention of 
 arts connected with the melting and working of metals by fire. The term 
 Vulcan is, hence, sometimes used as synonymous with fire. How he fell, tfc 
 See Homer's Iliad, i. 590. 
 
 " Once in your cause I felt hi* (Jove's) matchless might, 
 Hurl'd headlong downward from the ethereal height ; 
 Tost all the day in rapid circles round ; 
 Nor till the sun descended, touched the ground : 
 Breathless I fell, in giddy motion lost ; 
 The Sinthians raised me on the Lemnian coast." 
 
 It is worth observing how Milton lengthens out the time of Vulcan's fall. 
 He not only says with Homer, that it was all day long, but we are led 
 through the parts of the day from morn to noon, from noon to evening, and 
 this a summer's day. N. 
 
 742. Sheer : Quite, or at once. 
 
 750. Engine* : It is said that iu the old English, this word was often used 
 for devices, wit, contrivance
 
 > 1 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And trumpet's sound, throughout the host proclaim 
 
 A solemn council, forthwith to be held 755 
 
 At Pandemonium, the high capital 
 
 Of Satan and his peers': their summons call'd 
 
 From every band and squared regiment 
 
 By place or choice the worthiest : they anon, 
 
 With hundreds and with thousands, trooping came 760 
 
 Attended : all access was throng'd : the gates 
 
 And porches wide, but chief the spacious hall 
 
 (Though like a cover M field, where champions bold 
 
 Wont ride in ann'd, and at the soldan's chair 
 
 Defied the best of Panim chivalry 765 
 
 To mortal combat, or career with lance), 
 
 Thick swarm 'd, both on the ground and in the air, 
 
 Brush M with the hiss of rustling wings. As bees 
 
 In spring time, when the sun with Taurus rides, 
 
 Pour forth their populous youth about the hive 770 
 
 In clusters ; they among fresh dews and flowers 
 
 Fly to and fro, or on the smoothed plank, 
 
 The suburb of their straw-built citadel, 
 
 New rubb'd with balm, expatiate and confer 
 
 Their state affairs ; so thick the afery crowd 775 
 
 Swarm'd and were straiten'd ; till, the signal given, 
 
 Behold a wonder ! They but now who seemM 
 
 In bigness to surpass earth's giant sons, 
 
 Now less than smallest dwarfs, in narrow room 
 
 763. Covered: Enclosed. 
 
 764. Wont ride in : Were accustomed to ride in. Soldan't : Sultan's. 
 
 765. Panim : Pagan, infidel. 
 
 768. Jit beet, $c. : Iliad, ii. 87. 
 
 ' A* from iome rocky cleft the shepherd leei 
 Cluttering in heap* on heaps the driving beet, 
 Boiling and blackening, swarms succeeding swarm* 
 With deeper murmurs and more hoarse alarms ; 
 Dnikjr they spread, a close embodi'd crowd, 
 And o'er the vale descends the living cloud. 
 So." tc. 
 
 769. Taunt* : One of the signs of the Zodiac, Book X. 63. 
 777. Jt wonder : Consult the note on line 423.
 
 BOOK I. 55 
 
 Throng numberless, like that pygmean race 780 
 
 Beyond the Indian mount ; or fairy elves, 
 
 Whose midnight revels, by a forest-side 
 
 Or fountain, some belated peasant sees, 
 
 Or dreams he sees, while over head the moon 
 
 Sits arbitress, and nearer to the earth 785 
 
 Wheels her pale course ; they, on their mirth and dance 
 
 Intent, with jocund music charm his ear ; 
 
 At once with joy and fear his heart rebounds. 
 
 Thus incorporeal spirits to smallest forms 
 
 Reduced their shapes immense, and were at large, 790 
 
 Though without number still, amidst the hall 
 
 Of that infernal court. But far within, 
 
 And in then* own dimensions like themselves, 
 
 The great Seraphic Lords and Cherubim, 
 
 In close recess and secret conclave sat, 795 
 
 A thousand Demi-gods on golden seats, 
 
 Frequent and full. After short silence then, 
 
 And summons read, the great consult began. 
 
 780. Pygmean, $c. : A fabulous nation of dwarfs that contended annually 
 with cranes. They advanced against these birds mounted on the backs of 
 rams and goats, and armed with bows and arrows. Iliad, iii. 3. 
 
 785. Nearer to the earth, fyc. : Referring to the superstitious notion that 
 witches and fairies exert great power over the moon. 
 
 789. Spirits, tfc. : For some further account of the nature and properties of 
 spirits consult Book VI. 344-353. 
 
 795. Secret conclave : An evident allusion to the conclaves of the cardinals 
 on the death of a Pope. E. B. 
 
 797. Frequent : Crowded, as in the Latin phrase, frequent senatut 
 
 798. Consult: Consultation. 
 
 Milton, in imitation of Homer and Virgil, opens his Paradise Lost with 
 an irJernal council, plotting the fall of man, which is the action he proposed 
 to celebrate ; and as for those great actions, the battle of the angels and the 
 creation of the world, which preceded, in point of time, and which would 
 have entirely destroyed the unity of the principal action, had he related 
 them in the same order in which they happened, he cast them into the fifth, 
 sixth, and seventh books, by way of episode to this noble poem. It may be 
 remarked of all the episodes introduced by Milton, that they arise naturally 
 from the subject. In relating the fall of man, he has (by way of episode)
 
 56 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 related the fall of those angels who were his professed enemies ; and the two 
 narratives are so conducted as not to destroy unity of action, having a close 
 affinity for each other. _ 
 
 In respect to the rule of epic poetry, which requires the action to be en- 
 tire, or complete, in all its parts, having a beginning, a middle, and an end 
 the action in the Paradise Lost, was contrived in Hell, executed upon Earth, 
 and punished by Heaven. The parts are distinct, yet grow out of one ano- 
 ther in the most natural method. A. 
 
 THE CHARACTERS IN PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Addison, in his Spectator, has some learned and interesting remarks upon 
 this topic, of which the substance is now to be presented. Homer has ex- 
 celled all the heroic poets in the multitude and variety of his characters. 
 Every god that is admitted into the Iliad, acts a part which would have been 
 suitable to no other deity. His princes are as much distinguished by their 
 manners as by their dominions ; and even those among them, whose charac- 
 ters seem wholly made up of courage, differ from one another as to the par- 
 ticular kinds of courage in which they excel. 
 
 Homer excels, moreover, in the novelty of his characters. Some of them, 
 also, possess a dignity which adapts them, in a peculiar manner, to the nature 
 of an heroic poem. 
 
 If we look into the characters of Milton, we shall find that he has intro- 
 duced all the variety his narrative was capable of receiving. The whole 
 species of mankind was in two persons, at the time to which the subject of 
 his poem is confined. We have, however, four distinct characters in these 
 two persons. We see man and woman in the highest innocence and per- 
 fection, and in the most abject state of guilt and infirmity. The last two 
 characters are now, indeed, very common and obvious ; but the first two are 
 not only more magnificent, but more new than any characters either in Vir- 
 gil or Homer, or, indeed, in the whole circle of nature. 
 
 To supply the lack of characters, Milton has brought into his poem two 
 actors of a shadowy and fictitious nature, in the persons of Sin and Death, 
 by which means he has wrought into the body of his fable a very beautiful 
 and well-invented allegory. (See Note. Book II. 649.) 
 
 Another principal actor in this poem, is the great Adversary of mankind. 
 The part of Ulysses, in Homer's Odyssey, is very much admired by Aris- 
 totle, as perplexing that fable with very agreeable plots and intricacies, not 
 only by the many adventures in his voyage, and the subtlety of his be- 
 haviour, but by the various concealments and discoveries of his person in 
 several parts of that poem. But the crafty being, mentioned above, makes 
 a much longer voyage than Ulysses, puts in practice many more wiles and 
 stratagems, and hides himself under a greater variety of shapes and appear- 
 ances, all of which are severally detected, to the great delight and surprise 
 of the reader. 
 
 It may, likewise, be observed, with how much art the poet has Tirirf
 
 BOOK I 57 
 
 Mveral characters of the persons that speak in his infernal assembly. On the 
 contrary, he has represented the whole Godhead exerting itself towaids man, 
 in its full benevolence, under the threefold distinction of a Creator, Redeemer, 
 and Comforter. 
 
 The angels are as much diversified in Milton, and distinguished by their 
 proper parts, as the gods are in Homer or Virgil. The reader will find 
 nothing ascribed to Uriel, Gabriel. Michael, or Raphael, which is not in a 
 particular manner suitable to their respective characters. 
 
 The heroes of the Iliad and ^Eneid, were nearly related to the people for 
 whom Virgil and Homer wrote: their adventures would be read, conse- 
 quently, with the deeper interest by their respective countrymen. But 
 Milton's poem has an advantage, in this respect, above both the others, 
 since it is impossible for any of its readers, whatever nation or country he 
 may belong to, not to be related to the persons who are the principal actors 
 in it ; but, what is still infinitely more to its advantage, the principal actors 
 in this poem, are not only our progenitors, but our representatives. We havo 
 an actual interest in everything they do, and no less than our utmost happi- 
 ness is concerned, and lies at stake in all their behaviour. 
 
 OBJECTION TO MYTHOLOGICAL ALLUSIONS CONSIDERED. 
 The charge is brought against Milton of blending the Pagan and Chris- 
 tian forms. The great realities of angels and archangels, are continually 
 combined into the same groups with the fabulous impersonations of the 
 Greek Mythology. 
 
 In other poets, this combination might be objected to, but not in Milton. 
 for the following reason : Milton has himself laid an early foundation for his 
 introduction of the pagan pantheism into Christian groups ; the false gods of 
 the heathen were, according to Milton, the fallen angels. They are not 
 false, therefore, in the sense of being unreal, baseless, and having a merely 
 fantastical existence, like the European fairies, but as having drawn aside 
 mankind from a pure worship. As ruined angels, under other names, they 
 are no less real than the faithful and loyal angels of the Christian Heaven. 
 And in that one difference of the Miltonic creed, which the poet has brought 
 pointedly and elaborately under his readers' notice by his matchless cata- 
 logue of the rebellious angels, and of their pagan transformations, in the very 
 first book of the Paradise Lost, is laid beforehand the amplest foundation for 
 his subsequent practice ; and, at the same time, therefore, the amplest an- 
 swer to the charge preferred against him by Dr. Johnson, and by so many 
 other critics, who had not sufficiently penetrated the latent theory on which 
 he acted. BLACKWOOD'S MAO. 
 
 THE CHARACTER OF MILTON'S SATAN. 
 
 " Satan is the most heroic subject that ever was chosen for a poem : and 
 the execution is as perfect as the design is lofty. He was the first of created
 
 58 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 beings, who, for endeavouring to be equal with the Highest, and to divide the 
 empire of Heaven with the Almighty, was hurled down to Hell. His aim 
 was no less than the throne of the universe ; his means, myriads of angelic 
 armies bright, who dun>t defy the Omnipotent in arms. His strength of 
 mind was matchless, as his strength of body : the vastness of his designs 
 did not surpass the firm, inflexible determination with which he submitted 
 to his irreversible doom, and final loss of all good. His power of action and 
 of suffering was equal. He was the greatest power that was ever over- 
 thrown, with the strongest will left to resist or to endure. He wait baffled, 
 not confounded. The fierceness of tormenting flames is qualified and made 
 innoxious by the greater fierceness of his pride : the loss of infinite happi- 
 ness to himself, is compensated in thought by the power of inflicting infinite 
 misery on others. Yet, Satan is not the principle of malignity, or of the ab- 
 stract love of evil, but of the abstract love of power, of pride, of self-will 
 personified, to which last principle all other good and evil, and even his own, 
 are subordinate. He expresses the sum and substance. of ambition in one 
 line, u Fallen cherub, to be weak is miserable, doing or suffering." He 
 founds a new empire in Hell, and from it conquers this new world, whithei 
 he bends his undaunted flight, forcing his way through nether and surround- 
 ing fires. The Achilles of Homer is not more distinct ; the Titans were not 
 more vast ; Prometheus, chained to his rock, was not a more terrific example 
 of suffering and of crime. Wherever the figure of Satan is introduced, whether 
 he walks or flies, " rising aloft incumbent on the dusky air," it is illustrated 
 with the most striking and appropriate images: so that we see it always 
 before us, gigantic, irregular, portentous, uneasy, and disturbed, but dazzling 
 in its faded splendor, the clouded ruins of a god. The deformity of Satan if 
 only in the depravity of his will ; he has no bodily deformity, to excite our 
 loathing or disgust. 
 
 ' Not only the figure of Satan, but his speeches in council, his soliloquies, 
 his address to Eve, his share in the war in heaven, show the same decided 
 superiority of character." HAZX.ITT. 
 
 Another sketch of Satan may be found at the close of Book III., from the 
 dashing pen of Gilfillan. 
 
 Hazlitt, in the above sketch of Milton's Satan, had no authority for saying 
 that he was not a personification of malice, but, simply, of pride and self- 
 will: this will appear on referring to Book I. 215-17; Book V. 666; Book 
 VI 151, 270 ; Book IX. 126, 134.
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 THE consultation begun, Satan debates whether another battle be to be 
 hazarded for the recovery of Heaven ; some advise it, others dissuade ; a third 
 proposal is preferred, mentioned before by Satan, to search the truth of that 
 prophecy or tradition in Heaven concerning another world, and another kind 
 of creature, equal or not much inferior to themselves, about this time to be 
 created : their doubt who shall be sent on this difficult search : Satan, their 
 chief, undertakes alone the voyage, is honoured and applauded. The council 
 thus ended, the rest betake them several ways, and to several employments, 
 as their inclinations lead them, to entertain the time till Satan return. He 
 passes on his journey to Hell-gates, finds them shut, and who sat there to 
 guard them, by whom at length they are opened, and discover to him the 
 great gulf between Hell and Heaven ; with what difficulty he passes 
 through, directed by Chaos, the power of that place, to the sight of this uew 
 world which he sought.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 In tracing the progress of this poem by deliberate and minute steps, oui 
 wonder and admiration increase. The inexhaustible invention-continues to 
 grow ujon us ; each page, each line, is pregnant with something new, pic- 
 turesque, and great ; the coiulensity of the n alter is without any parallel; 
 the imagination often contained in a single passage, is more than equal to all 
 that secondary poets have produced. The foble of the voyage through Chaos 
 is alone a sublime poem. Milton's descriptions of materiality have always 
 touches of the spiritual, the lofty and the empyreal. 
 
 Milton has too much condensation to be fluent : a line or two often con- 
 tains a world of images and ideas. He expatiates over all time, all space, all 
 possibilities ; he unites Earth with Heaven, with Hell, with all intermediate 
 existences, animate and inanimate; and his illustrations are drawn from all 
 learning, historical, natural, and speculative. In him, almost always, " more 
 is meant than meets the eye." An image, an epithet, conveys a rich picture 
 
 What is the subject of observation, may be told without genius; but the 
 wonder and the greatness lie in invention, if the invention be noble, and ac- 
 cording to the principles of possibility. Who could have conceived, or. if 
 conceived, who could have described the voyage of Satan through Chaos, but 
 Milton? Who could have invented so many distinct ami grand obstacles in 
 his way, and all picturesqu . all poetical, and all the topics of intellectual 
 meditati n and reflection, or of spiritual sentiment. 
 
 All the faculties of the mind are exercised, stretched and elevated at once 
 by every page of Paradise Lost. That Milton could bring so much learning, 
 as well as so much imaginative invention, to bear on every part of his infi- 
 nitely-extended, yet thick-compacted story, is truly miraculous. Were the 
 learning superficial and loosely applied, the wonder would not be great, or 
 not nearly >o great; but it is always profound, solid, conscientious ; and in iU 
 combinations original. . B.
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 HIGH on a throne of royal state, which far 
 Outshone the wealth of Ormus and of Ind, 
 Or where the gorgeous East with richest hand 
 Sbow'rs on her kings barbaric pearl and gold, 
 Satan exalted sat, by merit raised 5 
 
 To that bad eminence ; and from despair 
 Thus high uplifted beyond hope, aspires 
 Beyond thus high, insatiate to pursue 
 Vain war with Heaven : and, by success untaught. 
 His proud imaginations thus display'd : 
 Pow'rs and Dominions, Deities of Heaven, 
 
 1. Throne, $c. : "The all-enduring, all-defying pride of Satan, assuming so 
 majestically Hell's burning throne, and coveting the diadem which scorches 
 his thunder-blasted brow, is a creation requiring in its author almost <he 
 spiritual (mental) energy with which he invests the fallen seraph." CHAN- 
 NING. 
 
 2. Orrma : An island in the Persian Gulf. Ind : India. The wealth con- 
 sisted chiefly in diamonds and pearls and gold, called barbaric, after the man- 
 ner of Greeks and Romans, who accounted all nations but their own barbar- 
 ous. 
 
 4. Showert on, tfc. : It was an Eastern custom, as we learn from a Per- 
 sian life of Timur-bec, or Tamerlane, at the coronation of their kings, to 
 powder them with gold-dust or seed-pearl. WARBURTON. See Virg. JEn. 
 ii 504. 
 
 10. All the speeches and debates in Pandemonium are well worthy of the 
 place and the occasion, with gods for speakers, and angels and archangels 
 for hearers. There is a decided manly tone in the arguments and senti- 
 ments, an eloquent dogmatism, as if each person spoke from thorough con- 
 viction. The rout in heaven is like the fall of some mighty structure, nod- 
 ding to its base, '' with hideous ruin and combustion down." HAZLITT.
 
 62 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 For since no deep within her gulf can hold 
 
 Immortal vigour, though oppressed and t'uH'n, 
 
 I give not Heav'n for lost. From this descent 
 
 Celestial virtues rising, will appear 15 
 
 More glorions and more dread than from no fall, 
 
 And trust themselves to fear no second fate. 
 
 Me, though just right, and the fix'd laws of Heav'n, 
 
 Did first create your leader, next free choice, 
 
 With what besides, in council or in fight, 20 
 
 Hath been achieved of merit ; yet this loss, 
 
 Thus far at least recovered, hath much more 
 
 Establish'd in a safe unenvied throne, 
 
 Yielded with full consent. The happier state 
 
 In Heaven, which follows dignity, might draw 25 
 
 Envy from each inferior ; but who here 
 
 Will envy whom the highest place exposes 
 
 Foremost to stand against the Thund'rcr's aim 
 
 Your bulwark, and condemns to greatest share 
 
 Of endless pain ? Where there is then no good 30 
 
 For which to strive, no strife can grow up there 
 
 From faction ; for none sure will claim in Hell 
 
 Precedence ; none, whose portion is so small 
 
 Of present pain, that with ambitious mind 
 
 Will covet more. With this advantage then 3i 
 
 To union, and firm faith, and firm accord, 
 
 More than can be in Heav'n, we now return 
 
 To claim our just inheritance of old, 
 
 Surer to prosper than prosperity 
 
 Could have assured us ; and by what best way, 40 
 
 15. Virtue*: Powers, or spirits. Thus, in Book V., the angels are ad- 
 dressed under the following names : thrones, dominations, princedoms, 
 virtue*, powers. So in this Book, 1. 315, 316. 
 
 17. Fate: Destruction. 
 
 18. Me: The position of this word at the commencement of the sentence, 
 indicates, in a vivid manner, the arrogance and pride of the speaker. 
 
 That superior greatness and mock-majesty which is ascribed to the prince 
 of fallen angels, is admirably preserved in the beginning of this book. His 
 opening and closing the debate, his taking on himself that great enterprise.
 
 BOOK II. 63 
 
 Whether of open war or covert guile, 
 
 We now debate : who can advise, may speak. 
 
 He ceased : and next, him Moloch, scepter'd king, 
 Stood up, the strongest and the fiercest Sp'rit 
 That fought in Heav'n, now fiercer by despair. 45 
 
 His trust was with th' Eternal to be deem'd 
 Equal in strength ; and rather than be less, 
 Caued not to be at all. With that care lost 
 Went all his fear : of God, or Hell, or worse, 
 He reck'd not ; and these words thereafter spake : 50 
 
 My sentence is for open war : of wiles 
 More unexpert I boast not : them let those 
 Contrive who need, or when they need, not now. 
 For while they sit contriving, shall the rest, 
 Millions that stand in arms, and longing wait 55 
 
 The signal to ascend, sit ling'ring here 
 Heav'n's fugitives, and for their dwelling-place 
 Accept this dark opprobrious den of shame, 
 The prison of his tyranny who reigns 
 
 By our delay ? No, let us rather choose, 60 
 
 Arm'd with Hell-flames and fury, all at once 
 O'er Heav'n's high tow'rs to force resistless way, 
 Turning our tortures, into horrid arms 
 Against the torturer ; when to meet the noise 
 Of his almighty engine he shall hear, 65 
 
 Infernal thunder, and for lightning see 
 
 at the thought of which the whole infernal assembly trembled ; his encoun- 
 tering the hideous phantom, who guarded the gates of hell, and appeared to 
 him in all his terrors, are instances of that daring mind which could not 
 brook submission even to Omnipotence. A. 
 
 43. Moloch : The part of Moloch is, in all its circumstances, full of that 
 fire and fury which distinguish this spirit from the rest of the fallen angels. 
 He is described in the First Book ( 1. 392) as besmeared with the blood of 
 human sacrifices, and delighted with the tears of parents, and the cries of 
 children. In this Second Book, he is marked out as the fiercest spirit that 
 fought in heaven ; and, if we consider the figure which he makes in the 
 Sixth Book, where the battle of the angels is described, we find it every 
 way answerable to the same furious, enraged character. 
 
 All his sentiments are rash, audacious, and desperate, particularly from the
 
 64 PARADISE LOST 
 
 Black fire and horror shot with equal rage 
 
 Among his Angels, and his throne itself 
 
 MixM with Tartarean sulphur, and strange fire, 
 
 His own invented torments. But perhaps "0 
 
 The way seems difficult and steep, to scale 
 
 With upright wing against a higher foe. 
 
 Let such bethink them, if the sleepy drench 
 
 Of that forgetful lake benumb not still, 
 
 That in our proper motion we ascend 75 
 
 Up to our native seat ; descent and fall 
 
 To us is adverse. Who but felt of late, 
 
 When the fierce foe hung on our broken rear 
 
 Insulting, and pursued us through the deep, 
 
 With what compulsion and laborious flight 80 
 
 We sunk thus low ? Th' ascent is easy then ; 
 
 Th' event is fear'd. Should we again provoke 
 
 Our stronger, some worse way his wrath may find 
 
 To our destruction, if there be in Hell 
 
 Fear to be worse destroyed. What can be worse 85 
 
 Than to dwell here, driv'n out from bliss, condemned 
 
 In this abhorred deep to utter woe, 
 
 Where pain of unextinguishable fire 
 
 Must exercise us without hope of end, 
 
 The vassals of his anger, when the scourge 90 
 
 Inexorably, and the tort'ring hour 
 
 sixtieth to seventieth line. His preferring annihilation to shame or misery, 
 is also highly suitable to his character : so the comfort he draws from their 
 disturbing the peace of heaven that if it be not victory it is revenge is a 
 sentiment truly diabolical, and becoming the bitterness of this implacable 
 fiend. A. 
 
 69. Mix'd: Filled. Virg. &n. ii. 487. 
 
 74. Forgttfvl : Causing forgetfulness. An allusion is here made to Lethe, 
 the River of Oblivion, one of the fabled streams of the infernal regions. 
 Its waters possessed the quality of causing those who drank them to forget 
 the whole of their former existence. This river is finely described by Mil- 
 ton in this Second Book, (1- 583-586, 603-614.) 
 
 83. Our stronger : Our superior in strength. 
 
 89. Exercue Torment. Virg. Georg. iv. 453.
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 65 
 
 Calls us to penance ? more destroy'd than thus, 
 
 We should be quite abolish'd, and expire. 
 
 What fear we then ? what doubt we to incense 
 
 His utmost ire ? which to the height enraged 95 
 
 Will either quite consume us, and reduce 
 
 To nothing this essential, happier far 
 
 Than mis'rable to have eternal being. 
 
 Or if our substance be indeed divine, 
 
 And cannot cease to be, we are at worst 100 
 
 On this side nothing ; and by proof we feel 
 
 Our pow'r sufficient to disturb his Heav'n, 
 
 And with perpetual inroads to alarm, 
 
 Though inaccessible, his fatal throne : 
 
 Which, if not victory, is yet revenge. 105 
 
 He ended frowning, and his look denounced 
 Dcsp'rate revenge, and battle dangerous 
 To less than Gods. On th' other side up rose 
 Belial, in act more graceful and humane : 
 A fairer person lost not Heav'n ; he seem'd 110 
 
 For dignity composed and high exploit : 
 But all was false and hollow, though his tongue 
 
 92. By calling to penance, Milton seems to intimate, that the sufferings of 
 the condemned spirits are not always equally severe. S. 
 
 97. Essential : The adjective for the substantive, essence, or existence. 
 
 97-8. The sense is this: which (annihilation) is far happier than, in a 
 condition of misery, to have eternal being. See Mat. xxvi. 24. Mark xiv. 21. 
 
 100. Jit worst : In the worst possible condition. 
 
 104. Fatal: Sustained by fate, (I. 133.) 
 
 108. Gods, in the proper sense. See IX. 937, where gods are distin- 
 guished from angels, who are called demi-gods. 
 
 109. Belial, is described in the First Book as the idol of the lewd and 
 luxurious. He is, in this Second Book, pursuant to that description, charac- 
 terized as timorous and slothful ; and, if we look into the Sixth Book, we 
 find him celebrated in the battle of the angels for nothing but that scoffing 
 tpeech which he makes to Satan, on their supposed advantage over the 
 enemy. As his appearance is uniform, arid of a piece in these three several 
 views, we find his sentiments in the infernal assembly every way conform- 
 able to his character. Such are his apprehensions of a second battle, his 
 horror ot annihilation, his preferring to be miserable rather than "not to be." 
 
 5
 
 Ob PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Dropt manna, and could make the worse appear 
 
 The better reason, to perplex and dash 
 
 Maturest counsels : for his thoughts were low ; 115 
 
 To vice industrious, but to nobler deeds 
 
 Tim'rous and slothful : yet he pleased the ear, 
 
 And with persuasive accent thus began : 
 
 I should be much for open war, Peers ! 
 As not behind in hate, if what was urged 120 
 
 Main reason to persuade immediate war, 
 Did not dissuade me most, and seem to cast 
 Ominous conjecture on the whole success : 
 When he who most excels in fact of arms, 
 In what he counsels and in what excels 125 
 
 Mistrustful, grounds his courage on despair, 
 And utter dissolution, as the scope 
 Of all his aim, after some dire revenge. 
 First, what revenge ? The tow'rs of Heav'n are fill'd 
 With armed watch, that render all access 130 
 
 Impregnable ; oft on the bord'ring deep 
 Encamp their legions, or with obscure wing 
 Scout far and wide into the realms of night, 
 Scorning surprise. Or could we break our way 
 By force, and at our heels all hell should rise 135 
 
 With blackest insurrection, to confound 
 Heav'n's purest light, yet our Great Enemy, 
 All incorruptible, would on his throne 
 Sit unpolluted, and th' ethereal mould 
 
 Incapable of stain would soon expel 1 40 
 
 Her mischief, and purge off the baser fire 
 
 The contrast of thought in this speech, and that which precedes it, gives an 
 agreeable variety to the debate. A. 
 
 113-14. Could make the worse appear the better rtaton : An exact translation 
 of what the Greek sophists professed to accomplish. 
 
 124. Fact : Deed of arms, battle. 
 
 139. On hit throne tit unpolluted : This is a reply to that part of Moloch's 
 speech, where he had threatened to mix the throne itself, of God, with in 
 fomal sulphur and strange fire. N. Mould : Substance, or form.
 
 BOOK II. 67 
 
 Victorious. Thus repulsed, our final hope 
 
 Is flat despair. We must exasperate 
 
 Th' Almighty Victor to spend all his rage, 
 
 And that must end us ; that must be our cure, 145 
 
 To be no more ? Sad cure ; for who would lose, 
 
 Though full of pain, this intellectual being, 
 
 Those thoughts that wander through eternity, 
 
 To perish rather, swallow'd up and lost 
 
 In the wide womb of uncreated night, 1 50 
 
 Devoid of sense and motion ? And who knows, 
 
 Let this be good, whether our angry Foe 
 
 Can give it, or will ever ? How he can 
 
 Is doubtful ; that he never will is sure. 
 
 Will he, so wise, let loose at once his ire 155 
 
 Belike through impotence, or unaware, 
 
 To give his enemies their wish, and end 
 
 Them in his anger, whom his anger saves 
 
 To punish endless ? Wherefore cease we then ? 
 
 Say they who counsel war, we are decreed, 160 
 
 Reserved, and destined, to eternal woe : 
 
 Whatever doing, what can we suffer more, 
 
 What can we suffer worse ? Is this then worst, 
 
 Thus sitting, thus consulting, thus in arms ? 
 
 What when we fled amain, pursued and struck 165 
 
 With Heav'n's afflicting thunder, and besought 
 
 The deep to shelter us ? This Hell then seem'd 
 
 A refuge from those wounds : or when we lay 
 
 Chain'd on the burning lake ? That sure was worse. 
 
 What if the breath that kindled those grim fires, 170 
 
 Awaked should blow them into sev'nfold rage, 
 
 And plunge us in the flames ? Or from above 
 
 Should intermitted vengeance arm again 
 
 152. Let thi* be good : Grant that this is good. 
 156. Belike: Perhaps. Impotence: Want of self-command. 
 159. Wherefore ceac, tfc . : Why then should we cease to exist? What 
 reason is there to expect annihilation ? 
 170. Is. xxr. 33.
 
 68 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 His red right hand to plague us What if all 
 Her stores were opcn'd, and this firmament 175 
 
 Of Hell should spout her cataracts of fire, 
 Impendent horrors, threatening hideous fall 
 One day upon our heads ; while we perhaps 
 Designing or exhorting glorious war, 
 
 Caught in a fiery tempest, shall be hurl'd 180 
 
 Each on his rock, transfix 'd, the sport and prey 
 Of wracking whirlwinds, or for ever sunk 
 Under yon boiling ocean, wrapt in chains ; 
 There to converse with everlasting groans, 
 Unrespited, unpitied, unreprieved, 185 
 
 Ages of hopeless end ? This would be worse. 
 War therefore, open or conceal'd, alike 
 My voice dissuades ; for what can force or guile 
 With him, or who deceive his mind, whose eye 
 . Views all thing at one view ? He from Heav'n's height 190 
 All these our motions vain, sees and derides : 
 Not more almighty to resist our might 
 Than wise to frustrate all our plots and wiles. 
 Shall we then live thus vile, the race of Heav'n 
 Thus trampled, thus expell'd, to suffer here 195 
 
 Chains and these torments ? Better these than worse, 
 By my advice : since fate inevitable 
 Subdues us, and omnipotent decree, 
 The Victor's will. To suffer, as to do, 
 
 Our strength is equal ; nor the law unjust 200 
 
 That so ordains. This was at first resolved, 
 If we were wise, against so great a Foe 
 
 180. See Note, Book I. 329. 
 
 181. Virg. JEa. vi. 75, u rapidis ludibria renti* " 
 
 188. Can: Can (accomplish). 
 
 191. Allusion to Ps. ii. 4. 
 
 199. To tuffcr, at to do : Soevola boasted that he was a Roman, and knew 
 M well how to suffer as to act. " Et facere et pati fortia Romanum est." 
 LIVT ii. 12. N. 
 
 201. 21kt wa* atfirtt retained: Our minds were made up at first to this.
 
 BOOK II. 69 
 
 Contending, and so doubtful what might fall. 
 
 I laugh, when those who at the epear are bold 
 
 And vent'rous, if that fail them, shrink and fear 205 
 
 What yet they know must follow, to endure 
 
 Exile or ignominy, or bonds, or pain, 
 
 The sentence of their Conqu'ror. This is now 
 
 Our doom ; which if we can sustain and bear, 
 
 Our Supreme Foe in time may much remit 210 
 
 His anger, and perhaps, thus far removed, 
 
 Not mind us not offending, satisfy'd 
 
 With what is punish'd ; whence these raging fires 
 
 Will slacken, if his breath stir not their flames. 
 
 Our purer essence then will overcome 215 
 
 Their noxious vapour, or inured not feel, 
 
 Or changed at length, and to the place conform'd 
 
 In temper and in nature, will receive 
 
 Familiar the fierce heat, and void of pain ; 
 
 This horror will grow mild, this darkness light, 220 
 
 Besides what hope the never-ending flight 
 
 Of future days may bring, what chance, what change 
 
 Worth waiting, since our present lot appears 
 
 For happy though but ill, for ill not worst, 
 
 If we procure not to ourselves more woe. 225 
 
 Thus Belial, with words cloth 'd in reason's garb, 
 Counsel'd ignoble ease and peaceful sloth, 
 Not peace : and after him thus Mammon spake : 
 
 218-19. Receive familiar : Receive as a matter made easy (by habit) The 
 tame idea is uttered by Mammon, 1. 274-78 of this Book. 
 
 223. Waiting: Waiting for. 
 
 223-25. Since our present lot appears for (as) a happy one, though it is, 
 indeed, but an ill one, for, though ill, it is not the worst, &c. 
 
 228. Mammon : His character is so fully drawn in the First Book, that 
 the poet adds nothing to it in the Second. We were before told that he was 
 the first who taught mankind to ransack the earth for gold and silver ; and, 
 that he was the architect of Pandemonium, or the infernal palace where 
 the evil spirits were to meet in council. His speech, in this Book, is every 
 way suitable to so depraved a character. How proper is that reflection of 
 their being unable to taste the happiness of heaven, were they actually
 
 70 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Either to disenthrone the King of Heav*n 
 We war, if war be best, or to regain 230 
 
 Our own right lost : liim to unthrone we then 
 May hope, when everlasting Fate shall yield 
 To fickle Chance, and Chaos judge the strife. 
 The former vain to hope, argues as vain 
 
 The latter ; for what place can be for us 235 
 
 Within Heav'n's bound, unless Hcav'n's Lord Supreme 
 We overpow'r ? Suppose he should relent, 
 And publish grace to all, on promise made 
 Of new subjection ; with what eyes could we 
 Stand in bis presence humble, and receive 240 
 
 Strict laws imposed, to celebrate his throne 
 With warbled hymns, and to his Godhead sing 
 Forced hallelujahs, while he lordly sits 
 Our envied Sovereign, and his altar breathes 
 Ambrosial odours and ambrosial flow're, 245 
 
 Our servile offerings ? This must be our task 
 In Heav'n, this our delight. How wearisome 
 Eternity so spent in worship paid 
 To whom we hate ! Let us not then pursue 
 By force impossible, by leave obtain'd 250 
 
 Unacceptable, though in Heav'n, our stale 
 Of splendid vassalage ; but rather seek 
 Our own good from ourselves, and from our own 
 Live to ourselves, though in this vast recess, 
 Free, and to none accountable, preferring 255 
 
 Hard liberty before the easy yoke 
 
 there, in the mouth of one who, while he was in heaven, is said to have had 
 his mind dazzled with the outward pomps and glories of the place, and to 
 have been more intent on the riches of the pavement than on the beatific 
 vision. The sentiments uttered in lines 262-273 are admirably charac- 
 teristic of the same being. A. 
 
 233. The ttrift : Between the King of Heaven and us, not between Fate 
 and Chance. PEARCK. 
 
 244. Breathe* : Throws out the smell of, &c. See IV. 265. 
 
 250. By force, Sft. : What is impossible to attain by force, what is unaccept- 
 able if obtained by permission.
 
 BOOK II. 71 
 
 Of servile pomp. Our greatness will appear 
 
 Then most conspicuous, when great things of small, 
 
 Useful of hurtful, prosp'rous of adverse, 
 
 We can create, and in what place soe'er, 260 
 
 Thrive under evil, and work ease out of pain 
 
 Through labour and endurance. This deep world 
 
 Of darkness do we dread ? How oft amidst 
 
 Thick clouds and dark doth Heav'n's all-ruling Sire 
 
 Choose to reside, his glory unobscured, 265 
 
 And with the majesty of darkness round 
 
 Covers his throne ; from whence deep thunders roar, 
 
 Must'ring their rage, and Heav'n resembles Hell ? 
 
 As he our darkness, cannot we his light 
 
 Imitate when we please ? This desert soil 270 
 
 Wants not her hidden lustre, gems and gold ; 
 
 Nor want we skill or art, from whence to raise 
 
 Magnificence : and what can Heav'n shew more ? 
 
 Our torments also may in length of time 
 
 Become our elements ; these piercing fires 275 
 
 As soft as now severe, our temper changed 
 
 Into their temper ; which must needs remove 
 
 The sensible of pain. All things invite 
 
 To peaceful counsels, and the settled state * 
 
 Of order, how in safety best we may 280 
 
 Compose our present evils, with regard 
 
 Of what we are and where, dismissing quite 
 
 All thoughts of war. Ye have what I advise. 
 
 He scarce had finish'd, when such murmur fill'd 
 Th' assembly, as when hollow rocks retain 285 
 
 The sound of blust'ring winds, which all night long 
 Had roused the sea, now with hoarse cadence lull 
 Seafaring men o'erwatch'd, whose bark by chance 
 Or pinnace anchors in a craggy bay 
 
 263-8. The imagery of this passage is drawn from Ps. xviii. 11,13; xcvii.2. 
 
 278. The teruMe of pain : The feeling, the sensation of pain. 
 
 279. These speeches are wonderfully fine ; but the question is changed in 
 the course of the debate. N.
 
 72 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 After the tempest. Such applause was heard 290 
 
 As Mammon ended, and his sentence pleased, 
 
 Advising peace ; for such another field 
 
 They dreaded worse than Hell : so much the fear 
 
 Of thunder and the sword of Michael 
 
 Wrought still within them ; and no less desire 295 
 
 To found this nether empire, which might rise 
 
 By policy and long process of time, 
 
 In emulation opposite to Heav'n : 
 
 Which when Beelzebub perceived, than whom, 
 
 Satan except, none higher sat, with grave 300 
 
 Aspect he rose, and in his rising seeui'd 
 
 A pillar of state : deep on his front engraven 
 
 Deliberation sat and public care ; 
 
 And princely counsel in his face yet shone, 
 
 Majestic though in ruin : sage he stood, 305 
 
 With Atlantoan shoulders fit to bear 
 
 294. bfichael: A holy angel, who, in the Book of Daniel, chap. x. 3-21, 
 n represented as having charge of the Jewish nation ; and, in the book of 
 Jude, verse 9. as contending with Satan about the body of Moses. Hit name 
 is introduced also in Rev. xii. 7-9. 
 
 296. Nether: Lower. 
 
 299. Beelzebub : This evil spirit, who is reckoned the second in dignity 
 that fell, and is, in the First Book, the second that awakes out of the trance, 
 and confers with Satan upon the situation of their affairs, maintains his rank 
 in the Book now before us. There is a wonderful majesty exhibited in his 
 rising up to speak. He acts as a kind of moderator between the two oppo- 
 site parties, and proposes a third undertaking, which the whole assembly 
 approves. The motion he makes to detach one of their body in search of a 
 new world, is grounded upon a project devised by Satan, and cursorily pro* 
 posed by him, in the First Book, G.10-C60. 
 
 It is on this project that Beelzebub grounds his proposal 
 
 " What, if we nod." *c. 
 
 Book II. 344-353. 
 
 It may be observed how just it was, not to omit in the First Book, the 
 project upon which the whole poem turns ; as, also, that the prince of the 
 fallen angels was the only proper person to give it birth, and that the next 
 to him in dignity was the fitte-t to second and support it. 
 
 306. ^tlanlrnn: An allusion to King Atlas, who. according to ancien* 
 mythology, was changed into a mountain on the northern coast of Africa, 
 whirh. from its groat height, was represented as supporting the atmosphere
 
 BOOK II 73 
 
 The weight of mightiest monarchies ; his look 
 
 Drew audience and attention still as night 
 
 Or summer's noon-tide air, while thus he spake : 
 
 Thrones and Imperial Powers, Offspring of Heav'n 310 
 
 Ethereal Virtues ; or these titles now 
 Must we renounce, and changing style be call'd 
 Princes of Hell ? for so the popular vote 
 Inclines here to continue, and build up here 
 A growing empire ; doubtless, while we dream, 315 
 
 And know not that the King of Heav'n hath doom'd 
 This place our dungeon, not our safe retreat 
 Beyond his potent arm, to live exempt 
 From Heav'n 's high jurisdiction, in new league 
 Banded against his throne, but to remain 320 
 
 In strictest bondage, though thus far removed, 
 Under th' inevitable curb, reserved 
 His captive multitude : for he, be sure, 
 In height or depth, still first and last will reign 
 Sole King, and of his kingdom lose no part 325 
 
 By our revolt ; but over Hell extend 
 His empire, and with iron sceptre rule 
 Us here, as with his golden those in Heav'n. 
 What sit we then projecting peace and war ? 
 War hath determined us, and foil'd with loss 330 
 
 Irreparable : terms of peace yet none 
 Vouchsafed or sought : for what peace will be giv'n 
 To us enslaved, but custody severe, 
 And stripes and arbitrary punishment 
 
 Inflicted ? And what peace can we return, 335 
 
 But to our power hostility and hate, 
 Untamed reluctance, and revenge though slow, 
 5Tet ever plotting how the Conqu'ror least 
 May reap his conquest, and may least rejoice 
 
 329. What : For what ? or, why ? 
 
 336. But to : But according to. The word but in this line, and in line 333, 
 is used with a poetic freedom, somewhat as the word except is employed in 
 Ine 678.
 
 74 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Jn doinu' what we most in suiTring feel ? 340 
 
 Nor will occasion want, nor shall we need 
 
 With dung'rouB expedition to invade 
 
 I Irav'n, whose high walls fear no assault or siege, 
 
 Or ambush from the deep. What if we find 
 
 Some easier enterprise ? There is a place, 345 
 
 (If ancient and prophetic fame in Heav'n 
 
 Err not) another world, the happy seat 
 
 Of some new race call'd Man, about this time 
 
 To be created like to us. though less 
 
 In pow'r and excellence, but favourM more 350 
 
 Of Him who rules above ; so was his will 
 
 Pronounced among the Gods, and by an oath, 
 
 That shook Heav'n's whole circumference, confirm 'd. 
 
 Thither let us bend all our thoughts, to learn 
 
 What creatures there inhabit, of what mould 355 
 
 Or substance, how endued, and what their pow'r, 
 
 And where their weakness; how attempted best, 
 
 By force or subtlety. Though Heav'n be shut, 
 
 And Heav'n's high Arbitrator sit secure 
 
 In his own strength, this place may lie exposed 360 
 
 The utmost border of his kingdom, left 
 
 To their defence who hold it. Here perhaps 
 
 346. Fame in Heaven : There is something wonderfully beautiful, and rery 
 apt to affect the reader's imagination, in this ancient prophecy, or report in 
 Heaven, concerning the creation of man. Nothing could better show the 
 dignity of the species, than this tradition respecting them before their exist- 
 ence. They are represented to have been the talk of Heaven before they 
 were created. A. 
 
 352. Heb. vL 17. An allusion, also, to Jupiter's oath. Virg. lEn. Lx. 
 104, Horn. Iliad, i. 528. 
 
 360. It has been objected that there is a contradiction between this part 
 of Beelzebub's speech and what he says afterwards, speaking of the same 
 thing ; but, in reply, it may be observed, that his design is different in these 
 different speeches. In the former, where he is encouraging the assembly to 
 undertake an expedition against this world, he says things to Utttn the diffi- 
 culty and danger ; but in the latter, when they are seeking a proper person 
 to perform it, he says things to magnify the danger, in order to make them 
 more cautious in their choice. N.
 
 BOOK ir. 75 
 
 Some advantageous act may be achieved 
 
 By sudden onset, either with Hell fire 
 
 To waste his whole creation, or possess 365 
 
 All as our own, and drive, as we were driv'n, 
 
 The puny habitants ; or if not drive, 
 
 Seduce them to our party, that their God 
 
 May prove their Foe, and with repenting hand 
 
 Abolish his own works. This would surpass 370 
 
 Common revenge, and interrupt his joy 
 
 In our confusion, and our joy upraise 
 
 In his disturbance ; when his darling sons, 
 
 Hurl'd headlong to partake with us, shall curse 
 
 Their frail original and faded bliss, 375 
 
 Faded so soon. Advise if this be worth 
 
 Attempting, or to sit in darkness here 
 
 Hatching vain empires. Thus Beelzebub 
 
 Pleaded his dev'lish counsel, first devised 
 
 By Satan, and in part proposed : for whence, 380 
 
 But from the author of all ill, could spring 
 
 So deep a malice, to confound the race 
 
 Of mankind in one root, and Earth with Hell 
 
 To mingle and involve, done all to spite 
 
 The great Creator ? But their spite still serves 385 
 
 His glory to augment. The bold design 
 
 Pleased highly those infernal States, and joy 
 
 Sparkled in all their eyes. With full assent 
 
 They vote ; whereat his speech he thus renews : 
 
 Well have ye judged, well ended long debate, 390 
 
 Synod of Gods, and like to what ye are, 
 Great things resolved, which from the lowest deep 
 Will once more lift us up, in spite of fate, 
 Nearer our ancient seat ; perhaps in view 
 Of those bright confines, whence with neighb'ring arms 395 
 
 367. Puny: Newly-created; derived from the French expression, pwt*t, 
 bom since. The idea of feebleness is involved. 
 382. Confound : Overthrow, destroy. 
 303. Fate : The decree of God.
 
 76 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And opportune excursion, we may chance 
 Re-enter Heuv'n ; or else in some mild zone 
 Dwell not unvisited of Heav'n's fair light 
 Secure, and at the bright'ning orient beam 
 Purge off this gloom : the soft delicious air, 400 
 
 To heal the scar of these corrosive fires, 
 Shall breathe her balm. But first, whom shall we send 
 In search of this new world ? whom shall we find 
 Sufficient ? who shall 'tempt with wandVing feet 
 The dark unbottom'd infinite abyss, 405 
 
 And through the palpable obscure find out 
 His uncouth way, or spread his aery flight, 
 Upborne with indefatigable wings 
 Over the vast abrupt, ere he arrive 
 
 The happy isle ? What strength, what art, can then 410 
 Suffice, or what evasion bear him safe 
 Through the strict senteries and stations thick 
 Of Angels watching round ? Here he had need 
 All circumspection, and we now no less 
 
 Choice in our suffrage ; for on whom we send, 415 
 
 The weight of all and our last hope relics. 
 This said, he sat ; and expectation held 
 His look suspense, awaiting who appear'd 
 To second or oppose, or undertake 
 
 The perilous attempt : but all sate mute 420 
 
 Pond'ring the danger with deep thoughts ; and each 
 In other's count'nance read his own dismay 
 
 404. 'Tempt: Try. 
 
 405. Obtcure: Obscurity, an adjective being used for a substantive. 
 409. Arrive : Arrive at. 
 
 413. lilt: The earth is so called because surrounded by an atmospheric 
 tea ; or, perhaps, because swimming in space. 
 
 412. Had need: Would need, as in the phrase "Yon had better go." The 
 meaning is, u You would better go" " It would be better for you to go." 
 
 414. All: The greatest. 
 
 415. Choice: Judgment or care in choosing. 
 
 417. Expectation is here personified. Hit lookt napeiue means, His coun- 
 tenance in a fixed, serious position. Compare Virg. JEn. ii. 1
 
 BOOK II. 77 
 
 Astonish'd. None among the choice and prime 
 
 Of those Heav'n-warring champions could be found 
 
 So hardy as to proffer or accept 425 
 
 Alone the dreadful voyage ; till at last 
 
 Satan, whom now transcendent glory raised 
 
 Above his fellows, with monarchal pride, 
 
 Conscious of highest worth, unmoved, thus spake : 
 
 Progeny of Heav'n, empyreal Thrones, 430 
 
 With reason hath deep silence and demur 
 Seized us, though undismay'd : long is the way 
 And hard that out of Hell leads up to light ; 
 Our prison strong ; this huge convex of fire, 
 Outrageous to devour, immures us round 435 
 
 Ninefold, and gates of burning adamant 
 Barr'd over us prohibit all egress. 
 These pass'd if any pass, the void profound 
 Of unessential Night receives him next 
 
 Wide gaping, and with utter loss of being 440 
 
 Threatens him, plunged in that abortive gulf, 
 If thence he 'scape into whatever world, 
 Or unknown region, what remains him less 
 Than unknown dangers, and as hard escape ? 
 But I should ill-become this throne, Peers, 445 
 
 And this imperial sov'reignty, adorn'd 
 With splendour, arm'd with pow'r, if aught propos'd 
 And judged of public moment, in the shape 
 Of difficulty or danger, could deter 
 Me from attempting. Wherefore do I assume 450 
 
 429. Unmoved : That is, by the dangers in view. 
 
 431. Demur: Suspense. 
 
 434. Convex : Vault of fire, bending down on all sides around us. The 
 word properly denotes the exterior surface of a globe, and concave the interior, 
 but the poets use them promiscuously, as here. What is here called convex 
 is called concave in line 635. 
 
 436. Virg. JEn. vi. 439, 552. 
 
 439. Unettential : Unsubstantial, void of materiality. 
 
 445^166. An imitation of one of the noblest speeche's in the Iliad, xii. 
 310, Ice. ; but a great improvement upon it.
 
 78 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 These royalties, and not refuse to reign, 
 
 Refusing to accept as great a share 
 
 Of hazard as of honour ; due alike 
 
 To him who reigns, and so much to him due 
 
 Of hazard more, as he above the rest 455 
 
 High honour 'd sits ? Go, therefore, mighty Powers, 
 
 Terror of Heav'n, though fall'n ; intend at home, 
 
 While here shall be our home, what best may ease 
 
 The present misery, and render Hell 
 
 More tolerable ; if there be cure or charm 480 
 
 To respite, or deceive, or slack the pain 
 
 Of this ill mansion ; intermit no watch 
 
 Against a wakeful foe, while I abroad 
 
 Through all the coasts of dark destruction, seek 
 
 Deliv'rance for us all. This enterprise 465 
 
 None shall partake with me. Thus saying rose 
 
 The Monarch, and prevented all reply, 
 
 Prudent, lest from his resolution raised, 
 
 Others among the chief might offer now 
 
 (Certain to be refused) what erst they fear'd : 470 
 
 And so refused might in opinion stand 
 
 His rivals, winning cheap the high repute 
 
 Which he through hazard huge must earn. But they 
 
 Dreaded not more th' adventure than his voice 
 
 Forbidding ; and at once with him they rose ; 475 
 
 Then* rising all at once was as the sound 
 
 Of thunder heard remote. Tow'rds him they bend 
 
 With awful rev'rence prone ; and as a God 
 
 Extol him equal to the High'st in Heav'n : 
 
 Nor fail'd they to express how much they praised, 480 
 
 That for the gen'ral safety he despised 
 
 His own : for neither do the Spirits damn'd 
 
 Lose all their virtue : lest bad men should boast 
 
 457. Intend: Regard, deliberate upon. 
 470. Ertt : At first 
 
 482. For wither, tfc. : This seems to have been a sarcasm on the bad men 
 of Milton's time. E. B
 
 BOOK II. 7 
 
 Their specious deeds on earth, which glory excites, 
 
 Or close ambition, varnish'd o'er with zeal. 485 
 
 Thus they their doubtful consultations dark 
 
 Ended, rejoicing in their matchless chief: 
 
 As when from mountain-tops the dusky clouds 
 
 Ascending, while the north wind sleeps, o'erspread 
 
 Heav'n's cheerful face, the low'ring element 490 
 
 Scowls o'er the darken'd landscape snow, or show'r ; 
 
 If chance the radiant Sun with farewell sweet 
 
 Extend his ev'ning beam, the fields revive, 
 
 The birds their notes renew, and bleating herds 
 
 Attest their joy, that hill and valley rings. 495 
 
 shame to men ! Devil with Devil damn'd 
 
 Firm concord holds, men only disagree 
 
 Of creatures rational, though under hope 
 
 Of heav'nly grace : and God proclaiming peace, 
 
 Yet live in hatred, enmity, and strife 500 
 
 Among themselves, and levy cruel wars, 
 
 Wasting the earth, each other to destroy ; 
 
 As if (which might induce us to accord) 
 
 Man had not hellish foes enough besides, 
 
 ^83. Lest: Before this word supply, or understand, "this remark is 
 m*de." 
 
 485. Milton intimates above, that the fallen and degraded state of man, or 
 his individual vice, is not at all disproved by some of his external actions 
 not appearing totally base. The commentators should have observed, in ex- 
 plaining this passage, that the whole grand mystery on which the poem de- 
 pends, is the first fearful spiritual alienation of Satan from God, the only 
 fountain of truth and all real positive good ; and that, when thus separated, 
 whether the spirit be that of man or devil, it may perform actions fair in 
 appearance, but not essentially good, because springing from no fixed prin- 
 ciple of good. S. 
 
 489. IVhile the north wind sleeps : A simile of perfect beauty : it illus- 
 trates the delightful feeling resulting from the contrast of the stormy debate 
 with the light that seems subsequently to break in upon the assembly. 
 E. B. 
 
 491. Scowls: Drives in a frowning manner. 
 
 496. shame to men : The reflections of the poet here are of great prac- 
 tical wisdom and importance. They were suggested, probably, by the civil 
 commotions and animosities of his own times.
 
 80 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 That day and night for his destruction wait. 505 
 
 The Stygian council thus dissolved ; and forth 
 In order came the grand infernal peers : 
 'Midst came their mighty Paramount, and seem'd 
 Alone th' antagonist of Ilcav'n, nor less 
 
 Than Hell's dread emperor with pomp supreme, 510 
 
 And God-like imitated state ; him round 
 A globe of fiery Seraphim inclosed 
 With bright emblazonry, and horrent arms. 
 Then of their session ended they bid cry 
 With trumpets' regal sound the great result: 515 
 
 Tow'rds the four winds four speedy Cherubim 
 Put to their mouths the sounding alchemy 
 By herald's voice explain'd ; the hollow abyss 
 Heard far and wide, and all the host of Hell 
 With deafning shout return 'd them loud acclaim. 520 
 
 Thence more at ease their minds, and somewhat raised 
 By false presumptuous hope, the ranged Pow'rs 
 Disband, and wand'ring, each his sev'ral way 
 Pursues, as inclination or sad choice 
 
 Leads him perplex'd, where he may likeliest find 525 
 
 Truce to his restless thoughts, and entertain 
 The irksome hours till his great chief return. 
 Part on the plain, or in the air sublime, 
 
 507. Stygian : An epithet derived from Styx, the name of a distinguished 
 river in the infernal regions, according to the Pagan mythology ; it here 
 means the same as the word infernal. 
 
 512. Globe: A body of men formed into a circle. Virgil (jEn. x. 373) 
 uses a similar expression : " Qua globtis ille virum densissimus urguet." 
 
 513. That is, with glittering ensigns, and bristled arms, or arms with 
 points standing outward. The word horrent was, probably, suggested by 
 " horrentia Martis arma," of the uEneid, book i., or by the " horrentikis 
 hastis" of JEn. x. 178. 
 
 517. Alchemy : An alloy or mixed metal, out of which the trumpets were 
 made : here, by metonymy denotes trumpets. 
 
 528. Part on the plain, (ft. : The diversions of the fallen angels, with the 
 particular account of their place of habitation, are described with great 
 pregnancy of thought and copiousness of invention. The diversions are
 
 BOOK II. 81 
 
 Upon the wing, or in swift race contend, 
 
 As at th' Olympian games or Pythian fields, 530 
 
 Part curb their fiery steeds, or shun the goal 
 
 With rapid wheels, or fronted brigades form, 
 
 As when to warn proud cities war appears 
 
 Waged in the troubled sky, and armies rush 
 
 To battle in the clouds, before each van 635 
 
 Prick forth the airy knights, and couch their spears 
 
 Till thickest legions close ; with feats of arms 
 
 From cither end of Heav'n the welkin burns. 
 
 Others, with vast Typhcean rage more fell, 
 
 Rend up both rocks and hills, and ride the air 540 
 
 In whirlwind ; Hell scarce holds the wild uproar. 
 
 As when Alcides, from Oechalia crown'd 
 
 With conquest, felt th' envenom'd robe, and tore 
 
 every way suitable to beings who had nothing left them but strength and 
 knowledge misapplied. Such are t-heir contentions at the race, and in feats 
 of arms, with their entertainment, described in lines 539-541, &c. A. 
 Compare Ovid, Met. iv. 445. 
 
 529-30. These warlike diversions of the fallen angels, seem to be copied 
 from the military exercises of the Myrmidons during the absence of their 
 chief from the war. Horn. Iliad, ii. 774, &c. See &lso JEn. vi. 64. 
 531. Rapid wheels: Hor. Ode i. 1 : 4, " Metaque fervidis evitata rotis." 
 536. Couch their spears : Put them in a posture for attack : put them in 
 their rests. 
 
 538. Welkin: Atmosphere. 
 
 539. Typhcea* : Gigantic, from Typhceus, one of the giants of Pagan my- 
 thology, that fought against Heaven. 
 
 542. Alcidtt : A name of Hercules, from a word signifying strength. He 
 was a celebrated hero, who received, after death, divine honours. Having 
 killed the King of CEchalia, in Greece, and led away his beautiful daughter 
 lole, as a captive, he raised an altai to Jupiter, and sent off for a splendid 
 robe to wear when he should offer a sacrifice. Deianira, in a fit of jealousy, 
 before sending the robe, tinged it with a certain poisonous preparation. Her- 
 cules soon found that the robe was consuming his flesh, and adhered so 
 closely to his skin, that it could not be separated. In the agony of the mo- 
 ment, he seized Lichas, the bearer of the robe, by the foot, and hurled him 
 from the top of Mount (Eta. into the sea. This name is given to a chain of 
 mountains in Thessaly, the eastern extremity of which, in conjurxtion with 
 the sea, formed the celebrated pass of Thermopyhr.
 
 82 J'AKAJ>18E LOST. 
 
 Through pain up by the roots Thessalian pines, 
 
 And Lichas from the top of Oeta threw 645 
 
 Into th' Euboic sea. Others more mild, 
 
 Retreated in a silent valley, sing 
 
 With notes angelical to many a harp 
 
 Their own heroic deeds and hapless fall 
 
 By doom of battle ; and complain that Fate 550 
 
 Free virtue should in thrall to force or chance. 
 
 Their song was partial, but the harmony 
 
 (What could it less when Spirits immortal sing ?) 
 
 Suspended Hell, and took with ravishment 
 
 The thronging audience. In discourse more sweet 555 
 
 (For eloquence the soul, song charms the sense) 
 
 Others apart sat on a hill retired, 
 
 In thoughts more elevate, and reason'd high 
 
 Of providence, foreknowledge, will, and fate, 
 
 Fix'd fate, free-will, foreknowledge absolute, 560 
 
 And found no end, in wand'ring mazes lost 
 
 Of good and evil much they argued then, 
 
 Of happiness and final misery, 
 
 Passion and apathy, glory and shame, 
 
 Vain wisdom all, and false philosophy : 565 
 
 547. Sing, Sft. : Their music is employed in celebrating their own crimi- 
 nal exploits, and their discourse in sounding the unfathomable depths of fate, 
 free-will, and foreknowledge. A. 
 
 552. Partial: Too favourable to themselves. Or the word may express 
 Ibis idea . Confined to fw and inferior topics those relating to war. 
 
 $54. Suspended Hell: The effect of their singing is somewhat like that 
 of Orpheus in Hell. Virg. Geor. iv. 481. N. 
 
 556. Eloquence, tfc. : The preference is here given to intellect above th 
 flcasures of the senses. . B. 
 
 557. Apart : Hor. Ode ii. 13 : 23, 
 
 " 8ede*que ditcrrtnt piorum.'' 
 
 563. Good and evil, and de fmibus lionorum et malorum, &c., were more 
 particularly the subjects of disputation among the philosopher* and sophists 
 of old ; as providence, free-will, &c., were among the school-men and divines 
 of later times, especially upon the introduction of the free notions of Ar- 
 minius upon these subjects ; and our author shows herein what an opinion 
 he had of all books and learning of this kind. N.
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 83 
 
 Yet with a pleasing sorcery could charm 
 
 Pain for a while, or anguish, and excite 
 
 Fallacious hope, or arm th' obdured breast 
 
 With stubborn patience as with triple steel. 
 
 Another part in squadrons and gross bands, 670 
 
 On bold adventure to discover wide 
 
 That dismal world, if any clime perhaps 
 
 Might yield them easier habitation, bend 
 
 Four ways their flying march, along the banks 
 
 Of four infernal rivers, that disgorge 575 
 
 Into the burning lake their baleful streams ; 
 
 Abhorred Styx, the flood of deadly hate ; 
 
 Sad Acheron of sorrow, black and deep ; 
 
 566. Charm: Allay, beguile. 
 569. Triple : Hor. Ode i. 3 : 9. 
 
 " Illi robur, et <ts triplex, 
 Circa pectus erat." 
 
 575-591. Four infernal rivers, tfc. : The several circumstances in the de- 
 scription of Hell, are finely imagined ; as the four rivers which disgorge 
 themselves into the sea of fire, the extremes of cold and heat, and the river 
 of Oblivion. The monstrous animals produced in that infernal world, are re- 
 presented by a single line, which gives us a more horrid idea of them than 
 a much longer description would have done : 
 
 " Nature breeds 
 Perverse, all monstrous, all prodigious things." &c. 
 
 This episode of the fallen spirits and their place of habitation, comes 
 in very happily to unbend the mind of the reader from its attention to the 
 debate. A. 
 
 577-614. Abhorred Styx, fyc. : The Greeks reckon up five rivers in Hell, 
 and call them after the names of the noxious springs and rivers in their own 
 country. Our poet follows their example both as to the number and the 
 names of these infernal rivers, and excellently describes thsir nature and 
 properties, with the explanation of their names. As to the situation of 
 these rivers, Milton does not confine himself to the statements of Greek 
 or Latin poets, but draws out a new map of these rivers. He supposes a 
 burning lake, agreeably to Scripture ; and into this lake he makes these four 
 rivers to flow from different directions, which gives us a greater idea than 
 any of the heathen poets have furnished. The river of Oblivion is rightly 
 placed far off from the rivers of Hatred, Sorrow, Lamentation, and Rage j and 
 divides the frozen continent from the region of fire, and, thereby, completes 
 the map of Hell with its general divisions. N.
 
 84 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Cocytus, named of lamentation loud 
 
 Heard on the rueful stream ; fierce Phlegethon, 580 
 
 Whose waves of torrent fire inflame with rage 
 
 Far off from these a slow and silent stream, 
 
 Lethe, the river of oblivion, rolls 
 
 Her wat'ry labyrinth ; whereof who drinks, 
 
 Forthwith his former state and being forgeta, 685 
 
 Forgets both joy and grief, pleasure and pain. 
 
 Beyond this flood a frozen continent 
 
 Lies dark and wild, beat with perpetual storms 
 
 Of whirlwind and dire hail, which on firm land 
 
 Thaws not, but gathers heap, and ruin seems 590 
 
 Of ancient pile ; all else deep snow and ice 
 
 A gulf profound as that Serbonian bog 
 
 Betwixt Damiata and Mount Casius old, 
 
 Where armies whole have sunk : the parching air 
 
 Burns frore, and cold performs th* effect of fire. 595 
 
 Thither, by harpy-footed furies haled, 
 
 At certain revolutions, all the damn'd 
 
 Are brought : and feel by turns the bitter change 
 
 Of fierce extremes, extremes by change more fierce, 
 
 From beds of raging fire to starve in ice 600 
 
 589. Dire hail : Compare Horace, Ode ii., Dirte grandinii. 
 
 590. Gather* heap : Accumulates. 
 
 592. Serbonian bog : A morass between Egypt and Palestine, near Mount 
 Casius. The loose sand of the adjacent country sometimes covered it to 
 such an extent as to give it the appearance of firm land. 
 
 594. Parching : Scorching, drying. Burnt frore : Burns frosty, or with frost. 
 Ecclus. xliii. 20, 21, " When the cold north wind bloweth, it devoureth the 
 mountain!), and burntth the wilderness, and consumeth the grass a* fire.'' 
 Newton also refers us to the old English and Septuagint translations of Ps. 
 cxxi. 6: "The sun shall not burn thee by day, nor the moon by night" 
 The same idea is introduced in Virgil, Georg. i. 93. 
 
 " npidire potentia *oli* 
 
 Acrior. out Jlarrt penetrahite fn'fui adunit." 
 
 This passage may have been in the mind of Milton, as it ascribes a scorch- 
 ing, drying, or parching Influence alike to the vehement sun and to the pene- 
 trating cold of the north wind. 
 
 600. Starve: Kill with cold; a sense common in England, but not used in 
 this country.
 
 BOOK II. 85 
 
 Their soft ethereal warmth, and there to pine 
 
 Immoveable, infix'd, and frozen round, 
 
 Periods of time, thence hurried back to fire. 
 
 They ferry over this Lethean sound 
 
 Both to and fro, their sorrow to augment, 605 
 
 And wish and struggle, as they pass, to reach 
 
 The tempting stream, with one small drop to lose 
 
 In sweet forgetfulness all pain and woe, 
 
 All in one moment, and so near the brink ; 
 
 But fate withstands, and to oppose th' attempt 610 
 
 Medusa with Grorgonian terror guards 
 
 The ford, and of itself the water flies 
 
 All taste of living wight, as once it fled 
 
 The lip of Tantalus. Thus roving on 
 
 In confused march forlorn, th' advent'rous bands 615 
 
 With shudd'ring horror pale, and eyes aghast, 
 
 View'd first their lamentable lot, and found 
 
 No rest. Through many a dark and dreary vale 
 
 They pass'd, and many a region dolorous, 
 
 603. Thence hurried, tfc. : This circumstance of the damned's suffering the 
 extremes of heat and cold by turns, is finely invented to aggravate the horror 
 of the description, and seems to be founded on Job, xxiv. 19, in the Latin 
 version, which Milton frequently used. '' Ad nimium calorem transeat ab 
 aquis nivium." So Jerome and other commentators understand it. N. 
 
 606. This is a fine allegory, designed to show that there is no forgetfulnest 
 in Hell. Memory makes a part of the punishment ot the damned, and the 
 reflection but increases their misery. N. 
 
 611. Mtduta: A fabulous being, who had two sisters. The three were 
 called Gorgons, from their terrible aspect which turned the beholder into 
 stone. The upper part of the body and the head, according to the fable, re- 
 wmbled those of a woman ; the lower part was like a serpent. 
 
 614. Tanlclut: A Grecian prince, who, for cruelty to his son, was con- 
 demned to perpetual hunger and thirst in hell. The English word tantalize 
 is derived from this story, which is adapted, if not designed, to show that 
 there is no forgetfulness in Hell, but that memory and reflection torture its 
 inhabitants. 
 
 618-22. By words we have it in our power (says Burke) to make such 
 comb'nationi as we cannot possibly make otherwise. By this power of com- 
 bining, we are able, by the addition of well-chosen circumstances, to give
 
 86 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 O'er many a frozen, many a fiery Alp, 020 
 
 Books, caves, lakes, feus, bogs, dens, and shades of death, 
 A universe of death, which God by curse 
 Created evil, for evil only good, 
 Where all life dies, death lives, and nature breeds, 
 Perverse, all monstrous, all prodigious things, 625 
 
 Abominable, inutterable, and worse 
 Thau fables yet have feign M, or fear conceived, 
 . Gorgons and Hydras, and Chimeras dire. 
 
 new life and force to the simple object. The words roc**, cavtt, fee., would 
 lose the greatest part of the effect if they were not the 
 
 Rocki, caves, lakes, dent. bogs, fens, and shades ofdfatk." 
 and the idea, caused by a word, which nothing but a word could annex to the 
 others, raises a very great degree of the sublime ; which is raised yet higher 
 by what follows, A UNIVERSE OF DEATH. 
 
 620. Milton s Hell is the most fantastic piece of fancy, based on the broad- 
 est superstructure of imagination. It presents such a scene at though Sieitser- 
 land were ttt on fire. Such an uneven, colossal region, full of bogs, caves, hol- 
 low valleys, broad lakes and towering Alps, has Milton's genius cut out from 
 Chaos, and wrapped in devouring flames, leaving, indeed, here and there a 
 snowy mountain, or a frozen lake, for a variety in the horror. This wilder- 
 ness of death is the platform which imagination raises and peoples with the 
 fallen thrones, dominations, princedoms, virtues, and powers. On it the same 
 poem, in its playful fanciful mood, piles up the pandemonian palace, suggest* 
 the trick by which the giant fiends reduce their stature, shrinking into imps, 
 and seats at the gates of Hell the monstrous forms of Sin and Death. These 
 have often been objected to, as if they were unsuccessful and abortional ef- 
 forts of imagination, whereas they are the curvettings and magnificent non- 
 sense of that power after its proper work, the creation of Hell, has been 
 performed. The great (literary) merit of Milton's Hell, especially as com- 
 pared to Dante's, is the union of a general sublime indistinctness, with a clcai 
 ttatuttqut marking out from, or painting on, the gloom, of individual forms. 
 The one describes Hell like an angel passing through it in haste, and with 
 time only to behold its leading outlines and figures ; the other, like a pilgrim, 
 compelled with slow and painful steps, to thread all its high-ways and by- 
 ways of pain and punishment. GILFILLAN. 
 
 623. Good: Adapted. 
 
 628. Hydra : A fabled monster serpent in the marsh of Lcmnos in the Pelo- 
 ponnesus, which had many heads, and those when cut ofl^ were immediately 
 replaced by others. Chimera : A fabulous monster, vomiting flames, having 
 the head of a lion, the body of a goat, and tail of a serpent. Hence the term 
 is now applied to anything self-contradictory or absurd to a mere creature 
 of the imagination.
 
 BOOK II. 87 
 
 Meanwhile the adversary of God and Man, 
 Satan, with thoughts inflamed of high'st design, 630 
 
 Puts on swift wings, and tow'rds the gates of Hell 
 Explores his solitary flight. Sometimes 
 He scours the right hand coast, sometimes the left, 
 Now shaves with level wing the deep, then soars 
 Up to the fiery concave tow'ring high. 635 
 
 As when far off at sea a fleet descry 'd 
 Hangs in the clouds, by equinoctial winds 
 Close sailing from Bengala, or the isles 
 Of Ternate and Tidore, whence merchants bring 
 Their spicy drugs ; they on the trading flood 640 
 
 Through the wide Ethiopian to the Cape 
 Ply stemming nightly tow'rd the pole. So seem'd 
 Far off the flying Fiend : at last appear 
 Hell bounds, high reaching to the horrid roof, 
 And thrice threefold the gates ; three folds were brass, 
 Three iron, three of adamantine rock, 646 
 
 Impenetrable, impaled with circling fire, 
 Yet unconsumed. Before the gates there sat 
 
 636. As when, fyc. : Satan, towering high, is here compared to a fleet of 
 Jndiamen discovered at a distance, as it were, hanging in the clouds, as a fleet 
 at a distance seems to do. Dr. Bentley asks, why a fleet when a first-rate 
 man-of-war would do ? Dr. Pearce answers. Because a fleet gives a nobler 
 image than a single ship ; and it is a fleet of Indiamen, because, coming from 
 so long a voyage, it is the fitter to be compared to Satan in this expedition. 
 The equinoctial are the trade winds. The fleet is described as close sailing, 
 and is therefore more proper to be compared to a single person. N. 
 
 Dr. Pearce observes that Milton in his similitudes (as is the practice of 
 Homer and Virgil too) , after he has shown the common resemblance (as here 
 ir. line 637) , often takes the liberty of wandering into some unresernbling 
 circumstances ; which have no other relation to the comparison than that it 
 gave him the hint, and, as it were, set fire to the train of his imagination. 
 
 638-41. Bengala: Bengal. Ternate and Tidore : Spice islands east of Bor- 
 neo. Ethiopian : Indian ocean. Cape : Of Good Hope. 
 
 642. By night they sail towards the north pole. 
 
 644. Hell bounds : The boundaries of Hell. 
 
 647. Empaled: Paled in, enclosed. The old romances frequently speak 
 of enchanted castles being empaled with circling fire. T. 
 
 648. The allegory that follows is a poetic paruphrnse upon James i. 1.1
 
 i*^ PARADISE LOST. 
 
 On either side a formidable shape ; 
 
 The one seem'd woman to the waist, and fair, 650 
 
 But ended foul in many a scaly fold 
 
 Voluminous and vast, a serpent arm'd 
 
 With mortal sting : about her middle round 
 
 A cry of Hell-hounds never ceasing, bark'd 
 
 With wide Cerberean mouths full loud, and rung 655 
 
 "Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin, and sin, when it is 
 finished, bringeth forth death." 
 
 649. The picture of Sin here given, may have been suggested by a line in 
 Horace. See Art. Poet. 4 : 
 
 ' Desinit in pUcem mulicr formoia supers*." 
 
 Or, Milton may have been indebted, in part, to Spenser's description of Error. 
 ' Half like a lerpent horribly displayed, 
 But tli' other half did woman's ihape retain," tc. 
 
 Hesiod's Echidna is also described as half woman, and half serpent. 
 Theog. 298. The mention of the Hell-hounds about her middle, Milton has 
 drawn from the fable of Scylla (660) . 
 
 649. On either tide, <rr. .- The allegory concerning Sin and Death is a very 
 finished piece, of its kind, though liable to objection when considered as a 
 part of an epic poem. The genealogy of the several persons is contrived 
 with great delicacy. Sin is the daughter of Satan, and Death the offspring 
 of Sin. The incestuous mixture between Sin and Death, produces those 
 monsters and Hell-hounds which, from time to time, enter into the mother 
 and tear the bowels of her who gave them birth. These are the terrors of 
 an evil conscience, and the proper fruits of sin, which naturally arise from 
 the apprehension of death. This is dearly intimated in the speech of Sin. 
 
 Addison further calls our attention to the justness of thought which is 
 observed in the generation of these several symbolical persons ; that Sin was 
 produced upon the first revolt of Satan that Death appeared soon after he 
 was cast into Hell, and, that the terrors of conscience were conceived at the 
 gate of this place of torment. 
 
 " Tliis," says Stebbing, " is one of the most sublime passages in the poem. 
 Addison is generally ingenious in his criticisms, but not elevated ; and when 
 he objected to Milton's having introduced an allegory, he shows that he was 
 incapable of entering into the magnificent conceptions of his author. Sin 
 and Death are not allegorical beings in Paradise Lost ; but real and active 
 existences They would have been allegorical, speaking or contending 
 among men, but are not so in an abode of spirits, and addressing the Prtnct 
 tf Darlmett. See James i. 15." 
 
 These remarks are a sufficient answer, also, to Dr. Johnson's objections. 
 
 055. Cerbeitan month* : Mouths like those of the fabled infernal god Cer-
 
 BOOK II. 8 
 
 A hideous peal : yet, when they list, would creep. 
 
 If aught disturb'd their noise, into her womb, 
 
 And kennel there, yet there still bark'd and howl'd 
 
 Within unseen. Far less abhorr'd than these 
 
 Vex'd Scylla, bathing in the sea that parts 660 
 
 Calabria from the hoarse Trinacrian shore ; 
 
 Nor uglier follow the night-hag, when call'd 
 
 In secret, riding through the air she comes, 
 
 Lured with the smell of infant blood, to dance 
 
 With Lapland witches, while the lab'ring moon 665 
 
 Eclipses at their charms. The other shape, 
 
 If shape it might be call'd that shape had none 
 
 Distinguishable in member, joint, or limb, 
 
 Or substance might be call'd that shadow oeem'd, 
 
 For each seein'd either ; black it stood as Night, 670 
 
 berus, who possessed three heads, and guarded the entrance in Tartarus, to 
 prevent the escape of the condemned. 
 
 660. Scylla : Scylla and Charybdis are the names, the former of a rock on 
 the Italian shore, in tue strait between Sicily and the main land; and the 
 latter of a whirlpool, or strong eddy, over against it on the Sicilian side. 
 The ancients connected a fabulous story with each name. Scylla was origin- 
 ally a beautiful woman, but was changed by Circe into a monster, the 
 parts below her waist becoming a number of dogs, incessantly barking 
 while she had twelve feet and hands, and six heads, with three rows ol 
 teeth. Terrified at this metamorphosis, she threw herself into the sea, and 
 was cnanged into the rocks which bear her name. Charybdis was a greedy 
 woman, who stole the oxen of Hercules, and, for that offence, was turned 
 into the gulf, 01 whirlpool, above mentioned. FISKE. See Ovid. Met. xiv. 
 59, &c. 
 
 661. Trinacrian: Sicilian. Calabria: Southern part of Italy. 
 
 662. Uglier: Ugker (beings). Night-hag: Witch. 
 
 635. The laboring moon : The ancients believed the moon to be greatly 
 affected by magical practices ; and the Latin poets call the eclipses of the 
 moon laboret lunac. The three foregoing lines, and the former part of this, 
 contain a short account of what was once believed, and in Milton's time not 
 so ridiculous as now. R. 
 
 666. The other shape : The figure of Death, the regal crown upon his head, 
 his menace of Satan, his advancing to the combat, the outcry at his birth, are 
 circumstances that demand admiration. This description of Death, was pro 
 bably suggested by Spenser, Faery Queen, book viii. cant. 7.
 
 90 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Fierce as ten Furies, terrible as Hell, 
 
 And shook a dreadful dart. What scom'd his head 
 
 The likeness of a kinglj crown had on. 
 
 Satan was now at hand, and from bis seat, 
 
 The monster moving onward, came as fast 675 
 
 With horrid strides, Ilell trembled as he strode. 
 
 Th' undaunted Fiend what this might be admired 
 
 Admired, not fear'd : God and his Son except, 
 
 Created thing nought valued he nor shunn'd ; 
 
 And with disdainful look thus first began : 680 
 
 Whence and what art thou, execrable shape, 
 That darest, though grim and terrible, advance 
 Thy miscreated front athwart my way 
 To yonder gates ? Through them I mean to pass, 
 That be assured, without leave ask'd of thee : 685 
 
 Retire or taste thy folly, and learn by proof, 
 Hell-born, not to contend with Spirits of Heav'n. 
 
 To whom the goblin full of wrath reply'd, 
 Art thou that traitor Angel, art thou He, 
 Who first broke peace in Heav'n, and faith, till then 690 
 
 Unbroken, and in proud rebellious arms 
 Drew after him the third part of Heav'n's sons, 
 
 671. Furie* : An allusion to three daughters of Pluto, whose office it was 
 to torment the guilty in Tartarus, and often to punish the living, by produc- 
 ing fatal epidemics, the devastations of war, insanity, and murders. They 
 were represented with vipers twining among their hair, usually with fright- 
 ful countenances, in dark and bloody robes, and holding the torch of discord 
 or vengeance. FISKE'S CL. MANUAL. 
 
 675, &c. That superior greatness and mock-majesty which is ascribed to 
 the prince of fallen angels, is admirably preserved in every portion of this 
 book. His opening and closing the debate ; his taking on himself that great 
 enterprise, at the thought of which the whole infernal assembly trembled ; 
 his encountering the hideous phantom who guarded the gates of Hell, and 
 appeared to him in all its terrors, are instances of that proud and daring mind 
 which could not brook submission even to Omnipotence. 
 
 The same boldness and intrepidity of behaviour discover* itself in the 
 several adventures which he meets with during his passage through the 
 regions of unformed matter, and, particularly in his address to those tremen- 
 dous Powers who are described (960-970) as presiding over it. A.
 
 BOOK II. 91 
 
 Conjured against the High'st, for which both thou 
 
 And they, outcast from God, are here condemn'd 
 
 To waste eternal days in woe and pain ? 895 
 
 And reckon'st thou thyself with Spirits of Heav'n, 
 
 Hell-doom 'd, and breath 'st defiance here and scorn 
 
 Where I reign king, and to enrage thee more, 
 
 Thy king and lord ? Back to thy punishment, 
 
 False fugitive, and to thy speed add wings, 700 
 
 Lest with a whip of scorpions I pursue 
 
 Thy ling'ring, or with one stroke of this dart 
 
 Strange horror seize thee, and pangs unfelt before. 
 
 So spake the grisly terror, and in shape, 
 
 So speaking, and so threat'ning, grew tenfold 70S 
 
 More dreadful and deform. On th' other side, 
 Incensed with indignation, Satan stood 
 Unterrify'd, and like a comet buru'd, 
 That fires the length of Ophiuchus huge 
 
 In th' arctic sky, and from his horrid hair 710 
 
 Shakes pestilence and war. Each at the head 
 Levell'd his deadly aim ; their fatal hands 
 No second stroke intend, and such a frown 
 Each cast at th' other, as when two black clouds, 
 With Heav'n 's artill'ry fraught, come rattling on 715 
 
 678-679. Except: This passage will not bear a critical examination, for it 
 implies that God and his Son are created things ; but the poet intended to 
 convey no such idea. If for created, the word existing be substituted, the 
 sense would be unembarassed. The word but is used with similar looseness 
 in lines 333, 336. Richardson has pointed out a similar passage in Milton's 
 Prose Works, " No place in Heaven and Earth, except Hell." 
 
 693. Conjured : Leagued together. Virg. Georg. i. 280. 
 '- Kt conjuratoi co>lum reicindere fratres." 
 
 709. Opkiuckut, or Serpentarius : One of the northern constellations. 
 
 710. Pliny has this expression (ii. 22) , " Cometas horrentes crine sangui- 
 neo." The ancient poets frequently compare a hero in his shining armour, 
 to a comet. Poetry delights in omens, prodigies, and such wonderful events 
 as were supposed to follow upon the appearance of comets, eclipses, and like 
 events. N. 
 
 715. Artillery. Thunder.
 
 92 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Over the Caspian ; then stand front to front 
 
 Hov'ring a space, till winds the signal blow 
 
 To join their dark encounter in raid-air. 
 
 So frown'd the mighty combatants, that llell 
 
 Grew darker at their frown, so match'd they stood: 720 
 
 For never but once more was either like 
 
 To meet so great a foe : and now great deeds 
 
 Had been achieved, whereof all Hell had rung, 
 
 Had not the snaky sorceress that sat 
 
 Fast by Hell gate, and kept the fatal key, 725 
 
 Ris'n, and with hideous outcry rush'd between. 
 
 Father, what intends thy hand, she cry'd, 
 Against thy only Son ? What fury, O Son, 
 Possesses thce to bend that mortal dart 
 
 Against thy Father's head ? and know'st for whom ? 730 
 
 For Him who sits above and laughs the while 
 At thee ordain'd his drudge, to execute 
 Whate'er his wrath, which he calls justice, bids : 
 His wrath, which one day will destroy ye both. 
 
 She spake, and at her words the hellish pest 735 
 
 Forbore ; then these to her Satan return'd. 
 
 So strange thy outcry, and thy words so strange 
 Thou interposest, that my sudden hand 
 Prevented, spares to tell thee yet by deeds 
 What it intends, till first I know of thee, 740 
 
 716. The Catpian is said to be subject to violent storms. Hor. Ode. ii. 9 : 3 
 
 721. Onct more : In the person of Jesus Christ (734). Heb. ii. 14. 
 
 758. Out of thy head I tprung : An allusion to the heathen fable of the 
 goddess Minerva springing out of the head of Jupiter. Her appearance is 
 'represented as producing, among the heavenly beings, at first, amazement 
 and terror; but afterwards securing the approbation and favour of a multi- 
 tude of them. This representation exhibits the horror in which the idea of 
 sinning against God was first regarded, and the change of views among the 
 sinning angels, upon becoming accustomed to acts of transgression. The same 
 thing is true among men, particularly among the young when led astray 
 from a moral course. 
 
 In the seventh and eighth chapters of Paul's Epistle to the Romans, 
 and in the first chapter of the Epistle of James, may be found, also, a vivid 
 personification of sin.
 
 BOOK II. 93 
 
 What thing thou art, thus double-form'd, and why 
 
 In this infernal vale first met thou call'st 
 
 Me Father, and that phantasm call'st my Son ; 
 
 I know thee not, nor ever saw till now 
 
 Sight more detestable than him and thee. 745 
 
 T' whom thus the portress of Hell gate reply 'd : 
 Hast thou forgot me then, and do I seem 
 Now in thine eyes so foul ? once deem'd so fair 
 In Heav'n, when at th' assembly, and in sight 
 Of all the Seraphim with thee combined 750 
 
 In bold conspiracy against Heav'n's King, 
 All on a sudden miserable pain 
 Surprised thee, dim thine eyes, and dizzy swum 
 In darkness, while thy head flames thick and fast 
 Threw forth, till on the left side op'ning wide, 755 
 
 Likest to thee in shape and count'nance bright, 
 Then shining heav'nly fair, a Goddess arm'd 
 Out of thy head I sprung ; amazement seized 
 All th' host of Heav'n ; back they recoil'd, afraid 
 At first, and call'd me Sin, and for a sign 760 
 
 Portentous held me ; but familiar grown 
 I pleased, and with attractive graces won 
 The most averse, thee chiefly, who full oft 
 Thyself in me thy perfect image viewing 
 Becam'st enamour'd, and such joy thou took'st 765 
 
 With me in secret, ^hat my womb conceived 
 A growing burthen. Meanwhile war arose, 
 And fields were fought in Heav'n ; wherein remain'd 
 (For what could else ?) to our Almighty Foe 
 Clear victory ; to our part loss and rout 770 
 
 Through all the empyrean. Down they fell, 
 Driv'n headlong from the pitch of Heav'n, down 
 Into this deep, and in the general fall 
 
 760. For a tign : As a prodigy, or phenomenon. 
 
 767. Growing burthen : This symbolizes the increasing atrocity and hideous- 
 ness of a course of transgression, or its tendency to propagate itself. 
 772. Pitch: Height
 
 94 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 I also ; at which time this powerful key 
 
 Into my hand was giv*n, with charge to keep 775 
 
 These gates for ever shut ; which none can pass 
 
 Without my op'ning. Pensive here I sat 
 
 Alone ; but long I sat not, till my womb 
 
 Pregnant by thee, and now excessive grown, 
 
 Prodigious motion felt and rueful throes 780 
 
 At last this odious offspring whom thou seest 
 
 Thine own begotten, breaking violent way, 
 
 Tore through my entrails, that with fear and pain 
 
 Distorted, all my nether shape thus grew 
 
 Transform 'd : but he my inbred enemy 785 
 
 Forth issued, brandishing his fatal dart, 
 
 Made to destroy. I fled, and cry'd out DEATH ; 
 
 Hell trembled at the hideous name, and sigh'd 
 
 From all her caves, and back resounded Death. 
 
 I fled, but he pursued (though more, it seems, 790 
 
 Inflamed with lust than rage), and swifter far, 
 
 Me overtook, his mother all dismay'd, 
 
 And in embraces forcible and foul 
 
 Ingend'ring with me, of that rape begot 
 
 These yelling monsters, that with ceaseless cry 795 
 
 Surround me, as thou saw'st, hourly conceived 
 
 And hourly born, with sorrow infinite 
 
 To me ; for when they list, into the womb 
 
 That bred them they return, and howl and gnaw 
 
 My bowels, their repast ; then bursting forth 800 
 
 Afresh with conscious terrors vex me round, 
 
 That rest or intermission none I find. 
 
 787. Death : Death is represented, in the Holy Scriptures, as the product 
 of sin. Rom. v. 12, u By one man sin entered into the world, and death by 
 sin, and so death hath passed upon all men, for that all have sinned.'-' 
 
 789. An imitation of Virg. JEa. ii. 53. 
 
 Ins onucre cave, gemitumque dedere caverne." 
 
 H. 
 
 795. YMing momtert : These creatures symbolize the pangs of remorse 
 which torment the sinner, and his fearful apprehensions in prospect of death. 
 See Heb. x. 27. 
 
 802. Rat : See Isaiah Iviii. 20, 21.
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 95 
 
 Before mine eyes in opposition sits 
 
 Grim Death, my son and foe, who sets them on, 
 
 And me, his parent, would full soon devour 805 
 
 For want of other prey, but that he knows 
 
 His end with mine involved ; and knows that I 
 
 Should prove a bitter morsel, and his bane, 
 
 Whenever that shall be. So Fate pronounced. 
 
 But thou, Father, I forewarn thee, shun 810 
 
 His deadly arrow ; neither vainly hope 
 
 To be invulnerable in those bright arms, 
 
 Though temper'd heav'nly, for that mortal dint, 
 
 Save He who reigns above, none can resist. 
 
 She finish'd, and the subtle Fiend his lore 815 
 
 Soon learn'd, now milder, and thus answer'd smooth. 
 Dear Daughter, since thou claim 'st me for thy sire, 
 And my fair son here show'st me, the dear pledge 
 Of dalliance had with thee in Heav'n, and joys 
 Then sweet, now sad to mention, through dire change 820 
 BefalTn us unforeseen, unthought of ; know 
 I come no enemy, but to set free 
 From out this dark, and dismal house of pain 
 Both him and thee, and all the heav'nly host 
 Of Spirits, that in our just pretences arin'd 825 
 
 805-7. There is a beautiful circumstance alluded to in these lines. A. 
 
 807. Hit end, $c. : Death livet by sin. 
 
 809. The heathen poets make Jupiter superior to Fate. Iliad i. 5 ; JEn. 
 iii. 375 ; iv. 614. But Milton, with great propriety, makes the fallen angels 
 and Sin here attribute events to Fate, without any mention of the Supreme 
 Being. N. 
 
 813. Dint: Stroke. 
 
 817. Dear daughter : Satan had now learned his lore or lesson, and the 
 reader will observe how artfully he changes his language. He had said 
 before (745) , that he had never seen sight more detestable ; but now it is 
 dear daughter, and my fair son. 
 
 824. Both him and thee, Sfc. ; The reader will observe how naturally the 
 three persons concerned in this allegory are tempted by one common interest 
 to enter into a confederacy together, and how properly Sin is made the portress 
 of Hell, and the only being that can open the gates to that world of torture.
 
 96 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Fell with us from on high : from them I go 
 
 This uncouth errand sole, and one for all 
 
 Myself expose, with lonely steps to tread 
 
 TV unfounded deep, and through the void immense 
 
 To search with wand'ring quest a place foretold 830 
 
 Should be, and, by concurring signs, ere now 
 
 Created vast and round, a place of bliss 
 
 In the purlieus of Heav'n, and therein placed 
 
 A race of upstart creatures to supply 
 
 Perhaps our vacant room, though more removed, 835 
 
 Lest Heav'n surcharged with potent multitude 
 
 Might hap to move new broils : Be this or aught 
 
 Than this more secret now design'd, I haste 
 
 To know, and this once known, shall soon return, 
 
 And bring ye to the place where thou and Death 840 
 
 Shall dwell at ease, and up and down unseen 
 
 Wing silently the buxom air, embalin'd 
 
 With odours : there ye shall be fed and fill'd 
 
 Immeasurably, all things shall Se your prey. 
 
 He ceased, for both seem'd highly pleased ; and Death 845 
 Grinn'd horrible a ghastly smile, to hear 
 His famine should be fill'd, and blest his maw 
 Destined to that good hour : no less rejoiced 
 His mother bad, and thus bespake her sire : 
 
 The key of this infernal pit by due, 850 
 
 And by command of Heav'n's all-powerful King, 
 I keep, by him forbidden to unlock 
 These adamantine gates ; against all force 
 Death ready stands to interpose his dart, 
 
 827. Uncouth: Unusual. Sole: Alone. 
 833. Purlieu* : Neighbourhood. 
 
 840. Bring ye : It was Satan's horrid design to introduce sin and death 
 into our world. 
 
 842. Buxom : Yielding, flexible, from a Saxon word, signifying u to bend." 
 The word has this sense in a prose sentence of Milton : " Thinking theiebj 
 to make them more tractable and buxom to bis government" N. 
 
 850. Due: Ri^ht 
 
 854. Dtatk : The penalty of disobeying God.
 
 BOOK II. 97 
 
 Fearless to be o'ermatch'd by living might. 855 
 
 But what owe I to his commands above 
 
 Who hates me, and hath hither thrust me down 
 
 Into this gloom of Tartarus profound, 
 
 To sit in hateful office here confined, 
 
 Inhabitant of Heav'n, and heav'nly born, 860 
 
 Here in perpetual agony and pain, 
 
 With terrors and with clamours compass'd round 
 
 Of mine own brood, that on my bowels feed ? 
 
 Thou art my father, thou my author, thou 
 
 My being gav'st me ; whom should" I obey 865 
 
 But thee, whom follow ? thou wilt bring me soon 
 
 To that new world of light and bliss, among 
 
 The Gods who live at ease, where I shall reign 
 
 At thy right hand voluptuous, as beseems 
 
 Thy daughter and thy darling, without end. 870 
 
 Thus saying, from her side the fatal key, 
 Sad instrument of all our woe, she took ; 
 And tow'rds the gate rolling her bestial train, 
 
 855. Living might : Except that of God, at whose command Sin and Death 
 were appointed to guard the gates of Hell. 
 
 856. Owe I: Sin refuses obedience to God, casts off allegiance to Him. 
 860. Sin was born in Heaven when Satan committed his first offence 
 
 (864-5). 
 
 866. Whom follow : That is, whom shall I follow ? Sin yields obedience 
 to Satan. So every act of human transgression is represented in Scripture 
 as an act of homage to Satan. John viii. 44 ; Ephes. ii. 1-3. 
 
 871. It is one great part of the poet's art, to know when to describe thing* 
 in general, and when to be very circumstantial and particular. Milton has, 
 in this and the following lines, shown his judgment in this respect. The 
 first opening of the gates of Hell by Sin, is an incident of such importance 
 that every reader's attention must have been greatly excited, and, conse 
 quently, as highly gratified by the minute detail of particulars our author 
 has given us. It may, with justice, be further observed, that in no j>art 
 of the poem the versification is better accommodated to the sense. The 
 drawing up of the portcullis, the turning of the key, the sudden shooting of 
 the bolts, and the flying open of the doors, are, in some sort, described by 
 the very break and sound of the verse. T. ' 
 
 872. Sad instrument of all our woe : The escape of Satan to our world 
 was the occasion of human sin and misery. 
 
 7
 
 98 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Forthwith the huge portcullis high up-drew, 
 
 Which but herself, not all the Stygian pow'rs 875 
 
 Could once have moved ; then in the key-hole turns 
 
 Th' intricate wards, and cv'ry bolt and bar 
 
 Of massy iron or solid rock with ease 
 
 Unfastens. On a sudden open fly 
 
 With impetuous recoil and jarring sound 880 
 
 Th' infernal doors, and on their hinges grate 
 
 Harsh thunder, that the lowest bottom shook 
 
 Of Erebus. She open'd ; but to shut 
 
 Excell'd her pow'r : the gates wide open stood, 
 
 That with extended wings a banner'd host 885 
 
 Under spread ensigns marching might pass through 
 
 With horse and chariots rank'd in loose array ; 
 
 So wide they stood, and like a furnace mouth 
 
 0">, 
 
 879-883. On a tudden, tfc. : The description just given of the gates is 
 highly poetical, and now of the opening of the gates. There is a harshness 
 in the sound of the words, that happily corresponds to the meaning con- 
 yeyed, or to the fact described. This correspondence of the sound of the 
 language to the sense, is a great rhetorical beauty : in this case, it also ad- 
 mirably serves to impress the mind with horror. 
 
 883. See Virg. Georg. iv. 471, "Erebi de sedibus imis." Erebut : Ac- 
 cording to ideas of the Homeric and Hesiodic ages, the world or universe 
 was a hollow globe, divided into two equal portions by the flat disk of the earth. 
 The external shell of this globe is called by the poets brazen and iron, pro- 
 bably only to express its solidity. The superior hemisphere was named 
 Heaven: the inferior one, Tartarut. The length of the diameter of the 
 hollow sphere, is thus given by Hesiod. It would take, he says, nine days 
 for an anvil to fall from Heaven to Earth; and an equal space of time 
 would be occupied by its fall from Earth to the bottom of Tartarus. The 
 luminaries which gave light to gods and men, shed their radiance through 
 all the interior of the upper hemisphere ; while that of the inferior one was 
 filled with gloom and darkness, and its still air was unmoved by any wind. 
 Tartarus was regarded, at this period, as the prison of the gods, and not a* 
 the place of torment for wicked men, being to the gods what Erebut was to 
 men the abode of those who were driven from the supernal world. Ere- 
 bus lay between the Earth and Hades, beneath the latter of which wu 
 Tartarus. AKTHOS. 
 
 883-4. But to thut, tfc. : An impressive lesson is here incidentally con- 
 veyed that it is easy to sin, but not so easy to avoid the penal corue- 
 equence*
 
 BOOK II. 99 
 
 \ 
 
 Cast forth redounding smoke and ruddy flame. 
 
 Before their eyes in sudden view appear 890 
 
 The secrets of the hoary deep, a dark 
 
 Illimitable ocean, without bound, . 
 
 Without dimension, where length, breadth, and heighth, 
 
 And time, and place, are lost ; where eldest Night 
 
 And Chaos, ancestors of Nature, hold 895 
 
 Eternal anarchy, amidst the noise 
 
 Of endless wars, and by confusion stand. 
 
 For hot, cold, moist, and dry, four champions fierce 
 
 Strive here for mast'ry, and to battle bring 
 
 Their embryon atoms ; they around the flag 900 
 
 Of each his faction, in their sev'ral dans, 
 
 Light-arm'd or heavy, sharp, smooth, swift, or slow, 
 
 Swarm populous, unnumber'd as the sands 
 
 Of Barca or Gyrene's torrid soil, 
 
 Levy'd to side with warring winds, and poise 905 
 
 394-5. Night : By the Romans, Night was personified as the daughter of 
 Chaos. Both are here represented as progenitors of Nature, by which the 
 arranged creation is meant. Dropping the allegory, the idea conveyed, iy, 
 that night and chaos, or darkness and a confused state of matter, preceded 
 the existence of nature, or of the universe in its fully arranged and organized 
 form. Night and Chaos are represented as the monarchs of a confused state 
 of the elements of things, among which hot, cold, moist, or dry, like four 
 fierce champions, are striving for the mastery. The false Epicurean theory 
 of creation is here alluded to, according to which the worlds were produced 
 by a fortuitous concourse of atoms. u Chance governs all." 
 
 898. For hot: Ovid i. 19, &c. 
 
 " Frigida pugnabaut calidis, humentia siccis 
 Mollia cum duns, line pondere habentia pondus." 
 
 Milton has, in this description, omitted all the puerilities that disfigure 
 Ovid's. N. 
 
 901. Barca : For the most part a desert country, on the northern coast of 
 Africa, extending from the Syrtis Major as far as Egypt. Cyrene, was the 
 capital of Cyrenaica (which was included in Barca) , on the shore of the 
 Mediterranean, west of Egypt. 
 
 905. The atoms, or indivisible particles of matter, are compared, in re- 
 spect to number and motion, to the sands of an African desert, which are 
 mustered to side with, or assist, contending winds in their mutual struggles. 
 Poite their lighter win/it: Give weigh?, or ballast, to the lighter winga of
 
 100 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Their lighter wings. To whom these most adhere, 
 
 He rules a moment ; Chaos umpire sits, 
 
 And by decision more embroils the fray 
 
 By which he reigns : next him high arbiter 
 
 Chance governs all. Into this wild abyss, 910 
 
 The womb of Nature, and perhaps her grave, 
 
 Of neither sea, nor shore, nor air, nor fire, 
 
 But all these in their pregnant causes mix'd 
 
 Confus'dly, and which thus must ever fight, 
 
 Unless tii' Almighty Maker them ordain 915 
 
 His dark materials to create more worlds ; 
 
 Into this wild abyss the wary Fiend 
 
 Stood on the brink of Hell and look'd a while, 
 
 Pond 'ring his voyage : for no narrow frith 
 
 the winds. An allusion is here made to the birds described by Pliny, as 
 ballasting themselves with small stones when a storm rises ; or, to the bees 
 described by Virg. Georg. iv. 194. R. 
 
 906. To whom thett most : The reason why any one of these champions 
 rultt (though but for a moment) , is, because the atoms of his faction adhere 
 mott to him ; or, the meaning may be, to whatever side the atoms tem- 
 porarily adhere, that side rules for the moment. E. B. 
 
 910. Wild abyst : Milton 1 1 tystem of the univeru is, in short, that the Em- 
 pyrean Heaven, and Chaos, and Darkness, were before the Creation Heaven 
 above and Chaos beneath ; and then, upon the rebellion of the angels, first 
 Hell was formed out of Chaos, stretching far and wide beneath ; and after- 
 wards Heaven and Earth were formed another world hanging over the realm 
 of Chaos, and won from his dominion. N. 
 
 912. Possessing neither sea nor shore, &c. 
 
 918. Stood and looked: These words are to be transposed to make 
 
 the sense plain; which is, that the wary Fiend stood on tic brink of Hell, 
 and looked a while into this wild abyss. A similar liberty is taken by the 
 poet, in the transposition of words, in Book V. 368. 
 
 919. Pondering hit voyage: In Satan's voyage through the chaos, there are 
 several imaginary persons described as residing in that immense waste of 
 matter. This may, perhaps, be conformable to the taste of those critics who 
 are pleased with nothiug in a poet which has not life and manners ascribed 
 to it; but, for my own part, says Addison, I am pleased most with those 
 passages in this description, which carry in them a greater measure of pro- 
 bability, and are such as might possibly have happened. Of this kind is hie 
 first mounting in the smoke that rises from the infernal pit ; his falling into 
 a cloud of nitre, and the like combustible material*, which, by their explo-
 
 BOOK ir. 101 
 
 He had to cross. Nor was his ear less peal'd 920 
 
 With noises loud and ruinous (to compare 
 
 Great things with small) than when Bellona storms 
 
 With all her batt'ring engines bent, to raze 
 
 Some capital city ; or less than if this frame 
 
 Of Heav'n were falling, and these elements 925 
 
 In mutiny had from her axle torn 
 
 The steadfast earth. At last his sail-broad vans 
 
 He spreads for flight, and in the surging smoke 
 
 Uplifted spurns the ground ; thence many a league, 
 
 As in a cloudy chair, ascending rides 930 
 
 Audacious ; but that seat soon failing, meets 
 
 A vast vacuity : all unawares 
 
 Flutt'ring his pennons vain, plumb down he drops 
 
 Ten thousand fathom deep, and to this hour 
 
 Down had been falling, had not by ill chance, 935 
 
 The strong rebuff of some tumultuous cloud, 
 
 Instinct with fire and nitre, hurried him 
 
 As many miles aloft : that fury stay'd, 
 
 sion, still hurried him onward in his voyage ; his springing up like a pyra- 
 mid of fire, with his laborious passage through that confusion of elements 
 which the poet calls " the womb of Nature, and perhaps her grave. A. 
 
 921. Compare, fyc.: Virg. EC. i. 24, "Parvis componere magna." 
 
 922. Bellona : The goddess of war. 
 
 927. Van* : Wings. As the air and water are both fluids, the metaphors 
 taken from the one are often applied to the other, and flying is compared to 
 sailing, and sailing to flying. Says Virg. JEn. iii. 520, lt Velorum pandimus 
 alas," and in JEn. i. 300. 
 
 " rolat ille per aera magnum 
 
 Remigio alarum." 
 
 Newton has furnished examples also from Spenser. 
 
 933. Pennon* : The common meaning is banners ; but it probably is used 
 for pinions, and is synonymous with ran, used above. Plumb : Perpendi- 
 cularly. 
 
 935. /// chance : An ill chance for mankind that he was so far speeded on 
 his journey. P. 
 
 938. That fury ttay'd: That fiery rebuff ceased, quenched and, put out by 
 soft quicksand. Syrtis is explained by neither tea nor /am/, exactly agree 
 ing with Lucan. 
 
 " Syrtes in dubio pelagi, Urraeque reliquit"
 
 102 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Quench M in a boggy Syrtis, neither sea, 
 
 Nor good dry land : nigh founder'd on he fares, 940 
 
 Treading the crude consistence, half on foot, 
 
 Half flying ; behoves him now both oar and sail. 
 
 As when a gryphon through the wilderness 
 
 With winged course, o'er hill or moory dale, 
 
 Pursues the Arimaspian, who by stealth 945 
 
 Had from his wakeful custody purloin'd 
 
 The guarded gold : so eagerly the Fiend 
 
 O'er bog, or steep, through strait, rough, dense or rare, 
 
 With head, hands, wings, or feet pursues his way, 
 
 And swims, or sinks, or wades, or creeps, or flies : 950 
 
 At length a universal hubbub wild 
 
 Of stunning sounds and voices all confused, 
 
 Borne through the hollow dark, assaults his ear 
 
 With loudest vehemence : thither he plies, 
 
 Undaunted to meet there whatever Pow'r 955 
 
 Or Spirit of the nethermost abyss 
 
 Might in that noise reside, of whom to ask 
 
 Which way the nearest coast of darkness lies 
 
 940. Fart*: Goes. 
 
 942. Behove* Aim, tfc. : It behoveth him more to use both his oars and his 
 sails, as galleys do, according to the proverb, Remis velisque, with might 
 and main. H. 
 
 943. Gryphon : An imaginary animal, part eagle and part lion, said to 
 watch over mines of gold, and whatever was hidden for safe keeping. The 
 Jlrimaspians were a people of Scythia, who, according to the legend related 
 by Herodotus, had but one eye, and waged a continual warfare with the 
 griffons that guarded the gold, which was found in great abundance where 
 these people resided. 
 
 948. The difficulty of Satan's voyage is very well expressed by so many 
 monosyllables, which cannot be pronounced but slowly, and with frequent 
 pauses. N. 
 
 956. Nethermott : While the throne of Chaot was above Hell, and, con- 
 sequently, a part of the abytt was so, a part of that abyss was, at the same 
 time, far below Hell ; so far below, that when Satan went from Hell on his 
 voyage, he fell in that abyu ten thousand fathoms deep (934) , and the poet 
 there adds that if it had not been for an accident, he had been falling down 
 there to this hour ; nay, it was illimitable, and where height it loit. Of couise 
 the abyss, considered as a whole, was ntthermott in respect to Hell. P.
 
 BOOK II. 103 
 
 Bord'ring on light ; when strait behold the throne 
 
 Of Chaos, and his dark pavilion spread 960 
 
 Wide on the wasteful deep ; with him enthroned 
 
 Sat sable-vested Night, eldest of things, 
 
 The consort of his reign ; and by them stood 
 
 Orcus and Ades, and the dreaded name 
 
 Of Demogorgon ; Rumour next and Chance, 965 
 
 And Tumult and Confusion, all embroil'd, 
 
 And Discord, with a thousand various mouths. 
 
 T' whom Satan turning boldly, thus : Ye Pow'rs 
 And Spirits of this nethermost abyss, 
 
 Chaos and ancient Night, I come no spy, 970 
 
 With purpose to explore or to disturb 
 The secrets of your realm, but by constraint 
 Wand'ring this darksome desert, as my way 
 Lies through your spacious empire up to light, 
 
 964. Orcus and Ades : Orcus and Hades. These terms usually denote the 
 abodes of departed spirits ; sometimes are used as names of Pluto, the fabled 
 deity that presides over those abodes. They are here personified, and 
 occupy a place in the court of Chaos. 
 
 965-6. Name, $t. : There was a notion among the ancients of a certain 
 deity, whose very name they supposed capable of producing the most ter- 
 rible effects, and which they therefore dreaded to pronounce. He was con- 
 sidered as possessing great power in incantations ; and to have obtained this 
 name from the power which he had of looking with impunity upon the 
 Gorgon, that turned all other spectators to stone. The dreaded name of De- 
 mogorgon here stands for '' the dreaded Demogorgon," by a common figure, 
 used especially by the sacred writers. See Rev. xi. 13, '' And in the earth- 
 quake were slain names of men seven thousand," meaning, of course, seven 
 thousand men. N. Rumor next, fyc. : Addison seems to disapprove of these 
 fictitious beings, thinking them, I suppose (like Sin and Death), improper for 
 an epic poem ; but I see no reason why Milton may not be allowed to place 
 such imaginary beings in the regions of Chaos, as well as Virgil describe simi- 
 lar beings, Grief, and Fear, and Want, and Sleep, and Death, and Discord like- 
 wise, within the confines of Hell ; and why what is accounted a beauty in 
 one should be deemed a fault in the other? See JEn. vi. 273, &c., and Dry- 
 den's translation of the passage. Other writers have introduced, with 
 general approbation, similar fictitious beings. N. 
 
 966. Embroiled : Confusedly intermixed. 
 
 972. Secret* : Secret places is the more probable meaning : yet it may 
 mean, secret counsels and transactions. See Book I. 167 ; VII. 95. N.
 
 104 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Alone, and without guide, half lost, I geek 975 
 
 What readiest path leads where your gloomy bounds 
 Confine with Heav'n ; or if some other place 
 From your dominion won, th' ethereal King 
 Possesses lately, thither to arrive 
 
 I travel this profound ; direct my course ; 980 
 
 Directed no mean recompense it brings 
 To your behoof, if I that region lost, 
 All usurpation thence expell'd, reduce 
 To her original darkness and your sway 
 
 (Which is my present journey), and once more 985 
 
 Erect the standard there of ancient Night ; 
 Yours be th' advantage all, mine the revenge 
 Thus Satan ; and him thus the Anarch old, 
 With fault'ring speech and visage incomposed, 
 Answer'd : I know thee, stranger, who thou art ; 990 
 
 That mighty leading Angel, who of late 
 Made head against Heav'n's King, though overthrown. 
 I saw and heard ; for such a nuiu'rous host . 
 Fled not in silence, through the frighted deep 
 With ruin upon ruin, rout on rout, 995 
 
 Confusion worse confounded ; and Heav'n gates 
 Pour'd out by millions her victorious bands 
 Pursuing. I upon my frontiers here 
 Keep residence ; if all I oan will serve 
 
 That little which is left so to defend, 1000 
 
 Encroach'd on still through your intestine broils, 
 Weak'ning the sceptre of old Night : first Hell 
 
 981. This passage is thus paraphrased by Newton: My course directed 
 may bring no little recompense and advantage to you, if I reduce that lost 
 region, all usurpation being thence expelled, to her original darkness and 
 vour sway, which is the purport of my present journey, ice. 
 
 982. Behoof: Advantage. Lott : That is, to those whom he addressed, 
 having been withdrawn from a chaotic condition. 
 
 999. Can: Can do. 
 
 1000. So: In this manner; that is, by keeping my residence on the fron- 
 tiers, and doing all I can. 
 
 1002. Fir *t HM (was encroached on)
 
 BOOK II. 105 
 
 Your dungeon stretching far and wide beneath ; 
 
 Now lately Heav'n and Earth, another world, 
 
 Hung o'er my realm, link'd in a golden chain 1005 
 
 To that side Heav'n from whence your legions fell 
 
 If that way be your walk, you have not far ; 
 
 So much the nearer danger ; go and speed ; 
 
 Havock, and spoil, and ruin, are my gain. 
 
 He ceased, and Satan stay'd not to reply ; 1010 
 
 But glad that now his sea should find a shore, 
 With fresh alacrity and force renew'd, 
 Springs upward like a pyramid of fire 
 Into the wild expanse, and through the shock 
 Of fighting elements, on all sides round 1015 
 
 Environ'd, wins his way ; harder beset 
 
 1004. Another world (was encroached on). The term Heaven is here the 
 tarry heaven, which, together with our earth, constitutes the other " world" 
 here mentioned. 
 
 1005-6. The idea may have been suggested by the golden chain with 
 which Jupiter is described in the Iliad, book viii., as drawing up the earth. 
 Heaven, in these lines, denotes the residence of Deity, and the abode of 
 righteous men and angels, called the empyreal Heaven, line 1047. The ques- 
 tion arises, how the intestine broil*, originated by the fallen angels, had produced 
 the encroachments above referred to ? To this question, the answer may be 
 rendered, that Hell was created out of chaotic materials to serve as a prison 
 for the apostate angels ; and that our world was created out of similar ma- 
 terials to furnish an abode for a holy race that might serve as a compen- 
 sation for the loss of the fallen angels from the services of Heaven. See 
 Book III. 678-80. The atoms from which Hell and the Earth were formed, 
 previously to the " intestine broils" in the angelic family, belonged to the 
 kingdom of Chaos and Old Night. See 345-386. Night's sceptre was thus 
 weakened by the withdrawment of a part of her dominions. 
 
 1011. Find a thore : A metaphor, expressive of his joy that now his travel 
 and voyage should terminate ; somewhat like that of one of the ancients, 
 who, reading a tedious book, and coming near to the end, cried, / tee land, 
 Terrain video. N. 
 
 1013. Like a pyramid of fire: To take in the full meaning of the mag- 
 nificent similitude, we must imagine ourselves in chaos, and a vast luminous 
 body rising upward near the place where we are, so swiftly as to appear a 
 continued track of light, and lessening to the view according to the increas* 
 of distance, till it end in a point, and then disappear ; and all this must 
 be supposed to strike our eye at one instant. BKATTIE.
 
 106 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And more endanger'd than when Argo pass'd 
 
 Through Bosphorus, betwixt the jostling rocks ; 
 
 Or when Ulysses on the larboard shunn'd 
 
 Charybdis, and by th' other whirlpool steer'd. 1020 
 
 So he with difficulty and labour hard 
 
 Moved on, with difficulty and labour he ; 
 
 But he once past, soon after when man fell, 
 
 Strange alteration ! Sin and Death amain 
 
 Following his track, such was the will of Heav'n, 1025 
 
 Paved after him a broad and beaten way 
 
 Over the dark abyss, whose boiling gulf 
 
 Tamely endured a bridge of wondrous length 
 
 From Hell continued reaching th' utmost orb 
 
 1017. JJrifo: There was an ancient fable that two small islands, called 
 Sympltgadt*, at the mouth of the Thracian Bosphorus (Straits of Constan- 
 tinople) , floated about, and sometimes united to crush those vessels which 
 chanced at the time to be passing through the Straits. The ship Ar%o, on 
 its way to Colchis, had a narrow escape in passing, having lost the ex- 
 tremity of the stern. 
 
 1021-2. With difficulty, iff.: These lines can be pronounced only with 
 ome effort, and hence are well adapted to impress the idea which they con- 
 vey. The repetition of the idea also favors the same result. 
 
 1024. Jimain: Violently. 
 
 1028. Bridge, ^e. : It has been properly objected to this passage, that the 
 same bridge is described in Book x. for several lines together, poetically and 
 pompously, as a thing untouched before, and an incident to surprise the reader ; 
 and therefore the poet should not have anticipated it here. N. 
 
 1029. Utmott orb : The idea here conveyed is entirely different from what 
 to most readers will seem the obvious one. Iq Book X. 302, the bridge is 
 represented as "joining to the wall immoveable of this now fenceless world." 
 The same thing is described (317) as "the outside base of this round world." 
 L. Book III. 74, 75, Satan is represented as 
 
 " ...... Ready now 
 
 To itoop with wearied wlngf and*wllling feet 
 On the bare ouliide of thii world, that teera'd 
 Firm land embosom'd. without firmament, 
 Uncertain which, in ocean or in air." 
 
 A more full description of the same locality is furnished Book III. 417-430 ; 
 497-602; 526-328; 540-543. The poet, in these passages, brings up be- 
 fore our imagination, an immense opaque hollow sphere, separating the reign 
 of Chaos and Old Night from the solar and sidereal system.
 
 BOOK II. 107 
 
 Of this frail world ; by which the Spirits perverse 1030 
 
 With easy intercourse pass to and fro. 
 ,To tempt or punish mortals, except whom 
 God and good Angels guard by special grace 
 But now at last the sacred influence 
 
 Of light appears, and from the walls of Heav'n 1035 
 
 Shoots far into the bosom of dim Night 
 A glimin'ring dawn. Here Nature first begins 
 Her farthest verge, and Chaos to retire 
 As from her outmost works a broken foe 
 With tumult less, and with less hostile din, 1040 
 
 That Satan with less toil, and now with ease, 
 Wafts on the calmer wave by dubious light, 
 And like a weather-beaten vessel holds 
 Gladly the port, though shrouds and tackle torn ; 
 Or in .the emptier waste, resembling air, 1045 
 
 Weighs his spreadVings, at leisure to behold 
 Far off th' empyreal Heav'n, extended wide 
 In circuit, undetermined square or round, 
 
 1046. Weighs : Lifts. 
 
 1047. Empyreal Heaven: The highest and purest region of heaven, or sim- 
 ply, the pure and brilliant heaven, from a word signifying fire. 
 
 1048. Undetermined square or round : Of no definite boundaries. 
 
 1052. Pendent world: From Shakspeare's Measure for Measure, Act III. 
 Scene 1. 
 
 1052-3. This pendent world. The earth alone is not meant, but the new 
 creation, Heaven and Earth, the whole orb of fixed stars, including the plau- 
 ets, the earth and the sun. In line 1004, Chaos had said, 
 
 "Now lately, Heav'n and Earth, another world. 
 Hung o'er my realm, linked in a golden chain.'* 
 
 Satan had not yet seen the earth, nor any of those other luminous bodies 
 he was afterwards surprised at the sudden view of all Ms world at on., III 
 542, having wandered long on the outside of it, till at last he saw our sun, 
 and there was informed by the archangel Uriel, where the Earth and Para- 
 dise were, III. 722. This pendent world, therefore, must mean the whole 
 world, in the sense of universe, then new created, which, when observed 
 from a distance, afar off, appeared,, in comparison with the empyreal Heaven, 
 no bigger than a star of smallest magnitude, close to the moon, appears when 
 compared with that body. 
 
 How wonderful is the imagination of prodigious distance, exhibited in
 
 108 PARADISE L08T. 
 
 With opal towVs nnd battlements adorn 'd 
 
 Of living sapphire, once his native seat ; 1050 
 
 And fast by hanging in n golden chain 
 
 This pendent world, in bigness as a star 
 
 Of smallest magnitude close bj the moon. 
 
 Thither full fraught with mischievous revenge, 
 
 Accursed, and in a cursed hour he hies. 1055 
 
 these lines, that after Satan had travelled on so far, and had come in view of 
 the whole world, it should still appear, in comparison with the empyreal 
 Heaven, no larger than the smallest star, and that star apparently yet smaller 
 by its proximity to the moon ! How beautiful, and how poetical also, thus 
 to open the scene by degrees ! Satan at first descries the whole world at a 
 distance, Book II. ; and then, as we leam in Book III., he discovers our plan- 
 etary system, and the sun, and afterwards, by the direction of Uriel, the earth 
 and neighbouring moon. N. 
 
 1055. Hit*: Hastens. This progress is described in the next Book, 418- 
 430 ; 498-590 ; 722-743. 
 
 POETIC DICTION OF MILTON. 
 
 To some readers it will not be unprofitable or unacceptable to offer some 
 remarks on this subject, drawn from Addison's Spectator. 
 
 Milton, in conformity with the practice of the ancient poets, has infused 
 a great many Latiriisms, as well as Graecisms. and sometimes Hebraisms, 
 into the language of his poem. Under this head may be ranked the placing 
 the adjective after the substantive, the transposition of words, the turning 
 the adjective into a substantive, with several other foreign modes of speech 
 which this poet has naturalized, to give his verse the greater sound, and throw 
 it out of prose. Sometimes particular words are extended or contracted by 
 the insertion or omission of certain syllables. Milton has put in practice 
 this method of raising his language, as far as the nature of our tongue will 
 permit, as eremite for hermit. For the sake of the measure of his verse, he 
 has with great judgment suppressed a syllable in several words, and short- 
 ened those of two syllables into one. this expedient giving a greater variety 
 to hu numbers. It is chiefly observable in the names of persons and coun- 
 tries, as Beelzebub, Hessebon, and in many other particulars, wherein he has 
 either changed the name, or made use of that which is not the most com- 
 monly known, that he might the further deviate from the language of com- 
 mon life. 
 
 The same reason recommended to him several old words, which also 
 makes his poem appear the more venerable, and gives it a greater air of an- 
 tiquity.
 
 BOOK ir. 109 
 
 There are also in Milton several words of his own coining, as Cerberean, 
 miscreate, hell-doomed, embryon, atomy, and many others. The same 
 liberty was made use of by Homer. 
 
 Milton, by the above-mentioned helps, and by the choice of the noblest 
 words and phrases which our tongue would afford him, has carried our lan- 
 guage to a greater height than any of the English poets have ever done be- 
 fore or after him, and made the sublimity of his style equal to that of his 
 sentiments ; yet in some places his style is rendered stiff and obscure by the 
 methods which he adopted for raising his style above the prosaic. 
 
 These forms of expression, however, with which Milton has so very much 
 enriched, and in some places darkened the language of his poem, were the 
 more proper for him to use, because his poem is written in blank verse. 
 Rhyme, without any other assistance, throws the language off from prose, and 
 often makes an indifferent phrase pass unregarded ; but where the verse is 
 not built upon rhymes, there pomp of sound and energy of expression are in- 
 dispensably necessary to support the style and keep it from falling into the 
 flatness of prose. 
 
 Upon the subject of Poetic Diction, Dugald Stewart offers some excellent 
 observations, (Works, vol. i. 280-3). He says : 
 
 As it is one great object of the poet, in his serious productions, to elevate 
 the imagination of his readers above the grossness of sensible objects, and 
 the vulgarity of common life, it becomes peculiarly necessary for him to 
 reject the use of all words and phrases which are trivial and hackneyed. 
 Among those which are equally pure and equally perspicuous, he, in general, 
 finds it expedient to adopt that which is the least common. Milton pre- 
 fers the words Rhene and Danaw, to the more common words Rhine and 
 Danube. 
 
 " A multitude, like which the populous North 
 Poured never from his frozen loins, to pass 
 Rhene or the Danaw." Book I. 353. 
 
 In the following line, 
 
 '' Things unattempted yet in prose or rhyme," 
 
 how much more suitable to the poetical style does the expression appear 
 than if the author had said, 
 
 il Things unattempted yet in prose or verse." 
 
 In another passage, where, for the sake of variety, he has made use of the 
 last phrase, he adds an epithet to remove it a little from the familiarity of 
 ordinary discourse, 
 
 " in prose or numerous verse." 
 
 In consequence of this circumstance, there arises gradually in every lan- 
 guage a poetical diction, which differs widely from the common diction of 
 prose. It is much less subject to the vicissitudes of fashion than the polite 
 modes of expression in familiar conversation ; because, when it has onre 
 been adopted by the poet, it is avoided by good prose writers, as bein<j too
 
 110 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 elevated for that species of composition. It may, therefore, retain its charm 
 as long as the language exists ; nay, the charm may increase, as the language 
 grows older. 
 
 Indeed, the charm of poetical diction must increase to a certain degree, as 
 polite literature advances. For, when once a set of words has been con- 
 secrated to poetry, the very sound of them, independently of the ideas they 
 convey, awakens, every time we hear it, the agreeable impressions which 
 were connected with it, when we met with them in the performances of our 
 favourite authors. Even when strung together in sentences which convey 
 no meaning, they produce some effect on the mind of a reader of sensibility ; 
 an effect, at least, extremely different from that of an unmeaning sentence in 
 prose. 
 
 Nor is it merely by a difference of words that the language of poetry is 
 distinguished from that of prose. When a poetical arrangement of words 
 has once been established by authors of reputation, the most common ex- 
 pressions, by being presented in this consecrated order, may serve to excite 
 poetical associations. 
 
 On the other hand, nothing more completely destroys the charm of poetry, 
 than a string of words which the custom of ordinary discourse has arranged 
 in so invariable an order, that the whole phrase may be anticipated from 
 hearing its commencement. A single word frequently strikes us as flat and 
 prosaic, in consequence of its familiarity ; but two such words, coupled 
 together in the order of conversation, can scarcely be introduced into serious 
 poetry without approaching the ludicrous. 
 
 No poet in our language has shown so strikingly as Milton, the wonder- 
 ful elevation which style may derive from an arrangement of words, which, 
 while it is perfectly intelligible, departs widely from that to which we are 
 in general accustomed. Many of his most sublime periods, when the order 
 of the words is altered, are reduced nearly to the level of prose. 
 
 To copy this artifice with success, is a much more difficult attainment 
 than is commonly imagined ; and, of consequence, when it is acquired, it 
 secures an author, to a great degree, from that crowd of imitators who spoil 
 the effect of whatever is not beyond their reach. To the poet, who uses 
 blank verse, it is an acquisition of still more essential consequence than to 
 him who expresses himself in rhyme ; for the more that the structure of the 
 verse approaches to prose, the more it is necessary to give novelty and dignity 
 to the composition. And, accordingly, among our magazine poets, ten 
 thousand catch the structure of Pope's versification, for one who approaches 
 to the manner of Milton or Thomson. 
 
 Some of Dr. Channing's observations on the txprtuiventn of Milton's 
 numbers, are included in the note on lines 209-14, Book VI.
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 THE AKGUMENT. 
 
 GOD, sitting on his throne, sees Satan flying towards this world, then 
 newly created; shows him to the Son, who sat at his right hand; foretells 
 the success of Satan in perverting mankind ; clears bis own justice and wis- 
 dom from all imputation, having created Man free and able enough to have 
 withstood his tempter ; yet declares his purpose of grace towards him, in 
 regard he fell not of his own malice, as did Satan, but by him seduced. The 
 Son of God renders praises to his Father for the manifestation of his gracious 
 purpose towards Man ; but God again declares, that grace cannot be extended 
 towards Man without the satisfaction of divine justice ; Man hath offended 
 the Majesty of God by aspiring to Godhead, and, therefore, with all his pro- 
 geny, devoted to death, must die, unless some one can be found sufficient to 
 answer for his offence, and undergo his punishment. The Son of God freely 
 offers himself a ransom for Man ; the Father accepts him, ordains his incar- 
 nation, pronounces his exaltation above all names in Heaven and Earth ; 
 commands all the Angels to adore him ; they obey, and hymning to their 
 harps in full choir, celebrate the Father and the Son. Meanwhile Satan 
 alights upon the bare convex of this world's outermost orb, where, wander- 
 ing, he first finds a place, since called the Limbo of Vanity ; what persons 
 and things fly up thither : thence comes to the gate ;f Heaven, descried 
 ascending by stairs, and the waters above the firmament that flow about it; 
 his passage thence to the orb of the Sun ; he finds there Uriel, the regent ol 
 that orb, but first changes himself into the shape of a meaner Angel ; and 
 pretending a zealous desire to behold the new creation, and Man whom God 
 had placed here, inquires of him the place of his habitation, and is directed; 
 alights first on Mount Niphates.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 I CANNOT admit this Book to be inferior in poetical merit, to those which 
 precede it ; the argumentative parts give a pleasing variety. The unfavour- 
 able opinion has arisen from a narrow view of the nature of Poetry ; from 
 the theory of those who think that it ought to be confined to description and 
 imagery ; on the contrary the highest poetry consists more of spirit than of 
 matter. Matter is good only so far as it is imbued with spirit, or causes 
 spiritual exaltation. Among the innumerable grand descriptions in Milton, 
 I do not believe there is one which stands unconnected with complex intel- 
 lectual considerations, and of which those considerations do not form a lead- 
 ing part of the attraction. The learned allusions may be too deep for the 
 common reader ; and so far, the poet is above the reach of the multitude : 
 but even then they create a certain vague stir in unprepared minds ; names 
 indistinctly heard ; visions dimly seen ; constant recognitions of Scriptural 
 passages, and sacred names, awfully impressed on the memory from child- 
 hood, awaken the sensitive understanding with sacred and mysterious 
 movements. 
 
 We do not read Milton in the same light mood as we read any other poet : 
 his is the imagination of a sublime instructor : we give our faith through 
 duty its well as will. If our fancy flags we strain it, that we may appre- 
 hend : we know that there is something which our conception ought to 
 reach. There is not an idle word in any of the delineations which the bard 
 exhibits ; nor is any picture merely addressed to the senses. Everything is 
 invention arising from novelty or complexity of combination ; nothing is a 
 mere reflection from the mirror of the fancy. 
 
 Milton early broke loose from the narrow bounds of observation, and ex- 
 plored the trackless regions of air, and worlds of spirits the good and the 
 bad. There his pregnant imagination embodied new states of existence, 
 and out of chaos drew form and life, and all that is grand, and beautiful, and 
 godlike ; and yet, he so mingled them up with materials from the globe in 
 which we are placed, that it is an unpardonable error to say that Paradise 
 Lost contains little that is applicable to human interests. The human learn- 
 ing, and human wisdom, contained in every page, are inexhaustible. On this 
 account no other poem requires so many explanatory notes, drawn from all 
 the most extensive stores of erudition.
 
 BOOK IK. 113 
 
 Of classical literature, and of the Italian poets, Milton was a perfect mas- 
 ter. He often replenished his images and forms of expression from Homer 
 and Virgil, and yet, never was a servile borrower. There is an added plea- 
 sure to what in itself is beautiful from the happiness of his adaptations. 
 
 I do not doubt that what he wrote was from a conjunction of genius? 
 learning, art, and labour ; but the grand source of all his poetical conception 
 and language, was the Scripture. E. B. 
 
 Horace advises a poet to consider thoroughly the nature and force of his 
 genius. Milton seems to have known perfectly well wherein his strength 
 lay, and has, therefore, chosen a subject entirely conformable to those talents 
 of which he was master. As his genius was wonderfully turned to the sub- 
 lime, his subject is the noblest that could have entered into the thoughts of 
 man. Everything that is truly great and astonishing, has a place in it. The 
 whole system of the intellectual world the Chaos and the Creation 
 Heaven, Earth, and Hell, enter into the constitution of this poem. 
 
 Having, in the First and Second Books, represented the infernal world 
 with all its horrors, the thread of his story naturally leads him into the op- 
 posite regions of bliss and glory. A. 
 8
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 HitL, holy Light, offspring of Heav'n first-born, 
 
 Or of th' Eternal coeternal beam, 
 
 May I express thee unblamed ? since God is Light, 
 
 And never but in nnapproached light 
 
 Dwelt from eternity, dwelt then in thee, 5 
 
 Bright effluence of bright essence increate. 
 
 Or hear'st thou rather, pure ethereal stream, 
 
 Whose fountain who shall tell ? Before the Sun, 
 
 1. Hail, My Light : An elegant apostrophe to light. How pathetic, says 
 Dr. Thomas Brown, is the very beauty of this invocation, when we con- 
 tider the feelings with which it must have been written by him, who, 
 " Like the wakeful bird, 
 
 Sung darklirtf," 
 
 and who seems to have looked back on that loveliness of nature, from which 
 he was separated, with the melancholy readiness, with which the thoughts 
 of the unfortunate and the sorrowful still revert to past enjoyments; as the 
 prisoner, even when fettered to his dungeon-floor, still turns his eye, almost 
 involuntarily, to that single gleam of light, which reminds him only of 
 scenes that exist no longer to him. 
 
 2-3. Milton questions whether he should address the light as the first-born 
 of Heaven, or as the coeternal beam of the eternal Father, or as a pme 
 etheral stream, whose fountain is unknown (7, 8) ; but, as the second appel- 
 lation seems to ascribe a proper eternity to light, Milton very justly doubu 
 whether he might use that without blame. N. 
 
 3-4. Compare with 1 John i. 5, and 1 Tim. vi. 16. 
 
 6. Increate : Uncreated. See Book of Wisdom vii. 25, 26, which speaki 
 of Wisdom in the same terms that are here applied to Light. 
 
 7. Or hear 1 it thou rather : A Latin and Greek form of expression, mean- 
 ing, or dost thou prefer to hear thyself described as a pure, &c
 
 BOOK III. 115 
 
 Before the Heav'ns thou wert, and at the voice 
 
 Of God, as with a mantle, didst invest 10 
 
 The rising world of waters dark and deep, 
 
 Won from the void and formless infinite. 
 
 Thee I revisit now with bolder wing, 
 
 Escaped the Stygian pool, though long detain'd 
 
 In that obscure sojourn, while in my flight 15 
 
 Through utter and through middle darkness borne 
 
 With other notes than to th' Orphean lyre 
 
 I sung of Chaos and eternal Night, 
 
 Taught by the heav'nly Muse to venture down 
 
 The dark descent, and up to re-ascend, 20 
 
 Though hard and rare : thee I revisit safe, 
 
 And feel thy sov'reign vital lamp : but thou 
 
 Revisit'st not these eyes, that roll in vain 
 
 To find thy piercing ray, and find no dawn ; 
 
 11. This line is borrowed from Spenser. 
 
 12. Void :, Desolate. It has not the sense of empty, for we have seen that 
 Chaos was described as full of matter ; but it has the sense of unorganized, 
 unarranged. Milton borrows this description of Chaos from the account 
 which Moses gives of the earth at a certain period, " without form and void." 
 It is called infinite from its unlimited extension downwards, while Heaven 
 was equally unlimited upwards. 
 
 16. That is, through Hell, which is often called utter (outer) darknest.and 
 through the great gulf between Hell and Heaven, the middle darkness. N. 
 
 17. With other notes, ifc. : Orpheus, a celebrated Thracian poet and musi- 
 cian, made a Hymn to Night, which is still extant ; and also wrote of the 
 Creation out of Chaos. He was inspired by his mother, Calliope, only ; Mil- 
 ton, by the heavenly Muse ; therefore, he boasts that he sung with other 
 (meaning better) notes than Orpheus, though the subjects were the same. 
 R. 
 
 19. Heavenly Muse: The Holy Spirit, or, in imitation of the classical 
 poets, Milton addresses one of those imaginary goddesses that preside over 
 poetry and the fine arts. These, from the etymology of the word, are sup- 
 posed to be nothing more than personifications of the inventive pcwere of 
 the mind, as displayed in the several arts. 
 
 21. An allusion to Virg. vi. 128 : 
 
 ' Sed revocare gradum, luperaique evadere ad aura*, 
 Hoc oput. hie labor eit."
 
 116 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So thick a drop serene hath quench M their orbs, 25 
 
 Or dim suffusion vcil'd. Yet not the more 
 
 Cease I to wander where the Muses haunt 
 
 Clear spring, or shady grove, or sunny hill, 
 
 Smit with the love of sacred song ; hut chief 
 
 Thee, Sion, and the flow'ry brooks beneath, 30 
 
 That wash thy hallow'd feet, and warbling flow, 
 
 Nightly I visit : nor sometimes forget 
 
 Those other two cquall'd with me in fate, 
 
 So were I equall'd with them in renown, 
 
 Blind Thamyris and blind Mseonides, 35 
 
 '25. Drop-serene : A disease of the eye, affecting the retina. Dim tvffu- 
 rion : Supposed, in the time of Milton, to be caused by a film gradually cov- 
 ering the front of the eye, but really caused by a change in the crystalline 
 humour, called cataract. 
 
 26. Dim tuffution : This line may best be explained by an extract from 
 one of Milton's letters, written in 1654, about ten years after his sight began 
 to be impaired, and when the left eye had become useless. He says of the 
 other : " While I was perfectly stationary, everything seemed to swim back- 
 wards and forwards ; and now, thick vapours appear to settle upon my fore- 
 head and temples, which weigh down my eyes with an oppressive sense of 
 drowsiness, so as frequently to remind me of Phineus, the Salmydessian, in 
 the Argonautics. 
 
 ' In darknetf iwam hii brain, and where he stood, 
 The steadfast earth seemed rolling like a flood.' " 
 
 He also says : " The constant darkness in which I live day and night, inclines 
 more to a whitish than a blackish tinge ; and the eye, in turning itself 
 round, admits, as through a narrow chink, a very small portion of light" 
 
 27. Cease to wander : Forbear to wander ; I do it as much as I did before 
 I was blind. N. 
 
 29. Srmf, $c. : Virg. Georg. ii. 475. N. 
 
 30. Brookt, Sfc. : Kedron and Siloah. He still was pleased to study the 
 beauties of the ancient poets, but his highest delight was in the songs of 
 Sion, in the holy Scriptures. N. 
 
 32. Nor, Iff. : The same as, and tometimet not forget. Thus, in Ltin, nee 
 and neque are frequently the same a* et non. 
 
 34. So : In like manner. Oh, that I were in like manner, &c. 
 
 35-6. Thamyrit: A Thracian poet who had a contest of musical skill 
 with the Muses, and being conquered, was, by them, deprived of sight for 
 his presumption. Metonidet : A surname of Homer, derived from his sup- 
 posed birth in Mttonia. He is said to have become blind, by disease, at
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 317 
 
 And Tiresias and Phineus prophets old : 
 Then feed on thoughts, that voluntary move 
 Harmonious numbers ; as the wakeful bird 
 Sings darkling, and in shadiest covert hid 
 
 Ithaca Tiretiat : A celebrated Theban prophet, of the cause of whose 
 blindness various accounts are given. Phineut : A Thracian king, endowed 
 with prophetic powers, who was rendered blind by the gods and tormented 
 by the Harpies. 
 
 36. The enemies of the blind poet cruelly taunted him, in their writ- 
 ings, with his blindness, as a just affliction of Heaven for the active part 
 which he took against Charles I. The Christian philosophy which he ex- 
 hibits in one of his replies, is full of interest. He says . " It is not, how- 
 ever, miserable to be blind ; he only is miserable who cannot acquiesce in 
 his blindness with fortitude. And why should I repent at a calamity, which 
 every man's mind ought to be so prepared and disciplined, as to be able, 
 on the contingency of its happening, to undergo with patience : a calamity 
 to which every man, by the condition of his nature, is liable, and which I 
 know to have been the lot of some of the greatest and best of my species. 
 Among those on whom it has fallen, I might reckon some of the remotest 
 baids of remote antiquity, whose want of sight the gods are said to have 
 compensated with extraordinary, and far more valuable endowments, and 
 whose virtues were so venerated, that men would rather arraign the gods 
 themselves of injustice, than draw from the blindness of these admirable 
 mortals, an argument of their guilt. What is handed down to us respecting 
 the augur Tiresias is very commonly known. Of Phineus, Apollonius, in 
 his Argonautics, thus sings : 
 
 "Careless of Jove, in conscious virtue bold, 
 His daring lips Heaven's sacred mind unfold. 
 The god hence gave him yean without decay 
 But robbed bis eye-balls of the pleasing day." 
 
 37. Then feed, $r. : Nothing could better express the musing thoughtful- 
 ness of a blind poet. It resembles a line in Speeser, whence it may have 
 been borrowed. 
 
 " I feed on tweet contentment of my thought." 
 
 T. 
 
 38. Harmoniout number* : The reader will observe the flowing of the 
 numbers here with all the ease and harmony of the finest voluntary. The 
 words seem, of themselves, to have fallen naturally into verse, almost with- 
 out the poet's thinking of it. This harmony appears to the greater advan- 
 tage for the roughness of some of the preceding verses, which is an artifice 
 frequently practiced by Milton, to be careless of his numl>ers in some places 
 the better to set off the musical flow of those which immediately follow. 
 N. 
 
 30. Darkling : In the dark.
 
 118 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Tunes her nocturnal note. Thus with the year 40 
 
 Seasons return, but not to me returns 
 
 Day, or the sweet approach of ev'n or morn, 
 
 Or sight of vernal bloom, or summer's rose, 
 
 Or flocks, or herds, or human face divine ; . 
 
 But cloud instead, and ever-during dark 4ft 
 
 Surrounds me, from the cheerful ways of men 
 
 Cut off, and for the Book of knowledge fair 
 
 Presented with an universal blank 
 
 Of Nature's works, to me expunged and rased, 
 
 And Wisdom at one entrance quite shut out, 50 
 
 So much the rather thou, celestial Light. 
 
 Shine inward, and the mind through all her pow'rs 
 
 Irradiate, there plant eyes ; all mist from thence 
 
 Purge and disperse, that I may see and tell 
 
 Of things invisible to mortal sight. 55 
 
 Now had th' Almighty Father from above, 
 From the pure empyrean where he sits 
 High throned above all bight, bent down his eye, 
 His own works and their works at once to view : 
 About him all the sanctities of Heav'n 60 
 
 Stood thick as stars, and from his sight received 
 Beatitude past utterance ; on his right 
 The radiant image of his glory sat, 
 His only Son : on earth he first beheld 
 
 Our two first parents, yet the only two 65 
 
 Of mankind, in the happy garden placed, 
 
 40. Thu* with the year, tfc. : The following lines are exceedingly touching, 
 and are also well adapted to awaken lively gratitude in the reader's mind for 
 the preservation of the invaluable sense of sight, and for the innumerable 
 pleasures and advantages which that sense conveys to the mind. See Book 
 TIL, note on line 26. 
 
 47. For : Instead of. 
 
 58. Bent down hit eye, tft. : The survey of the whole creation, and of 
 everything that is transacted in it is a prospect worthy of Omniscience, and 
 as much above that in which Virgil has drawn his Jupiter, as the Christian 
 idea of the Supreme Being is more rational and sublime than that of the 
 Heathens. The particular objects on which he is described as casting his 
 eye, are represented in the most beautiful and lively manner. A.
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 119 
 
 Reaping immortal fruits of joy and love, 
 
 Uninterrupted joy, unrivall'd love, 
 
 In blissful solitude. He then survey'd 
 
 Hell and the gulf between, and Satan there 70 
 
 Coasting the wall of Heav'n on this side Night, 
 
 In the dun air sublime, and ready now 
 
 To stoop with wearied wings and willing feet 
 
 On the bare outside of this world, that seem'd 
 
 Firm land embosom'd, without firmament, 75 
 
 Uncertain which, in ocean or in air. 
 
 Him God beholding from his prospect high, 
 
 Wherein past, present, future, he beholds, 
 
 Thus to his only Son foreseeing spake : 
 
 Only begotten Son, seest thou what rage 80 
 
 Transports our Adversary ? whom no bounds 
 Prescribed, no bars of Hell, nor all the chains 
 Heap'd on him there, nor yet the main abyss 
 Wide interrupt can hold ; so bent he seems 
 On desperate revenge, that shall redound 85 
 
 Upon his own rebellious head. And now, 
 Through all restraint broke loose, he wings his way 
 
 74-5. The universe now appeared to Satan to be a solid globe, encom- 
 passed on all sides, but whether with water or with air was uncertain ; yet, 
 it was without firmament that is, without any sphere of fixed stars over it, 
 as is now over the earth. The sphere of fixed stars was itself compre- 
 hended in it (in the world here spoken of) , and made a part of it. N. 
 
 79. Thus to his only Son foreseeing spake : If Milton's majesty forsakes 
 him anywhere, it is in those parts of his poem where the Divine Persons 
 are introduced as speakers. The author seems to proceed with a kind of 
 fear and trembling, while he describes the sentiments of the Almighty. He 
 dares not give his imagination its full play, but chooses to confine himself to 
 such thoughts as are drawn from the books of the most orthodox divines, 
 and to such expressions as may be met with in Scripture. The beauties, 
 therefore, which we are apt to look for in these speeches, are not of a 
 poetical nature, nor so proper to fill the mind with sentiments of grandeur 
 as with thoughts of devotion. The passions which they are designed to 
 raise, are a divine love and a religious fear. A. 
 
 83. Main: Vast. 
 
 84. Wide interrupt : Widely broken, and abounding in chasms.
 
 120 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Not far off I Icav'n, in the precincts of light, 
 
 Directly tow'rds the new-created world, 
 
 And man there placed, with purpose to assay 90 
 
 If him by force he can destroy, or worse, 
 
 By some false guile pervert ; and shall pervert, 
 
 For Man will hearken to his glozing lies, 
 
 And easily transgress the sole command, 
 
 Sole pledge of his obedience : So will fall, 95 
 
 He and his faithless progeny. Whose fault ? 
 
 Whose but his own ? Ingrate, he had of me 
 
 All he could have ; I made him just and right, 
 
 Sufficient to have stood, though free to fall. 
 
 Such I created all th' ethereal Pow'rs 100 
 
 And Spirits, both them who stood and them who fail'd ; 
 
 Freely they stood, who stood, and fell, who fell. 
 
 Not free, what proof could they have giv'n sincere 
 
 Of true allegiance, constant faith, or love, 
 
 Where only what they needs must do appear'd, 105 
 
 Not what they would t what praise could they receive ? 
 
 What pleasure I from such obedience paid, 
 
 When will and reason (reason also is choice) 
 
 Useless and vain, of freedom both despoil 'd, 
 
 Made passive both, had served necessity, 110 
 
 Not me ? They therefore, as to right belong'd, 
 
 So were created, nor can justly accuse 
 
 Their Maker, or their making, or their fate, 
 
 As if predestination over-ruled 
 
 93. Glozing: Flattering. 
 
 96. Whou fault : The responsibility of the foil is here justly attributed to 
 man, being based upon his freedom and capacity to act rightly, or otherwise. 
 103. Nat fret: Not being free. 
 
 108. Retuon alto it choice: Reason is connected with choice is essential to 
 the exercise of will. A passage from Milton's Areopagitica throws so.ne 
 light on the above expression : " When God gave him reason he gave him 
 freedom to choose ; for reaton it but choosing." 
 
 114. Jli if prtde ttination : The particular beauty of the speeches in the 
 Third Book, consists in that brevity and perspicuity of style, in which the 
 poet has couched the greatest myste ies of Christianity, and drawn together,
 
 BOOK III. 121 
 
 Their will, disposed by absolute decree 115 
 
 Or Ligh foreknowledge ; they themselves decreed 
 
 Their own revolt, not I. If I foreknew, 
 
 Foreknowledge had no influence on their fault, 
 
 Which had no less proved certain unforeknown. 
 
 So without least impulse or shadow of fate, 120 
 
 Or aught by me immutably foreseen, 
 
 They trespass, authors to themselves in all 
 
 Both what they judge and what they choose ; for so 
 
 I form'd them free, and free they must remain, 
 
 Till they enthrall themselves ; I else must change 125 
 
 Their nature, and revoke the high decree 
 
 Unchangeable, eternal, which ordain 'd 
 
 Their freedom, they themselves ordain'd their fall. 
 
 The first sort by their own suggestion fell, 
 
 Self-teuipted, self-depraved : Man falls, deceived 130 
 
 By th' other first : Man therefore shall find grace, 
 
 The other none : in. mercy and justice both, 
 
 Through Heav'n and Earth, so shall my glory excel, 
 
 'n a regular scheme, the whole dispensation of Providence with respect to 
 man. He has represented all the abstruse doctrines of predestination, free- 
 will, and grace, as also the great points of incarnation and redemption (which 
 naturally grow up in a poem that treats of the fall of man), with great 
 energy of expression, and in a clearer and stronger light than I ever met 
 with in any other writer. As these points are dry in themselves, to the 
 generality of readers, the concise and clear manner in which he has treated 
 them, is very much to be admired, as is likewise that particular art which 
 be has made use of in the interspersing of all those graces of poetry which 
 the subject was capable of receiving. A. See the note on line 172. 
 
 It has been objected to Milton by Dr. Blair, that he is too frequently theo 
 logical and metaphysical ; but, on this point, there is ground for an opposite 
 opinion. Why should not the poet be indulged in strains both theological 
 nd metaphysical, when treating upon a subject that lies at the foundation 
 of revealed theology, and involves some of the most subtle operations of 
 the human mind ? The Fall of Man, and the Loss of Paradise, could not 
 have been treated with satisfactory fullness if the profound remarks of the 
 poet relating to theology and mental philosophy had been omitted 
 
 117. If: Though. 
 
 121. Immutably fortteen: So foreseen as to be immutable. N. 
 
 129. The firtt tort The apostate angels.
 
 122 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 But mercy first and last shall brightest shine. 
 
 Thus while God spake, ambrosial fragrance fill'd 135 
 
 All Heav'n, and in the blessed Spirits elect 
 Sense of new joy ineffable diffused. 
 Beyond compare the Son of God was seen 
 Most glorious ; in him all his Father shone 
 Substantially express 'd ; and in his face 140 
 
 Divine compassion visibly appear'd, 
 Love without end, and without measure grace ; 
 Which utt'ring, thus he to his Father spake : 
 
 Father, gracious was that word which closed 
 Thy sov'reign sentence, that Man should find grace ; 145 
 
 For which both Ileav'n and Earth shall high extol 
 Thy praises, with th' innumerable sound 
 Of hymns and sacred songs, wherewith thy throne 
 Encompassed shall resound thee ever blest. 
 For should Man finally be lost ; should Man, 150 
 
 Thy creature late so loved, thy youngest son, 
 Fall circumvented thus by fraud, though join'd 
 With his own folly ? that be from thee far, 
 That far be from thee, Father, who art Judge 
 Of all things made, and judgest only right. 155 
 
 Or shall the Adversary thus obtain 
 His end, and frustrate thine ? Shall he fulfil 
 His malice, and thy goodness bring to nought, 
 Or proud return, though to his heavier doom, 
 Yet with revenge accomplish'd, and to Hell 160 
 
 Draw after him the whole race of mankind 
 By him corrupted ? Or, wilt thou thyself 
 Abolish thy creation, and unmake, 
 For him, what for thy glory thou hast made ? 
 
 136. And in the bUtted tpiritt, tfc. : The effects of the speech just delivered, 
 upon the blessed spirits, and in the Divine Person to whom it was addiesi.n 
 cannot but fill the mind of the reader with a secret pleasure and com- 
 placency. A. 
 
 140. Substantially txprttted : Heb. i. 1-3, 8. 
 
 153. Far from thee: Gen. xviii, 25. 
 
 163, &c. Matt. iii. 17 ; 1 Cor. i. 24; Rev. xix. 13.
 
 BOOK III. 123 
 
 So should thy goodness and thy greatness both J.65 
 
 Be question'd and blasphemed without defence. 
 
 To whom the great Creator thus reply'd : 
 Son, in whom my soul hath chief delight, 
 Son of my bosom, Son who art alone 
 
 My word, my wisdom, and effectual might, 170 
 
 All hast thou spoken as my thoughts are ; all 
 As my eternal purpose hath decreed. 
 Man shall not quite be lost, but saved who will, 
 Yet not of will in him, but grace in me 
 
 Freely vouchsafed. Once more I will renew 175 
 
 His lapsed pow'rs, though forfeit and enthrall'd 
 By sin to foul exorbitant desires : 
 Upheld by me, yet once more he shall stand 
 On even ground against his mortal foe, 
 
 By me upheld, that he may know how frail 180 
 
 His fall'n condition is, and to me owe 
 All his delivVance, and to none but me 
 Some I have chosen of peculiar grace 
 Elect above the rest ; so is my will : 
 
 The rest shall hear me call, and oft be warn'd 185 
 
 Their sinful state, and to appease betimes 
 Th' incensed Deity, while offer'd grace 
 Invites ; for I will clear their senses dark, 
 What may suffice, and soften stony hearts 
 To pray, repent, and bring obedience due. 190 
 
 To pray'r, repentance, and obedience due, 
 Though but endeavour'd with sincere intent, 
 Mine ear shall not be slow, mine eye not shut. 
 And I will place within them as a guide 
 My umpire Conscience ; whom if they will hear, 195 
 
 170. My word, my uritdom : John i. 1. 
 
 172. Eternal purpose : Ephes. i. 4, 11 ; ii. 7-10; Rom. ix. 15, 16. 
 180. Upheld: Compare this with line 178, and remark the happy effect of 
 changing the position of this word in the two lines. 
 189. Stony: Ezek. xxxvi. 26. 
 195. Rom. ii. 14, 15.
 
 124 PARADISE LOST 
 
 Light after light well used they shall attain, 
 
 And, to the end persisting, safe arrive. 
 
 This my long guff rancc and my day of grace 
 
 They who neglect and scorn, shall never taste ; 
 
 But hard be hardened, blind be blinded more, 200 
 
 That they may stumble on, and deeper fall : 
 
 And none but such from mercy I exclude. 
 
 But yet all is not done : Man disobeying, 
 
 Disloyal breaks his fealty, and sins 
 
 Against the High Supremacy of Heav'n, 205 
 
 Affecting Godhead, and so losing all, 
 
 To expiate his treason hath nought left, 
 
 But to destruction sacred and devote, 
 
 He, with his whole posterity, must die ; 
 
 Die he or justice must ; unless for him 210 
 
 Some other able, and as willing, pay 
 
 The rigid satisfaction, death for death. 
 
 Say, heav'nly Pow'rs, where shall we find such love ? 
 
 Which of ye will be mortal to redeem 
 
 Man's mortal crime, and just th' unjust to save ? 215 
 
 Dwells in all Heaven charity so dear ? 
 
 He ask'd ; but all the heav'nly choir stood mute, 
 And silence was in Heav'n : on Man's behalf 
 Patron or intercessor none appear'd, 
 
 Much less that durst upon his own head draw 220 
 
 The deadly forfeiture, and ransom set. 
 And now without redemption all mankind 
 Must have been lost, adjudged to Death and Hell 
 By doom severe, had not the Son of God, 
 In whom the fulness dwells of love divine, 225 
 
 His dearest mediation thus renew'd : 
 
 Father, thy word is past, Man shall find grace ; 
 
 199. Man. xiii. 14-16 ; Luke xiv. 24 ; Acts xiii. 41. 
 208. Devote: Devoted 
 210. Heb. ix. 22, 28 ; x. 4-7. 
 
 217. Choir Hood mute : This is a beautiful circumstance ; the occasion WM 
 a fit one to produce such silence in heaven. Rev. viii. 1
 
 BOOK in. 125 
 
 And shall grace not find means, that finds her way, 
 
 The speediest of thy winged messengers, 
 
 To visit all thy creatures, and to all 230 
 
 Comes unprevented, unimplored, unsought? 
 
 Happy for man, so coming : he her aid 
 
 Can never seek, once dead in sins and lost : 
 
 Atonement for himself or ofPring meet, 
 
 Indebted and undone, hath none to bring. 235 
 
 Behold me then ; me for him, life for life 
 
 I offer : on me let thine anger fall ; 
 
 Account me Man : I for his sake will leave 
 
 Thy bosom, and this glory next to thee 
 
 Freely put off, and for him lastly die 240 
 
 Well pleased : on me let Death wreak all his rage : 
 
 Under his gloomy pow'r I shall not long 
 
 Lie vanquish 'd : thou hast given me to possess 
 
 Life in myself for ever ; by thee I live, 
 
 Though now to Death I yield, and am his due 245 
 
 All that of me can die ; yet that debt paid, 
 
 Thou wilt not leave me in the loathsome grave 
 
 His prey, nor suffer my unspotted soul 
 
 For ever with corruption there to dwell ; 
 
 But I shall rise victorious, and subdue 250 
 
 My Vanquisher, spoil'd of his vaunted spoil ; 
 
 Death his death's wound shall then receive, and stoop 
 
 231. Unprevented: Not preceded by anything, by any effort in man. 
 
 236. The frequent repetition of me, reminds one of a line in Virgil's ^Eneid, 
 Book ix. 427. " Me, me, adsum qui feci in me convertite ferrum." 
 
 241. Wreak: Inflict, 1 Pet. iii. 18. 
 
 244. John v. 26. 
 
 249. Corruption: Decomposition of the body, Acts ii. 25-31. 
 
 250-1 . It has been objected to Milton's story that the hero is unsuccessful, 
 and by no means a match for "his enemies. This gave occasion to Dryden'a 
 reflection that Satan was in reality Milton's hero. To this it may be re- 
 plied, that Paradise Lost is a narrative poem, and he that looks for a hero in 
 it searches for that which Milton never intended ; but if he is determined to 
 fix the name of a hero upon any person in it, the Messiah is certainly the 
 hero, both in the principal action and in the chief episodes. A
 
 126 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 Inglorious, of his mortal sting disarm M. 
 
 I through the ample air in triumph high 
 
 Shall lead Hell captive maugre Hell, and shew 255 
 
 The Pow'rs of darkness bound. Thou at the sight 
 
 Pleased, out of Heav'n shalt look down and smile, 
 
 While by thee raised I ruin all my foes, 
 
 Death last, and with his carcase glut the grave : 
 
 Then with the multitude of my redeem'd 260 
 
 Shall enter Heav'n long absent, and return, 
 
 Father, to see thy face, wherein no cloud 
 
 Of anger shall remain, but peace assured 
 
 And reconcilement ; wrath shall be no more 
 
 Thenceforth, but in thy presence joy entire. 265 
 
 His words here ended, but his meek aspect 
 Silent yet spake, and brcath'd immortal love 
 To mortal men, above which only shone 
 Filial obedience : as a sacrifice 
 
 Glad to be offer'd, he attends the will 270 
 
 Of his great Father. Admiration seized 
 All Heav'n, what this might mean, and whither tend, 
 Wond'ring ; but soon th' Almighty thus reply'd : 
 
 thou in Heav'n and Earth the only peace 
 Found out for mankind under wrath ! thou 275 
 
 My sole complacence ! well thou know'st how dear 
 
 253. See 1 Cor. xv. 55-7. 
 
 255. Maugrt HtU: In spite of Hell, Ps. Ixviii. 18; Eph. iv.8; Col. ii. 15. 
 
 266. What a charming and lovely picture has Milton given us of God the 
 Son, considered as our Saviour and Redeemer! not in the least inferior in its 
 way to that grander one in the Sixth Book, where he describes him clothed 
 with majesty and terror, taking vengeance of his enemies. Before he repre- 
 sents him speaking, he makes ' divine compassion, love without end, and 
 grace without measure, visibly to appear in his face," (140); and carrying 
 on the same lovely picture, makes him end it with a countenance " breath- 
 ing immortal love to mortal men." Nothing could be better contrived to 
 leave a deep impression upon the reader's mind ; and I believe one may ven- 
 ture to assert, that no art or words could lift the imagination to a stronger 
 idem of a good and benevolent being. There is a mute eloquence prettily 
 expressed by the poet in his " Silent, yet spake." T. 
 
 269. John iv 34 ; Ps. xl. 6, &c.
 
 BOOK III. 127 
 
 To me are all my works, nor Man the least, 
 
 Though last created ; that for him I spare 
 
 Thee from my bosom and right hand, to save, 
 
 By losing thee a while, the whole race lost. 280 
 
 Thou therefore whom thou only canst redeem, 
 
 Their nature also to thy nature join ; 
 
 And be thyself Man among men on earth, 
 
 Made flesh, when time shall be, of virgin seed, 
 
 By wondrous birth : be thou in Adam's room 285 
 
 The Head of all mankind, though Adam's son. 
 
 As in him perish all men, so in thee, 
 
 As from a second root, shall be restored 
 
 As many as are restored ; without thee none. 
 
 His crime makes guilty all his sons ; thy merit 290 
 
 Imputed shall absolve thorn who renounce 
 
 Their own both righteous and unrighteous deeds, 
 
 And live in thee transplanted, and from thee 
 
 Receive new life. So Man, as is most just, 
 
 Shall satisfy for man, be judged and die, 295 
 
 And dying rise, and rising with him raise 
 
 His brethren ransom'd with his own dear life. 
 
 So heav'nly love shall outdo hellish hate, 
 
 Giving to death, and dying to redeem, 
 
 So dearly to redeem what hellish hate 300 
 
 So easily destroy'd, and still destroys 
 
 In those who, when they may, accept not grace. 
 
 Nor shalt thou, by descending to assume 
 
 Man's nature, lessen or degrade thine own. 
 
 Because thou hast, though throned in highest bliss 305 
 
 276. Mat iii. 17. 
 
 277. Least : Least dear. 
 
 281-2. John i. 14 ; Heb. ii. 16. These lines may be transposed to exhibit 
 the true meaning : u Thou therefore, join to thy nature the nature also of 
 them whom thou only canst redeem." 
 
 287. 1 Cor. xv. 21-2. 
 
 290. Rom. v. 12-19. 
 
 301. The language is here accommodated to the eternity of the speaker, to 
 whom past, present, and future are one. S.
 
 128 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Equal to God, and equally enjoying 
 
 God-like fruition, quitted all to save 
 
 A world from utter loss, and hast been found 
 
 By merit more than birthright, Son of God, 
 
 Found worthiest to be so by being good, 310 
 
 Far more than great or high ; because in thee 
 
 Love hath abounded more than glory 'bounds, 
 
 Therefore thy humiliation shall exalt 
 
 With thee thy manhood also to this throne : 
 
 Here shalt thou sit incarnate, here shalt reign 615 
 
 Both God and Man, Son both of God and Man, 
 
 Anointed Universal King : all pow'r 
 
 I give thee ; reign for ever, and assume 
 
 Thy merits ; under thee as Head Supreme 
 
 Thrones, Princedoms, Pow'rs, Dominions I reduce : 320 
 
 All knees to thee shall bow, of them that bido 
 
 In Heav'n, or Earth, or under Earth in Hell. 
 
 When thou attended gloriously from Heav'n 
 
 Shalt in the sky appear, and from thee send 
 
 The summoning Arch-Angels to proclaim 325 
 
 Thy dread tribunal, forthwith from all winds 
 
 The living, and forthwith the cit < <! dead 
 
 Of all past ages, to the gen'ral doom 
 
 Shall hasten ; such a peal shall rouse their sleep. 
 
 Then all thy saints assembled, thou shalt judge 330 
 
 Bad men and Angels ; they arraigned shall sink 
 
 Beneath thy sentence : Hell, her numbers full, 
 
 Thenceforth shall be for ever shut. Mean while 
 
 The world shall burn, and from her ashes spring 
 
 New Heav'n and Earth, wherein the just shall dwell, 335 
 
 And after all their tribulations long 
 
 See golden days, fruitful of golden deeds, 
 
 306-319. Phil. ii. 6-11 ; Eph. i. 20-23. 
 
 328. Mat xxv. 31-46 ; 2 Thess. i. 7-0 ; Mat. v. 28, 29. 
 
 334. 2 Peter iii. 10-13. 
 
 335. See Dr. Chalmers's sermon on thin subject " Heaven and Earth" 
 denote the entire creation.
 
 BOOK III. 129 
 
 With joy and love triumphing, and fair truth. 
 
 Then thou thy regal sceptre shalt lay by, 
 
 For regal sceptre then no more shall need, 340 
 
 God shall be All in All. But all ye Gods, 
 
 Adore him, who to compass all this dies : 
 
 Adore the Son, and honour him as me. 
 
 No sooner had th' Almighty ceased, but all 
 The multitude of Angels, with a shout 346 
 
 Loud as from numbers without number, sweet 
 As from blest voices, utt'ring joy, Heav'n rung 
 With jubilee, and loud Hosannas fill'd 
 Th' eternal regions : lowly reverent 
 
 Tow'rds either throne they bow, and to the ground 350 
 
 With solemn adoration down they cast 
 Their crowns, inwove with amarant and gold ; 
 Immortal amarant ; a flow'r which once 
 In Paradise, fast by the tree of life, 
 
 Began to bloom ; but soon, for man's offence, 355 
 
 To Heav'n removed, where first it grew, there grows, 
 And flow'rs aloft, shading the fount of life, 
 And where the riv'r of bliss through midst of Heav'n 
 
 337. Golden : Virgil's Eclog. iv. 9. " Toto surget gens aurea mundo." 
 341. 1 Cor. xv. 24, 25. 
 
 343. Heb. i. 6. 
 
 344. If the reader pleases to compare this divine dialogue with the 
 speeches of the gods in Homer, he will find the Christian poet to transcend 
 the heathen, as much as the religion of the one surpasses that of the others. 
 Their deities talk and act like men, but Milton's Divine Persons are Divine 
 Persons indeed, and talk in the language of God, that is, in the language 01 
 pirit of Scripture. N. 
 
 345. The construction is this : " All the multitude of angels uttering joy 
 with a shout loud, &c. 
 
 351. Rev. iv. 10. 357. Ps. xxxvi. 8, 9; Rev. vii. 17; xxii. 1. 
 
 353. 1 Pet. i. 4. v. 4. The amarant, or amaranth, is an imaginary flower, 
 the beauty of which never fades. 
 
 358. Elytian : An allusion to the Elysian Fields, or abodes of the blessed, 
 of classical mythology. At first these were located upon islands in the At- 
 lantic Ocean not far from the Straits of Gibraltar: but, with the increase of 
 9
 
 130 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Rolls o'er Elysian flow'rs her amber stream ; 
 
 With these, that never fade, the Spirits elect 360 
 
 Bind their resplendent locks in wreath 'd with beams, 
 
 Now in loose garlands thick thrown off, the bright 
 
 Pavement, that like a sea of jasper shone, 
 
 Impurpled with celestial roses smiled. 
 
 Then crown'd again, their golden harps they took, 365 
 
 Harps ever tuned, that glitt'ring by their side 
 
 Like quivers hung, and with preamble sweet 
 
 Of charming symphony they introduce 
 
 Their sacred song, and waken raptures high"; 
 
 No voice exempt, no voice but well could join 370 
 
 Melodious part, such concord is in Heav'n. 
 
 Thee, Father, first they sung, Omnipotent, 
 Immutable, Immortal, Infinite, 
 Eternal King ; thce, Author of all being, 
 Fountain of Light, thyself invisible 376 
 
 Amidst the glorious brightness where thou sitt'st 
 Throned inaccessible, but when thou shad'st 
 The full blaze of thy beams, and through a cloud 
 Drawn round about thee like a radiant shrine, 
 
 geographical knowledge, these fields of bliss were transferred to the lowei 
 world, in a region supposed to be favoured with perpetual spring, clothed with 
 continual verdure, enamelled with flowers, shaded by pleasant groves, and 
 refreshed by ..jver-failing fountains. Here the righteous lived in perfect felicity, 
 communing with each other, bathed in a flood of light proceeding from their 
 own sun, and the sky at eve being lighted up by their own constellations : 
 Solemque suum, sna siilera norunt." (Virgil JEn. vi. 641.) Their employ* 
 ments below resembled those of earth, and whatever bad warmly et ftT^ 
 their attention in the upper world, continued to be a source of virtuous enjoy* 
 ment in the world below. (Virg. JEn. vi. 653.) ANTHON. 
 
 359. Ambtr ttrtam: So called, not at all on account of its color, but of iU 
 clearness and transparency. Virgil (Georg. Hi. 522) says of a river, 
 
 Puriar electro campum petit mnif." 
 
 N. 
 S60. Thttt refers ioflouxrt (359) . 
 
 363. Sea of j caper : Jasper is a precious stone of several colours ; but the 
 green is most esteemed, and bears some resemblance to the sea. N. 
 
 377. But : Except. The meaning is, Thou art accessible only when tboo 
 ihadest, ice
 
 BOOK III. 131 
 
 Dark with excessive bright thy skirts appear, 380 
 
 Yet dazzle Heav'n, that brightest Seraphim 
 
 Approach not, but with both wings veil their eyes. 
 
 Thee, next they sang, of all creation first, 
 
 Begotten Son, Divine Similitude, 
 
 In whose conspicuous count'nance, without cloud 385 
 
 Made visible, th' Almighty Father shines, 
 
 Whom else no creature can behold : on thee 
 
 Impress'd th' effulgence of his glory 'bides, 
 
 Transfused on thee his ample Spirit rests. 
 
 He Heav'n of Hcav'ns and all the Pow'rs therein 390 
 
 By thee created, and by thee threw down 
 
 Th' aspiring Dominations : thou that day 
 
 Thy Father's dreadful thunder didst not spare, 
 
 Nor stop thy flaming chariot-wheels, that shook 
 
 Heav'n's everlasting frame, while o'er the necks 395 
 
 Thou drov'st of warring Angels disarray'd. 
 
 Back from pursuit thy Pow'rs with loud acclaim 
 
 Thee only extoll'd Son of thy Father's might, 
 
 To execute fierce vengeance on his foes, 
 
 Not so on Man : Him thro' their malice fall'n, 400 
 
 Father of mercy and grace, thou didst not doom 
 
 So strictly, but much more to pity incline ; 
 
 No sooner did thy dear and only Son 
 
 Perceive thee purposed not to doom frail Man 
 
 380. Dark, tfc. : Milton has the same thought of darkness occasioned by 
 glory, in Book V. 599 : " brightness had made invisible," an expression which 
 sheds light upon the meaning of the poet here ; the excess of brightness had 
 the effect of darkness invisibility. What an idea of glory ! the skirts only 
 not to be looked on by the beings nearest to God, but when doubly or trebly 
 haded by a cloud and both wings. What then is the full blaze ! R. 
 
 382. See Isaiah's Vision, vi. 1-3. 
 
 383. Col. i. 15, 16; John i. 1-3. 
 
 387. Elu : In no other manner can any creature behold the Father. 
 
 388. Heb. i. 3. 
 
 389. John iii. 34-5. 
 
 397-8. Thy Powers extolled Thee only, (returning) back from pursuit. 
 He had achieved the conquest alone. Book VI. 880.
 
 132 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So strictly, but much more to pity inclined, 405 
 
 He to appease thy wrath, and end the strife 
 
 Of mercy and justice in thy face discern 'd, 
 
 Regardless of the bliss wherein he sat ; 
 
 Second to thee, offfr'd himself to die 
 
 For man's offence. unexampled love ! 410 
 
 Love no where to be found less than Divine ! 
 
 Hail Son of God, Saviour of Men, thy name 
 
 Shall be the copious matter of my song 
 
 Henceforth, and never shall my harp thy praise 
 
 Forget, nor from thy Father's praise disjoin. 415 
 
 Thus they in Heav'n, above the starry sphere, 
 Their happy hours in joy and hymning spent. 
 Mean while upon the firm opacous globe 
 Of this round world, whose first convex divides 
 The luminous inferior orbs, inclosed 420 
 
 From Chaos and th' inroad of Darkness old, 
 Satan alighted walks : a globe far off 
 
 406. "Than" or "bat" is understood before "he," to complete the 
 ense. N. 
 
 414. Harp thypraite: Rev. iv. 10, 11 ; v. 11-1-1. 
 
 419. Firtt convex divide*, Ift.: Milton frequently uses the words sphere, 
 orb, globe, convex, as synonymous, and by them generally expresses the 
 idea of a hollow crystalline sphere of which, according to the old astronomy, 
 there were several. The outermost one is here intended, but was opaque, 
 and separated Chaos from the solar system, which it included. 
 
 421. Ckaot: Matter was supposed to exist in a confused, unorganized state 
 originally, and was designated by this name. A certain portion of this was 
 separated into its different kinds, and reduced to order and form by the power 
 of God. 
 
 422. Satan alighttd valla : Satan's walk upon the outside of the universe, 
 which at a distance appeared to him of a globular form, but upon his nearer 
 approach looked like an unbounded plain, is natural and noble ; as his roam- 
 ing upon the frontiers of the creation, between that mass of matter which 
 was wrought into a world, and that shapeless unformed heap of materials 
 which still lay in chaos and confusion, strikes the imagination as something 
 astonishingly great and wild. Upon this outermost surface of the universe 
 the poet creates the Limbo of Vanity, respecting which some remarks will 
 be made. A.
 
 BOOK III. 133 
 
 It seem'd, now seems a boundless continent 
 
 Dark, waste, and wild, under the frown of Night 
 
 Starless exposed, and ever-threat'ning storms 425 
 
 Of Chaos blust'ring round, inclement sky ; 
 
 Save on that side which from the wall of Heav'n, 
 
 Though distant far, some small reflection gains 
 
 Of glimmering air less vex'd with tempest loud : 
 
 Here walk'd the Fiend at large in spacious field. 430 
 
 As when a vulture on Imaus bred, 
 
 Whose snowy ridge the roving Tartar bounds, 
 
 Dislodging from a region scarce of prey 
 
 To gorge the flesh of lambs or yeanling kids 
 
 On hills where flocks are fed, flies toward the springs 435 
 
 Of Ganges or Hydaspes, Indian streams ; 
 
 But in his way lights on the barren plains 
 
 Of Sericana, where Chineses drive 
 
 With sails and wind their cany wagons light : 
 
 So on this windy sea of land, the Fiend 440 
 
 Walk'd up and down alone, bent on his prey : 
 
 Alone ; for other creature in this place, 
 
 Living or lifeless, to be found was none ; 
 
 431-441. jls when a vulture, $c. : This simile is very apposite and lively. 
 Satan, coming from Hell to Earth, in order to destroy mankind, hut lighting 
 first on the bare convex of this world's outermost orb (the outermost orb of 
 creation) a tea of land, as the poet calls it is very fitly compared to a 
 vulture flying, in quest of his prey, tender lambs or kids new yeaned, froun 
 the barren rocks to the more fruitful hills and streams of India, but lighting 
 in his way on the plains of Sericana, which were, in a manner, a sea of land, 
 too, the country being so smooth and open that carriages were driven (as 
 travellers report) with sails and wind. Imaut is a celebrated mountain in 
 Asia; its name signifies snowy, and hence, its sncrwy ridge is spoken of. It is 
 the eastern boundary of the Western Tartars, who are called roving, as they 
 live chiefly in tents, and remove from place to place for the convenience of 
 pasturage. Ganget and Hydaspes are rivers of India, the latter being a 
 tributary to the river Indus. Serica is a region between China on the eas* 
 and the mountain Imaus on the west. What our author here says of the 
 Chinetes, seems to have been derived from Heylin's Cosmography. N. 
 
 432 Bounds: Confines 
 
 433. Dislodging : Removing. 
 
 434 Yeanling: Young.
 
 134 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 None yet, but store hereafter from the earth 
 
 Up hither like aereal vapours flew 445 
 
 Of all things transit'ry and vain, when sin 
 
 With vanity had fill'd the works of men ; 
 
 Both all things vain, and all who in vain things 
 
 Built their fond hopes of glory, or lasting fame, 
 
 Or happiness, in this or th' other life ; 460 
 
 All who have their reward on earth, the fruits 
 
 Of painful superstition and blind zeal, 
 
 Nought seeking but the praise of men, here find 
 
 Fit retribution, empty as their deeds : 
 
 All th' unaccomplish'd works of Nature's hand, 455 
 
 Abortive, monstrous, or unkindly mix'd, 
 
 Dissolved on earth, fleet hither, and in vain, 
 
 Till final dissolution, wander here ; 
 
 Not in the neighb'ring moon, as some have dream'd ; 
 
 Those argent fields more likely habitants, 460 
 
 Translated Saints or middle Spirits, hold 
 
 457. In vain : At random, in the sense of the Latin fruttra, fortwto. 
 
 459. Not in the moon, Sfc. : Ariosto, in his Orlando Furioso, gives a much 
 longer description of things lost on earth and treasured up in the moon, than 
 Milton here furnishes. A specimen is subjoined, in Harrington's trans- 
 lation : 
 
 ' A storehouse itrange. that what on earth ii lot 
 By fault, by time, by fortune, there is found ; 
 Nor speak I sole of wealth, or things of cost. 
 In which blind fortune's pow'r doth most abound, 
 Bat e'en of things quite out of fortune's pow'r, 
 Which wilfully we waste each day and hour : 
 The precious time that fools mispend in play, 
 The rain attempts that never take effect, 
 The TOWI that sinners make and never pay, 
 The couniels wise thnt careless men neglect. 
 The fund desires that lead us oft astray, 
 < 
 
 May there be found unto this place ascending." 
 
 The same notion is amply set forth in Pope's Rape of the Lock, Canto V. 
 N. 
 
 460. Jlrgent : Bright like silver. The moon may be inhabited ; but, as 
 Newton suggests, it is greatly to be questioned whether the notion here ex- 
 pressed by the poet is true, that its inhabitants are trantlated mint*, or tpiritt 
 of a middle nature between angels and men.
 
 BOOK 111. 135 
 
 Betwixt th' angelical and human kind. 
 
 Hither of ill-join'd sons and daughters born 
 
 First from the ancient world those giants came, 
 
 With many a vain exploit, though then renown'd : 465 
 
 The builders next of Babel on the plain 
 
 Of Sennaar, and still with vain design 
 
 New Babels, had they wherewithal, would build : 
 
 Others came single ; he who to be deem'd 
 
 A God, leap'd fondly into JEtna flames, 470 
 
 Empcdocles ; and he who to enjoy 
 
 Plato's Elysium, leap'd into the sea, 
 
 Cleombrotus ; and many more too long, 
 
 Embryos and idiots, eremites and friars 
 
 White, black and grey, with all their trumpery. 475 
 
 Here Pilgrims roam, that stray 'd so far to seek 
 
 463. The tons of God, ill-joined with the daughters of men, alluding to 
 Gen. vi. 4 ; the posterity of Seth, who worshipped the true God, and are, 
 therefore, called the sens of God, intermarried with the idolatrous posterity 
 of the apostate Cain. N. 
 
 467. Sennaar, or Shinar, both names denoting a province of Babylonia. 
 Milton here, as in many other instances, follows the Vulgate, in writing the 
 names of places. N. 
 
 470. Empedocles : A Sicilian philosopher, who flourished about 450 B. c., 
 and became highly distinguished for his various attainments in science. The 
 story alluded to in the text is, that he threw himself into the burning crater 
 of Mount ^Etna, in order that, the manner of his death not being known, he 
 might afterwards pass for a god , but the secret was discovered by the 
 ejection of one of his brass sandals in a subsequent eruption of the volcano. 
 Horace alludes to the story in his Art of Poetry, 464. 
 
 473. Cltvmbrotus was a young man, who, having been deeply interested 
 irith Plato's reflections on the immortality of the soul, leaped into the sea, 
 hat he might at once enjoy the felicity mentioned. S. 
 
 473. Too long : That is, too long a number to describe. 
 
 475. White, tfc. : So named from the dresses which they wore : irhite 
 fiars, or Carmelites ; blark friars, or Dominicans ; grey friars, or Franciscans ; 
 .lames derived from Carmel where the first pretend their order was ir.sti- 
 \.ted from St. Dominic and St. Francis, the founders of the other two 
 respectively. Our author here, as ekewhere, shows his dislike and abhor- 
 rence of the Church of Rome, by placing the religious orders, with all their 
 trumpery, cowls, hoods, &c., in the Paradise of Fools, and making them the 
 principal objects there. N.
 
 136 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In Golgotha him dead, who lives in Heav'n ; 
 
 And they who, to be sure of Paradise, 
 
 Dying put on the weeds of Dominic, 
 
 Or in Franciscan think to pass disguised : 480 
 
 They pass the planets sev'n, and pass the fix'd, 
 
 And that crystalline sphere whose balance weighs 
 
 The trepidation talk'd, and that first moved ; 
 
 And now Saint Peter at Heav'n 's wicket seems 
 
 To wait them with his keys, and now at foot 485 
 
 Of Heav'n's ascent they lift their feet, when lo, 
 
 A violent cross wind from either coast 
 
 481-3. They pott the planet* seven : Our planetary or solar system ; and 
 beyond this pott the fixed, the firmament, or sphere of the fixed stars ; and 
 beyond this, that cryttalline tphert the crystalline Heaven, clear as crystal 
 to which the Ptolemaic astronomers attributed a sort of libration, or shaking 
 (the trepidation so much talked of) , to account for (or counterpoise) certain 
 irregularities in the motion of the stars ; and beyond this, the firtt mov'd. the 
 prinium mobile, the sphere which was both the first moved and the first 
 mover, communicating its motions to all the lower spheres ; and beyond this 
 was the empyrean Heaven, the seat of God and the angels. N. 
 
 482. Crystalline tphere : The opinions of Pythagoras on the system of the 
 world, with few exceptions were founded in truth ; yet they were rejected 
 by Aristotle, and by most succeeding astronomers, down to the time^of 
 Copernicus, and in their place was .substituted the doctrine of crystalline 
 spheres, first taught by Eudoxus, who lived about 370 B. c. According to 
 this system, the heavenly bodies are set like gems in hollow solid orbs, com- 
 posed of crystal so transparent, that no anterior orb obstructs in the least the 
 view of any of the orbs that lie behind it. The sun and the planets have 
 ach its separate orb ; but the fixed stars are all set in the same grand orb ; 
 Mid beyond this is another still, the primum mobile, which revolves daily 
 from east to west, and carries along with it all the other orbs. Above the 
 * hole spreads the grand empyrean, or third heavens, the abode of perpetual 
 serenity. 
 
 To account for the planetary motions, it was supposed that each of the 
 planetary orbs, as well as that of the sun, has a motion of its own, eastward, 
 while it partakes of the common diurnal motion of the starry sphere. Aris- 
 totle taught that these motions are effected by a tutelary genius jl eaci 
 planet, residing in it, and directing its motions, as the mind of man directs 
 its movements. OLMSTED'C LETTERS o* ASTRONOMY. 
 
 484- The poet here turns into ridicule the false assumption that Peter, and 
 those who claim to be his spiritual successors, are exclusively intrusted with 
 th keys of Heaven
 
 BOOK III 
 
 137 
 
 Blows them transverse ten thousand leagues awry 
 
 Into the devious air ; then might ye see 
 
 Cowls, hoods, and habits, with their wearers, tost 490 
 
 And flutter'd into rags ; then reliques, beads, 
 
 Indulgences, dispenses, pardons, bulls, 
 
 The sport of winds : all these upwhirl'd aloft 
 
 Fly D'er the backside of the world far off 
 
 Into a Limbo large and broad, since call'd 495 
 
 The Paradise of Fools, to few unknown 
 
 Long after, now unpeopled, and untrod. 
 
 All this dark globe the Fiend found as he pass'd. 
 
 And long he wander'd, till at last a gleam 
 
 488. dwry: Aside. 
 
 189. Devious : Out of the way, remote. 
 
 489. Then might ye tee : That is, if you had been there ; or, the expression 
 simply means, then might be seen. 
 
 490496. Ludicrous sentiments are unnatural in an epic poem, because 
 they do not naturally occur while one is composing it ; and hence (as Dr. 
 Beattie remarks) , the humorous description of the Limbo of Vanity, how- 
 ever just as an allegory, however poignant as a satire, ought not to have ob- 
 tained a place in Paradise Lost. Such a thing might suit the volatile genius 
 of Ariosto and his followers, but is quite unworthy of the sober and well- 
 principled disciple of Homer and Virgil. 
 
 493. Sport : Virg. JEn. vi. 75, " Ludibria ventis." 
 
 494. The ""world" here mentioned is not our earth, but the hollow, opaque 
 sphere outside of the starry heavens (422-425). 
 
 495. The word Limbo (from the Latin limbus, a hem or edge) is a region 
 which was supposed by some of the school theologians to lie on the edge or 
 neighbourhood of Hell. This served as a receptacle for the souls of just men, 
 who were not admitted into Purgatory or Heaven. Such were, according to 
 some Christian writers, the patriarchs, and other pious ancients, who died 
 before the birth of Christ ; Hence, the Limbo was called the Limbus Pa- 
 truin. These, it was believed, would be liberated at Christ's second coming, 
 and admitted to the privileges of the blessed in Heaven. 
 
 Dante has fixed his Limbo, in which the distinguished spirits of antiquity are 
 confined, as the outermost of the circles of his Hell. The use which Milton 
 has made of the same superstitious belief is seen in this passage. BRANDE. 
 
 499. Till at last a gleam, fyc. : Satan, after having long wandered upon the 
 surface or outermost wall of the organized universe, discovers, at last, a wide 
 gap in it, which led into the creation, and is described as the opening
 
 1S8 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Of dawning light turn'd thitherward in haste 500 
 
 His travrllM steps : far distant he descries 
 
 Ascending by degrees magnificent 
 
 Up to the wall of Heav'n a structure high ; 
 
 At top whereof, but far more rich, appear'd 
 
 The work as of a kingly palace gate, 605 
 
 With frontispiece of diamond and gold 
 
 Embellish'd : thick with sparkling orient gems 
 
 The portal shone, inimitable on earth 
 
 By model, or by shading pencil drawn. 
 
 The stairs were such as whereon Jacob saw 510 
 
 Angels ascending and descending, bands 
 
 Of guardians bright, when he from Esau fled 
 
 To Padan-Aram, in the field of Luz 
 
 Dreaming by night under the open sky, 
 
 And waking cry'd, This is the gate of Heav'n. 515 
 
 Each stair mysteriously was meant, nor stood 
 
 There always, but drawn up to Heav'n sometimes 
 
 Viewless : and underneath a bright sea flow'd 
 
 Of jasper, or of liquid pearl, whereon 
 
 Who after came from earth, sailing arrived, 520 
 
 Wafted by Angels, or flew o'er the lake 
 
 Rapt in a chariot drawn by fiery steeds. 
 
 The stairs were then let down, whether to dare 
 
 The Fiend by easy 'scent, or aggravate 
 
 His sad exclusion from the doors of bliss : 525 
 
 Direct against which open'd from beneath, 
 
 Just o'er the blissful seat of Paradise, 
 
 through which the angels pass to and fro into the lower world, upon their 
 rrands to mankind. A. 
 
 506-7. These lines are an imitation of Ovid, Met ii. 1 : 
 ' Regia folii ermt lublimibus altm column!*, 
 Clark micantc turn, flammaique imitante pyropo." 
 
 510. Stairt: See Gen. xxviii. 11-17. 
 
 516. Each stair (the stairs line 510) was designed for some secret pur- 
 pose. 
 
 518. The author, in the " Argument" of this Book, explains the sea to 
 mean, the water above the firmament
 
 BOOK III. 139 
 
 A passage down to th' Earth, a passage wide, 
 
 Wider by far than that of after-times 
 
 Over mount Sion, and, though that were large, 630 
 
 Over the Promised Land, to God so dear, 
 
 By which, to visit oft those happy tribes, 
 
 On high behests his Angels to and fro 
 
 Pass'd frequent, and his eye with choice regard 
 
 From Pancas the fount of Jordan's flood 535 
 
 To Beersaba, where the Holy Land 
 
 Borders on Egypt and th' Arabian shore . % 
 
 So wide the op'ning seem'd, where bounds were set 
 
 To darkness, such as bound the ocean wave. 
 
 Satan from hence, now on the lower stair 540 
 
 That scaled by steps of gold to Heaven gate, 
 
 Looks down with wonder at the sudden view 
 
 Of all this world at once. As when a scout 
 
 Through dark and desert ways with peril gone 
 
 All night, at last by break of cheerful dawn 545 
 
 Obtains the brow of some high-climbing hill, 
 
 Which to his eye discovers unaware 
 
 The goodly prospect of some foreign land 
 
 First seen, or some renown'd metropolis 
 
 With glist'ring spires and pinnacles adorn'd, 550 
 
 Which now the rising Sun gilds with his beams : 
 
 Such wonder seized, though after Heaven seen, 
 
 The Spirit malign, but much more envy seized, 
 
 534. After regard, supply the words " passed frequent." 
 
 535. Paneeu : The modern name, Banias. It was once called Caesarea- 
 Philippi, and is securely embosomed among mountains, being at the head of 
 one of the principal branches of the Jordan. 
 
 542. Looks down, ffc. : His sitting upon the brink of this passage, an 
 taking a survey of the whole face of nature, that appeared to him new and 
 fresh in all its beauties, with the simile illustrating this circumstance, fills 
 the mind of the reader with as surprising and glorious an idea as any that 
 arises in the whole poem. He looks down into that vast hollow of the 
 universe with the eye (or, as Milton calls it in his First Book\ with the 
 ken, of an angel. He surveys all the wonders in this immense amphi- 
 theatre, that lie between both the poles of Heaven, and takes in, at one 
 *iew, the whole round of the creation. A.
 
 140 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 At sight of all this world beheld so fur. 
 
 Round he surveys (and well might, where he stood 555 
 
 So high above the circling canopy 
 
 Of Night's extended shade) from eastern point 
 
 Of Libra to the fleecy star that bears 
 
 Andromeda far off Atlantic seas 
 
 Beyond th' horizon ; then from pole to pole 560 
 
 He views in breadth, and without longer pause 
 
 Down right into the world's first region throws 
 
 555-561. Satan is here represented as taking a view of the whole crea- 
 tion from east to west, and then from north to south ; but poetry delights to 
 say the most common things in an uncommon manner. He turveyt from 
 eastern point of Libra : One of the twelve signs, exactly opposite to Aria, to 
 t he fleecy ttar, Aries or the Ram that is, from east to west ; for when 
 Libra rises in the east Aries sets in the western horizon. Aries is said to bear 
 Andromeda, because that constellation, represented as a woman, is placed 
 just over Aries, and, therefore, when Aries sets he seems to bear Andro- 
 meda far off Atlantic teat, the great western ocean, beyond M horizon, 
 Then from pole to pole he viewt in breadth : That is, from north to south ; and 
 that is said to be in breadth, because the ancients knowing more of the 
 earth from east to west than from north to south, and so, having a much 
 greater journey one way than the other, one was called length, or longitude, 
 the other breadth, or latitude. N. 
 
 555-568, &c. The verse in This exquisitely-moulded passage, says Hazlitt, 
 floats up and down as if itself had wings. The sound of Milton's lines is 
 moulded often into the expression of the sentiment, almost of the very 
 image. They rise or fall, pause, or hurry rapidly on, with exquisite art, 
 but without the least trick or affectation, ait the occasion seems to require. 
 See a beautiful instance, Book I. 732-747 ; 762-787. 
 
 562-4. Satan, having surveyed the whole creation, without longer paute, 
 throws himself into it, and is described as making two different motions. 
 At first he drops down perpendicularly some way into it, down right, ttc., 
 and afterwards windt hit oblique vay, turns and winds this way and that in 
 order to espy the seat of man ; for though in 527 it is said that the passage 
 wnsjtut over Paradite, yet it is evident that Satan did not know it The 
 air is compared to marble for its clearness and whiteness, without any re- 
 gard to its hardness. The Latin word marmor, marble, is derived from a 
 Greek word that signifies to shine and glisten. Virgil iw the expression 
 of the marble tea, and Sbakspeare speaks of the marble air. It is common 
 with the ancients, and with those who write in the spirit and manner of the 
 ancients, in their metaphors and similes, if they agree in the main circum- 
 stances, to have no regard to lesser particulars. N.
 
 BOOK III. 141 
 
 His flight precipitant, and winds with ease 
 
 Through the pure marble air his oblique way 
 
 Amongst innumerable stars, that shone 665 
 
 Stars distant, but nigh hand seem'd other worlds ; 
 
 Or other worlds they seem'd, or happy isles, 
 
 Like those Hesperian gardens famed of old, 
 
 Fortunate fields, and groves, and flow'ry vales, 
 
 Thrice happy isles ; but who dwelt happy there O70 
 
 He stay'd not to inquire : above them all 
 
 The golden Sun, in splendour likest Heav'n, 
 
 Allur'd his eye : thither his course he bends 
 
 Through the calm firmament (but up or down, 
 
 By centre, or eccentric, hard to tell, 575 
 
 Or longitude) where the great luminary 
 
 Aloof the vulgar constellations thick, 
 
 That from his lordly eye keep distance due, 
 
 Dispenses light from far ; they as they move 
 
 Their starry dance in numbers that compute 580 
 
 Days, months, and years, tow'rds his all-cheering lamp 
 
 Turn swift their various motions, or are turn'd 
 
 By his magnetic beam, that gently warms 
 
 The universe, and to each inward part 
 
 With gentle penetration, though unseen, 585 
 
 Shoots invisible virtue ev'n to the deep ; 
 
 563. Winds with ease, $c. : His flight between the several worlds lhat 
 shined on every side of him, with the particular description of the sun, are 
 set forth in all the wantoness of a luxuriant imagination. A. 
 
 565-6. Shone $tart, (fc. : Appeared to be stars. 
 
 568. Hesperian gardens : Some have located these on the Cape Verd 
 Islands ; others on Bissagos, a little above Sierra Leone. 
 
 574-6. But up or down, Sfc. : Satan had now passed the fixed stars, and 
 was directing his course towards the sun ; but it is hard to tell, says the poet, 
 whether his course was up or down, that is, north or south (ix. 78; x. 675 , 
 or whether it was by centre or eccentric, towards the centre or from the 
 centre, it not being determined whether the sun is the centre of the world 
 or not ; or whether it was by longitude, that ;s, in length, east or west, as 
 appears from IV. 539 ; VII. 373. N. 
 
 577. Moof: Apart from. 
 
 580. Number*: Measures.
 
 142 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So wondrously was set his station bright. 
 
 There lands the Fiend, s spot like which perhaps 
 
 Astronomer in the Sun's lucent orb 
 
 Through his glazed optic tube yet never saw. 690 
 
 The place he found beyond expression bright, 
 
 Compar'd with aught on earth, metal or stone ; 
 
 Not all parts like, but all alike inform M 
 
 With radiant light, as glowing iron with fire ; 
 
 If metal, part seem'd gold, part silver clear ; 595 
 
 If stone, carbuncle most, or chrysolite, 
 
 Ruby or topaz, to the twelve that shone 
 
 In Aaron's breast-plate, and a stone besides 
 
 Imagined rather oft than elsewhere seen, 
 
 That stone, or like to that which here below 600 
 
 Philosophers in vain so long have sought ; 
 
 In vain, though by their pow'rful art they bind 
 
 Volatile Hermes, and call up unbound 
 
 In various shapes old Proteus from the sea, 
 
 590. The spots in the sun are visible. with a telescope; but astronomer 
 perhaps never saw, " through hi* glazed optic tube," such a spot as Satan, now 
 he was on the sun's orb. The poet mentions this glass the oftener in honor 
 of Galileo, whom he means here by the astronomer. N. 
 
 593. Informed: Inwrought. 
 
 597. To : It means, and so on, up to the twelve, or, including all the 
 twelve. 
 
 600. Stone : A stone, or substance which the alchemists endeavoured to 
 prepare, by a mixture of which with the common metals they hoped to con- 
 vert them into gold. 
 
 603. Volatile Hermet : Hermes is the Greek name for Mercury, who pos- 
 sessed a winged cap and sandals, which enabled him to pass rapidly from one 
 part of space to another. While the poet evidently alludet to this fabulous 
 being, he seems to speak of the metal, called mercury, or quicksilver, which 
 is volatile, or rises into the air, by the application of intense heat. We 
 know that the alchemists made great use of this metal in their vain endea- 
 vours to manufacture a " philosopher's stone," such as they desired. The 
 binding spoken of may refer to the amalgams which they formed with it. 
 
 604. Proteus, a deified mortal (according to the old Grecian mythology \ a 
 tooth-saying and wonder-working old man of the sea, who fed the phocaeof 
 Neptune in the iEgean Sea, and was said by wandering mariners to sun himself 
 with his sea-calves, and to sleep at mid-day on the desert island of Pharos,
 
 BOOK III. 143 
 
 Drain'd through a limbec to his native form. 605 
 
 What wonder then if fields and regions here 
 
 Breathe forth Elixir pure, and rivers run 
 
 Potable gold, when with one virtuous touch 
 
 Th' arch-chemic Sun, so far from us remote, 
 
 Produces with terrestrial humour mix'd 610 
 
 Here in the dark so many precious things 
 
 Of colour glorious and effect so rare ? 
 
 Here matter new to gaze the Devil met 
 
 and elsewhere. He prophesied only when compelled by force and art. He 
 tried every means to elude those who consulted him, and changed himself, 
 after the manner of the sea-gods, into every shape ; into beasts, trees, ser- 
 pents, and even into fire and water. But whoever boldly held him fast re- 
 ceived a revelation of whatever he wished to know, whether past, present, 
 or future (Odyssey iv. 351). Any one who hastily changes his principles 
 is, from this old sea-god, called a Proteus. ENCYCLOP. AMER. 
 
 From the variety of shapes which this god was accustomed to assume and 
 lay aside, Milton alludes to him. in order to illustrate the various changes to 
 which substances were subjected in the limbec (alembic), or still, of the in- 
 dustrious alchemist. Possibly sea-water, which is a compound of many con- 
 stituents, was one of those substances. 
 
 The passage then means (as Newton observes) , Though by their powerful 
 art they bind and fix quicksilver, and change their matter (a representative 
 of which Proteus has been supposed to be) unbound, unfixed, into as many 
 various shapes as Proteus, till it be reduced at last, by draining through their 
 stills, to its first original form. To bind or fix, is to render a substance inca- 
 pable of being volatilized by heat. So the alchemists understood the term. 
 
 606. What wonder, Sfc. : And if alchemists can do so much, what wonder 
 then if the sun itself is the true philosopher's stone, the grand elixir, and 
 rivers of liquid gold ; when the sun, the chief of alchemists, though at so 
 great a distance, can perform such wonders upon earth, and produce so many 
 precious things ? The thought of making the sun the chief alchemist, seems 
 to be taken from Shakspeare's King John, Act iii. 
 
 ' To solemni/e this day. the glorious sun 
 Stays in his course and plays the alchemist, 
 Turning with splendour of his precious ere 
 The meagre cloddy earth to glittering gold." 
 
 N. 
 tftn). rfert : In the sun, which he was speaking of. 
 
 607. Elifir pure : Elixir vitae, a medicine for perpetuating life, was also 
 n earnest object of pursuit with the alchemists. 
 
 608. Potable: Drinkable. Virtuous: Efficacious.
 
 144 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Undazzled ; far and wide his eye commands ; 
 
 For sight no obstacle found here, nor shade, 615 
 
 But all sunshine, as when his beams at noon 
 
 Culminate from th' equator, as they now 
 
 Shot upward still direct, whence no way round 
 
 Shadow from body opaque can fall ; and th' air, 
 
 No where so clear, sharpen'd his visual ray 620 
 
 To objects distant far, whereby he soon 
 
 Saw within ken a glorious Angel stand, 
 
 The same whom John saw also in the Sun. 
 
 His back was turn'd, but not his brightness hid : 
 
 Of beaming sunny rays a golden tiar 625 
 
 Circled his head, nor less his locks behind 
 
 Illustrious on his shoulders fledge with wings 
 
 Lay waving round. On some great charge employ'd 
 
 He seem'd, or fix'd in cogitation deep. 
 
 Glad was the Spirit impure, as now in hope 630 
 
 To find who might direct his wand'ring flight 
 
 To Paradise, the happy seat of Man, 
 
 His journey's end, and our beginning woe. 
 
 But first he casts to change his proper shape, 
 
 C 16-1 7. There was no shadow, just as there is none at our equator when 
 the sun culminates, is at its highest point, is directly overhead, and sends 
 down his rays from the celestial equator. At they now : For as much as, &c. 
 
 621-44. The figures introduced in this passage have, says Hazlitt, all the 
 elegance and precision of a Greek statue ; glossy and impurpled, tinged with 
 golden light, and musical as the strings of Memnon's harp ! 
 
 623. See Rev. xix. 17, " And I saw an angel standing in the sun." 
 
 625. Tiar : Coronet, or cap. 
 
 627. niuttriout: Lustrous, glossy. Fledge: Furnished. 
 
 634. Catti to change, tfc. : That is, meditates to change his shape. KM 
 shape, speech, and behaviour, upon his transforming himself into an angel of 
 light, are touched with exquisite beauty. The poet's thought of directing 
 Satan to the sun, which, in the vulgar opinion of mankind, is the most con* 
 spicuous pait of the creation, and the placing in it an angel, is a circumstance 
 very finely contrived, and the more adjusted to a poetical probability, as it 
 was a received doctrine among the most famous philosophers that every orb 
 had its intelligent beings ; and as an apostle, in sacred writ, is said to have 
 wen an angel in the sun. A.
 
 BOOK III. 145 
 
 Which else might work him danger or delay : 636 
 
 And now a stripling Cherub he appears, 
 
 Not of the prime, yet such as in his face 
 
 Youth smiled celestial, and to ev'ry limb 
 
 Suitable grace diffused, so well he feign'd : 
 
 Under a coronet his flowing hair 640 
 
 In curls on either cheek play'd ; wings he wore 
 
 Of many a colour'd plume, sprinkled with gold ; 
 
 His habit fit for speed succinct, and held 
 
 Before his decent steps a silver wand. 
 
 He drew not nigh unheard : the Angel bright, 645 
 
 Ere he drew nigh, his radiant visage turn'd, 
 
 Admonish 'd by his ear, and straight was known 
 
 Th' Arch- Angel Uriel, one of the seven 
 
 Who in God's presence, nearest to his throne, 
 
 Stand ready at command, and are his eyes 650 
 
 That run through all the Heav'ns, or down to th' Earth 
 
 Bear his swift errands over moist and dry, 
 
 O'er sea and land : him Satan thus accosts : 
 
 Uriel, for thou of those sev'n Spirits that stand 
 In sight of God's high throne, gloriously bright, 655 
 
 The first art wont his great authentic will 
 Interpreter through highest Heav'n to bring, 
 Where all his sons thy embassy attend ; 
 And here art likeliest, by Supreme decree, 
 
 637. Prime : Earliest age. 
 
 643. Habit : Dress. As it is contrary to the manner of Milton to put 
 clothes upon angels, the habit here spoken of may denote the wings, and in 
 that case the word tuccinct cannot hear its usual signification of girded, but 
 the metaphorical sense of prepared, ready for action. 
 
 644. Decent Graceful. We are reminded of those lines in Horace Ode 
 iv. book i. : 
 
 Junctaeque Nymphis Gratis decenta 
 Altcrno terrain quatiunt pede ; . . . . 
 
 tJQ. See Zech. iv. 10 ; Tobit xii. 15 ; Rev. i. 4 ; v. 6; viii. 2. 
 
 654. Uriel : The meaning of this Hebrew name is, God is my light. Hence 
 with great propriety, the station assigned him is the sun. The Jews sup. 
 posed that there were seven principal angels who led the heavpnly hosts. 
 10
 
 146 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Like honour to obtain, and as his eye . 660 
 
 To visit oft this new creation round ; 
 
 Unspeakable desire to see, and know 
 
 All these his wondrous works, but chiefly Man, 
 
 His chief delight and favour ; him for whom 
 
 All these his works so wondrous he ordain'd, 665 
 
 Hath brought me from the choirs of Cherubim 
 
 Alone thus wand'ring. Brightest Seraph, tell 
 
 In which of all these shining orbs hath Man 
 
 His fixed seat, or fixed seat hath none, 
 
 But all these shining orbs his choice to dwell ; 670 
 
 That I may find him, and with secret gaze 
 
 Or open admiration him behold, 
 
 On whom the great Creator hath bestow'd 
 
 Worlds, and on whom hath all these graces pourM ; 
 
 That both in him and all things, as is meet, 675 
 
 The Universal Maker we may praise, 
 
 Who justly hath driv'n out his rebel foes 
 
 To deepest Hell ; and to repair that loss 
 
 Created this new happy race of Men 
 
 To serve him better : wise are all his ways. 680 
 
 So spake the false Dissembler unperceived ; 
 For neither Man nor Angel can discern 
 Hypocrisy, the only evil that walks 
 Invisible, except to God alone, 
 
 By his permissive will, thro' Heav'n and Earth : 685 
 
 And oft though Wisdom wake, Suspicion sleeps 
 At Wisdom's gate, and to Simplicity 
 Resigns her charge, while Goodness thinks no ill 
 Where no ill seems : which now for once beguiled 
 Uriel, though regent of the Sun, and held 690 
 
 The sharpest sighted Spirit of all in Heav'n ; 
 
 064. Delight and favour : Object of delight and favour. 
 
 686-89. Sutpician iletpt, tfc. : There is not in my opinion a nobler senti- 
 ment, or one more poetically expressed, in the whole poem. What great art 
 has the poet shown in taking off the dryness of a mere moral sentence by 
 throwing it into the form of a short and beautiful allegory ! T. 
 
 690. Held: Considered.
 
 HOOK in. 147 
 
 Who to the fraudulen. impostor foul 
 In his uprightness answer thus return'd : 
 
 Fair Angel, thy desire, which tends to know 
 The works of God, thereby to glorify 695 
 
 The great Work -Master, leads to no excess 
 That reaches blame, but rather merits praise 
 The more it seems excess, that led thee hither 
 From thy empyreal mansion thus alone, 
 
 To witness with thine eyes what some perhaps 700 
 
 Contented with report hear only in Heav'n : 
 For wonderful indeed are all his works, 
 Pleasant to know, and worthiest to be all 
 Had in remembrance always with delight : 
 But what created mind can comprehend 705 
 
 Their number, or the wisdom infinite 
 That brought them forth, but hid their causes deep ? 
 I saw when at his word the formless mass, 
 This world's material mould, came to a heap : 
 Confusion heard his voice, and wild Uproar 710 
 
 Stood ruled, stood vast Infinitude confined ; 
 Till at his second bidding Darkness fled, 
 Light shone, and Order from Disorder sprung : 
 Swift to their sev'ral quarters hasted then 
 The cumbrous elements, Earth, Flood, Air, Fire ; 715 
 
 And this ethereal quintessence of Heav'n 
 Flew upward, spirited with various forms, 
 That roll'd orbicular, and turn'd to stars 
 
 715. Cumbrous, when compared to light 
 
 716. Quintessence, literally means the fifth or highest essence. The expres- 
 lion ethereal quintessence is descriptive of light, as the most subtile form of 
 matter. Spirited with various forms : Animated as by a spirit, or conveyed 
 away rapidly, and possessing various forms. &c. The ancients supposed that 
 the stars and heavens were formed out of a fifth essence, and not of the foui 
 elements. 
 
 718. I taw: An allusion to Prov. viii. 22-29. In the answer which the 
 angel returns to the disguised evil spirit, there is such a becoming majesty as 
 is altogether suitable to a superior being. This part of it in which ho repre- 
 sents himself as present at the creation is very noble in itself, and nut only
 
 148 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Numberless, as thou seest, and how they move : 
 
 Each had his place appointed, each his course ; 720 
 
 The rest in circuit walls this universe. 
 
 Look downward on that globe, whose hither side 
 
 With light from hence, though but reflected, shines ; 
 
 That place is Earth, the seat of Man ; that light 
 
 His day, which else, as th' other hemisphere, 725 
 
 Night would invade ; but there the neighb'ring moon 
 
 (So call that opposite fair star) her aid 
 
 Timely interposes, and her monthly round 
 
 Still ending, still renewing, through mid Heav'n, 
 
 With borrow'd light her countenance triform 730 
 
 Hence fills and empties to enlighten th' Earth, 
 
 And in her pale dominion checks the night. 
 
 That spot to which I point is Paradise, 
 
 Adam's abode, those lofty shades his bow'r. 
 
 Thy way thou canst not miss, me mine requires. 735 
 
 Thus said, he turn'd ; and Satan bowing low, 
 As to superior Spirits is wont in Heav'n, 
 Where honour due and rev'rence none neglects, 
 Took leave, and tow'rd the coast of earth beneath, 
 Down from th' ecliptic, sped with hoped success, 740 
 
 proper where it is introduced, but requisite to prepare the reader for what 
 follows in the Seventh Book. A. 
 
 721. The rett : The remaining portion of matter (of the " formless mass,' 
 line 708) , surrounds in an opaque spherical form, as by a wall, the organized 
 universe, thus guarding it against the encroachments of the raging Chaos (line 
 710). Compare with lines 419-430. But Newton gives another interpre- 
 tation : These atars are numberless, &c. ; and the rest of this fifth essence 
 that is not formed into stars surrounds, and like a wall encloses the universe. 
 
 722 Look downward, ifc.: In this part of the speech Milton points out the 
 Earth with such circumstances that the reader can scarce forbear fancying 
 himself employed in the same distant view of it. A 
 
 730. Triform : There are three principal aspects of the moon ; at new 
 moon, a bright semi-circle of light ; at the quarter, when a semi-circle is fill- 
 ed with light ; at the full moon which forms an entire circle of light. There 
 is an allusion to the goddess Diana, who was called TVi/ormu, from her three- 
 fold character as goddess of tl .. moon a month, the chase, and the lower re- 
 gionj
 
 BOOK III. 149 
 
 Throws bis steep flight in many an aery wheel, 
 Nor stay'd, till on Niphates' top he lights. 
 
 741. dcry wheel: Either descriptive of his joyous and sportive state of mind 
 on Hearing the object of his long journey, or the speed with which he has- 
 tened to consummate his long travel. 
 
 742. Niphatu : A mountain of Armenia, in Asia ; near the supposed site, 
 of Paradise. 
 
 MILTON'S SATAN. 
 
 Wherever Satan appears, he becomes the centre of the scene. Round 
 him, as he lies on the fiery gulf, floating many a rood, the flames seem to 
 do obeisance, even as their red billows break upon his sides. When he rises 
 up into his proper stature, the surrounding hosts of Hell cling to him, like 
 leaves to a tree. When he disturbs the old deep of Chaos, its anarchs, 
 Orcus, Hades, Demogorgon, own a superior. When he stands on Niphates 
 and bespeaks the sun which was once his footstool. Creation becomes silent, 
 to listen to" the dread soliloquy. When he enters Eden, a shiver of horror 
 shakes all its roses, and makes the waters of the four rivers to tremble. 
 Even in Heaven, the Mountain of the Congregation in the sides of the north, 
 where he sits, almost mates with the Throne of the Eternal. 
 
 Mounted on the night, as on a black charger, carrying all Hell in his 
 breast, and the trail of Heaven's glory on his brow ; his eyes, eclipsed suns ; 
 his cheeks furrowed not by the traces of tears, but of thunder ; his wings, 
 two black forests ; his heart, a mount of millstone ; armed to the teeth ; 
 doubly armed by pride, fury, and despair ; lonely as death ; hungry as the 
 grave ; intrenched in immortality ; defiant against every difficulty and dan- 
 ger, does he pass before us, the most tremendous conception in the compass 
 of poetry ; the sublimest creation of the mind of man. 
 
 Burns, in one of his letters, expresses a resolve to buy a pocket-copy of 
 Milton, and study that noble ( ? ) character, Satan. We cannot join in this 
 opinion entirely, although very characteristic of the author of the " Address 
 to the De'il ;" but we would advise our readers, if they wish to see the 
 loftiest genius passing into the highest art ; if they wish to see combined in 
 one stupendous figure every species of beauty, deformity, terror, darkness, 
 light, calm, convulsion ; the essence of Man. Devil, and Angel, collected into 
 a something distinct from each, and absolutely unique ; all the elements of 
 nature ransacked, and all the characters in history analysed, in order to deck 
 that brow with terror, to fill that eye with fire, to clothe that neck with 
 thunder, to harden that heart into stone, to give to that port its pride and to 
 that wing its swiftness, and that glory so terrible to those nostrils snorting 
 with hatred to God and scorn to Man; to buy, beg, or borrow, a copy of
 
 150 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Milton, ar d study the character of Satan, not like Burns, for its worth, but 
 for the very grandeur of its worthlessness. An Italian painter drew a re- 
 presentation of Lucifer so vivid and glowing, that it left the canvas and 
 came into the painter's soul ; in other words, haunted his mind by night and 
 day ; became palpable to his eye even when he was absent from the picture . 
 produced, at last, a frenzy which ended in death. We might wonder that a 
 similar effect was not produced upon Milton's mind from the long presence 
 of his own terrific creation (to be thinking of the Devil for six or ten years 
 together looks like a Satanic possession) , were it not that we remember his 
 mind was more than equal to confront its own workmanship. He was 
 enabled, besides, through his habitual religion, to subdue and master his Ion* 
 of feeling in reference to him. GILFILLA*.
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 SATAN, now in prospect of Eden, and nigh the place where he must now 
 attempt the bold enterprise which he undertook alone against God and Man, 
 falls into many doubts with himself, and many passions, fear, envy, and de- 
 spair ; but at length confirms himself in evil, journeys on to Paradise, whose 
 outward prospect and situation is described, overleaps the bounds, sits in the 
 shape of a cormorant on the Tree of Life, as highest in the garden, to look 
 about him. The garden described ; Satan's first sight of Adam and Eve ; 
 his wonder at their excellent form and happy state, but with resolution to 
 work their fall ; overhears their discourse, thence gathers that the Tree of 
 Knowledge was forbidden them to eat of, under penalty of death ; and thereon 
 intends to found his temptation, by seducing them to transgress ; then leaves 
 them a while, to know further of their state by some other means. Mean- 
 while, Uriel, descending on a sunbeam, warns Gabriel, who had in charge 
 the gate of Paradise, that some evil spirit had escaped the deep, and passed 
 at noon by his sphere, in the shape of a good Angel, down to Paradise, dis- 
 covered after by his furious gestures in the Mount; Gabriel promises 
 .to find him ere morning ; night coming on, Adam and Eve discourse of going 
 to their rest ; their bower described ; their evening worship ; Gabriel draw- 
 ing forth his bands of night-watch to walk the round of Paradise, appoints 
 two strong Angels to Adam's bower, lest the evil spirit should be there 
 doing some harm to Adam or Eve sleeping ; there they find him at the ear 
 of Eve, tempting her in a dream, and bring him, though unwilling, to 
 Gabriel ; by whom questioned, he scornfully answers, prepares resistance 
 but hindered by a sign from Heaven, flies out of Paradise.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 I BELIEVE that this Book is a general favourite with readers : there are 
 parts of it beautiful ; but it appears to me far less grand than the Books 
 which precede it. It has, I think, not only less sublimity, but less poetical 
 invention. It required less imagination to describe the garden of Eden than 
 Pandemonium or Chaos. Adam and Eve are the one noble, the other 
 lovely ; but still they are human beings, with human passions. E. B. 
 
 Milton, like Dante, had been unfortunate in ambition and in love. He 
 had survived his health and his sight, the comforts of his home, and the 
 prosperity of his party. Of the great men by whom he had been distin- 
 guished, some had been taken away from the evil to come : some had taken 
 into foreign climates their unconquerable hatred of oppression : some were 
 pining in dungeons, and some had poured forth their blood on scaffolds. If 
 ever despondency and asperity could be excused in any man, they might 
 have been excused in Milton ; but the strength of his mind overcame every 
 calamity. His temper was serious, perhaps stem; but it was a temper 
 which no sufferings could render sullen or fretful. Such as it was, when, 
 on the eve of great events, he returned from his travels, in the prime of 
 health and manly beauty, loaded with literary distinctions, and glowing with 
 patriotic hopes such it continued to be when, after having experienced 
 every calamity which is incident to our nature, old, poor, sightless, and dis- 
 graced, he retired to his hovel to die ! 
 
 Hence it was, that though he wrote the Paradise Lost at a time of life 
 when images of beauty and tenderness are, in general, beginning to fade, even 
 from tnose minds in which they have not been effaced by anxiety and disap- 
 pointment, he adorned it with all that is most lovely and delightful in the physi- 
 cal and in the moral world. Neither Theocritus nor Ariosto had a finer, or a 
 more healthful sense of the pleasantness of external objects, or loved better 
 to luxuriate amidst sunbeams and flowers, the songs of nightingales, the 
 juice of summer fruits, and the coolness of shady fountains. His poetry 
 reminds us of the miracles of Alpine scenery: nooks and dells, beautiful 
 as fairy land, are embosomed in its most nigged and gigantic elevations 
 The roses and myrtles bloom unchilled on the verge of th avalanche. 
 MACAULAY.
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 FOR that warning voice, which he who saw 
 
 Th' Apocalypse heard cry in Heav'n aloud, 
 
 Then when the Dragon, put to second rout, 
 
 Came furious down to be revenged on men, 
 
 ' Woe to th' inhabitants on earth !' that now, 5 
 
 While time was, our first parents had been warn'd 
 
 The coming of their secret foe, and 'scaped, 
 
 Haply so 'scaped his mortal snare : for now 
 
 Satan, now first inflamed with rage, came down, 
 
 The tempter ere th' accuser of mankind, 10 
 
 To wreck on innocent frail man his loss 
 
 Of that first battle, and his flight to Hell : 
 
 Yet not rejoicing in his speed, though bold 
 
 Far off and fearless, nor with cause to boast, 
 
 Begins his dire attempt, which nigh the birth 16 
 
 Now rolling, boils in his tumultuous breast, 
 
 And, like a dev'lish engine, back recoils 
 
 Upon himself: horror and doubt distract 
 
 His troubled thoughts, and from the bottom stir 
 
 I . The opening of this Book is ingenious and happy. A prominent sub- 
 ject of the Apocalypse of John (Rev. xii. 2), here referred to. is Satan's 
 overthrow, whose first attempts upon Man's purity and happiness form the 
 ground-work of this part of the poem. S. 
 
 II. Wreck: Wreak. 
 
 13. In hi* tpttd: In the speed he had employed.
 
 I 54 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The Hell within him ; for within him Hell 20 
 
 He brings, and round about him ; nor from Hell 
 
 One step no more than from himself can fly 
 
 By change of place : now Conscience wakes Despair 
 
 That slumber'd, wakes the bitter memory 
 
 Of what he was, what is, and what must be 25 
 
 Worse ; of worse deeds worse sufferings must ensue. 
 
 Sometimes tow'rds Eden, which now in his view 
 
 Lay pleasant, his grieved look he fixes sad ; 
 
 Sometimes tow'rds Heav'n and the full-blazing Sun, 
 
 Which now sat high in his meridian tow'r : 30 
 
 Then much revolving, thus in sighs began : 
 
 thou that with surpassing glory crown 'd, . 
 
 Look'st from thy sole dominion like the God 
 Of this new world ; at whose sight all the stars 
 Hide their diminish 'd heads ; to thee I call, 35 
 
 But with no friendly voice, and add thy name, 
 O Sun, to tell thee how I hate thy beams, 
 That bring to my remembrance from what state 
 
 24. Memory : Used in the sense of consideration. 
 
 30. TbirV : At noon the sun is lifted up as in a tower. Virgil uses the 
 nmc figure. N. 
 
 32. O Thou : An address is here made to the sun, as the most resplendent 
 object that meets Satan's view, ending in a soliloquy that displays great art, 
 impiety, and wickedness. 
 
 In this splendid soliloquy, the hatred of the fiend does not debar him from 
 acknowledging how worthy that luminary is of wonder and admiration. 
 
 Rousseau, in his last illness, was heard to ejaculate, ' Oh, how beautiful is 
 the sun ! I feel as if he called my soul towards him !" Indeed, the sun is 
 so glorious a body, that it can hardly excite our wonder that, in the more 
 early and ignorant ages, it should have received the honours of deification. 
 
 One of the German poets, when about to expire, requested to be raised 
 from his couch in order to take a last look at that glorious luminary : " Oh." 
 said he, with the sublimity of enthusiasm, " if a small part of the Eternal's 
 creation can be so exquisitely beautiful as this, how much more beautiful 
 must be the Eternal himself!" BUCKE. 
 
 Oh Thau. Ifc. : This is one of those magnificent speeches to which no 
 other name can be given, than that it is supereminently Miltonic. This is 
 mainly argumentative sublimity ; in which, I think, he is even still greater 
 than in his splendid and majestic imagery. E. B.
 
 BOOK IV. 155 
 
 I fell, how glorious once above thy sphere ; 
 
 Till pride and worse ambition threw me down 40 
 
 Warring in Heav'n against HeavVs matchless King : 
 
 Ah wherefore ! he deserved no such return 
 
 From me, whom he created what I was 
 
 In that bright eminence, and with his good 
 
 Upbraided none ; nor was his service hard. 45 
 
 What could be less than to afford him praise, 
 
 The easiest recompense, and pay him thanks, 
 
 How due ! yet all his good proved ill in me, 
 
 And wrought but malice ; lifted up so liigb, 
 
 I sdeign'd subjection, and thought one step higher 50 
 
 Would set me high'st, and in a moment quit 
 
 The debt immense of endless gratitude, 
 
 So burdensome still paying, still to owe, 
 
 Forgetful what from Him I still received, 
 
 And understood not that a grateful mind 65 
 
 By owing owes not, but still pays, at once 
 
 Indebted and discharged : what burden then ? 
 
 had his pow'rful destiny ordain'd 
 
 Me some inferior Angel, I had stood 
 
 Then happy ; no unbounded hope had raised 60 
 
 Ambition. Yet, why not ? some other Pow'r, 
 
 As great might have aspired, and me, though mean, 
 
 38. That bring to my remembrance, 6fc. : Satan being now within the 
 prospect of Eden, and looking round upon the glories of the creation, is 
 filled with sentiments different from those which he discovered whilst he 
 was in Hell. The place inspires him with thoughts more adapted to it. 
 He reflects upon the happy condition from which he fell, and breaks forth 
 into a speech that is softened with several transient touches of remorse and 
 elf-accusation ; but, at length, he confirms himself in impenitence, and in 
 his design of drawing back man into his own state of guilt and misery 
 This conflict of passions is raised with a great deal of art, as the opening of 
 his speech to the sun is very bold and noble. A. 
 
 40. Pride: An inordinate self-esteem. Ambition: A worse passion, as it 
 prompted him to impious efforts to acquire equal dominion with God. 
 50. Sdeign'd : Disdained, from the Italian sdegnare. 
 55. And connects this verb with the verbs in 50 
 58. Dettiny : Act of destination.
 
 156 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Drawn to his part ; but other Pow'rs as great 
 
 Fell not, but stand unshaken, from within 
 
 Or from without, to all temptations arm'd. 65 
 
 Hadst thou the same free will and pow'r to stand ? 
 
 Thou hadst. Whom hast thou then or what t' accuse, 
 
 But Heav'n's free love dealt equally to all ? 
 
 Be then his love accursed, since love or hate, 
 
 To me alike, it deals eternal woe. 70 
 
 Nay, cursed be thou ; since against his thy will 
 
 Chose freely what it pow so justly rues. 
 
 Me miserable ! which way shall I fly 
 
 Infinite wrath, and infinite despair ? 
 
 Which way I fly is Hell ; myself am Hell ; 75 
 
 And in the lowest deep a lower deep 
 
 Still threatening to devour me opens wide, 
 
 To which the Hell I suffer seems a Heav'n 
 
 then at last relent. Is there no place 
 
 Left for repentance, none for pardon left ? 80 
 
 None left but by submission ; and that word 
 
 DISDAIN forbids me, and my dread of shame 
 
 Among the Spirits beneath, whom I seduced 
 
 With other promises and other vaunts 
 
 Than to submit, boasting 1 could subdue 85 
 
 Th' Omnipotent. Ay me, they little know 
 
 How dearly I abide that boast so vain, 
 
 Under what torments inwardly I groan, 
 
 75. Mytelf am Hell, Ifc. : An example of Hyperbole. Hyperboles are of 
 two kinds ; either such as are employed in description, or such as are sug- 
 gested by the warmth of passion ; for if the imagination has a tendency to 
 magnify its objects beyond their natural proportion, passion possesses this 
 tendency in a vastly stronger degree ; and, therefore, not only excuses the 
 most daring figures, but very often renders them natural and just. All pas- 
 sions, without exception, love, terror, amazement, indignation, anger, and 
 even grief, throw the mind into confusion, aggravate their objects, and, of 
 course, prompt a hyperbolical style. Hence, the following sentiments of 
 Satan in Milton, as strongly as they are described, contain nothing but what 
 is natural and proper, exhibiting the picture of a mind agitated with rage 
 and despair. BLAIR. 
 
 81. That tcord (submission).
 
 BOOK IV. 157 
 
 While they adore me on the throne of Hell ! 
 
 With diadem and sceptre high advanced, 90 
 
 The lower still I fall, only supreme 
 
 In misery ! such joy ambition finds. 
 
 But say I could repent, and could obtain 
 
 By act of grace my former state, how soon 
 
 Would highth recall high thoughts, how soon unsay 95 
 
 What feign'd submission swore ! ease would recant 
 
 Vows made in pain, as violent and void ; 
 
 For never can true reconcilement grow 
 
 Where wounds of deadly hate have pierced so deep 
 
 W T hich would but lead me to a worse relapse, 100 
 
 And heavier fall : so should I purchase dear 
 
 Short intermission bought with double smart. 
 
 This knows my Punisher : therefore, as far 
 
 From granting he, as I from begging peace. 
 
 All hope excluded thus, behold, instead 105 
 
 Of us outcast, exiled, his new delight, 
 
 Mankind created, and for him this world. 
 
 So farewell hope, and with hope farewell fear, 
 
 Farewell remorse : all good to me is lost : 
 
 Evil be thou my good ; by thee at least HO 
 
 Divided empire with Heav'n's King I hold, 
 
 By thee, and more than half perhaps will reign ; 
 
 As Man ere long, and this new world shall know. 
 
 Thus while he spake, each passion dimm'd his face ; 
 Thrice changed with pale, ire, envy, and despair ; 115 
 
 Which marr'd his borrow'd visage, and betray'd 
 Him counterfeit, if any eye beheld. 
 
 110-J2. The meaning is : Evil be thou my source of happiness; by means 
 of thee I hold at least divided empire, &c. ; by thee (I repeat), and (here- 
 fcfter) will reign, perhaps, more than half, by adding Earth to my empire. 
 
 114. Tkut while fie spake, Sfc. : The above speech is, perhaps, the finest that 
 is ascribed to Satan in the whole poem. The evil spirit afterwards proceeds 
 to make his discoveries concerning our first parents, and to learn after what 
 manner they may be best attacked. A. Each passion, namely, ire, envy, 
 and despair, dimmed his face, and changed it into an intense paltnett. To 
 change with, is an idiom of Latin and Greek writers.
 
 158 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 For heav'uly minds from such distempers foul 
 
 Are ever clear. Whereof he soon aware, 
 
 Each perturbation smooth 'd with outward calm, 120 
 
 Artificer of fraud ; and was the first 
 
 That practised falsehood under saintly show, 
 
 Deep malice to conceal, couch'd with revenge : 
 
 Yet not enough had practised to deceive 
 
 Uriel once warn'd ; whose eye pursued him down 126 
 
 The way he went, and on th' Assyrian mount 
 
 Saw him disfigured more than could befall 
 
 Spirit of happy sort ; his gestures fierce 
 
 He mark'd and mad demeanour, then alone, 
 
 As he supposed, all unobserved, unseen. 130 
 
 So on he fares, and to the border comes 
 
 Of Eden, where delicious Paradise, 
 
 Now nearer, crowns with her inclosure green, 
 
 As with a rural mound, the champaign head 
 
 Of a steep wilderness, whose hairy sides 135 
 
 With thicket overgrown, grotesque and wild, 
 
 Access deny'd ; and over head up grew, 
 
 123. Couch 1 d : Lying close. 
 
 126. Milton places Eden in Assyria (210, 285), and Niphates was in the 
 neighbourhood of Eden, III. 742 j IV. 27. 
 
 131. Faret: Goes, travels. 
 
 132. Satan has now arrived at the border of Eden, where he has a nearer 
 prospect of Paradise, which the poet represents as situated in a champaign 
 
 (level) country, upon the top of a steep hill, called the Mount of Paradise. 
 The sides of this hill were overgrown with thickets and bushes, so as not to 
 be passable ; and overhead, above these, on the sides of the hill, likewise, 
 grew the loftiest trees, and as they ascended in ranks, shade above shade, 
 they formed a kind of natural theatre, the rows of trees rising one above 
 another in the same manner as the benches in the theatres and places of 
 public shows. And yet higher than the highest of these trees grew up the 
 ttrdurout (verdant) wall of Paradise, a green enclosure like a rural mound 
 like a bank set with a hedge ; but this hedge grew not up so high as to hinder 
 Adam 1 & prospect into (view of) the neighbouring country below (nether em- 
 pire). Above this hedge, or green xi//, grew a circling row of thn finest 
 fruit trees ; and the only entrance into Paradise was a gate on the eastern 
 side. N
 
 BOOK IV. 159 
 
 Insuperable height of loftiest shade, 
 
 Cedar, and pine, and fir, and branching palm ; 
 
 A sylvan scene ; and as the ranks ascend 140 
 
 Shade above shade, a woody theatre 
 
 Of stateliest view. Yet higher than their tops 
 
 The verdurous wall of Paradise up sprung ; 
 
 Which to our gen'ral sire gave prospect large 
 
 Into his nether empire neighb'ring round : 145 
 
 And higher than that wall a circling row 
 
 Of goodliest trees loaden with fairest fruit, 
 
 Blossoms and fruits at once of golden hue, 
 
 Appear'd with gay enamel'd colours mix'd : 
 
 On which the Sun more glad inipress'd his beams 150 
 
 Than in fair ev'ning cloud, or humid bow, 
 
 When God hath show'r'd the earth : so lovely seem'd 
 
 That landskip : and of pure now purer air 
 
 Meets his approach, and to the heart inspires 
 
 Vernal delight and joy, able to drive 155 
 
 All sadness but despair : now gentle gales, 
 
 Fanning their odorif'rous wings, dispense 
 
 Native perfumes, and whisper whence they stole 
 
 140. A sylvan scene : We are reminded of the beautiful lilies of Virgil, 
 JE.li. i. 164 : 
 
 " Turn silvis sccna coruscis 
 Desuper, borrentique atrum nemus imminet umbra.*' 
 
 148. Fruits : It would accord better with V. 341 ; IV. 249, 422 ; VII. 
 324 ; VIII. 307, to read fruit. The singular is used to denote hanging fruit, 
 the plural gathered. 
 
 153. Landskip : The originals from which Milton has borrowed in describ- 
 ing this landscape, are the gardens of Alcinous, and the shady grotto of 
 Calypso, by Homer ; the garden of Paradise, by Ariosto ; of Armida, by 
 Tasso; and of Venus, by Marino; and of the Bower of Bliss, by Spenser; 
 but competent judges affirm that the copy greatly transcends in beauty the 
 originals. 
 
 158. This fine passage is taken from as fine a one in Shakspeare's Twelfth 
 Night : 
 
 " like the sweet south 
 
 That breathes upon a bank of violets, 
 Stealing ani giving odour."
 
 160 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Those balmy spoils. As when to them who sail 
 Beyond the Cape of Hope, and now are past 160 
 
 Mozambique, off at sea north-east winds blow 
 Sabean odours from the spicy shore 
 Of Araby the Blest ; with such delay 
 Well pleased they slack their course, and many a league 
 Cheer'd with the grateful smell old Ocean smiles : 165 
 
 So entertain'd those odorous sweets the Fiend 
 Who came their bane, though with them better pleased 
 Than Asmodeus with the fishy fume 
 That drove him, though enamour'd, from the spouse 
 Of Tobit's son, and with a vengeance sent 170 
 
 From Media post to Egypt, there fast bound. 
 Now to th' ascent of that steep savage hill 
 Satan had journey 'd on, pensive and slow ; 
 But further way found none, so thick intwined, 
 As one continued brake, the undergrowth 175 
 
 Of shrubs and tangling bushes had perplex'd 
 All path of man or beast that pass'd that way : 
 One gate there only was, and that look'd east 
 On th' other side ; which when th' arch-felon saw, 
 Due entrance he disdain 'd, and in contempt, 180 
 
 This expression of the air's stealing and dispersing the sweets of flowers, 
 is very common in the best Italian poets. N. 
 
 162. Sabean odour* : In Ovington's voyage to Surat (1696) , is the following 
 passage, p. 55 : " We were pleased with the prospect of this island, because 
 we had been long strangers to such a sight ; and it gratified us with the 
 fragrant smells which were wafted from the shore, from whence, at three 
 leagues' distance, we scented the odours of flowers and fresh herbs ; and, what 
 is very observable, when, after a tedious stretch at sea, we have deemed our- 
 selves to be near land by our observation and course, our smell in dark and 
 misty weather has outdone the acuteness of our sight, and we have discov- 
 ered land by the fresh smells, before we discovered it with our eyes." 
 
 Sabean, from Saba, a city and country of Arabia Felix, celebrated for its 
 frankincense. 
 
 168. jitmodau : The Jewish name of an evil spirit ; the demon of vanity 
 or of dress. 
 
 170. Tobti'* MM: See the Book of Tobit, in the Apocrypha, or Kitto'i 
 Bib. Cyclop. Art. Tobit, where the incidents adverted to are set forth.
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 161 
 
 At one slight bound high overleap'd all bound 
 
 Of hill or highest wall, and sheer within 
 
 Lights on his feet. As when a prowling wolf, 
 
 Whom hunger drives to seek new haunt for prey, 
 
 Watching where shepherds pen their flocks at eve 185 
 
 In hurdled cots amid the field secure, 
 
 Leaps o'er the fence with ease into the fold : 
 
 Or as a thief bent to unhoard the cash 
 
 Of some rich burgher, whose substantial doors, 
 
 Cross-barr'd and bolted fast, fear no assault, 190 
 
 In at the window climbs, or o'er the tiles : 
 
 So clomb this first grand thief into God's fold ; 
 
 So since into his church lewd hirelings climb. 
 
 Thence up he flew, and on the tree of life, 
 
 The middle tree and highest there that grew, 195 
 
 Sat like a cormorant ; yet not true life 
 
 181. jit one slight bound, fyc. : His bounding over the walls of Paradise ; 
 his sitting in the shape of a cormorant upon the tree of life, which stood in 
 the centre of it, and overtopped all the other trees of the garden ; his alight- 
 ing among the herd of animals, which are so beautifully represented as play- 
 ing about Adam and Eve ; together with his transforming himself into dif- 
 ferent shapes, in order to hear their conversation, are circumstances that 
 give an agreeable surprise to the reader, and are devised with great art, to 
 connect that series of adventures in which the poet has engaged this artificer 
 of fraud. A. 
 
 182. Sheer : At once. 
 
 183-88. The comparison of Satan to a wolf, and to a thief, is derived from 
 John x. 1. 
 
 192. Clomb: Climbed. 
 
 193. Lewd : This word, in the time of Milton, was used in a wider sense 
 than at present to signify profane, impious, wicked, as well as wanton 
 I. 490 ; VI. 182. 
 
 196. Sat like a cormorant : The thought of Satan's transformation into a 
 cormorant, and placing himself on the tree of life, seems raised upon that 
 passage in the Iliad, where two deities are described as perching on the top 
 of an oak in the shape of vultures. A. 
 
 The cormorant is a voracious sea-bird. Dr. Geo. Campbell remarks that 
 if for cormorant Milton had said " bird of prey," which would have equally 
 suited both the meaning and the measure, the image would have been 
 weaker than by this specification. The more general the terms are, the pic- 
 ture is the weaker ; the more special they are, it is the brighter. 
 
 K.
 
 162 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Thereby regain'd, but sat devising death 
 
 To them who lived ; nor on the virtue thought 
 
 Of that life-giving plant, but only used 
 
 For prospect, what well used had been the pledge 200 
 
 Of immortality. So little knows 
 
 Any, but God alone, to value right 
 
 The good before him, but perverts best things 
 
 To worst abuse, or to their meanest use. 
 
 Beneath him, with new wonder, now he views 205 
 
 To all delight of human sense exposed 
 
 In narrow room Nature's whole wealth, yea more, 
 
 A Heav'n on Earth : for blissful Paradise 
 
 Of God the garden was, by him in th' east 
 
 Of Eden planted ; Eden stretch'd her line 210 
 
 207-8. In reading the poet's exquisite description of the residence fitted 
 up for our first parents, it is a natural inquiry, How did he proceed in forming 
 it ? What was the mental process by which he elaborated so beautiful a de 
 scription, for he writes only from imagination ? 
 
 The steps by which he must have proceeded in creating his imaginary 
 garden, are thus felicitously described by Dugald Stewart (Works, vol. i. 360) 
 When he first proposed to himself that subject of description, it is reasonable 
 to suppose that a variety of 'the most striking scenes, which he had seen, 
 crowded into his mind. The association of ideas suggested them, and the 
 power of conception placed each of them before him with all its beauties 
 and imperfections. In every natural scene, if we destine it for any par- 
 ticular purpose, there are defects and redundancies which art may some- 
 times, but cannot always, correct. But the power of imagination is un- 
 limited. She can create and annihilate ; and dispose, at pleasure, her woods, 
 her rocks, and her rivers. Milton, accordingly, would not copy his Eden 
 from any one scene, but would select from each the features which were 
 most eminently beautiful. The power of abstraction enabled him to make 
 the separation, and taste directed him in the selection. Thus he was fur- 
 nished with his materials ; by a skilful combination of which, he has created 
 a landscape, more perfect, probably, in all its parts, than was ever realized 
 in nature, and, certainly, very different from anything which England ex- 
 hibited at the period when he wrote. It is a curious remark of Mr. Wai- 
 pole, that Milton's Eden is free from the defects of the old English garden, 
 and is imagined on the same principles which it was reserved for the pre- 
 sent age to carry into existence. 
 
 For a similar account of the above process, the reader may consult 
 Upham's Mental Philosophy, vol. i. pp. 300 8
 
 BOOK IV. 163 
 
 From Auran eastward to the royal tow'rs 
 
 Of great Seleucia, built by Grecian kings, 
 
 Or where the sons of Eden long before 
 
 Dwelt in Telassar. In this pleasant soil 
 
 His far more pleasant garden God ordain 'd ; 215 
 
 Out of the fertile ground he caused to grow 
 
 All trees of noblest kind for sight, smell, taste ; 
 
 And all amid them stood the tree of life, 
 
 High eminent, blooming ambrosial fruit 
 
 Of vegetable gold ; and next to life, 220 
 
 Our death, the tree of knowledge, grew fast by, 
 
 Knowledge of good bought dear by knowing ill. 
 
 Southward through Eden went a river large, 
 
 Nor changed his course, but thro' the shaggy hill 
 
 Pass'd underneath ingulfd ; for God had thrown 225 
 
 That mountain as his garden mould high raised 
 
 Upon the rapid current, which thro' veins 
 
 Of porous earth with kindly thirst up drawn, 
 
 Rose a fresh fountain, and with many a rill 
 
 Water'd the garden : thence united fell 230 
 
 Down the steep glade, and met the nether flood, 
 
 Which from his darksome passage now appears, 
 
 And now divided into four main streams, 
 
 211. j&uran : Or Hauran, a region of Syria south of Damascus, mentioned 
 in Ezek. xlvii. 16, 18. Under the Romans it was called Auranitis. 
 
 212. Seleucia : On the bank of the Tigris, forty-five miles north of ancient 
 Babylon. It was built by Seleucus, one of Alexander's generals, and was 
 the capital of the Macedonian conquests in Upper Asia. 
 
 214. Telassar : A country adjacent to Assyria, Is. xxxvii. 12. 
 
 219. Blooming ambrosial fruit : Producing fruit which is delightful both to 
 the taste and smell ; from ambrosia, a name for the food on which the gods 
 were fabled to subsist, and to which, along with nectar, they were believed to 
 owe their immortality. 
 
 233. Compare Gen. ii. 10. It is conjectured by Newton, that the river 
 formed by the combined waters of the Tigris and Euphrates, passed through 
 the garden; that this river was parted into four other main streams or 
 rivers, two above the garden, namely, Euphrates and Tigris before their junc- 
 tion, and two below the garden, the river separating into the rivers Eu- 
 phrates and Tigris, called, in the time of Moses, Pison and Gihon.
 
 164 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Runs diverse, wand'ring many a famous realm 
 
 And country, whereof here needs no account ; 235 
 
 But rather to tell how, if Art could tell, 
 
 How from that sapphire fount the crisped brooks, 
 
 "Rolling on orient pearl and sands of gold, 
 
 With mazy error under pendent shades 
 
 Ran nectar, visiting each plant, and fed 240 
 
 Flow'rs, worthy of Paradise, which not nice Art 
 
 In beds and curious knots, but Nature boon 
 
 Pour'd forth profuse on hill, and dale, and plain, 
 
 Both where the morning Sun first warmly smote 
 
 The open field, and where the unpierced shade 246 
 
 Imbrown'd the noontide bow'rs. Thus was this place 
 
 A happy rural seat of various view ; 
 
 Groves whose rich trees wept od'rous gums and balm, 
 
 Others whose fruit burnish'd with golden rind 
 
 Hung amiable, Hesperian fables true, 250 
 
 If true, here only, and of delicious taste ; 
 
 234. Wandering : Travelling over in no direct course. 
 
 237. Critped : Curling, or rippling. 238. Orient : Glittering. 
 
 239. Pendent : Impending, overhanging. 
 
 242. Boon: Bountiful. 
 
 246. Imbrown'd: Darkened. 
 
 248. Wept : A beautiful personification. Compare Ovid, Met. z. 500 
 
 250-51. Hetperian fable * true, if true, here only: Dr. Pierce would in- 
 clude these words in a parenthesis, to avoid the objection of Dr. Bentley, 
 that the poets represented the Hesperian apples of solid gold, and, conse- 
 quently, they could not be of deliciou* tcute. Fable*: Stories, as in XI. 11. 
 What is said of the Hesperian gardens, is true here only ; if all is not pure 
 invention, this garden is meant ; and, moreover, these fruits have a delicious 
 taste, while those had none. N. 
 
 The legends concerning these gardens, are quite various. Kitto, in a 
 recent work, has shown that they originated, probably, in the traditions 
 which had been handed down concerning Paradise, from the earliest ages, 
 corrupted and modified, of course, as might be expected. 
 
 Of the garden of the Hesperides (says he) we read, that being situated at the 
 extreme limit of the then known Africa, it was said to have been shut in by 
 Atlas on every side by lofty mountains, on account of an ancient oracle that 
 a ion of the Deity would, at a certain time, arrive, open a way of access
 
 BOOK IV. 165 
 
 Betwixt them lawns, or level downs, and flocks 
 Grazing the tender herb, were interposed, 
 Or palmy hillock ; or the flow'ry lap 
 
 Of some irriguous valley spread her store, 255 
 
 Flow'rs of all hue, and without thorn the rose : 
 Another side, umbrageous grots and caves 
 Of cool recess, o'er which the mantling vine 
 Lays forth her purple grape, and gently creeps 
 Luxuriant : mean while murm'ring waters fall 260 
 
 Down the slope hills, dispersed, or in a lake, 
 That to the fringed bank with myrtle crown'd 
 Her crystal mirror holds, unite their streams. 
 
 thither, and carry off the golden apples which hung on a mysterious tree in 
 the midst of the garden. Having procured access to the garden, the hero de- 
 stroyed the watchful serpent that kept the tree, and gathered the apples. 
 Here we have a strange mixture of the internal and external incidents of 
 Paradise, the ideas of the primeval people viewing from without the Eden 
 from which they were excluded, and coveting its golden fruits, mixed up with 
 those which belong properly to the fall, the serpent, and the tree of life, or 
 of the tree of knowledge for in these old traditions the trees are not so well 
 distinguished as in the Mosaic account. In this legend of Hercules the idea 
 seems to be, that the access to the tree of life is impossible, till the Son of 
 God opens the way, and overcomes the serpent, by whom that access is pre- 
 vented. 
 
 It deserves remark also, that in most of those accounts of the dragon or 
 serpent, whom the heathen regarded as the source of evil, and which could 
 be vanquished only by the Son of God in human form, he is called Typhon 
 or Python, a word which signifies u to over-persuade, to deceive." Now this 
 very name Pitho, or Python, designates the great deceiver of mankind. 
 When the damsel at Philippi is said (Acts xvi. 16) to have been possessed 
 by " a spirit of divination," it is called in the original ' a spirit of Python ;" 
 manifestly showing that the pagan Python was and could be no other than 
 " that Old Serpent, called the Devil and Satan, which deceiveth the whole 
 world." Rev. xii. 9. 
 
 255. Irrigwnu: Watered. 
 
 256. Without thorn, tfc. : Thorns and thistles were not brought forth until 
 the curse was denounced for the sin of man. 
 
 257. Another tide (was) umbrageous, tfc. : That is, on another side were 
 umbrageous (shady) grots, &c. 
 
 261-63. The water* fall disperted, or unite their streams in a lake, that 
 presf-nts her clear looking-glass, holds her crystal mirror, to the fringed
 
 166 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The birds their choir apply ; airs, vernal airs, 
 
 Breathing the smell of field and grove, attune 265 
 
 The trembling leaves, while universal Pan, 
 
 Knit with the Graces and the Hours in dance, 
 
 Led on th' eternal spring. Not that fair field 
 
 Of Enna, where Proserpine gath'ring flow'rs, 
 
 Herself a fairer flow'r by gloomy Dis 270 
 
 Was gather'd, which cost Ceres all that pain 
 
 To seek her through the world, nor that sweet grove 
 
 Of Daphne by Orontes, and th' inspired 
 
 bank crowned with myrtle. It is usual with the poets (as here and in III. 
 359) to personify lakes and rivers. N. 
 
 265. jittunt : Make musical. 
 
 266-67. White univertal Pan, Sfc. : That is, while universal Nature, linked 
 with the graceful seasons, danced a perpetual round, and throughout the 
 Earth, yet unjwlluted, led eternal spring. All the poets favour the idea of 
 the world's creation in the spring. Georg. ii. 338 ; Ovid. Met. i. 107. H. 
 
 Pan: The name signifies the whole or a//, this mythological god being 
 considered the god of all the natural world. He was the god of shep 
 herds. The woods and mountains of Arcadia, in Greece, were sacred to 
 him. 
 
 The Groeei, in classical mythology, were three beautiful sisters, com 
 panions of Venus. They presided over scenes of gaiety and amusement 
 and are regarded as a personification of all that is beautiful in the physical 
 and social world. 
 
 The Hour* were at first guardian goddesses of the three seasons into 
 which the ancient Greeks divided the year ; afterwards the hours of the day 
 were committed to their charge. In the moral world, they became the ap- 
 pointed guardians of law, justice, and peace, which are the producers of ordei 
 and harmony among men. 
 
 Enna : A Sicilian city, the principal site of the worship, of Ceres, the god- 
 dess of grain and harvests. Her daughter Proserpine, while sporting in the 
 fertile fields of Enna, with the ocean-nymphs, was stretching forth her hand 
 to lay hold of a narcissus of great size and beauty, having a hundred flowers 
 growing from a single root, when, suddenly, the earth opened, the god of the 
 infernal world Dit or Pluto, by name ascended in a golden chariot, and 
 carried off the terrified goddess, to be the mistress of his dominions. Her 
 mother, ignorant of the mode of her abduction, or place of her abode, wan- 
 dered in frantic grief over the earth in pursuit of her, until she inquired of 
 the god Heliut (the Sun>, who gave her the information sought 
 
 273-74. Daphne : A beautiful grove of cypresses and bay-trees, five mile 
 from Antioch, in Syria, and near the river Orontes. It received freshnen
 
 BOOK IV 167 
 
 Castalian spring, might with this Paradise 
 
 Of Eden strive ; nor that Nyseian isle 275 
 
 Girt with the river Triton, where old Cham, 
 
 Whom Gentiles Ainmon call and Lybian Jove, 
 
 Hid Arualthea and her florid son 
 
 Young Bacchus from his step-dame Rhea's eye ; 
 
 Nor where Abassin kings their issue guard, 280 
 
 Mount Amara, though this by some supposed 
 
 True Paradise under the Ethiop line 
 
 By Nilus' head, inclosed with shining rock, 
 
 A whole day's journey high, but wide remote 
 
 From this Assyrian garden, where the Fiend 285 
 
 Saw undelighted all delight, all kind 
 
 Of living creatures, new to sight, and strange. 
 
 and beauty from a number of fountains which it contained ; and thus became 
 a favourite resort for the citizens of Antioch. 
 
 The Castalian spring, on Mount Parnassus, was used for purposes of divi- 
 nation by the priestess of Apollo. There was another fountain of the 
 same name near Daphne, which, as the story is, gave to those who drank its 
 waters, a knowledge of futurity. To this the poet may refer. 
 
 275-79. Cham, or Ham, son of Noah, called by the Gentiles Amman, or 
 Hanution, was a name given to Jupiter as worshipped in Lybia ; it is derived 
 from a Greek word signifying sand. 
 
 Amalthea was a beautiful maiden, of whom he became enamoured, which 
 event awakened the jealousy of Rhea. The isle to which Amalthea and 
 her son Bacchus were conveyed, is called Nyseian from Nysaeus, a surname 
 of Bacchus ; it is formed by the river Triton, and is described as possessing 
 verdant meads, abundant springs, all sorts of trees and flowers, which evei 
 resounded with the melody of birds. 
 
 281. Amara, or Amhara, the highest portion of the Abassin (Abyssin, or 
 Abyssinian) country. Its kings there placed their children for safe keeping. 
 The mount is said to have been inclosed with alabaster rocks, and to hav* 
 required a day to ascend it. 
 
 287. Two of far nobler shape : The description of Adam and Eve, as the) 
 first appeared to Satan, is exquisitely drawn, and sufficient to make the fallei 
 angel gaze upon them with all that astonishment, and those emotions of envj 
 which are attributed to him. A. 
 
 Dr. Thomas Reid has well observed upon this passage, that the great potr 
 derives the beauty of the first pair in Paradise from those expressions CT 
 moral and intellectual qualities which appeared in their outward form ana 
 demeanour.
 
 168 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Two of far nobler shape erect and tall, 
 
 Godlike erect, with native honour clad 
 
 In naked majesty scein'd lords of all, 290 
 
 And worthy scein'd ; for in their looks divine 
 
 The image of their glorious Maker shone, 
 
 Truth, wisdom, sanctitude severe and pure, 
 
 (Severe but in true filial freedom placed), 
 
 Whence true authority in men ; though both 295 
 
 Not equal, as their sex not equal seem'd 
 
 For contemplation he and valour form'd ; 
 
 For softness she and sweet attractive grace ; 
 
 He for God only, she for God in him : 
 
 His fair large front and eye sublime, declared 300 
 
 Absolute rule ; and hyacinthine locks 
 
 Round from his parted forelock manly hung 
 
 Clust'ring, but not beneath his shoulders broad 
 
 She, as a veil down to the slender waist, 
 
 Her unadorned golden tresses wore 305 
 
 Dishevell'd, but in wanton ringlets waved 
 
 As the vine curls her tendrils ; which imply'd 
 
 Subjection, but required with gentle sway, 
 
 And by her yielded, by him best received ; 
 
 Yielded with coy submission, modest pride, 310 
 
 299. For God in him: Or, as some more justly would write it " for God 
 and him." Compare 440 ; X. 150, and 1 Cor. xi. 7. 
 
 302. Hyacinthine lockt : Dark brown. 
 
 303. It 'u remarkable that no beard is given to Adam. The poet must 
 have judged him more comely without one ; or his ideas may have been 
 guided by the great Italian painters, who always represent Adam without a 
 beard. 
 
 905. Golden treuet : Tresses of a golden hue. The beautiful women of 
 antiquity are generally described as having locks of this colour. The god- 
 dess of beauty is hence styled by Horace and Virgil the golden Venus. Mil- 
 ton's taste was conformed to that of the ancients ; and besides, it is said that 
 his wife had golden hair, whom, therefore, he may have designed to compli- 
 ment by forming Eve like her in this respect, which is the more probable, 
 if it is certain (as Newton affirms) that he drew the portrait of Adam not 
 without regard to his own person, of which he had no mean opinion. 
 
 307. Which implied, tfe. Compare 1 Cor. xi
 
 BOOK IV. 169 
 
 And sweet reluctant amorous delay. 
 
 Nor those mysterious parts were then conceal'd ; 
 
 Then was not guilty shame, dishonest shame 
 
 Of Nature's works ; honour dishonourable, 
 
 Sin-bred, how have ye troubled all mankind 815 
 
 With shows instead, mere shows of seeming pure, 
 
 And banish'd from man's life his happiest life, 
 
 Simplicity and spotless innocence ! 
 
 So pass'd they naked on, nor shunn'd the sight 
 
 Of God or Angel, for they thought no ill. 820 
 
 So hand in hand they pass'd, the loveliest pair 
 
 That ever since in love's embraces met ; 
 
 Adam the goodliest man of men since born 
 
 His sons ; the fairest of her daughters Eve. 
 
 Under a tuft of shade that on a green 325 
 
 Stood whispering soft, by a fresh fountain side 
 
 They sat them down ; and after no more toil 
 
 Of their sweet gard'ning labour than sufficed 
 
 To recommend cool Zephyr, and made ease 
 
 More easy, wholesome thirst and appetite 330 
 
 More grateful, to their supper-fruits they fell, 
 
 314. Honour dishonourable : An allusion to 1 Cor. xii. 23. The honour 
 bestowed by dress is really a dishonour, being a memorial of the fall of our 
 first parents, and of our own depravity. 
 
 315. Ye : Newton prefers to read you, on the ground that the address is 
 made to shame only. 
 
 323-24. These lines are an example of the solecism, and, strictly inter- 
 preted, would mean that Adam was one of his own sons, and Eve one of her 
 own daughters ; an evident absurdity. But the mode of expression resembles 
 that which is often found in Latin and Greek authors, when they use the 
 superlative for the comparative degree. It only means that Adam was the 
 goodliest man when compared with his sons, and that Eve was fairer than 
 any of her daughters-. Achilles is by Homer said to be " the most short-lived 
 of others," and Nireus to have been " the most elegant of the other Grecians ;" 
 and Diana is said, by one of the poets, to be " the most beautiful of her at- 
 tendants," that is, more beautiful than any of her attendants. 
 
 327. They tat them down, Ifc, : There is a fine spirit of poetry in the linet 
 that follow, wherein they are described as sitting on a bed of flowers by the 
 fide of a fountain, amidst a mixed assembly of animals. A. 
 
 Sat is used for itated.
 
 170 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Nectarine fruits which the compliant boughs 
 
 Yielded them, side-long as they sat recline 
 
 On the soft downy bank dainask'd with flow'rs. 
 
 The savoury pulp they chew, and in the rind 335 
 
 Still as they thirsted scoop the brimming stream ; 
 
 Nor gentle purpose, nor endearing smiles 
 
 Wanted, nor youthful dalliance as beseems 
 
 Fair couple link'd in happy nuptial league, 
 
 Alone as they. About them frisking play'd 340 
 
 All beasts of th' earth, since wild, and of all chase 
 
 In wood or wilderness, forest or den : 
 
 Sporting the lion rauipM, and in his paw 
 
 Dandled the kid ; bears, tigers, ounces, pards, 
 
 Gambol'd before them ; th' unwieldly elephant, 345 
 
 To make them mirth, used all his might, and wreath'd 
 
 His lithe proboscis ; close the serpent sly 
 
 Insinuating, wove with Gordian twine 
 
 His braided train, and of his fatal guile 
 
 Gave proof unheeded ; others on the grass 350 
 
 Couch'd, and now fill'd with pasture, gazing sat, 
 
 Or bedward ruminating ; for the Sun, 
 
 332. Compliant : Bending. 333. Recline : In a leaning posture. 
 
 334. Damatked: Variegated. 
 
 341. Cheat: Chased those taken in hunting. 
 
 341. Ramped: Frolicked. 347. Litht: Flexible. 
 
 348. Intinuating : Creeping or winding in. 
 
 348. Gordian ticlne, or twisting. An allusion is here made to the famous 
 knot of Gordius, a Phrygian king. The knot which tied the yoke of his 
 chariot to the draught tree was made in so artful a manner, that the ends of 
 the cord could not be perceived. This circumstance gave rise to a report 
 that the empire of Asia was promised by the oracle to the man who could 
 untie the Gordian knot. Alexander, in passing Gordium. cut the knot with 
 his sword, and by that act claimed his right to universal authority. 
 
 Braided train: In other editions, breaded; interwoven or twisted tail. 
 
 351. Couch'd : Lay. This word is placed in such a manner as to require 
 resting of the voice upon it. and thus to make it doubly expressive. It is 
 not common to have the rest occur, as hero. <-n the first syllable of the line. 
 
 352. Bedward ruminating: Chewing the cud before going to rest. HUM*
 
 BOOK IV. 171 
 
 Declined, was hasting now with prone career 
 To th' ocean isles, aud in th' ascending scale 
 Of Heav'n the stars that usher cv'ning rose : 355 
 
 When Satan still in gaze, as first he stood, 
 Scarce thus at length fail'd speech recover'd sad : 
 Hell ! what do mine eyes with grief behold ! 
 Into our room of bliss thus high advanced 
 Creatures of other mould, earth-born perhaps, 360 
 
 Not Spirits, yet to heav'nly Spirits bright 
 Little inferior ; whom my thoughts pursue 
 With wonder, and could love, so lively shines 
 In them divine resemblance, and such grace 
 The Hand that form'd them on their shape hath pour d. 365 
 Ah, gentle pair, ye little tbink how nigh 
 Your change approaches, when all these delights 
 Will vanish and deliver ye to woe, 
 More woe, the more your taste is now of joy ! 
 Happy, but for so happy ill secured 370 
 
 Long to continue, and this high seat your Heav'n 
 HI fenced for Heay'n to keep out such a foe 
 As now is enter'd ; yet no purposed foe 
 To you, whom I could pity thus forlorn 
 
 Though I unpitied : League with you I seek) 375 
 
 And mutual amity so strait, so close, 
 
 353. Prone: Descending. 
 
 354. To the ocean islet : The islands in the western ocean. That the sun 
 eel in the sea and rose out of it again, was an ancient poetic notion, and has 
 become part of the phraseology of poetry. And in ascending scale of Heaven : 
 The balance of Heaven, or Libra, is one of the twelve signs ; and when the 
 sun is in that sign, as he is at the autumnal equinox, the days and nights are 
 equal, as if weighed in a balance : 
 
 "Libra, dici somnique pares ubi fecerit hoi as." 
 
 VIBO Georg. i. 208. 
 
 And hence our author seems to have borrowed his metaphor of the scales of 
 Heaven, weighing night and day, the one ascending as the other sinks. N. 
 
 357. With difficulty, and. not till after a long time, he recovered the power 
 of speech, which had failed him, through astonishment and sadiess.in view 
 of Adam and Eve. 
 
 362. Ps. viii. 5 ; Heb. ii. 7.
 
 172 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 That T with you must dwell, or you with me 
 
 Henceforth. My dwelling haply may not please, 
 
 Like this fair Paradise, your sense ; yet such 
 
 Accept your Maker's work ; he gave it me, 380 
 
 Which I as freely give : Hell shall unfold, 
 
 To entertain you two, her widest gates, 
 
 And send forth all her kings ; there will be room, 
 
 Not like these narrow limits, to receive 
 
 Your num'rous offspring ; if no hotter place, 385 
 
 Thank him who puts me loath to this revenge 
 
 On you who wrong me not, for him who wrong'd. 
 
 And should I at your harmless innocence 
 
 Melt, as I do, yet public reason just, 
 
 Honour and empire with revenge enlarged, 390 
 
 By conqu'ring this new world, compels me now 
 
 To do what else, though damn'd, I should abhor. 
 
 So spake the Fiend, and with necessity, 
 The tyrant's plea, excused his dev'lish deeds. 
 Then from his lofty stand on that high tree 395 
 
 Down he alights among the sportful herd 
 Of those four-footed kinds, himself now one, 
 Now other, as their shape served best his end 
 Nearer to view his prey, and unespy'd 
 
 To mark what of their state he more might learn 400 
 
 By word or action mark'd ; about them round 
 A lion now he stalks with fiery glare ; 
 Then as a tiger, who by chance hath spy'd 
 In some purlieu two gentle fawns at play, 
 
 386. Loath: Reluctant. 
 
 389-94. Public reason a pleaded in justification of his diabolical and cruel 
 operations ; that reason consisting in a regard to honour, and the enlargement 
 of his empire under the influence of revenge. Nereuity is by Milton called 
 the tyrant- * plea, probably with a view, as Newton thinks, to his own times, 
 particularly to the plea for ship-money. 
 
 395. High tree: The tree of life (198) on which he had been standing for 
 fome time. He is properly described as assuming the form of the lion and 
 the tiger ; while the innocent Adam and Eve, destined to be his prey, arc 
 compared fitly to two gentle fan- m. 
 
 404. Purlieu (_nwr. puri". lint, place) pUco free (from trees); a limited
 
 BOOK IV. 173 
 
 Straight couches close, then rising changes oft 405 
 
 His couchant watch, as one who chose his ground 
 
 Whence rushing he might surest seize them both 
 
 Griped in each paw : when Adam, first of men 
 
 To first of women Eve, thus moving speech, 
 
 Turn'd him all ear to hear new utt'rance flow : 410 
 
 Sole partner, and sole part, of all these joys, 
 Dearer thyself than all ; needs must the Pow'r 
 That made us, and for us this ample world, 
 Be infinitely good, and of his good 
 
 As liberal and free as infinite ; 415 
 
 That raised us from the dust, and placed us here 
 In all this happiness, who at his hand 
 Have nothing merited, nor can perform 
 Aught whereof he hath need ; he who requires 
 From us no other service than to keep 420 
 
 This one, this easy charge, of all the trees 
 In Paradise that bear delicious fruit 
 
 pace. This word was originally applied to that part of a royal forest which 
 had been severed from the rest, and made pure, or free from the forest or 
 game laws. 
 
 406. Couchant : Reclining. 
 
 409. Speech : The speeches of these first two lovers flow equally from pas- 
 sion and sincerity. The professions they make to one another are full of 
 warmth, but at the same time founded upon truth. In a word, they are the 
 gallantries of Paradise. A. 
 
 411. Sole part, of all, tfc.: Of, here (as frequently in Milton), signifies 
 among. The sense is : among all these joys thou alone art my partner, and 
 (what is more) thou alone art part of me, as in 487 : 
 
 " Pan of my soul I seek thee, and thce claim 
 My other half." 
 
 PEARCK. 
 
 421. Easy charge : It was very natural for Adam to enter upon this topic, 
 and it was one that Satan was most interested in hearing him discuss. Gen. 
 ii. 16; i. 28. 
 
 422. In Paradite, $c. : There is scarce a speech of Adam or Eve in the 
 whole poem wherein the .-cntiments and allusions are not taken from this 
 their delightful habitation. The reader, during their whole course of action, 
 always finds himself in the walks of Paradise. In short, as the critics have
 
 174 PARADISE LOBT. 
 
 So various, not to taste that only tree 
 Of knowledge, planted by the tree of life ; 
 So near grows death to life, whatever death is, 425 
 
 Some dreadful thing no doubt ; for well thou know'st 
 God hath pronounced it death to taste that tree, 
 The only sign of our obedience left 
 Among so many signs of pow'r and rule 
 
 Conferr'd upon us, and dominion giv'n 430 
 
 Over all other creatures that possess 
 Earth, air, and sea. Then let us not think hard 
 One easy prohibition, who enjoy 
 Free leave so large to all things else, and choice 
 Unlimited of manifold delights : 435 
 
 But let us ever praise him, and extol 
 His bounty, following our delightful task 
 . To prune these growing plants, and tend these flow'rs ; 
 Which, were it toilsome, yet with thee were sweet. 
 
 To whom thus Eve reply'd : thou for whom 440 
 
 And from whom I was form'd flesh of thy flesh, 
 And without whom am to no end, my guide 
 And head, what thou hast said is just and right. 
 For we to him indeed all praises owe, 
 
 And daily thanks ; I chiefly who enjoy 445 
 
 So far the happier lot, enjoying thee 
 Pre-eminent by so much odds, while thou 
 Like consort to thyself canst no where find. 
 
 remarked, that in those poems wherein shepherds are the actors, the thoughts 
 ought always to take a tincture from the woods, fields, and rivers ; so we may 
 observe that our first parents seldom lose sight of their happy station in any* 
 hing they speak or do ; their thoughts are always " Paradisaical." A. 
 
 440. / oft remember : From this and other passages we learn that Milton 
 considered the period of innocence as covering many days. Compare IV. 
 639, 680, 712 ; V. 31, &C. 
 
 449. That day, tfc. : The remaining part of Eve's speech, in whith she gives 
 an account of herself upon her first creation, and the manner in which she 
 was brought to Adam, is as beautiful a passage as any in Milton, or perhaps 
 in any other author whatsoever. These passages are til worked off with 
 so much art, that they are capable of pleasing the most delicate reader, with* 
 out offending the most severe. A.
 
 BOOK IV. 175 
 
 That day I oft remember, when from sleep 
 
 I first awaked, and found myself reposed 460 
 
 Under a shade on flow'rs, much wond'ring where 
 
 And what I was, whence thither brought, and how. 
 
 Not distant far from thence a murm'ring sound 
 
 Of waters issued from a cave, and spread 
 
 Into a liquid plain, then stood unmoved 455 
 
 Pure as th' expanse of Heav'n. I thither went 
 
 With unexperienced thought, and laid me down 
 
 On the green bank, to look into the clear 
 
 Smooth lake, that to me seem'd another sky. 
 
 As I bent down to look, just opposite 460 
 
 A shape within the wat'ry gleam appear'd, 
 
 Bending to look on me. I started back ; 
 
 It started back : but pleased I soon return 'd ; 
 
 Pleased it return'd as soon with answ'ring looks 
 
 Of sympathy and love : there I had fix'd 465 
 
 Mine eyes till now, and pined with vain desire, 
 
 Had not a voice thus warn'd me. What thou seest, 
 
 What there thou seest, fair Creature, is thyself ; 
 
 With thee it came and goes : but follow me, 
 
 And I will bring thee where no shadow stays 470 
 
 Thy coming, and thy soft embraces, he 
 
 Whose image thou art ; him thou shalt enjoy 
 
 Inseparably thine : to him shalt bear 
 
 450. Awaked: As death is often compared to sleep, so our coining into life 
 may well be likened to awaking. Adam speaks in the same figure, VIII. 
 253, which passage should be compared with this. N. 
 
 465-6. There I had fixed my eyes till now^ Sfc. : A writer in Addison's Spec- 
 tator rather shrewdly asks, whether there may not be some moral couched 
 under the lines in this connection, where the poet lets us know that the first 
 woman, immediately after her creation, ran to a looking-glass, and became 
 so enamoured of her own face, that she never would have removed to view 
 any of the other works of nature, had she not been led off to a man. The 
 poet seems to have had in view the story of Narcissus in Ovid, Met. Hi. 457, 
 but has made a much better one. 
 
 470-72. A r o shadow may be considered as included in a parenthesis. The 
 entence may accordingly be read thus : Where he (no shadow) , whose image 
 thou art, awaits thy coining and thy soft embraces.
 
 176 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 
 
 Multitudes like thyself, and thence be call'd 
 
 Mother of Human liace. What could I do 475 
 
 But follow straight, invisibly thus led ? 
 
 Till I espy'd thee, fair indeed and tall, 
 
 Under a platan ; yet inethought less fair, 
 
 Less winning soft, less amiably mild, 
 
 Than that smooth wat'ry image. Back I turn'd : 480 
 
 Thou following cry'dst aloud, Return, fair Eve ; 
 
 Whom fly'st thou ? whom thou fly'st, of him thou art ; 
 
 His flesh, his bone : to give thee being I lent 
 
 Out of my side to thee, nearest my heart 
 
 Substantial life, to have thee by my side 485 
 
 Henceforth an individual solace dear ; 
 
 Part of my soul I seek thee, and thee claim 
 
 My other half : with that thy gentle hand 
 
 Seized mine ; I yielded, and from that time see 
 
 How beauty is excell'd by manly grace 490 
 
 Aii'l wisdom, which alone is truly fair. 
 
 So spake our gen'ral mother, and with eyes 
 Of conjugal attraction unreproved, 
 
 478. Platan : From a Greek word signifying broad. The plane-tree, here 
 described, affords a refreshing and beautiful shade, from the great breadth of 
 its leaves. 
 
 487-88. Part of my $oul .... my other half: An imitation of Horace, Od. 
 i. 3, 8, u Animae dimidium meae." 
 
 490. Eve is not only represented as beautiful, but with conscious beauty. 
 She has a great idea of herself, and there is some difficulty in prevailing on 
 her to quit her own image, the first time she discovers its reflection in the 
 water. HAZLITT. 
 
 492. So tpakt our general mother, tfc. : A poet of less judgment and inven- 
 tion than this great author, would have found it very difficult to fill these 
 tender parts of the poem with sentiments proper for a state of innocence ; to 
 describe the warmth of love, and the professions of it, without artifice or hy- 
 perbole ;. to make the man speak the most endearing things without descend- 
 ing from his natural dignity, and the woman receiving them without depart- 
 ing from the modesty of her character : in a word, to adjust the prerogatives 
 of wisdom and beauty, and make each appear to the other in its proper force 
 and loveliness. This mutual subordination of the two sexes is wonderfully 
 kept up in the whole poem, as particularly in the preceding speech of Eve, 
 and upon the conclusion of it in the following lines.

 
 BOOK IV. 177 
 
 And meek surrender, half embracing lean'd 
 
 On our first father ; half her swelling breast 495 
 
 Naked met his under the flowing gold 
 
 Of her loose tresses hid : he in delight, 
 
 Both of her beauty and submissive charms, 
 
 Smiled with superior love, as Jupiter 
 
 On Juno smiles when he impregns the clouds 500 
 
 That shed May flow'rs ; and press'd her matron lip 
 
 With kisses pure. Aside the Devil turn'd 
 
 For envy, yet with jealous leer malign 
 
 Eyed them askance, and to himself thus 'plain'd : 
 
 Sight hateful ! sight tormenting ! thus these two, 505 
 
 Imparadiscd in one another's arms, 
 The happier Eden, shall enjoy their fill 
 Of bliss on bliss ; while I to Hell am thrust, 
 Where neither joy nor love, but fierce desire, 
 Among our other torments not the least, 510 
 
 Still unfulfill'd with pain of longing, pines. 
 Yet let me not forget what I have gain'd 
 From their own mouths : all is not theirs, it seems ; 
 One fatal tree there stands, of Knowledge call'd, 
 Forbidden them to taste : Knowledge forbidden ? 515 
 
 The poet adds that the devil turned away, with envy at the sight of so 
 m :h happiness. A. 
 
 499-501. Jupiter and Juno, the principal male and female divinities of the 
 heathen, are regarded sometimes as presiding over atmospheric phenomena, 
 such as rain, wind, &c., and also as representing the productive energies of 
 nature. Their marriage typified the union of Heaven and Earth in the fer- 
 tilizing rains. The poet here ascribes to them the sending of those rains 
 which produced the flowers of spring. The simile is drawn by Milton from 
 the 14th book of the Iliad, and from the Georgics of Virgil, ii. 335. Pretsed: 
 That is, Adam pressed her matron (married) lip. 
 
 500. Impregnt : Renders prolific. The word is pronounced impranet 
 
 503. Leer malign : A malignant, oblique look. 
 
 505. Jmparad ited : Enjoying a Paradise, placed in a condition resembling 
 that of Paradise. 
 
 509. IVhere, for where 1 *. Milton not unfrequently omits the verb ii, aa in 
 VIII. 621. 
 
 5)5. Knowledge forbidden : A most artful question from its generality, im- 
 8* L
 
 178 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Suspicious, reasonless. Why should their Lord 
 
 Envy them that ? Can it be sin to know ? 
 
 Can it be death ? And do they only stand 
 
 By ignorance ? Is that their happy state, 
 
 The proof of their obedience and their faith ? 520 
 
 O fair foundation laid whereon to build 
 
 Their ruin ! Hence I will excite their minds 
 
 With more desire to know, and to reject 
 
 Envious commands, invented with design 
 
 To keep them low whom knowledge might exalt 525 
 
 Equal with Gods : aspiring to be such, 
 
 They taste and die. What likelier can ensue ? 
 
 But first with narrow search I must walk round 
 
 This garden, and no corner leave unspy'd : 
 
 A chance but chance may lead where I may meet 330 
 
 Some wand'ring' Spirit of Heav'n by fountain side> 
 
 Or in thick shade retired, from him to draw 
 
 What further would be learn 'd. Live while ye may, 
 
 Yet happy pair ; enjoy, till I return, 
 
 Short pleasures, for long woes are to succeed. 535 
 
 So saying, his proud step he scornful turn'd, 
 But with sly circumspection, and began 
 Thro' wood, thro' waste, o'er hill, o'er dale, his roam. 
 Meanwhile in utmost longitude, where Heav'n 
 With earth and ocean* meets, the setting Sun 540 
 
 plying, falsely, that some useful knowledge had been forbidden, whereas, as 
 Newton observes, the only knowledge that was prohibited was the knowledge 
 of evil by the commission of it 
 
 530. A rhanct. iff. : Pearce would include in a parenthesis (but chattrt) , and 
 thus read the passage : a chanrt, and it can be only a chance, may lead, tft 
 But perhaps it is best to read it without alteration, and interpret it thus : 
 There is a chance, or possibility, that chance may lead. &c. Chance in the 
 second instance is personified. We apply the word to effects or events that 
 are produced by causes unknown, ot ftgPvgents not intending to produce them. 
 The word but is used improperly for that, as in Job xii. 2, u No douht but ye 
 are the people," &c. Addison abounds in the same faulty use of this word, 
 as for example : u There is no question but Milton had," &c. 
 
 539. Longitude: Length or distance, particularly east and west. See note 
 III. 555, 574.
 
 BOOK IV. . 179 
 
 Slowly descended, and with right aspect 
 
 Against the eastern gate of Paradise 
 
 Levell'd his ev'ning rays : it was a rock 
 
 Of alabaster, piled up to the clouds, 
 
 Conspicuous far, winding with one ascent 645 
 
 Accessible from earth, one entrance high ; 
 
 The rest was craggy cliff, that overhung 
 
 Still as it rose, impossible to climb. 
 
 Betwixt these rocky pillars Gabriel sat, 
 
 Chief of th' angelic guards, awaiting night ; 550 
 
 About him exercised heroic games 
 
 Th' unarmed youth of Heav'n, but nigh at hand 
 
 Celestial armoury, shields, helms, and spears, 
 
 Hung high with diamond flaming, and with gold. 
 
 Thither came Uriel, gliding through th' even 555 
 
 On a sun-beam, swift as a shooting star 
 
 541. Slowly descended: This contradicts 353, and therefore, instead of slowly, 
 lowly has been substituted by some. Dr. Pearce, however, would retain the 
 present reading, and explaias the difficulty by saying, that the sun descended 
 slowly at this time because Uriel, its angel, came on a sunbeam to Paradise 
 (556), and was to return on the same beam, which he could not have done if 
 the sun had moved on with its usual rapidity of course. 
 
 541. With right aspect : In a position directly facing. 
 
 548. Still as it rose : More and more as it rose in height. 
 
 549. Gabriel : One of the archangels (Dan. viii. 9 ; Luke i.) The name 
 ignifies the strength of God. 
 
 551. Heroic games: They watched only at night, and exercised themselves 
 rigorously duri/ig the day. So the infernal spirits were engaged, in the ab- 
 sence of Satan, II. 528. 
 
 555. Through the even : During the last decline of day ; or, through the 
 evening sky. 
 
 556. Swift as a shooting star : See Iliad iv. 74, where the descent o. 
 Minerva from Heaven is compared to the same object. 
 
 556. On a sun-beam, Sfc. : As Uriel was coming from the sun to the earth, 
 his traveling upon a sun-beam was in the most direct and level course that 
 he could take; for the sun's rays were now pointed right against the eastern 
 gate of Paradise, where Gabriel was -eitting, and to whom Uriel was going. 
 The thought of making him glide on a sun-beam, I have been informed, is 
 taken from some capital picture of some great Italian master, where an ange' 
 is made to descend in like manner. N.
 
 180 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In autumn thwarts the night, when vapours fired 
 
 Impress the air, and shews the mariner 
 
 From what point of his compass to beware 
 
 Impetuous winds. He thus began in haste : 560 
 
 Gabriel, to thce thy course by lot hath giv'n 
 Charge and strict watch, that to this happy place 
 No evil thing approach or enter in. 
 This day at hight of noon came to my sphere 
 A Spirit, zealous, as he seem'd, to know 565 
 
 More of th' Almighty's works, and chiefly Man, 
 God's latest image : I described his way 
 Bent all on speed, and mark'd his aery gait ; 
 But in the mount that lies from Eden north, 
 Where he first lighted, soon discern'd his looks 570 
 
 Alien from Hcav'n, with passions far obscured : 
 Mine eye pursued him still, but under shade 
 Lost sight of him. One of the banish'd crew, 
 I fear, hath ventured from the deep, to raise 
 New troubles : him thy care must be to find. 575 
 
 To whom the winged warrior thus return'd : 
 Uriel, no wonder if thy perfect sight, 
 Amid the Sun's bright circle, where thou sitt'st, 
 See far and wide : iu at this gate none pass 
 The vigilance here placed, but such as come 580 
 
 Uriel's gliding down to the earth upon a sun-beam, with the poet's device 
 to make him descend, as well in his return to the nun as in his coming from 
 it, is a prettiness that might have been admired in a little fanciful poet, but 
 seems below the genius of Milton. The description of the host of armed 
 angels walking their nightly round in Paradise, is of another spirit : 
 
 'So } ing. on be led hi* radiant filei, 
 Dtzzling the moon." L. 797-98. 
 
 as that account of the hymns which our first parents used to hear them sing 
 in these their midnight walks .6SO-88 , is altogether divine, and inexpressibly 
 amusing to the imagination. A. 
 
 557. Thwart* the night : Crosses the sky at night. 
 
 561-63. Some would include all except the word Gabriel, in a paren- 
 thesis. 
 
 567. The angels were first made in the image of God. See III. 151. 
 Described : Observed closely. Some read " descried."
 
 BOOK IV. 181 
 
 Well known from Heav'n ; and since meridian hour 
 
 No creature thence : if Spirit of other sort 
 
 So minded, have o'erleap'd these- earthy bounds 
 
 On purpose, hard thou know'st it to exclude 
 
 Spiritual substance with corporeal bar. 686 
 
 But if within the circuit of these walks, 
 
 In whatsoever shape he lurk, of whom 
 
 Thou tell'st, by morrow dawning I shall know. 
 
 So promised he ; and Uriel to his charge 
 Return 'd on that bright beam, whose point now raised, 590 
 Bore him slope downward to the Sun, now fall'n 
 Beneath th' Azores ; whether the prime orb, 
 Incredible how swift, had thither roll'd 
 Diurnal, or this less voliibil earth, 
 
 By shorter flight to th' east, had left him there 595 
 
 Arraying with reflected purple and gold 
 
 590. Returned on that bright beam : Milton supposes that Uriel glides back 
 on the same sun-beam that he came upon ; which he considers not as a flow- 
 ing point of light, but as a continued rod extending from the sun to the earth. 
 The extremity of this luminous rod, white Uriel was discoursing, and the sun 
 gradually descending, must necessarily be raised up higher than when he 
 came upon it, and consequently bore him slope doivnward on his way back 
 again. This has been represented by Addison as a pretty device, but below 
 the genius of Milton (556) , to make Uriel descend, for the sake of more ease 
 and greater expedition, both in his way/rom the sun, and to the sun again; 
 but Milton had no such device here. He makes Uriel come from the sun, not 
 on a descending but on a level ray (541 , from the sun's right aspect to the 
 east, in the very margin of the horizon. Here is no trick then, nor device ; 
 but perhaps a too great desire to show his philosophy, as, in the next lines on 
 this common occasion of the sun's setting, he starts a doubt whether that be 
 produced in the Ptolemaic or Copernicati way. BENTLEY. 
 
 592. Azores : The western islands in the Atlantic, now belonging to Por- 
 tugal. The word is here to be pronounced in three syllables. Prime orb : 
 The sun, liad rolled thither diurnal, in a day's time. Or this lest volubil earth : 
 The second syllable is long ; when short, Milton spelled it voluble, as in IX. 436. 
 Less voluble, means rolling less. It required less motion for the earth to 
 move from west to east, upon its own axis, according to the system of 
 Copernicus, than for the heavens and heavenly bodies to move from east to 
 west according to the system of Ptolemy. Our author, in like manner, III. 
 575, questions whether the sun was in the centre of the world or not, so 
 scrupulous was he in declaring for any system of philosophy. N.
 
 182 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The clouds that on his western throne attend. 
 
 Now came still ev'ning on, and twilight grey 
 
 Had in her sober liv'ry all things clad ; 
 
 Silence accompanied : for beast and bird, 600 
 
 They to their grassy couch, these to their nests, 
 
 Were slunk, all but the wakeful nightingale : 
 
 She all night long her am'rous descant sung : 
 
 Silence was pleased. Now glow'd the firmament 
 
 With living sapphires : Hesperus, that led 605 
 
 The starry host, rode brightest, till the Moon, 
 
 Rising in clouded majesty, at length 
 
 Apparent queen, unveil'd her peerless light, 
 
 And o'er the dark her silver mantle threw. 
 
 When Adam thus to Eve : Fair Consort, th' hour 610 
 
 Of night, and all things now retired to rest, 
 Mind us of like repose, since God hath set 
 Labour and rest, as day and night, to men 
 Successive ; and the timely dew of sleep 
 
 Now falling, with soft slumb'rous weight inclines 615 
 
 Our eye-lids. Other creatures all day long 
 Rove idle, unemploy'd, and less need rest ; 
 Man hath his daily work of body or mind 
 
 598. This is the first evening in the poem : for the action of the preceding 
 books lying out of the sphere of the sun, the time could not be computed. 
 When Satan came first to the earth, and made his famous soliloquy, at the 
 beginning of this book, the sun was high in hit meridian tower ; and this is 
 the evening of that day ; and surely there never was a finer evening : word* 
 cannot furnish a more charming description. N. 
 
 603. Detcant : Varied song, or tune. 
 
 605. Hetperu* : The planet Venus, when in the /, or, when it is to the 
 earth, an evening star. When in the east, a morning star, it bears the 
 name of Lucifer, or Light-bringer, because he precedes the sun, and may 
 easily be imagined as introducing the King of Day. See note on IX. 49. 
 
 609. Dark: Darkness. 
 
 610. We have another view of our first parents in their evening discourses, 
 which are full of pleasing images and sentiments suitable to their condition 
 and characters. The speech of Eve, in particular, is dressed up in such a 
 
 ..soft and natural turn of words and sentiments, as cannot be sufficiently ad- 
 mired. A.
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 183 
 
 Appointed, which declares his dignity, 
 
 And the regard of Heav'n on all his ways ; 620 
 
 While other animals inactive range ; 
 
 And of their doings God takes no account. 
 
 To-morrow, ere fresh morning streak the east 
 
 With first approach of light, we must be ris'n, 
 
 And at our pleasant labour, to reform 625 
 
 Yon flow'ry arbours, yonder alleys green, 
 
 Our walk at noon, with branches overgrown, 
 
 That mock our scant manuring, and require 
 
 More hands than ours to lop their wanton growth : 
 
 Those blossoms also, and those dropping gums, 630 
 
 That lie bestrown unsightly and unsmooth, 
 
 Ask riddance, if we mean to tread with ease ; 
 
 Meanwhile, as Nature wills, Night bids us rest. 
 
 To whom thus Eve, with perfect beauty adorn'd : 
 My Author and Disposer, what thou bidst, 635 
 
 Unargued, I obey ; so God ordains ; 
 God is thy law, thou mine ; to know no more 
 Is woman's happiest knowledge and her praise. 
 With thee conversing I forget all time ; 
 
 All seasons and their change, all please alike. 640 
 
 Sweet is the breath of Morn, her rising sweet, 
 
 625. Reform : Improve. 
 
 628. Manuring : Cultivation, from the French manowre, to work with 
 hands. 
 
 640. Seasons of the day are intended, as in VIII. 69 ; IX. 200. 
 
 641-56. Milton has been supposed to have derived many of his ideas re- 
 specting landscape from Tasso, Spenser, Ariosto, and Italian romances. But 
 a poet, accustomed to the environs of Ludlow, could want no adventitious 
 aiils to form a taste naturally elegant. Nature alone was Milton's book. 
 
 After reading Comus, and the pictures in Paradise Lost, how astonished 
 are we at the assertion of Johnson, that Milton viewed nature merely 
 through ' the spectacle of books." Mistaking allusion for description, this 
 great moralist imagines Milton to call in learning as a principal, when he 
 calls it in only as an auxiliary. BUCKE. 
 
 641-56. The variety oi images in this passage is infinitely pleasing ; and 
 the recapitulation of each particular image, with a little varying of the ex- 
 prewiion, makes one of the finest turns ol" words imaginable. A.
 
 184 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 With charm of earliest birds ; pleasant the Sun, 
 
 When first on this delightful land he spreads 
 
 His orient beams, on herb, tree, fruit, and flower, 
 
 Glist'ring with dew ; fragrant the fertile earth 646 
 
 After soft show'rs ; and sweet the coming on 
 
 Of grateful ev'ning mild ; then silent Night, 
 
 With this her solemn bird, and this fair Moon, 
 
 And these the gems of Heay'n, her starry train ; 
 
 But neither breath of Morn, when she ascends 650 
 
 With charm of earliest birds ; nor rising Sun 
 
 On this delightful land ; nor herb, fruit, flower, 
 
 Glist'ring with dew ; nor fragrance after showers ; 
 
 Nor grateful ev'ning mild ; nor silent Night 
 
 With this her solemn bird, nor walk by Moon, 655 
 
 Or glitt'ring star-light, without thee is sweet. 
 
 But wherefore all night long shine these ? For whom 
 
 This glorious sight, when sleep hath shut all eyes ? 
 
 To whom our general ancestor reply'd : 
 
 Daughter of God and Man, accomplish'd Eve, 660 
 
 These have their course to finish round the earth 
 By morrow ev'ning, and from land to land 
 In order, though to nations yet unborn, 
 Minist'ring light prepared, they set and rise ; 
 Lest total darkness should by night regain 665 
 
 Her old possession, and extinguish life 
 In nature and all things, which these soft fires 
 Not only enlighten, but with kindly heat 
 Of various influence, foment and warm, 
 
 Temper or nourish, or in part shed down 670 
 
 Their stellar virtue on all kinds that grow 
 
 648. Solemn bird: The nightingale. 
 
 671. Their iteUar virtue : As Milton was a universal scholar, he had not a 
 little affectation of showing his learning of all kinds, and makes Adam dis- 
 course here somewhat like an adept in astrology, which was too much tne 
 philosophy of his own times. What he says afterwards of numberless 
 spiritual creatures walking the earth unseen, and joining in praises to their 
 great Creator, is of a nobler strain, more agreeable to reason and revelation, 
 as well as more pleasing to > imagination, and seems to be an imitation
 
 BOOK IY. 185 
 
 On earth, made hereby apter to receive 
 Perfection from the Sun's more potent ray. 
 These then, though unbeheld in deep of night, 
 Shine not in vain ; nor think, tho' men were none, 675 
 
 That Heav'n would want spectators, God want praise 
 Millions of spiritual creatures walk the earth 
 Unseen, both when we wake and when we sleep ; 
 All these with ceaseless praise his works behold, 
 Both day and night. How often from the steep 680 
 
 Of echoing hill or thicket have we heard 
 Celestial voices to the midnight air, 
 Sole, or responsive each to other's note, 
 Singing their great Creator ! Oft in bands 
 While they keep watch, or nightly rounding walk 685 
 
 With heav'nly touch of instrumental sounds, 
 In full harmonic number join'd, their songs 
 Divide the night, and lift our thoughts to Heav'n. 
 Thus talking hand in hand alone they pass'd 
 
 and improvement of old Hesiod's notion of good geniuses, the guardians of 
 mortal men, clothed with air, wandering over the earth. Hesiod i. 120-125. 
 N. 
 
 674. Deep of night : Late hours of night. 
 
 677-78. This is an ancient sentiment. Hesiod and Plato frequently allude 
 to the existence of invisible beings. Hesiod represents them as wandering 
 over the earth, keeping account of human actions, both just and unjust. 
 Chrysostom believed that every Christian has a guardian angel. Cardan 
 insists that he was attended by one, as Socrates and lamblichus, and many 
 others supposed themselves to have been. Hermes, a contemporary with 
 St. Paul (Rom. xv. J4\ assigned to every one not only an angel-guardian, 
 but a devil, as a tempter. The late Sir Humphrey Davy firmly believed 
 that there are " thinking beings" nearly surrounding us. and to us invisible. 
 To insist that nothing exists but what the human eye can see, is more 
 worthy the intellect of a Caliban than that of a Milton, a Newton, a La 
 Place, or a Davy. BUCKE. 
 
 A similar expression to "walk the earth," :s found in Book VIII. 477, 
 "creep the ground.'' 
 
 683. Sole: Alone. 
 
 685. Nightly rounding : Nightly going round, as a guard. 
 
 688. Divide the night into watches or periods. 
 
 680. Thu* talking, tjc. : Adam and Eve, in the state of innocence, are
 
 186 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 On to their blissful bow'r ; it was a place 690 
 
 Chosen by the Sov'reign Planter, when he framed 
 
 All things to Man's delightful use. The roof 
 
 Of thickest covert was inwoven shade 
 
 Laurel and myrtle, and what higher grew 
 
 Of firm and fragrant leaf : on either side 695 
 
 Acanthus, and each odorous bushy shrub 
 
 Fenced up the verdant wall ; each beauteous flow'r, 
 
 Iris all hues, roses, and jessamine, 
 
 Rear'd high their flourish' d heads between, and wrought 
 
 Mosaic : underfoot the violet, 700 
 
 Crocus, and hyacinth, with rich inlay 
 
 Broider'd the ground, more colour 'd than with stone 
 
 Of costliest emblem. Other creature here, 
 
 Beast, bird, insect, or worm, durst enter none: 
 
 Such was their awe of Man. In shadier bower 705 
 
 characters well imagined, and well supported ; and the different sentiments 
 arising from difference of sex, are traced out with inimitable delicacy and 
 philosophical truth. After the fall, the poet makes them retain the same 
 characters, without any other change than what the transition from inno- 
 cence to guilt might be supposed to produce, Adam has still that pre-emi- 
 nence in dignity, and Eve in loveliness, which we should naturally look for 
 m the father and mother of mankind. BEATTIE. 
 693. Shade laurel : Shade of laurel, &c. 
 
 698. Irii all hue* : Of all hues. The name of this flower, Jleur de lit, o: 
 flag-flower, is here called Iris from its colours resembling those of the rain- 
 bow. 
 
 699. Flourished : Embellished, beautiful. 
 
 700-1. The violet, ffc. : A copy of Homer's description in Iliad xiv. 347, 
 &c. 
 
 702-3. There are several kinds of mosaic, but all of them consist in im- 
 bedding fragments of different coloured substances, usually glass or stones, 
 in a cement, so as to produce the effect of a picture. The beautiful chapel 
 of St. I^awrence, in Florence, which contains the tombs of the Medici, 
 has been greatly admired by artists on account of the vast multitude of 
 precious marble, jaspers, agates, avanturines, malachites, &c., applied in 
 mosaic upon its walls. URE. 
 
 703. Of cottliett emblem : Emblem here has the Greek sense of inlay, m- 
 tertian, inlaid work, by which mathematical or pictorial figures are pro- 
 duced.
 
 BOOK IV. 187 
 
 More sacred and sequester'd, though but feign'd, 
 Pan or Sylvanus never slept, nor Nymph 
 Nor Faunus haunted. Here, in close recess, 
 With flowers, garlands, and sweet-smelling herbs, 
 Espoused Eve deck'd first her nuptial bed, 710 
 
 And heav'nly choirs the hymenean sung, 
 What day the genial Angel to our sire 
 Brought her in naked beauty more adorn'd, 
 More lovely than Pandora, whom the Gods 
 Endow'd with all their gifts : and too like 715 
 
 In sad event, when to th' unwiser son 
 Of Japhet brought by Hermes, she ensnared 
 Mankind with her fair looks, to be avenged 
 On him who had stole Jove's authentic fire. 
 Thus at their shady lodge arrived, both stood, 720 
 
 707. Pan : A fabled Grecian divinity, who presided over flocks and herds. 
 Sytvanus : A rural Italian God. Nymph : Iff mythology, a goddess of the 
 mountains, forests, meadows, or waters. According to the ancients, all the 
 world was full of nymphs some terrestrial, others celestial ; and these had 
 names assigned to them according to their place of residence, or the parts of 
 the world over which they were supposed to preside. BRANDE. 
 
 708. Faunus : Among the Romans, a kind of demi-god, or rural divinity, 
 resembling the Pan, of the Greeks ; being possessed, like him, of the power 
 of prophecy. In form he resembled a satyr, being represented as half goat 
 and half man. He sometimes bears the name of Sylvan. 
 
 714. Pandora : In Grecian mythology, the first mortal female, created by 
 Jupiter, for the purpose of punishing Prometheus for stealing fire from 
 Heaven, the authentic, or original fire. All the gods vied in making her pre- 
 sents, beauty, eloquence, &c., hence her name, which means all-gifted; but 
 Jupiter gave her a box, filled with numberless evils, which she was desired 
 to give to the man who married her. She was conducted by Mercury to 
 Prometheus, who, sensible of the deceit, would not accept the present ; bu 
 his brother Epimetheus, not being equally prudent, fell a victim to Pan 
 dora's charms, accepted the box, from which, on its being opened, there 
 issued all the ills and diseases which have since continued to afflict the 
 human race. Hope remained, however, at the bottom of the box, as the 
 only consolation of the troubles of mankind. BRANDE. 
 
 For another version of the story consult Anthon's Class. Diet. 
 
 7i3. The epithet unwiser, does not imply that his brother Prometheus was 
 unwise. Milton uses unwiter as any Latin author would imprudentior for not 
 to wite at he might have been. JOKTIN.
 
 188 PARADISE LO81 
 
 Both turn'd, and under open sky adored 
 
 The God that made both sky, air, earth, and hoav'n, 
 
 Which they beheld, the moon's resplendent globe, 
 
 And starry pole : Thou also mad'st the night, 
 
 Maker omnipotent, and thou the day, 725 
 
 Which we in our appointed work employ'd 
 
 Have finish'd, happy in our mutual help 
 
 And mutual love, the crown of all our bliss 
 
 Ordain'd by thee ; and this delicious place 
 
 For us too large, where thy abundance wants 730 
 
 Partakers, and uncropt falls to the ground. 
 
 But thou hast promised from us two a race 
 
 To fill the earth, who shall with us extol 
 
 Thy goodness infinite, both when we wake 
 
 And when we seek, as now, thy gift of sleep. 735 
 
 This said unanimous, and other rites 
 Observing none, but adoration pure 
 Which God likes best, into their inmost bower 
 Handed they went ; and eased the putting off 
 
 720-21. Doth Hood, both turn'd: A great admirer of Milton observes, that 
 he sometimes places two monosyllables at the end of the line, stopping at 
 the fourth foot, to adapt the measure of the verse to the sense ; and then 
 begins the next line in the same manner, which has a wonderful effect. N. 
 
 720-38. A masterly transition is here made to their evening worship. Dr. 
 Johnson, in his " Life of Milton," has made a gross attack upon the poet for 
 his personal neglect of devotional duties, but the injustice of that attack may 
 be inferred from this passage, as well as from several stanzas at the close of 
 Book X., and at the beginning of Book XI. ; but, on this point consult I vimey's 
 Life of Milton, pp. 286-88. 
 
 723. Moon : Virg. JEn. vi. 725, " Lucentemque globum lunae." 
 
 724. Thou alto, tfr. : A sudden transition here in the mode of speaking ; 
 first, 8]<eaking of God, and then suddenly turning the discourse, and speaking 
 to him. A similar transition from the third to the second person may be 
 seen in the hymn to Hercules, Virg. JEa. viii. 291. N. 
 
 736. Other ritet. tfc. : Here, says Thyer, Milton expresses his own favourite 
 notions of devotion, which, it is well known, were ve'ry much against any- 
 thing ceremonial ; he was full of the interior of religion, though he little re- 
 garded the exterior. This remark is just only in relation to the national 
 church establishment of England, which he held in great disrespect 
 
 739 Eated: Being relieved from.
 
 OOK IT. 189 
 
 These troublesome disguises which we wear, 740 
 
 Straight side by side were laid ; nor turn'd I ween 
 
 Adam from his fair spouse, nor Eve the rites 
 
 Mysterious of connubial love refused : 
 
 Whatever hypocrites austerely talk 
 
 Of purity, and place, and innocence, 745 
 
 Defaming as impure what God declares 
 
 Pure, and commands to some, leaves free to all. 
 
 Our Maker bids increase ; who bids abstain 
 
 But our Destroyer, foe to God and Man ? 
 
 Hail wedded Love, mysterious law, true source 750 
 
 Of human offspring, sole propriety 
 
 In Paradise of all things common else. 
 
 By thee adult'rous lust was driven from men, 
 
 Among the bestial herds to range ; by thee, 
 
 Founded in reason, loyal, just, and pure, 755 
 
 Relations dear, and all the charities 
 
 Of father, son, and brother, first were known. 
 
 Far be 't, that I should write thee sin or blame, 
 
 Or think thee unbefitting holiest place, 
 
 Perpetual fountain of domestic sweets, 760 
 
 Whose bed is undefiled and chaste pronounced, 
 
 743-750. Mysterious : Involving a secret or hidden meaning, being repre- 
 sented by the apostle as emblematic of the spiritual union between Christ 
 and his church, Eph. v. 32. 
 
 74^. Whatever hypocrites, $c. : Our author calls those who, under a 
 notion of greater purity and perfection, deny and forbid marriage, as they do 
 in the Church of Rome, hypocrites ; and says afterwards (749) , that it is the 
 doctrine of oui Destroyer, in allusion to that passage of St. Paul in 1 Tim. 
 iv. 1, 2, 3. N. 
 
 751-52. Sole propriety : The only property ; the only object of which the 
 exclusive possession belonged to themselves. Of all, Sfc. : Of, as elsewhere 
 in this poem, is used in the sense of among. 
 
 756. Jill the charities : A word used in the Latin signification, and, like 
 taritatc*. comprehends all the endearments of consanguinity and affinity, as in 
 Cicero de Offioiis, i. 17, ' Cari sunt parentes, cari liberi, propiuqui, familia- 
 res ; sed omnes omnium carilatcs patria una complexa est.'' N. 
 
 781. An allusion is made to Heb. xiii. 4. Though this panegyric upon 
 wedded love may be condemned as a digression, yet it can hardly be called
 
 190 PARAOlbB LOST. 
 
 Present, or past, as saints and patriarchs used. 
 
 Here Love his golden shafts employs, here lights 
 
 His constant lamp, and waves his purple wings, 
 
 Reigns here and revels ; not in the bought smile 765 
 
 Of ha/lots, loveless, joyless, unendear'd, 
 
 Casual fruition ; nor in court-amours, 
 
 Mix'd dance, or wanton mask, or midnight ball, 
 
 Or serenate, which the starved lover sings 
 
 To his proud fair, best quitted with disdain. 770 
 
 These, lull'd by nightingales, embracing, slept, 
 
 And on their naked limbs the flow'ry roof 
 
 Shower'd roses, which the morn repair'd. Sleep on, 
 
 Blest pair ! and yet happiest, if ye seek 
 
 No happier state, and know to know no more. 775 
 
 Now had Night measured with her shadowy cone 
 Half way up hill this vast sublunar vault, 
 
 * digression when it grows so naturally out of the subject, and is introduced 
 so properly while the action of the poem is in a manner suspended, and 
 while Adam and Eve are lying down to sleep : and if morality be one great 
 end of poetry, that end cannot be better promoted than by such digressions 
 as this, and that upon hypocrisy at the latter part of the Third Book. \. 
 
 769. Serenate : For serenade, from the Italian ttrenata. Starved : Chilled 
 with cold, as the serenade is often performed in clear, cold evenings. See 
 Horace, Ode iu. 10: 1 ; i. 25: 7. 
 
 771. Love: An allusion to Cupid, the heathen divinity, who is usually re- 
 presented as a beautiful boy, with bow and arrows, and with wings. 
 
 776. Shadowy cone: The shadow cast by the earth is a cone (a figure 
 sloping like a sugar loaf) , the base of it resting upon that side of the globe 
 where the light of the sun does not fall, and. consequently, when it is night 
 there. This cone, to those who are on the darkened side of the Earth, could 
 it be seen, would mount as the sun fell lower, and be at its utmost height in 
 the vault of their heaven at midnight The shadowy cone had now arisen 
 half-way to that point ; consequently, supposing it to be about the time 
 when the days and nights are of equal length (X. 329) it must be now 
 about nine o'clock, the usual time of the angels' setting guard (779) . This 
 is marking the time very poetically. R. 
 
 777. StMunar vault : The shadow of the earth sweeps the whole arch or 
 vault of heaven between the earth and the moon, and extends beyond the 
 orbit of the moon, as appears from the eclipses of the moon, which it occa 
 ions. N.
 
 BOOK IV. 191 
 
 And from their ivory port the Cherubim 
 
 Forth issuing at th' accustom 'd hour, stood arm'd 
 
 To their night-watches in warlike parade, 780 
 
 When Gabriel to his next in power thus spake : 
 
 Uzziel, half these draw off, and coast the south 
 With strictest watch ; those other wheel the north ; 
 Our circuit meets full west. As flame they part ; 
 Half wheeling to the shield, half to the spear. 785 
 
 From these, two strong and subtle Spirits he call'd 
 That near him stood, and gave them thus in charge : 
 
 Ithuriel and Zephon, with wing'd speed 
 Search thro' this garden ; leave unsearch'd no nook ; 
 But chiefly where those two fair creatures lodge, 790 
 
 Now laid perhaps asleep, secure of harm. 
 This evening from the Sun's decline arrived 
 Who tells of some infernal Spirit seen 
 Hitherward bent (who could have thought ?) escaped 
 The bars of Hell, on errand bad no doubt : 795 
 
 Such where ye find, seize fast, and hither bring. 
 
 778. Ivory port, or gate : There is no allusion here to the ivory gate of 
 sleep mentioned by Homer and Virgil, whence false dreams proceeded ; for 
 the poet could not intend to insinuate that what he was saying about the 
 angelic guards, was all fiction. As the rock was of alabaster (543) , so he 
 makes the gate of ivory. Houses and palaces of ivory are mentioned, as 
 instances of magnificence, in Scripture, as are, likewise, doors of ivory, in 
 Ovid, Met iv. 185 : 
 
 ;' Lemniui extomplo t-alvas pateficit eiurnat." 
 
 N. 
 
 782. Uzziel : In Hebrew this means " the strength of God." 
 
 784. Jit flame they part : A short simile, but expressive of their rapidity of 
 movement, and of the brightness of their armour, at the same time. It is 
 suited to those beings of whom the Scripture says, " He maketh hit angel* 
 spirits, and hit ministers a flame of fire." 
 
 785. Shield and spear, are here elegantly put for left hand and right. The 
 expression may have been borrowed from a phrase in Livy, " Derlinare ou 
 hastam velad scutum," to wheel to the right or left. HUME. 
 
 788. The names of these angels are significant of the offices they per- 
 formed. Ithuriel, in the Hebrew means the discovery of God. Zeplion, signi- 
 fies a secret, or searcher of hearts.
 
 192 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So saying, on be led his radiant files, 
 Dazzling the moon ; these to the bower direct, 
 In search of whom they sought : him there they found, 
 Squat like a toad, close at the ear of Eve, 800 
 
 Assaying by his devilish art to reach 
 The organs of her fancy, and with them forge 
 Illusions as he list, phantasms and dreams ; 
 Or if, inspiring venom, he might taint 
 
 Th' animal spirits that from pure blood arise, 805 
 
 Like gentle breaths from rivers pure, thence raise 
 At least distemper'd, discontented thoughts, 
 Vain hopes, vain aims, inordinate desires, 
 Blown up with high conceits, ingendcring pride. 
 Him thus intent Ithuriel with his spear 810 
 
 Touch'd lightly ; for no falsehood can endure 
 Touch of celestial temper, but returns 
 Of force to its own likeness. Up he starts, 
 Disco ver'd and surprised. As when a spark 
 Lights on a heap of nitrous powder, kid 815 
 
 Fit for the tun some magazine to store 
 Against a rumour'd war, the smutty grain 
 With sudden blaze diffused, inflames the air; 
 So started up in his own shape the Fiend. 
 Back stept those two fair Angels, half amazed 820 
 
 So sudden to behold the grisly king ; 
 
 S03. Jli he lot : As he pleased. 804. Or if: Or (assaying) if. 
 
 809. Thence : That is, by tainting the animal spirits, he might raise bad 
 thoughts and emotions, although they should not lead also to overt trans- 
 pwnon. 
 
 808. Sqvat : Dr. Campbell remarks that no other word could have so hap- 
 pily expressed the posture, as that which the poet has chosen. 
 
 Clou at the ear of Eve : Satan's planting himself at the ear of Eve. under 
 the form of a toad, in order to produce vain dreams and imaginations, is a 
 circumstance that gives an agreeable surprise ; so his starting up in his own 
 form is wonderfully fine, both in the literal description and in the moral 
 which is concealed under it. His answer (827) upon his being discovered 
 and demanded to give an account of himself is conformable to the pride and 
 intrepidity of his character. A. 
 
 816. Tun : Cask or barrel.
 
 BOOK IV. 198 
 
 Yet thus, unmoved with fear, accost him soon : 
 
 Which of those rebel Spirits, adjudged to Hell, 
 Com'st thou, escaped thy prison ? and transform'd, 
 Why sat'st thou like an enemy in wait, 825 
 
 Here watching at the head of these that sleep ? 
 
 Know ye not then, said Satan, fill'd with scorn, 
 Know ye not me ? Ye knew me once no mate 
 For you ; there sitting where ye durst not soar. 
 Not to know me, argues yourselves unknown, 830 
 
 The lowest of your throng ; or if ye know, 
 Why ask ye, and superfluous begin 
 Your message, like to end as much in vain ? 
 
 To whom thus Zephon, answering scorn with scorn, 
 Think not, revolted Spirit, thy shape the same, 835 
 
 Or undiminish'd brightness, to be known 
 As when thou stood'st in Heav'n upright and pure ; 
 That glory then, when thou no more wast good, 
 Departed from thee ; and thou resemblest now 
 Thy sin and place of doom obscure and foul. 840 
 
 But come ; for thou, be sure, shalt give account 
 To him who sent us, whose charge is to keep 
 This place inviolable, and these from harm. 
 
 So spake the Cherub ; and his grave rebuke, 
 Severe in youthful beauty, added grace 845 
 
 Invincible. Abash'd the Devil stood, 
 And felt how awful goodness is, and saw 
 Virtue in her shape how lovely ; saw and pined 
 His loss ; but chiefly to find here obseVved 
 His lustre visibly impairM ; yet seem'd 850 
 
 834. To whom thut Zephon, ffc. : Zephon's rebuke, with the influence i 
 had on Satan, is exquisitely graceful and moral. Satan is afterwards led 
 away to Gabriel, the chief of the guardian angels, who kept watch in Para- 
 dise. A. 
 
 835-36. The meaning seems to be this: Think not, revolted spirit, thy 
 shape (to be) the same, or undiminished (thy) brightness, (so as) to be known 
 (recognised) as when, &c. 
 
 844. Clterub : A spirit next in order to a seraph. 
 
 848. Pined- Regretted. 
 
 9 M
 
 194 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Undaunted. If I most contend, said he, 
 
 Best with the best, the sender not the sent, 
 
 Or all at once ; more glory will be won, 
 
 Or less be lost. Thy fear, said Zephon bold, 
 
 Will save us trial what the least can do 855 
 
 Single against thce wicked, and thence weak. 
 
 The Fiend replyM not, overcome with rage ; 
 Bat like a proud steed rein'd, went haughty on, 
 Champing his iron curb To strive or fly 
 He held it vain ; awe from above had qucll'd 860 
 
 His heart, not else dismay'd. Now drew they nigh 
 The western point, where those half-rounding guards 
 Just met, and closing stood in squadron join'd, 
 Awaiting next command. To whom their chief, 
 Gabriel from the front, thus call'd aloud : 865 
 
 friends, I hear the tread of nimble feet 
 Hasting this way, and now by glimpse discern 
 Ithuriel and Zephon through the shade, 
 And with them comes a third of regal port, 
 But faded splendour wan ; who, by his gait 870 
 
 And fierce demeanour, seems the prince of Hell, 
 Not likely to part hence without contest : 
 Stand firm, for in his look defiance lours. 
 
 He scarce had ended, when those two approached, 
 
 852. With the beit, tft. : That is, let me, the best, contend with the best, 
 with the sender, not with the sent. 
 
 856. Thenee weak : This sentiment was, probably, drawn from Prov. xxviii. 
 1 : " The wicked flee when no man pursueth ; but the righteous are bold as 
 a lion." 
 
 858-61. Went haughty on: Satan's disdainful conduct on this occasion, is 
 so remarkable a beauty, that the most ordinary reader cannot but take 
 notice of it. Gabriel's discovering his approach at a distance, is drawn with 
 great strength and liveliness of imagination. 
 
 862. Half-rounding : Going half round. 
 
 865. Gabriel is pronounced here in three syllables. 
 
 866-73. The conference between Gabriel and Satan, abounds with senti- 
 ments proper for the occasion, and suitable to the persons of the speaker*. 
 A. 
 
 870 Won : A darkish white.
 
 BOOK IV. 195 
 
 And brief related whom they brought, wnere found, 875 
 
 How busy'd, in what form and posture couch'd. 
 
 To whom with stern regard thus Gabriel spake : 
 Why hast thou, Satan, broke the bounds prescribed 
 To thy transgressions, and disturb'd the charge 
 Of others, who approve not to transgress 880 
 
 By thy example, but have pow'r and right 
 To question thy bold entrance on this place ; 
 Employ'd it seems to violate sleep, and those 
 Whose dwelling God hath planted here in bliss ? 
 
 To whom thus Satan with contemptuous brow : 885 
 
 Gabriel, thou hadst in Heav'n th' esteem of wise, 
 And such I held thee ; but this question ask'd 
 Puts me in doubt. Lives there who loves his pain ? 
 WLo would not, finding way, break loose from Hell, 
 Though thither doom'd ? Thou would'st thyself, no doubt, 890 
 And boldly venture to whatever place 
 Farthest from pain, where thou might'st hope to change 
 Torment with ease, and soonest recompense 
 Dole with delight, which in this place I sought'; 
 To thee no reason, who knowest only good, 895 
 
 But evil hast not try'd : and wilt object 
 His will who bound us ? Let him surer bar 
 His iron gates, if he intends our stay 
 In that dark durance : thus much what was ask'd. 
 The rest is true, they found me where they say ; 9( V 
 
 877. Regard: Look. 
 
 879-80. Transgretsion* and transgrest, are* both used in a physical nd no* 
 in a moral sense. The boundaries of Hell were those prescribec' to tb 
 movements of Satan, and beyond these Satan was not legally allowed to past 
 the holy angels appeared not to pass beyond the limits prescribed for theK 
 own motions or excursions. 
 
 893. With tote : A Latin idiom. The English idiom would be "for jo*e.'' 
 The meaning is the same. 
 
 894. Dole: Grief. 
 
 896. And wilt object : And wilt thou object, &c. A concise mode of ex- 
 pression similar to '-and know'tt for whom," II. 730. 
 
 899. Durance : Imprisonment. What : As to what, &c.
 
 196 PARADISE L08T. 
 
 But that implies not violence or harm. 
 
 Thus he in scorn. The warlike Angel moved, 
 Disdainfully, half smiling, thus reply'd : 
 
 loss of one in Heav'n to judge of wise, 
 Since Satan fell, whom folly overthrew, 905 
 
 And now returns him from his prison 'scaped, 
 Gravely in doubt whether to hold them wise 
 Or not, who ask what boldness brought him hither, 
 Unlicensed from his bounds in Hell prescribed ; 
 So wise he judges it to fly from pain 910 
 
 However, and to 'scape his punishment. 
 So judge thou still, presumptuous, till the wrath, 
 Which thou incurr'st by flying, meet thy flight 
 Sev'nfold, and scourge that wisdom back to Hell 
 Which taught thee yet no better, that no pain 915 
 
 Can equal anger infinite provoked. 
 But wherefore thou alone ? Wherefore with thee 
 Came not all Hell broke loose ? Is pain to them 
 Less pain, less to be fled ? or thou than they 
 Less hardy to endure ? Courageous Chief, 920 
 
 The first in flight from pain, hadst thou alleged 
 To thy deserted host this cause of flight, 
 Thou surely hadst not come sole fugitive. 
 
 To which the Fiend thus answer'd, frowning stern : 
 Not that I less endure, or shrink from pain, 925 
 
 Insulting Angel : well thou know'st I stood 
 Thy fiercest, when in battle to thy aid 
 The blasting volley'd thunder made all speed, 
 And seconded thy else not dreaded spear. 
 But still thy words at random, as before, 930 
 
 Argue thy inexperience what behoves 
 From hard essays and ill successes past, 
 A faithful leader, not to hazard all 
 Through ways of danger by himself untry'd : 
 
 904. Of witt : Of what is wise. 
 
 927. Fitrcett : Greatest fierceness the adjective for a substantiva. 
 
 931. Inexperience: Want of knowledge. .
 
 BOOK IV. 197 
 
 I therefore, I alone first undertook 935 
 
 To wing the desolate abyss, and spy 
 
 This new-created world, whereof in Hell 
 
 Fame is not silent, here in hope to find 
 
 Better abode, and my afflicted Pow'rs 
 
 To settle here on earth, or in mid-air ; 940 
 
 Though for possession put to try once more 
 
 What thou and thy gay legions dare against ; 
 
 Whose easier bus 'ness were to serve their Lord 
 
 High up in Heav'n, with songs to hymn his throne, 
 
 And practised distances to cringe, not fight. 945 
 
 To whom the warrior Angel soon reply'd : 
 To say and straight unsay, pretending first 
 Wise to fly pain, professing next the spy, 
 Argues no leader, but a liar traced, 
 
 Satan, and couldst thou faithful add ? name, 950 
 
 O sacred name of faithfulness profaned ! 
 Faithful to whom ? to thy rebellious crew ? 
 Army of Fiends, fit body to fit head. 
 Was this your discipline and faith engaged, 
 Your military obedience, to dissolve 955 
 
 Allegiance to th' acknowledged Pow'r Supreme ? 
 And thou, sly hypocrite, who now wouldst seem 
 Patron of liberty, who more than thou 
 Once fawn'd, and cringed, and servilely adored 
 Heav'n's awful Monarch ? wherefore but in hope 960 
 
 To dispossess him, and thyself to reign ? 
 But mark what I arreed thee now, Avaunt ; 
 Fly thither whence thou fledst : if from this hour 
 Within these hallow'd limita thou appear, 
 Back to th' infernal pit I drag thee chain'd, 965 
 
 And seal thee so, as henceforth not to scorn 
 
 945. And : "With" is understood. 
 
 962. Arrted : Advise, or award. 
 
 965. / drag, for I will drag. The present is often thus used for the 
 future, to indicate the certainty of the execution of the threat. Compare 
 Rev. xx. 3.
 
 198 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The facile gates of Hell too slightly barr'd. 
 
 So threaten 'd he ; but Satan to no threats 
 Gave heed, but, waxing more in rage, reply'd : 
 
 Then when I am thy captive, talk of chains, 970 
 
 Proud limitary Cherub ; but ere then 
 Far heavier load thyself expect to feel 
 From my prevailing arm, though Heav'n's King 
 Ride on thy wings, and thou with thy compeers, 
 Used to the yoke, draw'st his triumphant wheels 975 
 
 In progress through the road of Heav'n star-paved. 
 
 While thus he spake, th' angelic squadron bright 
 Turn'd fiery red, sharpening in mooned horns 
 Their phalanx, and began to hem him round 
 With ported spears, as thick as when a field 980 
 
 Of Ceres ripe for harvest waving bends 
 Her bearded grove of ears, which way the wind 
 Sways them ; the careful plowman doubting stands, 
 Lest on the threshing-floor his hopeful sheaves 
 Prove chaff. On th' other side Satan, alarm 'd, 985 
 
 Collecting all his might, dilated stood, 
 Like Teneriff or Atlas, unremoved : 
 His stature reach'd the sky, and on his crest 
 
 967. Facile: Easy. 
 
 971. Limitary: A scornful expression as here used by Satan, taunting him 
 with being placed at the limit as a guard, as if it was a very subordinate 
 occupation. The epithet was suggested by what the angel said. 964. 
 
 974. Wing* : Imagery drawn from Ps. xviii. 10-12 : " He rode upon a 
 cherub, and did fly." See Ezek. L, x., xi 
 
 978. Mooned horn* : Horns like the moon. 
 
 980. Ported tpeart : Spears carried with points towards him. 
 
 986-87. Dilated ttood : The word dilated expresses very strongly the atti- 
 tude of an eager and undaunted combatant, whose fury not only seems to 
 erect and enlarge his stature, but expands, as it were, his whole frame, and 
 extends every limb. The use of the word unrcmav'd for immovable, is very 
 poetical, and corresponds with conjugal attraction unreprov'd (492) . TUYER. 
 
 987. With more fitness is this comparison employed here than a similar 
 one by Virgil in relation to ^Eneas, jEn. xii. 701. 
 
 988. Hit ttature, $r. ; Imagery derived from Homer's Discord, Iliad iv. 
 445, and Virgil's Fame, -*n. iv. 177 : 
 
 - Inf rediturque tolo. et caput inter nubil* condit."
 
 BOOK IV. 199 
 
 Sat horror plumed ; nor wanted in his grasp 
 
 What seem'd both spear and shield. Now dreadful deeds 990 
 
 Might have ensued, nor only Paradise 
 
 In this commotion, but the starry cope 
 
 Of Heav'n perhaps, or all the elements 
 
 At least had gone to wrack, disturb'd and torn 
 
 With violence of this conflict, had not soon 995 
 
 Th' Eternal to prevent such horrid fray, 
 
 Hung forth in Heav'n his golden scales, yet seen 
 
 989. Sat horror plumed : Horror is personified, and is made the plume of 
 his helmet. How much nobler an idea is this than the horses' tails, and 
 sphinxes, and dragons, on the helmets of the ancient heroes, or even than 
 the Chimaera vomiting flames, on the crest of Turnus, JEn. rii. 785. N. 
 992. Cope : Arch, or concave. 
 
 994. Collecting all hit might : Satan clothing himself with terror when 
 he prepares for the combat, is truly sublime, and, at least, equal to Homer's 
 description of Discord, celebrated by Longinus. or to that of Fame, in Virgil, 
 who are both represented with their feet standing on the earth and their 
 heads reaching above the clouds. It may here be remarked, that Milton is 
 everywhere full of hints, and sometimes literal translations, taken from the 
 greatest of the Greek and Latin poets. A. 
 
 997. Scales : The breaking off of the combat between Gabriel and Satan 
 by the hanging out of the golden scales in heaven, is a refinement upon Ho- 
 mer's thought, who tells us that before the battle between Hector and Achilles, 
 Jupiter weighed the event of it in a pair of scales. Book xxii. 
 " Jove lifts the golden balances, that show 
 The fates of mortal men and things below ; 
 Here each contending hero's lot he tries, 
 And weighs, with equal hand, their destinies. 
 Low sinks the scale surcharged with Hector's fate ; 
 Heavy with death it sinks, and hell receives the weight.*' 
 
 Virgil, before the last decisive combat, describes Jupiter in the same man- 
 ner, as weighing the fates of Turnus and ^Eneas. Milton, though "he fetched 
 this beautiful circumstance from the Iliad and ^Eneid, does not only insert it 
 ss a poetical embellishment, like the authors above-mentioned, but makes an 
 artful use of it for the proper carrying on of his story, and for the breaking 
 off of the combat between the two warriors, who were upon the point of en- 
 gaging. To this we may further add, that Milton is the more justified in 
 this passage, as we find the same noble allegory in holy writ, where a wicked 
 prince, some few hours before he was assaulted and slain, is said to have been 
 " weighed in the scales and to have been found wanting." A. 
 
 Further illustrations may be found in Job xxviii. ; xxx vii. ; Is. xl. ; 1 Sam. 
 ii. 3 ; Prov. xvi. 2.
 
 200 PARADISE LO8T. 
 
 Betwixt Astrca and the Scorpion sign, 
 
 Wherein all things created first he weighed, 
 
 The pendulous round earth with balanced air 1000 
 
 In counterpoise, now ponders all events, 
 
 Battles, and realms : in these he put two weights, 
 
 The sequel each of parting and of fight ; 
 
 The latter quick up flew, and kick'd the beam ; 
 
 Which Gabriel spying, thus bespake the Fiend : 1005 
 
 Satan, I know thy strength, and thou know'st mine ; 
 Neither our own, but giv'n. What folly then 
 To boast what arms can do ? since thine no more 
 Than Ileav'n permits, nor mine, though doubled now 
 To trample thee as mire : for proof look up, 1010 
 
 And read thy lot in yon celestial sign, 
 Where thou art weigh 'd, and shewn how light, how weak, 
 
 998-99. Yet teen betwixt Attrea, tfc. : The constellation Libra, or the Scale*, 
 ituated between Astnea, or Virgo, and the Scorpion constellation. 
 
 1000. Pendulottt: Suspended. 
 
 1003. Bentley suggests tignal as a better word than sequel, but it does not 
 so well accord with the classical passages whence Milton probably derived 
 the sentiment. See Iliad viii. 69 and ^Eneid xii. 725. Sequel is here put 
 for that which determined the sequel, consequences, or event, either of parting 
 or of fight. The weight which decided upon fighting proved the lighter, of 
 course demonstrated that in arms he would prove inferior to Gabriel (1012) : 
 the other weight, being the heavier, showed that it was his wisest course to 
 hasten away from the meditated combat. Newton has called attention to the 
 difference between Milton's account of the scales and that of Homer and Vir- 
 gil. In these the fates of the two combatants being weighed one against the 
 other, and the descent of one of the scales indicating the approaching death ol 
 him whose fate lay in that scale, quo vergat pondere Uthum : whereas in Mil- 
 ton nothing is weighed but what relates to Satan only, and in the two scale* 
 are weighed the two different events of his retreating and of his fighting ; and 
 this for the purpose simply of satisfying himself, or enabling him to read his 
 own destiny. The celestial scales (Libra) are used for this purpose a sub- 
 lime idea. This instance leads Newton justly to remark that, when Milton 
 imitates a fine passage, he does not imitate it servilely, but makes it an ori- 
 ginal of his own by his manner of varying and improving it. 
 
 1008. 'JTiine and mine are to be referred to itrength (1006) . 
 
 1012. The ascending scale is not made the sign of victory, as in Homer 
 and Virgil, but of lightness and weakness, according to that of Belshazzar,
 
 BOOK IV. 201 
 
 If thou resist. The Fiend look'd up, and knew 
 
 His mounted scale aloft : nor more ; but fled 
 
 Murm'ring, and with him fled the shades of night. 1015 
 
 Dan. v. 27, " Thou art weighed in the balances and found wanting." So 
 true it is. that Milton oftener imitates Scripture than Homer and Virgil; even 
 when he is thought to imitate them most. N. 
 
 DIFFICULTIES IN EXECUTING THE PORTRAIT OF OUR 
 
 FIRST PARENTS. 
 
 The difficulty which met Milton in his portrait of our first parents was,, 
 obviously, to make them perfect, without being unnatural ; to make them 
 sinless, and yet distinguish them from angels ; to show them human, yet un- 
 fallen; to make, in short, a new thing on the earth; a man and woman 
 beautiful beyond desire, simple beyond disguise, graceful without conscious- 
 ness, naked without shame, innocent but not insipid, lofty but not proud ; 
 uniting in themselves the qualities of childhood, manhood, and womanhood 
 as if, in one season, spring, summer, and autumn could be imagined. This 
 was the task Milton had to accomplish ; and, at his bidding, there arose the 
 loveliest creatures of the human imagination, such as poet's eye never, before 
 or since, imaged in the rainbow or the moonshine, or saw in the light of 
 dreams ; than fairies more graceful, than the Cherubim and the Seraphim 
 themselves more beautiful. 
 
 Milton's Adam is himself, as he was in his young manhood, ere yet the 
 cares of life had ploughed his forehead, or quenched his serene eyes. Eve, 
 again, is Milton's life-long dream of what woman was, and yet may be a 
 dream from which he again and again awoke, weeping, because the bright 
 vision had passed away, and a cold reality alone remained. You see in her 
 every lineament, that he was one, who, from the loftiness of his ideal, had 
 been disappointed in woman. In the words, frequently repeated as a speci- 
 men of a blunder, 
 
 " Adam, the goodliest man of men, since born 
 His ions ; the fairest of her daughters. Eve," 
 
 he has unwittingly described the process by which his mind created them. 
 Adam is the goodliest of his sons, because he is (poetically) formed by com- 
 bining their better qualities ; and thus are the children the parents of their 
 father. Eve is the fairest of her daughters ; for it would require the collected 
 essence of all their excellences to form such another Eve. GIWJLLJN. 
 
 9*
 
 BOOK V. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 X 
 
 MORNING approached, Eve relates to Adam her troublesome dream ; ne 
 likes it not, yet comforts her ; they come forth to their day labours ; their 
 morning hymn at the door of their bower. God, to render man inexcusable, 
 sends Raphael to admonish him of his obedience, of his free estate, of his 
 enemy near at hand, who he is, and why his enemy, and whatever else may 
 avail Adam to know. Raphael comes down to Paradise, his appearance de- 
 scribed, his coming discerned by Adam afar off. sitting at the door of his 
 bower ; he goes out to meet him, brings him to his lodge, entertains him 
 with the choicest fruits of Paradise got together by Eve ; their discourse at 
 table ; Raphael performs his message, minds Adam of his state and of his 
 enemy ; relates, at Adam's request, who that enemy is, and how he came 
 to be so, beginning from his first revolt in Heaven, and the occasion thereof; 
 how he drew his legions after him to the parts of the north, and there incited 
 them to rebel with him, persuading all but only Abdiel, a Seraph ; who iu 
 argument dissuades and opposes him, then forsakes him. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 THIS Book consists of elements of the same character and of similar combi- 
 nation as the Fourth. Eve's dream, and the manner of relating it are in a very- 
 high degree poetical. Here the invention is perfect in imagery, sentiment, 
 and language. The approach of the angel Raphael, as viewed at a distance 
 by Adam, is designed with all those brilliant circumstances, and those unde- 
 finable touches, which give the force of embodied reality to a vision. 
 
 The hints of a large part of the incidents are taken from the Scriptures ; 
 but the invention is not on that account the less. To bring the dim, gene- 
 ral idea into broad light in all its lineaments, is the difficulty, and requires 
 the power. 
 
 The conversation between Raphael and Adam is admirably contrived on 
 both sides. Those argumentative portions of the poem are almost always 
 grand. Now and then, indeed, the bard indulges in the display of too much 
 abstruse learning, or metaphysical subtleties. In relating the cause of Satan's 
 rebellion, Raphael sustains all the almost unutterable sublimity of his sub- 
 ject. The hero is drawn wicked and daring beyond prior conception, but 
 mighty and awful as he is wicked. Language, to express these high thoughts, 
 would have sunk before any other genius but Milton's; and as he had to 
 convey the movements of heavenly spirits by earthly comparisons, the diffi- 
 c j'.tv increased every step E. B.
 
 BOOK V. 
 
 Now morn her rosy steps in th' eastern clime 
 
 Advancing, sow'd the earth with orient pearl, 
 
 When Adam waked, so custom'd, for his sleep 
 
 Was aery light from pure digestion bred, 
 
 And temp'rate vapours bland, which th' only sound 5 
 
 Of leaves and fuming rills, Aurora's fan, 
 
 2. Orient pearl was esteemed the most valuable. In Don Quixote is this 
 passage : " She wept not tears but seed-pearl, or morning dew j and he 
 thought higher, that they were like orient pearls." 
 
 The goddess Aurora, says Dr. Anthon, sometimes represented in a saffron- 
 coloured robe, with a wand or torch in her hand, coming out of the golden 
 palace, and ascending a golden chariot. Homer describes her as wearing a 
 flowing veil, which she throws back to denote dispersion of the night, and 
 as opening with her rosy fingers the gates of day. Others represent her as a 
 nymph crowned with flowers, with a star above her head, standing in a 
 chariot drawn by winged horses, while in one hand she holds a torch, and 
 with the other scatters roses, as illustrative of the flowers which spring from 
 the dew, which the poets describe as diffused from the eyes of the goddess 
 In liquid pearls. 
 
 5. Only : for alone. 
 
 8. Fuming : Virg. Georg. ii. 217. Aurora 1 * fan is here put for the morn- 
 ing irind. or breeze ; thus, in the translation of a poem of Du Bartas, is this 
 line : " Call forth the wind*. Oh Heaven's fresh fans, quoth he." Also in 
 this passage : 
 
 11 . ... now began 
 Aurora's uiher with her windy fern, 
 Gently to shake the wood* on vry iid.
 
 204 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Lightly dispersed, and the shrill matin song 
 
 Of birds on ev'ry bough ; BO much the more 
 
 His wonder was to find unwaken'd Eve 
 
 With tresses discomposed, and glowing cheek, 10 
 
 As through unquiet rest ; he on his side 
 
 Leaning, half raised, with looks of cordial love 
 
 Hung over her cnainour'd, and beheld 
 
 Beauty, which whether waking or asleep, 
 
 Shot forth peculiar graces ; then with voice 15 
 
 Mild, as when Zephyrus on Flora breathes, 
 
 Her band soft touching, whisper'd thus : Awake, 
 
 My fairest, my espoused, my latest found, 
 
 7. Matin : Virg. JEn. riii. 456 : 
 
 " K.t matutini volucrum fub culmine enntui. 1 ' 
 
 Though Milton seems to have derived hints and expressions from a great 
 variety of sources, yet, as Brydges well observes, " he almost always gave 
 a new character to what he took. The similar passages so numerously 
 pointed out by commentators, arc not similar in force and poetical spirit. 
 Words, simple or compound, may be borrowed (as in line 5, above, and in 
 other lines, from Sylvesters ' Du Bartas') , but the context and application 
 are different. Just as the brick, which is taken from a cottage, may be 
 worked into the walls of a palace ; but is the architecture of the palace 
 therefore taken from the cottage ? Many of the words used by Milton may 
 be found in the most miserable poetasters of his predecessors." 
 
 9. Hit wondtr WXM, Sfc. : We were told, in the foregoing Book, how the 
 evil spirit practised upon Eve as she lay asleep, in order to inspire her with 
 thoughts of vanity, pride, and ambition. The author, who shows a wonder- 
 ful art throughout his whole poem, in preparing the reader for the several 
 occurrences that arise in it, founds upon the above-mentioned circumstance 
 the first part of the Fifth Book. Adam, upon his awaking, finds Eve Mill 
 asleep, with an unusual discomposure in her looks. The posture in which 
 >ie regards her, is described with a tenderness not to be expressed, as the 
 whisper with which he awakens her is the softest that was ever conveyed 
 to a lover's ear. A. 
 
 11. Unquiet rett : In the last Book Satan was represented as infusing im- 
 proper thoughts into her mind ; hence this effect. 
 
 1 6. Zrphyrtt* : A soft and gentle wind ; the west wind. Flora : The god- 
 dess of blossoms and flowers. 
 
 17-18. Stroke, my fairnt : It should not be overlooked that Milton, in the 
 conferences between Adam and Eve, had his eye very frequently upon the
 
 BOOK V. 205 
 
 Heav'n's last best gift, my ever new delight, 
 
 Awake ; the morning shines, and the fresh field 20 
 
 Calls us ; we lose the prime, to mark how spring 
 
 Our tender plants, how blows the citron grove, 
 
 What drops the myrrh, and what the balmy reed, 
 
 How Nature paints her colours, how the bee 
 
 Sits on the bloom extracting liquid sweet. 25 
 
 Such whisp'ring waked her, but with startled eye 
 On Adam, whom embracing, thus she spake : 
 
 sole in whom my thoughts find all repose, 
 My glory, my perfection, glad I see 
 
 Book of Canticles (Song of Solomon), in which there is a noble spirit of 
 eastern poetry, and very often not unlike what we meet with in Homer, 
 who is generally placed near the age of Solomon. There is no question 
 that the poet, in the speech that follows, remembered those two passages 
 which are spoken on a like occasion, and filled with the same pleasing 
 images of nature. " My beloved spake, and said unto me, ' Rise up, my 
 love, my fair one, and come away ; for lo ! the winter is past, the rain is 
 over and gone, the flowers appear on the earth, the time of the singing of 
 birds is come, and the voice of the turtle is heard in our land. The fig-tree 
 putteth forth her green figs, and the vines with the tender grapes give a 
 good smell. Arise, my love, my fair one, and come away.' " " Come, my 
 beloved ! let us go forth into the field ; let us get up early to the vineyards ; 
 let us see if the vine flourish ; whether the tender grapes appear and the 
 pomegranates bud forth." 
 
 His preferring the garden of Eden to that 
 
 " where the sapient king 
 
 Held dalliance with his fair Kgyptian sjxjuse," 
 
 shows that the poet had this delightful scene in his mind. A. 
 
 21. Prime: Best part of the day (170 ; IX. 200) . 
 
 24. I am inclined to think that this mention of Nature is the only blemish 
 in the passage. None of Adam's curious questionings, which writers have 
 reprobated, were unnatural in a being continually contemplating the uni- 
 verse with an undimmed eye ; but it is very inconsistent to suppose he 
 would personify the principle of things, and separate its operation from the 
 immediate action of the divine hand. Nature was a noble and splendid 
 conception in the minds of the heathen poets and philosophers, but it is a 
 puerile contradiction after the thoughts have been long fixed on a personal 
 deity. S. 
 
 28. O tole : O thou only one.
 
 206 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Thy face, and morn returned ; for I this night 30 
 
 (Such night till this I never pass'd) have dream'd, 
 
 If dream'd, not as I oft am wont, of thee, 
 
 Works of day past, or morrow's next design, 
 
 But of offence and trouble, which my mind 
 
 Knew never till this irksome night. Methought, 35 
 
 Close at mine ear one call'd me forth to walk, 
 
 With gentle voice ; I thought it thine : it said, 
 
 Why sleep'st thou, Eve ? now is the pleasant time, 
 
 The cool, the silent, save where silence yields 
 
 To the night-warbling bird, that now awake 40 
 
 Tunes sweetest his love-labour'd song ; now reigns 
 
 Full orb'd the moon, and with more pleasing light 
 
 Shadowy sets off the face of things ; in vain, 
 
 If none regard ; Heav'n wakes with all his eyes, 
 
 Whom to behold but thee, Nature's desire ? 45 
 
 In whose sight all things joy, with ravishment 
 
 Attracted by thy beauty still to gaze. 
 
 I rose as at thy call, but found thee not ; 
 
 To find thee I directed then my walk ; 
 
 And on, methought, alone I pass'd through ways 50 
 
 30. For I this night, Sfc. : The breaks in Eve's narration, are extremely 
 beautiful, and adapted to the circumstances of one just awakened, before the 
 thoughts were well recollected. STILLINGFLEET. 
 
 38-47. Why tleepttt thou, tfc. : Eve's dream is full of those high conceits 
 engendering pride, which, we are told, the devil endeavoured to instill into 
 her. * Of this kind is that part of it where she fancies herself awakened by 
 Adam, in the beautiful lines that follow. 
 
 An injudicious poet would have made Adam talk through the whole work 
 in such sentiments as these ; but flattery and falsehood are not the courtship 
 of Milton's Adam, and could not be heard by Eve in her state of innocence, 
 excepting only in a dream produced on purpose to taint her imagination. 
 Other vain sentiments of the same kind, in this relation of her dream, will 
 be obvious to every reader. Though the catastrophe of the poem is finely 
 presaged on this occasion, the particulars of it are so artfully shadowed, that 
 they do not anticipate the story which follows in the Ninth Book. It may 
 be added, that though the vision itself is founded upon truth, the circum- 
 stances of it are full of that wildness and inconsistency which are natural to 
 a dream. A. 
 
 41. Hit: The nightingale is also sometimes spoken of as feminine
 
 BOOK V. 
 
 207 
 
 That brought me on a sudden to the tree 
 
 Of interdicted knowledge : fair it seem'd, 
 
 Much fairer to my fancy than by day : 
 
 And as I wond'ring look'd, beside it stood 
 
 One shaped and wing'd, like one of those from Heav'n 55 
 
 By us oft seen. His dewy locks distill'd 
 
 Ambrosia : on that tree he also gazed ; 
 
 And fair plant, said he, with fruit surcharged, 
 
 Deigns none to ease thy load and taste thy sweet 
 
 Nor God, nor Man ? is knowledge so despised ? 69 
 
 Or envy, or what reserve forbids to taste ? 
 
 Forbid who will, none shall from me withhold 
 
 Longer thy offer'd good : why else set here ? 
 
 This said, he paused not, but with vent'rous arm 
 
 He pluck'd, he tasted ! Me damp horror chill'd 65 
 
 At such bold words vouch'd with a deed so bold : 
 
 But he thus overjoy'd, fruit divine, 
 
 Sweet of thyself, but much more sweet thus cropt, 
 
 Forbidden here, it seems, as only fit 
 
 For Gods, yet able to make Gods of Men : 70 
 
 And why not Gods of Men, since good, the more 
 
 Communicated, more abundant grows, 
 
 The Author not impair'd, but honour'd more ? 
 
 Here, happy creature, fair angelic Eve, 
 
 Partake thou also ; happy though thou art, 75 
 
 Happier thou may'st be, worthier canst not be : 
 
 Taste this, and be henceforth among the Gods 
 
 Thyself a Goddess, not to earth confined, 
 
 53. Much fairer to my fancy than by day : As the sensations are often 
 more pleasing, and the images more lively, when we are asleep, than when 
 we are awake ; and what can be the cause of this ? Our author plainly 
 thinks it may be effected by the agency of some spiritual being upon the 
 sensory while we are asleep. N. 
 
 57. Ambrotia : Virg. JEn. i. 403 : 
 
 ' Imbroiiaque com divinum vertice odorem 
 Spiravere. 1 ' 
 
 66. Vouched : Confirmed. 
 
 67. Overjoyed : After this word supply declared.
 
 208 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 But sometimes in the air, as we, sometime* 
 
 Ascend to Heav'n, by merit thine, and see 80 
 
 What life the Gods live there, and such live thou. 
 
 So saying, he drew nigh, and to me held, 
 
 Ev'n to my mouth, of that same fruit held part 
 
 Which he had pluck'd. The pleasant sav'ry smell 
 
 So quicken'd appetite, that I, methought, 85 
 
 Could not but taste. Forthwith up to the clouds 
 
 With him I flew, and underneath beheld 
 
 The earth outstretched immense, a prospect wide 
 
 And various ; wond'ring at my flight and change 
 
 To this high exaltation ; suddenly 90 
 
 My guide was gone, and I, methought, sunk down, 
 
 And fell asleep ; but bow glad I waked 
 
 To find this but a dream ! Thus Eve her night 
 
 Related ; and thus Adain answer'd sad : 
 
 Beet image of myself and dearer half, 95 
 
 The trouble of thy thoughts this night in sleep 
 Affects me equally ; nor can I like 
 This uncouth dream, of evil sprung I fear ; 
 Yet evil whence ? In thee can harbour none, 
 Created pure. But know, that in the soul 100 
 
 Are many lesser faculties, that serve 
 Keason as chief: among these Fancy next 
 Her office holds. Of all external things . 
 Which the five watchful senses represent, 
 She forms imaginations, aery shapes ; 105 
 
 Which Reason joining or disjoining, frames 
 
 79. An ellipsis is here to be supplied : But sometimes (ascend) in the air, 
 as we do. &c. 
 
 93. Night: For u dreams of night." 
 
 95. The general style in which, throughout the poem, Eve is addressed by 
 Adam, or described by the poet, is in the highest degree of compliment ; yet 
 that which distinguishes Milton from the other poets, who have pampered 
 the eye and fed the imagination with exuberant descriptions of female beauty, 
 is the moral severity with which he has tempered them. There is not a 
 line in his works which tends to licentiousness, or the impression of which, 
 if it has such a tendency, is not effectually checked by thought and senti- 
 ment. HAZL.ITT
 
 BOOK V. 
 
 209 
 
 All what we affirm or what deny, and call 
 
 Our knowledge or opinion ; then retires 
 
 Into her private cell when Nature rests. 
 
 Oft in her absence mimic Fancy wakes 110 
 
 To imitate her ; but misjoining shapes, 
 
 Wild work produces oft, and most in dreams, 
 
 111 matching words and deeds long past or late. 
 
 Some such resemblances methinks I find 
 
 Of our last evening's talk, in this thy dream, 115 
 
 But with addition strange ; yet be not sad. 
 
 Evil into the mind of God or Man 
 
 May come and go, so unapproved, and leave 
 
 No spot or blame behind : Which gives me hope 
 
 That what in sleep thou didst abhor to dream ' 120 
 
 Waking thou never wilt consent to do. 
 
 Be not dishearten'd then, nor cloud those looks 
 
 That wont to be more cheerful and serene 
 
 Than when fair morning first smiles on the world ; 
 
 And let us to our fresh employments rise 125 
 
 Among the groves, the fountains, and the flowers 
 
 That open now their choicest bosom'd smells, 
 
 Reserved from night, and kept for thee in store. 
 
 So cheer'd he his fair spouse, and she was cheer'd ; 
 But silently a gentle tear let fall 130 
 
 From either eye, and wiped them with her hair. 
 Two other precious drops that ready stood, 
 Each in their crystal sluice, he ere they feH 
 Kiss'd as the gracious signs of sweet remorse 
 And pious awe, that fear'd to have offended. 135 
 
 So all was clear'd, and to the field they haste. 
 But first, from under shady arborous roof 
 Soon as they forth were come to open sight 
 
 J17. The word Gorf, in this line, may be regarded as synonymous with 
 angel, being sometimes used by the sacred writers in this sense. John x. 
 3*>. The poet, in lines 60, 70, uses the word in this sense. S. 
 
 129. So cheered he, SfC. : Adam, conformable to his character for superior 
 wisdom, instructs and comforts Eve upon this occasion. A. 
 
 137. jirborout roof: Roof composed of branches of trees. 
 
 N
 
 *-'!" PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Of day spring, and the Sun, who scarce up risen, 
 
 With wheels yet hov'ring o'er the ocean brim, 140 
 
 Shot parallel to th' earth his dewy ray, 
 
 .Discovering in wide landskip all the east 
 
 Of Paradise and Eden's happy plains, 
 
 Lowly they bow'd, adoring, and began 
 
 Their orisons, each morning duly paid 145 
 
 In various style ; for neither various style 
 
 Nor holy rapture wanted they to praise 
 
 Their Maker, in fit strains pronounced or sung 
 
 Unmeditated ; such prompt eloquence 
 
 Flow'd from their lips, in prose or num'rous verse, 150 
 
 More tuneable than needed lute or harp 
 
 To add more sweetness ; and they thus began : 
 
 These are thy glorious works, Parent of Good, 
 Almighty, thine this universal frame, 
 
 Thus wondrous fair : thyself how wondrous then ! 155 
 
 Unspeakable, who sit'st above these Heav'ns 
 To us invisible, or dimly seen 
 In these thy lowest works : yet these declare 
 Thy goodness beyond thought, and pow'r divine. 
 Speak ye who best can tell, ye sons of light, 160 
 
 153. Thete are thy work*, Sfc. : Here commences a most noble hymn in 
 praise or the Deity. It is written in imitation of one of those Psalms, 
 where, in the overflowings of. gratitude and praise, the Psalmist calls not 
 only upon the angels, but upon the most conspicuous parts of the inanimate 
 creation, to join with him in extolling their common Maker. Invocations 
 of this nature fill the mind with glorious ideas of God's works, and awaken 
 that divine enthusiasm which is so natural to devotion. But if this calling 
 upon the dead parts of nature, is, at all times, a proper kind of worship, it 
 was, in a peculiar manner, suitable to our first parents, who had the creation 
 fresh upon their minds, and had not seen the various dispensations of Proi i 
 dence, nor, consequently, could be made acquainted with those many topics 
 of praise which might afford matter to the devotions of their posterity. I 
 need not remark the beautiful spirit of poetry which runs through this 
 whole hymn, nor tke holiness of that resolution with which it concludes. 
 A. 
 
 160. Sptak ye, ifc. : He is wuptakaJbU (156) : no creature can speak wor- 
 thily of him as be is ; but speak ye who are best able, ve angels, &c.
 
 BOOK V. 211 
 
 Angels; for ye behold Him, and with songs 
 
 And choral symphonies, day without night, 
 
 Circle his throne rejoicing ! ye in Heav'n, 
 
 On Earth join all ye Creatures to extol 
 
 Him first, him last, him midst, and without end. 165 
 
 Fairest of stars, last in the train of night, 
 
 If better thou belong not to the dawn, 
 
 Sure pledge of day, that crown'st the smiling morn 
 
 With thy bright circlet, praise him in thy sphere, 
 
 While day arises, that sweet hour of prime. 170 
 
 Thou Sun, of this great world both eye and soul, 
 
 Acknowledge him thy greater ; sound his praise 
 
 In thy eternal course, both when thou climb'st, 
 
 And when high noon hast gain'd, and when thou fall'st. 
 
 Moon, that now meets the orient Sun, now fly'st, 175 
 
 With the fix'd stars, fix'd in their orb that flies, 
 
 And ye five other wand'ring fires that move 
 
 162. Day vrithout night : Without night such as ours ; yet, not without 
 a grateful vicissitude. See Book V. 628-9, 645-6 ; VI. 8. 
 
 166. Fairest of stars : Venus, here spoken of as the morning star, being so 
 a part of the year. There is a discrepancy, however, with Book IV. 605, 
 if we consider Milton as implying that at this time the planet was a morn- 
 ing star. We must regard this as a general hymn of praise, suited to any 
 season of the year. 
 
 170. Prime : Dawn ; so called because it is the first part of day. 
 
 172. Thy greater : Thy superior. The sun is here beautifully personified. 
 
 175-76. The train of thought is this : Thou moon, that sometimes dost ap- 
 proach the bright sun in thy monthly circuit (from full moon to new moon) , 
 and dost sometimes recede (as from new to full moon), resound his praise in 
 connection with the fixed stars, &c. See note on 177. 
 
 176. Fixed in their orb (or concentric, crystalline sphere) , that flies, or re- 
 volves rapidly around the earth; that is, appears to do so. VIII. 19, 21. 
 
 177. Ye five other : Dr. Bentley reads four, Venus and the Sun and Moon 
 having been already mentioned, and only four more remaining, Mercury, 
 Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, according to the discoveries of Milton's age. We 
 must either suppose that Milton did not consider the morning star as the 
 planet Venus, which would explain the difficulty suggested in line 166; or 
 he must be supposed to include the earth, to make up the other five besides 
 those he had mentioned; and he calls it, VIII. 129, the planet Earth, though
 
 212 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In mystic dance not without song, resound 
 
 His praise, who out of darkness call'd up light. 
 
 Air, and ye Elements, the eldest birth 180 
 
 Of Nature's womb, that in quaternion run 
 
 Perpetual circle, multiform, and mix 
 
 And nourish all things ; let your ceaseless change 
 
 Vary to our great Maker still new praise. 
 
 Te Mists and Exhalations that now rise 185 
 
 From hill or steaming lake, dusky or grey, 
 
 Till the Sun paint your fleecy skirts with gold, 
 
 In honour to the world's great Author rise, 
 
 Whether to deck with clouds the uncolour'd sky, 
 
 Or wet the thirsty earth with falling show'rs, 190 
 
 Rising or falling still advance his praise. 
 
 His praise, ye Winds, that from four quarters blow 
 
 Breathe soft or loud ; and wave your tops, ye Pines, 
 
 With every plant ; in sign of worship wave. 
 
 Fountains, and ye that warble, as ye flow, 195 
 
 Melodious murmurs, warbling tune his praise. 
 
 Join voices all ye living Souls ; ye Birds, 
 
 this is not agreeable to the system according to which he is speaking at pre- 
 sent. N. 
 
 Wandering fire* : The planets are thus designated in distinction from the 
 fixed stars, that do not change their position in the heavens relative to one 
 another. 
 
 178. Not without long : An allusion to the Pythagorean theory, called 
 " the music of the spheres," by which was only intended, according to 
 Bishop Newton, the proportion, regularity, and harmony of their motions : 
 out see note on 625. 
 
 180. Element*: It was once supposed that fire, air, earth, and water, were 
 simple bodies, out of which the world was composed. Modern science has 
 entirely overturned this theory. See Book III. 715. 
 
 181. That in quaternion run, tfc. : That in a fourfold mixture and combina- 
 tion run a perpetual circle, one element continually changing into another, 
 according to the doctrine of Heraclitus, borrowed from Orpheus. Cicero de 
 Nat. Deor. ii. 33. N. 
 
 197. Soul* : The word is used here, as it sometimes is in Scripture, for 
 other creatures besides man. Gen. i. 20, 30, marginal readings. N.
 
 BOOK V. 213 
 
 That singing up to Heaven-gate ascend, 
 
 Bear on your wings and in your notes his praise. 
 
 Ye that in waters glide, and ye that walk 200 
 
 The earth, and stately tread, or lowly creep, 
 
 Witness if I be silent, morn or ev'n, 
 
 To hill or valley, fountain, or fresh shade, 
 
 Made vocal by my song, and taught his praise. 
 
 Hail Universal Lord, be bounteous still 205 
 
 To give us only good ; and if the night 
 
 Have gather'd aught of evil, or conceal'd, 
 
 Disperse it, as now light dispels the dark. 
 
 So pray'd they innocent, and their thoughts 
 Firm peace recover 'd soon, and wonted calm. 210 
 
 On to their morning's rural work they haste, 
 Among sweet dews and flow'rs ; where any row 
 Of fruit trees over-woody reach 'd too far 
 Their pamper'd boughs, and needed hands to check 
 Fruitless embraces ; or they led the vine 215 
 
 To wed her elm ; she spoused about him twines 
 
 198. To Heaven gate ascend: Shakspeare had used the same hyperbole, 
 Cymbeline, Act ii. ; also in Sonnet xxix. 
 
 202. It is a curious question, why the singular pronoun 7 is here used in- 
 stead of the plural, since Adam and Eve were both engaged in this religious 
 service. The most plausible explanation is that which Stebbing furnishes. 
 He says, that from Milton's known opinion on the subject of female modesty 
 and subjection, it is easy to suppose he never intended to represent Ere as 
 audibly accompanying the devotions of her husband ; an idea which is 
 strengthened by referring to 1 Cor. xiv. 34, and 1 Tim. ii. 11. But Bishop 
 Newton explains the matter by saying, that Milton here imitates the ancient 
 chorus, where sometimes the plural and sometimes the singular number is 
 used. 
 
 205-8. This petition resembles a well-known petition in Plato, offered to 
 Jupiter : " Give us good things whether we pray for them or not, and remove 
 from us evil things, even though we pray for them ; and Xenophon tells us 
 that Socrates was in the habit of praying to the gods simply for good tilings, 
 as they knew best what things were best. 
 
 214. Pampered boughs : Boughs overgrown with superfluous leaves and 
 fruitless branches ; from the French pamprt. N. 
 
 216. To wed her elm : An allusion to Ovid. Met. xiv. 661. Virgil likewise 
 employs the metaphor of the vice embracing the elm, Georg. ii. 367.
 
 214 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Her marriageable arms, and with her brings 
 
 Her dow'r th' adopted clusters, to adorn 
 
 His barren leaves. Them thus employ'd beheld 
 
 With pity Heav'n's high King, and to him call'd 220 
 
 Kaphael, the sociable Spirit, that deign'd 
 
 To travel with Tobias, and secured 
 
 His marriage with the sev'ntimes-wedded maid. 
 
 Raphael, said he, thou hear'st what stir on Earth 
 Satan from Hell, 'scaped thro' the darksome gulf, 225 
 
 Hath raised in Paradise, and how disturb'd 
 This night the human pair, how he designs 
 In them at once to ruin all mankind. 
 Go, therefore, half this day as friend with friend 
 Converse with Adam, in what bow'r or shade 230 
 
 Thou find'st him from the heat of noon retired, 
 To respite his day-labour with repast, 
 Or with repose ; and such discourse bring on 
 As may advise him of his happy state, 
 
 Happiness in his pow'r left free to will, 235 
 
 Left to his own free will, his will though free, 
 Yet mutable ; whence warn him to beware 
 He swerve not too secure. Tell him withal 
 His danger, and from whom ; what enemy, 
 Late fall'n himself from Heav'n, is plotting now 240 
 
 The fall of others from like state of bliss. 
 By violence ? No, for that shall be withstood ; 
 But by deceit and lies. This let him know, 
 Lest wilfully transgressing he pretend 
 Surprisal, unadmonish'd, unforewarn'd. 245 
 
 So spake th' Eternal Father, and fulfill'd 
 All justice : nor delay'd the winged Saint 
 After his charge received ; but from among 
 
 222. Tobiat : The story here alluded to may be found in the apocryphal 
 book of Tobit 
 
 224. Raphael : This good spirit is characterized by affability, and by pecu- 
 liar benevolence towards mankind. 
 
 235. In hit power : In the power of him.
 
 BOOK V. 215 
 
 Thousand celestial Ardours, where lie stood 
 
 Veil'd with his gorgeous wings, up springing light 250 
 
 Flew through the midst of Heav'n ; th' angelic choirs, 
 
 On each hand parting, to his speed gave way 
 
 Through all th' empyreal road ; till at the gate 
 
 Of Heav'n arrived, the gate self-open'd wide 
 
 On golden hinges turning, as by work 255 
 
 Divine the Sov'reign Architect had framed. 
 
 From hence no cloud, or, to obstruct his sight, 
 
 Star interposed, however small, he sees, 
 
 Not unconform to other shining globes, 
 
 Earth and the gard'n of God, with cedars crown'd 2GO 
 
 Above all hills. As when by night the glass 
 
 Of Galileo, less assured, observes 
 
 249. Ardours : This term is applied to heavenly spirits either on account of 
 their brightness or their zeal. Seraphim has the same meaning in Hebrew. 
 
 253. Empyreal : Formed of pure fire, or refined light. 
 
 254-56. Till at the gate, Sfc. : This passage contrasts beautifully in sound 
 with that which describes the gates of Hell, Book II. 879-83. See Ho- 
 mer's Iliad, v. 749. 
 
 Raphael's departure from before the throne and his flight through the choirs 
 of angels, is finely imagined. As Milton everywhere fills his poem with 
 circumstances that are marvellous and astonishing, he describes the gate of 
 Heaven as framed after such a manner that it opened of itself upon the ap- 
 proach of the angel who was to pass through it. 
 
 The poet in these lines seems to have regarded two or three passages in 
 the 18th Iliad, as that in particular where, speaking of Vulcan, Homer says 
 that he had made twenty tripods running on golden wheels, which, upon oc- 
 casion, might go of themselves to the assembly of the gods, and, when there 
 was no more use for them, return again after the same manner. 
 
 But, as the miraculous workmanship of Milton's gates is not so extraordi- 
 nary as this of the tripods, I am persuaded he would not have mentioned it> 
 had he not been supported in it by a passage of Scripture which speaks of 
 wheels in Heaven that had life in them, and moved of themselves, or stood 
 still, in conformity with the Cherubim whom they accompanied. 
 
 There is no question that Milton had this circumstance in his thoughts, 
 because, in the following Book he describes the chariot of the Messiah with 
 living wheels, according to the plan in Ezekiel's vision. A. 
 
 258. Interpotfd : Being interposed ; no cloud or star being interposed to 
 obstruct his sight, he sees, however small, &c. 
 
 262. Atturtd : Certain, or accurate. Galileo was the first who used the
 
 216 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Imagined lands and regions in the moon . 
 
 Or pilot, from amidst the Cyclades 
 
 Delos or Samos first appearing, kens 265 
 
 A cloudy spot. Down thither prone in flight 
 
 He speeds, and through the vast ethereal sky 
 
 Sails between worlds and worlds, with steady wing 
 
 Now on the polar winds, then with quick fan 
 
 Winnows the buxom air : till within soar 270 
 
 Of tow'ring eagles, to all the fowls he seems 
 
 A Phoenix, gazed by all, as that sole bird, 
 
 telescope for astronomical purposes. He was visited by Milton, while in 
 Italy, as we learn from the Jhrtopagitica. The glass, by a figure of speech, 
 is said to obterve the moon, the instrument being put for the astronomer who 
 looks through it. 
 
 264. The Cycladet, embracing Delos and Samos, are Islands of the Grecian 
 Archipelago. 
 
 265. Kent a cloudy tpot : Descries indistinctly those islands ; judging them 
 at their first appearance to be clouds. The angel had a more distinct view 
 of the Earth and Paradise. 
 
 267-35. He tpeed$, tfc. : Raphael's descent to the earth, with the figure of 
 his person, is represented in very lively colours, and conformably to the no- 
 tions given of angels in Scripture. Milton, after having set him forth in all 
 his heavenly plumage, and represented him as having alighted upon the earth, 
 the poet concludes his description with a circumstance which is altogether 
 new, and imagined with the greatest strength of fancy. Raphael's reception 
 by the guardian angels, his distant appearance to Adam, have all the graces 
 that poetry is capable of expressing. 
 
 270. Beats the yielding, or obedient air. 
 
 272. Phoenix that tde bird : The epithet tole is applied to this fabulous 
 
 bird, because only one of the species was thought to exist at a time. Its 
 plumage was exceedingly beautiful. Having lived to the advanced age of 
 about six hundred years, it constructs a funeral pile of light wood and odorous 
 gums, upon which, kindled by the rays of a tropical sun, it is consumed. 
 Another phcrnix starts up from the ashes, bears away the relics of the pile 
 to Thebes in Egypt, and places them in the Temple of the Sim, other birds 
 accompanying him in this operation, and gazing Qpon him. 
 
 According to another account, she lighted the combustible pile with the 
 fanning of her wings, and thus apparently consumed herself, but not really ; 
 this being the process by which she endowed herself with new vitality : she 
 
 then 
 
 Mount* from her funeral pyre on wingi of flame, 
 And oir and hine, another and the tame !
 
 BOOK V. 217 
 
 When to inshrine his reliques in the Sun's 
 
 Bright temple, to Egyptian Thebes he flies. 
 
 At once on th' eastern cliff of Paradise 975 
 
 He lights, and to his proper shape returns, 
 
 A seraph wing'd ; six wings he wore, to shade 
 
 His lineaments divine ; the pair that clad 
 
 Each shoulder broad, came mantling o'er his breast 
 
 With regal ornament ; the middle pair 280 
 
 Girt like a starry zone his waist, and round 
 
 Skirted his loins and thighs with downy gold 
 
 And colours dipt in Heav'n ; the third his feet 
 
 Shadow'd from either heel with feather'd mail, 
 
 Sky-tinctured grain. Like Maia's son he stood, 285 
 
 And shook his plumes, that heav'nly fragrance fill'd 
 
 The circuit wide. Straight knew him all the bands 
 
 Of Angels under watch ; and to his state, 
 
 And to his message high in honour rise ; 
 
 For on some message high they gufiss'd him bound. 290 
 
 Their glitt'ring tents he pass'd, and now is come 
 
 Into the blissful field, through groves of myrrh 
 
 And flow'ring odours, cassia, nard, and balm : 
 
 A wilderness of sweets ; for Nature here 
 
 This fable, which varies in form in different writers, has been used as an 
 illustration of the doctrine of the resurrection ; sometimes as an emblem of 
 the renovation of the world, and the revival of a golden age of the world. 
 See Brande's Diet. 
 
 276. Proper shape : His own shape, or rather, his usual attitude. When 
 flying he teemed to the birds a "phoenix ; now, with his wings adjusted, in the 
 manner afterwards described, he appears what he really was, a Seraph. 
 
 284. Feathered mail: The feathers lie one short of another, resembling 
 the plates of metal of which coats of mail are composed. R. 
 
 Sky-tinctured grain : The fibre, or substance dyed of a sky colour ; there- 
 fore beautiful and durable. 
 
 285. Maia?t ton : Mercury. The poet alludes to the account given by 
 Homer and Virgil of Mercury's rapid descent to the earth as a messenger of 
 the gods. Iliad, xxiv. 339 ; JEn. iv. 253. See Dryden's translation of the 
 latter. 
 
 294-97. Wildemett of tweet* : A wild, uncultivated forest of sweet yJo'tti . 
 Wantoned at in her prime: Roved without restraint, as being hi ner first and 
 10
 
 218 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 
 
 Wanton'd as in her prime, and play'd at will 295 
 
 Her virgin fancies, pouring forth more sweet, 
 
 Wild above rule or art, enormous bliss. 
 
 Him through the spicy forest onward come 
 
 Adam discern'd, as in the door he sat 
 
 Of his cool bow'r, while now the mounted Sun 300 
 
 Shot down direct his fervid rays to warm 
 
 Earth's inmost womb, more warmth than Adam needs : 
 
 And Eve within, due at her hour prepared 
 
 For dinner sav'ry fruits, of taste to please 
 
 True appetite, and not disrelish thirst 305 
 
 Of nect'rous draughts between, from milky stream, 
 
 Berry or grape. To whom thus Adam call'd : 
 
 Haste hither, Eve, and, worth thy sight, behold 
 Eastward among those trees, what glorious shape 
 Comes this way moving ; seems another morn 310 
 
 Risen on mid-noon ; some great behest from Heav'n 
 To us perhaps he brings, and will vouchsafe 
 This day to be our guest. But go with speed, 
 And what thy stores contain bring forth, and pour 
 Abundance, fit to honour and receive 315 
 
 Our heav'nly stranger : well we may afford 
 Our givers their own gifts, and large bestow 
 From large bestow'd, where Nature multiplies 
 Her fertile growth, and by diaburd'ning grows 
 
 belt state. Nature pouring forth mart twttt : Producing that which was more 
 sweet for the reason that neither rule nor art had anything to do in its pro* 
 duction. Enormou* blitt : This delightful fragrance was enormous bliss 
 that is, it was the source of such bliss ; it was a source of the highest physical 
 gratification. 
 
 310-11. Stemt another morn, tfe. : What an original and splendid thought ; 
 Such lustre as morning imparts to night, this angel's brightness imparts to noon- 
 day. His light is as much greater than an ordinary noon-day, as the light of 
 the morning is superior to the glimmering* of the night. It roust be under- 
 deratood before scant. 
 
 316-17. WM vx may afford, tfc.: This sentiment should be engraven on 
 the mind as a motive to contribute liberally to all those humane and religious 
 objects which God has made it our duty to sustain and to promote.
 
 BOOK V. 219 
 
 More fruitful ; which instructs us not to spare. 320 
 
 To whom thus Eve : Adam, earth's hallo w'd mould, 
 
 Of God inspired, email store will serve, where store, 
 
 All seasons, ripe for use hangs on the stalk, 
 
 Save what by frugal storing firmness gains 
 
 To nourish, and superfluous moist consumes : 325 
 
 But I will haste, and from each bough and brake, 
 
 Each plant and juiciest gourd, will pluck such choice 
 
 To entertain our Angel guest, as he 
 
 Beholding shall confess, that here on Earth 
 
 God hath dispensed his bounties as in Heav'n. 330 
 
 So saying, with dispatchful looks in haste 
 
 She turns, on hospitable thoughts intent 
 
 321-22. EartKs hallowed mould, $c. : Form or model. A phrase descriptive 
 of Adam. 
 
 325. Superfluous moist consume* : This is rather too philosophical for the 
 female character of Eve. One of the poet's greatest faults is his introducing 
 inconsistencies in the characters both of angels and man, by mixing too much 
 with them his own philosophical notions. T. 
 
 326. Each bough and brake, tfc. : The bough belongs to fruit trees ; the 
 plant is such as that which produces strawberries, &c. ; the gourd includes 
 such as lie on the earth ; and the brake is the species between trees and plants; 
 a bush. P. 
 
 327. Choice: Choice (fruits). 
 
 332. On hospitable thoughts, ffc. : The author here gives us a particular de- 
 scription of Eve in her domestic employments. Though in this and other 
 parts of the same Book, the subject is only the housewifery of our first pa- 
 rent, it is set off with so many pleasing images and strong expressions, as 
 make it none of the least agreeable parts in this divine work. A. 
 
 Sir E. Brydges, however, expresses a different and discordant opinion. 
 u If I may venture," says he, " to express my frank opinion, I confess that I 
 do not admire this description of Eve's housewifery and table-entertainment 
 of the angel: it was not necessary, and had been better omitted. The pic- 
 ture is too earthly, too familiar I had almost said too coarse. It breaks in 
 upoi. the imaginative spell ; that dimness and mysteriousness in which 
 spiritual poetry delights." 
 
 In defence of Milton, however, against the force of this criticism, it may be 
 urged, that he probably designed to inculcate, and to enforce, by the highest 
 example of female loveliness, a virtue which in some quarters is too much 
 neglected that of looking well " to the ways of one's household." Job xxxi. 
 15,27.
 
 220 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 What choice to choose for delicacy best, 
 
 What order, so contrived as not to mix 
 
 Tastes, not well join'd, inelegant, but bring 3S5 
 
 Taste after taste upheld with kindliest change ; 
 
 Bestirs her then, and from each tender stalk 
 
 Whatever Earth, all-bearing mother, yields 
 
 In India East or West, or middle shore 
 
 In Pontus or the Punic coast, or where 340 
 
 Alcinous reign'd, fruit of all kinds, in coat 
 
 Rough or smooth rined, or bearded husk, or shell, 
 
 She gathers, tribute large, and on the board 
 
 Heaps with unsparing hand. For drink, the grape 
 
 She crushes, inoffensive must, and meaths 345 
 
 From many a berry, and from sweet kernels press'd 
 
 She tempers dulcet creams, nor these to hold 
 
 Wants her fit vessels pure, then strews the ground 
 
 With rose and odours from the shrub unfumed. 
 
 Mean while our primitive great sire, to meet 350 
 
 His god-like guest, walks forth, without more train 
 Accompany M than with his own complete 
 
 333. Choice to choose : Milton and the classical poets often indulge in alli- 
 teration. See Book VIII. 130; IX. 289; XI. 427. 
 
 339. Middle ihore : A comma seems to be required after shore, and then the 
 expression may indicate, on the shore of the Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 340. Pontut : A region of Asia Minor bordering on the Black Sea. Punic : 
 Carthaginian, in Africa, nearly opposite to Sicily. JUcinovt: A king of 
 Ph;racia, distinguished for his love of agriculture. The gardens of Alcinous 
 are described by Homer and succeeding poets. He dwelt on the island of 
 Corfu, called by Homer Scheria. 
 
 345. Inoffensive mutt : This new wine he calls inoffensive, to indicate that it 
 was not intoxicating, not fermented, but simply the mild juice of the grape. 
 Aleatht : Sweet liquors. 
 
 348. Want* her : Are there wanting to her. Vessels, (i. e.) shells of fruits, 
 IV. 335, " and in the rind." 
 
 349. Shrub unfumed : The shrub gave forth odours without the application 
 of fire and the emission of smoke. The expression here used of strewing the 
 ground with odours, is highly poetical. 
 
 351. Without more train : That is, with no mart train, iff. 
 
 352. Walkt forth, Iff. . The natural majesty of Adam, and, at the same
 
 BOOK V. 221 
 
 Perfections : in himself was all his state, 
 
 More solemn than the tedious pomp that waits 
 
 On princes, when their rich retinue long 355 
 
 Of horses led, and grooms besmear'd with gold, 
 
 Dazzles the crowd, and seta them all agape. 
 
 Nearer his presence Adam, though not awed, 
 
 Yet with submiss approach and rev'rence meek, 
 
 As to a superior nature, bowing low, 360 
 
 Thus said : Native of Heav'n, for other place 
 
 None can than Heav'n such glorious shape contain ; 
 
 Since by descending from the thrones above, 
 
 Those happy places thou hast deign'd a while 
 
 To want, and honour these, vouchsafe with us 365 
 
 Two only, who yet by sov'reign gift possess 
 
 This spacious ground, in yonder shady bow'r 
 
 To rest, and what the garden choicest bears 
 
 To sit and taste, till this meridian heat 
 
 Be over, and the Sun more cool decline. 370 
 
 Whom thus the angelic virtue answer'd mild : 
 Adam, I therefore came ; nor art thou such 
 Created, or such place hast here to dwell, 
 As may not oft invite, though Spirits of Heav'n, 
 To visit thee. Lead on then where thy bow'r 375 
 
 O'ershades ; for these mid hours, till ev'ning rise, 
 I have at will. So to the sylvan lodge 
 They came, that like Pomona's arbour smiled 
 With flow'rets deck'd and fragrant smells ; but Eve 
 
 time, his submissive behaviour to the superior being who had vouchsafed to 
 be his guest ; the solemn " hail" which the angel bestows (388) upon the 
 mother of mankind, with the figure of Eve ministering at the table (444-51), 
 are circumstances which deserve to be admired. A. 
 
 356. Besmeared : Hor. Ode iv. 9 : 14, " Aurum vestibus illitum." 
 
 359. Submiss : Poetic term for submissive, respectful. 
 
 369. To sit and taste : That is, to taste while sitting. II. 917. 
 
 371. Virtue: Spirit 
 
 374. After invite, us is to be understood. 
 
 377. At will: At my disposal. 
 
 378. Pomona'*: Goddess of gardens and fruits. Ovid, Met. xiv. 623
 
 222 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Undeck'd save with herself, more lovely fair 380 
 
 Than Wood-Nympb, or the fairest Goddess feign'd 
 
 Of three that in mount Ida naked strove, 
 
 Stood to entertain her guest from Hcav'n. No veil 
 
 She needed, virtue-proof; no thought infirm 
 
 Alter'd her cheek. On whom the Angel Hail 385 
 
 Bestow'd ; the holy salutation used 
 
 Long after to blest Mary, second Eve. 
 
 Hail Mother of Mankind, whose fruitful womb 
 Shall fill the world more num'rous with thy sons, 
 Than with these various fruits the 1 trees of God 390 
 
 Have heap'd this table. Raised of grassy turf 
 Their table was, and mossy seats had round, 
 And on her ample square, from side to side, 
 All autumn piled, tho' spring and autumn here 
 Danced hand in hand. A while discourse they hold ; 395 
 No fear lest dinner cool ; when thus began 
 Our author : Heav'nly stranger, please to taste 
 These bounties which our Nourisher, from whom 
 All perfect good, unmeasured out, descends, 
 
 380. Undecked tave with htrtdf: A remarkable expression. She bad no 
 ornament besides that which was furnished by her own beautiful form. la a 
 like elegant manner is Adam elsewhere described : " In himself was all his 
 state," all his grandeur. 
 
 381. Wood-Nymph : The nymphs of ancient fiction were viewed as holding 
 a sort of intermediate place between men and gods, as to the duration of life ; 
 not being absolutely immortal, yet living a vast length of time. They were 
 generally represented as young and beautiful virgins, partially covered with 
 a veil or thin cloth, bearing in their hands vases of water, or shells, leaves, 
 or grass, or having something as a symbol of their appropriate offices. FISKE. 
 
 381. Fairest Goddett : Venus, the goddess of beauty, to whom, in a con- 
 test with Juno and Minerva for the purpose, the prize of beauty was 
 awarded by Paris; hence her zeal for the interest of the Trojans in their 
 war with the Greeks, and hence the opposition to the Trojans of those other 
 goddesses. 
 
 385. Virtue-proof: This word refers to the veil, as evidence of the virtue 
 of modesty, according to the customs of the East. 
 
 387. Luke i. 2, 8. 
 
 394 Jill autumn : All the fruits of autumn.
 
 BOOK v. 223 
 
 To us for food, and for delight hath caused 400 
 
 The earth to yield ; unsav'ry food perhaps 
 To spiritual natures : only this I know, 
 That one celestial Father gives to all. 
 
 To whom the Angel : Therefore, what he gives 
 (Whose praise be ever sung) to Man in part 405 
 
 Spiritual, may of purest Spirits be found 
 No ingrateful food : and food alike those pure 
 Intelligential substances require, 
 As doth your rational ; and both contain 
 Within them ev'ry lower faculty 410 
 
 Of sense, whereby they hear, see, smell, touch, taste, 
 Tasting concoct, digest, assimilate, 
 And corporeal to incorporeal turn. 
 For know, whatever was created, needs 
 
 To be sustain 'd and fed : of elements 415 
 
 The grosser feeds the purer ; earth the sea, 
 Earth and the sea feed air ; the air those fires 
 Ethereal, and as lowest first the moon ; 
 Whence in her visage round those spots, unpurged 
 Vapours not yet into her substance turn'd. 420 
 
 402. Spiritual: Angelic. 
 
 407-8. Pure intdligential substances: Unbodied minds. In man, the 
 rational substance is united with a material body. This poetic account of 
 angels' food, may have been suggested by the expression " angels' food," in 
 Fs. bcxviii. 25. 
 
 414. For know, tfc. : Here follows a rather curious and obsolete disser- 
 tation upon physics. Modern science repudiates such representations. 
 
 419-20. Spots, tfc. : It is certainly a great mistake to attribute the spott 
 in the moon to vapours not yet turned into her substance. They are owing to 
 the irregularities of her surface, and to the different nature of its constituent 
 parts, land, and water. It is certainly very unphilosophical to say (426) that 
 the sun sups with the ocean, but it is not unpoetical. And whatever other 
 faults are found in this passage, they are not so properly the faults of Milton 
 as of his times, and of those systems of philosophy which he had learned in 
 his younger years. If he had written after the late discoveries and improve- 
 ments in science, he would have written in another manner : yet a greater 
 latitude may be indulged to a poet than to a philosopher, in writing upon 
 physical subjects.
 
 224 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Nor doth the moon no nourishment exhale 
 
 From her moist continent to higher orbs. 
 
 The Sun, that light imparts to all, receives 
 
 From all his alimental recompense 
 
 In humid exhalations, and at even 425 
 
 Sups with the ocean. Though in Heav'n the trees 
 
 Of life ambrosial fruitage bear, and vines 
 
 Yield nectar ; though from off the boughs each mom 
 
 We brush mellifluous dews, and find the ground 
 
 Cover'd with pearly grain, yet God hath here 430 
 
 Vary'd his bounty so with new delights, 
 
 As may compare with Heav'n ; and to taste 
 
 Think not I shall be nice. So down they sat, 
 
 And to their viands fell ; nor seemingly 
 
 The Angel, nor in mist, the common gloss 435 
 
 Of Theologians ; but with keen dispatch 
 
 Of real hunger and concoctive heat 
 
 To transubstantiate ; what redounds, transpires 
 
 Through Spirits with ease : nor wonder, if by firo 
 
 Of sooty coal the empiric alchemist 440 
 
 Can turn, or holds it possible to turn, 
 
 Metals of drossiest ore to perfect gold, 
 
 As from the mine. Mean while at table Eye 
 
 Minister'd naked, and their flowing cups 
 
 With pleasant liquors crown'd. innocence 445 
 
 421. Nor doth the moon no nourishment exhale, tfc. : A Latin form of ex- 
 pression (Georg. i. 83) for, " and the moon does nourishment exhale." 
 
 422. Moitt continent : Shakspeare, in Hamlet, calls the moon " the moist 
 tar." 
 
 426. Ps. cv. 40 ; Rev. xxii. 2. 
 
 435-36. In mitt : In an unsubstantial manner. See Gen. xviii., xix. Glot* : 
 Explanation. Ditpatch: Haste. 
 
 437. Concoctive, tfc. : With digesting heat to change into another (that is, 
 angelic) substance. 
 
 439. If: Since. 
 
 440. Empiric? Versed in experiments. 
 
 445. Crown'd: An expression drawn from classical writers. It means 
 filltd.
 
 BOOK V 
 
 225 
 
 Deserving Paradise ! if ever, the . 
 
 Then had the sons of God excuse to have been 
 
 Enamour'd at thy sight ; but in those hearts 
 
 Love unlibidinous reign'd, nor jealousy 
 
 Was understood, the injured lover's Hell. 460 
 
 Thus, when with meats and drinks they had sufficed, 
 Not burden'd nature, sudden mind arose 
 In Adam, not to let th' occasion pass 
 Giv'n him by this great conference, to know 
 Of things above his world, and of their being 465 
 
 Who dwell in Heav'n, whose excellence he saw 
 Transcend his own so far, whose radiant forms 
 Divine effulgence, whose high pow'r so far 
 Exceeded human ; and his wary speech 
 Thus to th' empyreal minister he framed : 460 
 
 Inhabitant with God, now know I well 
 Thy favour in this honour done to Man, 
 Under whose lowly roof thou hast vouchsafed 
 To enter, and these earthly fruits to taste, 
 Food not of Angels, yet accepted so, 465 
 
 As that more willingly thou couldst not seem 
 At Heav'n's high feasts to have fed : yet what compare ? 
 
 To whom the winged Hierarch reply'd : 
 
 447. An allusion to Gen. vi. 2, though it denotes angels, and not, as in that 
 passage, the pious portion of the human family. The repetition of the 
 adverb then, gives great emphasis to the sentiment advanced. 
 
 451. Sufficed: Satisfied. 
 
 452. Not burdened : This furnishes an invaluable hint as to the proper use 
 of food. Milton was a very temperate man himself. 
 
 458. Divine effulgence is in apposition with radiant forms, and is explana 
 lory of the latter phrase. 
 
 467. Compare: Similitude. 
 
 468. To wAom, Ifc. : Raphael's behaviour is every way suitable to lh< 
 dignity of his nature, and to that character of a sociable spirit with which 
 the author has so judiciously introduced him. He had received instructions 
 to converse with Adam, as one friend converses with another, and to warn 
 him of the enemy who was contriving his destruction. Accordingly he is 
 represented as sitting down at table with Adam, and eating of the fruits ol 
 Paradise. The occasion naturally leads him to his discourse on the food cf 
 
 io o
 
 PARAD1BC LOST. 
 
 Adam, one Almighty is, from whom 
 
 All things proceed, and up to him return, 470 
 
 If not depraved from good, created all 
 
 Such to perfection, one first matter all, 
 
 Endued with various forms, various degrees 
 
 Of substance, and in things that live, of life : 
 
 But more refined, more spirituous, and pure, 475 
 
 As nearer to him placed, or nearer tending 
 
 Each in their sev'ral active spheres assign'd, 
 
 Till body up to spirit work, in bounds 
 
 Proportion'd to each kind. So from the root 
 
 Springs lighter the green stalk, from thence the leave* 480 
 
 More aery, last the bright consummate flow'r 
 
 Spirits odorous breathes : flow'rs and their fruit, 
 
 Man's nourishment, by gradual scale sublimed, 
 
 To vital spirits aspire, to animal, 
 
 To intellectual : give both life and sense, 485 
 
 Fancy and understanding ; whence the soul 
 
 Reason receives, and reason is her being, 
 
 Discursive or intuitive : discourse 
 
 angels. After having thus entered into conversation with man upon more 
 indifferent subjects, he warns him of the necessity of obedience, and makes 
 a natural transition to the history of that angel who was employed in the 
 circumvention of our first parents. A. 
 
 471. Created a//, ffc. : That is, created all good good to perfection; not 
 absolutely so, but perfect in their different kinds and degrees, and all consist- 
 ing of one first matter, which first matter is indued (indutus) clothed upon, 
 with variout form*, &c. N. 
 
 474. Subttance: Solidity. _ 
 
 478. Boundt : Limits or degrees. 
 
 478. Dr. Adam Clarke, in a volume of his sermons, makes some acute 
 observations on the materialism of this poem ; but it is not necessary, or 
 proper, perhaps, to interpret it so exactly and literally as to furnish a just 
 foundation for a charge so grave. Bishop Newton also finds fault with the 
 metaphysics of the poet in this passage, and regards it as particularly un- 
 warrantable to attribute to an angel his own false notions in philosophy. 
 
 482. Spirit* odorout : Spirit* is pronounced here in two syllables, but iu 484 
 in one syllable. The second syllable of odorout is long. 
 
 488 Ditcurtivt: Employing the process of argument. Intuitive: Din-
 
 ' BOOK v. 227 
 
 Is oftest yours ; the latter most is ours, 
 
 DifFring but in degree ; of kind the same. 490 
 
 Wonder not then, what God for you saw good, 
 
 If I refuse not, but convert, as you, 
 
 To proper substance : time may come, when Men 
 
 With "Angels may participate, and find 
 
 No inconvenient diet, nor too light fare ; 495 
 
 And from these corp'ral nutriments perhaps 
 
 Your bodies may at last turn all to spirit, 
 
 Improved by tract of time, and wing'd ascend 
 
 Ethereal, as we, or may at choice 
 
 Here or in heav'nly Paradises dwell ; 500 
 
 If ye be found obedient, and retain 
 
 Unalterably firm his love entire, 
 
 Whose progeny you are. Mean while enjoy 
 
 Your fill what happiness this happy state 
 
 Can comprehend, incapable of more. 505 
 
 To whom the patriarch of mankind reply'd : 
 favourable Spirit, propitious guest, 
 Well hast thou taught the way that might direct 
 Our knowledge, and the scale of nature set 
 From centre to circumference, whereon 510 
 
 In contemplation of created things, 
 By steps we may ascend to God. But say, 
 
 cerning the truth of propositions immediately, without resorting to argu- 
 mentation. Ditcourse : Discursive reason. The power and the act of com- 
 paring propositions, and, from this comparison, of drawing conclusions or 
 consequences. 
 
 491. What: The object of refuse that is, wonder not then if I refuse not 
 what God saw good for you. 
 
 498. Tract: Duration. 
 
 504. Your fill : Here may be appended a comma, or the preposition of 
 may be supplied. 
 
 50910. The tcale, or ladder, of nature ascends by steps from a point, a 
 centre, to the whole circumference of what mankind can see or comprehend. 
 The metaphor is bold and expressive. Matter one first matter is that 
 centre. Diversified nature is the scale which reaches on all sides beyond 
 our utmost conceptions. R. 
 
 512. Every part of the vast system of the universe is not only connected
 
 228 PARADISE LOST 
 
 What meant that caution join'd, If je be found 
 
 Obedient ? Can we want obedience then 
 
 To him, or possibly his love desert, 516 
 
 Who form'd us from the dust, and placed us here 
 
 Full to the utmost measure of what bliss 
 
 Human desire can seek or apprehend ? 
 
 To whom the Angel : Son of Heav'n and Earth, 
 Attend. That thou art happy, owe to God ; 520 
 
 That thou continues! such, owe to thyself; 
 That is, to thy obedience : therein stand. 
 This was that caution giv'n thee ; be advised. 
 God made thee perfect, not immutable ; 
 
 And good he made thee : but to persevere 525 
 
 He left it in thy pow'r ; ordain'd thy will 
 By nature free, not over-ruled by fate 
 Inextricable, or strict necessity, 
 Our voluntary service he requires, 
 
 Not our necessitated : such with him 530 
 
 Finds no acceptance, nor can find ; for how 
 Can hearts, not free, be try'd whether they serve 
 Willing or no, who will but what they must 
 By destiny, and can no other choose ? 
 
 Myself and all th' angelic host, that stand 535 
 
 In sight of God enthroned, our happy state 
 Hold, as you yours, while our obedience holds : 
 On other surety none. Freely we serve, 
 Because we freely love, as in our will 
 
 To love or not : in this we stand or fall : 540 
 
 And some are fall'n, to disobedience fall'n, 
 And so from Heav'n to deepest Hell. fall, 
 From what high state of bliss into what woe ! 
 
 with the rest by a kind of natural necessity, but the connection is apparent 
 to the contemplative eye of reason ; and hence, having become acquainted 
 with the lowest circumstance in it, the mind is carried gradually and easily 
 on, till it looks down from the highest point on the whole grand creation of 
 God. S. 
 
 520. Otce to God : Acknowledge your obligations to God. 
 
 321. Owt to thytdf: Be indebted to thyself, to thy continued obedienc*
 
 BOOK v. 229 
 
 To whom our great progenitor : Thy words 
 Attentive, and with more delighted ear, 545 
 
 Divine Instructor, I have heard, than when 
 Cherubic songs by night from neighb'ring hills 
 Aereal music send ; nor knew I not 
 To be both will and deed created free ; 
 
 Yet that we never shall forget to love 550 
 
 Our Maker, and obey him whose command 
 Single is yet so just, my constant thoughts 
 Assured me, and still assure : tho' what thou tell'st 
 Hath pass'd in Heav'n, some doubt within me move, 
 But more desire to hear, if thou consent, 555 
 
 The full relation, which must needs be strange, 
 Worthy of sacred silence to be heard ; 
 And we have yet large day ; for scarce the Sun 
 Hath finish 'd half his journey, and scarce begins 
 His other half in the great zone of Heav'n. 560 
 
 Thus Adam made request : and Raphael, 
 After short pause, assenting, thus began : 
 
 548. Nor knew I not, $c. : The two negatives in this clause give an 
 affirmative sense. The meaning, therefore, is : I knew both will and deed 
 to be created free ; I knew that our will and actions are free. 
 
 551. Whose command, though single, and, therefore, on that account to be 
 obeyed, t* yet so just (is besides so just), that it lays a farther obligation upon 
 our obedience. N. 
 
 554. Some doubt : That is, of the constancy of our love to our Maker : a 
 higher order of beings have ceased to love him. 
 
 557. Sacred silence : Such as prevailed in offering sacrifices, and perform- 
 ing other religious ceremonies. Horace speaks of this, Ode ii. 13: 29, 30, 
 in these terms : 
 
 " Utrumque tticro digna silentio 
 Mirantur umbra; tlicere.'' 
 
 562. Prime : First. It is customary with the epic poets to introduce, by 
 way of episode and narrative, the principal events which happened before 
 the action of the poem commences. And as Homer's Ulysses relates his 
 adventures to Alcinous, and as Virgil's ^Eneas recounts the history of the 
 siege of Troy, and of his own travels, to Dido : so the angel relates to 
 Adam the fall of the angels and the creation of the world, beginning his 
 narrative of the former event much in the same manner as ^Eneas com- 
 mences his account of the destruction of Troy, Virg. JEn. ii. 3 : 
 " Infandum, regina, jubes renovare dolorem.''
 
 230 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 High matter thou enjoin 'ei me, prime of men, 
 Sad task and hard ; for how shall I relate 
 To human sense th' invisible exploits 565 
 
 Of warring Spirits ? How without remorae 
 The ruin of BO many, glorious once 
 And perfect while they stood ? How last unfold 
 The secrets of another world, perhaps 
 
 Not lawful to reveal ? yet for thy good 570 
 
 This is dispensed ; and what surmounts the reach 
 Of human sense, I shall delineate so, 
 By lik'ning spiritual to corp'ral forms, 
 As may express them best : though what if Earth 
 Be but the shadow of Heav'n, and things therein 575 
 
 Each to other like, more than on earth is thought ? 
 
 As yet this world was not, and Chaos wild 
 Beign'd where these Heav'ns now roll, where Earth n/)w resta 
 Upon her centre poised ; when on a day 
 
 (For time, though in eternity, apply'd 580 
 
 To motion, measures all things durable 
 By present, past, and future) on such day 
 As Heav'n ; s great year brings forth, th' empyreal host 
 Of angels by imperial summons call'd, 
 Innumerable before th' Almighty's throne 585 
 
 574-76. A very skilful suggestion is here made, that renders plausible the 
 bold inventions of the poet, especially in describing the battles of the fallen 
 angels. 
 
 583. Jit Heaven?! great year : Plato's great year seems to have been in the 
 poet's thoughts : 
 
 Magnus ab integro teclornm nttcitur ordo." 
 
 Virf Kc. ir. ft. 
 
 The great year of the heavens, according to Plato, was the revolution of 
 all the spheres. Everything returns to where it set out, when the motion 
 of the spheres first began. This was a fit time for the declaration of the 
 vicegerency of the Son of God. Milton selects a similar period for the 
 birth of the angels (861) , imagining such vast revolutions prior to the creation 
 of angels and of the world. So far back into eternity did the comprehensive 
 mind of the poet carry him. R. 
 
 583. Th' empyreal hott, tft. : The bint of this august assembly was, pro- 
 bably, derived from Job i. 6 ; 1 Kings zxii. 19.
 
 BOOK V. 231 
 
 Forthwith from all the ends of Heav'n appear'd 
 
 Under their Hierarchs in order bright : 
 
 Ten thousand thousand ensigns high advanced, 
 
 Standards and gonfalons 'twist van and rear 
 
 Stream in the air, and for distinction serve 690 
 
 Of hierarchies, of orders, and degrees ; 
 
 Or in their glitt'ring tissues bear emblazed 
 
 Holy memorials, acts of zeal and love 
 
 Recorded eminent Thus when in orbs 
 
 Of circuit inexpressible they stood, 595 
 
 Orb within orb, the Father infinite, 
 
 By whom in bliss imbosom'd sat the Son, 
 
 Amidst as from a flaming mount, whose top 
 
 Brightness had made invisible, thus spake : 
 
 Hear, all ye Angels, progeny of light, 600 
 
 Thrones, Dominations, Princedoms, Virtues, Pow'rs, 
 Hear my decree, which unrevoked shall stand : 
 This day I have begot whom I declare 
 My only Son ; and on this holy hill 
 
 Him have anointed, whom ye now behold 605 
 
 At my right hand ; your Head I him appoint ; 
 And by myself have sworn, to him shall bow 
 All knees in Heav'n, and shall confess him Lord : 
 Under his great vicegerent reign abide 
 
 United as one individual soul, 610 
 
 For ever happy. Him who disobeys, 
 Me disobeys, breaks union, and that day 
 Cast out from God, and blessed vision, falls, 
 Into utter darkness, deep engulph'd, his place 
 Ordain M without redemption, without end. 615 
 
 So spake th' Omnipotent : and with his words 
 All seem'd well pleased ; all seem'd, but were not all. 
 That day, as other solemn days, they spent 
 
 590. Gonfalon* : Colours. 
 
 601. Thronet, tjc. : Names or titles for distinguishing the various orders or 
 ranks of angels. 
 
 607. Bow: Isaiah xlv. 23 ; Phil. ii. 9-11.
 
 232 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In song and dance about the sacred hill ; 
 
 Mystical dance, which yonder starry sphere 620 
 
 Of planets and of fix'd, in all her wheels 
 
 Resembles nearest, mazes intricate, 
 
 Eccentric, intervolved, yet regular 
 
 Then most, when most irregular they seem ; 
 
 And in their motions harmony divine 625 
 
 So smooths her charming tones, that God's own ear 
 
 Listens delighted. Ev'ning now approach'd 
 
 (For we have also our ev'ning and our mom, 
 
 We ours for change delectable, not need) 
 
 Forthwith from dance to sweet repast they turn 630 
 
 Desirous ; all in circles as they stood, 
 
 Tables are set, and on a sudden piled 
 
 With angels' food, and rubied nectar flows 
 
 In pearl, in diamond, and massy gold, 
 
 Fruit of delicious vines, the growth of Heav'n. 635 
 
 On flow'rs reposed, and with fresh flow'rete crown'd, 
 
 They eat, they drink, and in communion sweet 
 
 Quaff immortality and joy, secure 
 
 Of surfeit, where full measure only bounds 
 
 620. Myttical: Complicated. 
 
 622. Maze* : Windings and turnings. Eccentric : Revolving about a dif- 
 ferent centre. Intervolved : Involved one within another. 
 
 625. Job xxxviii. 37. There seems in this line to be an allusion to the 
 Pythagorean doctrine of the " music of the spheres." Pythagoras was so great 
 an enthusiast in music, that he not only assigned to it a conspicuous place in 
 his system of education, but even supposed that the heavenly bodies them- 
 selves were arranged at distances corresponding to the intervals of the 
 diatonic scale, and imagined them to pursue their sublime march to notes 
 created by their own harmonious movements, called " the music of the 
 spheres;" but he maintained that this celestial concert, though loud and 
 grand, is not audible to the feeble organs of man, but only to the gods. 
 OI-MSTED'S LETTERS OK ASTRONOMY. 
 
 633. Rubied : Nectar of the colour of the rubies. Homer's Iliad xix. 38, 
 
 iritr.if iavBntr. 
 
 638. Secure of turfeit : Free from danger of excessive indulgence. 
 639. Where full mtatvrt. Ifc. : Full measure is the only thing that limits 
 hem. The utmost they are capable of containing is the only bound set to
 
 BOOK v. 233 
 
 Excess, before th' All-bounteous King, who show'r'd 640 
 
 With copious hand, rejoicing in their joy. 
 
 Now when ambrosial night with clouds exhaled 
 
 From that high mount of God, whence light and shade 
 
 Spring both, the face of brightest Heav'n had chang'd 
 
 To grateful twilight (for night comes not there 645 
 
 In darker veil) and roseate dews disposed 
 
 All but th' unsleeping eyes of God to rest : 
 
 Wide over all the plain, and wider far 
 
 Than all this globous earth in plain outspread 
 
 (Such are the courts of God) th' angelic throng, 650 
 
 Dispersed in bands and files, their camp extend 
 
 By living streams among the trees of life, 
 
 Pavilions numberless, and sudden rear'd, 
 
 Celestial tabernacles, where they slept 
 
 Fann'd with cool winds ; save those who in their course 655 
 
 Melodious hymns about the sov'reign throne 
 
 Alternate all night long : but not so waked 
 
 Satan ; so call him now, his former name 
 
 Is heard no more in Heav'n ; he of the first, 
 
 If not the first Arch- Angel, great in pow'r, 660 
 
 In favour, and pre-eminence, yet fraught 
 
 With envy 'gainst the Son of God, that day 
 
 Honour'd by his great Father, and proclaim'd 
 
 Messiah King anointed, could not bear 
 
 Through pride that sight, and thought himself impair'd. 665 
 
 them ; they have full measure, but they cannot be too full they 'cannot 
 overflow : without overflowing, full. 
 
 642. Ambrotial night : Refreshing by the sleep which it affords, as the 
 
 -1. Called ambrosia, was refreshing to the beings using it. Homer's Iliad, 
 i. 57. 
 
 650. Rev. xxii. 
 
 653. Their camp, embracing pavilions or tents, numberless, and suddenly 
 reared. 
 
 657. Alternate melodious hymns; that is, sung by turns. Not to waked: 
 Did not so employ his waking powers. 
 
 862. With envy : Here is set forth the origin of the apostasy in heaven.
 
 834 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Deep malice thence conceiving, and disdain, 
 
 Soon as midnight brought on the dusky hour 
 
 Friendliest to sleep and silence, he resolved 
 
 With all his legions to dislodge, and leave 
 
 Un worshipped, unobey'd the throne supreme 670 
 
 Contemptuous, and his next subordinate 
 
 Awak'ning, thus to him in secret spake : 
 
 Sleep'st thou, companion dear ? What sleep can close 
 Thy eye-lids ? and remember'st what decree 
 Of yesterday, so late hath pass'd the lips 675 
 
 Of Heav'n's Almighty ! Thou to me thy thoughts 
 Wast wont, I mine to thee was wont to impart ; 
 Both waking we were one ; how then can now 
 Thy sleep dissent ? New kws thou seest imposed ; 
 New laws from him who reigns, new minds may raise 680 
 In us who serve, new counsels to debate 
 What doubtful may ensue : more in this place 
 To utter is not safe. Assemble thou 
 Of all those myriads which we lead the chief ; 
 Tell them that by command, ere yet dim night 685 
 
 Her shadowy cloud withdraws, I am to haste, 
 And all who under me their banners wave, 
 Homeward with flying march where we possess 
 The quarters of the north ; there to prepare 
 
 671. Beelzebub is here referred to. 
 
 684. Tht chief: The chief angels ; the chiefs. 
 
 685. He begins his revolt with a lie. John viii. 44. V. 
 
 689. The quarter* of the north : Language drawn from what Isaiah says 
 of the king of Babylon, xiv. 12; and from the prophecies of Jeremiah, i. 14 ; 
 jv. 6 ; vi. 1. Shakspeare, before Milton, had called Satan the monarch of the 
 north. Henry VI. Act v. Bishop Newton informs us that he had seen a 
 Latin poem by Val marina, printed in 1627, at Vienna, the plan of which, in 
 many particulars is very similar to Paradise Lost. It opens with the ex- 
 altation of the Son of God, and therefore Lucifer revolts, and draws a thin] 
 part of the angels after him into the quarter* of the north. He thinks it 
 more probable that Milton had seen this poem than some others from which 
 he is charged with borrowing largely, being a universal scholar, reading all 
 sorts of books, and taking hints from the moderns as well as the ancient*. 
 There is also an Italian poem, printed in Venice, in 1590, which, as some
 
 BOOK v. 235 
 
 Fit entertainment to receive our King 690 
 
 The great Messiah, and his new commands ; 
 Who speedily through all the hierarchies 
 Intends to pass triumphant, and give laws. 
 . So spake the false Arch-Angel, and infused 
 Bad influence into th' unwary breast 695 
 
 Of his associate : he together calls, 
 Or sev'ral one by one ? the regent pow'rs, 
 Under him regent : tells as he was taught, 
 That the Most High commanding, now ere night, 
 Now ere dim night had disencumber'd Heav'n, 700 
 
 The great hierarchal standard was to move ; 
 Tells the suggested cause, and casts between 
 Ambiguous words and jealousies, to sound 
 Or taint integrity : but all obey'd 
 
 The wonted signal and superior voice 705 
 
 Of their great potentate ; for great indeed 
 His name, and high was his degree in Heav'n ! 
 His count'nance, as the morning star that guides 
 The starry flock, allured them, and with lies 
 Drew after him the third part of HeavVs host. 710 
 
 Mean while th' Eternal Eye, whose sight discerns 
 
 think, Milton may have also seen, and been indebted to. It describes the 
 battle of the angels against Lucifer. The poem of Tasso on the Creation, 
 has been generally neglected, but seems not to have altogether escaped the 
 notice of Milton in preparing Paradise Lost. Todd mentions yet another 
 obscure poem, by a different author, printed at Venice, in 1608, and also 
 treating upon the subject of the Creation, to which, possibly, Milton had 
 access. 
 
 702. Tells the cause that Satan had suggetted, namely, to prepare enter- 
 tainment for their new king, and to receive his laws, interspersing his re- 
 marks with ambiguous words, and words provocative of jealousy in angeli 
 minds. 
 
 70S-9. Countenance with, lies, tfc. : Satan's countenance, not reveal- 
 ing the base intentions he sought to fulfil, allured, and deceived them, as with 
 lies. Compare Rev. xii. 3, 4. 
 
 711. Milton frequently takes a liberty, allowable in a poet, of expressing 
 only some part or quality of a person, where he means the person himself, 
 and goes on to say things, which, properly speaking, are applicable only to the 
 person himself. His countenance and tli 1 Eternal eye (711), are employed as
 
 236 PARADISE LOST 
 
 Abstrusest thoughts, from forth his holy mount, 
 
 And from within the golden lamps that burn 
 
 Nightly before him, saw without their light 
 
 Rebellion rising; saw in whom, how spread 715 
 
 Among the sons of morn, what multitudes 
 
 Were banded to oppose his high decree ; 
 
 And smiling to bis only Son, thus said : 
 
 Son, thou in whom my glory I behold 
 
 In full resplendence, Heir of all my might, 720 
 
 Nearly it now concerns us to be sure 
 Of our omnipotence, and with what arms 
 We mean to hold what anciently we claim 
 Of Deity or empire ; such a foe 
 
 Is rising, who intends to erect his throne 726 
 
 Equal to ours, throughout the spacious north ; 
 Nor so content, hath in his thought to try 
 In battle what our pow'r is, or our right. 
 Let us advise, and to this hazard draw 
 
 With speed what force is left, and all employ 730 
 
 In our defence, lest unawares we lose 
 This our high place, our sanctuary, our hill. 
 
 To whom the Son, with calm aspect and clear, 
 Lightning divine, ineffable, serene, 
 
 Made answer : Mighty Father, thou thy foes 736 
 
 Justly hast in derision, and secure 
 
 the part for whole, or the person to whom they respectively belong. The 
 acts of smiling and speaking (718), therefore, are not attributed to the eye 
 (711) , but to the Eternal. Compare Pa. ii. 
 
 713. Alluding to the lampt in John's vision, Rev. iv. 5, "And there were 
 even lamps of fire burning before the throne." 
 
 716. Son* of morn: An epithet describing the angels, as Lucifer is so 
 called in Is. xiv. 12. It is supposed that this epithet is given, either on 
 account of their early creation, or to express angelic beauty and gladnvn, 
 the morning being the most delightful part of the day. 
 
 719. Compare Heb. i. 2, 3. 
 
 734. Lightning : For light'nmg or lightening, a participle, and qualifying 
 atpect. It means shedding or diffusing light, and is qualified by the follow 
 Ing adjectives used adverbially.
 
 BOOK v. 237 
 
 Laugh'st at their vain designs and tumults vain, 
 
 Matter to me of glory, whom their hate 
 
 Illustrates, when they see all regal pow'r 
 
 Giv'n me to quell their pride, and in event 740 
 
 Know whether I be dextrous to subdue 
 
 Thy rebels, or be found the worst in Heav'n. 
 
 So spake the Son ; but Satan with his pow'rs 
 Far was advanced on winged speed, an host 
 Innumerable as the stars of night, 
 Or stars of morning, dew-drops, which the Sun 
 Impearls on ev'ry leaf and ev'ry flow'r. 
 Regions they pass'd, the mighty regencies 
 Of Seraphim, and Potentates, and Thrones, 
 In their triple degrees ; regions to which 750 
 
 All thy dominion, Adam, is no more 
 Than what this garden is to all the earth, 
 And all the sea, from one entire globose 
 Stretch'd into longitude ; which having pass'd, 
 At length into the limits of the north 755 
 
 739. Illustrates : Brings into clearer notice. 
 742. Worst: Weakest. 
 
 746. Stars of morning : Casimer calls the dews " stelluls noctis deceden 
 tis." The sun impearls the drops of dew ; that is, gives them the appear- 
 ance of pearls. V. 2. 
 
 747. Impearls : Du Bartas, in the translation, thus writes : 
 
 " the flowery meads 
 
 Impeurl'd with tear*, which sweet Aurora sheds." 
 
 T. 
 
 750. Triple dtgrett : An idea borrowed from Tasso and the schoolmen. 
 
 753. Globose: Globe. 
 
 754. Longitude : Length. Which : Which regions. 
 
 755. Jit length into the limits, Sfc. : The revolt in Heaven is described witn 
 great force of imagination, and a fine variety of circumstances. The learned 
 reader cannot but be pleased with the poet's' imitation of Homer, in 762. 
 Homer mentions persons and things, which, he tells us, in the language of 
 the gods are called by different names from those they go by in the language 
 of men. Milton has imitated him with his usual judgment in this par- 
 ticular place, wherein he has, likewise, the authority of Scripture to justify 
 bim. A.
 
 238 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 They came, and Satai to his royal seat 
 
 High on a hill, far blazing, as a mount 
 
 Raised on a mount, with pyramids and tow'rs 
 
 From diamond quarries hewn, and rocks of gold ; 
 
 The palace of great Lucifer (so call 760 
 
 That structure in the dialect of men 
 
 Interpreted) which not long after, he 
 
 Affecting all equality with God, 
 
 In imitation of that mount whereon 
 
 Messiah was declared in sight of Heav'n, 765 
 
 The Mountain of the Congregation call'd ; 
 
 For thither he assembled all his train. 
 
 Pretending so commanded to consult 
 
 About the great reception of their Ring, 
 
 Thither to come, and with calumnious art 770 
 
 Of counterfeited truth, thus held their ears : 
 
 Thrones, Dominations, Princedoms, Virtue 1 *, Pow'rs, 
 If these magnific titles yet remain 
 Not merely titular, since by decree 
 
 Another now hath to himself ingross'd 775 
 
 All pow'r, and us eclipsed under the name 
 Of King Anointed, for whom all this haste 
 Of midnight march, and hurried meeting here, 
 This only to consult, how we may best, 
 
 With what may be devised of honours new, 780 
 
 Receive him coming to receive from us 
 Knee-tribute yet unpaid, prostration vile, 
 Too much to one, but double how endured, 
 To one and to his image now proclaim'd ? 
 But what if better counsels might erect 785 
 
 Our minds, and teach us to cast off this yoke ? 
 Will ye submit your necks, and choose to bend 
 The supple knee ? Ye will not, if I trust 
 To knew ye right ; or if ye know yourselves 
 
 766. Alluding to Is. xiv. 13. 
 
 772. Virtutt : An order of angel*. See 837. 
 
 784-83. To ant : The Father. Hit imagt : The Son of God.
 
 BOOK v. 239 
 
 Natives and sons of Heav'n possess'd before 790 
 
 By none, and if not equal all, yet free, 
 
 Equally free ; for orders and degrees 
 
 Jar not with liberty, but well consist. 
 
 Who can in reason then or right assume 
 
 Monarchy over such as live by right 795 
 
 His equals, if in pow'r and splendour less, 
 
 In freedom equal ? or can introduce 
 
 Law and edict on us, who without law 
 
 Err not ? much less for this to bo our Lord, 
 
 And look for adoration, to th' abuse 800 
 
 Of those imperial titles which assert 
 
 Our being ordain'd to govern, not to serve. 
 
 Thus far his bold discourse without control 
 . Had audience, when among the Seraphim 
 
 Abdiel, than whom none with more zeal adored 805 
 
 The Deity, and divine commands obey'd, 
 Stood up, and in v a flame of zeal severe, 
 The current of his fury thus opposed : 
 
 argument, blasphemous, false, and proud ! 
 Words which no ear ever to hear in Heav'n 810 
 
 Expected, least of all from thee, Ingrate, 
 In place thyself so high above thy peers. 
 Canst thou with impious obloquy condemn 
 The just decree of God, pronounced and sworn, 
 
 790. Possessed refers to Heaven. The meaning is: No one possessed 
 Heaven before them ; they are a sort of Aborigines. This idea is more 
 fully expressed in 859. 
 
 792 Jar: Disagree. The metaphor is drawn from discords in music. 
 
 799. Much leu, STC. : The construction is difficult, but may thus be under- 
 stood : Much less (in reason or right) can he introduce law and edict on u* 
 for tbJs purpose, namely, to be our Lord. 
 
 800. To the abuse, Sfc. : It means, and thus abuse those titles by which 
 Satai. addressed his associates, 772-74. The above argument is answered by 
 Abdiel, 831. 
 
 803. Bold discourse : Satan had impiously assumed an equality with God ; 
 tni on this ground had refused him the homage of obedience. 
 
 C09. Blasphemous : It will be noticed that the second syllable must b* 
 pronounced long, or receive the stress of voice.
 
 240 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 That to his only SOD, by right endued 816 
 
 With regal sceptre, ev'ry soul in Heav'n 
 
 Shall bend the knee, and in that honour due 
 
 Confess him rightful King ? Unjust, thou say'st, 
 
 Flatly unjust, to bind with laws the free, 
 
 And equal over equals to let reign, 820 
 
 One over all with unsucceeded pow'r. 
 
 Shalt thou give law to God ? Shalt thou dispute 
 
 With him the points of liberty, who made 
 
 Thee what thou art, and form'd the pow'rs of Heav'n 
 
 Such as he pleased, and circumscribed their being ? 825 
 
 Yet, by experience taught, we know how good, 
 
 And of our good and of our dignity 
 
 How provident he is, how far from thought 
 
 To make us less, bent rather to exalt 
 
 Our happy state under one head more near 830 
 
 United. But to grant it thee unjust, 
 
 That equal over equals monarch reign : 
 
 Thyself, though great and glorious, dost thou count, 
 
 Or all angelic nature join'd in one, 
 
 Equal to him begotten Son ? by whom 835 
 
 AB by his Word the mighty Father made 
 
 All things, ev'n thce ; and all the Spirits of Heav'n 
 
 By him created in their bright degrees, 
 
 Crown'd them with glory, and to their glory named 
 
 Thrones, Dominations, Princedoms, Virtues, Pow'rs, 840 
 
 Essential Pow'rs ; nor by his reign obscured, 
 
 But more illustrious made ; since he the Head 
 
 One of our number thus reduced becomes ; 
 
 His laws our laws ; all honour to him done 
 
 021. With vntwxteded power : Power which admit! of no successor per 
 petital. 
 
 824. Point* of liberty : Questions relating to liberty. 
 
 836-37. John i. 3 ; Coloss. i. 15-18 ; Heb. i. 2. 
 
 840. This line is a translation of one in the frontispiece of Keywood . 
 Hierarchy of Angels : 
 
 Throni, Dominitionei. Principttoi. Virtntei. roteiUtei.'' 
 843. htdvctd : In the MOM of constituted.
 
 BOOK V. 241 
 
 Returns our own. Cease then this impious rage, 845 
 
 And tempt not these ; but hasten to appease 
 Th' incensed Father, and th' incensed Son, 
 While pardon may be found, in time besought. 
 
 So spake the fervent Angel ; but his zeal 
 None seconded, as out of season judged, 850 
 
 Or singular and rash, whereat rejoiced 
 Th' Apostate, and more haughty thus replied : 
 
 That we were form'd then, say'st thou ? and the work 
 Of secondary hands, by task transferred 
 
 From Father to his Son ? Strange point, and new ! 855 
 
 Doctrine which we would know whence learn'd : who saw 
 When this creation was ? Remember'st thou 
 Thy making, while the Maker gave thee being ? 
 We know no time when we were not as now ; 
 Know none before us, self-begot, self-raised 860 
 
 By our own quick'ning pow'r, when fatal course 
 Had circled his full orb, the birth mature 
 Of this our native Heav'n, ethereal sons. 
 Our puissance is our own ; our own right hand 
 Shall teach us highest deeds, by proof to try 865 
 
 Who is our equal : then thou shalt behold 
 
 853. The opinion that the angels were not created, but self-existent, is 
 here advanced, or alluded to by Satan. In Book IX. 145, he proposes the 
 opinion as a matter of question. 
 
 855. Point : Assertion. 
 
 861. Fatal course : Destiny. An allusion seems here to be made to ancient 
 philosophy, according to which Destiny (or Fate) was a secret and invisible 
 power or virtue, which, with incomprehensible wisdom regulated all the 
 occurrences of this world, which to human eyes appear irregular and fortui- 
 tous. The Stoics, however, understood by Destiny a certain concatenation of 
 things, which, from all eternity, follow each other of absolute necessity 
 there being no power able to interrupt their connection. To this invisible 
 ,K>wer even the gods were compelled to succumb. BRANDE. 
 
 We may observe that our author makes Satan a fatalist. We angels 
 (says he) were self-begot, self-raised, by our own quickening power when the 
 course of fate had completed its full round and period : then we were the birth 
 mature the production, in due season, of this our native Heaven. No com- 
 pliment to fatalism to put it into the mouth of the devil. N. 
 
 863. Puissance: Power.
 
 242 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Whether by supplication we intend 
 
 Address, and to begirt th' almighty throne 
 
 Beseeching or besieging. This report, 
 
 These tidings, carry to th' Anointed King ; 870 
 
 And fly, ere evil intercept thy flight. 
 
 He said, and as the sound of waters deep 
 Hoarse murmur echo'd to his words applause 
 Through the infinite host ; nor less for that 
 The flaming Seraph fearless, though alone 875 
 
 Encompass M round with foes, thus answer'd bold : 
 
 O alienate from God, Spirit accursed, 
 Forsaken of all good ! I see thy fall 
 Determined, and thy hapless crew involved 
 In this perfidious fraud, contagion spread 880 
 
 Both of thy crime and punishment : henceforth 
 No more be troubled how to quit the yoke 
 Of God's Messiah : those indulgent laws 
 Will not be now vouchsafed ; other, decrees 
 Against thee are gone forth without recall ; 38 
 
 That golden sceptre, which thou didst reject, 
 Is now an iron rod, to bruise and break 
 Thy disobedience. Well thou didst advise, 
 Yet not for thy advice or threats I fly 
 
 These wicked tents devoted, lest the wrath 890 
 
 Impendent, raging into sudden flame, 
 Distinguish not ; for soon expect to feel 
 His thunder on thy head, devouring fire ; 
 Then who created thee lamenting learn, 
 When who can uncreate thee thou shalt know. 895 
 
 80 spake the Seraph Abdicl, faithful found 
 
 869. Beseeching or betieging : Addison object* to this, and other examples 
 of alliteration, as wanting in dignity ; yet, in this instance it seems so 
 natural and unstudied, that we cannot reasonably object to it 
 
 872. Rev. xix. 6. 
 
 879. Crew : A term that well expresses their miserable and guilty state. 
 
 887. Ps. ii. 9. 
 
 890. Lett : Before this supply the words, " but I fly." 
 
 896. The Seraph Abdid: The part of Abdiel, who was the only spirit b
 
 BOOK v. 243 
 
 Among the faithless, faithful only he ; 
 
 Among innumerable false, unmoved, 
 
 Unshaken, unseduced, unterrified, 
 
 His loyalty he kept, his love, his zeal ; 900 
 
 Nor numbers, nor example, with him wrought 
 
 To swerve from truth, or change his constant mind, 
 
 Though single. From amidst them forth he pass'd, 
 
 Long way through hostile scorn, which he sustain'd 
 
 Superior, nor of violence fear'd aught ; 905 
 
 And with retorted scorn his back he turn'd 
 
 On those proud tow'rs to swift destruction doom'd. 
 
 this infinite host of angels that preserved his allegiance to his Maker, ex- 
 hibits to us a noble model of religious singularity. The zeal of the Seraph 
 breaks forth in a becoming warmth of sentiments and expressions, as the 
 character which is given us of him denotes the generous scorn and intre- 
 pidity which attends heroic virtue. The author, doubtless, designed it as a 
 pattern to those who live among mankind in their present state of degene- 
 racy and corruption. A. 
 
 MILTON'S PORTRAIT OF THE ANGELS AND DEVILS. 
 Milton's management of his angels and devils proves, as much as anything 
 in the poem, the versatility of his genius, the delicacy of his discrimination 
 of character, that Shakspearian quality in him which has been so much over- 
 looked. To break up the general angel or devil element into so many finely- 
 individualized forms ; to fit the language to the character of each ; to do this 
 in spite of the dignified and somewhat unwieldy character of his style ; to 
 avoid insipidity of excellence in his seraphs, and inspidity of horror in his 
 fiends ; to keep them erect and undwindled, whether in the presence of Satan 
 on the one side, or of Messiah on the other, was a problem requiring skill 
 as well as daring, dramatic as well as epic powers. No mere mannerist could 
 have succeeded in it. Yet, what vivid portraits has he drawn of Michael, 
 Raphael (how like, in their difference from each other, as well as in their 
 names, to the two great Italian painters !) , Abdiel, Uriel, Beelzebub, Moloch, 
 Belial, Mammon all perfectly distinct ; all speaking a leviathan language, 
 which, in all, however, is modified by the character of each, and in none sinks 
 into mannerism. If Milton had not been the greatest of epic poets, he might 
 have been the second of dramatists. Macaulay has admirably shown how, 
 or rather that Shakspeare has preserved the distinction between similar char- 
 acters, such as Hotspur and Falconbridge ; and conceded even to Madame 
 D'Arblay a portion of the same power, in depicting several individuals, all 
 young, all clever, all clergymen, all in love, and yet all unlike each other. 
 But Milton has performed a much more difficult achievement. He has re
 
 244 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 presented five devils, all fallen, all eloquent, all in torment, bate, and hell, 
 and yet ah so distinct that you could with difficulty interchange a line of the 
 utterances of each. None but Satan, the incarnation of egotism, could have 
 said 
 
 ' What milter where, if I be till the tame ?' 
 
 None but Moloch the rash and desperate could thus abruptly have broken 
 tilence 
 
 " My sentence U lor open war.' 1 
 None but Belial the subtile, far-revolving fiend could have spoken of 
 
 Those thought* that wander through eternity. 1 ' 
 
 None but Mammon the down-looking demon would ever, alluding to the 
 cubterranean riches of Hell, have asked the question 
 
 ' What can Iltai'tn .<Auic more ?" 
 
 Or, who but Beelzebub, the Metternich of Pandemonium, would have com- 
 menced his oration with such grave, terrific irony as 
 
 ' Thronet. and imperial poweri, offspring of Heaven, 
 Ethereal virtue*, or these titles now 
 .Vast w renounce, mad changing style, be called 
 Princ** tfHell?" 
 
 GlLJILLA*.
 
 BOOK VI. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 RAPHAEL continues to relate how Michael and Gabriel were sent forth to 
 battle against Satan and his Angels. The first fight described ; Satan and 
 bis Powers retire under night ; he calls a council, invents devilish engines, 
 which, in the second day's fight, put Michael and his angels to some disorder ; 
 but they at length, pulling up mountains, overwhelmed both the force and 
 machines of Satan. Yet the tumult not so ending, God on the third day sends 
 Messiah his Son, for whom he had reserved the glory of that victory ; He, 
 in the power of his Father, coming to the place, and causing his legions to 
 stand still on either side, with his chariot and thunder driving into the midst 
 of his enemies, pursues them, unable to resist, towards the wall of Heaven ; 
 which opening, they leap down with horror and confusion into the place of 
 punishment prepared for them in the deep ; Messiah returns with triumph to 
 his Father.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 The battle of the rebellious angels is the grand feature of this Book, and is 
 generally regarded as one of the most admirable parts of the poem. I will 
 frankly confess that I cannot entirely subscribe to this opinion. In the first 
 place, the introduction of the invention of artillery into the combat is objec- 
 tionable : in the war of spirits it is degrading, and almost ludicrous. In the 
 whole mode of carrying on this mighty effort against Heaven, there is too 
 much of earth and materialism. It will be answered, that this was of ne- 
 cessity ; for how was a war of spirits to be expressed ? Perhaps such a dif- 
 ficulty was insurmountable ; but then the subject should have been covered 
 with a mantle ; at least the elements might have been made to contend a 
 universal tempest of fire, wind, and water. Here everything is conducted 
 almost in the ordinary manner, and with the technical skill of human war- 
 fare, except that the degree of force is more gigantic. 
 
 It will be pleaded that Milton had the authority of the language of Holy 
 Writ for such descriptions, and that he generally speaks in the very words of 
 the Bible. It is true that he adapts these words with astonishing skill and 
 genius : but he contrives to go into details which break up the spell of their 
 mysteries. The phraseology of these sacred writings referred to is astonish- 
 ingly sublime, picturesque, and poetical : if Milton could have stopped ex- 
 actly where that stopped, he would have done better. This is a bold censure, 
 bat it is sincere. I think that the poet was led into this by his rivalry of 
 Homer and Virgil, and the other ancient classics. He had a great advantage 
 over them in his subject, and he should not have fallen from it. There is no 
 poetry in Homer or Virgil like the poetry of the Bible. 
 
 The condensed collocation of Milton's language is peculiar to himself. Its 
 breaks its bursts the strong the rough and the flowing the concise and 
 the gigantic are mingled with a surprising skill, and eloquence, and magic. 
 It is easy to find single gems in other authors ; the galaxy is the wonder. 
 Milton's splendour, when it began to rise, did not stop till it blazed. 
 
 Even supposing his Book of Battles to be liable to the censure I have haz- 
 arded, still the manner in which it augments its force as it goes onward, U 
 miraculous. The character of Satan, combining the height of wickedness 
 with grandeur of power and will, is supported in a state of progressive eleva- 
 tion ; while the Deity, Father and Son, still retains his supremacy, and to 
 whatever sublimity the rebel angel is lifted, soars in unapproached dominion 
 above him. All this is displayed with marvellous splendour of genius in the 
 close of the Sixth Book. The effects of Satan's defeat are conceived and de- 
 scribed with a superhuman strength of imagination. E. B
 
 BOOK VI. 
 
 ALL night the dreadless Angel, unpursued, 
 
 Through Heav'n's wide champain held his way, till morn, 
 
 Waked by the circling hours, with rosy hand 
 
 Unbarr'd the gates of light. There is a cave 
 
 Within the mount of God, fast by his throne, 5 
 
 Where light and darkness in perpetual round 
 
 1. Angel: Abdiel. 2. Champain: Open plain. 
 
 3. Circling hours : In mythology these divinities are regarded in two points 
 >{ view as the goddesses of the seasons, and hours of the day ; and their 
 number is stated in different ways accordingly. Their duty was to hold the 
 gates of Heaven, which they opened to send forth the chariot of the sun in 
 the morning, and receive it again in the evening. No classical poet has de- 
 scribed them with greater beauty than Shelley, in a celebrated passage of his 
 Prometheus Unbound. These goddesses are often depicted as forming the train 
 of Venus. BRANDE. 
 
 See also note, Book V. 2. 
 
 5. Mount of God, tfc. : In his description of Heaven, Milton finds ample 
 field for the serious^ as well as the sportive exercise of his unbounded imagi- 
 nation. He gives us the conception of a region immeasurably large. Many 
 earths are massed together to form one continent surrounding the throne of 
 God ; a continent, not of cloud or aery light, but of fixed, solid land, with 
 steadfast, towering mountains, and soft slumbrous vales ; to which Pollok, in 
 his copy of it, has added, finely, wastes and wildernesses retreats even there 
 for solitary meditation. Afar, like a cloud, rises the centre and pinnacle of 
 the region, the throne of Jehovah, now bathed in light, and now shaded by 
 profound darkness. GILFILLAN. 
 
 6. Where light and darkness, tfc. The making darkness a positive thing is
 
 248 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Lodge and dislodge by turns, which makes through Heav'n 
 
 Grateful vicissitude, like day and night ; 
 
 Light issues forth, and at the other door 
 
 Obsequious darkness enters, till her hour 10 
 
 To veil the Heav'n, though darkness there might well 
 
 Seem twilight here : and now went forth the morn 
 
 Such as in highest Heav'n, array VI in gold 
 
 Empyreal ; from before her vanished night, 
 
 Shot through with orient beams ; when all the plain, 15 
 
 Covcr'd with thick embattled squadrons bright, 
 
 Chariots and flaming arms, and fiery steeds, 
 
 Reflecting blaze on blaze, first met his view. 
 
 War he perceived, war in procinct, and found 
 
 Already known what he for news had thought 20 
 
 To have reported. Gladly then he mixM 
 
 Among those friendly Pow'rs, who him received 
 
 With joy and acclamations loud, that one, 
 
 That of so many myriads fall'n, yet one 
 
 Return 'd not lost. On to the sacred hill 2d 
 
 They led him, high applauded, and present 
 
 Before the seat supreme ; from whence a voice 
 
 From midst a golden cloud thus mild was heard: 
 
 Servant of God, well done ! well hast thou fought 
 The better fight, who singly hast maintain'd 30 
 
 Against revolted multitudes the cause 
 Of truth, in word mightier than they in arms ; 
 And for the testimony of truth hast borne 
 
 poetical : but besides that, as he thought fit to bring it into Heaven, it could 
 ot be otherwise represented, for obvious reasons. WABBUBTON. 
 
 The thought of light and darkness lodging and dislodging by turns, the one 
 -Miing forth and the other entering, is plainly borrowed from a fine passage 
 in Hesiod. Theog. 748. 
 
 18. See Book of Maccabees vi. 39. 
 
 :>. Procinct : Complete preparation for action. Allusion is made to the 
 girdle which was put on, and drawn closely around the person of the soldier, 
 before engaging in battle. 
 
 29. Jibdiet in Hebrew n. a ans servant of God. Rev. xii. 7, 8< S.
 
 BOOK vi. 249 
 
 Universal reproach (far worse to bear 
 
 Than violence) ; for this was all thy care 35 
 
 To stand approved in sight of God, though worlds 
 
 Judged thee perverse : the easier conquest now 
 
 11 ('mains thee, aided by this host of friends, 
 
 Back on thy foes more glorious to return 
 
 Than scorn M thou didst depart, and to subdue 40 
 
 By force, who reason for their law refuse, 
 
 Right reason for their law, and for their king 
 
 Messiah, who by right of merit reigns. 
 
 Go, Michael, of celestial armies prince, 
 
 And thou in military prowess next, 45 
 
 Gabriel, lead forth to battle these my sons 
 
 Invincible, lead forth my armed Saints, 
 
 By thousands and by millions ranged for fight, 
 
 Equal in number to that Godless crew 
 
 Rebellious ; them with fire and hostile arms 50 
 
 Fearless assault, and to the brow of Heav'n 
 
 Pursuing, drive them out from God and bliss 
 
 Into their place of punishment, the gulf 
 
 Of Tartarus, which ready opens wide 
 
 His fiery Chaos to receive their fall. 55 
 
 34. Univertal reproach : Another example of this inharmonious measure is 
 found in 874 : it is not common, but, as Jortin observes, Milton often inserts 
 harsh verses, when he could easily have altered them, judging, probably, 
 that they had the same good effect in poetry which occasional discords pro- 
 duce in music. 
 
 44. Go Michael, tfc. : As this battle of the angels is founded principally 
 on Rev. xii. 7, 8 " There was war in Heaven; Michael and his angels fought 
 against the Dragon, and the Dragon fought, and his angels, and prevailed not, 
 neither teas their place found any more in Heaven" Michael is rightly made 
 by Milton the leader of the heavenly armies, and the name in Hebrew sig- 
 nifies the power of God. But it may be censured, perhaps, as a piece of bad 
 conduct in the poem, that the commission here given is not executed. They 
 are ordered to drive the rebel angels out from God and bliss, but this is 
 effected at last by the Messiah alone. Some reasons for it are assigned in 
 the speech of God (680) , and in that of the Messiah (801) . N. 
 
 55. His fiery Chaos : Chaos may mean any place of confusion ; but, if we 
 take it strictly, Tartarus, or Hell, was built in Chaos (II. 1002-, and there- 
 11*
 
 250 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So spake the sov'reign voice, and clouds began 
 To darken all the hill, and smoke to roll 
 In dusky wreaths, reluctant flames, the sign 
 Of wrath awaked ; nor with less dread the loud 
 Ethereal trumpet from on high 'gan blow : 60 
 
 At which command the powers militant 
 That stood for Heav'n, in mighty quadrate join'd 
 Of union irresistible, moved/on 
 In silence their bright legions, to the sound 
 Of instrumental harmony, that breath'd 65 
 
 Heroic ardour to advent'rous deeds 
 Under their God-like leaders, in the cause 
 Of God and his Messiah. On they move 
 Indissolubly firm : nor obvious hill, 
 
 Nor strait'ning vale, nor wood, nor stream divides 70 
 
 Their perfect ranks ; for high above the ground 
 Their march was, and the passive air upbore 
 Their nimble tread. As when the total kind 
 Of birds, in orderly array on wing, 
 
 Came summon'd over Eden, to receive 75 
 
 Their names of thee ; so over many a tract 
 Of Heav'n they march'd, and many a province wide 
 
 lore that part of it, being stored with fire, may not improperly be called a 
 fiery Chaot. N. Hit is a Hebraistic expression for itt. 
 56. Compare Exod. xix. 16, &c. 
 
 58. Reluctant: As if to arouse to the work of destruction ; but D mister un- 
 derstands this word in the sense of the most violent exertion of the fire to 
 resist and break through the smoke. 
 
 59. Dread: Terribleness. 
 62. Quadrate: Square. 
 
 69. OMout : Opposing them in front ; lying in their way. 
 
 70. Strait'ning: Narrowing. 
 
 71. Our author attributes the same kind of motion to the angels, as the 
 ancients did to their gods, which was gliding through the air without ever 
 toucfiing the ground with their feet ; or as Milton (VIII. 302) elegantly ex- 
 presses it tntooth tliding without ttep. 
 
 73. Total kind, or race : The phrase is expressive of a great number of 
 birds.
 
 BOOK VI. 251 
 
 Tenfold the length of this terrene. At last, 
 
 Far in th' horizon to the north appeared 
 
 From skirt to skirt a fiery region, stretch'd 80 
 
 In battalions aspect, and nearer view 
 
 Bristled with upright beams innumerable 
 
 Of rigid spears, and helmets throng'd, and shields 
 
 Various, with boastful argument portray 'd 
 
 The banded Pow'rs of Satan hasting on 85 
 
 With furious expedition ; for they ween'd 
 
 That self-same day by fight, or by surprise, 
 
 To win the mount of God, and on this throne 
 
 To set the envier of his state, the proud 
 
 Aspirer, but their thoughts proved fond and vain 90 
 
 In the mid-way ; though strange to us it seem'd 
 
 At first, that Angel should with Angel war, 
 
 And in fierce hosting meet, who wont to meet 
 
 So oft in festivals of joy and love 
 
 Unanimous, as sons of one great sire 95 
 
 Hymning th' Eternal Father ; but the shout 
 
 Of battle now began, and rushing sound 
 
 Of onset ended soon each milder thought. 
 
 High in the midst exalted as a God, 
 
 Th' Apostate in his sun-bright chariot sat, 100 
 
 Idol of majesty divine, inclosed 
 
 78. Terrene: Earthly. 
 
 79-83. It appeared a fiery region, indistinctly at first, but, upon nearer 
 view, it proved to be Satan's rebel army. N. 
 
 80. Skirt: Margin. 
 
 81. In battalion* atptct : In appearance as an army marshalled for battle. 
 84. Various, vrith boastful argument portrayed : Shields various, are shield 
 
 varied with diverse sculptures and paintings ; an elegant Latinism. This 
 line seems to be taken from the Phccnissoe of Euripides (1117) . N. 
 
 93. Hosting : A word coined by Milton from host, and means encounter. 
 
 101. Idol of majesty divine: In line 114, Satan is called resemblance of the 
 Highest; but how judiciously has Milton culled out the word idol, which, 
 though it be in its original signification the same as resemblance, yet, by its 
 common application, always in a bad sense, served much better to express 
 the present character of Satan. T.
 
 252 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 With flaming Cherubim and golden shields; 
 
 Then lighted from his gorgeous throne, for now 
 
 'Twixt host and host but narrow space was left 
 
 (A dreadful interval), and front to front 105 
 
 Presented, stood in terrible array, 
 
 Of hideous length. Before the cloudy ran, 
 
 On the rough edge of battle ere it join'd, 
 
 Satan, with vast and haughty strides advanced, 
 
 Came tow'ring, arm'd in adamant and gold : 110 
 
 Abdiel that sight endured not, where he stood 
 
 Among the mightiest, bent on highest deeds, 
 
 And thus his own undaunted heart explores : 
 
 O Heav'n ! that such resemblance of the High'st 
 Should yet remain, where faith and realty 115 
 
 Remain not ! wherefore should not strength and might 
 There fail where virtue fails, or weakest prove 
 Where boldest, though to sight unconquerable ? 
 
 106. Stood in terrible array, tfc. : It required great pregnancy of invention, 
 and strength of imagination, to fill the battle with such circumstances as 
 should raise and astonish the mind of the reader ; and, at the same time, an 
 exactness of judgment to avoid everything that might appear light or trivial 
 Those who look into Homer are surprised to find his battles still rising one 
 above another, and improving in horror to the conclusion of the Iliad. Mil- 
 ton's fight of angels is wrought up with the same beauty. It is ushered in 
 with such signs of wrath as are suitable to Omnipotence incensed. 
 
 The first engagement is carried on under a cope of fire, occasioned by the 
 flight of innumerable burning darts and arrows, which are discharged from 
 each host The second onset is still more terrible, as it is filled with those 
 artificial thunders which seem to make the victory doubtful, and produce a 
 kind of consternation even in the good angels. This is followed by the tear- 
 iog up of mountains arid promontories ; till, in the last place, Messiah conies 
 for .a in the fulness of majesty and terror. The pomp of his appearance, 
 amidst the roarings of his thunders, the flashes of his lightnings, and the 
 noise of his chariot-wheels, is described with the utmost flights of human 
 imagination. A. 
 
 108. Edge: See I. 276. 
 
 113. Such soliloquies are not uncommon in the poets, at the beginning and 
 even in the midst of battles. They are instances merely of persons thinking 
 aloud. 
 
 115. faulty: Loyalty. 118. To tight : Apparently.
 
 BOOK vi. 253 
 
 His puissance, trusting in th' Almighty's aid, 
 
 I mean to try, whose reason I have try'd 120 
 
 Unsound and false ; nor is it aught but just 
 
 That he who in debate of truth hath won 
 
 Should win in arms, in both disputes alike 
 
 Victor ; though brutish that contest and foul, 
 
 When reason hath to deal with force, yet so 125 
 
 Most reason is that reason overcome. 
 
 So pondering, and from his armed peers 
 Forth stepping opposite, half-way he met 
 His daring foe, at this prevention more 
 Incensed ; and thus securely him defy'd : 130 
 
 Proud, art thou met ? Thy hope was to have reach'd 
 The height of thy aspiring unopposed, 
 The throne of God unguarded, and his side 
 Abandon'd at the terror of thy pow'r 
 
 Or potent tongue : fool ! not to think how vain 135 
 
 Against th' Omnipotent to rise in arms ! 
 Who out of smallest things could without end* 
 Have raised incessant armies to defeat 
 Thy folly ! or with solitary hand 
 
 Reaching beyond all limit, at one blow, 140 
 
 Unaided, could have finish 'd thee, and whelm 'd 
 Thy legions under darkness ! but thou seest 
 All are not of thy train : there be who faith 
 Prefer, and piety to God, though then 
 
 To thee not visible, when I alone 145 
 
 Seem'd in thy world erroneous to dissent 
 From all ; my sect thou seest ; now learn, too late, 
 How few sometimes may know, when thousands err 
 
 125-26- Reason : These lines contain a fine play upon this word. 
 129. Prevention : Coming forward. 
 139. Solitary: Single. 
 
 147. Sect : Division that part of the angels that had not rebelled against 
 the King of Heaven. 
 
 148. That is how sometimes a few may discern rightly, when thousands 
 err. The good angel said few, though one, and that himself, was particu-
 
 254 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Whom the grand foe, with scornful eye askance, 
 Thus answcr'd : 111 for thee, but in wLsh'd hour 150 
 
 Of my revenge, first sought for thou return 'st 
 From flight, seditious Angel, to receive 
 Thy merited reward, the first assay 
 Of this right hand provoked, since first that tongue, 
 Inspired with contradiction, durst oppose 155 
 
 A third part of the Gods, in synod met 
 Their deities to assert, who while they feel 
 Vigour divine within them, can allow 
 Omnipotence to none. But well thou com'st 
 Before thy fellows, ambitious to win 160 
 
 From me some plume, that thy success may shew 
 Destruction to the rest. This pause between 
 (UnanswerM lest thou boast) to let thee know ; 
 At first I thought that Liberty and Heav'n 
 To heav'nly souls had been all one ; but now 165 
 
 I see that most through sloth had rather serve, 
 Ministering Spirits, train'd up in feast and song : 
 Such hast thou arm'd, the minstrelsy of Heav'n, 
 Servility with freedom to contend, 
 As both their deeds compared this day shall prove. 170 
 
 To whom in brief thus Abdiel stern reply'd : 
 Apostate, still thou err'st, nor end wilt find 
 Of erring, from the path of truth remote. 
 Unjustly thou deprav'st it with the name 
 Of Servitude to serve whom God ordains, 176 
 
 Or Nature ; God and Nature bid the same, 
 When he who rules is worthiest, and excels 
 
 arly intended, thus showing his modesty. It is supposed that Milton, in 
 this passage, sneers at the loyalists of his time, when they were the many, 
 and who reproached the opposite, or republican party, as sectaries. 
 
 161-62. Shew destruction, tfc. : Lead the other to destruction. The word 
 tuccen may signify bad or good fortune : here the former. 
 
 174. Dcpraveit : Dost vilify. 
 
 175. Servitude : Abdiel makes an excellent distinction between servitude 
 and liberty.
 
 BOOK vi. 255 
 
 Them whom he governs. This is servitude, 
 To serve th' unwise, or him who hath rebell'd 
 Against his worthier, as thine now serve thee, 180 
 
 Thyself not free, but to thyself enthrall'd ; 
 Yet lewdly dar'st our minist'ring upbraid. 
 Reign thou in Hell, thy kingdom ; let me servo 
 In Heav'n God ever blest, and his divine 
 Behests obey, worthiest to be obey'd ; 185 
 
 Yet chains in Hell, not realms expect : meanwhile 
 From me return'd, as erst thou saidst, from flight, 
 This greeting on thy impious crest receive. 
 So say'ng, a noble stroke he lifted high, 
 
 Which hung not, but so swift with tempest fell 190 
 
 On the proud crest of Satan, that no sight, 
 Nor motion of swift thought, less could his shield, 
 Such ruin intercept. Ten paces huge 
 He back recoil'd ; the tenth on bended knee 
 His massy spear upstay'd, as if on earth 195 
 
 Winds under ground, or waters forcing way 
 Sidelong, had push'd a mountain from his seat, 
 Half sunk with all his pines. Amazement seized 
 The rebel Thrones, but greater rage, to see 
 Thus foil'd their mightiest ; ours joy fill'd and shout, 200 
 
 Presage of victory and fierce desire 
 Of battle ; whereat Michael bid sound 
 Th' Arch-Angel trumpet : through the vast of Heav'n 
 It sounded, and the faithful armies rung 
 
 Hosannah to the Highest : nor stood at gaze 205 
 
 The adverse legions, nor less hideous join'd 
 The horrid shock. Now storming fury rose, 
 And clamour such as heard in Heav'n till now 
 
 87. Ertt: Before. 
 
 .63. In Hell thy kingdom : It was to be so ; the event was certain, as God 
 n* ordered him to be thrust from Heaven into Hell (52) . 
 
 189. While yet speaking he raised his arm, and with amazing swiftness 
 and power inflicted a stunning blow on the crest of Satan. 
 
 195. At if, Sft.: A perfectly magnificent simile is here introduced.
 
 256 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Was never ; arms on armour clashing bray'd 
 
 Horrible discord, and the madding wheels 210 
 
 Of brazen chariots raged ; dire was the noise 
 
 Of conflict ; over head the dismal hiss 
 
 Of fiery darts in flaming volleys flew, 
 
 And flying vaulted either host with fire. 
 
 So under fiery cope together rush'd 215 
 
 Both battles main, with ruinous assault 
 
 And inextinguishable rage. All Heav*n 
 
 Resounded ; and had Earth been then, all Earth 
 
 Had to her centre shook. What wonder ? when 
 
 Millions of fierce encount'ring Angels fought 220 
 
 On either side, the least of whom could wield 
 
 209-14. Brayed ', fft. : The words brayed horrible discord, brazen, raged, 
 dire, AIM, and others, are, in their sound, admirably descriptive of the sense. 
 
 Here, with great advantage, may be introduced some admirable remarks 
 of Dr. Charming on the poetic diction of Milton. He says : 
 
 u Milton's numbers have the prime charm ot txpreuiventtt. They vary 
 with, and answer to, the depth, or tenderness, or sublimity of his concep- 
 tions, and hold intimate alliance with the soul. Lake Michael Angelo, in 
 whose hands the marble was said to be flexible, he bends our language 
 which foreigners reproach with hardness into whatever form the subject 
 demands. All the treasures of sweet and solemn sound are at his com- 
 mand. This power over language is not to be ascribed to Milton's musical 
 ear. It belongs to the soul. It is a gift or exercise of genius which has 
 power to impress itself on whatever it touches ; and finds, or frames, in 
 sounds, motions, and material forms, correspondences and harmonies with its 
 own fervid thoughts and feelings. 
 
 210. Madding wheel* : What strong and daring figures are here! Every- 
 thing is alive and animated. The very chariot-wheels are mad and raging. 
 And how rough and jarring are the verses ! The word bray usually signi- 
 fies any disagreeable noise. N. 
 
 212-14. Bentley objects to some of the language here used, and would 
 correct it thus : with dismal hiss the fiery darts, tec. Milton's language is, 
 indeed, quite inaccurate; but, as Dr. Pearce observes, there is a peculiar 
 fom sometimes in ascribing that to a circumstance of the thing, which more 
 properly belongs to the thing itself: to the AIM, which belongs to the dartt 
 Or, the phroe AIM of dartt, is equivalent to hitting dartt. 
 
 214. Faulted : Covered with a roof. 
 
 216. Battltt main : Armies mighty.
 
 BOOK vi. 257 
 
 These elements, and arm him with the force 
 
 Of all their regions : how much more of pow'r 
 
 Army 'gainst army numberless, to raise 
 
 Dreadful combustion warring, and disturb, 225 
 
 Though not destroy, their happy native seat ; 
 
 Had not th' Eternal King omnipotent 
 
 From his strong hold of Heav'n high over-ruled 
 
 And limited their might ; though number'd suet 
 
 As each divided legion might have seem'd ^30 
 
 A num'rous host, in strength each armed hand 
 
 A legion, led in fight yet leader seem'd 
 
 Each warrior single as in chief, expert 
 
 When to advance, or stand, or turn the sway 
 
 Of battle, open when, and when to close 235 
 
 The ridges of grim war : no thought of flight, 
 
 None of retreat, no unbecoming deed 
 
 That argued fear : each on himself rely'd, 
 
 As only in his arm the moment lay 
 
 222. Elements : The old chemists erroneously appliefl this term to fire, 
 water, earth, and air. The elements of the alchemists are salt, sulphur, and 
 mercury. The term element is now used as synonymous with simple, or un- 
 decompounded body ; that is, a substance which we cannot resolve into sim- 
 pler forms of matter. The number of such, at present, is fifty-four. The 
 term, as here used by Milton, probably means the various substances of 
 which the universe is composed. 
 
 229. Though number'd, fyc. : Each legion was in number like an army; 
 each single warrior was in strength like a legion ; and though led in fight 
 was as expert as a commander-in-chief. So that the angels are celebrated, 
 first, for their number, then for their strength, and lastly for their expertnest 
 in war. N. 
 
 230. At each : That each. 
 
 233. In chief: In the place of chief. 
 
 236. The ridges of grim war : A metaphor taken from a ploughed field : 
 the men answer to the ridges, between whom the intervals of the ranks, 
 the furrows, are. The ridges of gnm, fierce, frightful-looking, war ; that is, 
 the ranks of the army, the files are implied. The ranks are the rows of 
 soldiers from flank to flank, from side to side, from the left to the right : the 
 files are from front to rear. R. 
 
 239. At only, Sfc. : As if upon his single arm had depended the whole 
 weight of the victory. The moment : The weight that turns the balance, as
 
 258 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Of victory : deeds of eternal fame 240 
 
 Were done, but infinite ; for wide was spread 
 That war, and various ; sometimes on firm ground 
 A standing fight, then soaring on main wing, 
 Tormented all the air : all air seem'd then 
 Conflicting fire. Long time in even scale 245 
 
 The battle hung ; till Satan, who that day 
 Prodigious pow'r had shown, and met in arms 
 No equal, ranging through the dire attack 
 Of fighting Seraphim confused, at length 
 Saw where the sword of Michael smote, and fell'd 250 
 
 Squadrons at once : with huge two-handed sway 
 Brandish 'd aloft the horrid edge came down 
 Wide wasting : such destruction to withstand 
 He hasted, and opposed the rocky orb 
 
 Of tenfold adamant, his ample shield : 255 
 
 A vast circumference. At his approach 
 The great Arch-Angel from his warlike toil 
 Surceased, and glad, as hoping here to end 
 Intestine war in Heav'n, th' arch-foe subdued, 
 Or captive dragg'd in chains, with hostile frown 260 
 
 And visage all inflamed, first thus began : 
 Author of evil, unknown till thy revolt, 
 Unnamed in Heav'n, now plenteous, as thou seest 
 
 the word signifies in Latin. The metaphor of the scale is employed in 245, 
 as it is also in Homer, II. xii. 433 ; but Homer taught him to excel Homer. N. 
 
 242. The meaning is : The war was sometimes a standing fight on the 
 ground, and sometimes the war soaring on main (powerful) wing, tormented 
 all the ir. P. 
 
 248. No equal : Though Abdiel had an advantage over Satan in the begin- 
 uing of the fight, he is not considered by the poet as equal to him in strength. 
 
 251. Two-handed sway, ffc. : It was accordant with ideas of chivalry and 
 romance, to make Michael fight with a two-handed sword. 
 
 258. Surceased: Ceased. 
 
 262. These speeches, that follow, give breath to the reader after the hurry 
 of the general battle ; and prepare his mind for the ensuing combat between 
 Michael and Satan. It is the practice, likewise, of Homer and Virgil, to 
 make their heroes discourse before they fight : it renders the action more 
 solemn, and more engages the reader's attention. N.
 
 BOOK vi. 259 
 
 These acts of hateful strife, hateful to all, 
 
 Though heaviest by just measure on thyself 265 
 
 And thy adherents, how hast thou disturb'd 
 
 Heav'n's blessed peace, and into nature brought 
 
 Misery, uncreated till the crime 
 
 Of thy rebellion ? How hast thou instill'd 
 
 Thy malice into thousands, once upright 270 
 
 And faithful, now proved false ? But think not here 
 
 To trouble holy rest ; Heav'n casts thee out 
 
 From all her confines. Heav'n, the seat of bliss, 
 
 Brooks not the works of violence and war, 
 
 Hence then, and evil go with thee along, 275 
 
 Thy offspring, to the place of evil, Hell, 
 
 Thou and thy wicked crew ; there mingle broils 
 
 Ere this avenging sword begin thy doom, 
 
 Or some more sudden vengeance wing'd from God 
 
 Precipitate thee with augmented pain. 280 
 
 So spake the Prince of Angels : to whom thus 
 The Adversary : Nor think thou with wind 
 Of aery threats to awe whom yet with deeds 
 Thou canst not. Hast thou turn'd the least of these 
 To flight, or if to fall, but that they rise 285 
 
 Un vanquish 'd, easier to transact with me 
 That thou shouldst hope, imperious, and with threats 
 To chase me hence ? Err not that so shall end 
 The strife which thou call'st evil, but we style 
 The strife of glory ; which we mean to win, 290 
 
 Or turn this Heav'n itself into the Hell 
 Thou fablest, here however to dwell free, 
 If not to reign. Mean while thy utmost force, 
 And join him named Almighty to thy aid, 
 I fly not, but have sought thee far and nigh. 295 
 
 They ended parle, and both address'd for fight 
 Unspeakable ; for who, though with the tongue 
 
 282. The jldvertary : Satan, of which Hebrew word it is a translation. 
 288. Err: Mistake. 
 296. Park: Debate.
 
 260 PAHAD18E LOST. 
 
 Of Angels, can relate, or to what things 
 
 Liken on earth conspicuous, that may lift 
 
 Human imagination to such height 300 
 
 Of Godlike pow'r ? for likest Gods they seem'd, 
 
 Stood they or moved, in stature, motion, arms, 
 
 Fit to decide the empire of great Heav'n. 
 
 Now waved their fiery swords, and in the air 
 
 Made horrid circles : two broad suns their shields 305 
 
 Blazed opposite, while expectation stood 
 
 In horror : from each hand with speed retired, 
 
 Where erst was thickest fight, th' angelic throng, 
 
 And left large field, unsafe within the wind 
 
 Of such commotion ; such as, to set forth 310 
 
 Great things by small, if Nature's concord broke, 
 
 Among the constellations war were sprung, 
 
 Two planets rushing from aspect malign 
 
 Of fiercest opposition in mid-sky 
 
 Should combat, and their jarring spheres confound, 315 
 
 Together both with next to almighty arm 
 
 Uplifted imminent, one stroke they aim'd 
 
 That might determine, and not need repeat, 
 
 As not of pow'r at onoe ; nor odds appear'd 
 
 In might or swift prevention. But the sword 320 
 
 298-9. The sense is : Can relate that fight, or to what things liken it on 
 earth, so conspicuous as to lift, &c. 
 
 302. Stood they or movtd : Whether they stood or moved. 
 
 306. Expectation is here personified. 
 
 320-25. But the tword, ffc. : Milton, notwithstanding the sublime genius 
 he was master of, has, in this Book, drawn to his assistance all the helps ha 
 could meet with among the ancient poets. This passage is a copy of that in 
 Virgil, wherein the poet tells us that the sword of JEneas, which was given 
 him by the Deity, broke into pieces the sword of Turnus, which came from 
 * mortal forge. As the moral in this place is divine, so, by the way, we 
 may observe, that the bestowing on a man who is favoured by Heaven, such 
 an allegorical weapon, is very conformable to the old eastern way of think- 
 ing. Not only Homer has made use of it, but we find the Jewish hero in 
 the Book of Maccabees, who had fought the battles of the chosen people 
 with o much glory and success, receiving in his dream a sword from th 
 hand of the prophet Jeremiah. A. Prevention: Anticipation
 
 BOOK vr. 261 
 
 Of Michael from the armoury of God, 
 
 Was giv'n him temper'd so, that neither keen 
 
 Nor solid might resist that edge. It met 
 
 The sword of Satan with steep force to smite 
 
 Descending, and in half cut sheer ; nor stay'd, 32o 
 
 But with swift wheel reverse, deep ent'ring shared 
 
 All his right side : then Satan first knew pain, 
 
 And writhed him to and fro convolved ; so sore 
 
 The griding sword with discontinuous wound 
 
 Pass'd through him : but th' ethereal substance closed, 330 
 
 Not long divisible ; and from the gash 
 
 A stream of nect'rous humour, issuing, flow'd 
 
 Sanguine, such as celestial Spirits may bleed, 
 
 And all his armour stain 'd ere while so bright. 
 
 Forthwith on all sides to his aid was run 335 
 
 By angels many and strong, who interposed 
 
 Defence, while others bore him on their shields 
 
 Back to his chariot, where it stood retired 
 
 From off the files of war : there they him laid 
 
 Gnashing for anguish, and despite, and shame, 340 
 
 To find himself not matchless, and his pride 
 
 325-29. In half cut sheer : Cut in two at once and completely. The 
 pause at the word sheer adds force to the ida conveyed. The passage is an 
 imitation of the Iliad, iii. 363, and of the JEn. xii. 731, &c. There is a 
 peculiar adaptation in the words shared, writhed, convolved so sore, griding, 
 and discontinuous wound, to the end of impressing deeply on the mind of the 
 reader the pain inflicted upon Satan by Michael's keen sword. 
 
 326. Swift wheel reverse : With a swift turn in an opposite direction. 
 
 326. Griding: Harshly cutting. Discontinuous: Breaking up the con- 
 tinuity of the parts. 
 
 332. This passage, wherein Satan is described as wounded by the sword 
 of Michael, is in imitation of Homer, who tells us, in the same manner, 
 that upon Diomede's wounding the gods, there flowed from the wound an 
 ichor, or pure kind of blood, which was not bred from mortal viands; and 
 that though the pain was exquisitely great, the wound soon closed up and 
 healed in those beings who are vested with immortality. A. 
 
 335-36. Was run by angels : A Latin form of expression for angels ran. 
 340. Dttpitt: Spite.
 
 262 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Humbled by such rebuke, so far beneath 
 
 His confidence to equal God in pow'r. 
 
 Yet soon he heal'd ; for Spirits that live throughout 
 
 Vital in cv'ry part, not as frail man 345 
 
 In entrails, heart or head, liver or reins, 
 
 Cannot but by annihilating die ; 
 
 Nor in their liquid texture mortal wound 
 
 Receive, no more than can the fluid air. 
 
 All heart they live, all head, all eye, all ear, 350 
 
 All intellect, all sense : and as they please, 
 
 They limb themselves : and colour, shape, or size 
 
 Assume, as likes them best, condense or rare. 
 
 Meanwhile in other parts like deeds deserved 
 Memorial, where the might of Gabriel fought, 355 
 
 And with fierce ensigns pierced the deep array 
 Of Moloch, furious king ; who him defy'd, 
 And at his chariot-wheels to drag him bound 
 Threaten 'd ; nor from the Holy One of Heav'n 
 Refrain'd his tongue blasphemous ; but anon 360 
 
 Down cloven to the waist, with shatter'd arms 
 And uncouth pain fled bellowing. On each wing 
 Uriel and Raphael his vaunting foe, 
 
 344. For tpiritt that livt, $c. : We see here Milton's notions of angels. 
 They are vital in every part, can receive no mortal wound, and cannot die 
 but by annihilation. They are all eye, all ear, all sense and understanding ; 
 and can assume what kind of bodies they please. These notions, if not true 
 in divinity, yet, certainly, are very fine in poetry ; but most of them are not 
 disagreeable to those hints which are left us of these spiritual beings in 
 Scripture. N. 
 
 350. The account which Pliny gives of God is very similar to this. 
 
 353. Like*: Suits. Condente: Dense. 
 
 355-62. Where the might of Gabriel, tfc. : Milton, in his description of his 
 furious Moloch, flying from the battle, and bellowing with the wound he had 
 received, doubtless had his eye on Mars, in the Iliad, who, upon his being 
 wounded, is represented as retiring out of the fight and making an outcry 
 louder than that of a whole army when it begins the charge. The reader 
 will easily observe how Milton has kept all the horror of this image with* 
 o~A running into the ridiculousness of it A. 
 
 The expression " might of Gabriel fought," is imitated from Homer. 
 
 363. After Raphael, some critics propose to insert the word each.
 
 BOOK vi. 263 
 
 Though huge, and in a rock of diamond arm'd, 
 
 Vanquish'd Adraraelech and Asmadai, 365 
 
 Two potent thrones, that to be less than Gods 
 
 Disdain'd, but meaner thoughts learn'd in their flight, 
 
 Mangled with ghastly wounds through plate and mail. 
 
 Nor stood unmindful Abdiel to annoy 
 
 The atheist crew, but with redoubled blow 370 
 
 Ariel and Arioch, and the violence 
 
 Of Ramiel scorch'd and blasted overthrew. 
 
 I might relate of thousands, and their names 
 
 Eternize here on earth ; but those elect 
 
 Angels, contented with their fame in Heaven, 375 
 
 Seek not the praise of men. The other sort 
 
 In might though wondrous, and in acts of war, 
 
 Nor of renown less eager, yet by doom 
 
 Cancell'd from Heaven and sacred memory, 
 
 Nameless in dark oblivion let them dwell. 380 
 
 For strength from truth divided and from just, 
 
 Illaudable, nought merits but dispraise 
 
 And ignominy ; yet to glory aspires 
 
 Vain-glorious, and through infamy seeks fame : 
 
 Therefore eternal silence be their doom. 385 
 
 And now their mightiest quell'd, the battle swerved, 
 With many an inroad gored ; deformed rout 
 Enter'd, and foul disorder ; all the ground 
 With shiver'd armour strewn, and on a heap 
 Chariot and charioteer lay overturn'd, 390 
 
 365. Adramdech : Afterwards one of the idols of Sepharvaim, in Samaria, 
 2 Kings xvii. 31. Asmadai, the same as Atmodeus, Tobit iii. 8. The name 
 is, by some, derived from a word signifying to exterminate. 
 
 368. Plate and mail : Two sorts of armour, the former consisting of thin 
 plates of metal laid over one another like the scales of a fish, and sewed 
 down to a strong linen or leathern jacket ; the other, called chain mail, was 
 a coat of steel net-work, consisting of iron rings, each having four other 
 rings inserted in it. 
 
 371. Arid is a word meaning ''lion of God," or "lion-like." 2 Sam 
 xxiii. 20 ; 1 Chron. xi. 22. Arioch is of a similar signification. Ramiel* 
 one that exalts himself against God. 
 
 386. Battle : Army, or the main body of it.
 
 264 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And fiery foaming steeds ; what stood, rccoil'd 
 
 Overwearied, through the faint Satanic host 
 
 Defensive scarce, or with pale fear surprised, 
 
 Then first with fear surprised and sense of pain, 
 
 Fled ignominious, to such evil brought 
 
 By sin of disobedience, till that hour 
 
 Not liable to fear, or flight, or pain. 
 
 Far otherwise th' inviolable Saints 
 
 In cubic phalanx firm advanced entire, 
 
 Invulnerable, impenetrably arm'd: 400 
 
 Such high advantages their innocence 
 
 Gave them above their foes, not to have sinn'd, 
 
 Not to have disobey'd : in fight they stood 
 
 Unwearied, unobnoxious to be pain'd 40J 
 
 By wound, tho' from their place by violence moved. 
 
 Now night her course began, and over Heaven 
 Inducing darkness, grateful truce imposed, 
 And silence on the odious din of war. 
 Under her cloudy covert both retired, 
 
 391. What stood is connected as a nominative case with the verbs rtcoiltd 
 and Jled ; and is put in opposition to what lay overturned, in the preceding 
 line. Part of the Satanic host lay overturned ; and that part which was not 
 overturned, but kept on their feet, and ttood, either gave way, and recoiled 
 overwearied, or ir/A pale fear turprited. fled ignominious. N. 
 
 393. Defensive tcarcc : Scarcely in a posture to defend. 
 
 393. Till that hour : It seems a very extraordinary circumstance attending 
 a battle, that not only none of the warriors on either side were capable of 
 death by wound, but, on one side, none were capable of wound or even 
 of pain. This was a very great advantage on the side of the good angels, 
 but we must suppose that the rebel angels did not know their own weak- 
 ness till thit hour. N. 
 
 399. Cubic : This is not to be interpreted in its strictest sense, but in the 
 sense of tquare. having so much of the property of a cube as to be equal in 
 length on each of its four sides. 
 
 405. Though, 4r. : This circumstance is judiciously added to prepare the 
 reader for what happens in the next fight. N. 
 
 407. Inducing : Bringing on. The expression was probably taken from 
 Horace, Sat. i. 5 : 9 : 
 
 " Jam nox \7\duetrt ttrrii 
 Umbrai, et co-lo diffundere iigna parabat"
 
 BOOK vi. 265 
 
 Victor and vanquish'd, on the foughten field 410 
 
 Michael and his angels prevalent 
 
 Encamping, placed in guard their watches round, 
 
 Cherubic waving fires. On th' other part 
 
 Satan with his rebellious disappear'd, 
 
 Far in the dark dislodged ; and void of rest, 415 
 
 His potentates to council call'd by night ; 
 
 And in the midst thus undismay'd began : 
 
 now in danger try'd, now known in arms, 
 Not to be overpow'r'd, Companions dear, 
 Found worthy not of liberty alone, 420 
 
 Too mean pretence, but what we more affect, 
 Honour, dominion, glory, and renown ; 
 Who have sustain'd one day in doubtful fight 
 (And if one day, why not eternal days ?) 
 
 What Heaven's Lord had pow'rfullest to send 425 
 
 Against us from about his throne, and judged 
 Sufficient to subdue us to his will, 
 But proves not so : then fallible, it seems, 
 Of future we may deem him, though till now 
 Omniscient thought. True is, less firmly arm'd, 430 
 
 Some disadvantage we endured and pain, 
 
 413. Cherubic waving fires : Their watches were cherubic waving fir tt 
 that is, Cherubim like fires waving ; the Cherubim being described by our 
 author, agreeably to Scripture, as of a fiery substance and nature. N. 
 
 415. Dislodged: Removed. 
 
 418. OA, now in danger, fyc. : This speech of Satan is very artful. He 
 flatters their pride and vanity, and avails himself of the only comfort that 
 could be drawn from this day's engagement (though it was a false comfort) , 
 that God was neither so powerful nor wise as he was taken to be. He was 
 forced to acknowledge that they had suffered some loss and pain, but endea 
 vouis to lessen it as much as he can, and attributes it not to the true cause, 
 but to their want of better arms and armour, which he therefore proposes 
 that they should provide themselves withal, to defend themselves, and annoy 
 their enemies. N. 
 
 421. Too mean pretence : Too small a claim. 
 430. True is : True it is. 
 
 431-32. So Prometheus, in like manner, comforts and confirms himself 
 gainst Jupiter's threats. ^Eschyl. Prom. Vinct. 932. N. 
 12
 
 266 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Till now not known ; but known, as soon contemn'd ; 
 
 Since now we find this our empyreal form 
 
 Incapable of mortal injury, 
 
 Imperishable, and though pierced with wound, 439 
 
 Soon closing, and by native vigour hcal'd. 
 
 Of evil then so small, as easy think 
 
 The remedy ; perhaps more valid arms, 
 
 Weapons more violent, when next we meet, 
 
 May serve to better us, and worse our foes ; 440 
 
 Or equal what between us made the odds, 
 
 In nature none. If other hidden cause 
 
 Left them superior, while we can preserve 
 
 Unhurt our minds and understanding sound, 
 
 Due search and consultation will disclose. 445 
 
 He sat ; and in th' assembly next upstood 
 Nisroch, of principalities the prime. 
 As one he stood escaped from cruel fight, 
 Sore toil'd, his riven arms to havoc hewn, 
 And cloudy in aspect thus answ'ring spake : 460 
 
 Deliverer from new Lords, leader to free 
 Enjoyment of our right as Gods : yet hard 
 For Gods, and too unequal work we find, 
 Against unequal arms to fight in pain, 
 
 Against unpain'd, impassive ; from which evil 455 
 
 Ruin must needs ensue ; for what avails 
 Valour or strength, though matchless, quell'd with pain 
 Which all subdues, and makes remiss the hands 
 Of mightiest ? Sense of pleasure we may well 
 Spare out of life perhaps, and not repine, 460 
 
 But live content, which is the calmest life : 
 But pain is perfect misery, the worst 
 
 440. Wortt : Put to disadvantage. 
 
 447. Nitroch : An idol of the Ninevites, 2 Kings ziz. 37 ; Isaiah xxzvii 
 38. In his temple Sennacherib, king of Assyria, was slain. 
 
 455. Impattivt : Incapable of pain. 
 
 462. The wortt of evil*, Spc. : Nisroch is made to talk agreeably to th 
 sentiments of Hieronymus, and those philosophers who maintained that pain 
 is the greatest of evils there might be a possibility of living without plea-
 
 BOOK vi. 267 
 
 Of evils, and excessive, overturns 
 
 All patience. He who therefore can invent 
 
 With what more forcible we may offend 465 
 
 Our yet unwounded enemies, or arm 
 
 Ourselves with like defence, to me deserves 
 
 No less than for deliverance what we owe. 
 
 Whereto, with look composed, Satan reply'd: 
 Not uninvented that, which thou aright 470 
 
 Believ'st so main to our success, I bring. 
 Which of us who beholds the bright surface 
 Of this ethereous mould whereon we stand, 
 This continent of spacious Heav'n, adorn'd 
 With plant, fruit, flow'r ambrosial, gems, and gold ; 475 
 
 Whose eye so superficially surveys 
 These things, as not to mind from whence they grow 
 Deep under ground, materials dark and crude, 
 Of spirituous and fiery spume, till touch'd 
 With Heaven's ray, and temper'd, they shoot forth 480 
 
 So bounteous, op'ning to the ambient light ? 
 These in their dark nativity the deep 
 Shall yield us, pregnant with infernal flame ; 
 Which into hollow engines, long and round, 
 Thick ramm'd, at th' other bore with touch of fire 485 
 
 Dilated and infuriate, shall send forth 
 From far, with thund'ring noise among our foes, 
 Such implements of mischief, as shall dash 
 
 rare, but there was no living in pain a notion suitable enough to a deity of 
 the effeminate Assyrians. 
 467. To me : That is, to my apprehension, or in my judgment. 
 
 f 
 
 471. Main: Important. 
 
 472. The construction is, which sf us who beholds, &c., is there whose eyt 
 to superficially, &c. 
 
 479. Spume : Frothy matter. 
 
 481. Jlinbicnt : Encompassing. 
 
 482. Deep : The deep ground, or soil. 
 
 483. Infernal flame : Flame such as Hell furnishes. 
 
 488. Implements of mischief : The second day's engagement is apt to startle 
 an imagination which has not been raiwd and qualified for such a dKcrip-
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 To pieces, and ov'rwhelm whatever stands 
 
 Adverse, that they shall fear we have disarm 'd 490 
 
 The Thund'rer of his only dreaded bolt. 
 
 Nor long shall be our labour ; yet ere dawn, 
 
 Effect shall end our wish. Mean while revive ; 
 
 Abandon fear ; to strength and council join'd 
 
 Think nothing hard, much less to be despair'd. 495 
 
 He ended, and his words their drooping cheer 
 Enlighten 'd, and their languish 'd hope revived. 
 Th' invention all admired, and each, how he 
 To be th' inventor miss'd ; so easy it seem'd 
 Once found, which yet unfound most would have thought 500 
 Impossible ; yet haply of thy race 
 In future days, if malice should abound, 
 Some one intent on mischief, or inspired 
 With dev'lish machination, might devise 
 
 Like instrument to plague the sons of men 505 
 
 For sin, on war and mutual slaughter bent. 
 
 tion by the reading of the ancient poets, and of Homer in particular. It 
 was certainly a very bold thought in our au hor to ascribe the first use of 
 artillery to the rebel angels. But as such a pernicious invention may be 
 well supposed to have proceeded from such authors, so it enters very pro- 
 perly into the thoughts of that being who is all along described as aspiring 
 to the majesty of the Maker. Such engines were the only instruments he 
 could have made use of to imitate those thunders which, in all poetry, sacred 
 and profane, are represented as the arms of the Almighty. The tearing up 
 the hills (544) was not altogether so daring a thought as the former. We 
 are, in some measure, prepared for such an incident by the description of the 
 giants' war, which we meet with among the ancient poets. What still made 
 this circumstance the more proper for the poet's use, is the opinion of many 
 learned men, that the fable of the giants' war, which makes so great a noise 
 in antiquity, and gave Birth to the sublimest description in Hesiod's works, 
 was an al.egory founded upon this very tradition of a fight between the good 
 and bad angels. A. 
 
 406. Cheer: Cheerfulness. 
 
 408-99. So eaty, tfc. : How natural, and how conformed to experience, is 
 this remark. Johnson applies it to fine writing. 
 
 502. In future day*, 6fc. : This speaking in the spirit of prophecy adds 
 great dignity to poetry, and very properly comes from the mouth of an 
 N.
 
 BOOK vi. 269 
 
 Forthwith from council to the work they flew ; 
 
 None arguing stood ; innumerable hands 
 
 Were ready ; in a moment up they turn'd 
 
 Wide the celestial soil, and saw beneath 510 
 
 Th' originals of nature in their crude 
 
 Conception ; sulphurous and nitrous foam 
 
 They found, they mingled, and with subtle art, 
 
 Concocted and adusted they reduced 
 
 To blackest grain, and into store convey'd. 515 
 
 Part hidden veins digg'd up (nor hath this earth 
 
 Entrails unlike) of mineral and stone, 
 
 Whereof to found their engines and their balls 
 
 Of missive ruin ; part incentive reed 
 
 Provide, pernicious with one touch to fire. 520 
 
 So all ere day-spring, under conscious night, 
 
 Secret they finish'd, and in order set, 
 
 With silent circumspection unespy'd. 
 
 Now when fair morn orient in Heav'n appear'd, 
 Up rose the victor Angels, and to arms 525 
 
 The matin-trumpet sung. In arms they stood 
 Of golden panoply, refulgent host, 
 Soon banded : others from the dawning hills 
 
 511-12. Crude conception: Unformed or uncompounded state 
 
 514. Concocted : Purified, ddusted : Dried by heat. 
 
 517. Stone : This may have been that which was used for ball$, or that 
 which, in the mine, surrounded the metallic substance of which they con- 
 structed their engines and balls. 
 
 519. Incentive: Inflaming, inflammable. 
 
 520. Pernicious: Swift. 
 
 521. Conscious night : Night is here personified, and described as acquain. 
 ed with their operations. Ovid, Met. xiii. 15, has a similar expression : 
 
 " quorum nox conicia sola cvt." 
 
 526. The matin-trumpet sung : A classical expression, Virg. JEn. v. 113 
 
 527. Panoply : Complete armour for the whole person. 
 
 528. Dawning hills : This epithet is usually applied to the light, but her 
 very poetically, to the Ai//, the dawn first appearing over them, and the/ 
 seeming to bring the rising day ; as the evening star is said likewise first to 
 appear on his hill-top, VIII. 520. N.
 
 270 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Look'd round, and scouts each coast, light-armed scour, 
 
 Each quarter, to descry the distant foe, 530 
 
 Where lodged, or whither fled, or if for fight, 
 
 In motion or in halt. Him soon they met 
 
 Under spread ensigns moving nigh, in slow 
 
 But firm battalion. Back with speediest sail 
 
 Zophiel, of Cherubim the swiftest wing, 535 
 
 Came flying, and in mid-air aloud thus cry'd : 
 
 Ann, Warriors, arm for fight ; the foe at hand, 
 Whom fled we thought, will save us long pursuit 
 This day. Fear not his flight ; so thick a cloud 
 He comes, and settled in his face I see 540 
 
 Sad resolution and secure. Let each 
 His adamantine coat gird well, and each 
 Fit well his helm, gripe fast his orbed shield, 
 Borne ev'n or high ; for this day will pour down, 
 If I conjecture aught, no drizzling show'r, 545 
 
 But rattling storm of arrows barb'd with fire. 
 
 So warn'd he them, aware themselves, and soon 
 In order, quit of all impediment : 
 Instant without disturb they took alarm, 
 
 And onward moved embattled ; when behold, 550 
 
 Not distant far with heavy pace the foe 
 
 533. Slow but firm : Slow in drawing their cannon ; firm in order to con- 
 ceal it, 551. N. 
 
 535. Zophiel: Spy of God. 
 
 541. Sad: Sullen. 
 
 542. Coat: Hor. Ode L 6 : 13 : 
 
 " Martem tunica tectum adamant ina." 
 
 T. 
 
 545. Aught : Fenton suggests in place of this, the word " right." 
 
 546. Rattling, $c. : The reader should notice the prevalence of the letter 
 r in this sentence, found in almost every word ; and observe the great ex- 
 pression which its rolling sound gives to the sense. Barbed with fire: 
 headed, or bearded with fire. 
 
 548. Impediment: Baggage. 
 549 Ditturb: Disturbance.
 
 BOOK VI. 
 
 271 
 
 Approaching gross and huge, in hollow cube 
 
 Training his devilish engin'ry, impaled 
 
 On ev'ry side with shadowing squadrons deep. 
 
 To hide the fraud. At interview both stood 555 
 
 A while ; but suddenly at head appear'd 
 
 Satan, and thus was heard commanding loud : 
 
 Vanguard, to right and left the front unfold, 
 That all may see who hate us, how we seek 
 Peace and composure, and with open breast 560 
 
 Stand ready to receive them, if they like 
 Our overture, and turn not back perverse ; 
 But that I doubt. However witness Heaven, 
 Heav'n witness thou anon, while we discharge 
 Freely our part ; ye who appointed stand, 565 
 
 Do as ye have in charge, 'and briefly touch 
 What we propound, and loud that all may hear. 
 
 So scoffing in ambiguous words, he scarce 
 
 552. Cube : The use of this term, if strictly interpreted (and not loosely 
 as in 399) implies that the army was moving in the air. See lines 69-76. 
 
 553. Training: Drawing in train. Impaled: Surrounded as with pali- 
 sades or stakes. 
 
 557. Thus was heard, fyc. : The speech that follows is full of wit and 
 humour. The words, open breast, overture, discharge, touch, loud, are to be 
 emphasized. 
 
 568. So scoffing, fyc. : We cannot pretend entirely to justify this punning 
 scene ; but we should consider that there is very little of this kind of wit 
 any where in the poem but in this place ; and in this we may suppose Mil- 
 ton to have sacrificed to the taste of his times when puns were better relish- 
 ed than they are at present in the learned world ; and I know not whether 
 we are not grown too delicate and fastidious in this particular. It is certain 
 that the ancients practised them more both in their conversation and in their 
 writings; and Aristotle recommends them in his book of Rhetoric, and 
 likewise Cicero in his Treatise of Oratory ; and if we should condemn them 
 absolutely, we must condemn half of the good saying of the greatest wits 
 of Greece and Rome. They are less proper indeed in serious works, and 
 not at all becoming the majesty of an epic poem ; but our author seems to 
 have been betrayed into this excess, in great measure, by his love and ad- 
 miration of Homer ; for this account of the angels jesting and insulting one 
 another, is not unlike some passages in the 16th book of the Iliad ; and, as 
 Mr. Thyer observes, Milton is the less to be blamed for this punning scene,
 
 272 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Had ended ; when to right and left the front 
 
 Divided, and to either flank retir'd : 570 
 
 Which to our eyes discovered, new and strange, 
 
 A triple mounted row of pillars laid 
 
 On wheels (for like to pillars most they seem'd, 
 
 Or hollow'd bodies made of oak or fir, 
 
 With branches lopt, in wood or mountain fell'd) 575 
 
 Brass, iron, stony mold, had not their mouths 
 
 With hideous orifice gaped on us wide, 
 
 Portending hollow truce. At each, behind, 
 
 A Seraph stood, and in his hand, a reed 
 
 Stood waving, tipt with fire : while we suspense 580 
 
 Collected stood within our thoughts amused, 
 
 Not long, for sudden all at once their reeds 
 
 Put forth, and to a narrow vent apply'd 
 
 With nicest touch. Immediate in a flame, 
 
 But soon obscured with smoke, all Heav'n appear'd, 585 
 
 From those deep- throated engines belch 'd, whose roar 
 
 Embowcl'd with outrageous noise the air, 
 
 when one considers the characters of the speakers, such kind of insulting 
 wit being most peculiar to proud, contemptuous spirits. N. 
 
 570. Divided : Nothing can be more distinct, picturesque, and grand, than 
 this advance of Satan's army with his masked artillery. E. B. 
 
 576. Mold bears the sense of substance ; and, although Dr. Bentley would 
 change the text, and read cast in mold, in order to rid the poem of ttone can- 
 non, as he expresses it, it is unnecessary, for such cannon were to be seen a 
 century ago at Delft, in Holland. It is probable that Milton had seen them 
 in his travels on the continent, and was thus led to introduce them as part 
 of the artillery of Satan ; though it cannot be doubted that cannon of such 
 material would not be very lasting. 
 
 578. Portending hollow truce : Showing a deceitful suspension of fight. 
 There is a play upon the word hollow, which should be noticed. 
 
 580. Stood waving in his hand a reed tipt with fire. Sutpente : In sus- 
 pense. 
 
 586. Deep-throated engine* : Shakspeare, in Othello. Act Ui., had used the 
 name expression : 
 
 " And oh, you mortal enginei whine rude threat* 
 Th' immortal Jove'i dread clamours counterfeit' 
 
 967. EmbowcTd, ire. Filled, or penetrated, the air with outrageous noise.
 
 BOOK vi. 273 
 
 And all her entrails tore, disgorging foul 
 
 Their dev'lish glut, chain'd thunderbolts and hail 
 
 Of iron globes ; which on the victor host 590 
 
 Levell'd with such impetuous fury smote, 
 
 That whom they hit, none on their feet might stand, 
 
 Though standing else as rocks, but down they fell 
 
 By thousands, Angel on Arch-Angel roll'd ; 
 
 The sooner for their arms ; unarm'd they might 595 
 
 Have easily as Spirits evaded swift 
 
 By quick contraction or remove ; but now 
 
 Foul dissipation follow'd aad forced rout ; 
 
 Nor served it to relax their serried files. 
 
 What should they do ? If on they rush'd, repulse 600 
 
 Repeated, and indecent overthrow 
 
 Doubled, would render them yet more despised, 
 
 And to their foes a laughter ; for in view 
 
 Stood rank'd of Seraphim another row, 
 
 In posture to displode their second tire 605 
 
 Of thunder ; back defeated to return 
 
 They worse abhorr'd. Satan beheld their plight, 
 
 And to his mates thus in derision call'd : 
 
 Friends, why come not on these victors proud ? 
 Ere while they fierce were coming ; and when we CIO 
 
 To entertain them fan- with open front 
 And breast (what could we more?) propounded terms 
 Of composition, straight they changed their minds, 
 Flew off, and into strange vagaries fell, 
 As they would dance ; yet for a dance they seem'd 615 
 
 The roar is said to do what in fact the cannon did ; the property of a thing 
 by a common figure, being put for the thing itself. See also II. 65*4, ib 
 another example, ^iris here personified, and viewed as an animal. 
 
 589. Glut: What they had swallowed, viz., chained thunderbolts and 
 hail of iron globes. 
 
 597. Remove: Removal. 598. Dissipation: Dispersion. 
 
 599. Nor served : Nor did it accomplish any good purpose to open their 
 compact files. 
 
 604. Rank'd: In idnks. 605. Tire: Tier, row. 
 
 608. In derision called : Another humorous speech here followi. 
 12* R
 
 274 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Somewhat extravagant and wild, perhaps 
 For joy of offer'd peace. But I suppose, 
 If our proposals once again were heard, 
 We should compel them to a quick result. 
 
 To whom thus Belial, in like gamesome mood : 620 
 
 Leader, the terms we sent were terms of weight, 
 Of hard contents, and full of force urged home, 
 Such as we might perceive amused them all, 
 And stumbled many ; who receives them right, 
 Had need from head to foot well understand ; 625 
 
 Not understood, this gift they have besides, 
 They shew us when our foes walk not upright. 
 
 So they among themselves in pleasant vein, 
 Stood scoffing, hcighten'd in their thoughts beyond 
 All doubt of victory ; Eternal Might 630 
 
 To match with their inventions they presumed 
 So easy, and of his thunder made a scorn, 
 And all his host derided, while they stood 
 A while in trouble : but they stood not long ; 
 Rage prompted them at length, and found them arms 635 
 Against such hellish mischief fit to oppose 
 Forthwith (behold the excellence, the pow'r, 
 Which God hath in his mighty Angels placed !) 
 Their arms away they threw, and to the hills 
 (For earth hath this variety from Heav'n 640 
 
 Of pleasure situate in hill and dale) 
 Light as the lightning glimpse they ran, they flew ; 
 From their foundations loosening to and fro, 
 
 620. Like gamesome mood: The pun is remarkably well illustrated in 
 Belial's speech. Notice the words, terms of weight, hard contents, force urged 
 home, understand, understood. This language came more appropriately from 
 Belial than it would have done from any other of the fallen angels. 
 
 6'J->. Understand : Be well fortified as to his position. The same equivo- 
 cation is used by Shakspeare, Two Gentlemen of Verona : " My staff under- 
 stands me." 
 
 35. Rage: Indignation. 
 
 ' Furor anna miniitrat." 
 
 Virg. JEn. I. 160.
 
 BOOK vi. 275 
 
 They pluck'd the seated hills with all their load, 
 
 Rocks, waters, woods, and, by the shaggy tops 645 
 
 Uplifting, bore them in their hands. Amaze, 
 
 Be sure, and terror seized the rebel host, 
 
 When coming towards them so dread they saw 
 
 The bottom of the mountains upward turn'd ; 
 
 Till on those cursed engines triple-row 650 
 
 They saw them whelm'd, and all their confidence 
 
 Under the weight of mountains buried deep ; 
 
 Themselves invaded next, and on their heads 
 
 Main promontories flung, which in the air 
 
 Came shadowing, and oppress'd whole legions arm'd. 655 
 
 Their armour hclp'd their harm, crush'd in and bruis'd 
 
 Into their substance pent, which wrought them pain 
 
 Implacable, and many a dolorous groan 
 
 Long struggling underneath, ere they could wind 
 
 Out of such pris'n, though Spirits of purest light ; 660 
 
 Purest at first, now gross by sinning grown. 
 
 The rest in imitation to like arms 
 
 Betook them, and the neighb'ring hills up tore : 
 
 So hills amid the air encounter'd hills, 
 
 Hurl'd to and fro with jaculation dire, 665 
 
 That under ground they fought in dismal shade ; 
 
 644. They pltictfd the seated hills, Sfc. : It may, perhaps, be worth while to 
 consider with what judgment Milton, in this narration, has avoided every- 
 thing that is mean or trivial in the description of the Latin and Greek poets ; 
 and, at the same time, improved every great hint which he met with in 
 their works upon this subject. A. 
 
 646. Amaze : Amazement. 648. Dread: Dreadful. 654. Main: Vast. 
 
 661. The degrading tendency of sin is here well exhibited; also in line! 
 690-91. 
 
 662. The rest : The evil angels. 
 
 666. Under ground, Sfc. ' One of the Spartans at the battle of Thermo- 
 pylae, when told that the arrows of the Persians would be so numerous as to 
 obscure the sun, bravely replied, " No matter, we shall have the advantage 
 of fighting in the shade ;' ; but these lines reveal to us a more surprising 
 shade, and more impenetrable that of hills hurled against each other, and 
 meeting in mid air. See Book IF. 539.
 
 276 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Infernal noise ? War seotn'd a civil game 
 
 To this uproar : horrid confusion heap'd 
 
 Upon confusion rose : and now all Hcav'n 
 
 Had gone to wrack, with ruin overspread, 670 
 
 Had not th' Almighty Father, where he sits 
 
 Shrined in his sanctuary of Heav'n secure, 
 
 Consulting on the sum of things, foreseen 
 
 This tumult, and permitted all, advised : 
 
 That his great purpose he might so fulfil, 67A 
 
 To honour his anointed Son avenged 
 
 Upon his enemies, and to declare 
 
 All pow'r on him transferr'd : whence to his Son 
 
 Th' Assessor of his throne, he thus began : 
 
 Effulgence of my glory, Son beloved, G80 
 
 Son in whose face invisible is beheld 
 Visibly what by Deity I am, 
 And in whose hand what by decree I do, 
 Second Omnipotence, two days are past, 
 Two days, as we compute the days of Heav'n, 68ft 
 
 Since Michael and his Pow'rs went forth to tame 
 These disobedient. Sore hath been their fight, 
 As likeliest was, whon two such foes met arm'd ; 
 For to themselves I left them, and thou know'st 
 Equal in their creation they were form'd, 690 
 
 Save what sin hath impair'd, which yet hath wrought 
 Insensibly, for I suspend their doom ; 
 Whence in perpetual fight they needs must last 
 Endless, and no solution will be found. 
 War wearied hath performed what war can do, 695 
 
 1087. CivU: Gentle. 
 
 670. Had gone to wrack : Milton's battles resemble thost* of Homer in one 
 property that of rising in intensity and horror one above another. 
 
 673. The turn of things: All things. 
 
 674. jidviied: Advisedly ; in a deliberate manner. 
 
 681. Invisible: That which is invisible. Visibly: plainly. 
 69). Save what. tfc. : Before these words must be understood, "and equal 
 .hey are still," or words equivalent. Intentibly : By slow degrees. 
 694. Solution : Release, separation
 
 BOOK vi. 277 
 
 And to disorder'd rage let loose the reins, 
 
 With mountains as with weapons arm'd, which makes 
 
 Wild work in Heav'n, and dang'rous to the main. 
 
 Two days are therefore past, the third is thine ; 
 
 For thee I have ordain'd it, and thus far 700 
 
 Have suffer'd, that the glory may be thine 
 
 Of ending this great war, since none but Thou 
 
 Can end it. Into Thee such virtue and grace 
 
 Immense, I have transfused, that all may know 
 
 In Heav'n and Hell thy pow'r above compare ; 705 
 
 And this perverse commotion govern'd thus, 
 
 To manifest thee worthiest to be Heir 
 
 Of all things ; to be Heir and to be King 
 
 By sacred unction, thy deserved right. 
 
 Go then, thou Mightiest in thy father's might, 710 
 
 Ascend my chariot, guide the rapid wheels 
 
 That shake Heav'n's basis, bring forth all my war, 
 
 My bow and thunder ; my almighty arms 
 
 Gird on, and sword upon thy puissant thigh : 
 
 Pursue these sons of darkness, drive them out 715 
 
 From all Heav'n's bounds into the utter deep ; 
 
 695. What war can do : Within the compass of this one Book, we have 
 all the variety of battles that can well be conceived : a single combat, and a 
 general engagement ; a fight with darts, in imitation of the ancients ; a fight 
 with artillery, in imitation of the moderns ; but the images in both are 
 raised greatly, to correspond to the superior nature of the combatants here 
 engaged. 
 
 698. Main : The greater part. 
 
 705. Compare: Comparison. 
 
 710-18. Go then, thou migktirtt. tyc.: Milton has raised his description in . 
 this Book with many images taken out of the poetical parts of Scripture. k 
 The Messiah's chariot is formed upon a vision of Ezekiel, who, as Grotius 
 observes, has very much in him of Homer's spirit, in the poetical parts of 
 his prophecy. The lines here mentioned, in that glorious commission 
 which is given the Messiah to extirpate the host of rebel angels, is drawn 
 from a sublime passage in the 45th Psalm. The reader will easily discover 
 other strokes of the same nature. A. 
 
 712. War: Implements of war. 
 
 714. Puiuanl : Mighty.
 
 278 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 There lut them learn, as likes them, to despise 
 God and Messiah his anointed King. 
 
 He said, and on his Son with rays direct 
 Shone full ; he all hi* Father full express'd 720 
 
 Ineffably into his face received ; 
 And thus the filial Godhead answering spake : 
 
 Father, Supreme of Heav'nly Thrones, 
 First, Highest, Holiest, Best, thou always seck'st 
 To glorify thy Son ; I always thee, 725 
 
 As is most just ; this I my glory account, 
 My exaltation, and my whole delight, 
 That thou in me well pleased, declar'st thy will 
 Fulfilled ; which to fulfil is all my bliss. 
 
 Sceptre and pow'r, thy giving, I assume, 730 
 
 And gladlier shall resign, when in the end 
 Thou .-halt be All in AH, and I in thee 
 For ever, and in me all whom thou lov'st : 
 But whom thou hat'st, I hate, and can put on 
 Thy terrors, as I put thy mildness on, 735 
 
 Image of thee in all things ; and shall soon, 
 Arm'd with thy might, rid Heav'n of these rebell'd, 
 To their prepared ill mansion driv'n down, 
 To chains of darkness, and the undying worm, 
 That from thy just obedience could revolt, 740 
 
 Whom to obey is happiness entire. 
 Then shall thy Saints unmix'd, and from th' impure 
 Far separate, circling thy holy mount, 
 Unfeigned Hallelujahs to thee sing, 
 Hymns of high praise : and I among them Chief. 745 
 
 So said, he o'er his sceptre bowing, rose 
 From the right hand of glory where he sat ; 
 And the third sacred morn began to shine, 
 Dawning through Heav'n. Forth rush'd with whirlwind sound 
 
 717. At like* than : As it pleases them. 
 732. 1 Cor. xv. 24, 28 ; John xvii. 21, 23. 
 737. Rtbtird: Rebellious. 
 
 749, &c. The coming forth of the Messiah to destroy his foes, is the most 
 ublime passage in the poem. It is a u torrent rapture" of fire. Its words
 
 BOOK vi. 279 
 
 The chariot of paternal Deity, 750 
 
 Flashing thick flames, wheel within wheel undrawn, 
 
 Itself instinct with Spirit, but convoy'd 
 
 By four Cherubic shapes ; four faces each 
 
 Had wondrous ; as with stars their bodies all 
 
 And wings were set with eyes, with eyes the wheels 755 
 
 Of beryl, and careering fires between ; 
 
 Over their heads a crystal firmament, 
 
 Whereon a sapphire throne, inlaid with pure 
 
 Amber, and colours of the show'ry arch. 
 
 He in celestial panoply all arm'd 760 
 
 Of radiant Urirn, work divinely wrought, 
 
 Ascended. At his right hand victory 
 
 Sat eagle-winged ; beside him hung his bow 
 
 And quiver with three-bolted thunder stored ; 
 
 Jo not run but rush, as if hurrying from the chariot of the Son. Suggested 
 partly by Hesiod's " War of the Giants," and partly by Achilles' coming 
 forth upon the Trojans, it is superior to both indeed to anything in the com- 
 pass of poetry. As the Messiah, in his progress, snatched up his fallen foes, 
 and drove them before him like leaves on the blast, Milton, in the whirl- 
 wind of his inspirations, snatches up words, allusions, images, from Homer, 
 Hesiod, and the Book of God, and bears them, in terror and in triumph, 
 on. As soon call a tornado the plagiarist of the boughs, rafters, houses, and 
 woods, which it tears up, and carries forward in the fury of its power, as 
 Milton, in a mood like this. GILFILLAN. 
 
 751. Undrawn: Not drawn by external force. See Ezekiel i. 4, &c. ; Is. 
 bcvi. 15. 
 
 752. Spirit : Energy or activity. 
 
 756. Beryl : Beryl, a precious mineral of a bluish green colour. It is the 
 same as the emerald, except that the latter has a richer green colour. Cn- 
 rtering fires : Rapidly moving fires, or lightnings. 
 
 757. Crystal firmament : See Ezek. i. 22, 26-28. 
 
 761. Urim: The word means light, and hence the epithet radiant is pro- 
 perly applied. It denotes a certain part of the dress, which, on certain great 
 occasions, was worn by the Jewish High Priest. It is by Bishop Newton 
 supposed to denote, in connection with Thummim, which signifies perfection, 
 the clearness and certainty of the divine answers which were obtained by 
 the High Priest when he consulted God with his breastplate on, in contra- 
 distinction to the obscure, enigmatical, uncertain, and imperfect answers of 
 (he Heathen oracles.
 
 280 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And from about him fierce effusion roll'd 765 
 
 Of smoke and biek'ring flame and sparkles dire : 
 
 Attended with ten thousand thousand Saints, 
 
 He onward came ; far off his coming shone ; 
 
 And twenty thousand (I their number heard) 
 
 Chariots of God, half on each hand were seen. 770 
 
 He on the wings of Cherub rode sublime 
 
 On the crystalline sky, in sapphire throned, 
 
 Illustrious far and wide, but by his own 
 
 First seen ; them unexpected joy surprised, 
 
 When the great ensign of Messiah blazed 775 
 
 Aloft, by Angels borno, his sign in Heav'n ; 
 
 Under whose conduct Michael soon reduced 
 
 His army, circumfused on either wing. 
 
 Under their Head embody'd all in one. 
 
 Before him pow'r divine his way prepared : 780 
 
 At his command th' uprooted hills retired 
 
 Each to his place ; they heard his voice, and went 
 
 Obsequious ; Heav'n his wonted face renew'd, 
 
 And with fresh flow'rets hill and valley smiled. 
 
 This saw his hapless foes, but stood obdured, 785 
 
 And to rebellious fight rallied their Pow'rs 
 
 Insensate, hope conceiving from despair. 
 
 In Heav'nly Spirits coujd such perverseness dwell ? 
 
 But to convince the proud what signs avail, 
 
 765. A furious tempest pouring forth smoke and destructive Same around 
 him. Bickering : Fighting, and thence destroying, from the Welsh 6ic, a 
 combat. Compare Ps. xviii. 8 ; 1. 3. H. 
 
 767. See Jude 14. It is worthy of remark, how greatly indebted to 
 sacred Scripture is the poet for the sublimest passages of his production. 
 
 777. Reduced: Arranged. 778. Circumfuted: Spread round. 
 
 781. Uprooted hittf, tfc.: A happy thought in Milton to restore the beautv 
 of the celestial landscape. 
 
 785. Obdured : Obstinate in their sinful purpose. 
 
 787. Hope: Virg. JEn. ii. 354: 
 
 I'm Mini rietli. nullam ipermre itlutem." 
 And Quint us Curtius 
 
 ' . . . . iJBp* detperatio tpi c*uit tit"
 
 BOOK VI. 281 
 
 I 
 
 Or wonders move th' obdurate to relent ? 790 
 
 They, harden'd more by what might most reclaim, 
 
 Grieving to see his glory, at the sight 
 
 Took envy ; and aspiring" to his bight, 
 
 Stood re-irnbattled fierce, by force or fraud 
 
 Weening to prosper, and at length prevail 795 
 
 Against God and Messiah, or to fall 
 
 In universal ruin last ; and now 
 
 To final battle drew, disdaining flight 
 
 Or faint retreat ; when the great Son of God 
 
 To all his host on either hand thus spake : 800 
 
 Stand still in bright array, ye Saints ; here stand 
 Ye Angels arm'd, this day from battle rest : 
 Faithful hath been your warfare, and of God 
 Accepted, fearless in his righteous cause ; 
 And as ye have received, so have ye done 805 
 
 Invincibly ; but of this cursed crew 
 The punishment to other hand belongs : 
 Vengeance is his, or whose he sole appoints ; 
 Number to this day's work is not ordain'd, 
 Nor multitude ; stand only and behold. 810 
 
 God's indignation on these Godless pour'd 
 By me ; not you, but me, they have despised, 
 Yet envy'd. Against me is all their rage, 
 Because the Father, t' whom in Heav'n supreme 
 Kingdom, and pow'r, and glory appertains, 815 
 
 Hath honour'd me according to his will. 
 Therefore to me their doom he hath assign 'd ; 
 That they may have their wish, to try with me 
 In battle which the stronger proves ; they all, 
 Or I alone against them, since by strength 820 
 
 They measure all, of other excellence 
 Not emulous, nor care who them excels ; 
 Nor other strife with them do I vouchsafe. 
 
 797. Latt : At last. Newton and Bentley suggest, as a better reading, 
 lost. 
 
 808. Consult Deut. xxxii. 35; Rorn. xii. 19.
 
 282 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So spake the Son, and into terror changed 
 His count' nauce, too severe to be beheld, 825 
 
 And full of wrath bent on his enemies. 
 At once the Four spread out their starry wings 
 With dreadful shade contiguous, and the orbs 
 Of his fierce chariot roll'd, as with the sound 
 Of torrent floods, or of a num'rous host. 830 
 
 He on his impious foes right onward drove, 
 Gloomy as night : under his burning wheels 
 The steadfast empyrean shook throughout, 
 All but the throne itself of God. Full soon 
 Among them he arrived ; in his right hand 835 
 
 Grasping ten thousand thunders, which he sent 
 Before him, such as in their souls infixed 
 
 824. Into terror, tfc. : Into that which was terrible changed his counte- 
 nance, too severe to be beheld, and bent full of wrath on his enemies. Bent 
 is a participle, and refers to countenance. 
 
 827. Spread out, Sfc. : Their wings joined together made a dreadful shade, 
 and Ezekiel says (i. 9) , u Their wing* were joined one to another." See also 
 Ezek. i. 19, 24. N. 
 
 828. Orb*: Wheels. 
 
 832. Gloomy at night : An image found in Homer's Iliad, xii. 482, and 
 which Pope has translated into Milton's exact words 
 
 Now rushing in, the furious chief appears. 
 Gloomy ai night." 
 
 Compare with Odyssey xi. 805, for a similar phrase, which Broome has trans- 
 lated also by these same words of Milton. Burning wheel* : Daniel vii. 9, 
 w his wheels as burning fire." 
 
 832-64. Under hi* burning wheel*, t$c. : As Homer has introduced into his 
 battle of the gods everything that is great and terrible in nature, Milton has 
 filled his fight of good and bad angels with all the like circumstances of 
 horror. The shout of armies, the rattling of brazen chariots, the hurling of 
 rocks and mountains, the earthquake, the fire, the thunder, are all of them 
 employed to lift up the reader's imagination, and give him a suitable idea of 
 so great an action. 
 
 In how sublime and just a manner does he describe the whole heaven 
 shaking under the wheels of the Messiah's chariot, with the exception of 
 the throne of God. A. 
 
 834. Jill but the throne, $r. : This exception greatly enhances the majesty 
 and sublimity of the description.
 
 BOOK vi. 283 
 
 Plagues. They astonish'd, all resistance lost, 
 
 All courage ; down their idle weapons dropt ; 
 
 O'er shields and helms and helmed heads he rode 840 
 
 Of Thrones and mighty Seraphim prostrate, 
 
 That wish'd the mountains now might be again 
 
 Thrown on them, as a shelter from his ire. 
 
 Nor less on either side tempestuous fell 
 
 His arrows, from the fourfold-visaged Four, 845 
 
 Distinct with eyes, and from the living wheels 
 
 Distinct alike with multitude of eyes ; 
 
 One Spirit in them ruled, and ev'ry eye 
 
 Glared lightning, and shot forth pernicious fire 
 
 Among th' accursed, that wither'd all their strength, 850 
 
 And of their wonted vigour left them drained, 
 
 Exhausted, spiritless, afflicted, fall'n : 
 
 Yet half his strength he put not forth, but check'd 
 
 His thunder in mid volley ; for he meant 
 
 Not to destroy, but root them out of Heav'n. 855 
 
 The overthrown he raised, and, as a herd 
 
 Of goats or tim'rous flock together throng'd, 
 
 838. Plagues : The pause resting so upon the first syllable of the Hue, 
 makes this word very emphatical. The same beauty is seen in IV. 351. 
 N. 
 
 841. Prottrdte: Accent on the last syllable. 
 
 842. That wished, fyc. : From Rev. vi. 16. The mountains, or hills, flying 
 over their heads or falling upon them (G55) were terrible ; but, in compari- 
 son with the ten thousand thunders of Messiah (836) , are now regarded and 
 desired at a thelter from his indignation. 
 
 845. Fourfold vitage : Ezek. i. 
 
 853-55. Yet half hit ttrength, STC. : Notwithstanding the Messiah appears 
 clothed with so much terror and majesty, the poet, in these lines, has still 
 found means to make his readers conceive an idea of him beyond what h 
 himself is able to describe. 
 
 Milton's genius, which was so great in itself, and so strengthened by all 
 the helps of learning, appears in this Book every way equal to his subject, 
 which is the most sublime that could enter into the thoughts of a poet. As 
 he knew all the arts of affecting the mind, he has given it certain resting- 
 places and opportunities of recovering itself from time to time; several 
 speeches, reflections, similitudes, and the like reliefs being interspersed to 
 diversify his narration, and ease the attention of the reader. A.
 
 284 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Drove them before him thunder-struck, pursued 
 
 With terrors and with furies to the bounds 
 
 And crystal wall of Heav'n ; which opening wide, 860 
 
 Roll'd inward, and a spacious gap disclosed 
 
 Into the wasteful deep. The monstrous sight 
 
 Struck them with horror backward, but far worse 
 
 Urged them behind ; headlong themselves they threw 
 
 Down from the verge of Heav'n ; eternal wrath 865 
 
 Burnt after them to the bottomless pit. 
 
 Hell heard th' unsuffcrable noise : Hell saw 
 Heav'n ruining from Heav'n, and would have fled 
 Affrighted ; but strict Fate had cast too deep 
 Her dark foundations, and too fast had bound. 870 
 
 Nine days they fell : confounded Chaos roar'd, 
 And felt tenfold confusion in their fall 
 Through his wild anarchy, so huge a rout 
 Incumber'd him with ruin. Hell at last, 
 Yawning, received them whole, and on them closed : 875 
 
 Hell, their fit habitation, fraught with fire 
 Unquenchable, the house of woe and pain. 
 
 859. Terron and furiet may have been drawn from Job. vi. 4 ; la. li. 20, 
 and indicate the alarmed and frightfully disordered state of mind in which 
 the rebel angels were hurried on tor the abyss. The word furia is some- 
 times employed in this sense by Virgil, Georg. iii. 511 ; JEn. i. 41; iv. 376, 
 174. 
 
 866. The uncommon measure of this verse, with only one Iambic foot in 
 it, and that the last, is admirably contrived to express the idea. The beauty 
 of it arises from the Pyrrhic in the third, and the Trochee in the fourth 
 place: 
 
 u Burnt aAer them to the bottomless pit." 
 
 N. 
 
 68. Heav'n ruining : Heaven's subjects falling into ruin, rushing head- 
 long. 
 
 869. Fate: Destiny, determination or plan of God. 
 
 871. Nine dayi, $c. : So in Book I. 50. In the first Iliad, the plague con- 
 tinues nine days ; and upon all occasions the jiocts are fond of the numbers 
 nine and three. They have three Graces and nine Muses. N. 
 
 874. Incnmbertd : Confounded and em harassed. 
 
 875. Yawning : The sentiment is found in Is v 14.
 
 BOOK vi. 285 
 
 " Oisburden'd Heav'n rejoiced, and soon repair'd 
 Her mural breach, returning whence it roll'd. 
 Sole victor from th' expulsion of his foes, 880 
 
 Messiah his triumphal chariot turn'd : 
 To meet him, all his saints, who silent stood 
 Eye-witnesses of his almighty acts, 
 With jubilee advanced ; and as they went, 
 Shaded with branching palm, each order bright, 885 
 
 Sung triumph, and him sung victorious King, 
 Son, Heir, and Lord, to him dominion given, 
 Worthiest to reign. He celebrated rode 
 Triumphant through mid Heav'n, into the courts 
 And temple of his Mighty Father throned 890 
 
 On high ; who into glory him received ; 
 Where now he sits at the right hand of bliss. 
 
 Thus measuring things in Heav'n by things on Earth, 
 At thy request, and that thou may'st beware 
 
 879. Her mural breach: The opening in her wall. Returning (that is, tro 
 wall returning) whence it rolled. Mural is from the Latin muralis, and this 
 from mums, a wall. 
 
 884. Jubilee : The blast of a trumpet. An allusion is made to the great 
 season of national festivity and happy changes among the Jews on every 
 fiftieth year, called the year of Jubilee, described in Leviticus xxv. It was 
 announced and introduced by the animating sound of trumpets ; and signal- 
 ized by the liberation of slaves, and the reverting of property, that had been 
 alienated, to the original proprietors. 
 
 888. Worthiest to reign: Rev. iv. 11. 
 
 893. Thut measuring, fye. : The same apology was made in the beginning 
 of the narration which is here made at the close. See v. 573, &c. : 
 
 By likening spiritual to corporeal forms," &c. ; 
 
 and it is, indeed, the best defence that can be made for the bold fictions in 
 this Book, which, though some cold readers may blame, yet the coldest, I 
 conceive, cannot but admire. It is remarkable, too, with what art and 
 beauty the poet, from the height and sublimity of the rest of this Book, de- 
 scends here, at the close of it, like the lark from her loftiest notes in the 
 clouds, to the most prosaic simplicity of language and numbers ; a sim- 
 plicity which not only gives it variety, but the greatest majesty, as Milton 
 himself seems to have thought, by always choosing to give the speeches of 
 God and the Messiah in that style. N.
 
 286 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 By what is past, to thee I have re veal 'd 895 
 
 What might have else to human race been hid ; 
 The discord which befel, and war in Heav'n 
 Among th' Angelio Pow'rs, and the deep fall 
 Of those too high aspiring, who rebell'd 
 
 With Satan ; he who envies now thy state, 900 
 
 Who now is plotting how he may seduce 
 Thee also from obedience, that with him 
 Bereav'd of happiness thou may'et partake 
 His punishment, eternal misery : 
 
 Which would be all his solace and revenge, 905 
 
 As a despite done against the Most High, 
 Thee once to gain companion of his woe. 
 But listen not to his temptations, warn 
 Thy weaker ; let it profit thee to have heard, 
 By terrible example, the reward 910 
 
 Of disobedience. Firm they might have stood, 
 Yet fell. Remember, and fear to transgress. 
 
 900. He trAo, <$<" He (it is) who, &c. 
 
 909. Thy weaJeer: Thy weaker " vessel," 1 Pet. iii. 7, thy weaker friend, 
 Ere.
 
 BOOK VII. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 RAPHAEL, at the request of Adam, relates how and wherefore this world 
 was first created ; that God, after the expelling of Satan and his Angels out 
 of Heaven, declared his pleasure to create another world and other creatures 
 to dwell therein ; sends his Son with glory and attendance of Angels to per. 
 form the work of creation in six days ; the Angels celebrate with hymns the 
 performance thereof, and his reascension into Heaven.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 THE Seventh Book is nothing but delight; all beauty, and hope, and 
 smiles. It has little of the awful sublimity of the preceding books, and it 
 has much less of that grand invention which sometimes astonishes with a 
 painful emotion, but which IB the first power of the poet : at the same time 
 there is poetical invention in filling up the details. 
 
 In every description Milton has seized the most picturesque feature, and 
 found the most expressive and poetical words for it. On the mirror of his 
 mind all creation was delineated in the clearest and moat brilliant forms and 
 colours ; and he has reflected them with such harmony and enchantment of 
 language, as has never been equalled. 
 
 Here is to be found everything which in descriptive poetry has the greatest 
 spell ; all majesty or grace of forms, animate or inanimate ; all variety of 
 mountains, and valleys, and forests, and plains, and seas, and lakes, and 
 rivers; the vicissitudes of suns and of darkness; the dame and the snow; 
 the murmur of the breeze ; the roar of the tempest. 
 
 One great business of poetry is, to teach men to see, and feel, and think 
 upon the beauties of the creation, and to have gratitude and devotion to 
 their Maker : this can best be effected by a poet's eye and a poet's tongue. 
 Poets can present things in lights which can warm the coldest heart : he 
 who can himself create, can best represent what is already created. . B. 
 
 The author, in this Book, appears in a kind of composed and sedate 
 majesty ; and though the sentiments do not produce such intense emotions 
 as those in the preceding Book, they abound with as magnificent ideas. The 
 Sixth Book, like a troubled ocean, represents greatness in confusion ; the 
 Seventh affects the imagination like the ocean in a calm, and fills the mind 
 of the reader, without producing in it anything like tumult or agitation. 
 
 In this Book which gives us an account of the six days' works, the poet 
 received but very few assistances from heathen writers, who are strangers 
 to the wonders of creation. But as there are many glorious strokes of 
 poetry upon this subject in Holy Writ, the author has numberless allusions 
 to it through the whole course of this Book. A.
 
 BOOK VII. 
 
 DESCEND from Heav'n, Urania, by that name 
 If rightly thou art call'd, whose voice divine 
 Following, above th' Olympian hill I soar, 
 Above the flight of Pegasean wing. 
 
 1. Urania: An allusion to one of the heathen Muses, the goddess of as- 
 tronomy. But under this name (5) the poet addresses another personage 
 a heavenly personage ( Urania means heavenly) , and not a fiction ( 39 ) . He 
 represents her as existing prior to the creation of the world ( 8 ) , as the 
 sister of that Eternal Wisdom, whom Solomon celebrates, in the eighth 
 chapter of his Book of Proverbs, as assisting at the formation of the heaven- 
 ly bodies and of the earth. To her Solomon gives the name of Prudence, 
 Prov. viii. 12. The poet (40) denotes her a goddess, merely in accommo- 
 dation to classical poetic usage. She is introduced, though an imaginary 
 being, to give variety to the narrative. Wisdom, in the eighth chapter of the 
 Book of Proverbs, is a bold and happy personification of the divine attribute 
 of that name. 
 
 3. Olympian hill: A mountain in Thessaly, which the heathen poet* 
 fabled to be the residence of the gods, because its top, rising above th 
 clouds, was always serene. 
 
 3-4. The plain import of these lines is, that he entertained his readers 
 with subjects of thought far more elevated than those which were exhibited 
 by heathen poets in their loftiest excursions. 
 
 4. Pegatean wing : Pegasus, in heathen mythology, was a winged horse, 
 which threw Bellerophon, its owner, when attempting to lly to Heaven 
 Pegasus afterwards ascended to a place among the stars. The fall of Beller- 
 ophon u alluded to by Milton, below (17-19) . 
 
 8
 
 290 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The meaning, not the name I call ; for thou 6 
 
 Nor of the Muses nine, nor on the top 
 
 Of old Olympus dwell'st, but heav'nly born : 
 
 Before the hills appear'd, or fountain flow'd, 
 
 Thou with eternal Wisdom didst converse, 
 
 Wisdom thy sister, and with her didst play 10 
 
 In presence of th' Almighty Father, pleased 
 
 With thy celestial song. Up led by thee 
 
 Into the Heav'n of Heav'ns I have presumed, 
 
 An earthly guest, and drawn empyreal air, 
 
 Thy tempering. W T ith like safety guided down, 15 
 
 Return me to my native element ; 
 
 Lest from this flying steed, unrein M (as once 
 
 Bellerophon, though from a lower clime), 
 
 Dismounted, on th' Aleian field I fall 
 
 Erroneous there to wander and forlorn. 20 
 
 Half yet remains unsung, but narrower bound 
 
 Within the visible diurnal sphere ; 
 
 10. Didit play : From the Latin Vulgate translation, Indent cor am to, &c. 
 In our translation it is " rejoicing." 
 
 15. Thy tempering: This is said in allusion to the difficulty of respiration 
 on high mountains. This empyreal air was too pure and fine for him ; but 
 the heavenly muse (Urania) tempered and qualified it so as to make him 
 capable of breathing in it ; which is a modest and beautiful way of bespeak- 
 ing his reader to make favourable allowances for any failings he may have 
 been guilty of in treating so sublime a subject. N. 
 
 17. Lett from thit flying tteed : He speaks here figuratively of his own 
 flying steed, in distinction from the common Pegasus ( 4 ) . 
 
 19. Meian field : A tract in Cilicia Campestris (in Asia Minor) where, 
 according to the poets, Bellerophon, after be was thrown from the horse 
 Pegasus, wandered and perished. The story is related by Homer, in the 
 Iliad, vi. 200, &c. 
 
 20. JErroneout : Out of the way. Forlorn: And be forlorn or wretched. 
 
 21. Half: Half of the episode, not of the entire poem. The episode has 
 Iwo principal parts, the war in Heaven, and the new creation ; the one was 
 sung, but the other remained unsung, and he i* now entering upon it. 
 Bound, like uneung, is a i>articiplc. The part remaining unsung is not rapt 
 o inucii into the invisible wurld as the former part : it is confined in iiar 
 rower co,i.pass, and bound within the visible sphere of a !ay.--N. 
 
 Narrower : More narrowly.
 
 BOOK VII. 291 
 
 Standing on earth, nor rapt above the pole, 
 
 More safe I sing with mortal voice, unchanged 
 
 To hoarse or mute, though fall'n on evil days, 25 
 
 24-5. With mortal voice, unchanged to hoarse or mute, Sfc. : Edward Everett, 
 in one of his addresses, thus beautifully illustrates this passage : In Paradise 
 Lost we feel as if we were admitted to the outer court of the Infinite. In 
 that all-glorious temple of genius inspired by truth, we catch the full diapa- 
 son of the heavenly organ. With its first choral swell, the soul is lifted 
 from the earth. In the Divina Commedia (of Dante) , the man, the Floren- 
 tine, the exiled Ghibbeline, stands out, from first to Jast, breathing defiance 
 and revenge. Milton, in some of his prose works, betrays the partisan also ; 
 but in his poetry, we see him in the white robes of the minstrel, with up- 
 turned, though sightless eyes, rapt in meditation at the feet of the heavenly 
 muse. Dante, in his dark vision, descends to the depths of the world of 
 perdition, and, homeless fugitive that he is, drags his proud and prosperous 
 enemies down with him, and buries them, doubly destroyed, in the flaming 
 sepulchres of the lowest Hell (Dell' Inferno, Cantos ix.. x.) Milton, on the 
 other hand, seems almost to have purged off the dross of humanity. Blind, 
 poor, friendless, in solitude and sorrow, with quite as much reason as his 
 Italian rival to repine at his fortune, and war against mankind, how calm 
 and unimpassioned is he, in all that concerns his own personality ! He 
 deemed too highly of his divine gift to make it the instrument of immor- 
 talizing his hatreds. One cry, alone, of sorrow at his blindness (Book III. 
 40-50), one pathetic lamentation on the "evil days" on which he had 
 "fallen" (VII. 25-27), burst from his full heart. There is not a flash of 
 human wrath in all his pictures of woe. Hating nothing but evil spirits, in 
 the child-like simplicity of his heart, his pure hands undented with the 
 pitch of the political intrigues in which he had lived, he breathes forth his 
 inexpressibly majestic strains, the poetry not so much of earth as of heaven. 
 
 25. Evil days: Reference is here male to the profligate and dangerous 
 times of Charles the Second, upon w"iose restoration to the throne, Milton, 
 having been the Latin Secretary ot Cromwell, and an opponent of the royal 
 party, apprehended, in the first place, the loss of his life from the royal ven- 
 geance, and when free from that danger upon receiving pardon, his appre- 
 hensions next arose from exposure to the malice and resentment of private 
 individuals. Richardson says that Milton, at this time of life, was always 
 in fear, much alone, and slept ill; that, when restless, being blind, he would 
 ring foi the person who wrote for him (his daughter generally', to write 
 what he had composed, which would sometimes flow with great ease. 
 
 Macaulay, has thus characterised the "evil days" af which Milton speaks: 
 Then came those days, never to be recalled without a blush the days of ser- 
 vitude without loyalty, and sensuality without love of dwarfish talents and 
 gigantic vices the golden age of the coward, the bigot, and the slave. The 
 king cringed to hi* rival, that ho might trample on hi* (xtople: sunk into a
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 On evil days though fall'n, and evil tongues ; 
 
 In darkness, and with dangers coinpass'd round 
 
 And solitude ; yet not alone, while thou 
 
 Visit'st my slumbers nightly, or when morn 
 
 Purples the east : still govern thou my song, 30 
 
 Urania, and fit audience find, though few ; 
 
 But drive far off the barb'rous dissonance 
 
 viceroy of France, and pocketed, with complacent infamy, her degrading in- 
 sults and her more degrading gold. The caresses of harlots, and the jests of 
 buffoons, regulated the measures of the government, which had just ability 
 enough to deceive, and just religion enough to persecute. In every high 
 place, worship was paid to Charles and James Belial and Moloch ; and 
 England propitiated those obscene and cruel idols with the blood of her best 
 and bravest children. 
 
 25-26. Though fallen on evil dayt : The repetition, and change in the order 
 of these words, are remarkably beautiful. 
 
 26. Evil tonguet : As an illustration of this may be adduced the cruel alle- 
 gation of his political enemies, referred to in a former note, that his blind- 
 ness was to be regarded as a punishment of his " execrable" writings on 
 state affairs. In one of his replies, he makes known to us incidentally hit 
 ardour in the cause of human freedom, and opposition to tyranny, as the promi- 
 nent cause of his total blindness the occasion, at least, of rapidly hastening 
 that sad event. He says : " As for what I wrote at any time (since royalists 
 think I suffer on that account, and triumph over me) , I call God to witness 
 that I did not write anything but what I then thought, and am still per- 
 suaded to be, right and true, and acceptable to God ; nor led by any sort of 
 ambition, profit, or vain-glory, but have done all from a sense of duty and 
 honour, or out of piety to my country, and for the liberty of church and state 
 On the contrary, when the task of answering the king's defense was enjoin- 
 ed me by public authority, being both in an ill state of health, and the sight 
 of one eye almost gone already, the physicians openly predicting the lass of 
 both if I undertook this labour, yet, nothing terrified by their premonition, I 
 did not long balance whether my duty should be preferred to my eyes." 
 
 The subject is further illustrated in a beautiful sonnet, which he iilJrjMMJ 
 to Cyriac Skinner. 
 
 31. Fit audience, though fete : This sentiment well accords with that of 
 Horace, Sat. i. 10 : 73-74: 
 
 ' nequo. te ut miretur tnrbm. Uborci, 
 
 Cootentui fount lectoribui." 
 
 Readers of poetry, in Milton's days, were few, especially those whose 
 taste was sufficiently cultivated, and whose learning was sufficiently various 
 and profound, to appreciate what he was writing
 
 BOOK vii. 293 
 
 Of Bacchus and his revellers, the race 
 
 Of that wild rout that tore the Thracian bard 
 
 In Rhodope, where woods and rocks had ears 35 
 
 To rapture, till the savage clamour drown'd 
 
 Both harp and voice ; nor could the Muse defend 
 
 Her son. So fail not thou, who thee implores ; 
 
 For thou art heav'nly, she an empty dream. 
 
 Say, Goddess, what ensued when Raphael, 40 
 
 The affable Arch-Angel, had forwarn'd 
 Adam, by dire example, to beware 
 Apostasy, by what befel in Heav'n 
 To those apostates, lest the like befal 
 
 In Paradise to Adam or his race, 45 
 
 Charged not to touch the interdicted tree, 
 If they transgress, and slight that sole command, 
 So easily obey'd amid the choice 
 Of all tastes else to please their appetite, 
 Though wand'ring. He with his consorted Eve 50 
 
 The story heard attentive, and was fill'd 
 With admiration and deep muse, to hear 
 Of things so high and strange, things to their thought 
 So unimaginable as hate in Heav'n, 
 
 And war so near the peace of God in bliss 55 
 
 With such confusion ; but the evil soon 
 
 33. Of Bacchus and hit revellers : It is not improbable that the poet in- 
 tended this as an oblique satire upon the dissoluteness of Charles the Second 
 and his court ; from whom he seems to apprehend the fate of Orpheus, a 
 famous poet of Thrace, who, though he is said to have charmed woods and 
 rocks with his divine songs, yet was torn to pieces by the Bacchanalian 
 women of Rhodope, a^ mountain of Thrace, nor could the muse Calliope, his 
 mother, defend him; "so fail not thou, who thee implores." Nor was his 
 wish ineffectual, for the government suffered him to live and die unmolested 
 N. 
 
 35. Eart, $c. : See Hor. Ode. i. 12 : 11 : 
 
 " auritas fidibus canoris, 
 
 Ducere quercvs." 
 
 T 
 
 38. Who : (Him) who, &c. 
 52. Mute: Thought.
 
 294 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Driven back, redounded as a flood on those 
 
 From whom it sprang, impossible to mix 
 
 "With blessedness. Whence Adam soon repeal'd 
 
 The doubts that in his heart arose : and now 60 
 
 Led on, jet sinless, with desire to know 
 
 What nearer might concern him ; how this world 
 
 Of Heav'n and Earth conspicuous, first began ; 
 
 When, and whereof created ; for what cause 
 
 What within Eden or without was done 65 
 
 Before his memory, as one whose drouth 
 
 Yet scarce allay'd, still eyes the current stream, 
 
 Whose liquid murmur heard new thirst excites, 
 
 Proceeded thus to ask his heav'nly guest : 
 
 Great things, and full of wonder in our ears, 70 
 
 Far differing from this world, thou hast reveal'd 
 Divine interpreter, by favour sent 
 Down from the empyrean, to forewarn 
 Us timely of what might else have been our loss, 
 Unknown, which human knowledge could not reach : 75 
 
 For which to th' infinitely Good we owe 
 Immortal thanks, and his admonishment 
 Receive with solemn purpose, to observe 
 Immutably his sovereign will , the end 
 
 Of what we are. But since thou hast vouchsafed 80 
 
 Gently for our instruction to impart 
 Things above earthly thought, which yet concern'd 
 
 60. Doubtt: See Book V. 554. Repealed: Dismissed, banished from his 
 mind. 
 
 69. Proceeded, tfc. : Its nominative is in 59. Adam, with desire to know, 
 &c., proceeded thut to atk hit heavenly guest. 
 
 70. Great things, tfc. : Adam's speech to the angel, wherein he desires an 
 account of what had passed without the regions of nature before the crea- 
 tion, is very great and solemn. The lines (98-108> in which he tells him 
 that the day is not too far spent for him to enter upon such a subject, are 
 exquisite of their kind. A. 
 
 72. Divine interpreter: Virgil gives the same title to Mercury, iv. 378: 
 u Interpres Divum." 
 
 79. The end of what we are : The design of making us what we are : Rev. 
 Jr. 11.
 
 BOOK VH. 295 
 
 Our knowing, as to highest wisdom seem'd, 
 
 Deign to descend now lower, and relate 
 
 "What may no less perhaps avail us known : 85 
 
 How first began this Heav'n which we behold 
 
 Distant so high, with moving fires adorn'd 
 
 Innumerable, and this which yields or fills 
 
 All space, the ambient air wide interfused 
 
 Embracing round this florid Earth : what cause 90 
 
 Moved the Creator in his holy rest 
 
 Through all eternity so late to build 
 
 In Chaos, and the work begun, how soon 
 
 Absolved, if unforbid thou may'st unfold 
 
 What we, not to explore the secrets, ask 95 
 
 Of his eternal empire, but the more 
 
 To magnify his works, the more we know. 
 
 And the great light of day yet wants to run 
 
 88-90. This which yields, <rc. : Yields space to all bodies, and again fills up 
 the deserted space, so as to be subservient to motion. R. 
 
 Jlmbient interfused, denotes the air not only surrounding the earth, but 
 flowing into, and spun out between, all bodies. H. 
 
 92. So late to build : It is a question that has been often asked, Why God 
 did not create the world sooner ? But the same question might be asked if 
 the world had been created at any time ; for still there were infinite ageg 
 before that time ; and that can never be a just exception against this time, 
 which holds equally against all time. It must be resolved into the good will 
 and pleasure of Almighty God ; but there is a farther reason, according to 
 Milton's hypothesis, which is, that God, after the expelling of Satan and 
 his angels out of Heaven, declared his pleasure to supply their place by 
 creating another world, and other creatures to dwell therein. N. 
 
 93. Chaot : A part of the universe represented as not yet reduced to order, 
 form, and use. 
 
 94. Absolved: Accomplished. 
 
 97. The true and noblest end of the study of natural science is here 
 brought to view. 
 
 98. And the great light, Sfc. : Mr. Thyer is of opinion that there is not a 
 better instance oj' our author's exquisite skill in the art of poetry, than this 
 and the following lines. There is nothing more really To be expressed than 
 Adam's telling Raphael his desire to hear the continuance of his relation ; 
 and yet the poet, by a series of strong and noble figures, has worked it up 
 into half a score of as fine lines as any in the whole poem. Lord Shaftes- 
 bury has observed, that Milton's beauties generally depend upon solid
 
 296 PARADISE LOST 
 
 Much of his race, though steep ; suspense in Heavhi, 
 Held by thy voice, thy potent voice, he hears, 100 
 
 And longer will delay to hear thee tell 
 His generation, and the rising birth 
 Of nature from the unapparent deep ; 
 Or if the star of ev'uing and the moon 
 
 Haste to thy audience, night with her will bring IOC 
 
 Silence, and sleep listening to thee will watch ; 
 Or we can bid his absence, till thy song 
 End, and dismiss thee ere the morning shine. 
 Thus Adam his illustrious guest besought ; 
 And thus the God-like Angel answer'd mild : 110 
 
 This also thy request with caution u.-kM 
 Obtain ; though to recount almighty works, 
 What words or tongue of Seraph can suffice, 
 Or heart of man suffice to comprehend ? 
 
 Yet what thou canst attain, which best may serve 115 
 
 To glorify the Maker, and infer 
 
 thought, strong reasoning, noble passion, and a continued thread of moral 
 doctrine ; but in this place he has shown what an exalted fancy, and the 
 mere force of poetry, can do. N. 
 
 99. Sutpemt in Heaven : Suspended. Held by thy voice, thy potent voice, 
 suspended in Heaven, he hears, &c. He delays, to hear thy voice. 
 
 The poets, as Newton remarks, often feign the rivers to stop their course, 
 and other inanimate objects of nature to hear the songs of Orpheus and the 
 like ; nay, they represent charms and verses as capable of bringing the moon 
 down from Heaven (Virg. EC. viii. 4, 69), and well, therefore, may Milton 
 suppose the sun to delay, tuspended in Heaven, to hear the angel tell hit gene- 
 ration, and especially since we read that the sun did stand still at the voice 
 of Joshua. 
 
 The same idea is conveyed by Ovid, who seems to have been a great 
 favourite with Milton : 
 
 et cmitem mulu loqnendo 
 
 Delinuit fermone diem.'' 
 
 103. Unapparent : Not visible on account of the darkness ; darknett vat 
 upon the fact of the deep, Gen. i. 2. 
 
 115. The angel's encouraging our first parents in a modest pursuit after 
 knowledge, with the causes which he assigns for the creation of the world, 
 are very just and beautiful. A. 
 
 116. Infer: Render; but Newton interprets it, " And by inference make 
 thee also happier."
 
 BOOK vii. 297 
 
 Thee also happier, shall not be withheld 
 
 Thy hearing ; such commission from above 
 
 I have received, to answer thy desire 
 
 Of knowledge within bounds ; beyond abstain 120 
 
 To ask, nor let thine own inventions hope 
 
 Things not reveal'd, which th' invisible King, 
 
 Only omniscient, hath suppress'd in night ; 
 
 To none communicable in Earth or Heav'n : 
 
 Enough is left besides to search and know : 125 
 
 But knowledge is as food, and needs no less 
 
 Her temp'rance over appetite, to know 
 
 In measure what the mind may well contain ; 
 
 Oppresses else with surfeit, and soon turns 
 
 Wisdom to folly, as nourishment to wind. 130 
 
 Know then, that after Lucifer from Heav'n 
 (So call him, brighter once amidst the host 
 Of Angels than that star the stars among) 
 Fell with his flaming legions through the deep 
 Into his place, and the great Son return'd 135 
 
 Victorious with his saints, th' Omnipotent 
 Eternal Father from his throne beheld 
 Their multitude, and to his Son thus spake : 
 
 At least our envious foe hath fail'd, who thought 
 All like himself rebellious : by whose aid 140 
 
 This inaccessible high strength, the seat 
 Of Deity supreme, us dtspossess'd, 
 He trusted to have seized, and into fraud 
 
 121. Invention* : An allusion to Eccl. vii. 29 ; Ps. cvi. 29. It has the sens* 
 of reasoning. 
 
 123. Night . Hor. Od. iii. 29 : 29 : 
 
 ' Prudens futuri tcmporis exitum 
 Cnliginosa nocte premit Dens." 
 
 Milton (122-23) has given almost an exact translation of those lines of 
 Horace. 
 
 135. Hit place: As Judas is said (Acts i. 25) to go to hit own place an 
 appropriate place, a place of merited punishment. 
 
 137. At Uatt : Probably should be " at last." 
 
 143. Into fraud : This word commonly means deceit, or deception, but
 
 298 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Drew many, whom their place knows here no more ; 
 
 Yet far the greater part have kept, I see, 145 
 
 Their station ; Heav'n yet populous retains 
 
 Number sufficient to possess her realms 
 
 Though wide, and this high temple to frequent 
 
 With ministeries due and solemn rites : 
 
 But lest his heart exalt him in the harm 150 
 
 Already done, to have dispeopled Heav'n, 
 
 My damage fondly deem'd, I can repair 
 
 That detriment, if such it be to lose 
 
 Self-lost, and in a momAt will create 
 
 Another world ; out of one man a race 155 
 
 Of men innumerable, there to dwell, 
 
 Not here, till by degrees of merit raised, 
 
 They open to themselves at length the way 
 
 Up hither, under long obedience try'd, 
 
 And Earth be changed to Heav'n, and Heav'n to Earth, 160 
 
 One kingdom, joy and union without end. 
 
 Mean while inhabit lax, ye Pow'rs of Heav'n ; 
 
 And thou, my Word, begotten Son, by thee 
 
 sometimes denotes mischief, injury, misfortune. Newton remarks that Mil- 
 ton, who so constantly makes Latin or Greek of English, does it here, and 
 extends the idea to the miser} 1 , the punishment consequent upon ths deceit, 
 as well as the deceit itself. Compare V. 709, and I. 609. R. 
 
 144. Their place knows, tfc. : A scriptural phrase. Job vii. 10; Ps. ciii. 16. 
 
 151. To have ditpeopled Heaven : This phrase is to be taken not in its usual 
 and widest sense, but as meaning, to have deprived Heaven of some inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 154. And in a moment : Our author seems to favour the opinion of some 
 divines, that God's creation was instantaneous, but the effects of it were 
 made visible, and appeared during six days, in condescension to the capacities 
 of angels ; and is so related by Moses in condescension to the capacities of 
 men. N. 
 
 160. Changed to Heaven, iff. : Become like Heaven in the character and 
 enjoyments of its inhabitants ; and Heaven changed to Earth, by receiving such 
 obedient creatures from earth. The holy angels would also pass from one to 
 the other. 
 
 162. Inhabit lax : Dwell at ease, unoccupied with war, the apostate angels 
 being vanquished.
 
 BOOK vii. 299 
 
 This I perform ; speak thou and be it done. 
 
 My overshadowing Spirit and might with thee 165 
 
 I send along ; ride forth, and bid the deep 
 
 Within appointed bounds be Heav'n and Earth, 
 
 Boundless the deep, because I am who fill 
 
 Infinitude, nor vacuous the space. 
 
 Though I uncircumscribed myself retire 170 
 
 And put not forth my goodness which is free 
 
 To act or not, necessity and chance 
 
 Approach not me ; and what I will is fate. 
 
 So spake th' Almighty, and to what he spake, 
 His Word, the filial Godhead, gave effect. 175 
 
 Immediate are the acts of God, more swift 
 Than time or motion ; but to human ears 
 Cannot without process of speech be told ; 
 So told as earthly notion can receive. 
 
 Great triumph and rejoicing was in Heav'n, 180 
 
 When such was heard declared th' Almighty's will. 
 Glory they sung to the Most High, good-will 
 To future men, and in their dwellings peace : 
 Glory to him, whose just avenging ire 
 Had driven out th' ungodly from his sight 185 
 
 165. Overshadowing Spirit: We learn from Gen. i. 2, that the Spirit of 
 God moved (or brooded) upon the face of the waters. The Spirit of God co- 
 operated in the creation, and, therefore is said to be sent along with the Son. 
 N. 
 
 168. Boundless, fyc. : The sense is : The deep is boundless, but the space 
 contained in it is not vacuous or empty, because there is an infinitude, and I 
 fill it. Though I, who am myself uncircumscribed, set bounds to my good- 
 ness, and do not exert it everywhere, yet neither necessity nor chance influ 
 ences my actions, &c. P. 
 
 173. Fate : That which is certain to take place. 
 
 179. Notion: Understanding. 
 
 182. Glory, fyc. : The angels are very properly made to sing the same 
 divine song to usher in the creation that they did to usher in the second 
 creation by Jesus Christ, Luke ii. 14. We approve of Dr. Bentley's emen- 
 dation, to God Most High, as it improves the verse, is more opposed to men 
 immediately following, and agrees better with the words of Luke. N
 
 300 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And th' habitations of the just : to him 
 
 Glory and praise, whose wisdom had ordain'd 
 
 Good out of evil to create, instead 
 
 Of Spirits malign, a better race to bring 
 
 Into their vacant room, and thence diffuse 190 
 
 His good to worlds and ages infinite. 
 
 So sang the Hierarchies : Mean while the Son 
 On his great expedition now appeared, 
 Girt with omnipotence, with radiance crown'd 
 Of majesty divine ; sapience and love 195 
 
 Immense, and all his Father in him shone. 
 About his chariot numberless were pour'd 
 Cherub and Seraph, Potentates and Thrones, 
 And Virtues, winged Spirits, and chariots wing'd 
 From th' armoury of God, where stand of old 200 
 
 Myriads between two braz-n mountains lodged 
 Against a solemn day, harn^ssM at hand, 
 Celestial equipage : and now came forth 
 Spontaneous, for within them Spirit lived, 
 Attendant on their Lord : Hoav'n open'd wide 205 
 
 Her ever-doling gates, harmonious sound 
 On golden hinges moving, to let forth 
 
 185-87. To him glory, $c. : Remark here the t'irn of the words employed 
 in 184. Great beauty and emphasis are given to words and phrases repealed 
 in this manner. 
 
 195. Sapienet: Wisdom. 
 
 197-207. About hit chariot, tfc. : The Messiah, by whom, as we are told in 
 Scripture, the heavens were made, goes forth in the power of his Father, 
 surrounded with a Lost of angels, and clothed with such a majesty as be- 
 comes his entering upon a work which, according to our conception?, appears 
 to be the utmost exertion of Omnipotence. What a beautiful description 
 has our author raised upon that hint in one of the prophets : " And behold 
 there came four chariots out from between two mountains ; and the moun- 
 tains were mountains of brass." A. 
 
 Were poured : An expression that shows the readiness and forwardness of 
 the angels to attend the Messiah's expedition. They were so earnest as not 
 to stay to form themselves into regular order, but \ctre poured nunJxrlcst 
 nbout hit chariot. So in Virg. JEn. i. 214, " Fusi per AwAom." P. 
 
 906-7. Harmoniou* : On golden hinges moving harmonious sound. Mac-
 
 BOOK VII. 301 
 
 The King of Glory in his pow'rful Word 
 And Spirit coming to create new worlds. 
 
 On heav'nly ground they stood, and from the shoro 210 
 
 They view'd the vast immeasurable abyss 
 Outrageous as a sea, dark, wasteful, wild, 
 Up from the bottom turn'd by furious winds 
 And surging waves, as mountains, to assault 
 Heaven's height, and with the centre mix the pole. 215 
 
 Silence, ye troubled waves, and thou deep, peace, 
 
 ing has the sense of producing, as in III. 37 : '' Thoughts move harmonious 
 numbers.' 11 The infernal doors gave out a very different music (II. 881) : 
 <; and jarring sound 
 
 The infernal doors, and on their hinges grate 
 
 Harsh thunder," &c. 
 
 209. To create, $c. : In the first verse of Genesis we are assured of this 
 grand truth, unknown to ages and to generations, that the visible heavens 
 and the earth did not exist from all eternity, nor arose from accidental com- 
 binations of pre-existing matter, but had their beginning from God. When- 
 ever that beginning was in time, or whatever it was in form, that beginning 
 was God's creative act. The material of the world was not eternal, as 
 some had dreamed, but was, in its beginning, however remote, the work of 
 God. The object of this revelation, then, being simply to record, for man's 
 instruction, how the earth assumed its present goodly frame, and acquired its 
 present inhabitants, nothing is said of its intermediate condition, in which it 
 may have lain during long ages ; but the inspired writer goes on to state 
 that, previous to its existing organization, it lay, and had probably for a long 
 time lain, " without form and void," a dark and empty confusion, and that 
 this was of a watery nature. K. 
 
 Milton introduces many antiquated notions, especially that of a universal 
 Chaos. Compare notes on lines 894, 905, 906, 1029, Book II. 
 
 210-31. On heavenly ground, Sfc.: I do not know anything in the whole 
 poem more sublime than the description which follows, where the Messiah 
 b represented at the head of his angels, as looking down into the Chaos, 
 calming its confusion, riding into the midst of it, and drawing the fiist out- 
 line of the creation. A. 
 
 215. Jlnd with the centre mix the pole : In Chaos was neither centre, nor 
 pole, nor mountains (1214) ; the angel does not say there were ; he tells Adam 
 there was such confusion in Chaos, as if on earth the sea. in mountainous waves, 
 should rise from its very bottom to assault Heaven, and mix the centre of 
 the globe with the extremities of it. R. 
 
 216. Silence, ye troubled, Sfc. : How much does the brevity of the command 
 add to the sublimity and majesty of it ! It is the tame kind of beauty that
 
 302 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Said then th' omnific Word ; your discord end ! 
 
 Nor stay'd, but on the wings of Cherubim 
 
 Uplifted, in paternal glory rode 
 
 Far into Chaos, and the world unborn ; 220 
 
 For Chaos heard his voice : him all his train 
 
 Follow'd in bright procession, to behold 
 
 Creation, and the wonders of his might. 
 
 Then stay'd the fervid wheels, and in his hand 
 
 He took the golden compasses, prepared 225 
 
 In God's eternal store, to circumscribe 
 
 This universe, and all created things. 
 
 One foot he center'd, and the other turn'd 
 
 Round through the vast profundity obscure, 
 
 ind said, Thus far extend, thus far thy bounds, 230 
 
 This be thy just circumference, world ! 
 
 inu3 mlmires in the Mosaic history of the creation. It is of the 
 strain with the &ame omnific Wortfi calming the tempest, in the Gospel, when 
 he Mid to tne raging sea, u Peace, be /i//." Mark iv. 39. And how elegantly 
 has he turneo. the commanding words tilence and ptace, making one the first 
 and the other the lasi in the sentence, and thereby giving the greater force 
 and emphasis to botn ; and how nobly has he concluded the line with a 
 ipondee, or foot of two long syllables, which is not a common measure in 
 this place, but when used it necessarily occasions a slower pronunciation, 
 and thereby fixes more the attention of the reader. N. 
 
 217. Omnific: All-creating. 
 
 220. Chaos : Regions of Chaos. 
 
 224. Fervid: HOT. Od. i. 1 : 4: 
 
 '* Metafile jtrridii 
 Kvitata rota." 
 
 225. Golden compattet : The thought yf the golden compasses is conceived 
 altogether in Homer's spirit, and is a very noble incident in this wonderful 
 description. Homer, when he speaks ot the gods, ascribes to them several 
 arms and instruments, with the same greatness of imagination. Let the 
 reader only peruse the description of Minerva's :rgis or buckler, in the Fifth 
 Book, with her spear, which would overturn whole squadrons, and her hel- 
 met that was sufficient to cover an army drawn out of a hundred cities. The 
 golden compasses, in the above-mentioned passage, appear a very natural in- 
 strument in the hand of him whom Plato somewhere calls the Divine 
 Geometrician. As poetry delights in clothing abstract ideas in allegories and 
 sensible images, we find a magnificent description of the creation, formed 
 after the came manner, in the Hebrew Scriptures. A.
 
 BOOK VII. 
 
 303 
 
 Thus God the Heav'n created, thus the Earth, 
 Matter unform'd and void. Darkness profound 
 Cover'd th' abyss ; but on the wat'ry calm 
 His brooding wings the Spirit of God outspread, 235 
 
 And vital virtue infused and vital warmth 
 Throughout the fluid mass, but downward purged 
 The black tartareous cold infernal dregs 
 Adverse to life : then founded, then conglobed 
 Like things to like, the rest to sev'ral place 240 
 
 Disparted, and between spun out the air ; 
 And Earth, self-balanced, on her centre hung. 
 Let there be light, said God : and forthwith light 
 
 232. The reader will naturally remark how exactly Milton copies Moses 
 in his account of the creation. This Seventh Book may be called a sort ol 
 paraphrase upon the first chapter of Genesis. Milton not only observes the 
 same series and order, but preserves, as far as he can, the very words, as we 
 may see in this and other instances. N. 
 
 233. Unformed and void : Gen. i. 2. 
 
 235. Milton here follows the original Hebrew more closely than the com- 
 mon translation does. 
 
 239. Founded: Moulded. Conglobed: United 
 
 240. Like things, $c. : 
 
 '' Diflugere inde loci paries cocpere, parcsque 
 Cum paribus jungi res," &c. 
 
 Lucret. v. 438. 
 
 243. Let there be light : Milton endeavours to give some account how light 
 was created the first day, when the sun was not formed till the fourth day. 
 He says that it was " sphered in a radiant cloud," and so journeyed round the 
 earth in a cloudy tabernacle ; and herein he is justified by the authority of 
 some commentators ; though others think this light was the light of the sun, 
 which shone as yet very imperfectly, and did not appear in full lustre till 
 the fourth day. N. 
 
 The changes of day and night, which are described as existing before th 
 fourth day. could not have existed without the sun, seeing that they depend 
 on the earth's relation to that luminary. Geology concurs with Scripture in 
 declaring the existence of the watery chaos previously to the era in which 
 man, and his contemporary animals, received their being. The earth then 
 existed as the wreck of an anterior creation, with all its previous and 
 interim arrangements and fossil remains; but strangely convulsed and frac- 
 tured, submerged in water, and enshrouded in darkness. Thus it lay, pro- 
 bably for an immense period ; life was extinct ; but matter continued subject
 
 304 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Ethereal first of things, quintessence pure, 
 
 Sprung from the deep, and from her native cast 245 
 
 To journey through the aery gloom began, 
 
 Sphered in a radiant cloud ; for yet the sun 
 
 Was not : she in a cloudy tabernacle 
 
 Sojourn 'd the while. God saw the light was good ; 
 
 And light from darkness by the hemisphere 250 
 
 Divided : light the Day, and darkness Night 
 
 He named. Thus was the first day ev'n and morn 
 
 Nor past uncelebrated, nor unsung 
 
 By the celestial choirs, when orient light 
 
 to the same laws with which it had been originally endowed. The same 
 attraction, the same repulsion, the same combination of forces, which, by 
 the will of God, have ever been inherent in it, still existed. The sun, then, 
 acting by its usual laws upon so vast a body of waters, gradually, in the 
 continuous lapse of ages, drew up a prodigious mass of dense and dark 
 vapours, which, held suspended in the atmosphere, threw a pall of blackest 
 night around the globe. All things beneath it became invisible, and no ray 
 of light could pierce the thick canopy of darkness. Layer upon layer, in 
 almost infinite succession of closely-packed and darkling clouds, filled the 
 atmosphere, and absorbed every particle of light long before it could reach 
 the surface of earth ; and in the fullest extent was the language of Scrip- 
 ture justified, that "darkness was upon the face of the deep." 
 
 But when God saw fit, in the fulness of time, to commence the new 
 creation, and prepare the desolate earth for the abode of man, this dense 
 barrier which shut out the light, began, at his high word, to disperse, pre- 
 cipitate, or break up, and to let in light upon the waters. It was not likely 
 to le, nor was it necessary to be, a sudden change from the depth of utter 
 darkness to the blaze of sunny day, but the letting in of light without sun- 
 shine the source of this light, the body of the sun, not becoming visible 
 until the fourth day, when its full glory was disclosed, and when once more 
 its beams shone through the purged atmosphere, upon mountains and valleys, 
 and upon seas and rivers, as of old. K. 
 
 246. Journey the aery gloom : Pass through the obscure air. 
 
 253. Nor patt : Passed. The beauties of description lie so very thick, 
 that it is almost impossible to enumerate them. The poet has employed on 
 them the whole energy of our tongue. The several great scenes of the 
 creatiqn rise up to view one after another, in such a manner that the reader 
 seems to be present at this wonderful work, and to assist among the choirs 
 of angels who are the spectators of it. How glorious is the conclusion of 
 the fin* day ! A.
 
 BO"K VII. 
 
 Exhaling first from darkness they beheld : 25o 
 
 Birth-day of Heav'n and Earth : with joy and shout 
 The hollow universal orb they fillM, 
 And touch'd their golden harps, and hymning praised 
 God and his works ; Creator him they sung, 
 Both when first ev'ning was, and when first morn. 260 
 
 Again, God said, let there be firmament 
 
 255. Exhaling : Rising as vapour. 
 
 256. Hollow universal orb : Orb of the universe, concave, and without in- 
 habitant. Compare 267. 
 
 261. Jlgain, God said : The Mosaic account of the creation (which Mil- 
 ton copies) is strictly anthropopathic, or in harmony with the feelings, views, 
 and popular modes of expression which prevail in an early state of society, 
 and which are always best adapted for universal use. Hence the collo- 
 quial or dramatic style of the account. For example : And God said not 
 that there was any vocal utterance, where, as yet, there was no ear to hear 
 (each of which would imply a corporeal structure) let there be light let there 
 be a firmament let the earth bring forth ; by which we are to understand that 
 these effects were produced just as if such a fiat had been, in each instance, 
 vocally uttered, and such a formula actually employed. The bare volitions 
 of the Infinite Mind are deeds. 
 
 In order to interpret the Mosaic cosmogony aright, another fact to be borne 
 in mind is, that every visible object is spoken of. not according to its scien- 
 tific character, but optically, or according to its appearance ; just as, with all 
 our knowledge of the solar system, we speak, even in scientific works, of 
 the sun as rising and setting. For example Had there been an unscientific 
 human spectator of the creative process, the atmosphere would have ap- 
 peared to his eye as it does still to every untutored eye a firm and solid 
 expanse, sustaining the waters above. The sun and the moon would have 
 appeared to be " two great lights" of nearly equal magnitude, compared with 
 which all the astral systems deserved only that which is allotted to them 
 a passing word. The describer is supposed to occupy an earthly position, 
 himself the centre of the universe. The earth is said to have brought forth 
 grass, and the waters to have produced living creatures, though we are to 
 believe that no creative power was delegated to the elements to produc 
 them, but, that they were made in full perfection by the simple volition of 
 Omnipotence ; but then, to a human looker-on, they would so appear to 
 have been produced. And the fiat is said to have been issued, "Let the dry 
 land appear, 1 " when there was no human eye to see it ; but had there been a 
 spectator, it would have risen to his view as if such a command had been 
 literally given. And if to this optical mode of description it be objected 
 that as there was no human spectator, the account can only be received and 
 'interpreted as an allegorical representation, we reply that it is the verv 
 
 T
 
 306 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Amid the waters, and let it divide 
 
 The waters from the waters. And God made 
 
 The firmament, expanse of liquid, pare, 
 
 Transparent, elemental air, diffused 265 
 
 In circuit to the uttermost convex 
 
 Of this great round : partition firm and sure, 
 
 The waters underneath from those above 
 
 Dividing : for as earth, so he the world 
 
 Built on circumfluous waters calm, in wide 270 
 
 method for answering its great design that of being popularly intelligible ; 
 and that the way in which it becomes both intelligible and vividly graphic, 
 is by placing the reader, in imagination, in the position of a spectator. 
 HARRIS on u Man Primeval," 11. 12. 
 
 Firmament: Kitto properly observes that the primary meaning of the 
 Hebrew word (Gen. i. 7) thus translated is, expansion, outstretching, attenua- 
 tion, elasticity, which are the very properties of our atmosphere ; but the 
 word used by the Greek translators, together with the long-prevalent notion, 
 that the material heavens formed a solid hemispheric arch, shining and pel- 
 lucid, in which the stars were set, led subsequent translators to render the 
 word by firmament. This word is, however, admissable, if by solidity is 
 meant no more than that the fluid atmosphere has density or consistence 
 sufficient to sustain the waters above it. 
 
 It is, perhaps, not correct to say, as some do, that our atmosphere now 
 first existed. The dense vapour which is supposed to have previously in- 
 vested the earth, implies the existence of an atmosphere. But it now first, 
 at this time, existed as a separating expanse ; and now divested of the gross 
 murky particles with which it was charged, it became transparent and re- 
 spirable the medium of light and of life to the surface of the earth. 
 
 The expanse is described as separating the water* from the water*. The 
 historian speaks as things would have appeared to a spectator at the time of 
 the creation. A portion of the heavy, watery vapour had flown into the 
 upper regions, and rested there in dense clouds, which still obscured the 
 sun ; while below, the whole earth was still covered with water, for the 
 dry land had not yet appeared. Thus we see the exquisite propriety with 
 which the firmament is said to have divided " the waters from the waters." 
 K. 
 
 266. Convex: Convexity. Round : Orb (227) . 
 
 269. World : By this word is here meant the entire organized universe, as 
 explained, Book II. 1029, in a note. This universal orb is represented as 
 being surrounded by a crystalline ocean, which served the purpose of sepa- 
 rating it from the disturbing forces of Chaos.
 
 BOOK VII. 307 
 
 Crystalline ocean, and the loud misrule 
 
 Of Chaos far removed, lest fierce extremes 
 
 Contiguous might distemper the whole frame ; 
 
 And Heav'n he named the Firmament. So ev'n 
 
 And morning chorus sung the second day. 275 
 
 The earth was form'd, but in the womb as yet 
 Of waters, embryon immature involved, 
 Appear'd not. Over all the face of th' earth 
 Main ocean flow'd, not idle, but with warm 
 Prolific humour soft'ning all her globe, 280 
 
 Fermented the great mother to conceive, 
 Satiate with genial moisture, when God said, 
 Be gather'd now, ye waters under Heav'n, 
 Into one place, and let dry land appear. 
 
 Immediately the mountains huge appear 285 
 
 Emergent, and their broad bare backs upheave 
 Into the clouds ; their tops ascend the sky : 
 So high as heaved the tumid hills, so low 
 Down sunk a hollow bottom broad and deep, 
 Capacious bed of waters : thither they 290 
 
 Hasted with glad precipitance, uproll'd 
 As drops on dust conglobing from the dry ; 
 Part rise in crystal wall, or ridge direct, 
 For haste : such flight the great command impress'd 
 
 277. Embryon immature : The earth, that is, the land, had not yet been 
 brought to light: it was still enwrapped in the ocean of waters. To use the 
 figure here employed, it was not yet born. 
 
 281. Fermented: Excited. 
 
 284. This act of creative power must, to be thus immediate, have been 
 attended by a tremendous convulsion of the exterior portions of the globe, 
 upheaving certain portions of the land, and, of course, depressing others, 
 thereby leaving vast hollows, into which the waters, diffused over the 
 earth's surface, receded, and within which they were confined. Most sub- 
 limely does Milton describe, in the following lines, the immediate effect of 
 the Divine command, which the tliird day heard. K. 
 
 Newton has called attention to the beautiful numbers in the following lines, 
 and finely observed, that they seem to rise with the rising mountains, and to 
 sink again with the falling waters. 
 
 292. Conglobing : Forming themselves into spherical masses
 
 308 ' PARADISE LOST. 
 
 On the swift floods. As armies at the call 295 
 
 Of trumpet (for of armies tbou hast heard) 
 Troop to their standard, so the wat'ry throng, 
 Wave rolling after wave, where way they found ; 
 If steep, with torrent rapture ; if through plain, 
 
 Soft-ebbing ; nor withstood them rock or hill, 300 
 
 But they, or under ground, or circuit wide 
 
 With serpent error, wand'ring found their way, 
 
 And on the washy ooze deep channels wore ; 
 
 Easy, ere God had bid the ground be dry, 
 
 All but within those banks, where rivers now 305 
 
 Stream, and perpetual draw their humid train. 
 
 The dry land, Earth, and the great receptacle 
 
 Of congregated waters he call'd Seas : 
 
 And saw that it was good, and said, Let th' earth 
 
 Put forth the verdant grass, herb yielding seed, 310 
 
 And fruit-tree yielding fruit after her kind, 
 
 299. Rapture : Rapidity and violence. 
 
 303. Washy ooze : Watery, soft mud. 
 
 306. Draw, ffc. : The rivers are imagined as persons of quality drawing 
 the train of their robot after them. 
 
 310-27. Put forth the verdant graft, tfc. : The rising of the whole vege- 
 table world is here described ; the description being filled .with all the 
 graces that other poets have lavished on their descriptions of the spring, and 
 leading the reader's imagination into a theatre equally surprising and beau- 
 tiful. A. 
 
 311. Fruit-tree yielding fruit : Not only is the language of the Mosaic 
 cosmogony popular, and that of a supposed witness (see note on 261) ; it re- 
 lates specifically to the race of man. Besides being prepared for man, it 
 concerns itself chiefly, if not exclusively, with what belongs to him. Of 
 the creation of angels nothing is said. Respecting the starry heavens a 
 brief clause is employed ; for what are they all to man, in his present state, 
 compared with the sun, which makes his day, the moon which rules his 
 night, and the earth on which he dwells ? In the account of the vegetable 
 creation, no mention is made of timber-trees, the giants of the botanical 
 kingdom ; the history is confined to the production of grasses, or food foi 
 cattle ; to herbs, or grain and leguminous plants for his own use, and to 
 fruit-bearing trees; all relating, directly or indirectly, to the wants and con- 
 veniences of mankind. Nor does the account of the animal creation contain 
 a hint in reference to the production of stationary beings, or of microscopic 
 animalcules, though these form numerically the vast majority of animal ex-
 
 BOOK VII. 309 
 
 Whose seed is in herself upon the earth. 
 
 He scarce had said, when the bare earth, till then 
 
 Desert and bare, unsightly, unadorn'd, 
 
 Brought forth the tender grass, whose verdure clad 315 
 
 Her universal face with pleasant green ; 
 
 Then herbs of every leaf, that sudden flow'r'd 
 
 Opening their various colours, and made gay 
 
 Her bosom smelling sweet : and these scarce blown, 
 
 Forth flourish'd thick the clust'ring vine, forth crept 320 
 
 The smelling gourd, upstood the corny reed 
 
 Embattled in her field, and th' humble shrub, 
 
 And bush with frizzled hair implicit. Last 
 
 Rose, as in dance, the stately trees, and spread 
 
 Their branches, hung with copious fruit, or gemm'd 325 
 
 Their blossoms : with high woods the hills were crown'd, 
 
 With tufts the valleys, and each fountain side, 
 
 With borders long the rivers : that earth now 
 
 Seeni'd like to Heav'n, a seat where Gods might dwell, 
 
 istences. The history relates to the familiarly known, the visible, and the 
 useful among animals. Man himself is described as created last ; plainly in- 
 timating that all which had gone before was only a means of which he was 
 to be the subordinate end. If the creation itself, then, be thus designed to 
 subserve his welfare, it is only in harmony with this fact, that the account 
 of the creation should be given in a style so familiar as to be easily under- 
 stood by him, in a manner so graphic as to make him present, and to paint 
 it to his eye ; and that il should confine itself chiefly to that which more 
 immediately concerns him. HARRIS, " Man Primeval," 13, 14. 
 317. Herbs : (Brought forth) herbs. 
 
 321. Smelting gourd: Bentley and Newton prefer to read it twilling 
 gourd. 
 
 Corny : Strong and stiff like a horn, Virg. ^n. iii. 22 : 
 
 " Quo cornea summo 
 Virgnlta. et densii hastilitms horrida myrtus " 
 
 322. Embattled : Arranged as for battle. 
 
 323. Implicit : Infolded, intangled. 
 
 325. Gemm'd: Put forth. 328. That: So that. 
 
 329. In this, as in other parts of his description of the work oi creation, 
 Milton owes much to Du Bartas. whose curious work, in the excellent trans- 
 lation of John Sylvester (time of James I.\ scarcely deserves the neglet.l 
 into which it baa fallen. But Milton's hand turns to gold whatever t
 
 310 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Or wander with delight, and love to haunt 330 
 
 Her sacred shades. Though God had yet not rain'd 
 
 Upon the earth, and man to till tin- irrnuinl 
 
 None was, but from the earth a dewy mi.-t 
 
 W<-nt up and watcr'd all the ground, and each 
 
 Plant of the field, which, ere it was in th' earth 330 
 
 God made, and ev'ry herb, before it grew 
 
 On the green stem : God saw that it was good : 
 
 So ev'n and morn recorded the third day. 
 
 Again the Almighty spake, Let there be Lights 
 High in the expanse of Heaven, to divide 340 
 
 The day from night : and let them be for signs, 
 For seasons, and for days, and circling years ; 
 And let them be for lights, as I ordain 
 Their office in the firmament of Heav'n, 
 
 To give light on the earth : and it was so. 145 
 
 And God made two great lights, great for their use 
 
 touches ; and here we have set before us, with wonderful skill, the . .-nee 
 of many pages of Du Bartas. K. 
 
 338. Recorded : Registered, announced. 
 
 3-15. To give light, tgr. : It is a very strong argument against the tb'jory 
 which assigns long ages to the "days" of Scripture, that the rays ot the 
 sun did not shine upon the earth until the fourth day ; for if each day were 
 a thousand or six thousand years, as some suppose, the vegetation ot the 
 world would have been left without that direct light and heat of the sun, 
 which is essential to most of the forms of vegetable existence. It is clear 
 that the plants to which the voice of God had given life, could not have ma- 
 tured their products, or maintained their being, had not the solar action beeu 
 very shortly after produced. We have, in this, indeed, a reason for the ad- 
 uiis.vion of the solar influence next after the creation of the green herb. K. 
 
 3-16. Made two great light* : God made them, not in the senate of then 
 creating them, but he made them answer the purpose immediately specified, 
 namely, to rule by day and by night. In the Hebrew, the word which is 
 thus translated, is a difleitMit word from that translated by the word 
 "created." It signifies, as in many other passages of Scripture, to appoint, 
 or prepare, for a particular use. The objection to this view has been, that it 
 really assigns no specific work of creation to the fourth day, but simply the 
 work of clearing away the tnist, clouds, and vapours, and thus rendering the 
 sun and moon visible ; but the same objection would lie against the work oi 
 the mcond day, an we have explained it, and to a considerable part of th
 
 BOOK VII. 311 
 
 To Man ; the greater to have rule by day, 
 
 The less by night altern ; and made the stars 
 
 And set them in the firmament of Heav'n 
 
 T' illuminate the earth, and rule the day 350 
 
 In their vicissitude, and rule the night, 
 
 And light from darkness to divide. God saw, 
 
 Surveying his great work, that it was good : 
 
 For, of celestial bodies, first the sun, 
 
 A mighty sphere, he framed, unlightsome first, 355 
 
 Though of ethereal mould : then form'd the moon 
 
 Globose, and ev'ry magnitude of stars, 
 
 And sow'd with stars the Heav'u thick as a field : 
 
 Of light by far the greater part he took, 
 
 Transplanted from her cloudy shrine, and placed 360 
 
 In the sun's orb, made porous to receive 
 
 And drink the liquid light, firm to retain 
 
 Her gather'd beams, great palace now of light. 
 
 Hither, as to their fountain, other stars 
 
 work of the third day. Kitto has remarked upon this subject, that the sun 
 and moon appearing for the first time, and, of course, as new creations, they 
 would be described as such, in the same phraseology that has before been 
 used ; and that it is by no means necessary to understand the sacred writer 
 as asserting the creation of the heavenly bodies on that day, but only their 
 development on that day as adapted to the purposes intended, the creation 
 of them having previously taken place. Milton's theory (359-366) , is very 
 different quite poetical, indeed, but destitute of the countenance and support 
 of modern science. 
 
 347. As the days are reckoned from evening to evening, the moon must 
 first have shone, and subsequently the sun. If man had then existed on the 
 earth (says Kitto) the appearance of the '' pale regent of the night" would 
 have prepared his mind and his eye for the glory of that " greater light" 
 which the day was to disclose. 
 
 348. Jlltem : Alternate, in succession. 
 360. Shrine : Case, or enclosure. 
 
 3G1-62. Porous, yet firm: Milton seems to have taken this thought from 
 what is said of the Bologna stone, which, being placed in the light, will im- 
 bibe, and for some time, retain it, so as to illuminate a dark place. R. 
 
 362. Liquid : Lucret. v. 282 : 
 
 " Largui item li</uuli font luminii ethereun col." 
 
 384. Othir ttari : Th planets are meant. Their coming to th* sun at a
 
 312 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Repairing, in their golden urns draw HgLt, 365 
 
 And hence the morning planet gilds her horns ; 
 
 By tincture or reflection they augment 
 
 Their small peculiar, though for human sight 
 
 So far remote, with diminution seen. 
 
 First in his east the glorious lamp was seen, 370 
 
 Regent of day, and all th' horizon round 
 
 Invested with bright rays jocund to run 
 
 His longitude through Heav'n's high road. The grey 
 
 Dawn and the Pleiades before him danced, 
 
 Shedding sweet influence. Less bright the moon, 375 
 
 But opposite in levell'd west was set 
 
 fountain for their light, is a highly poetical idea, and not to be literally un- 
 derstood as conveying a philosophical explanation of the matter. 
 
 368. Peculiar : Exclusive or independent property. 
 
 370-84. Firtt in hit */, $r. : The several glories of the heavens make 
 their appearance on the fourth day. One would wonder how the poet could 
 be so concise in his description of the six days' work, as to comprehend 
 them within the bounds of an episode, and, at the same time, so particular 
 as to give us a lively idea of them. This is still more remarkable in his 
 account of the fifth and sixth days, in which he has drawn out to our view 
 the whole animal creation, from the reptile to the Behemoth. The sixth 
 day concludes with the formation of man, upon which the angel takes occa- 
 sion, as he did after the battle in Heaven, to remind Adam of his obedience, 
 which was the principal design of this visit. A. 
 
 372. Longitude : Degrees of longitude ; the sun's course from east to west, 
 III. 576; Ps. xix. 5. 
 
 373. The gray dawn, ifc. : These are beautiful images, and very much re- 
 semble the famous picture of the morning by Guido, where the Sun is repre- 
 sented in his chariot, with the Aurora flying before him shedding flowers, 
 nd seven beautiful nymph-like figures dancing before and about his chariot, 
 which are commonly taken for the Hours, but possibly may be the Pleiades. 
 as they are seven in number, and it is not easy to assign a reason why the 
 Hours should be signified by that number particularly. 
 
 The Pleiades are seven stars in the neck of the constellation Taurus, which 
 rise about the time of the vernal equinox. In saying, therefore, that the 
 Pleiades danced before the sun at his creation, the poet intimates very 
 plainly that the creation was in the spring, according to the common opinion, 
 Virg. Georg. ii. 338, &c. See also Job xxxviii. 31, for the origin of u shed- 
 ding sweet influence." N. 
 
 376. Level? d uxit : Western horizon.
 
 BOOK VII. SIS 
 
 His mirror, with full face borrowing her light 
 From him, for other light she needed none 
 
 7 O 
 
 In that aspect ; and still that distance keeps 
 
 Till night, then in the east her turn she shines, 380 
 
 Revolved on Heav'n's great axle ; and her reign 
 
 With thousand lesser lights dividual holds, 
 
 With thousand thousand stars, that then appear'd 
 
 Spangling the hemisphere. Then first adorn'd 
 
 With her bright luminaries that set and rose, 385 
 
 Glad ev'ning arid glad morn crown'd the fourth day. 
 
 And God said, Let the waters generate 
 Reptile with spawn abundant, living soul : 
 And let fowl fly above the earth, with wings 
 Display'd on th' open firmament of Heav'n. 390 
 
 And God created the great whales, and each 
 Soul living, each that crept, which plenteously 
 The waters generated by their kinds, 
 And ev'ry bird of wing after his kind ; 
 
 And saw that it was good, and blessM them, saying, 395 
 
 Be fruitful, multiply, and in the seas, 
 And lakes, and running streams, the waters fill; 
 And let the fowl be multiply'd on th' earth. 
 Forthwith the sounds and seas, each creek and bay 
 With fry innumerable swarm, and shoals 400 
 
 377. Hit mirror : The moon is here beautifully described as the mirror of 
 the sun. 
 
 379. Aspect : Relation, position 
 
 383. Dividual: Divided. 
 
 387-88. Let the waters generate, 4r. : Milton scarcely anywhere, in so nar- 
 row a compass, indicates his profound knowledge of biblical lore, as in this 
 version he has given of the first clause of the Divine mandate uttered on 
 the fifth day of creation. He knew that the word translated ''moving crea- 
 ture," was not " moving" or " creeping" (as elsewhere rendered) , but 
 rapidly multiplying, or " swarming creatures ;" in short, it is applied to all 
 kinds of living creatures, inhabiting the waters, which are oviparous, and re- 
 markable for fecundity, as we know is eminently the case with the finny 
 tiibes. In other passages of Scripture it is applied even to the smaller land 
 arimals and reptiles noted for their swarming abundance. K. 
 
 388-92. Soul: Creature. 
 14
 
 314 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Of fish that with their fins and shining scales 
 
 Glide under the green wave, in sculls that oft 
 
 Bank the mid-sea : part single or with mate 
 
 Graze the sea-weed their pasture, and through groves 
 
 Of coral stray or sporting with quick glance, 405 
 
 Shew to the sun their waved coats dropt with gold, 
 
 Or in their pearly shells at ease, attend 
 
 Moist nutriment, or under rocks their food 
 
 In jointed armour watch. On smooth the seal, 
 
 And bended dolphins play : part huge of bulk 410 
 
 Wallowing unwieldy, enormous in their gait, 
 
 Tempest the ocean ; there leviathan, 
 
 Hugest of living creatures, on the deep 
 
 Stretch'd like a promontory, sleeps or swims, 
 
 And seems a moving land, and at his gills 415 
 
 Draws in, and at his trunk spouts out, a sea. 
 
 Meanwhile the tepid caves, and fens, and shores 
 
 Their brood as num'rous hatch, from th' egg that soon 
 
 Bursting with kindly rupture forth disclosed 
 
 Their callow young, but feather'd soon and fledge 420 
 
 402-3. Scull* that oft bank, tfc. : Multitudes that often appear like banks 
 iu mid-sea. 
 
 404. Groves of coral : It was an opinion, in Milton's time, that coral was 
 a marine plant ; hence the expression here quoted : but it is now known to 
 be the production of marine animalcule, and holds a place in the mineral 
 kingdom among the most beautiful of its objects. 
 
 408. Attend: Wait for. 
 
 409. On smooth the teal, ffc. : The teal, or sea-calf, and the dolphin are 
 observed to sport on imooth seas in calm weather. The dolphin is called 
 bended, simply because he forms an arch by leaping out of the water, and in- 
 stantly dropping into it again with his head foremost. Ovid therefore de- 
 scribes him tcrgo delphino recurvo. and his sportive nature is alluded to by 
 Virgil, JEu. v. 394. N. 
 
 410-416. Part huge of bulk, tfc. : In this passage the language finely im- 
 itates in sound the ideas which are expressed hugeness of size and difficulty 
 of motion. The imitation arises from the want of harmony in the numbers. 
 C. 
 
 412. Tempett : A most expressive word, from the Italian tempettarr. 
 
 420. Callow: Naked. Fledge: Able to fly.
 
 BOOK VII 315 
 
 They summ'd their pens, and soaring the air sublime, 
 
 With clang despised the ground, under a cloud 
 
 In prospect : there the eagle and the stork 
 
 On cliffs and cedar tops their eyries build : 
 
 Part loosely wing the region, part more wise 425 
 
 In common, ranged in figure, wedge their way, 
 
 Intelligent of seasons, and set forth 
 
 Their aery caravan high over seas 
 
 Flying, and over lands, with mutual wing, 
 
 Easing their flight ; so steers the prudent crane 430 
 
 Her annual voyage, borne on winds ; the air 
 
 Floats as they pass, fann'd with unnumber'd plumes. 
 
 From branch to branch the smaller birds with song 
 
 Solaced the woods, and spread their painted wings 
 
 Till ev'n, nor then the solemn nightingale 435 
 
 421. Summ'd their pent : Had their quills matured, or full-grown. 
 
 423. Under a cloud in prospect : The ground, to the eye appeared under a 
 cloud, being shaded by the multitude of birds. 
 
 424. Eyrie* : Nests ; Job xxxix. 27, 28. 
 
 425. Loosely: Scatteringly. 
 
 426. Wedge their way : The author of Spectacle de la Nature, says, " As to 
 wild ducks and cranes they fly, at the approach of winter, in quest of more 
 favourable climates. They all assemble at a certain day, like swallows and 
 quails. They decamp at the same time, and it is very agreeable to observe 
 their flight. They generally range themselves in a long column like an I, 
 or in two lines united in a point like a >. reversed. And so as Milton here 
 says: 
 
 " ranged in figure wedge their way." 
 
 The duck or quail that forms the point, cuts the air, and facilitates a pas- 
 sage to those which follow. He does this for a short time, then falls back 
 n the rear, and another takes his post. And thus, as Milton says, 
 
 " with mutual wiog 
 
 Easing their flight." 
 
 429. With mutual wing : With each other's wing. 
 431. Jtir : Compare JEsch. Prom. V. 125. 
 
 434. Solaced the woods : A poetic idea. The woods are personified. See 
 Virg. JEa. vii. 32 : 
 
 " .Kthern mu'cebunt cantu." 
 
 T. 
 
 4.J.I. The tolrmn niglitingalt : Milton's fondness for this little bird in very
 
 316 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Ceased warbling, but all night tuned her soft lays : 
 
 Others on silver lakes and rivers bathed 
 
 Their downy breast. The swan with arched neck 
 
 Between her white wings mantling proudly rows 
 
 Her state with oary feet ; yet oft they quit 440 
 
 The dank, and rising on stiff pennons tow'r 
 
 The mid aerial sky : others on ground 
 
 Walk'd firm ; the crested cock, whose clarion sounds 
 
 The silent hours, and th j other whose gay train 
 
 AdoVns him, coloured with the florid hue 445 
 
 Of rainbows and starry eyes. The waters thus 
 
 With fish replenish'd, and the air with fowl 
 
 Ev'ning and morn solemnized the fifth day. 
 
 The sixth, and of creation last, arose 
 
 With ev'ning harps and matin, when God said, 450 
 
 Let th' earth bring forth soul living in her kind, 
 Cattle and creeping things, and beast of th 1 earth, 
 Each in their kind. The earth obey'd ; and straight 
 Opening her fertile womb, teem'd at a birth 
 Innum'rous living creatures, perfect forms, 455 
 
 Limb'd and full grown. Out of the ground up rose 
 As from his lair the wild beast, where he wons 
 In forest wild, in thicket, brake, or den ; 
 Among the trees in pairs they rose, they walk'd : 
 
 remarkable, being expressed on every proper occasion. He compares (111. 
 37) his own making verses in his blindness, to the nightingale singing in the 
 dark. In IV. 593, a charming account is given of her music. She is intro- 
 duced in IV. 539, 771 ; V. 38 ; VIII. 519. So in II Penseroso, a more par- 
 ticular description is furnished ; the first of his sonnets is addressed to this 
 favourite bird. 
 
 438. Jlrehed neck: This beauty of the swan has been overlooked by the 
 ancient poets in their frequent descriptions of the swan. Mantling : Hei 
 wings are raised and spread as a mantle, with apparent pride. Her ttate . 
 Her majesty, her stately form. 
 
 441. Dank: Wet. 
 
 450. Matin: Morning. 
 
 451. Soul living: This is a more literal translation of the Hebrew thar 
 in our English Bible, which reads lit ing creature. 
 
 457. Wont: Dwell*.
 
 BOOK VII. 317 
 
 The cattle in the fields and meadows green : 460 
 
 Those rare and solitary, these in flocks, 
 
 Pasturing at once, and in broad herds upsprung. 
 
 The grassy clods now calv'd ; now half appear'd 
 
 The tawny lion, pawing to get free 
 
 His hinder parts, then springs as broke from bonds, 465 
 
 And rampant shakes his brinded mane : the ounce, 
 
 The libbard, and the tiger, as the mole 
 
 Rising, the crumbled earth above them threw 
 
 In hillocks : the swift stag from under ground 
 
 Bore up his branching head ; scarce from his mould 470 
 
 Behemoth, biggest born of earth, upheaved 
 
 His vastness ; fleeced the flocks and bleating rose, 
 
 461. Thote rare, $c. : Those refers to the wild beasts (457) ; these to the 
 tame the cattle ; and it is a very signal act of Providence, that there are 
 so few of the former sort, and so many of the latter, for the service of 
 man. N. 
 
 463. Calved : Brought forth animals, not those of the cow kind only. In 
 Job xxxix. 1, hinds are said to calve, also in Ps. xxix. 9. Milton supposes 
 the beasts to rise out of the earth in perfect forms, limb'd, and full-grown, 
 as Raphael had painted this subject before in the Vatican ; and he describes 
 their manner of rising in figures and attitudes, and in numbers too, suited to 
 their various natures. N. 
 
 466. Rampant : Rearing upon the hinder feet. Brinded mane : Mane of 
 various colours, spotted. 
 
 467. Libbard: Leopard. 
 
 472. His vastness : The numbers are excellent, and admirably express the 
 heaviness and unwieldiness of the elephant, which Milton plainly means. 
 Brhtmoth and leviathan are two creatures described in the Book of Job, sup- 
 posed by critics to be the river-horse and the crocodile, though Milton, with 
 the concurrence of many earlier interpreters, considered them to indicate the 
 elephant and the whale. Behemoth, biggest born : The alliteration is re 
 markable, all the words beginning with the same letter. Another instance 
 of alliteration we had (286), in the production of the mountains: 
 
 " and their broad bare backs upheave 
 
 Into the clouds." 
 
 The labour of the lines containing these alliterations, appears greater in 
 contrast with the ease of the following measures which describe the lesser 
 animals springing as lightly and as thick as plants : 
 
 " fleec'd the flocks and bleating rose, 
 
 A* plant*."
 
 PARADISE LOUT. 
 
 As plants : ambiguous between sea and land 
 
 The river-horse and scaly crocodile. 
 
 At once came forth whatever creeps the ground, 475 
 
 Insect or worm : those waved their limber tans 
 
 For wings, and smallest lineaments exact 
 
 In all the liveries deck'd of summer's pride, 
 
 With spots of gold and purple, azure and green : 
 
 These as a line their long dimension drew, 4SO 
 
 Streaking the ground with sinuous trace ; not all 
 
 Minims of nature ; some of serpent kind, 
 
 Wondrous in length and corpulence, involved 
 
 Their snaky folds, and added wings. First crept 
 
 The parsimonious emmet, provident 485 
 
 Of future, in small room large heart inclosed, 
 
 Pattern of just equality perhaps 
 
 Hereafter, join'd in her popular tribes 
 
 Of commonalty : swarming next appear'd 
 
 The female bee, that feeds her husband drone 490 
 
 An example of the same kind of beauty is found in Virg. JEn. i. 61. N. 
 
 ft is to be observed that the flocks rose from the ground fleeced, furnished 
 with a fleece, and bleating ; were created in full perfection, as the plants 
 were before them. 
 
 474. River-horse, or hippopotamus, from its dwelling in rivers. 
 
 478. Decked : A verb. And deck'd their tmaUett lineament*, &c. 
 
 482. Minims of nature : The smallest beings of nature. It is supposed to 
 be an allusion to the Latin Vulgate translation of Prov. xxx. 24, u Quatuor 
 istm sunt minima terra." 
 
 484. Snaky fold* : This is not tautology, as Bentley objects, because serpent 
 (482) is a term more generic and comprehensive than snake, including all the 
 creeping kind, of course many that are not snakes. Added wing* : Had wings 
 added to them. By a common poetic license, a creature is often said to do 
 what strictly, is done to it or for it. The serpent proper, that which more 
 specially and eminently receives the name, is again mentioned (495) , and 
 with particular exactness, on account, probably, of the important instrumen- 
 tality it was destined to exert, in altering for the worse man's character, con- 
 dition, and prospects. 
 
 485. Provident: Hor. Sat. L 1 : 35. 
 
 486. Large heart : Virg. Georg. iv. 83. N. 
 
 490. That feed* her husband drone, tfc. : Of bees there are three sexual 
 modifications, the prolific females, or queens ; the imperfect or unprolific fe-
 
 BOOK VII. 319 
 
 Delieiously, and builds her waxen cells 
 
 With honey stored. The rest are numberless, 
 
 And thou their natures know'st, and gav'st them names 
 
 Needless to thee repeated ; nor unknown 
 
 The serpent, subtlest beast of all the field, 495 
 
 Of huge extent sometimes, with brazen eyes 
 
 And hairy mane terrific, though to thee 
 
 Not noxious, but obedient at thy call. 
 
 Now Heav'n in all her glory shone, and roll'd 
 Her motions, as the great first Mover's hand 500 
 
 First wheel'd their course ; earth in her rich attire 
 Consummate lovely smiled ; air, water, earth, 
 By fowl, fish, beast, was flown, was swum, was walk'd 
 Frequent ; and of the sixth day yet remain'd ; 
 There wanted yet the master-work, the end 505 
 
 Of all yet done ; a creature who not prone 
 And brute as other creatures, but endued 
 With sanctity of reason, might erect 
 His stature, and upright with front serene 
 Govern the rest, self-knowing, and from thence 510 
 
 Magnanimous to correspond with Heav'n, 
 
 males, the workers ; and the males or drones. The swarm consists in general 
 of about six thousand bees, of which about two hundred are males, the rest 
 females, and of these one only, for the most part, is prolific., and she is called 
 the queen. It is said that she condescends to wait upon the drones, her hus- 
 bands, and to bring them honey, an idea which Milton has expressed. 
 
 497. Hairy mane : Virgil, in like manner, attributes a mane to serpents 
 JEn. ii. 206 : 
 
 ' . . .jubaquc 
 Sanguines: exiuperant undas." 
 
 N. 
 
 505. There wanted yet, $c. : The author here remembered and copied, as 
 Newton supposes, Ovid, Met. i. 76. 
 
 "Sanctius his animal, mentisque capacius altae 
 Deerat adhuc, et quod dominari in caetera posset 
 Finxit in effigiem moilorantum cuncta Deorum. 
 Pronaque cum spectent animalia caetera terrain, 
 Os homini sublime dedit ; crelumque tueri 
 Jait. ct erectos ad sidera tollere vultus." 
 
 505. The end : That for which all previous acts of creation had been per- 
 formed.
 
 320 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 But grateful to acknowledge whence his good 
 
 Descends ; thither with heart, and voice, and eyes 
 
 Directed in devotion, to adore 
 
 And worship God supreme, who made him chief 615 
 
 Of all his works. Therefore th' Omnipotent 
 
 Eternal Father (for where is not he 
 
 Present ?) thus to his Son audibly spake : 
 
 Let us make now Man in our image, Man 
 In our similitude, and let them rule 520 
 
 Over the fish and fowl of sea and air, 
 Beast of the field, and over all the earth, 
 And ev'ry creeping thing that creeps the ground. 
 This said, he form'd thee, Adam, thee, Man, 
 Dust of the ground, and in thy nostrils breathed 525 
 
 The breath of life : in his own image he 
 Created thee, in the image of God 
 Express ; and thou becam'st a living soul. 
 Male he created thee, but thy consort 
 
 Female for race ; then bless M mankind, and said, 530 
 
 Be fruitful, multiply, and fill the earth, 
 Subdue it, and throughout dominion hold 
 Over fish of the sea, and fowl of th' air, 
 And ev'ry living thing that moves on th' earth. 
 Wherever thus created, for no place 535 
 
 524-25. Adam, thee, man. dutt of the ground : The physiological truth is, 
 that the human body is composed of the carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, and nitro- 
 gen, the lime and sulphur, iron, phosphorus, and some other substances, of the 
 mineral kingdom. And although this fact could not have been known scien- 
 tifically until modern chemistry disclosed it, the Mosaic history announced 
 with unfaltering accent " And the Lord God formed the man dust from the 
 ground ;" aphar dust, denoting the sand, clay, lime, and common constituents 
 of the general soil. And the same fact is commemorated in the name by 
 which the father of mankind is known, for the verse just quoted is, literally 
 rendered a Jehovah Elohim formed the adorn (or man) dust from the 
 adamafi, or ground," the name being derived from the material of which the 
 body was composed. And hence man is amenable to the laws of gravitation, 
 mechanical force, chemical action, electricity, and light ; and much of his 
 practical wisdom through life consists in conforming to them. HARRIS, 
 4> Man Primeval," 22. 
 
 535. On comparing Gen. ii. 8 with Gen. ii. 15, it appears that man wac
 
 BOOK VII. 321 
 
 Is yet distinct by name, thence, as them know'st 
 He brought thee into this delicious grove, 
 This garden, planted with the trees of God, 
 Delectable both to behold and taste ; 
 
 And freely all their pleasant fruit for food 540 
 
 Gave thee ; all sorts are here that all th' earth yields, 
 Variety without end ; but of the tree, 
 Which, tasted, works knowledge of good and evil, 
 Thou may'st not ; in the day thou eat'st, thou dy'st ; 
 Death is the penalty imposed ; beware, 545 
 
 And govern well thy appetite, lest Sin 
 Surprise thee, and her black attendant Death. 
 Here fimsh'd he, and all that he had made 
 View'd, and behold all was entirely good ; 
 So even and morn accomplish'd the sixth day : 550 
 
 Yet not till the Creator from his work 
 Desisting, though unweary'd, up return'd, 
 Up to the Heav'n of Heav'ns, his high abode, 
 Thence to behold this new-created world, 
 
 Th' addition of his empire, how it shew'd 555 
 
 In prospect from his throne, how good, how fair, 
 Answ'ring his great idea. Up he rode, 
 
 not created in the garden, but placed in it after his creation ; in correspondence 
 with this fact, Milton says : 
 
 " Wherever thus created," &c. 
 
 < 48. Viev?d : The pause which occurs after this word is in fine taste ; as 
 it . ves to impress upon us the idea of the Creator's surveying with intense 
 interest the wonders of creation, now completed. 
 
 552-64. Up : This word frequently occurs, and with good effect in these 
 lines. 
 
 In some cases, says Dugald Stewart, it may perhaps be doubted, whethe 
 MiLx>n has not forced on the mind the image of literal height, somewhat more 
 trongly than accords perfectly with the overwhelming sublimity which his 
 subject derives from so many other sources. At the same time, who would 
 venture to touch, with a profane hand, the verses now referred to, 552-64 ? 
 
 Is it not probable that the impression produced by this association, strong 
 as it still is, was yet stronger in ancient times ? The discovery of the earth's 
 sphericity, and of the general theory of gravitation, has taught us that the 
 words above and below have only a relative import. STEWART'S Works, 
 vol. iv. 279-81, &c. 
 
 14* U
 
 322 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Follow'd with acclamation, and the sound 
 
 Symphonious of ten thousand harps, that tuned 
 
 Angelic harmonies. The earth, the air 560 
 
 Resounded (thou remember'st, for thou heard 'si) ; 
 
 The Hcav'ns, and all the constellations rung ; 
 
 The planets in their station list'ning stood, 
 
 While the bright pomp ascended jubilant. 
 
 Open, ye everlasting gates, they sung ; 565 
 
 Open, ye Heav'ns, your living doors : let in 
 
 The great Creator from his work return 'd 
 
 Magnificent, his six days' work, a world ; 
 
 Open, and henceforth oft ; for God will deign 
 
 To visit oft the dwellings of just men 570 
 
 Delighted, and with frequent intercourse 
 
 Thither will send his winged messengers 
 
 On errands of supernal grace. So sung 
 
 The glorious train ascending. He through Heav'n, 
 
 That open'd wide her blazing portals, led 575 
 
 To God's eternal house direct the way : 
 
 A broad and ample road, whose dust is gold, 
 
 And pavement stars, as stars to thee appear, 
 
 Seen in the galaxy, that milky way, 
 
 Which nightly as a circling zone thou seest 580 
 
 Powder'd with stars. And now on earth the seventh 
 
 Ev'ning arose in Eden, for the sun 
 
 Was set, and twilight from the east came on, 
 
 Forerunning night ; when at the holy mount 
 
 Of Heav'n's high-seated top, th' imperial throne 585 
 
 Of Godhead, fix'd for ever firm and sure, 
 
 The Filial Pow'r arrived, and sat him down 
 
 With his great Father (for he also went 
 
 Invisible) yet stay'd (such privilege 
 
 563. Station: Position. It does not here, as Newton statw. seem to be 
 tmployed, in its technical sense, for that place in their orbits where they 
 eem to go neither forwards nor backwards, but to remain stationary. 
 
 565. This language is copied from the twenty-fourth Psalm, which was 
 wng when the ark was carried into the temple on Mount Zion.
 
 BOOK VII. 
 
 323 
 
 Hath Omnipresence) and the work ordain'd 590 
 
 Author and End of all things, and from work 
 
 Now resting, bless'd and hallow'd the sev'nth day, 
 
 As resting on that day from all his work, 
 
 But not in silence holy kept : the harp 
 
 Had work and rested not, the solemn pipe, 595 
 
 And dulcimer, all organs of sweet stop, 
 
 All sounds on fret by string or golden wire, 
 
 Temper'd soft tunings, intermix'd with voico 
 
 Choral or unison : of incense clouds 
 
 Fuming from golden censers hid the mount. 600 
 
 Creation and the six days' acts they sung : 
 
 Great are thy works, Jehovah ! infinite 
 
 Thy pow'r ! What thought can measure thee, or tongue 
 
 Relate thee ! Greater now in thy return 
 
 Than from the giant Angels ! thee that day 605 
 
 Thy thunders magnify'd ! but to create, 
 
 Is greater than created to destroy. 
 
 Who can impair thee, mighty King, or bound 
 
 Thy empire ! Easily the proud attempt 
 
 Of Spirits apostate and their counsels vain 610 
 
 Thou hast repell'd, while impiously they thought 
 
 Thee to diminish, and from thee withdraw 
 
 The number of thy worshippers. Who seeks 
 
 To lessen thee, against his purpose serves 
 
 597. Fret : A division, a cross, a finger-board, of the bass viol for exam 
 pie ; contrivance for varying sounds. 
 
 598. Temper'd soft tunings : Produced soft sounds. 
 
 599. Unison : Separate or solitary. 
 
 602. Milton is generally truly orthodox. In this hymn the angels in 
 timate the unity of the Son with the Father, singing to both as one God, 
 Jehovah. X. 
 
 605. Giant angels : This epithet does not, as Dr. Pierce supposes, mean 
 fierce and aspiring in temper, but is used in allusion to Hesiod's Giant War, 
 and was probably designed, as Mr. Thyer supposes, to intimate the opinion 
 of Milton, that the fictions of the Greek poets owed their rise to some un- 
 certain clouded tradition of this real event, and that their giants were, if 
 they had understood the story right, the fallen angels.
 
 324 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 To manifest the more thy might : his evil 615 
 
 Thou usest, and from thence creat'st more good. 
 Witness this new-made world, another Heav'n 
 From Heav'n-gate not far, founded in view 
 On the clear Hyaline, the glassy sea : 
 
 Of amplitude almost immense, with stars 620 
 
 Num'rous, and ev'ry star perhaps a world 
 Of destined habitation ; but thou know'st 
 Their seasons : among these the seat of Men, 
 Earth with her nether ocean circumfused, 
 Their pleasant dwelling-place. Thrice happy Men, 625 
 
 And sons of Men, whom God hath thus advanced, 
 Created in his image, there to dwell 
 And worship him, and in reward to rule 
 Over his works, on earth, in sea, or air, 
 
 And multiply a race of worshippers 630 
 
 Holy and just ! thrice happy if they know 
 Their happiness, and persevere upright ! 
 So sung they, and the empyrean rung 
 With Halleluiahs. Thus was Sabbath kept. 
 And thy request think now fulfillM, that ask'd 635 
 
 How first this world and face of things began, 
 And what before thy memory was done 
 From the beginning, that posterity 
 Inform 'd by thee might know ; if else thou seek'st 
 Aught, not surpassing human measure, say. 640 
 
 619. Hyaline: Interpreted by the words that follow; Rev. iv. 6. 
 
 621. Perhapt a world, (fc. : Milton was not willing to make the angel 
 assert positively that every star is a world designed to be inhabited, and 
 therefore adds, ptrhapt, this notion of the plurality of worlds being not M> 
 well established in those days as in these. N. 
 
 624. Nether: Lower ocean, in distinction from the waters in the atmos- 
 phere, or " above the firmament." 
 
 631. Thrict happy, (fc. : Virg. Georg. ii. 458: 
 
 '* O fortunate* minium, sua ii bona nftrint."
 
 BOOK VIII. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 ADAM inquires concerning celestial motions ; is doubtfully answered, and 
 exhorted to search rather things more worthy of knowledge ; Adam assents ; 
 and, still desirous to retain Raphael, relates to him what he remembered 
 since his own creation ; his placing in Paradise ; his talk with God concern- 
 ing solitude and fit society ; his first meeting and nuptials with Eve ; his 
 discourse with the Angel thereupon ; who, after admonitions repeated, de- 
 parts.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 Nc praise can be deemed too high for this Eighth Book of Paradise Lost. 
 We are filled with the most delightful astonishment when we read Milton's 
 picture of the creation of Adam and Eve ; the beauty, the glow, the enthu- 
 siasm, the rapture running through all the senses and all the veins ; the un- 
 alloyed grandeur of the man, the celestial grace of the woman ; the majesty 
 of his movements, the delicacy of hers ; the inconceivable happiness of 
 thoughts and words with which their admiration of each other is expressed ; 
 the breaks, the turns of language, the inspired brilliance and flow of the 
 strains, yet the inimitable chastity and transparence of the whole style, nil 
 a sensitive reader with an unfeigned wonder and exaltation, which it would 
 be vain to attempt adequately to record. 
 
 The argumentative parts of the poem are as profound and excellent as 
 those in the former Books. They are not, as Dryden has hinted, flat and 
 unprofitable, but the reverse. They are exalted, closely argued, nakedly but 
 Vigorously expressed, sagacious, moral, instructive, comprehensive, deep in 
 the knowledge of life, consolatory, and fortifying. Whoever supposes them 
 unpoetical, has a narrow, mean conception of poetry : they are never out of 
 place, but result from the leading characters of the poem ; they are quite 
 as essential to it, even as its grand, or beautiful, and breathing imagery. 
 E. B. 
 
 Of Adam and Eve it has been said, that the ordinary reader can feel little 
 interest in them, because they have none of the passions, pursuits, or even 
 relations of human life, except that of husband and wife, the least interest- 
 ing of all others, if not to the parties concerned, at least to all by-standers. 
 It is true there is little action in this part of Milton's poem ; but there is 
 much repose and more enjoyment. There are none of the every-day occur- 
 rences, contentions, disputes, wars, feuds, jealousies, trades, professions, and 
 common handicrafts of life ; ' : no kind of traffic ; letters are not known ; no 
 <of of service, of riches, poverty, contract, &c. ; no treason, felony, (word,
 
 BOOK vin. 327 
 
 pike, knife, gun, nor need of any engine." So much the better : thank 
 Heaven, all these were yet to come. But still in them our doom was 
 sealed. 
 
 In their first false step we trace all our future woe, with loss of Eden, 
 but there was a short and precious interval between, like the first blush of 
 morning before the day is overcast with tempest, the dawn of the world, 
 the birth of nature, with its first dews and freshness on its cheek breathing 
 odours. Theirs was the first delicious taste of life, and on them depended 
 all that was to come of it. In them hung trembling all our hopes and fears. 
 They were as yet alone in the world, in the eye of nature, wondering at 
 their new being, full of enjoyment, and enraptured with one another, with 
 the voice of their Maker walking in the garden, and ministering angels at- 
 tendant on their steps, winged messengers from Heaven, like rosy clouds, de- 
 scending in their sight. Was there nothing in this scene, which God and 
 Nature alone witnessed, to interest a modern critic ? What need was there 
 of action, where the heart was full of bliss and innocence without it ? 
 
 They stood awhile perfect, but they afterwards fell, and were driven out 
 of Paradise, tasting the first fruits of bitterness as they had done of bliss. 
 But their tears were " such as angels weep." The pathos is of that mila con- 
 templative kind which arises from regret for the loss of unspeakable hap- 
 piness, and resignation to inevitable fate. They had received their unlook- 
 ed-for happiness as a free gift from their Creator's hands, and they submitted 
 to its loss, not without sorrow, but without impious and stubborn repining. 
 HAZUTT.
 
 BOOK VIII. 
 
 THE Angel ended, and in Adam's ear 
 So charming left his voice, that he awhile 
 Thought him still speaking, still stood fix'd to hear ; 
 Then, as new waked, thus gratefully reply 'd: 
 
 What thanks sufficient, or what recompense 6 
 
 Equal have I to render thee, divine 
 Historian, who thus largely hast allay'd 
 The thirst I had of knowledge, and vouchsafed 
 This friendly condescension to relate 
 
 Things else by me unsearchable, now heard 10 
 
 With wonder, but delight, and, as is due, 
 
 2. So charming, fyc. : Imitated probably from Apollonius, i. 512, who ele- 
 gantly describes the effect which the harp and voice of Orpheus had upon 
 the Argonauts. When Orpheus had ended his song, they, says the poet, in- 
 tent and bending towards him, still listened, and imagined him speaking. 
 JOKTIH. 
 
 3. St-ill ttood, Sfc. : Stood from ttara (Italian) remained, continued ; not 
 that Adam was in a standing posture probably he sat as at dinner, V. 433. 
 His great attention, and not his attitude, is described. R. 
 
 5. What thank*, ffc. : The accounts which Raphael gives of the battle of 
 the angels and the creation of the world, have in them those qualifications 
 which the critics judge requisite to an episode : they are nearly related to 
 the principal action, and have a just connection with the fable. 
 
 This Book opens with a beautiful description of the impression which this 
 discourse of the archangel made on our first parents Adam afterwards, by 
 a very natural curiosity, inquires concerning the motions of those celestial 
 bodies which make the most glorious appearance among the six days- work 
 A
 
 BOOK viu. 329 
 
 With glory attributed to the High 
 
 Creator ? Something yet of doubt remains, 
 
 Which only thy solution can resolve. 
 
 When I behold this goodly frame, this world, 15 
 
 Of Heav'n and Earth consisting, and compute 
 
 Their magnitudes ; this earth, a spot, a grain, 
 
 An atom, with the firmament compared 
 
 And all her number'd stars, that seem to roll 
 
 Spaces incomprehensible (for such 20 
 
 Their distance argues, and their swift return 
 
 Diurnal) merely to officiate light 
 
 Round this opacous earth, this punctual spot, 
 
 One day and night, in all their vast survey 
 
 Useless besides ; reasoning I oft admire 25 
 
 How Nature, wise and frugal, could commit 
 
 Such disproportions, with superfluous hand 
 
 So many nobler bodies to create, 
 
 Greater, so manifold to this one use, 
 
 12. Attributed : Accent the third syllable. 
 
 13. Doubt : Uncertainty or difficulty. 
 
 15. Milton, after having given so noble an idea of the creation of thl 
 uew world, takes a most proper occasion to show the two great systems, 
 usually called the Ptolemaic and the Copemican one making the earth, the 
 other the sun, to be the centre ; and this he does by introducing Adam pro- 
 posing very judiciously the difficulties that occur in the first, and which was 
 the system most obvious to him. The reply of the angel touches on the 
 expedients which the Ptolemaics invented to solve those difficulties and to 
 patch up their system, and withal the noble improvements of the new philo 
 sophy ; not, however, determining for one or the other, but, on the contrary, 
 he exhorts our progenitor to apply his thoughts rather to what /more nearly 
 concerns him, and is within his reach. R. 
 
 1 9. Numbered : By the Creator only, Ps. cxlvii. 4. The word may here 
 mean numerous ; VIII. 620, "With stars numerous." 
 
 20. Spaces: (Through) spaces. 
 
 22. Diurnal : Notions borrowed from the appearance. 
 
 23. Punctual tpot : A spot no larger than a point, when compared with 
 the fixed stars. 
 
 28. So many nobler, ffc. : As if he had said, so many nobler, so many greater; 
 but he turns the order of the words : so many nobler, greater so many, the 
 word manifold being used instead of many, for the sake of the verse. N
 
 330 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 For aught appears, and on their orbs impose 30 
 
 Such restless revolution, day by day 
 
 Repeated, while the sedentary earth, 
 
 That better might with far less compass move, 
 
 Served by more noble than herself, attains 
 
 Her end without least motion, and receives 35 
 
 As tribute, such a sumless journey brought 
 
 Of incorporeal speed, her warmth and light ; 
 
 Speed, to describe whose swiftness number fails. 
 
 So spake our sire, and by his countenance seemM 
 Knt 'ring on studious thoughts abstruse ; which Eve 40 
 
 Perceiving where she sat retired in sight, 
 With lowliness majestic from her seat, 
 And grace that won who saw to wish her stay, 
 Rose, and went forth among her fruits and flow'rs, 
 To visit how they prosper'd, bud and bloom, 45 
 
 Her nursery : they at her coming sprung, 
 And, touch'd by her fair tendence, gladlier grew. 
 Yet went she not, as not with such discourse 
 Delighted, or not capable her ear 
 
 Of what was high : such pleasure she reserved, 50 
 
 Adam relating, she sole auditress ; 
 Her husband, the relator, she preferr'd 
 Before the Angel, and of him to ask 
 Chose rather. He, she knew, would intermix 
 Grateful digressions, and solve high dispute 55 
 
 37. Of incorporeal tpeed : Not that it was truly so. It signifies very 
 great speed, such as spirits might use. Speed almost spiritual, as he ex- 
 presses it (110) . N. 
 
 41. Retir'd in tight, Ifc. : The poet here, with a great deal of art, repre- 
 sents Eve as withdrawing from this part of their conversation, to amuse- 
 ments more suitable to her sex. He well knew that the episode in this 
 Book, which is filled with Adam's account of his passion and esteem for 
 Eve, would have been improper for her hearing, and has therefore devised 
 very just and beautiful reasons for her retiring. A. 
 
 45. To vitit : To go to see. 
 
 53. To ask : The poet is supported by the instructions of Paul, 1 Cor. xiv. 
 35, &c. : " And if they will learn anything, let them ask their husbands at 
 Home," &c
 
 BOOK VIII. 331 
 
 With conjugal caresses ; from his lip 
 
 Not words alone pleased her. O ! when meet no\r 
 
 Such pairs, in love and mutual honour join'd ? 
 
 With Goddess-like demeanour forth she went, 
 
 Not unattended, for on her, as queen, 60 
 
 A pomp of winning graces waited still, 
 
 And from about her shot darts of desire 
 
 Into all eyes to wish her still in sight. 
 
 And Raphael, now to Adam's doubt proposed, 
 
 Benevolent and facile, thus reply'd : 65 
 
 To ask or search I blame thee not ; for Heav'n 
 Is as the book of God before thee set, 
 Wherein to read his wondrous works, and learn 
 His seasons, hours, or days, or months, or years. 
 This to attain, whether Heav'n move or Earth, 70 
 
 Imports not, if thou reckon right : the rest 
 From Man or Angel the Great Architect 
 Did wisely to conceal, and not divulge 
 His secrets, to be scann'd by them who ought 
 Rather admire : or if they list to try 75 
 
 Conjecture, he his fabric of the Heav'na 
 
 65. Facile: Affable. 
 
 70. This to attain, is to be referred to what precedes, and not to what fol- 
 lows ; and hence there is only a colon before these words in Milton's own 
 editions. This to attain that is, to attain the knowledge of seasons, hours, 
 kc. It imports not: It makes no difference whether Heaven move or 
 Earth that is, it matters not whether the Ptolemaic or the Copernican 
 system be true. This knowledge we may on either hypothesis attain. The 
 rest : Other more curious points of inquiry concerning heavenly bodies, God 
 hath wisely concealed. N. 
 
 Whether Heaven move or Earth, Sfc. : The angel's returning a doubtful an- 
 swer to Adam's inquiries, was not only proper for the moral reason which 
 the poet assigns, but because it would have been highly absurd to give the 
 sanction of an archangel to any particular system of philosophy. The chief 
 points in the Ptolemaic and Copernican hypotheses are described with great 
 conciseness and perspicuity, and, at the same time, dressed in very pleasing 
 and poetical images. A. 
 
 76. He his fabric, fyc. : u Mundum tradidit disputationi eorum, ut non lu- 
 reniafrhomo opus quod operatus est Deus, ab initio usque ad finem." Vulg. 
 [.at. Eccles. iii. 11. HEYLIN.
 
 332 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Hath left to their disputes, perhaps to move 
 
 His laughter at their quaint opinions wide 
 
 Hereafter, when they come to model Heav'n 
 
 And calculate the stars, how they will wield 80 
 
 The mighty frame, how build, unbuild, contrive 
 
 To save appearances, how gird the sphere 
 
 With centric and eccentric scribbled o'er, 
 
 79. Model Heav'n : Form a model or plan of the solar system. 
 
 80. And calculate the Hart : Form a judgment of the stars by computing 
 their motions, distance, situation, &c. P. 
 
 82. How gird the sphere, Sfc. : The Ptolemaic hypothesis is here alluded to, 
 which has in part been described in a note on 48'2, Book III. 
 
 83. Centric (or concentric) is a term applied to hollow sphere* that re- 
 volve about a common centre here, that of the earth. Eccentric are those 
 which revolve about a different centre. 
 
 Cycle is an imaginary orb or circle in the heavens. Epicycle is a circle 
 upon'a circle, and will be more fully explained below. 
 
 These terms are employed in the explanation of the Ptolemaic tyttem, the 
 author of which flourished at Alexandria in the second century after Christ, 
 and nearly three centuries after Hipparchus, who was the founder of Grecian 
 astronomy, and whose principal discoveries have been transmitted in the 
 works of Ptolemy, which was the universal text-book on astronomy, until 
 the time of Copernicus, in the fifteenth century. 
 
 According to the Ptolemaic system, which was digested by him chiefly 
 from materials furnished by earlier writers and discoverers, the earth occupies 
 the centre of the universe, and all the celestial bodies revolve around it from 
 east to west It explains the apparent motions of the sun, moon, and planets, 
 according to a hypothesis invented by a great geometer, Apollonius of Perga, 
 some centuries before, and which consists in supposing each of these bodies 
 to be carried by a uniform motion round the circumference of a circle called 
 the epicycle, the centre of which is carried uniformly forward in the circum- 
 ference of another circle called the deferent. This second circle may be the 
 epicycle of a third, and so on as long as inequalities remain to be explained ; 
 the earth occupying a position near, but not at, the centre of the last circle 
 This hypothesis is utterly demolished by a few accurate observations of the 
 present day; but in the time of Ptolemy it served to explain all the devia- 
 tions from circular motion then known, particularly the phenomena of the 
 stations, and retrogradations of the planets (from west to east) ; and it was 
 even of service to astronomy, by offering a means of reducing the apparent 
 irregularities of the planetary motions to arithmetical calculation. 
 
 It is the system to which almost all theological writers, even of the 
 eventeenth century, uniformly refer, when they have occasion to speak of 
 the celestial phenomena. See Brando's Diet.
 
 BOOK vin. 333 
 
 * 
 
 Cycle and epicycle, orb in orb. 
 
 Already by thy reasoning this I guess, 85 
 
 Who art to lead thy offspring, and supposest 
 
 That bodies bright and greater should not serve 
 
 The less not bright, nor Heav'n such journeys run, 
 
 Earth sitting still, when she alone receives 
 
 The benefit. Consider first, that great 90 
 
 Or bright infers not excellence : the earth, 
 
 Though, in comparison of Heav'n, so small, 
 
 Nor glist'ring, may of solid good contain 
 
 More plenty than the sun that barren shines, 
 
 Whose virtue on itself works no effect, 9fi 
 
 But in the fruitful earth ; there first received 
 
 His beams, unactive else, their vigour find. 
 
 Yet not to earth are those bright luminaries 
 
 Officious, but to thee earth's habitant. 
 
 And for the Heav'n's wide circuit, let it speak 100 
 
 The Maker's high magnificence, who built 
 
 So spacious, and his line stretch'd out so far, 
 
 That man may know he dwells not in his own : 
 
 An edifice too large for him to fill, 
 
 Lodged in a small partition, and the rest 106 
 
 Ordain 'd for uses to his Lord best known. 
 
 The swiftness of those circles, attribute, 
 
 Though numberless, to his omnipotence, 
 
 That to corporeal substances could add 
 
 Speed almost spiritual. Me thou think'st not slow, 110 
 
 Who since the morning-hour set out from' Heav'n, 
 
 Where God resides, and ere mid-day arrived 
 
 In Eden, distance inexpressible 
 
 100. That man may know, (fc. : A fine reflection, and confirmed by the 
 authority of the greatest philosophers, who seem to attribute the first no- 
 tions of religion in man to his observing the grandeur of the univeise. 
 Cicero Tusc. Disp. lib. i. sect. 28, and De Nat. Deor. lib. ii. sect 6. 
 
 LINfJFLEET. 
 
 105. Partition : Separate part. 
 
 107. Jittribute: Accent the last syllable. 
 
 108. Though numlwltti : Rfara to circles.
 
 334 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 By numbers that have name. But this I urge, 
 
 Admitting motion iu the Heav'ns, to shew 115 
 
 Invalid that which thee to doubt it moved ; 
 
 Not that I so affirm, though so it seem 
 
 To thee who hast thy dwelling here on earth. 
 
 God, to remove his ways from human sense, 
 
 Placed Heav'n from Earth so far, that earthly sight, 120 
 
 If it presume, might err in things too high, 
 
 And no advantage gain. What if the sun 
 
 Be centre to the world, and other stars, 
 
 By his attractive virtue and their own 
 
 Incited, dance about him various rounds ? 125 
 
 Their wand'ring course now high, now low, then hid, 
 
 Progressive, retrograde, or standing still, 
 
 In six thou seest, and what if sev'nth to these 
 
 The planet earth, so steadfast though she seem, 
 
 Insensibly three difFrent motions move? 130 
 
 128. In tix thou teat: In the moon, and the five other wandering firti, as 
 they are called, V. 177. Their motions are evident , and what if the Earth 
 should be a seventh planet, and more three different motions, though to thee in- 
 sensiMe 1 The three different motions which the Copernicans attribute to the 
 Earth are the diurnal, round her own axis ; the annual, round the sun ; and 
 the motion of nitration, as it is called, whereby the Earth so proceeds in 
 her orbit, as that her axis is constantly parallel to the axis of the world. 
 (131.) Which else to several spheres thou mutt ascribe, Sfc. : You must either as- 
 cribe these motions to several spheres crossing and thwarting one another 
 with crooked and indirect turnings and windings, or you must attribute them 
 to the Earth, and (133) save the sun his labour, and the primum mobile too, 
 that swift nocturnal and diurnal rhomb. When Milton uses a Greek word, he 
 frequently subjoins the English rf it, as he does here (135) , the whed of day 
 and night : so he calls the primum mobile ; and this primum mobile in the 
 ancient astronomy was an imaginary sphere above those of the planets and 
 fixed stars, and therefore said by our author to be supposed and invisible above 
 all start. This was supposed to be the first mover, and to carry all the 
 lower spheres round along with it ; by its rapidity communicating to them 
 a motion whereby they revolved in twenty-four hour*. (136.) Which needs 
 not thy belief if, tfc. : But there is no need to believe this, if the earth, by re- 
 volving on her own axis from west to east in twenty-four hours (travelling 
 east, 138), enjoys day in that half of her globe which is turned towards the 
 sun, and is covered with night in the other half which is turned away from 
 the sun- N.
 
 BOOK VIII. 
 
 335 
 
 Which else to sev'ral spheres thou must ascribe, 
 
 Moved contrary with thwart obliquities, 
 
 Or save the sun his labour, and that swift 
 
 Nocturnal and diurnal rhomb, supposed, 
 
 Invisible else above all stars, the wheel 135 
 
 Of day and night ; which needs not thy belief, 
 
 If earth industrious of herself fetch day 
 
 Travelling east, and with her part averse 
 
 From the sun's beam meet night, her other part 
 
 Still luminous by his ray. What if that light, 140 
 
 Sent from her through the wide transpicuous air, 
 
 To the terrestrial moon, be as a star 
 
 Enlight'ning her by day, as she by night 
 
 This earth ? reciprocal, if land be there, 
 
 Fields and inhabitants. Her spots thou seest 145 
 
 As clouds, and clouds may rain, and rain produce 
 
 Fruits in her soften'd soil, for some to eat 
 
 Allotted there ; and other suns perhaps 
 
 With their attendant moons thou wilt descry, 
 
 Communicating male and female light, 150 
 
 Which two great sexes animate the world, 
 
 Stored in each orb perhaps with some that live. 
 
 For such vast room in nature unpossess'd 
 
 134. Rhomb : Revolution ; the u wheel of day and night" mentioned in the 
 next line. 
 
 141. Transpicuous: Transparent. 
 
 143. Enlightening Aer, 6fc. : A singular supposition. 
 
 150. Male and female light: A distinction unknown to science a mere 
 poetic fancy and odd conceit. The sun was supposed to communicate male, 
 and the moon female light. 
 
 153-58. The subject here introduced, namely, the peopling of other worlds 
 besides our own with intelligent and sensitive beings, has been discussed with 
 great minuteness of detail and ability by Dr. Thomas Dick in his ' : Celestial 
 Scenery," and in a more recent work on the ' Sidereal Heavens ;" also, with 
 an unrivalled splendour of eloquence, by Dr. Thomas Chalmers, in his dis- 
 course on the Modern Astronomy. 
 
 As a specimen of Dr. Chalmers's noble argument on this interesting topic, 
 the following paragraph will be read with pleasure : 
 
 " Shall we say, then, of these vast luminaries, that they were created in
 
 6 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 By living soul, desert and desolate, 
 
 Only to shine, yet scarce to contribute 155 
 
 Each orb a glimpse of light, convey'd so far 
 
 Down to this habitable, which returns 
 
 Light back to them, is obvious to dispute. 
 
 But whether thus these things, or whether not ; 
 
 Whether the sun predominant in Heav'n 160 
 
 Rise on the earth, or earth rise on the sun, 
 
 He from the cast his flaming road begin, 
 
 Or she from west her silent course advance 
 
 vain ? Were they called into existence for no other purpose than to throw 
 a tide of useless splendour over the solitudes of immensity ? Our sun is only 
 one of these luminaries, and we know that he has worlds in his train. Why 
 should we strip the rest of this princely attendance ? Why may not each of 
 them be the centre of his own system, and give light to his own worlds ? It 
 is true that we see them not ; but could the eye of man take its flight into 
 those distant regions, it would lose sight of our little world before it reached 
 the outer limits of our system ; the greater planets would disappear in their 
 turn before it had described a small portion of that abyss which separates us 
 from the fixed stars ; the sun would decline into a little spot, and all its splen- 
 did retinue of worlds be lost in the obscurity of distance ; he would, at last, 
 shrink into a small indivisible atom ; and all that could be seen of this mag- 
 nificent system would be reduced to the glimmering of a little star. Why 
 -esist any longer the grand and interesting conclusion ? Each of these stars 
 may be the token of a system as vast and as splendid as the one which we 
 .'nhabit. Worlds roll in these distant regions, and these worlds must be 
 the mansions of life and intelligence. In yon gilded canopy of heaven we 
 see the broad aspect of the universe, where each shining point presents us 
 with a sun, and each sun with a system of worlds, where the Divinity reigns 
 in all the grandeur of his attributes, where he peoples immensity with his 
 wonders, and travels in the greatness of his strength through the dominions 
 of one vast and unlimited monarchy." 
 
 155. Contribute : Accent the last syllable. 
 
 157. Thi* habitable is a Greek form of expression, earth being understood. 
 A similar omission of the noun is seen in VI. 78, thi* terrene. 
 
 159. But whether, ffc. : The angel is now recapitulating the whole. He 
 had argued upon the supposition of the truth of the Ptolemaic system, to 122. 
 Then he proposes the Copernican, and argues upon that supposition. Now 
 he sums up the whole : whether the one system or the other be true, whether 
 Heaven move or Earth, solicit not thyself about these matters, fear God and 
 do thy duty (167-68). N.
 
 BOOK via. 337 
 
 With inoffensive pace that spinning sleeps 
 
 On her soft axle, while she paces even, 165 
 
 And bears thee soft with the smooth air along, 
 
 Solicit not thy thoughts with matters hid ; 
 
 Leave them to God above ; him serve and fear ! 
 
 Of other creatures, as him pleases best, 
 
 Wherever placed, let him dispose : joy thou 170 
 
 In what he gives to thee, this Paradise 
 
 And thy fair Eve. Heav'n is for thee too high 
 
 To know what passes there. Be lowly wise : 
 
 Think only what concerns thee and thy being ; 
 
 Dream not of other worlds, what creatures there 175 
 
 Live, in what state, condition, or degree, 
 
 Contented that thus far hath been reveal'd 
 
 Not of Earth only, but of highest Heav'n. 
 
 To whom thus Adam, clear'd of doubt, reply'd : 
 How fully hast thou satisfy'd me, pure 180 
 
 Intelligence of Heav'n, Angel serene, 
 And freed from intricacies, taught to live, 
 The easiest way ; nor with perplexing thoughts 
 To interrupt the sweet of life, from which 
 God hath bid dwell far off all anxious care?, 185 
 
 And not molest us, unless we ourselves 
 Seek them with wand'ring thoughts, and notions vain. 
 But apt the mind or fancy is to rove 
 Uncheck'd, and of her roving is no end ; 
 
 Till warn'd, or by experience taught, she learn, 190 
 
 That not to know at large of things remote 
 From use, obscure and subtle, but to know 
 That which before us lies in daily life, 
 
 164. That tpinning sleeps, (yc. : Metaphors taken from a top, of whic 
 Virgil makes a whole simile, JEn. vii. 378. It is an objection to the Coper- 
 nican system, that if the Earth moved round on her axle in twenty-four 
 hours, we should be sensible of the rapidity and violence of the motion ; and 
 therefore to obviate this objection it is not only said that she advances her si- 
 lent course with inoffensive pace, that spinning sleeps on Her soft axle, but it it 
 further added, to explain it still more, ichile she paces even, and bears the* soft 
 with the smooth air along ; for the air, the atmosphere, moves as well as the 
 earth. N. 
 
 15 V
 
 338 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 IB the prime wisdom ; what is more is fume, 
 
 Or emptiness, or fond impertinence, 195 
 
 And renders us in things that most concern 
 
 Unpractised, unprepared, and still to seek. 
 
 Therefore from this high pitch let us descend 
 
 A lower flight, and speak of things at hand 
 
 Useful, whence haply mention may arise 200 
 
 Of something not unseasonable to ask 
 
 By sufPrance, and thy wonted favour deign'd. 
 
 Thee I hare heard relating what was done 
 
 Ere my remembrance : now hear me relate 
 
 My story, which perhaps thou hast not heard : 205 
 
 And day is yet not spent ; till then thou seest 
 
 How subtly to detain thee I devise, 
 
 Inviting thee to hear while I relate, 
 
 Fond, were it not in hope of thy reply : 
 
 For while I sit with thee, I seem in Heav'n ; 210 
 
 And sweeter thy discourse is to my ear 
 
 Than fruits of palm-tree plcasantcst to thirst 
 
 And hunger both, from labour, at the hour 
 
 Of sweet repast : they satiate and soon fill, 
 
 Though pleasant, but thy words, with grace divine 215 
 
 Imbued, bring to their sweetness no satiety. 
 
 To whom thus Raphael answer'd heav'nly meek : 
 Nor are thy lips ungraceful, Sire of men, 
 
 194. I* the prime wisdom, tfe. : An excellent piece of satire this, and a fine 
 reproof of those men who have all sense but common sense, and whose folly 
 is truly represented in the story of the philosopher, who while he was gazing 
 at the stars fell into the ditch. Our author in these lines, as Mr. Thyer 
 imagines, might probably have in his eye the character of Socrates, who first 
 attempted to divert his countrymen from their airy and chimerical notions 
 about the origin of things, and turn their attention to that jtntme wisdom, the 
 consideration of moral duties, and their conduct in social life. N. 
 
 194. Fume: Smoke. 209. Fond: Foolish. 
 
 210-16. For while 7ir, tfc. : A striking passage, in which Adam gives an 
 account of the pleasure he took in conversing with the angel, which con'ftius 
 a very noble moral. A. 
 
 212. fruits of palm-tree: Dates, which are juicy and refreshing.
 
 BOOK via. 339 
 
 Nor tongue ineloquent ; for \>Dd on thee 
 
 Abundantly his gifts hath also pour'd 320 
 
 Inward and outward both, his image fair : 
 
 Speaking or mute, all comeliness and grace 
 
 Attends thee, and each word, each motion forms : 
 
 Nor less think we in Heav'n of thee on Earth 
 
 Than of our fellow-servant, and inquire 225 
 
 Gladly into the ways of God with Man : 
 
 For God, we see, hath honour'd thee, and set 
 
 On Man his equal love : say therefore on ; 
 
 For I that day was absent, as befel, 
 
 Bound on a voyage uncouth and obscure, 230 
 
 Far on excursion tow'rd the gates of Hell ; 
 
 Squared in full legion (such command we had) 
 
 To see that none thence issued forth a spy, 
 
 Or enemy, while God was in his work, 
 
 Lest he, incensed at such eruption bold, 235 
 
 Destruction with creation might have mix'd. 
 
 Not that they durst without his leave attempt, 
 
 But us he sends upon his high behests 
 
 For state, as Sov'reign King, and to inure 
 
 Our prompt obedience. Fast we found, fast shut 240 
 
 The dismal gates, and barricado'd strong ; 
 
 But long ere our approaching, heard within 
 
 Noise, other than the sound of dance or song ; 
 
 Torment, and loud lament, and furious rage. 
 
 Glad we return 'd up to the coasts of light 245 
 
 Ere Sabbath ev'ning : so we had in charge. 
 
 But thy relation now ; for I attend, 
 
 Pleased with thy words, no less than thou with mine. 
 
 230. Uncouth: Unusual. 232. Squared: Formed. 
 
 233. To see that none^ Sfc. : As man was to be the principal work of God 
 in this lower world, and (according to Milton's hypothesis) a creature to 
 supply the loss of the fallen angels, so particular care is taken at his creation 
 The angels on that day keep watch and guard at the gates of Hell, that none 
 may issue forth to interrupt the sacred work. At the same time that this 
 was a very good reason for the angel's absence, it is doing honour to the man 
 with whom he was conversing. N.
 
 310 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So spake the God-like Pow'r, and thus our sire : 
 For Man to tell how human life began 250 
 
 Is hard ; for who himself beginning knew ? 
 Desire with thee still longer to converse 
 Induced me. As new waked from soundest sleep, 
 Soft on the flowery herb I found me laid 
 In balmy sweat, which with his beams the sun 255 
 
 Soon dry'd, and on the reeking moisture fed. 
 Straight toward Heav'n my wond'ring eyes I turn'd, 
 And gazed a while the ample sky, till raised 
 By quick instinctive motion, up I sprung, 
 As thitherward endeav'ring, and upright 260 
 
 Stood on my feet. About me round I saw 
 Hill, dale, and shady woods, and sunny plains, 
 And liquid lapse of murm'ring streams : by these, 
 Creatures that lived, and moved, and walk'd, or flew : 
 Birds on the branches warbling : all things smiled ; 265 
 
 With fragrance and with joy my heart o'erflow'd. 
 
 249. And thus our tire, iff. : Adam, to detain the angel, enters here upon 
 his own history, and relates to him the circumstances in which he found him- 
 self upon his creation ; as also his conversation with his Maker, and his 
 meeting with Eve. There is no part of the poem more apt to raise the at- 
 tention of the reader, than this discourse of our great ancestor, as nothing can 
 be more surprising and delightful to us than to bear the sentiments that arose 
 in the first man, while he was yet new and fresh from the hands of his 
 Creator. The poet has interwoven everything which is delivered upon this 
 subject in holy writ with so many beautiful imaginations of his own, that 
 nothing can be conceived more just and more natural than this whole episode. 
 A. 
 
 253-82. When we read, for the first time, says Dr. Thomas Brown, the 
 account which Adam gives to the angel of his feelings when, with faculties 
 Mich as we have supposed, and everything new before him, he found himself 
 in existence, in that happy scene of Paradise which Milton has described, 
 \\-,. are apt to think that the poet has represented him as beginning too toon 
 to reason with respect to the Power to which he must have owed his exist- 
 ence ; and yet, if we deduct the influence of long familiarity, and suppose 
 even a mind less vigorous than that of Adam, but with faculties such as exist 
 now only in mature lift, to be placed, in the first moment of existence, in such 
 a scene, we shall find, the more we reflect on the situation, that the individual 
 scarcely could fail to philosophize in the same manner. See Brown's Phi- 
 losophy, vol. ii. 427-2'*.
 
 BOOK VIII. 341 
 
 Myself I then perused, and limb by limb 
 
 Survcy'd, and sometimes went, and sometimes ran 
 
 With supple joints, as lively vigour led : 
 
 But who I was, or where, or from what cause, 270 
 
 Knew not. To speak I tried, and forthwith spake ; 
 
 My tongue obey'd, and readily could name 
 
 Whate'er I saw. Thou Sun, said I, fair light, 
 
 And thou enlighten'd earth, so fresh and gay ; 
 
 Ye Hills and Dales, ye Rivers, Woods, and Plains, 275 
 
 And ye that live and move, fair Creatures, tell, 
 
 Tell if ye saw, how came I thus ? how here ? 
 
 Not of myself : by some great Maker then, 
 
 In goodness and in pow'r pre-eminent ! 
 
 Tell me, how may I know him, how adore, 280 
 
 From whom I have that thus I move and live, 
 
 And feel that I am happier than I know. 
 
 While thus I call'd, and stray'd I knew not whither, 
 
 From where I first drew air, and first beheld 
 
 This happy light, when answer none return'd, 286 
 
 On a green shady bank profuse of flow'rs, 
 
 Pensive I sat me down ; there gentle sleep 
 
 First found me, and with soft oppression seized 
 
 My drowsed sense, untroubled, though I thought 
 
 I then was passing to my former state 290 
 
 Insensible, and forthwith to dissolve : 
 
 When suddenly stood at my head a dream, 
 
 Whose inward apparition gently moved 
 
 My fancy to believe I yet had being, 
 
 And lived. One came, methought, of shape divine, 295 
 
 And said, Thy mansion wants thee, Adam ; rise, 
 
 First man, of men innumerable ordain'd 
 
 First Father ; call'd by thee, I come thy guide 
 
 To the garden of bliss, thy seat prepared. 
 
 290-92. / then was passing, $c. : The sentiment here expressed, when, 
 upon his first going to sleep, he fancies himself losing his existence and fall- 
 ing away into nothing, can never be sufficiently admired. 
 
 His dream, in which he still preserves the consciousness of his existence, 
 together with his removal into the garden which was prepared for his recep
 
 3-'? PARADISE LOST. 
 
 So saying, by the hand he took me raised, 300 
 
 And over fields and waters, as in air 
 Smooth sliding without step, last led me up 
 A woody mountain, whose high top was plain ; 
 A circuit wide, inclosed, with goodliest trees 
 Planted, with walks and bow'rs, that what I saw 305 
 
 Of earth before scarce pleasant seem'd. Each tree 
 Louden with fairest fruit, that hung to th' eye 
 Tempting, stirr'd in me sudden appetite 
 To pluck and eat ; whereat I waked, and found 
 Before mine eyes all real, as the dream 310 
 
 Had lively shadow'd. Here had new begun 
 My wand 'ring, had not he who was my guide 
 Up hither, from among the trees appear'd, 
 Presence divine. Rejoicing, but with awe, 
 In adoration at his feet I fell 315 
 
 Submiss : he rear'd me, and Whom thou sought'st I am, 
 Said mildly ; Author of all this thou seest 
 Above, or round about thee, or beneath. 
 This Paradise I give thee : count it thine 
 To till and keep, and of the fruit to eat, 320 
 
 Of every tree that in the garden grows 
 Eat freely with glad heart ; fear here no dearth ; 
 
 tion, are also circumstances finely imagined, and grounded upon what is de- 
 livered in sacred story. These and the like wonderful incidents in this part 
 of the work, have in them all the beauties of novelty, at the same time that 
 they have all the graces of nature. They are such as none but a great genius 
 could have thought of; though, upon the perusal of them, they seem to rise 
 of themselves from the subject of which he treats. In a word, though they 
 are natural they are not obvious, which is the true character of all fine writ- 
 ing. A. 
 
 300-303. It will be noticed that the poet represents Adam as having been 
 made, not in Paradise, but in some adjacent region, whence he was conveyed 
 in a most agreeable manner to his destined abode in the beautiful garden fitted 
 up for his use. 
 
 320. To till, $c. : Milton seems here to have approved the opinion of Fa- 
 gius (a favourite annotator of his) , who, in his note on Gen. ii. 9, thinks that 
 Adam was to have ploughed and sowed in Paradise, if he had continued there. 
 Milton here follows Ainsworth's translation of Gen. ii. 15, to till it and to keep 
 it, which is more exact than that of our common Bible. P.
 
 BOOK VIH. 343 
 
 But of the tree whose operation brings 
 Knowledge of good and ill, which I have set 
 The pledge of thy obedience and thy faith, 325 
 
 Amid the garden, by the tree of life, 
 Remember what I warn thee : Shun to taste, 
 And shun. the bitter consequence ; for know, 
 The day thou eat'st thereof, iny sole command 
 Transgress'd, inevitably thou shalt die ; 330 
 
 From that day mortal, and this happy state 
 Shalt lose ; expell'd from hence into a world 
 Of woe and sorrow. Sternly he pronounced 
 The rigid interdiction, which resounds 
 
 Yet dreadful in mine ear, though in my choice 335 
 
 Not to incur ; but soon his clear aspect 
 Return'd, and gracious purpose thus renew'd : 
 Not only these fair bounds, but all the earth 
 To thee and to thy race I give : as lords 
 Possess it, and all things that therein live, 340 
 
 Or live in sea, or air ; beast, fish, and fowl. 
 In sign whereof each bird and beast behold 
 After their kinds : I bring them to receive 
 
 323. But of the tree, fa. : This being the great hinge on which the whole 
 poem turns, Milton has marked it strongly. '' But of the tree" " remember 
 what I warn thee." He dwells, expatiates upon it, from 323 to 336, repeal- 
 ing, enforcing, fixing every word : it is all nerve and energy. R. 
 
 324. Of good and ill : Gen. ii. 
 
 330. The expression, "Thou shalt die," is well explained in the next line. 
 
 343. To receive their names : In the progress of the Mosaic narrator, we 
 are told that God said that it was " not good for man to be alone," and de- 
 clared his intention of making a suitable companion, or "help meet for 
 him ;" but instead of proceeding with the account of this creation, the re- 
 cord proceeds to a very different matter. " And out of the ground, the Lord 
 God formed every beast of the field, and every fowl of the air, and brought 
 them unto Adam, to see what he would call them ; and whatsoever Adam 
 called every living creature, that was the name thereof." What has this to 
 do with the providing of an " help meet" for the first of men ? The narra- 
 tive proceeds : " And Adam gave names to all cattle, and to the fowl of the 
 mir, and to every beast of the field ; but" and here comes the secret " for 
 Adaoi there was not found an help meet for him." It was, therefore, evi-
 
 344 , PARADISE LOST. 
 
 From thcc their names, and pay thee fealty 
 
 With low subjection. Understand the same 345 
 
 Of fish within their wat'ry residence, 
 
 Not hither summoned since they cannot change 
 
 Their element to draw the thinner air. 
 
 As thus he spake, each bird and beast behold 
 
 Approaching two and two ; these cow'ring low 350 
 
 ilently the design of the benevolent Creator, to enhance, in the view of the 
 man, the value of the gift he was about to bestow upon him, by showing 
 him that the existing races of animated nature, abounding as they did in 
 elegant and beautiful species, did not afford any creature suited to be his 
 companion, or to satisfy the yearning of his heart for the fellowship of an 
 equal being. Nothing was better calculated to realize this impression, than 
 to bring the various animal existences under the notice of Adam, and, at the 
 same time, to endow him with the perception of their several qualities and 
 natures, as is implied in his being able to give them distinctive and appro- 
 priate names. It is very possible that, being as yet ignorant of the Divine 
 intention, Adam considered that he was expected to find out for himself a 
 meet companion among these creatures. So Milton understood it (369-377) , 
 in a very remarkable passage in which he seems to ascribe the power of 
 reasoning to brutes. K. 
 
 349. Each bird and btatt behold, fyc. : The impression which the interdiction 
 of the tree of life left on the mind of our first parent, is described with great 
 strength and judgment; as the image of the several beasts and birds pass- 
 ing here in review before him, is very beautiful and lively. A. 
 
 350. Of course, modern rationalizing philosophy has found something in 
 this remarkable statement on which to hang its cavils. It has been ascer- 
 tained, it is urged, that animals are exclusively adapted to the regions which 
 they inhabit, and that it would be contrary to their nature, and zoologically 
 impossible, for them to leave their own climates, and to assemble in one 
 place. It is certain that, if this did take place, as assumed, it was a super- 
 natural impulse which urged them to travel to one point ; and we should 
 think that no believer in the existence and power of God can doubt the 
 possibility of such an impulse being given, whether he believes that it wot 
 given or not. But again, how did we know that various climates did exist 
 before the deluge ? There is good reason to think, that before then the tem- 
 perature of the earth was through all parts more equal than it has been 
 since ; and hence the animals would have no difficulty in passing from one 
 jwrt of the world to any other. 
 
 But, again, was there any necessity for this migration of the animals of 
 different climates to Eden ? On what ground is it assumed thus quietly that 
 animals were created in their different climates? Why might they not bt
 
 BOOK VIII. 
 
 - 346 
 
 With blandishment, each bird stoop'd on his wing. 
 I named them as they pass'd, and understood 
 Their nature ; with such knowledge God indued 
 My sudden apprehension : but in these 
 
 created in the same locality in which man received his existence, afterward* 
 dispersing themselves, as our race did, to the several parts of the earth ? 
 
 Or the sacred text may be understood to refer to the animals in or near 
 Eden, the word " all" being often equivalent to " many," or to " a large 
 part ;" and that it is here used in a limited sense is evident, from the fishes 
 not being specified. Farther, it was unnecessary that the attention of Adam 
 should be engaged by animals he was not likely to see again, and which 
 had no suitableness to the purpose immediately in view. 
 
 As these various creatures, doubtless, presented themselves to the notice 
 of Adam in pairs, he must the more deeply have been convinced of his own 
 isolated condition. All these creatures had suitable companions, and he had 
 none : each of them was already provided with a mate, and could be no 
 " help meet" for him. K. 
 
 35354. Indued my sudden apprehension : In previously describing the 
 naming of the cattle, Milton takes the same view as we do, that the know- 
 ledge involved in that act was conveyed by instant and supernatural enlight- 
 enment K. 
 
 The account given by Moses is embraced in Gen. ii. 19, 20 ; yet from this 
 short record what a splendid episode has Milton here produced, and what an 
 admirable dialogue from the latter part only of that account ! 
 
 Much has been inquired regarding the condition of Main in reaped of 
 knowledge. All accounts necessarily assign to him the utmost physical per- 
 fection of man's nature ; but in the view of some he was merely a naked 
 savage, who had all things to acquire by experience. This is not from any 
 intended disrespect to the father of mankind ; but because it was an old 
 theory that knowledge, intelligence, and the arts of civilization, were pro- 
 gressively acquired in the first ages ; and it was therefore necessary that the 
 progenitor of the rare should be in a state of ignorance, as it could not bu' 
 be supposed that he would impart such knowledge as he possessed to his 
 descendants. On the other hand, there are those who urge that Adam, in- 
 structed of God, must have been possessed of all knowledge of which the 
 mind of man is capable, and have been deeply skilled in all the sciences and 
 arts of civilization. 
 
 That both extremes are wrong we have have no doubt. Adam was, at 
 his creation, not a child ; he was a man in the vigour of physical and mental 
 life. He was taught of God, and not left to gather by slow experience all 
 that he wanted (needed) to know. If Adam could talk at all, and we know 
 that he could, language must have been supernaturally imparted to him He 
 had no means of acquiring it but from God. From the same source he must 
 15*
 
 346 . PARADISE LOST. 
 
 I found not what mcthought I wanted still, 355 
 
 And to the heav'nly Vision thus presumed : 
 
 by what name, for thou above all these, 
 Above mankind, or aught than mankind higher, 
 Surpasses! far my naming, how may I 
 
 Adore thee, Author of this universe, 360 
 
 And all this good to man ? for whose well being 
 So amply, and with hands so liberal 
 Thou hast provided all things ! but with me 
 I see not who partakes. In solitude 
 
 What happiness ? Who can enjoy alone, 365 
 
 Or all enjoying, what contentment find r 
 Thus 1 presumptuous ; and the Vision bright, 
 As with a smile more brighten'd, thus replied : 
 
 What call'st thou solitude ? Is not the earth 
 With various living creatures, and the air 370 
 
 Replenished ? and all these at thy command 
 To come and play before thee ? Know'st thou not 
 Their language and their ways They also know, 
 And reason not contemptibly. With these 
 
 have derived the knowledge he possessed of the properties of the object* 
 and beings around him. 
 
 But it does not, on the other hand, seem to us at all necessary to suppose 
 that Adam was endowed with any other knowledge than was suited to the 
 condition in which he was placed, and needful to the full enjoyment of its 
 advantages. That he was learned in all science, and skilled in all art, there 
 seems no reason to believe. K. 
 
 356. Vision : Object of vision. Author of the universe, line 360. Pre- 
 tumtd (to say) . 
 
 372-74. That beasts have reasoning faculties has been argued by Plutarch 
 Montaigne, and other writers, with great force of argument. Certainly 
 many things we observe in them it seems difficult to account for on an 
 other supposition. Many of their feelings and passions are similar to our 
 own. Even insects exhibit fear, anger, sorrow, joy, and desire ; and many 
 of them express those passions by noises peculiar to themselves. BUCKE. 
 
 Their language and their troy* : That brutes have a kind of language 
 among themselves, is evident and undeniable. There is a treatise, in 
 French, of the language of brutes ; and our author supposes that Adam un- 
 derstood this language, and was of knowledge superior to any of his de- 
 scendants, and besides was assisted by inspiration : with tuck knouiedge Goa
 
 BOOK vnr. 347 
 
 Find pastime, and bear rule ; thy realm is large. / 375 
 
 So spake the Universal Lord, and secin'd 
 
 So ordering I, with leave of speech implored, 
 
 And humble deprecation, thus replied : 
 
 Let not my words offend thee, Hcav'nly Pow'r ! 
 My Maker, be propitious while I speak ! 380 
 
 Hast thou not made me here thy substitute, 
 And these inferior far beneath me set ? 
 Among unequals what society 
 Can sort ? what harmony or true delight ? 
 Which must be mutual, in proportion due 385 
 
 Giv'n and received ; but in disparity, 
 The one intense, the other still remiss 
 Cannot well suit with either, but soon prove 
 Tedious alike : Of fellowship I speak 
 
 Such as I seek, fit to participate 390 
 
 All rational delight, wherein the brute 
 Cannot be human consort : they rejoice 
 Each with their kind ; lion with lioness , 
 So fitly them in pairs thou hast combined ; 
 Much less can bird with beast, or fish with fowl 395 
 
 So well converse ; nor with the ox the ape : 
 Worse then can man with beast, and least of all. 
 
 Whereto th' Almighty answer'd not displeased : 
 A nice and subtle happiness I see 
 
 Thou to thyself proposest in the choice 400 
 
 Of thy associates, Adam, and wilt taste 
 No pleasure, though in pleasure, solitary. 
 What think'st thou then of me, and this my state ? 
 Seem I to thee sufficiently possess'd 
 Of happiness, or not, who am alone 40 
 
 endued his sudden apprehension. He is said by the school divines to have 
 exceeded Solomon himself in knowledge. N. 
 
 386. But in disparity : But in inequality, such as is between rational and 
 brute : the one intense, man, high, wound up and strained to nobler under- 
 itanding, and of more lofty faculties ; the other still remiss, the animal, let 
 down, and slacker, grovelling in more low and mean perceptions, can never 
 fcuit together. A musical metaphor, from strings, of which the stretched and 
 highest give a smart and sharp sound the slack a flat and heavy one. H
 
 348 PARADISE rxjsr. 
 
 From all eternity ? for none I know 
 
 Second to me, or like, equal much less. 
 
 How have I then with whom to hold converse 
 
 Save with the creatures which I made ? and those 
 
 To me inferior f infinite descents 410 
 
 Beneath what other creatures are to thee. 
 
 He ceased ; I lowly answer'd : To attain 
 The height and depth of thy eternal ways, 
 All human thoughts come short, Supreme of things ! 
 Thou in thyself art perfect, and in thee 415 
 
 Is no deficience found. Not so is Man, 
 But in degree ; the cause of his desire 
 By conversation with his like to help, 
 Or solace his defects. No need that thou 
 Should'st propagate, already infinite, 420 
 
 And through all numbers absolute, though one ; 
 But Man by number is to manifest 
 His single imperfection, and beget 
 Like of his like, his image multiplied 
 
 In unity defective, which requires 425 
 
 Collat'ral love, and dearest amity. 
 Thou in thy secrecy, although alone, 
 Best with thyself accompanied, seek'st not 
 Social communication ; yet so pleased, 
 
 Canst raise thy creature to what height thou wilt 430 
 
 Of union or communion, deified : 
 I by conversing cannot these erect 
 From prone, nor in their ways complacence find. 
 
 421. Through all, ffc. : Through all numbers of years that is, eternally 
 absolute, or independent of any cause or object. 
 
 423. Single imperfection : Imperfection as an individual, from being single. 
 The same idea is conveyed (425) by the phrase, " In unity defective." 
 
 429. So pleated: If so pleased. 
 
 433. Prone: Bending forward and looking downward. The expression 
 may have been suggested to the poet by this passage in Sallust: "Omnes 
 homines qui sese student pr.rstare c i tens animalibus, summa ope niti dccet, 
 ne vitatn silentio transeant veluti pccora, quT natura prona, atque ventri 
 obedientia, finxit." Or Milton may have remembered the boautiful lines
 
 BOOK via. 349 
 
 Thus I erabolden'd spake, and freedom used 
 
 Permissive, and acceptance found ; which gain'd 435 
 
 This answer from the gracious voice divine : 
 
 Thus far to try thee, Adam, I was pleased ; 
 And find thee knowing, not of beasts alone, 
 Which thou hast rightly named, but of thyself; 
 Expressing well the spirit within thee free, 440 
 
 My image not imparted to the brute, 
 Whose fellowship therefore unmeet for thee, 
 Good reason was thou freely should'st dislike : 
 And be so minded still. I, ere thou spak'st, 
 Knew it not good for Man to be alone ; 445 
 
 And no such company as then thou saw'st 
 Intended thee ; for trial only brought, 
 To see how thou could'st judge of fit and meet. 
 What next I bring shall please thee, be assured ; 
 Thy likeness, thy fit help, thy other self, 450 
 
 of Ovid (lib. i. 84-86) , which it will gratify the classic reader here to 
 quote : 
 
 " Pronaque cum spectent animalia cietera terrain ; 
 Os honiini sublime dedit ; coelumque tueri 
 Jussit, et erectos a<l sideia tollere vultus." 
 
 " It seems to be the expression of mental elevation, conveyed by the " on 
 sublime" of man, and by what Milton calls " the looks commencing with the 
 skies? which is the foundation of the sublimity we ascribe to the human 
 figure. In point of actual height, it is greatly inferior to various tribes of 
 other animals ; but none of these have the whole of their bodies, both trunk 
 and limbs, in the direction of the vertical line, coinciding with that tendency 
 to rise, or to mount upwards, which is symbolical of every species of im- 
 provement, whether intellectual or moral, and which typifies so forcibly to 
 our species the pre-eminence of their rank and destination among the inha- 
 bitants of this lower world. 
 
 " Intimately connected with the sublime effect of man's erect form, is the 
 imposing influence of a superiority of stature over the mind of the multi- 
 tude. ' And when Saul stood among the people, he was higher than any ol 
 them, from his shoulders and upward. And all the people shouted, and said, 
 God save the king.' " DUGALD STEWART'S Works, vol. iv. 307. 
 
 On this principle Milton has described our first parents as 
 
 " of far nobler ihape and tall, 
 
 Godlike erect" 
 
 Book IV. 277-78.
 
 350 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Thy wish exactly to thy heart's desire. 
 
 He ended, or I heard no more, for now 
 My earthly by his heav'nly overpower'd, 
 Which it had long stood under, strain'd to th' hight 
 In that celestial colloquy sublime, 465 
 
 As with an object that excels the sense 
 Dazzled and spent, sunk down, and sought repair 
 Of sleep, which instantly fell on me, call'd 
 By nature as in aid, and closed mine eyes. 
 Mine eyes he closed, but open left the cell 460 
 
 Of fancy, my internal sight ; by which 
 Abstract, as in a trance, methought I saw, 
 Though sleeping, where I lay, and saw the shape 
 Still glorious before whom awake I stood ; 
 Who stooping, opcn'd my left side, and took 465 
 
 453. Earthly : Earthly nature. The caus is here assigned for that deep 
 sleep into which Adam now sunk, preparatory to the reception of a suitable 
 partner " another self." Mine eye* he dosed : The order of the words being 
 beautifully changed from that in the last line. Sleep is personified. 
 
 460. It is probable that the " deep sleep" was supernatural, or a kind of 
 trance, in which he had been conscious, although without pain, but rather, 
 perhaps, with rapture, of the whole process of Eve's formation. This is tke 
 idea generally entertained by the Jewish writers, and by the old Christian 
 fathers, and it has been adopted, and beautifully brought out here by Millo*. 
 K. 
 
 462. Jbttract : That is, the spirit was so separated from the body that it 
 did not see things as before with its material organs of vision. S. 
 
 The word in Gen. ii. 21, that is translated " deep sleep" in our version, the 
 Greek interpreters render by the word trance or ecttacy. 
 
 465. The Scripture says only "one of his ribs," but Milton follows those 
 interpreters who suppose this rib was taken from the left side, as being 
 nearer to the heart. N. 
 
 Some Jewish expositors teach us that it was taken from the right side, 
 and say that there was an odd, or thirteenth rib on that side a mere fancifnl 
 conjecture. 
 
 Many have rejected the Scriptural account of woman's origin, and hare 
 considered it an allegory. But (as Dr. Kitto has observed) there is no 
 greater difficulty in taking literally the creation of woman than the creation 
 of man. All modes being equally easy to God, he chose that which might 
 impress upon man n moral lesson, even by the physical fact of his origin : 
 a lesson important to repress pride, even in unfallen man, b-it which became
 
 BOOK VIII. 351 
 
 From thence a rib, with cordial spirits warm, 
 
 And life-blood streaming fresh ; wide was the wound ; 
 
 But suddenly with flesh fill'd up, and heal'd, 
 
 The rib he form'd and fashion'd with his hands : 
 
 Under his forming hands a creature grew, 470 
 
 Manlike, but different sex ; so lovely fair, 
 
 That what seem'd fair in all the world, seein'd now 
 
 Mean, or in her summ'd up, in her contain'd, 
 
 And in her looks ; which from that time infused 
 
 Sweetness into my heart, unfelt before ; 475 
 
 And into all things from her air inspired 
 
 The spirit of love and amorous delight. 
 
 She disappear'd, and left me dark. I waked 
 
 terribly emphatic when, after the fall, man heard the awful words, u Dust 
 thou art, and unto dust thou shalt return." 
 
 Whether there was some peculiar organization in Adam (such as an ad- 
 ditional rib) , in order to provide for the formation of woman, or that God 
 substituted another rib for the one he had taken, it is not very important for 
 us to know ; but it is important to understand that he. to whom all modes 
 are the same, chose one which should serve vividly to impress upon the 
 mind of man and woman, their peculiarly intimate relation to each other. 
 In other creatures there was no natural connection between the pairs in the 
 very act of creation. The sexes were, in them, created independently of 
 each other. But the fact of woman's derivation from man a part of him- 
 solf, separated to be in another form re-united to him was calculated to in- 
 dicate and to originate an especial tenderness in their nuptial state, and its 
 indissoluble character, Eph. v. 28-31. Surely to teach such lessons as these, 
 was a sufficient reason for the mode of woman's creation. She was to be 
 created in some mode or other, and however created, in that would have 
 been the miracle. K. 
 
 467. Cordial spirits warm : Spirits warm with the energy of the heart. 
 
 471-73. Mean: The position of the words, with the pause upon this par 
 ticular word, gives great force to the sentiment expressed. 
 
 478. Left me dark : She that was my light vanished, and left me dark and 
 
 comfortless. In almost all languages light is a metaphor for Joy and comfort, 
 
 and darkness for the contrary. The poet uses this metaphor in a sonnet on 
 
 his deceased wife. After describing her as having appeared to him, he says, 
 
 " She fled, and day brought back my night." 
 
 N. 
 
 Adam's distress upon losing sight of this beautiful phantom, with his ex 
 clamations of joy and gratitude at the discovery of a real creature who re-
 
 352 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 To find her, or for ever to deplore 
 
 Her loss, and other pleasures all abjure : 480 
 
 When, out of hope, behold her, not far off, 
 
 Such as I saw her in my dream, adorn'd 
 
 With what all Earth or Heaven could bestow 
 
 To make her amiable ! On she came, 
 
 Led by her Heav'nly Maker, though unseen 485 
 
 And guided by his voice ; nor uninfyrm'd 
 
 Of nuptial sanctity and marriage rites. 
 
 Grace was in all her steps ! Heav'n in her eye ! 
 
 In ev'ry gesture dignity and love ! 
 
 I overjoy'd, could not forbear aloud : 490 
 
 This turn hath made amends ! Thou hast fulfill'd 
 Thy words, Creator bounteous and benign, 
 Giver of all things fair, but fairest this 
 Of all thy gifts, nor enviest ! I now see 
 
 Bone of my bone, flesh of my flesh, myself 495 
 
 Before me ! Woman is her name ; of Man 
 Extracted. For this cause he shall forego 
 Father and mother, and to his wife adhere : 
 
 setnbled the apparition which had been presented to him in his dream ; the 
 approaches he makes to her, and his manner of courtship, are all laid toge- 
 ther in a most exquisite propriety of sentiments. 
 
 Though this part of the poem is worked up with great warmth and 
 spirit, the love which is described in it is every way suitable to a state of 
 innocence. If the reader compares the description which Adam gives of his 
 leading Eve to the nuptial bower, with that which Dryden makes on the 
 same occasion, in a scene of his Fall of Man, he will be sensible of the great 
 care which Milton took to avoid all thoughts on so delicate a subject, that 
 might be offensive to religion or good manners. The sentiments are chaste, 
 but not cold; and convey to the mind ideas of the most transporting passion 
 and of the greatest purity. A. 
 
 490. Aloud: Aloud (to say) . 
 
 494. Nor enviest : Nor thinkest this gift too good for me. P. 
 
 495. Bone of my bone, tft. : My own similitude myself. That Adam, 
 waking from his deep sleep, should, in words so express and prophetic, own 
 and claim his companion, gave ground to the opinion, that he was not only 
 asleep but entranced, too ; by which he saw all that was done to him, and 
 understood the mystery of it, God informing his understanding in his ecstasy. 
 
 -H.
 
 BOOK viii. 353 
 
 And they shall be one flesh, one heart, one soul. 
 
 She heard me thus ; and tho' divinely brought, 500 
 
 Yet innocence and virgin modesty, 
 Her virtue, and the conscience of her worth, 
 That would be woo'd, and not unsought be won, 
 Not obvious, not obtrusive, but retired, 
 
 The more desirable ; or to say all, 505 
 
 Nature herself, though pure of sinful thought, 
 Wrought in her so, that seeing me, she turn'd. 
 I follow'd her : she what was honour knew, 
 And with obsequious majesty approved 
 
 My pleaded reason. To the nuptial bower 510 
 
 I led her, blushing like the morn. All Heav'n, 
 And happy constellations on that hour 
 Shed their selectest influence ! The earth 
 
 499. This line is an amplification of the statement in Genesis, " And they 
 shall be one flesh." It is an instance also of a monosyllabic line, and that 
 one of great beauty. In Book II., 621-950, are lines of similar construction 
 and force. 
 
 502. Conscience: Consciousness, knowledge. " Conscientia bene actae vitas 
 jucundissima est." Cic. de Senect. 
 
 504. Not obvious : Not coming to meet me ; not throwing herself in my way. 
 She was " divinely brought ;" line 500. 
 
 507. Wrought : This verb stands related, not only to nature but to inno- 
 cence, vigour, modesty, virtue, and conscience of worth, as its nominatives. 
 
 511-20. Ml Heaven, Sfc.: In poetry, personifications are extremely fre- 
 quent, and are, indeed, the very life and soul of it. We expect to find every- 
 thing animated in the descriptions of a poet who has a lively fancy. One 
 of the greatest pleasures we receive from poetry, is, to find ourselves always 
 in the midst of our fellows, and to see everything thinking, feeling, and act- 
 ing as we ourselves do. This is, perhaps, the principal charm of this sort 
 of figured style, that it introduces us into society with all nature, and inter- 
 ests us even in inanimate objects, by forming a connection between them 
 and us, through that sensibility which it ascribes to them. This is exempli- 
 fied remarkably in the passage here quoted. BLAIR. 
 
 513-18. Homer's Iliad, xiv. 347-351. In all his copies, however, of the 
 beautiful passages of other authors, he studiously varies and disguises tLem, 
 the better to give himself the air of an original, and to make by his addi- 
 tions and improvements, what he borrowed the more fairly his own; the 
 only regular way of acquiring a projwrty in thoughts taken from other 
 
 w
 
 354 PARADISE L08T. 
 
 Gave sign of gratulation, and each hill ! 
 
 Joyous the birds ; fresh gales and gentle airs 515 
 
 Whisper'd it to the woods, and from their wings 
 
 Flung rose, flung odours from the spicy shrub, 
 
 Disporting, till the amorous bird of night 
 
 Sung spousal, and bid haste the ev'ning star 
 
 On his hill-top, to light the bridal lamp. 520 
 
 Thus have I told thce all my state, and brought 
 My story to the sum of earthly bliss 
 Which I enjoy ; and must confess to find 
 In all things else delight indeed, but such 
 As used or not, works in the mind no change, 525 
 
 Nor vehement desire ; these delicacies 
 I mean of taste, sight, smell, herbs, fruits, and flow'rs, 
 Walks, and the melody of birds ; but here 
 Far otherwise, transported I behold, 
 Transported touch. Here passion first I felt, 530 
 
 writers, if we may believe Horace, whose laws in poetry are of undoubted 
 authority. De Art. Poet. 131. Milton, indeed, in what he borrows from 
 Scripture, observes the contrary rule, and generally adheres minutely, or 
 rather religiously, to the very words, as much as possible, of the original. 
 N. 
 
 519-20. The evening ttar: (Venus) is said to light the bridal lamp, as it 
 was the signal among the ancients to light their lamps and torches in order 
 to conduct the bride home to the bridegroom. " Vesper adest, juvenes con- 
 surgite," &c., says Catullus. 
 
 OH hit hill-top, says our author, writing in the language as well as in the 
 spiiit of the ancients ; for when this star appeared eastward in the morning, 
 it was said to rise on Mount Ida. Virg. JEn. ii. 801 : 
 
 Jamque jugil ummae surgebat Lucifer Id, 
 Duccbatque diem." 
 
 When it appeared westward in the evening, it was said to be seen on 
 Mount (Etna, Virg. Eccl. viii. 30. Milton therefore writes in classical lan- 
 guage. He does not mention any mountain by name. This bridal cere- 
 mony of the ancients is alluded to more plainly in Book XI. 588-591. N. 
 
 519. Spoutal : Nuptials. 
 
 521-59. Thut have I told, tfc. : What a noble mixture of rapture and inno- 
 cence has the author joined together in the reflection which Adam makes of 
 the pleasures of love compared with those of sense ! A.
 
 BOOK viu. 355 
 
 Commotion strange, in all enjoyments else 
 
 Superior and unmoved ; here only weak 
 
 Against the charm of beauty's pow'rful glance. 
 
 Or nature fail'd in me, and left some part 
 
 Not proof enough such object to sustain ; 635 
 
 Or from my side subducting, took perhaps 
 
 More than enough : at least on her bestow'd 
 
 Too much of ornament ; in outward show 
 
 Elaborate ; of inward, less exact. 
 
 For well I understand, in the prime end 540 
 
 Of nature, her th' inferior in the mind 
 
 And inward faculties, which most excel, 
 
 In outward also her resembling less 
 
 His image who made both, and less expressing 
 
 The character of that dominion giv'n 545 
 
 O'er other creatures ; yet, when I approach 
 
 Her loveliness, so absolute she seems, 
 
 And in herself, complete ; so well to know 
 
 Her own, that what she wills to do or say, 
 
 Seems wisest, virtuousest, discreetest, best ! 550 
 
 All higher knowledge in her presence falls 
 
 Degraded ! Wisdom in discourse with her 
 
 Loses, discount'nanced, and like folly shews. 
 
 537. The same sentiment is more fully expressed by Milton in his Samson 
 
 Agonistes : 
 
 " Is it for that such outward ornament 
 Was lavished on their sex. that inward gifts 
 Were left for haste unfinished, judgment scant, 
 Capacity not rais'd to apprehend 
 Or value what is best 
 In choice, but oftest to affect the wrong ?" 
 
 541-45. We have here an expression of the poet's opinion upon the ques- 
 tion of the comparative intellectual strength of the sexes, much discussed in 
 our own day ; also upon the retired position which she was designed to oc- 
 cupy with reference to the exercise of authority or government. 
 
 547. Msolute : Finished, complete. 
 
 550. Virtuoutett, discreetett : These terms are more expressive than the 
 ordinary forms of the superlative degree 
 
 553. Ditconnfnanced: Abashed.
 
 356 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Authority and reason on her wait, 
 
 As one intended first, not after made 555 
 
 Occasionally ; and to consummate all, 
 
 Greatness of Mind and Nobleness their seat 
 
 Build in her, loveliest, and create an MM 
 
 About her, as a guard angelic placed ! 
 
 To whom the Angel, with contracted brow : 560 
 
 Accuse not Nature ; she hath done her part : 
 Do thou but thine, and be not diffident 
 Of wisdom ; she deserts thee not, if thou 
 Dismiss not her, when most thou need'st her nigh, 
 By attributing overmuch to things 565 
 
 Less excellent, as thou thyself perceiv'st. 
 For what admir'st thou ? what transports thee so ? 
 An outside ? Fair no doubt, and worthy well 
 Thy cherishing, thy honouring, and thy love ; 
 Not thy subjection. Weigh with her thyself, 570 
 
 Then value. Oft-times nothing profits more 
 Than self-esteem, grounded on just and right 
 Well managed. Of that skill the more thou know'st, 
 The more she will acknowledge thee her head, 
 And to realities yield all her shows ; 575 
 
 Made so adorn for thy delight the more, 
 So awful, that with honour thou niay'st love 
 Thy mate, who sees when thou art seen least wise. 
 
 555-56. Intended to be first, and not made for the sake of another, or to 
 suit an emergency. 
 
 560. To wAom, fyc. : The sentiments of love in our first parent, expressed 
 above, gave the angel such an insight into human nature, that he seems ap- 
 prehensive of the evils which might befal the species in general, as well as 
 Adam in particular, from the excess of his passion. He therefore fortifies 
 him against it by timely admonitions, which very artfully prepare the mind 
 of the reader for the occurrences of the next Book, where the weakness ot 
 which Adam here gives such distant discoveries, brings about that fatal event 
 which is the subject of the poem. A. 
 
 565. Attributing : Accent the third syllable. 
 
 569. Eph. v. 28, 29 : 1 Pet iii. 7. 
 
 573. That tkill : Skill in self-esteem, grounded, Sec. 
 
 076. Morn: Adorned. 577. Jirful : Awe-inspiring.
 
 BOOK via. 357 
 
 But if the sense of touch, whereby mankind 
 
 Is propagated, seem such dear delight 580 
 
 Beyond all other, think the same vouchsafed 
 
 To cattle and each beast ; which would not be 
 
 To them made common and divulged, if aught 
 
 Therein cnjoy'd were worthy to subdue 
 
 The soul of man, or passion in him move. 585 
 
 What higher in her society thou find'st 
 
 Attractive, human, rational, love still. 
 
 In loving thou dost well, in passion not, 
 
 Wherein true love consists not. Love refines 
 
 The thoughts, and heart enlarges ; hath his seat 590 
 
 In reason, and is judicious ; is the scale 
 
 By which to heav'nly love thou may'st ascend, 
 
 Not sunk in carnal pleasure : for which cause 
 
 Among the beasts no mate for thee was found. 
 
 To whom thus, half abash 'd, Adam reply'd : 595 
 
 Neither her outside, form'd so fair, nor aught 
 In procreation, common to all kinds, 
 (Though higher of the genial bed by far, 
 . And with mysterious reverence I deem) 
 
 So much delights me as those graceful acts, 600 
 
 Those thousand decencies, that daily flow 
 
 From all her words and actions, mix'd with love 
 
 And sweet compliance ; which declare unfeign'd 
 
 Union of mind, or in us both one soul : 
 
 Harmony to behold in wedded pair } 605 
 
 More grateful than harmonious sound to th' ear. 
 
 5Tet these subject not : I to thee disclose 
 
 What inward thence I feel, not therefore foil'd, 
 
 -79. Occasioned by what Adam had said (529-30) . 
 
 i*95-605. Half -abashed, Sfc. : Adam's discourse, which here follows the 
 gentle rebuke which he had received from the angel, shows that his love, 
 however violent it might appear, was still founded in reason, and consequently 
 not improper for Paradise. A. 
 
 607-10. Variously repretenting : The most difficult passage in the poem. 
 It may be paraphrased thus : Yet these subject not (these bring me not into 
 subjection, 570, 584, 585) . I indeed disclose to thee the strong emotions which 
 these accomplishments and graceful action* of Eva have excited (530-35) ;
 
 358 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Who meet with various objects, from the sense 
 
 Variously representing ; yet, still free, 610 
 
 Approve the best, and follow what I approve. 
 
 To love thou blam'st me not ; for love thou say'st 
 
 Leads up to Heav'n ; is both the way and guide. 
 
 Bear with me then, if lawful what I ask : 
 
 Love not the heav'nly Spirits ? and how their love 615 
 
 Express they ? by looks only ? or do they mix 
 
 Irradiancc, virtual or immediate touch - 
 
 To whom the Angel, with a smile that glow'd 
 Celestial rosy red (love's proper hue), 
 
 Answer'd : Let it suffice thee that thou know'st 620 
 
 Us happy ; and without love no happiness. 
 Whatever pure thou in the body enjoy'st 
 (And pure thou wert created) we enjoy 
 In eminence*, and obstacle find none 
 
 Of membrane, joint, or limb, exclusive bars. 625 
 
 Easier than air with air, if Spirits embrace, 
 Total they mix, union of pure with pure 
 Desiring ; not restrain 'd conveyance need, 
 As flesh to mix with flesh, or soul with soul. 
 But I can now no more ; the parting sun 630 
 
 Beyond the earth's green cape and verdant isles 
 Hesperian sets, my signal to depart. 
 
 but I am not on this account foiled (I am not embarrassed, confused in my 
 judgment) when I meet with variant object* from, or by, the tense (sensibility, 
 sensation) variously repretenting "(or when I meet with the various objects 
 represented to me in different ways, made known to me in different ways, 
 through the sense of sight, touch, smell, &c.) : Yet, stilt free, ffc. : Notwith- 
 standing the influence of strong feeling, above acknowledged, I am still free 
 from all improper bias; my judgment is not foiled, but performs its appro- 
 priate office of approving the best objects, and I follow what I approve. 
 
 617. Jrrajlio.nct: Their beams of light and splendour. Virtual touch : Thai 
 which is not real or immediate, but has the same effect, is equivalent to it. 
 
 631-32. The south-western extremity of Spain, or Cape de Verd, the most 
 western in Afiica, is the Cape referred to. The verdant, are the Canary Isles, 
 or perhaps the Cape Verd Islands, further south. Hesperian means western, 
 derived from a Greek word signifying evening. On this account Italy was 
 called Hesperia by the Greeks, as lying west of them ; and Spain was called 
 Hesperia by the Romano, for the tame reason.
 
 BOOK vni. 359 
 
 Be strong, live happy, and love ; but, first of all, 
 
 Him whom to love is to obey, and keep 
 
 His great command : take heed lest passion sway 635 
 
 Thy judgment to do aught which else free will 
 
 Would not admit ; thine and of all thy sons 
 
 The weal or woe in thee is placed ; beware. 
 
 I in thy persevering shall rejoice, 
 
 And all the Blest. Stand fast ; to stand or fall 640 
 
 Free in thine own arbitrement it lies. 
 
 Perfect within, no outward aid require ; 
 
 And all temptation to transgress repel. 
 
 So saying, he arose ; whom Adam thus 
 
 Follow'd with benediction : Since to part, 645 
 
 Go heav'nly Guest, ethereal Messenger, 
 Sent from whose sov'reign goodness I adore. 
 Gentle to me and affable hath been 
 Thy condescension, and shall be honour'd ever 
 With grateful memory ; thou to mankind 650 
 
 Be good and friendly still, and oft return. 
 
 So parted they ; the Angel up to Heav'n 
 From the thick shade, and Adam to his bow'r. 
 
 633-43. Raphael closes the interview with some appropriate and solemn 
 counsels and commands. 
 
 637. Admit : Used in the Latin sense, and equivalent to commit. 
 
 645. Since to part, fyc. : Adam's speech at parting with the angel has in it 
 a deference and gratitude agreeable to an inferior nature, and at the same time 
 a certain dignity and greatness suitable to the father of mankind in his state 
 of innocence. A. 
 
 Benediction has the sense of thanks, as Milton has explained the word in 
 Parad. Reg. iii. 127 : 
 
 " Glory and benediction, that is, thanks." 
 
 Sine* to part, is an abbreviation for, " since it is necessary to part." 
 
 647. Whose: (Him) whose. 
 
 652. Bower : To meet an objection of Dr. Bentley, Newton observes that 
 in this place is meant Adam's inmost bower, as it is called, IV. 738. There 
 was a shady walk that led to Adam's bower. When the angel arose (644) , 
 Adam followed him into this shady walk ; and it was from this thick shade 
 that they parted, and the angel went up to Heaven, and Adam to his bower.
 
 BOOK IX. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 SATAN, having compassed the earth with meditated guile, returns as a mist 
 by night into Paradise, enters into the Serpent sleeping. Adam and Eve in 
 the morning go forth to their labours, which Eve proposes to divide in several 
 places, each labouring apart ; Adam consents not, alleging the danger, lest 
 that enemy, of whom they were forewarned, should attempt her, found alone ; 
 Eve, loth to be thought not circumspect or firm enough, urges her going 
 apart, the rather desirous to make trial of her strength ; Adam at last yields ; 
 the Serpent finds her alone ; his subtle approach, first gazing, then speaking, 
 with much flattery extolling Eve above all other creatures. Eve, wondering 
 to hear the Serpent speak, asks how he attained to human speech and such 
 understanding not till now ; the Serpent answers, that by tasting of a certain 
 tree in the garden he attained both to speech and reason, till then void of 
 both ; Eve requires him to bring her to that tree, and finds it to be the tree 
 of knowledge, forbidden ; the Serpent, now grown bolder, with many wiles 
 and arguments, induces her at length to eat ; she, pleased with the taste, de- 
 liberates a while whether to impart thereof to Adam or not ; at last brings 
 him of the fruit, relates what persuaded her to eat thereof; Adam, at first 
 amazed, but perceiving her lost, resolves, through vehemence of love, to per- 
 ish with her, and, extenuating the trespass, eats also of the fruit : the effects 
 thereof in them both; they seek to cover their nakedness; then fall to va- 
 riance and accusation of one another.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 THE Ninth Book is raised upon that brief account in Scripture, wherein we 
 are told that the serpent was more subtile than any beast of the field, that 
 he tempted the woman to eat the forbidden fruit, that she was overcome by 
 this temptation, and that Adam followed her example. From these few par- 
 ticulars Milton has formed one of the most entertaining narratives that in- 
 vention ever produced. He has disposed of these several circumstances among 
 so many beautiful and natural fictions of his own, that his whole story looks 
 only like a comment upon sacred writ, or rather seems to be a full and com- 
 plete relation of what the other is only an epitome. The disposition and 
 continuance of the story I regard as the principal beauty of the Ninth Book, 
 which has more story in it and is fuller of incidents, than any other in the 
 whole poem. A. 
 
 The Ninth Book is that on which the whole fate and fall of man turns ; 
 and so far is the most important. It is called the most tender. If the sub- 
 mission to sensual human passions be tenderness, it is so ; taking the resist- 
 ance to those passions to be loftiness. The serpent himself appears to have 
 been enamoured of Eve's beauty and loveliness of mien, and for a moment to 
 have repented of the evil he was plotting to bring upon her. 
 
 All that we know from the Mosaic history is, that the serpent tempted 
 Eve, and Eve tempted Adam to eat of the forbidden fruit ; but we do not 
 know by what wiles this sin was brought about. We may suppose that by 
 the serpent, the operation of the evil passions of contradiction, disobedience 
 rebellion, and scepticism is meant ; just as we may suppose that Eve persisted 
 in roaming alone in spite of Adam's dissuasions, merely because her pride 
 was thwarted by her husband's fear that " some harm should befal her" in 
 his absence. E. B. 
 
 The sentiments advanced by Sir E. Brydges in the last paragraph are no't 
 in accordance with Scriptural truth or sound philosophy, as will be made 
 evident from the following statements and reasonings of Dr. Kitto : 
 
 In the sad history of the fall, there is scarcely any one incident which more 
 exercises our thoughts than the nature of the creature by whose baneful 
 suggestions that ruin was brought to pass. The sacred record, in the third
 
 362 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 chapter of Genesis, says plainly enough that it was " a serpent," described 
 as being " more subtile than any beast of the field ;" and the final curse also 
 indicates the serpentine condition u Upon thy belly shall thou go, and dust 
 shall thou eat all the days of ihy life." 
 
 Hence, some have regarded ihe tempter as a serpent, and nothing more. 
 This opinion has many more advocates than the reader might suppose ; 01 
 rather, it hat had them, for there are few who now entertain this opinion. To 
 the que&tion, llow could a mere serpent tempt Eve, it is answered, that it lay 
 in the repeated use by the serpent of the forbidden fruit in her presence, 
 withoul any of ihe apparent effects upon him which she had been taught to 
 dread. The influence of this example, and the thoughts that hence arose in 
 her mind, are then represented, agreeably to the genius of oriental and figu- 
 rative language, in the form of a conversation. The great objection to this 
 is, that the alleged figurative style here, is adverse to the literal tone and 
 character of the whole narrative ; and, what is far more conclusive, that 
 another agent is clearly pointed out in the New Testament, and may, by the 
 light thus afforded, be discovered even in the original account. 
 
 That agent is the Devil, or Satan, and the general opinion is, that he em- 
 ployed or actuated the serpent as his instrument. Thus the latter appears to 
 reason and to speak. The women converses with him, and she is led, by the 
 artful representations which the Devil enables him to make, to transgress the 
 divine law. No mere animal could have taken the part this serpent did. 
 But it may be doubted whether Eve knew this. It is possible that the in- 
 tuitive perception of the qualities of animals which Adam possessed, was not 
 shared by Eve, but was to be imparted to her by him ; and it is highly pro- 
 bable that he had not yet communicated to her all the knowledge of this kind 
 which had been acquired by him before she had existence. It is far from 
 improbable that the knowledge of this fact was among the considerations 
 which induced Satan to apply himself through the serpent to the woman ra- 
 ther than to the man. She, being continually making new discoveries in the 
 animal creation, would be little surprised in at length finding one creature 
 that could speak, and even reason. Or, supposing she did know thai animals 
 could not do either, it has seemed to us possible that the serpent by eating 
 the fruit in her sight, may have led her to conclude that his superior gifts 
 were owing to his having partaken of this sovereign food. This supposition 
 is quite in harmony with ihe general drift of ihe fatal argument. The curse 
 pronounced upon the deceiver is plainly addressed to an intelligent agent de- 
 signedly guilty of an enormous crime, and would have been unmeaning and 
 unworthy of ihe Divine characler, if addressed to a mere animal, which, in 
 following the instincts of its nature, had unconsciously raised seductive 
 thoughls in the mind of the woman. 
 
 That, however, the phraseology of the curse is in its outer sense applied to 
 the condition of ihe serpent, while in its inner meaning terribly significant to 
 the intelligenl agent, seems lo us very clearly lo show that the serpent was 
 really, and not figuratively, employed in this awful transaction. The mon
 
 BOOK ix. 363 
 
 closely the language of the curse is examined, the more real its purport, as 
 addressed to the intelligent agent of the temptation, under forms of speech 
 adapted to the serpentine condition, will be apparent. The closing portion 
 of it " I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy 
 seed and her seed : it (he) shall bruise thy head, and thou shall bruise his 
 heel," could have no significance with reference merely to the serpent ; but 
 to the real tempter it was of awful importance. They were words to shake 
 Hell, and to fill the arch fiend with consternation. It is not at all likely that 
 the fallen pair understood these words nearly so well as he did ; yet even to 
 them it must have appeared that it promised some great and crowning 
 triumph to "the seed of the woman," and perhaps a recovery from the fall, 
 after the enemy had seemed for a time to triumph over him, and to *' bruise 
 his heel." But we know its meaning better, probably, than either the first 
 pair or even Satan did then. We can see that it was the first gospel promise, 
 foretelling the sufferings of Christ and his final triumph over the Evil One 
 his victory in our behalf, by suffering.
 
 BOOK IX. 
 
 No more of talk where God or Angel guest 
 
 With Man, as with his friend, familiar used 
 
 To sit indulgent, and with him partake 
 
 Rural repast, permitting him the while 
 
 Venial discourse, unblamcd : I now must change 6 
 
 Those notes to tragic ; foul distrust, and breach 
 
 Disloyal on the part of Man, revolt, 
 
 And disobedience : on the part of Hcay'n 
 
 Now alienated, distance and distaste, 
 
 Anger and just rebuke, and judgment given, 10 
 
 That brought into this world a world of woe, 
 
 J . No more of talk, Sp. : The poet says that he must now treat no more 
 of familiar discourse with either God or angel ; for Adam had held discourse 
 with God, as we read in the preceding Book, and the whole foregoing 
 episode is a conversation with the angel, and as this takes up so large a part 
 of the poem, it is particularly described and insisted upon here. The Lord 
 God and the angel Michael, both indeed afterwards discourse with Adam in 
 the following Books, but those discourses are not familiar conversation as 
 with a friend : they are of a different strain, the one coming to judge, and 
 the other to expel him from Paradise. N. 
 
 5. Venial ditcourte : Discourse upon familiar topics, or of a familiar cha- 
 racter. I mutt now change, fa. : As the*author is now changing his subject, 
 he proposes, likewise, to change his style agreeably to it. What follows is 
 more of tragic strain, than of the epic, which may serve as an answer to 
 those critics who censure the latter Books of the Paradise Lost as falling 
 below the former. N. 
 
 11. World a world: An instance of the pun a form of expression gene- 
 rally condemned by the critics when introduced into a dignified poem ; jrt
 
 BOOK ix. 365 
 
 Sin and her shadow Death, and Misery, 
 
 Death's harbinger. Sad task ! yet argument 
 
 Not less but more heroic than the wrath 
 
 Of stern Achilles on his foe pursued 15 
 
 Thrice fugitive about Troy wall ; or rage 
 
 Of Turnus for Lavinia disespoused, 
 
 Or Neptune's ire, or Juno's, that so long 
 
 Perplex'd the Greek and Cytherea's son : 
 
 If answerable style I can obtain 20 
 
 Of my celestial patroness, who deigns 
 
 Her nightly visitation unimplored, 
 
 And dictates to me slumb'ring, or inspires 
 
 Easy my unpremeditated verse : 
 
 Since first this subject for heroic song 25 
 
 Pleased me long choosing, and beginning late ; 
 
 it must be admitted that Milton's puns are often very expressive, as in this 
 instance. 
 
 12. Shadow Death : A beautiful figure to illustrate the sad connection of 
 death with sin. As in the presence of light an opaque body casts a dark 
 shadow, so in the light of the Divine government sin casts the dismal 
 shadow of death. Misery here denotes any of those sufferings and diseases 
 which undermine health and life. 
 
 13. Sad task, yet argument : The Paradise Lost, even in this latter part of 
 it, concerning God's anger and Adam's distress, is a more heroic subject than 
 the wrath of Achilles on hit foe, Hector, whom he pursued three times round 
 the walls of Troy, according to Homer ; or than the rage of Turnus for 
 Lavinia, disespoused (17) , having been first betrothed to him, and after- 
 wards promised to ^Eneas, according to Virgil ; or Neptune's ire that so 
 long perplexed the Greek, Ulysses, as we read in the Odyssey ; or Juno's ire 
 (18), that for so many years perplexed Cytherea's son, JEnezs, as we read at 
 large in the JEneid. The anger that he is about to sing is an argument 
 (subject) more heroic not only than the anger of men, of Achilles and 
 Turnus, but than that even of the gods, of Neptune and Juno. The anger 
 of the true God is a more noble subject than that of false gods. In this re- 
 spect he has the advantage of Homer and Virgil; his argument is mort 
 heroic, as he says, if he can but make his style answerable. N. 
 
 22. Celestial patroness : Called, in other parts of the poem, heavenly Mute, 
 Urania, in conformity to classical usage. 
 
 21. Nightly visitation: He composed verses at night. 
 
 26. Long choosing, ffc. : Our author intended pretty early to write an epic 
 poem, and proposed the story of King Arthur for the subject of it ; but that
 
 366 PARADISE LOST 
 
 Not sedulous by nature to indite 
 
 Wars, hitherto the only argument 
 
 Heroic deem'd, chief maat'ry to dissect 
 
 With long and tedious havoc fabled knights 30 
 
 In battles feign 'd ; the better fortitude 
 
 Of patience and heroic martyrdom 
 
 Unsung ; or to describe races and games, 
 
 Or tilting furniture, emblazon'd shields, 
 
 Impresses quaint, caparisons and steeds ; 35 
 
 Bases and tinsel trappings, gorgeous knights 
 
 At joust and tournament ; then marshal 'd feast 
 
 Served up in hall with sewers and seneschals ; 
 
 The skill of artifice or office mean, 
 
 Not that which justly gives heroic name 40 
 
 To person or to poem. Me of these 
 
 Nor skill'd nor studious, higher argument 
 
 Remains, sufficient of itself to raise 
 
 was laid aside, probably for the reason here intimated. The Paradise Lost he 
 designed first as a tragedy. It was not till long after that he began to form 
 it into an epic poem ; and indeed for several years he was so hotly engaged 
 in the controversies of the times, that he was not at leisure to think of a 
 work of this nature, and did not begin to fashion it in its present form, till 
 after the Salmasian controversy, which ended in 1655, and probably did not 
 set about the work in earnest till after the Restoration, so that he was long 
 choosing and beginning late. N. 
 
 28. Heroic deemed : By the moderns as well as by the ancients, wars being 
 the principal subject of all the poems from Homer down to this time ; but 
 Milton's subject was different, yet he reckons it himself a heroic poem. N. 
 
 29. Chief mattery, (ft. : Those were wrong also who thought the (bisecting 
 of knightt was a principal part of the skill of a poet, describing wounds as a 
 surgeon. Doubtless he glanced here at Homer's perpetual affectation of this 
 sort of knowledge, which certainly debases his poetry. R. 
 
 33. Unsung: (Being) unsung. 
 
 35. Impresses : Witty devices. 
 
 36. Bases : The mantle which hung down from the middle to about the 
 knees, or lower, worn by knights on horseback. T. 
 
 38. Seteers : Servants who arrange the dishes, from an old French word, 
 meaning to set down. Seneschals : Stewards. 
 41. Of: Respecting.
 
 BOOK ix. 367 
 
 That name, unless an age too late, or cold 
 
 Climate, or years, damp my intended wing 45 
 
 Depress'd, and much they may, if all be mine, 
 
 Not hers who brings it nightly to my ear. 
 
 The sun was sunk, and after him the star 
 Of Hesperus, whose office is to bring 
 
 Twilight upon the earth, short arbiter 50 
 
 'Twixt day and night, and now from end to end 
 Night's hemisphere had veil'd th' horizon round, 
 When Satan, who late fled before the threats 
 Of Gabriel out of Eden, now improved 
 
 In meditated fraud and malice, bent 55 
 
 On Man's destruction, maugre what might hap 
 Of heavier on himself, fearless return'd 
 By night he fled, and at midnight return'd 
 From compassing the earth, cautious of day, 
 Since Uriel, regent of the sun, descry'd 00 
 
 His entrance, and forewarn'd the Cherubim 
 That kept their watch : thence full of anguish driven, 
 The space of sev'n continued nights he rode 
 
 45. Or years, damp, fyc. : He was near sixty when this poem was pub- 
 lished ; and it is surprising that at that time of life, and after such trouble- 
 some days as he had passed through, he should have so much poetical fire 
 remaining. N. Intended : Stretched out. 
 
 47. Hers: See line 21. 
 
 49. Hesperus, a brother of Atlas, according to the fabulous account, was a 
 great astronomer, who, ascending Mount Atlas to take celestial observations, 
 was blown away by a tempest, and seen no more. This gave rise to the 
 story that he was transformed into the evening star. 
 
 Another story is, that Hesperus was the son of Aurora, and vied in beauty 
 with Venus. On this account the beautiful star of evening received his 
 name, and the name of Venus was also applied to the same planet. 
 
 50. Short arbiter, ffc. : An expression probably borrowed from the begin- 
 ning of Sir Philip Sidney's Arcadia, where, speaking of the sun about the 
 time of the equinox, he calls him an indifferent arbiter between the night and 
 the day. N. 
 
 56. Maugre: In spite of. 
 
 59. Cautious: Afraid. 
 
 63. The space, $c. : It was about noon when Satan came to the earth, and
 
 368 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 With darkness ; thrice the equinoctial line 
 
 He circled ; four times cross'd the car of night G6 
 
 From pole to pole, traversing each colure ; 
 
 On th' eighth return'd, and on the coast averse 
 
 From entrance or Cherubic watch, by stealth 
 
 Found unsuspected way. There was a place, 
 
 Now not, tho' sin, not time, first wrought the change, 70 
 
 Where Tigris at the foot of Paradise -V 
 
 Into a gulf shot under ground, till part 
 
 Rose up a fountain by the tree of life : 
 
 In with the river sunk, and with it rose 
 
 having been discovered by Uriel, he was driven out of Paradise the eimiing 
 night (Book IV) . From that time he was a whole week in continual dark- 
 ness for fear of another discovery. 
 
 63-83. Rode, e/e. : Satan's traversing the globe, and still keeping within 
 the shadow of the night, as fearing to be discovered by the angel of the sun 
 who had before detected him, is one of those beautiful imaginations with 
 which he introduces this his second series of adventures. Having examined 
 the nature of every creature, and found out one which was most proper for 
 his purpose, he again returns to Paradise ; and to avoid discovery, sinks by 
 night with a river that ran under the garden, and risen up again through a 
 fountain that issued from it by the tree of life. A. 
 
 64. Thrice with the equinoctial he circled: He travelled on with the night 
 three times round the equator ; he was three days moving round from east 
 to west as the sun does, but always on the opposite side of the globe in 
 darkness. 
 
 65-66. Four time* crofted the car of night from pole to pole: Did not move 
 directly on with the night, as before, but crossed over from the northern to 
 the southern, and from the southern to the northern pole. 
 
 66. Traversing each colure : As the equinoctial line, or equator, is a great 
 circle encompassing the earth from east to west, and from west to east 
 again, so the colure* are two great circles intersecting each other at right 
 angles in the poles of the world, and encompassing the earth from north to 
 south and from south to north again ; and. therefore, as Satan was moving 
 from pole to pole, at the same time the car of night was moving from east 
 to west. If, therefore, he would keep still in the shade of night, as he de- 
 sired, he could not move in a straight line, but must move obliquely, and 
 thereby cross the two colures. N. 
 
 67-S. Avertefrom entrance : Turned away from, or in a different position 
 from that coast, or portion of the earth, by which he had previously entered. 
 It was a part, also, over which the Cherubim kept no watch.
 
 BOOK ix. 369 
 
 Satan involved iu rising mist, then sought 76 
 
 Where to lie hid. Sea he had search'd and land 
 
 From Eden over Pontus, and the pool 
 
 Maeotis, up beyond the river Ob ; 
 
 Downward as far antarctic ; and in length 
 
 West from Orontes to the ocean barr'd 80 
 
 At Darien, thence to the land where flows 
 
 Ganges and Indus : thus the orb he roam'd 
 
 With narrow search, and with inspection deep 
 
 Consider'd every creature ; which of all 
 
 Most opportune might serve his wiles, and found 86 
 
 The serpent subtlest beast of all the field. 
 
 Him, after long debate, irresolute 
 
 Of thoughts revolved, his final sentence chose ; 
 
 Fit vessel, fittest imp of fraud, in whom 
 
 77. As we had before an astronomical, so here we have a geographical 
 account of Satan's peregrinations. N. 
 
 Pontus : The Black Sea. Pool Mtsotis. or sea of Asof, a marshy lake 
 northeast of the Black Sea and connected with it by the Cimmerian Bos- 
 phorus. O6, or Oby : The largest river in Siberia, in Asiatic Russia. 
 
 79. Downward as far antarctic : As far southward. The northern hemis- 
 phere being elevated on our globes, the north is called up and the south 
 doiL-mrard. Antarctic south, the opposite of arctic north (from the Greek 
 word for bear) , the most conspicuous constellation near the north pole ; but 
 no particular place is mentioned near the south pole, these being all sea, or 
 land unknown. And in length : As north is up, and south is down, so in 
 length is east or west. N. 
 
 80. Orontet : A river of Syria, running westward of Eden into the Medi- 
 terranean. 
 
 81 . Darien : The isthmus of that name, connecting North and South Amei ica, 
 and barring the ocean hindering it from rushing between them. Job 
 xxxviii. 10. " And set bars to the sea" 
 
 86. Subtlest beast: Gen. iii. 1. The subtlety of the serpent is commended 
 likewise by Aristotle and other naturalists, and, therefore, he was the fitter 
 instrument for Satan, because (ns Milton says, agreeably to the doctrine of 
 the best divines) any sleights in him might be thought to proceed from his 
 native wit and subtlety, but, observed in other creatures, might the more 
 easily beget a suspicion of a diabolical power acting within them beyond 
 their natural sense. N. 
 
 89. Fittest imp of fraud : Fittest itock 1o graft his diabolical fraud upon 
 imp is from a Saxon word that signifies, to put into, to graft upon. H.
 
 370 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 To enter and his dark suggestions bide 90 
 
 Front sharpest eight : for, in the wily snake, 
 
 Whatever sleights, none would suspicious mark, 
 
 As from his wit and native subtlety 
 
 Proceeding, which, in other beasta observed 
 
 Doubt might beget of diabolic power 96 
 
 Active within beyond the sense of brute. 
 
 Thus he resolved ; but first from inward grief 
 
 His bursting passion into plaints thus pour'd : 
 
 Earth, how like to Heav'n, if not preferr'd 
 More justly ! seat worthier of Gods ! as built 100 
 
 With second thoughts, reforming what was old ! 
 For what God after better worse would build ! 
 Terrestrial Heav'n, danced round by other Heav'ns 
 That shine, yet bear their bright officious lamps, 
 Light above light, for thee alone, as seems, 105 
 
 In thee concentring all their precious beams 
 Of sacred influence ! As God in Heav'n 
 Is centre, yet extends to all, so thou 
 Centring receiv'st from all those orbs ; in thee, 
 Not in themselves, all their known virtue appears 110 
 
 Productive in herb, plant, and nobler birth 
 Of creatures animate with gradual life 
 Of growth, sense, reason, all sum in M up in Man. 
 
 99. Earth, (ft. : The poet, who speaks as little as possible in his own 
 person, and, after the example of Homer, fills every part of his work with 
 manners and characters, here introduces a soliloquy of this infernal agent, 
 who was thus restless in the destruction of man. A. 
 
 100. Seat wortkier of god* : As it is common with people to undervalue 
 jrhat they have forfeited and lost by their folly and wickedness, and to over 
 /alue any good that they hope to attain; so Satan is here made to que>tioi 
 whether earth be not preferable to heaven ; but this is spoken of earth in its 
 riginal beauty before the fall. N. 
 
 102. After better worie, fa. : A sophistical argument worthy of Satan, and 
 or the same reason man would be better than angels ; but Satan was. wili- 
 ng to insinuate imperfection in God, as if he had mended hi* hand by crea- 
 ion. and as if all the works of God wx-re not perfect in their kinds and in 
 iheir degrees, and for the ends for which they were intended. N. 
 
 104. Officiou* : Serviceable.
 
 BOOK IX. 371 
 
 With what delight could I have walk'd thee round, 
 
 If I could joy in aught ! sweet interchange 115 
 
 Of hill and valley, rivers, woods and plains, 
 
 Now land, now sea, and shores with forests crown'd, 
 
 Rocks, dens, and caves ! but I in none of these 
 
 Find place or refuge ; and the more I see 
 
 Pleasures about me, so much more I feel 120 
 
 Torment within me, as from the hateful siege 
 
 Of contraries : all good to me becomes 
 
 Bane, and in Heav'n much worse would be my state. 
 
 But neither here seek I, no, nor in Heav'n 
 
 To dwell, unless by mast'ring Heav'n's Supreme ; L25 
 
 Nor hope to be myself less miserable 
 
 By what I seek, but others to make such 
 
 As I, though thereby worse to me redound : 
 
 For only in destroying I find ease 
 
 To my relentless thoughts ; and, him destroy'd, 130 
 
 Or won to what may work his utter loss, 
 
 For whom all this was made, all this will soon 
 
 Follow, as to him linked in weal or woe ; 
 
 In woe then, that destruction wide may range. 
 
 To me shall be the glory sole among 135 
 
 Th' infernal Pow'rs, in one day to have marr'd 
 
 What he, Almighty styled, six nights and days 
 
 Continued making, and who knows how long 
 
 Before had been contriving ? though perhaps 
 
 Not longer than since I in one night freed 140 
 
 From servitude inglorious well nigh half 
 
 1 13. Of growth, sense, reason, tfc. : The three kinds of life rising, as it 
 were, by steps : the vegetable, animal and rational ; of all which man partakes 
 and he only. He grows, as plants, minerals, and all things inanimate ; he 
 lives, as all other animated creatures ; but is. over and above, endued with 
 reason. R. 
 
 119. It means, find place (to dwell in) or refuge from punishment. Com- 
 pare 124-25. 
 
 121. Siege: Struggle. 
 
 130. Him : The objective is here used for the nominative case absolute 
 o in Book VII. 142.
 
 372 PARADISE L08T. 
 
 Th' angelic name, and thinner left the throng 
 
 Of his adorers : he to be avenged. 
 
 And to repair his numbers thus impaired, 
 
 Whether such virtue spent of old now fail'd 146 
 
 More Angels to create, if they at least 
 
 Are his created ; or, to spite us more, 
 
 Determined to advance into our room 
 
 A creature form'd of earth, and him endow, 
 
 Exalted from so base original, 150 
 
 With heav'nly spoils, our spoils. What he decreed 
 
 He effected ; Man he made, and for him built 
 
 Magnificent this world, and earth his seat, 
 
 Him lord pronounced, and, indignity ! 
 
 Subjected to his service Angel wings, 166 
 
 And flaming ministers, to watch and tend 
 
 Their earthly charge. Of these the vigilance 
 
 I dread, and to elude, thus wrapt in mist 
 
 Of midnight vapour, glide obscure, and pry 
 
 In ev'ry bush and brake, where hap may find 160 
 
 The serpent sleeping, in whose mazy folds 
 
 To hide me, and the dark intent I bring. 
 
 O foul descent ! that 1, who erst contended 
 
 With Gods to sit the high'st, am now constrain'd 
 
 Into a beast, and mix'd with bestial slime, 165 
 
 This essence to incarnate and imbrute, 
 
 That to the height of deity aspired ! 
 
 But what will not ambition and revenge 
 
 Descend to ? Who aspires, must down as low 
 
 146. If they at leatt, Sfc. : Satan questions whether the angels were 
 created by God ; he had before asserted that they were not to the angels 
 themselves, V. 859-861. N. 
 
 1 60. Hap : Chance, or accident. 
 
 164-5. The sense is: I am now constrained (forced) into a beast, and, 
 mixed with bestial slime, I am constrained to incarnate and imbrute this 
 essence which aspired to the height of Deity. 
 
 168. What will not, Sfc. : A practical and important question. 
 
 1 69. Must down : More energetic tlian if the verb had been supplied :
 
 BOOK ix. 373 
 
 As high he soar'd, obnoxious first or last 170 
 
 To basest things. Revenge, at first though sweet, 
 
 Bitter ere long back on itself recoils. 
 
 Let it : I reck not, so it light well aim'd, 
 
 Since higher I fall short, on him who next 
 
 Provokes my envy, this new fav'rite 175 
 
 Of Heav'n, this man of clay, son of despite, 
 
 Whom us the more to spite his Maker raised 
 
 From dust. Spite then with spite is best repaid. 
 
 So saying, through each thicket dank or dry, 
 Like a black mist low creeping, he held on 180 
 
 His midnight search, where soonest he might find 
 The serpent : him fast sleeping soon he found, 
 In labyrinth of many a round self-roll'd, 
 His head the midst, well stored with subtle wiles : 
 Nor yet in horrid shade or dismal den, 185 
 
 Nor nocent yet, but on the grassy herb 
 Fearless, unfear'd, he slept. In at his mouth 
 
 roust sink down. Newton quotes a beautiful instance from Shakspeare, of 
 the use of such adverbs for verbs : 
 
 " Henry tne Fifth ia crowned : up vanity ! 
 Down, royal state !" 
 
 173. A truly diabolical sentiment this ! So he can but be any ways re- 
 venged, he does not value though his revenge recoil upon himself. N. 
 
 Let it : Let it recoil. 
 
 174. Since higher, fyc. : That is, since I fall short of a higher object (th 
 Almighty) if it light on him who, &c. 
 
 176. There is not, in my opinion, in the whole Book, any speech that is 
 worked up with greater judgment, or better suited to the character of the 
 speaker. There is all the horror and malignity of a fiend-like spirit ex- 
 pressed, and yet this is so artfully tempered with Satan's sudden starts of 
 recollection upon the meanness and folly of what he was going to undertake, 
 as plainly show the remains of the archangel, and the ruins of a superior 
 nature. TUYEK. 
 
 179. Through each thicket, tfc. : Satan is here described as gliding through 
 the garden, under the resemblance of a mist, in order to find out the crea- 
 ture in which he designed to tempt our first parents. This description has 
 omething in it very poetical and surprising. A. 
 
 188. Noctnt : Injurious: Grassy herb : Virg. JEn. v. 26 : " Graminis her- 
 bam/'
 
 374 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The devil enter'd ; and his brutal sense, 
 
 In heart or head, possessing, soon inspired 
 
 With act intelligent! ; but his sleep 190 
 
 Disturbed not, waiting close th' approach of morn. 
 
 Now when as sacred light began to dawn 
 In Eden on the humid flow'rs, that breathed 
 Their morning incense, when all things that breathe, 
 From th' earth's great altar send up silent praise 195 
 
 To the Creator, and his nostrils fill 
 With grateful smell, forth came the human pair, 
 And join'd their vocal worship to the choir 
 Of creatures wanting voice : that done, partake 
 The season, prime for sweetest sent* and airs ; 200 
 
 Then commune how that day they best may ply 
 Their growing work : for much their work outgrew 
 The hands' dispatch of two gard'ning so wide : 
 And Eve first to her husband thus began : 
 
 Adam, well may we labour still to dress 205 
 
 This garden, still to tend plant, herb, and flow'r, 
 Our pleasant task enjoin'd ; but till more hands 
 
 192-204. Jit tacrtd light began, tfc. : The description of the morning, here 
 given, is wonderfully suitable to a divine poem, and peculiar to that first 
 season of nature. The author represents the earth, before it was cursed, as 
 a great altar breathing out its incense from all parts, and sending up a plea- 
 sant savour to the nostrils of the Creator, to which he adds a noble idea of 
 Adam and Eve offering their morning worship, and filling up the universal 
 concert of praise and adoration. A. 
 
 Sacred light : The morning often is called tacrtd by the poets, because that 
 fime is usually allotted to sacrifice and devotion. N. 
 
 197. With grateful trndl : This is in the style of Eastern poetry. So it is 
 said, Gen. viii. 21, "The Lord smelled a sweet savour." 
 
 200. Prime for twettctt ttntt, $c. : Senta, now spelled, less properly, tccntt. 
 Milton here writes from experience, being an early riser, as we learn from his 
 Apology for Smectymnui : ' : My morning haunts are where they should be, at 
 home, not sleeping or concocting the surfeits of an irregular feast, but up and 
 stirring ; in winter, often ere the sound of any bell awake men to labour, or 
 to devotion ; in summer, as oft with the bird that first rises, or not much tar- 
 dier, to read good authors, or cause them to be read, till the attention be 
 weary, or memory have its full fraught"
 
 BOOK ix. 376 
 
 Aid us, the work under our labour grows, 
 Luxurious by restraint ; what we by day 
 Lop overgrown, or prune, or prop, or bind, 210 
 
 One night or two with wanton growth derides 
 Tending to wild. Thou therefore now advise, 
 Or hear what to my mind first thoughts present : 
 Let us divide our labours ; thou where choice 
 Leads thee, or where most needs, whether to wind 215 
 
 The woodbine round this arbour, or direct 
 The clasping ivy where to climb ; while I 
 In yonder spring of roses, intermix'd 
 "With myrtle, find what to redress till noon : 
 For while so near each other thus all day 220 
 
 Our task we choose, what wonder if so near 
 Looks intervene and smiles, or object new 
 Casual discourse draw on, which intermits 
 Our day's work brought to little, though begun 
 Early, and th' hour of supper comes unearn'd. 225 
 
 To whom mild answer Adam thus return 'd: 
 
 212. Wild: Wildness. 213. Bear: Entertain. 
 
 218. Spring of rotes: Small thicket, or coppice of roses. 
 
 219. Redress: Set right, improve. 
 
 221. So near: The repetition so near, is extremely beautiful, and naturally 
 comes in here, as the chief intent of Eve's speech was to persuade Adam to 
 let her go from him : she therefore dwells on so near, as the great obstacle to 
 their working to any purpose. STILLINGFLEET. 
 
 223. Intermits : Causes to cease for a time. 
 
 226. To whom mild answer, Sfc. : The dispute here carried on between our 
 two first parents is represented with great art. It proceeds from a difference 
 of judgment, not of passion, and is managed with reason, not with heat. It 
 is such a dispute as we may suppose might have happened in Paradise, had 
 man continued happy and innocent. There is a great delicacy in the mora.ities 
 which are interspersed in Adam's discourse, and which the most ordinary 
 reader cannot but take notice of. That force of love which the father of 
 mankind so finely describes in the Eighth Book, shows itself here in many 
 fine instances ; as in those fond regards which he casts towards Eve at her 
 parting from him, 399-400 ; in his impatience and amusement during her 
 absence; but particularly in that passionate speech (896-916) where, seeing 
 her irrecoverably lost, he resolves to perish with her rather than to live 
 without her. A.
 
 376 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Sole Eve, associate sole ; to me beyond 
 
 Compare above all living creatures dear, 
 
 Well bast thou motion 'd, well thy thoughts employ'd 
 
 How we might best fulfil the work which here 230 
 
 God hath assign M us ; nor of me shall pass 
 
 Unpralsed : for nothing lovelier can be found 
 
 In woman, than to study household good, 
 
 And good works in her husband to promote. 
 
 Yet not so strictly hath our Lord imposed 235 
 
 Labour, as to debar us when we need 
 
 Refreshment, whether food, or talk between, 
 
 Food of the mind, or this sweet intercourse 
 
 Of looks and smiles ; for smiles from reason flow, 
 
 To brute denied, and are of love the food ; 340 
 
 Love, not the lowest end of human life. 
 
 For not to irksome toil, but to delight 
 
 He made us, and delight to reason join'd. 
 
 These paths and bow'rs doubt not but our joint hands 
 
 Will keep from wilderness with ease, as wide 245 
 
 As we need walk, till younger hands ere long 
 
 Assist us : but if much converse perhaps 
 
 Thee satiate, to short absence I could yield ; 
 
 For solitude sometimes is best society, 
 
 227. Sole Eve, aitociate tolt : Thou only Eve, thou only associate tole u 
 an epithet of endearment 
 
 228. Beyond compare : Beyond comparison. We have before noticed that 
 Milton sometimes uses the substantive for an adjective, and an adjective for 
 a substantive. Here we may observe that sometimes he makes a verb of a 
 noun, and again a noun of a verb : a noun of a verb, as here ; also in VI. 549, 
 dirtttrb he uses for disturbance. And a verb of a noun, as in VII. 412. u tempttt 
 the ocean." And in like manner he makes the adjective a verb, as in VI. 440 : 
 
 '-.... To better as tnd tcortr our foet :'' 
 and again the verb an adjective, as in VIII. 576, '' made so adorn." \. 
 
 239. SmiUtfrom retuon flow: Smiling is so great an indication of reason, 
 that some philosophers have altered the definition of man from animal ra- 
 tionale to ritif'ilf, affirming man to be the only creature endowed with the 
 power of laughter II. 
 
 245. Wilderntft : State of disorder. 
 
 S49. For tolitwie, tfc. : A most valuable remark, and worthy of being often
 
 BOOK ix. 377 
 
 And short retirement urges sweet return. 250 
 
 But other doubt possesses me, lest harm 
 
 Befall thee, severed from me ; for thou know'st 
 
 What hath been warn'd us ; what malicious foe, 
 
 Envying our happiness, and of his own 
 
 Despairing, seeks to work us woe and shame 255 
 
 By sly assault ; and somewhere nigh at hand 
 
 Watches, no doubt, with greedy hope to find 
 
 His wish and best advantage, us asunder ; 
 
 Hopeless to circumvent us join'd, where each 
 
 To other speedy aid might lend at need. 260 
 
 Whether his first design be to withdraw 
 
 Our fealty from God, or to disturb 
 
 Conjugal love, than which perhaps no bliss 
 
 Enjoy'd by us excites his envy more ; 
 
 Or this, or worse, leave not the faithful side 265 
 
 That gave thee being, still shades thee, and protects. 
 
 The wife, where danger or dishonour lurks, 
 
 Safest and seemliest by her husband stays ; 
 
 Who guards her, or with her the worst endures. 
 
 To whom the virgin majesty of Eve, 270 
 
 As one who loves, and some unkindness meets, 
 With sweet austere composure thus replied : 
 
 Offspring of Heav'n and Earth, and all Earth's Lord, 
 That such an enemy we have, who seeks 
 Our ruin, both by thee inform'd I learn,- 275 
 
 And from the parting Angel overheard, ' 
 As in a shady nook I stood behind, 
 
 practised. It was a saying of Scipio, " Nunquam minus solus quam cum so- 
 lus," which means, " Never less alone than when alone." 
 
 270. The virgin majesty of Eve : The ancients used the word virgin with 
 more latitude than we. Virgil calls Pasiphae virgin after she had three chil- 
 dren. It is here put to denote beauty, bloom, sweetness, modesty, and all the 
 amiable characters which are usually found in a virgin, and these with ma- 
 tron majesty. What a picture ! R. 
 
 277. This occurred a week before the present interview. After Satan fled 
 from Paradise (end of Book IV.) we have no account of Adam and Kve ex- 
 cept on the first day after; on which day Eve (Book V.) relates her dream.
 
 378 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Just then rcturnM at shut of ev'ning flow'rs. 
 
 But that thou should 'st my firmness therefore doubt 
 
 To God or thce, because we have a foe 280 
 
 May tempt it, I expected not to hear. 
 
 His violence thou fear'st not, being such 
 
 As we, not capable of death or pain, 
 
 Can either not receive, or can repel. 
 
 His fraud is then thy fear : which plain infers 285 
 
 Thy equal fear that my firm faith and love 
 
 Can by his fraud be shaken or seduced ? 
 
 Thoughts, which how found they harbour in thy breast, 
 
 Adam, mis-thought of her to thee so dear ? 
 
 To whom with healing words Adam replied : 290 
 
 Daughter of God and Man, immortal Eve, 
 For such thou art, from sin and blame entire : 
 Not diffident of thee do I dissuade 
 Thy absence from my sight, but to avoid 
 Th' attempt itself, intended by our foe. 295 
 
 For he who tempts, though in vain, at least asperses 
 The tempted with dishonour foul, supposed 
 Not incorruptible of faith, not proof 
 Against temptation. Thou thyself with scorn 
 And anger would'st resent the offer'd wrong, 300 
 
 Raphael comes down from Heaven, and discourses with Adam till evening 
 and the account of their parting is given at the end of Book VIII. Satan has 
 now returned to Paradise after an absence of seven days. No account, there- 
 fore, is given of Adam and Eve from the first of those days till now on the 
 seventh. 
 
 278. Nothing can be more beautifully natural than the hour of return being 
 fixed by the closing of the flowers. S. 
 
 285. Fraud: Deceit. Thy fear: The object of thy fear. 
 
 288-89. Thought* .... mi*-tlu>ught, Sfc. : Wrongly thougbtof her to thee so 
 dear (according to thine own account, 227). 
 
 291. Daughter of God and Man: As Eve had called Adam (273) off spring 
 of Heaven and Earth, as made by God out of the dust of the earth, so Adam 
 calls Eve daughter of God and Man, as made by God out of man ; and ac- 
 knowledges her to be immortal, as she had said herself (283) that they were 
 not capable of death or pain, but only so long as she was entire from tin and 
 blame; integer vitae, scelehsque purus, Uor. Od. i. 22. 1. N.
 
 BOOK iz. 379 
 
 Though ineffectual found : misdeem not then, 
 
 If such affront I labour to avert 
 
 From thee alone, which on us both at once 
 
 The enemy, though bold, will hardly dare, 
 
 Or daring, first on me th' assault shall light. 305 
 
 Nor thou his malice and false guile contemn ; 
 
 Subtle he needs mnst be who could seduce 
 
 Angels ; nor think superfluous other's aid. 
 
 I from the influence of thy looks receive 
 
 Access in ev'ry virtue ; in thy sight 310 
 
 More wise, more watchful, stronger, if need were 
 
 Of outward strength ; while shame, thou looking on, 
 
 Shame to be overcome or over-reach'd 
 
 Would utmost vigour raise, and raised unite 
 
 Why should'st not thou like sense within thee feel 315 
 
 When I am present, and thy trial choose 
 
 With me, best witness of thy virtue tried ? 
 
 So spake domestic Adam, in his care 
 And matrimonial love : but Eve, who thought 
 Less attributed to her faith sincere, 320 
 
 Thus her reply with accent sweet renew'd : 
 
 If this be our condition, thus to dwell 
 In narrow circuit straighten'd by a foe, 
 Subtle or violent, we not endued 
 
 Single with like defence, wherever met, 325 
 
 How are we happy, still in fear of harm ? 
 But harm precedes not sin : only our foe 
 
 301. Misdeem not: Think it not wrong. 
 
 310. jlccess : Accession, increase. 
 
 312. Thou looking on : An example of the nominative case absolute. 
 
 314. Raised unite : Would unite, or concentrate, that vigour of intellectual 
 and moral character when raised. 
 
 315. Sense: Sensation. 
 
 318. Domestic Adam : Adam fond of the family state, and devoted to its 
 best interests. 
 
 320. Less attributed, $c. : That is, less than there should be ; an instance 
 of conformity to the Latin i Horn.
 
 380 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Tempting, affronts us with his foul esteem 
 
 Of our integrity : his foul esteem 
 
 Sticks no dishonour on our front, but turns 330 
 
 Foul on himself : then wherefore shunn'd or fear'd 
 
 By us ? who rather double honour gain 
 
 From his surmise proved false, find peace within, 
 
 Favour from IJeav'n, our witness from th' event 
 
 And what is faith, love, virtue unessay'd 335 
 
 Alone, without exterior help sustain'd ? 
 
 Let us not then suspect our happy state 
 
 Left so imperfect by the Maker wise, 
 
 As not secure to single or combined. 
 
 Frail is our happiness, if this be so, 340 
 
 And Eden were no Eden thus exposed. 
 
 To whom thus Adam fervently replied : 
 Woman, best are all things as the will 
 Of God ordain 'd them ; his creating hand 
 Nothing imperfect or deficient left 345 
 
 Of all that he created, much less Man, 
 Or aught that might his happy state secure, 
 Secure from outward force. Within himself 
 The danger lies, yet lies within his pow'r : 
 
 328. Etteem : Opinion, estimation. Affront* literally means to encounter 
 lace to face (ad frontem, to the front, or face) , and Milton had this in mind 
 when he wrote (330) , no dishonour on our front, but turns foul (dishonour) 
 on himtelf. Shakspeare often uses the word in its most literal sense. 
 
 334. Witnett : Testimony, proof. 
 
 336-36. What merit is there in any virtue till it has stood the test alone, 
 and without other assistance ? R. 
 
 339. As not to be secure to us single or together. N. 
 
 342. Fervently replied O woman, Sfc. : Throughout this whole conversa- 
 tion, which the poet has in every respect worked up to a faultless perfection, 
 there is the most exact observance of justness and propriety of character. 
 With what strength is the superior excellency of man's understanding here 
 pointed out, and how nicely does our author here sketch out the defects pe- 
 culiar in general to the female mind ! And after all, what great ait has he 
 shown in making Adam, contrary to his better reason, grant the request of 
 his spouse, beautifully verifying what he had made our general ancesU .-, a 
 little while before, observe to the angel ! VIII. 546, &c. THYKR.
 
 BOOK IX. 381 
 
 Against his will he can receive no harm. 350 
 
 But God left free the will ; for what obeys 
 
 Reason is free, and reason he made right ; 
 
 But bid her well be ware, and still erect, 
 
 Lest by some fair-appearing good surprised, 
 
 She dictate false, and misinform the will 355 
 
 To do what God expressly hath forbid. 
 
 Not then mistrust but tender love enjoins, 
 
 That I should mind thee oft ; and mind thou me. 
 
 Firm we subsist, yet possible to swerve, 
 
 Since reason not impossibly may meet 360 
 
 Some specious object by the foe suborn'd, 
 
 And fall into deception unaware, 
 
 Not keeping strictest watch, as she was wara'd. 
 
 Seek not temptation then ; which to avoid 
 
 Were better, and most likely if from me 365 
 
 Thou sever not : trial will come unsought. 
 
 Would'st thou approve thy constancy, approve 
 
 First thy obedience ; th' other who can know ? 
 
 Not seeing thee attempted, who attest ? 
 
 But if thou think, trial unsought may find 370 
 
 Us both securer than thus warn'd thou seem'st, 
 
 Go : for thy stay, not free, absents thee more. 
 
 Go, in thy native innocence, rely 
 
 On what thou hast of virtue, summon all, 
 
 353. Be Moart : These words, the latter of which is here an adjective, are 
 now usually printed as one word, forming a verb. Erect is an adjective in 
 this sentence, connected with ware. 
 
 358. Mind: Remind. 361. Suborned: Unfairly procured. 
 
 365. Likely: Probable. 367 Approve: Prove. 
 
 372. Co ; for thy ttay, not free, c. : It is related of Milton's first wife, Mary 
 Powell, that she had not cohabited with him above a month, before she was 
 very desirous of returning to her friends in Oxfordshire, there to spend the 
 remainder of the summer. We may suppose that, upon this occasion, their 
 conversation was somewhat of the same nature as Adam and Eve's ; and it 
 was upon some such considerations as this, that after much solicitation he 
 permitted her to go. It is the more probable that he alluded to his own case 
 in this account of Adam and Eve's parting, as, in the account of their recon- 
 ciliation, it will appear that he copied exactly what happened to himself. N.
 
 382 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 For God towards theo hath done his part ; do thine. 375 
 
 So spake the patriarch of mankind : bat Eve 
 
 Persisted ; yet submiss, though last, replied : 
 With thy permission then, and thus forewarn'd 
 
 Chiefly by what thy own last reas'ning words 
 
 Touch'd only, that onr trial, when least sought, 380 
 
 May find us both perhaps far less prepared, 
 
 The willinger I go ; nor much expect 
 
 A foe so proud will first the weaker seek : 
 
 80 bent, the more shall shame him his repulse. 
 
 Thus saying, from her husband's hand her hand 385 
 
 Soft she withdrew, and, like a Wood-Nymph light, 
 
 Oread, or Dryad, or of Delia's train, 
 
 Betook her to the groves ; but Delia's self 
 
 In gait surpass 'd, and Goddess-like deport, 
 
 Though not as she with bow and quiver arm'd, 390 
 
 But with such gard'ning tools as art yet rude, 
 
 Guiltless of fire, had form'd, or Angels brought. 
 
 To Pales, or Pomona, thus adorn'd, 
 
 Likest she seem'd ; Pomona when she fled 
 
 Vertumnus, or to Ceres in her prime, 395 
 
 Yet virgin of Proserpina from Jove. 
 
 377. Submit*: Submissive. 
 
 385. From her hutband't hand, tfc. : A pleasing image. Notwithstanding 
 this difference of judgment, while Adam is reasoning and arguing with Eve, 
 he still holds her by the hand, which she gently withdraws, a little impatient 
 to be gone, even while she is speaking. And then, like a wood-nymph light, 
 Oread, a nymph of the mountains, or Dryad, a nymph of the groves, of the 
 oaks particularly, or of Delia'* train, the train of Diana, called Delia from 
 the circumstance that she was born in the island Delos, she betook her to the 
 grove* ; but she surpassed not only Diana's nymphs, but Diana herself (in her 
 gait and deportment) , though she wears different ensigns (390-91) such as art 
 yet rude, guiltiest of fire had formed, before fire was as yet stolen from Heaven 
 by Prometheus, as the ancients fabled, or such tools as angel* brought. N. 
 
 389. Deport: Demeanour. 
 
 394-95. Under the name of Vertvmnu*. an old Italian prince, who probably 
 introduced the art of gardening, was honoured after death as a god. The 
 Romans considered him as specially presiding over the fruit of trees. Hi* 
 wife was Pomona, one of the Hamadryads (or nymphs of the trees) , a god-
 
 BOOK IX. 333 
 
 Her long with ardent look his eye pursued, 
 
 Delighted ; but desiring more her stay. 
 
 Oft he to her his charge of quick return 
 
 Repeated ; she to him as oft engaged 400 
 
 To be return'd by noon amid the bow'r, 
 
 And all things in best order to invite 
 
 Noontide repast, or afternoon's repose. 
 
 O much deceived, much failing, hapless Eve, 
 
 Of thy presumed return ! event perverse ! 405 
 
 Thou never from that hour in Paradise 
 
 Found'st either sweet repast or sound repose ! 
 
 Such ambush hid among sweet flow'rs and sha~dcs 
 
 Waited with hellish rancour imminent 
 
 To intercept thy way, or send thee back 410 
 
 Despoil'd of innocence, of faith, of bliss. 
 
 For now, and since first break of dawn, the Fiend, 
 
 Mere serpent in appearance, forth was come, 
 
 dess of gardens and fruits, whose love he gained at last after changing him- 
 self into many forms ; from which circumstance his name (Ov. Met. xiv. 
 633) was derived. FISKE. 
 
 Palet was an Italian goddess who presided over cattle. While Eve resem- 
 bled Diana in her majestic gait, she more resembled the rural goddesses Pales, 
 Pomona, and Ceres in her equipments, thus adorned liktst she seemed, $c. She 
 resembled these in beauty, in the office of gardening, and in the act of carry- 
 ing the implements of that art. 
 
 395. Ceres : A goddess to whom were ascribed the discovery and improve- 
 ment of agriculture ; also, the establishing of laws and the regulation of civil 
 society. 
 
 396. The meaning is, When yet a virgin, before the birth of Proserpina, 
 who descended from Jove. The mode of expression is borrowed from clas- 
 sical writers, and is quite elliptical. 
 
 404-5. That is, much failing of thy presumed return. These beautful apos- 
 trophes and anticipations are frequent in the poets, who affect to speak like 
 men inspired with the knowledge of futurity, JEn. x. 501. There is some- 
 thing very moving in such reflections concerning the vanity of all human 
 hopes, and how little events answer our expectations. N. 
 
 412-13. Thefiend, mere serpent, Sfc. : The several wiles which are put in 
 practice by the tempter, when he found Eve separated from her husband ; 
 Ihe many pleasing images of nature which are intermixed in this part of the 
 story, with its gradual and regular progress to the fatal catastrophe, are no
 
 384 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And on his quest, where likeliest he might find 
 
 The only two of mankind, but in them 415 
 
 The whole included race ; his purposed prey. 
 
 In bow'r and field he sought, where any tuft 
 
 Of grove or garden-plot more pleasant lay, 
 
 Their tendence or plantation for delight : 
 
 By fountain, or by shady rivulet 420 
 
 He sought them both ; but wish'd his hap might find 
 
 Eve separate ; he wish'd, but not with hope 
 
 Of what so seldom chanced, when to his wish, 
 
 Beyond his hope, Eve separate he spies, 
 
 Veil'd in a cloud of fragrance, where she stood, 425 
 
 Half spied, so thick the roses blushing round 
 
 About her glow'd, oft stooping to support 
 
 Each flow'r of slender stalk, whose head, though gay 
 
 Carnation, purple, azure, or speck'd with gold, 
 
 Hung drooping unsustain'd : them she upstays 430 
 
 Gently with myrtle band, mindless the while 
 
 Herself, though fairest unsupported flow'r, 
 
 From her best prop so far, and storm so nigh. 
 
 Nearer he drew ; and many a walk traversed 
 
 Of stateliest covert, cedar, pine, or palm, 435 
 
 Then voluble and bold, now hid, now seen 
 
 Among thick-woven arborets and flow'rs 
 
 Imborder'd on each bank, the hand of Eve : 
 
 Spot more delicious than those gardens feign'd 
 
 Or of revived Adonis, or renown'd 440 
 
 very remarkable, that it would be superfluous to point out their respective 
 beauties. A. 
 
 419. Tendance: Care. 
 
 431. Mindleu: Not thinking of. 
 
 436. VolMe: Active. 437. Arborett: Shrub*. 
 
 438. Imbordertd on each bank : Forming the border of each bank. Tht 
 hand : The product of the hand of Eve, so far as care and dressing were 
 concerned. 
 
 440. ddtmit: See Book I. 440. Revived: He was fabled to have been rr- 
 ttortd to life by Venus.
 
 BOOK ix. 385 
 
 Akinous, host of old Laertes' son, 
 
 Or that, not mystic, where the sapient king 
 
 Held dalliance with his fair Egyptian spouse. 
 
 Much ho the place admired ; the person more. 
 
 As one who long in populous city pent, 445 
 
 Where houses thick, and sewers annoy the air 
 
 Forth issuing on a summer's morn to breathe 
 
 Among the pleasant villages and farms 
 
 Adjoin'd, from each thing met conceives delight ; 
 
 The smell of grain, or tedded grass, or kine, 4CO 
 
 Or dairy, each rural sight, each rural sound : 
 
 If chance with nymph-like step fair virgin pass, 
 
 What pleasing seem'd, for her now pleases more, 
 
 She most, and in her look sums all delight. 
 
 Such pleasure took the Serpent to behold 455 
 
 This flow'ry plat, the sweet recess of Eve 
 
 Thus early, thus alone. Her heav'nly form 
 
 Angelic, but more soft and feminine, 
 
 Her graceful innocence, her ev'ry air 
 
 Of gesture or least action, overawed 460 
 
 His malice, and with rapine sweet bereaved 
 
 His fierceness of the fierce intent it brought. 
 
 That space the Evil One abstracted stood 
 
 441. Laertes* son: Ulysses, who, on his return from Troy, was generously 
 entertained by King Alcinous, the proprietor of a celebrated garden. Pliny 
 tells us that there was nothing which the ancients more admired than the 
 gardens of the Hesperides, and those of Alcinous and Adonis. To such as 
 these Milton compares that particular part of Paradise, more delicious than 
 any other, upon which the tasteful Eve had employed the labour of her 
 bands. 
 
 442-43. Or that, not mystic: Not fabulous as the rest ; not allegorical as 
 some have fancied; but a real garden, which Solomon made for his wife, the 
 daughter of PharaoL, king of Egypt. See Canticles. And thus, as the 
 most beautiful countries in the world (IV. 268-285) could not vie with Para- 
 dise, so neither could the most delicious gardens equal this jiotnry plat, tht 
 sweet recess of Eve (IX. 4-'>6) . X. 
 
 450. Tedded grots : Grass just mowed, and spread for drying. R. 
 
 452. Chance : By chance. 
 
 463-64. Abstracted stood from his own evil, $c. : This passage i pre-emi 
 nently beautiful, and of extraordinary originality. E. B. 
 17 Y
 
 386 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 From his own evil, and for the time remain''! 
 
 Stupidly good ; of enmity disarm 'd, 465 
 
 Of guile, of hate, of envy, of revenge ; 
 
 But the hot Hell that always in him burns, 
 
 Though in mid Heaven, soon ended his delight, 
 
 And tortures him now more, the more he sees 
 
 Of pleasure not for him ordain'd. Then soon 470 
 
 Fierce hate he recollects ; and all his thoughts 
 
 Of mischief, gratulating, thus excites : 
 
 Thoughts, whither have ye led me ! With what sweet 
 Compulsion thus transported to forget 
 
 What hither brought us ! hate, not love, nor hope 475 
 
 Of Paradise for Hell, hope here to taste 
 Of pleasure, but all pleasure to destroy, 
 Save what is in destroying : other joy 
 To me is lost. Then let me not then let pass 
 Occasion which now smiles. Behold alone 480 
 
 The woman, opportune to all attempts, 
 Her husband, for I view far round, not nigh, 
 Whose higher intellectual more I shun, 
 And strength, of courage haughty, and of limb 
 Heroic built, though of terrestrial mould, 485 
 
 Foe not informidable, exempt from wound, 
 I not ; so much hath Hell debased, and pain 
 Enfeebled me, to what I was in Heav'n. 
 She fair, divinely fair, fit love for Gods ; 
 
 468. Though in mid Heaven : That is, though he were transported to th 
 midst of Heaven ; or, it may be understood as implying, that he sometime* 
 was in Heaven an interpretation sanctioned by Job, i. 6 ; ii. 1 ; and by * 
 passage in Paradise Regained, 1. 366: 
 
 " nor from the Heaven of heaven* 
 
 Hath he excluded my retort sometime*," fee. 
 
 472. Gratulating : Employing a lively style of address, thus excite* all 
 his thoughts of mischief. 
 
 478. Other joy to me it lott : Corresponding with the sentiment attributed 
 to him in Book IV. 110: , 
 
 " Evil be thou my Rood," tc. 
 
 481. Opportune, tfc. : Favourably situated for all attempts. 
 489. Lav*: Object of love.
 
 BOOK ix. 887 
 
 Not terrible, though terror be in love 490 
 
 And beauty, not approach'd by stronger hate, 
 Hate stronger, under show of love well feign 'd ; 
 The way which to her ruin now I tend. 
 
 So spake th' enemy of mankind, inclosed 
 In serpent, inmate bad, and toward Eve 495 
 
 Address'd his way, not with indented wave, 
 Prone on the ground, as since, but on his rear, 
 Circular base of rising folds, that tower'd 
 Fold above fold a surging maze, his head 
 Crested aloft, and carbuncle his eyes ; 500 
 
 With burnish'd neck of verdant gold, erect 
 Amidst his circling spires, that on the grass 
 Floated redundant. Pleasing was his shape, 
 And lovely : never since the serpent kind 
 Lovelier : not those that in Illyria changed 505 
 
 490. Though terror, fyc. : That is, though an awe-inspirir.g majesty be in 
 love (amiableness) and beauty (when), not approached by stronger hate, a 
 hatred which overpowers such majesty, and causes it to be disregarded ; hate 
 ttronger, shown to be the stronger, under thow, fyc., that is, from the disguise 
 of well-feigned love, which I have assumed. 
 
 496. Address 1 d: Directed. With indented wave: With a motion in and 
 out, like the teeth of a saw. 
 
 499. Fold above fold, ffc. : Our author has not only imitated Ovid, but has 
 ransacked all the good poets who have ever made a remarkable description 
 of a serpent. N. 
 
 504. Satan is not here compared, and preferred to the finest and most 
 memorable serpents of antiquity the Python and the rest ; but only to the 
 most memorable of those serpents into which others were transformed, and 
 with the greater propriety, as he was himself now transformed info a ser- 
 pent And in this view it is said that none were lovelier not those that 
 tn Illyria changed Hermione and Cadmus (that is, varied their external form; 
 far these persons still retained their sense and memory as Ovid relates, just 
 u Satan was Satan still when enclosed in the form of a serpent) . 
 
 This Cadmus, together with his wife Hermione, or Harmonia (as some- 
 times written) , leaving Thebes in Baeotia, which he had founded, and for 
 diverse misfortunes quitted, and coming into Illyria, they were both turned 
 into serpents, for having slain one sacred to Mars (Ovid, Met. Book IV.) 
 N. 
 
 'ii.i. Not thott : Not those serpents wr more beautiful that, &c.
 
 ?88 PARADISE LOST 
 
 Hermione and Cadmus, or the God 
 
 In Epidaurus ; nor to which transform 'd 
 
 Aumioniun Jove, or Capitoline was seen ; 
 
 He with Olympias, this with her who bore 
 
 Scipio the bight of Rome. With tract oblique 510 
 
 At first, as one who sought access, but fear'd 
 
 To interrupt, sidelong he works his way. 
 
 As when a ship by skilful steersman wrought, 
 
 Nigh river's mouth or foreland, where the wind 
 
 Veers oft, as oft so steers, and shifts her sail, 515 
 
 So varied he, and of his tortuous train 
 
 Curl'd many a wanton wreath in sight of Eve, 
 
 To lure her eye : she busied, heard the sound 
 
 Of rustling leaves, but minded not, as used 
 
 To such disport before her through the field 520 
 
 From ev'ry beast ; more duteous at her call 
 
 Than at Circean call the herd disguised. 
 
 506-7. Or the god in Epidaurut : That is, .sculapius the god of physic, 
 the son of Apollo, who was worshipped at Epidaurut, a city of Pelopon- 
 nessus,and being sent for to Rome, in the time of a plague, assumed the form 
 of a serpent and accompanied the ambassadors (Livy, Book XI. ; Ovid, Met 
 Book XV.) ; but though he was thus changed in appearance, he was still 
 &sculapius. In ttrpente Dent, as Ovid calls him, XV. 670 ; the Deity in a 
 terpent, and under that form continued to be worshipped at Rome. N. 
 
 507. Nor were those serpents lovelier, to which tram/armed Jlmmonian 
 Jove, or Capitoline icat teen (to which Ammonian Jove, or Capitoline 
 was seen transformed) . The first was the Lybian Jupiter (called Jlmmon, 
 from a Greek word signifying land) : the other the Roman, called Capitoline 
 from the Capitol, his temple, at Rome. 
 
 509. He with Olympiat : The first ; the pretended father of Alexander the 
 Great, was fabled to have conversed with Alexander's mother, Olympias, in 
 the form of a serpent. 
 
 509-10. Thit vrith her who bore Scipio the hight of Rome : The latter, fabled 
 in like manner, to have been the father of Scipio Africanus, who raised bit 
 country and himself to the highest pitch of glory. N. 
 
 522. Circean call : Cir, a famous sorceress, residing upon an island on the 
 western coast of Italy. All persons who landed on her island, by tasting 
 her magic cup, were changed into the appearance of swine, and subject to 
 her control. These are the herd ditguiud. alluded to by Milton. Homer, 
 OJyss. x. 235-243 ; Virg. &n. vii. 10V20. The fable illustrate* the brutal- 
 Izing inSunc of sensual indulgence*
 
 BOOK ix. 389 
 
 He bolder now, uncall'd, before her stood, 
 
 But as in gaze admiring, oft he bow'd 
 
 His turret crest and sleek enamel'd neck, 525 
 
 Fawning, and lick'd the ground whereon she trod. 
 
 His gentle dumb expression turn'd at length 
 
 The eye of Eve to mark his play. He, glad 
 
 Of her attention^gain'd, with serpent-tongue 
 
 Organic, or impulse of vocal air, 530 
 
 His fraudulent temptation thus began : 
 
 Wonder not, sov'reign Mistress, if perhaps 
 Thou canst, who art sole wonder ; much less arm 
 Thy looks, the Heav'n of mildness, with disdain, 
 Displeased that I approach thee thus, and gaze 535 
 
 Insatiate, I thus single, nor have fear'd 
 Thy awful brow, more awful thus retired. 
 Fairest resemblance of thy Maker fair ! 
 Thee all things living gaze on, all things thine 
 By gift, and thy celestial beauty adore 540 
 
 With ravishment beheld ! there best beheld 
 Where universally admired : but here 
 In this inclosure wild, these beasts among, 
 Beholders rude, and shallow to discern 
 
 Half what in thee is fair, one man except, 545 
 
 Who sees thee ? (and what is one ?) who should'st be seen 
 A Goddess among Gods, adored and serv'd 
 By Angels numberless, thy daily train. 
 
 So glozed the Tempter, and his proem tuned ; 
 
 530. Organic, or impulse of vocal air : That the Devil moved the serpent's 
 tongue, and used it as an instrument to form the tempting speech he made to 
 Eve. is the opinion of some ; that he formed a voice by impression of the 
 sounding air, distant from the serpent, is that of others, of which our author 
 has left the curious to their choice. H. 
 
 531. This speech is similar to that(V. 37) which Satan had made to her 
 in her dream, and it had a fatal effect. To cry her up as a goddess, was the 
 readiest way to make her a mere mortal. N. 
 
 537. Retired: Secluded. 
 
 549. Glozed: Flattered. Proem tuned: Skilfully suited his introduction 
 to the end in view.
 
 390 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Into the heart of Eve his words made way, 550 
 
 Though at the voice much marvelling. At length, 
 .Not unatnozcd, she thus in answer spake : 
 
 What may this mean ? Language of man pronounced 
 By tongue of brute, and human sense express'd ! 
 The first at least of these I thought denied 555 
 
 To beasts, whom God on their creation-day 
 Created mute to all articulate sound : 
 The latter I demur ; for in their looks 
 Much reason, and in their action oft appears. 
 Thee, Serpent, subtlest beast of all the field, 560 
 
 I knew, but not with human voice endued. 
 Redouble then this miracle, and say, 
 How cam'st thou speakable of mute ; and how 
 To me so friendly grown above the rest 
 
 Of brutal kind, that daily are in sight ! 565 
 
 Say ! for such wonder claims attention due. 
 
 To whom the guileful Tempter thus replied : 
 Empress of this fair world, resplendent Eve, 
 Easy to me it is to tell thee all 
 
 What thou coinmand'st ; and right thou should'st be obey'd. 
 I was at first as other beasts that graze 570 
 
 The trodden herb, of abject thoughts and low, 
 As was my food : nor aught but food discern'd, 
 Or sex, and apprehended nothing high ; 
 
 Till on a day roving the field, I chanced 575 
 
 A goodly tree far distant to behold, 
 Loaden with fruit of fairest colours mii'd, 
 Ruddy and gold. I nearer drew to gaze ; 
 When from the boughs a savoury odour blown, 
 Grateful to appetite, more pleased my sense 580 
 
 Than smell of sweetest fennel, or the teats 
 
 558. The latter I demur: Compared with lines 554-55, this phrase seem* 
 to mean : Of the tatter's being denied, I doubt ; in other words, I doubt 
 whether human sense is denied altogether to beasts. 
 
 563. Speakable of mute : Capable of speaking, baring been previously 
 dumb.
 
 BOOK IX. 391 
 
 Of ewe or goat dropping with milk at ev'n, 
 
 Unsuck'd of lamb or kid, that tend their play. 
 
 To satisfy the sharp desire I had 
 
 Of tasting those fair apples, I resolved 685 
 
 Not to defer ; hunger and thirst at once 
 
 (Pow'rful persuaders) quicken'd at the scent 
 
 Of that alluring fruit, urged me so keen. 
 
 About the mossy trunk I wound me soon, 
 
 For high from ground the branches would require 590 
 
 Thy utmost reach or Adam's : Round the tree 
 
 All other beasts that saw, with like desire 
 
 Longing and envying stood, but could not reach. 
 
 Amid the tree now got, where plenty hung 
 
 Tempting so nigh, to pluck and eat my fill 595 
 
 I spared not ; for such pleasure till that hour 
 
 At feed or fountain never had I found. 
 
 Sated at length, ere long I might perceive 
 
 Strange alteration in me, to degree 
 
 Of reason in my inward pow'rs, and speech 600 
 
 Wanted not long, though to this shape retain'd. 
 
 Thenceforth to speculations high or deep 
 
 I turn'd my thoughts, and with capacious mind, 
 
 Consider'd all things visible in Heav'n, 
 
 Or Earth, or Middle ; all things fair and good : 605 
 
 But all that fair and good in thy divine 
 
 Semblance, and in thy beauty's heav'nly ray 
 
 United I beheld. No fair to thine 
 
 Equivalent or second ; which compell'd 
 
 Me thus, though importune perhaps, to come 610 
 
 And gaze, and worship thee, of right declared 
 
 583. Tend : Are attentive to. 
 597. Feed : Time, or act of eating ; meal. 
 
 599-601. To degree of reason: To the higher state of reason, &c. , to 
 that degree in which I was endowed with reason. Wanttd I wanted. 
 605. Middle : Space between Heaven and Earth. 
 607. Semblance: Form. 
 
 610. Importune : Unseasonable, or troublesome. 
 17*
 
 392 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Sov'reign of creatures, universal Dame. 
 
 So talk'd the spirited sly Snake ; and Eve, 
 Yet more amazed, unwary, thus replied : 
 Serpent, thy overpraising leaves in doubt 615 
 
 The virtue of that fruit, in thee first proved. 
 But say, where grows the tree ? from hence how far ? 
 For many are the trees of God that grow 
 In Paradise, and various, yet unknown 
 
 To us, in such abundance lies our choice, 620 
 
 As leaves a greater store of fruit untouch'd, 
 Still hanging incorruptible, till men 
 Grow up to their provision, and more hands 
 Help to disburden Nature of her birth. 
 
 To whom the wily adder, blithe and glad : 625 
 
 Empress the way is ready, and not long ; 
 Beyond a row of myrtles, on a flat, 
 Fast by a fountain, one small thicket past 
 Of blowing myrrh and balm. If thou accept 
 My conduct, I can bring thee thither soon. 630 
 
 Lead then, said Eve. He leading swiftly roll'd 
 In tangles, and made intricate seem straight, 
 To mischief swift. Hope elevates, and joy 
 Brightens his crest ; as when a waud'ring fire. 
 
 812. Dame: Formerly a term of great respect and title of honour. Mil- 
 ton here uses it as synonymous with^uern in line 684. 
 613. Spirited: Actuated by a spirit, or intelligent mind. 
 
 615. Over-praising was no indication of the reason he claimed to have 
 acquired by eating the fruit 
 
 616. Prmfd: Tried. 
 
 623. Up to their prmition : To such a number as to be able to consume 
 what the trees provide. 
 
 630. Conduct: Guidance. 
 
 633. In tangle*: In a complicated manner. 
 
 634-42. Hope devote*, ffc. : This similitude is not only very beautiful, but 
 the closest in the whole poem, where the serpent is described as rolling tor- 
 ward in all his pride, animated by the evil spirit, and conducting Eve to her 
 destruction, while Adam was at too great a distance from her to give her his 
 assistance ; all these particulars being wrought into the similitude. A.
 
 BOOK ix. 393 
 
 Compact of unctuous vapour, which the night 635 
 
 Condenses, and the cold environs round, 
 
 Kindled through agitation to a flame, 
 
 Which oft, they say, some evil Spirit attends, 
 
 Hov'ring and blazing with delusive light, 
 
 Misleads th' amazed night-wand'rer from his way 
 
 To bogs and mires, and oft through pond or pool, 640 
 
 There swallow'd up and lost, from succour far : 
 
 So glister'd the dire Snake, and into fraud 
 
 Led Eve^ our credulous mother, to the tree 
 
 Of prohibition, root of all our woe ! 645 
 
 Which when she saw, thus to her guide she spake : 
 
 Serpent, we might have spared our coming hither, 
 Fruitless to me, though fruit be here to excess, 
 The credit of whose virtue rest with thee, 
 Wondrous indeed, if cause of such effects. 650 
 
 But of this tree we may not taste nor touch ; 
 God so commanded, and left that command 
 Sole daughter of his voice : the rest, we live 
 Law to ourselves ; our reason is our law. 
 
 To whom the Tempter guilefully replied : 655 
 
 Indeed ! Hath God then said, that of the fruit 
 Of all these garden-trees ye shall not eat, 
 Yet Lords declared of all in earth or air ? 
 
 To whom thus Eve, yet sinless : Of the fruit 
 Of each tree in the garden we may eat : 660 
 
 But of the fruit of this fair tree amidst 
 The garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat 
 
 635. Compact : Composed, consisting. 636. Cold : Cold air. 
 
 643. Glittered: Shone, sparkled. Fraud: Hurt, injury; used by Milton 
 in the Latin signification, JEn. x. 72. 
 
 644. Tree of prohibition : Hebrew form of expression for "piohibited 
 tree." 
 
 647. A play upon the word fruit, used figuratively in the first instance. 
 
 653. Daughter of hit voice : A beautiful Hebraistic form of expression, to 
 denote precept or command the utterance of the voice. Sole daughter : The 
 only command given to our first parents. The rest : A classical idiom for a 
 to other things.
 
 394 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Thereof, nor shall ye touch it, lest ye die. 
 
 She scarce had said, though brief, when now more bold 
 The Tempter, but with show of zeal and love 665 
 
 To Man, and indignation at his wrong, 
 New part puts on, and as to passion moved, 
 Fluctuates disturbed, yet comely, and in act 
 Raised, as of some great matter to begin. 
 As when of old some orator renown 'd 670 
 
 In Athens or free Rome, where eloquence 
 Flourish'd, since mute, to some great cause address'd 
 Stood in himself collected, while each part, 
 Motion, each act won audience, ere the tongue, 
 Sometimes in hight, began, as no delay 675 
 
 Of preface brooking through his zeal of right : 
 So standing, moving, or to hight up grown, 
 The Tempter, all impassioned, thus began : 
 
 sacred, wise, and wisdom-giving Plant, 
 Mother of science, now I feel thy pow'r 680 
 
 Within me clear, not only to discern 
 Things in their causes, but to trace the ways 
 Of highest agents, deem'd however wise. 
 Queen of this universe, do not believe 
 
 Those rigid threats of death : ye shall not die. 35 
 
 IIow should ye ? by the fruit ? It gives you life 
 To knowledge ; by the thrcat'ner ? Look on me, 
 Me who have touch'd and tasted, yet both live, 
 And life more perfect have attaiu'd than fate 
 Meant me, by venturing higher than my lot. 690 
 
 Shall that be shut to Man, which to the Beast 
 Is open ? or will God incense his ire 
 For such a petty trespass, and not praise 
 Rather your dauntless virtue, whom the pain 
 
 674. Motion : Each is understood before this word 
 676. Brooking : Enduring no delay of preface, &c. 
 
 683. Ye thatt not die : Our author artfully continues to make the serpent 
 confirm this statement by a reference to his own case. 
 687. To knowledge: (In addition) to knowledge.
 
 BOOK ix. 395 
 
 Of death denounced, whatever thing death be, 695 
 
 Deterr'd not from achieving what might lead 
 
 To happier life, knowledge of good and evil ! 
 
 Of good, how just ! of evil, if what is evil 
 
 Be real, why not known, since easier shunn'd ? 
 
 God therefore cannot hurt ye and be just : 700 
 
 Not just, not God ; not fear'd then, nor obey'd : 
 
 Your fear itself of death removes the fear. 
 
 Why then was this forbid ? Why but to awe, 
 
 Why but to keep ye low and ignorant, 
 
 His worshippers. He knows that in the day 705 
 
 Ye eat thereof, your eyes that seem so clear, 
 
 Yet are but dim, shall perfectly be then 
 
 Open'd and clear'd, and ye shall be as Gods, 
 
 Knowing both good and evil as they know. 
 
 That ye shall be as Gods, since I as Man, 710 
 
 Internal Man, is but proportion meet ; 
 
 702. Your fear, tfc. : Justice is inseparable from the very being and 
 essence of God, so that could he be unjust, he would be no longer God, and 
 then neither to be obeyed nor feared ; so that the fear of death, which does 
 imply injustice in God, destroys itself, because God can as well cease to be, 
 as cease to be just : a Satanic syllogism. H. 
 
 708-9. Satan's language is so constructed that while he meant one thing, 
 she would naturally understand another. By " opening the eyes" she under- 
 stood a farther and higher degree of wisdom ; but he meant it of their per- 
 ceiving their own misery and feeling remorse of conscience. By " being 
 as Gods" (Elohim) , she probably understood the being elevated almost to an 
 equality with the Deity himself in point of knowledge and dignity ; but he 
 probably meant it of their being brought to the condition of the angels that 
 fell, as angels are sometimes styled Elohim, Ps. viii. G. By " knowing good and 
 evil/' she doubtless understood a kind of divine omniscence ; whereas hi 
 meaning was, that they should have a woeful experience of the difference be 
 tween good and evil, or between happiness and misery, such as he himself 
 had. The same equivocal character distinguished the responses of the ancient 
 oracles, which were probably the special engines of Satan ; and wicked de- 
 ceivers in all ages have employed the same diabolical subtlety in the use of 
 double senses, to compass their ends, concealing the essence of a lie under 
 the semblance of the truth. Busii. 
 
 710-11. Since I (have become) as man, internal man: That is, intellectu- 
 ally.
 
 396 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 I, of brute, human ; ye, of human, Gods. 
 So ye shall die perhaps, by putting off 
 Human, to put on Gods ; death to be wish'd, 
 Tho' threatcn'd, which no worse than this can bring. 715 
 
 And what are Gods, that Man may not become 
 As they, participating Godlike food ? 
 The Gods are first, and that advantage use 
 On our belief, that all from them proceeds. 
 I question it ; for this fair earth I see, 720 
 
 YVarm'd by the sun, producing ev'ry kind ; 
 Them nothing. If they all things, who inclosed 
 Knowledge of good and evil in this tree, 
 That whoso eats thereof, forthwith attains 
 Wisdom without their leave ? and wherein lies 725 
 
 Th' offence, that Man should thus attain to know ? 
 What can your knowledge hurt him, or this tree 
 Impart against his will, if all be his ? 
 Or is it envy ? And can envy dwell 
 
 In heav'nly breasts ? These, these, and many more 730 
 
 Causes, import your need of this fair fruit. 
 Goddess humane, reach then, and freely taste. 
 He ended, and his words, replete with guile, 
 Into her heart too easy entrance won. 
 
 Fix'd on the fruit she gazed, which to behold 735 
 
 Might tempt alone ; and in her ears the sound 
 Yet rung of his persuasive words, irapregn'd 
 With reason, to her seeming, and with truth : 
 
 712. / (who am) of brvte (animals, have become) human; ye (who arc) 
 of human (beings, shall become) godt. 
 
 713. So : That is, by putting off, &c. 
 
 714. To put on godt : To become like gods. 
 
 722. Thtm nothing : I see them (producing) nothing. If they (produced) all 
 thing*, &c. See line 719. 
 
 729-30. Can envy, Sft. : Suggested to the poet very probably by the well- 
 known interrogatory at the opening of the jEneid, u Tantrne aniinis ccrles- 
 tibus ir.e ?" 
 
 731. Import: Indicate. 
 
 738. To her teeming : To her apprehension, or, as seemed to her.
 
 BOOK ix. 397 
 
 Meanwhile the hour of noon drew on, and waked 
 
 An eager appetite, raised by the smell 740 
 
 So savoury of fruit, which with desire, 
 
 Inclinable now grown to touch or taste, 
 
 Solicited her longing eye ; yet first, 
 
 Pausing a while, thus to herself she mused : 
 
 Great are thy virtues, doubtless, best of fruits, 745 
 
 Though kept from man, and worthy to be admired, 
 Whose taste, too long forborn, at first assay 
 Gave elocution to the mute, and taught 
 The tongue not made for speech to speak thy praise. 
 Thy praise he also, who forbids thy use, 750 
 
 Conceals not from us, naming thee the tree 
 Of knowledge, knowledge both of good and evil : 
 Forbids us then to taste ; but his forbidding 
 Commends thee more, while it infers the good 
 By thee communicated, and our want : 755 
 
 For good unknown, sure is not had ; or had 
 And yet unknown, is as not had at all. 
 In plain then, what forbids he but to know ; 
 Forbids us good ! forbids us to be wise ! 
 
 Such prohibitions bind not. But if death 760 
 
 Bind us with after-bands, what profits then 
 Our inward freedom r In the day we eat 
 Of this fair fruit, our doom is, we shall die. 
 How dies the Serpent ? he hath eaten and lives, 
 And knows, and speaks, and reasons, and discerns : 765 
 
 Irrational till then. For us alone 
 Was death invented ? or to us denied 
 This intellectual food, for beasts reserved ? 
 
 740. dn eager appetite : This is a circumstance beautifully added by our 
 mthor to the Scripture account, in order to make the folly and impiety of 
 Eve appear less extravagant and monstrous. N. 
 
 742. Inclinable : Somewhat disposed. 
 
 750. Thy praise : Thy worthiness of praise. 
 
 658. In plain then : In plain (language) then. 
 
 761. dfter-bandt : Future links.
 
 38 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 For beasts it seems ; yet that one beast which first 
 
 Hath tasted, envies not, but brings with joy 770 
 
 The good befall'n him, author unsuspect, 
 
 Friendly to man, far from deceit or guile. 
 
 What fear I then r Rather, what know to fear 
 
 Under this ignorance of good and evil, 
 
 Of God or death, of law or penalty ? 775 
 
 Here grows the cure of all, this fruit divine, 
 
 Fair to the eye, inviting to the taste, 
 
 Of virtue to make wise. What hinders then 
 
 To reach, and feed at once both body and mind ? 
 
 So saying, her rash hand, in evil hour, 780 
 
 Forth reaching to the fruit, she pluck'd, she eat ! 
 Earth felt the wound ; and Nature from her seat 
 Sighing, through all her works gave signs of woe, 
 That all was lost ! Back to the thicket slunk 
 The guilty Serpent, and well might, for Eve, 785 
 
 Intent now wholly on her taste, nought eke 
 Regarded ; such delight till then, as seem'd, 
 In fruit she never tasted, whether true 
 Or fancy'd so, through expectation high 
 
 Of knowledge ; nor was Godhead from her thought. 790 
 
 Greedily she ingorged without restraint 
 And knew not eating death. Satiate at length, 
 And heightened as with wine, jocund, and boon, 
 Thus to herself she pleasingly began : 
 
 771. Jiuthor wuutpect: Relater (of the good befallen him) not to be sus- 
 pected. 
 
 781-5. So toying, tfc. : When Dido, in the fourth jEneid, 166-68, yielded 
 to that fatal temptation which ruined her, Virgil tells us the earth trembled, 
 the heavens were filled with flashes of lightning, and the nymphs howled 
 upon the mountain-tope. Milton, in the same poetical spirit, has described 
 all nature as disturbed upon Eve's eating the forbidden fruit. A. 
 
 792. Kttfw not eating dtath ' Knew not (she was) eating that which HMth> 
 procuring cause of death. 
 
 794. Thut to hertelf, trc. : As our author had. in the preceding conference 
 betwixt our first parents, described, with the greatest art and decency, the 
 subordination and inferiority of the female character in the strength of rea- 
 son and understanding, so in this soliloquy of Eve's, after tasting the forbid-
 
 BOOK iz. 399 
 
 sov'reigu, virtuous, precious of all trees 795 
 
 In Paradise, of operation blest 
 To sapience, hitherto obscured, infumed, 
 And thy fair fruit let hang, as to no end 
 Created ; but henceforth my early care, 
 
 Not without song, each morning, and due praise, 800 
 
 Shall tend thee, and the fertile burden ease 
 Of thy full branches, offer'd free to all ; 
 Till, dieted by thee, I grow mature 
 In knowledge, as the Gods who all things know ; 
 Though others envy what they cannot give ; 805 
 
 For had the gift been theirs, it had not here 
 Thus grown. Experience, next to thee I owe, 
 Best guide ; not following thee I had remain'd 
 In ignorance : thou open'st Wisdom's way, 
 And giv'st access, though secret she retire. 810 
 
 And I perhaps am secret Heav'n is high, 
 
 den fruit, one may observe the same judgment, in his varying and adapting 
 it to the condition of her fallen nature. Instead of those little defects in her 
 intellectual faculties before the fall, which were sufficiently compensated by 
 her outward charms, and were rather softening than blemishes in her cha- 
 racter, we see her now running into the greatest absurdities, and indulging 
 the wildest imaginations. THYER. 
 
 795. Virtuous : Efficacious. Precious of all trees : Most precious, &c. ; 
 the positive degree, as is common in the ancient classics, being used for the 
 superlative. 
 
 796-97. Of operation blest to sapience : Of happy operation, or influence, to 
 wisdom that is, for the imparting of wisdom. Infamed : Defamed. 
 
 801. Tend: Take care of. Ease: Lighten. 
 
 805. Though others envy, Sfc. : She means the gods, though for decency's 
 sake she names them not. She is now arrived at that pitch of impiety, 
 that she attributes envy to the gods, as Satan had taught her (729) , and ques- 
 tions whether this tree was their gift, as Satan had likewise suggested (718) : 
 such impression had his doctrines made on her. N. 
 
 807. I owe, best guide: To thee, Experience, my best guide, I am next in- 
 debted. Experience (derived from the act of tasting) is here personified, 
 and is used in the nominative case independent, the word " guide" being in 
 apposition. 
 
 810. Secret: Though she retire into a secret place. 
 
 811. Jim secret . She questions even God's omniscience, and flatten her-
 
 400 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 High and remote, to see from thence distinct 
 
 Each thing on earth, and other care perhaps 
 
 May hare diverted from continual watch 
 
 Our great Forbidder, safe with all his spies 815 
 
 About him. But to Adam, in what sort 
 
 Shall I appear : Shall I to him make known 
 
 As yet my change, and give him to partake 
 
 Full happiness with me, or rather not, 
 
 But keep the odds of knowledge in my pow'r 820 
 
 Without copartner ? so to add what wants 
 
 In female sex, the more to draw his love, 
 
 And render me more equal, and perhaps, 
 
 A thing not undesirable, sometime 
 
 Superior ; for inferior, who is free ? 825 
 
 This may be well ; but what if God have seen, 
 
 And death ensue ? Then I shall be no more ; 
 
 And Adam, wedded to another Eve, 
 
 Shall live with her enjoying ; I extinct. 
 
 A death to think ! Confirm 'd then, I resolve 830 
 
 Adam shall share with me in bliss or woe : 
 
 So dear I love him, that with him all deaths 
 
 I could endure ; without him live no life. 
 
 So saying, from the tree her step she turned : 
 But first low rev'rence done, as to the PowV 835 
 
 self that she is still in secret, like other sinners, who say, " The Lord shall 
 not see, neither shall the God of Jacob regard it," Ps. xciv. 7. X. 
 
 812. High: Too high, &c. 
 
 815. Safe : Beyond the power to harm not to be dreaded; rather an un- 
 usual sense of the word, as in the familiar phrases, " I have him safe ;" u he 
 is safe asleep." 
 
 818. To give to partake: An expression similar to what is found in Latin 
 authors and Greek. Horn. Iliad, i. 18; Virg. JEn. i. 65, 79, 522; also in 
 Milton, I. 736 ; III. 243. 
 
 824-25. Sometime tuptrior: The thought of attaining the superiority over 
 her husband, is very artfully made one of the first that Eve entertains after 
 eating the forbidden fruit; but still her love of Adam, and jealousy of another 
 Eve, prevail even over that : so just is the observation of Solomon, Cant 
 viii. 6 : u Love is strong as death, jealousy is cruel as the grave." N. 
 
 835. But firtt low rcv'rcnct, tfc. : This first sign of idolatry in man, is well
 
 BOOK IX. 401 
 
 That dwelt within, whose presence had infused 
 
 Into the plant sciential sap, derived 
 
 From nectar, drink of Gods. Adam the while 
 
 Waiting, desirous her return, had wove 
 
 Of choicest flow'rs a garland, to adorn 840 
 
 Her tresses, and her rural labours crown, 
 
 As reapers oft are wont their harvest-queen. 
 
 Great joy he promised to his thoughts, and new 
 
 Solace in her return, so long delay'd ; 
 
 Yet oft his heart, divine of something ill, 845 
 
 Misgave him : he the falt'ring measure felt ; 
 
 And forth to meet her went, the way she took 
 
 That morn when first they parted. By the tree 
 
 Of knowledge he must pass : there he her met, 
 
 Scarce from the tree returning : in her hand 850 
 
 A bough of fairest fruit, that downy smiled, 
 
 introduced as an immediate consequence of the fall. The remaining portion 
 of this Book may be considered, I think, as in some respects superior to any 
 other part of the poem. The mention of Adam, unconscious of the coming 
 woe, weaving flowers for Eve, is exquisitely pathetic ; the misgivings of his 
 heart on meeting her, the description of her agitated appearance, and the 
 discourse, deep and passionate, which follows, are all conceived in the finest 
 vein of tragic genius. In no other part of his poem had Milton an oppor- 
 tunity of displaying his power in the delineation of human passion, but he 
 has here proved, that, had his subject admitted it, it would have possessed 
 not less pathos than sublimity. S. 
 
 838. Adam the while, fyc. : Andromache is thus described as amusing her- 
 self, and preparing for the return of Hector, not knowing that he was 
 already slain by Achilles, Horn. Iliad, xxii. 440, &c. N. 
 
 845. Divine of something ill : Foreboding or suspecting ill ; a Latin phrase, 
 as in Hor. Od. iii. 27 : 10 : 
 
 " Imfirium divina avis imminentium." 
 
 N. 
 
 8-16. He the j Wring measure felt : This phrase may be interpreted either 
 in a moral or physical sense : in the first, it would mean, that he had a pre- 
 sentiment of the faulty act of his absent partner, for the primary, though 
 now obsolete meaning of the word faltering, is defective, faulty. The other 
 sense is thus given by Patrick Hume. He found his heart kept not true 
 time; he felt the false and intermitting measure the natural description of 
 our minds foreboding ill, by the unequal beatings of the heart and pulse. 
 
 851. That downy smiled: That covered with soft down, looked swettly. 
 
 z
 
 402 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 New gather'd, and ambrosial smell diffused. 
 
 To him she hasted. In her face excuse 
 
 Came prologuc r and apology too prompt, 
 
 Which with bland words at will she thus addressed : 855 
 
 Hast thou not wonder'd, Adam, at my stay ? 
 Thee I have miss'd, and thought it long, deprived 
 Thy presence ; agony of love till now 
 Not felt ! nor shall be twice ; for never more 
 Mean I to try, what rash untried I sought, 860 
 
 The pain of absence from thy sight ! But strange 
 Hath been the cause, and wonderful to hear. 
 This tree is not, as we are told, a tree 
 Of danger tasted, nor to evil unknown 
 
 Opening the way, but of divine effect 865 
 
 To open eyes, and make them Gods who taste ! 
 And hath been tasted such. The serpent wise, 
 Or not restrain'd as we, or not obeying, 
 Hath eaten of the fruit, and is become, 
 
 Not dead, as we are threatened, but thenceforth 870 
 
 Endued with human voice and human sense, 
 Reasoning to admiration ; and with me 
 Persuasively hath so prevailed, that I 
 Have also tasted, and have also found 
 
 Th' effects to correspond ; opener mine eyes, 875 
 
 Dim erst, dilated spirits, ampler heart, 
 And growing up to Godhead ; which for thee 
 Chiefly I sought ; without thee can despise : 
 For bliss, as thou hast part, to me is bliss ; 
 
 Virg. Eccl. ii. 51. "And ambrotial tmeU di/uted ;" a translation of Virg. 
 Georg. iv. 415. H. 
 
 854. Prologue : As an introduction to the discourse that followed. A pro- 
 logue is a term generally appropriated to the speech or ode that is delivered 
 just before a play commences. Hence the fitness of it to express the abore 
 idea. 
 
 864. Tatttd: (When) tasted 
 
 875. Openrr mine eyet : More open are mine eyes. 
 
 876. Dilated tpiritt : Animal vigour or excitability is increased. 
 879. jf< : As far as, or, to what extent.
 
 BOOK ;x. 403 
 
 Tedious, unshared with thee, and odious soon. 880 
 
 Thou therefore also taste, that equal lot 
 
 May join us, equal joy, as equal love ! 
 
 Lest thou not tasting, different degree 
 
 Disjoin us, and I then too late renounce 
 
 Deity for thee, when Fate will not permit. 885 
 
 Thus Eve, with count'nance blithe, her story told ; 
 But in her cheek distemper flushing glow'd. 
 On th' other side, Adam, soon as he heard 
 The fatal trespass done by Eve, amazed, 
 
 Astonied stood and blank, while horror chill 890 
 
 Ran through his veins, and all his joints relax'd ; 
 From his slack hand the garland, wreath'd for Eve, 
 Down dropt, and all the faded roses shed. 
 Speechless he stood and pale, till thus at length, 
 First to himself, he inward silence broke : 895 
 
 fairest of creation, last and best 
 Of all God's works, Creature in whom excell'd 
 Whatever can to sight or thought be form'd, 
 Holy, divine, good, amiable, or sweet ! 
 
 How art thou lost ! how on a sudden lost ! 900 
 
 Defaced, deflow'r'd, and now to death devote ! 
 Rather, How hast thou yielded, to transgress 
 The strict forbiddance ? how to violate 
 The sacred fruit forbidden ? Some cursed fraud 
 
 890-91. Blank, $c. : Virg. &n. ii. 120 
 
 " Obstupuere animis, geliduiqae per iraa cacurrit 
 OSM tremor." 
 
 Also, xii. 951 : 
 
 " 111! tolrantur frigore membra." 
 
 H. 
 
 892-3. Down dropt : The beauty and expressiveness of the numbers, as 
 well as the beauty of the image here, must strike every reader. N. 
 
 901. Devote: Devoted. " Devota morti pectora liberap," Hor. Od. iv. 
 14: 18. 
 
 This line is a good example of alliteration : defaced, deflower 3 'rf, devote. The 
 ancient poets were fond of this peculiarity of diction. Among the moderns 
 Dryden regarded it as a great attainment in the art of versification. In the 
 use of it Milton but seldom indulged, and has thus shown his good taste
 
 404 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Of enemy hath beguiled thee, yet unknown, 905 
 
 And me with thee hath ruin'd ! for with thee 
 
 Certain my resolution is to die. 
 
 How can I live without thee ! how forego 
 
 Thy sweet converse and love so dearly join'd, 
 
 To live again in these wild woods forlorn ! 910 
 
 Should God create another Eve, and I 
 
 Another rib afford, yet loss of thee 
 
 Would never from my heart. No, no, I feel 
 
 The link of nature draw me : flesh of flesh, 
 
 Bone of my bone thou art ; and from thy state 915 
 
 Mine never shall be parted, bliss or woe. 
 
 So having said, as one from sad dismay 
 Recomforted, and after thoughts disturb'd 
 Submitting to what seem'd remediless, 
 Thus in calm mood his words to Eve he turn'd : 920 
 
 Bold deed thou hast presumed, advent'rous Eye, 
 And peril great provoked, who thus hast dared, 
 Had it been only coveting to eye 
 That sacred fruit, sacred to abstinence, 
 
 Much more to taste it, under ban to touch. 925 
 
 But past who can recall, or done undo ? 
 Not God omnipotent, nor Fate : yet so 
 Perhaps thou shalt not die ; perhaps the fact 
 
 909. So dearly joined : The line may be thus interpreted : The sweet con- 
 verse and love of thee, so dearly joined to me. 
 
 910. Wild unodt forlorn: How vastly expressive are these words, of 
 Adam's tenderness and affection for Eve, as they imply that the mere ima- 
 gination of losing her had already converted the sweets of Paradise into the 
 horrors of a desolate wilderness. TIIYER. 
 
 913. Wmdd never be absent from, ffc. 
 
 920. Thut. tp. : He had, till now, been speaking to himself. Now his 
 speech turns to Eve, but not with violence not with noise and rage. It is 
 a deep, considerate melancholy. The line cannot be pronounced but as it 
 ought slowly, gravely. R. 
 
 925. San: Prohibition. 
 
 928. Perhapt thou thalt not die : How just a picture does Milton here give 
 us of the natural imbecility of the human mind, and its aptness to be warped
 
 BOOK IX. 405 
 
 Is not so heinous now, foretasted fruit, 
 
 Profaned first by the serpent, by him first 930 
 
 Made common and unhallow'd ere our taste ; 
 
 Nor yet on him found deadly, he yet lives ; 
 
 Lives, as thou saidst, and gains to live as Man 
 
 Higher degree of life : inducement strong 
 
 To us, as likely tasting, to attain 935 
 
 Proportional ascent, which cannot be 
 
 But to be Gods, or Angels, Domi-Gods. 
 
 Nor can I think that God, Creator wise, 
 
 Though threat'ning, will in earnest so destroy 
 
 Us his prime creatures, dignify'd so high, 940 
 
 Set over all his works, which in our fall, 
 
 For us created, needs with us must fail, 
 
 Dependent made : so God shall uncreate, 
 
 Be frustrate, do, undo, and labour lose, 
 
 Not well conceived of God, who tho' his pow'r 945 
 
 Creation could repeat, yet would be loth 
 
 Us to abolish, lest the Adversary 
 
 Triumph and say, Fickle their state whom God 
 
 Most favours : who can please him long ? Me first 
 
 He ruin'd, now Mankind. Whom will he next ? 950 
 
 Matter of scorn, not to be giv'n the Foe. 
 
 However, I with thee have fix'd my lot, 
 
 Certain to undergo like doom. If death 
 
 Consort with thee, death is to me as life : 
 
 So forcible within ray heart I feel 955 
 
 into false judgments and reasonings by passion and inclination. Adam had 
 but just condemned the action of Eve in eating the forbidden fruit, and yet, 
 drawn by his fondness for her. immediately summons all the force of his 
 reason to prove what she had done to be right a proof of our author's ex- 
 quisite knowledge of human nature. Reason, too often, is but little better 
 than a slave, ready, at the beck of the will, to dress up in plausible colours 
 any opinions that our interest or resentment have made agreeable to us. 
 THYEE. 
 
 93fl. Jit likely tatting : That is, since there was a probability that w 
 would taste. 
 
 944 Fnutratt: Disappointed
 
 406 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The bond of nature draw me to my own, 
 My own in thee ! for what thou art is mine ! 
 Our state cannot be severed ; we are one, 
 One flesh. To lose thee were to lose myself. 
 
 So Adam ; and thus Eve to him replied : 960 
 
 glorious trial of exceeding love ! 
 Illustrious evidence ! example high ! 
 Engaging me to emulate, but, short 
 Of thy perfection, how shall I attain, 
 
 Adam ? from whose dear side I boast me sprung, 965 
 
 And gladly of our union hear thee speak, 
 One heart, one soul in both ; whereof good proof 
 This day affords, declaring thee resolved, 
 Rather than death or aught than death more dread 
 Shall separate us, link'd in love so dear, 970 
 
 To undergo with me one guilt, one crime, 
 If any be, of tasting this fair fruit, 
 Whose virtue (for of good still good proceeds, 
 Direct, or by occasion) hath presented 
 
 This happy trial of thy love, which else 975 
 
 So eminently never had been known. 
 Were it I thought death menaced would ensue 
 This my attempt, I would sustain alone 
 The worst, and not persuade thee : rather die 
 Deserted, than oblige thee with a fact 980 
 
 Pernicious to thy peace, chiefly assured 
 Remarkably so late of thy so true, 
 So faithful love, uncqual'd ; but I feel 
 Far otherwise th' event ; not death, but life 
 Augmented, open'd eyes, new hopes, new joys, 985 
 
 969. Rather than death : Rather than that death, &c. 
 977. Were it that I thought, $c. 
 
 980. Oblige thee with a fact : Bind thee with a deed that is, in plainer 
 language, bind thee to punishment on account of this act. See Hor. Od. ii. 
 8: 5: 
 
 " Bed tu iimul obligmiti 
 PerfiJum votji cuput." 
 
 984. Event : Event (will be)
 
 BOOK IX. 
 
 407 
 
 Taste so divine, that what of sweet before 
 
 Hath touch'd my sense, flat seems to this, and harsh. 
 
 On my experience, Adam, freely taste ; 
 
 And fear of death deliver to the winds. 
 
 So saying, she embraced him, and for joy 990 
 
 Tenderly wept ; much won that he his love 
 Had so ennobled, as of choice t' incur 
 Divine displeasure for her sake, or death. 
 In recompense (for such compliance bad 
 Such recompense best merits) from the bough 995 
 
 She gave him of that fair enticing fruit 
 With liberal hand : he scrupled not to eat 
 Against his better knowledge ; not deceived, 
 But fondly overcome, with female charm. 
 Earth trembled from her entrails, as again 1000 
 
 In pangs ; and Nature gave a second groan ; 
 Sky lour'd, and, muttering thunder, some sad drops 
 Wept at completing of the mortal sin 
 Original ; while Adam took no thought, 
 
 Eating his fill ; nor Eve to iterate 1005 
 
 Her former trespass fear'd, the more to sooth 
 Him with her loved society, that now, 
 
 989. Winds : A proverbial expression. See Hor. Od. i. 26 : 1 : 
 
 " Tristitiam et metus 
 
 Tradam protervU in mare Creticum 
 Portare ventit.'' 
 
 990. There is great beauty, and the truest passion, in this picture of Eve. 
 It well prepares the mind for the fall of Adam, who is represented as sin- 
 ning more through the intoxication of love and fondness, than any ignorance 
 of his danger. S. 
 
 998-99. Paul declares " Adam was not deceived, but the woman," &c., 
 1 Tim. ii. 14. He is charged, Gen. iii. 17, with hearkening to the voice of 
 his wife, in view of which we may say with Virgil, JEn. iv. 412 : 
 " Improbe amor, quid non mortali.i pectora cogis !" 
 
 997-1003. He tcrupled not, tfc. : When Adam participated with his wife 
 in guilt, the whole creation is a second time convulsed. Compare note on 
 780. As all nature suffered by the gnilt of our first parents, these symptoms 
 of trouble and consternation are wonderfully imagined, not only as prodigies, 
 but aa marks of her sympathizing in th fall of man. A.
 
 408 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 As with new wine intoxicated both, 
 
 They swim in mirth, and fancy that they feel 
 
 Divinity within them breeding wings 1010 
 
 Wherewith to scorn the earth : but that false fruit 
 
 Far other operation first display'd, 
 
 Carnal desire inflaming : he on Evo 
 
 Began to cast lascivious eyes ; she him 
 
 As wantonly repaid. In lust they burn : 1015 
 
 Till Adam thus 'gan Eve to dalliance move : 
 
 Eve, now I see thou art exact of taste, 
 And elegant, of sapience no small part, 
 . Since to each meaning savour we apply, 
 And palate call judicious. I the praise 1020 
 
 Yield thee, so well this day thou hast purvey'd. 
 Much pleasure we have lost while we abstain'd 
 From this delightful fruit, nor known till now 
 True relish, tasting. If such pleasure bo 
 In things to us forbidd'n, it might be wish'd, 1025 
 
 For this one tree had been forbidden ten. 
 But come, so well refresh 'd, now let us play, 
 As meet is, after such delicious fare ; 
 For never did thy beauty since the day 
 
 I saw thee first and wedded thee, adorn'd 1030 
 
 With all perfections, so inflame my sense 
 With ardour to enjoy thee ; fairer now 
 
 1008. Intoxicated, <$r. : The secret intoxication of pleasure, with all those 
 transient flushings of guilt and joy, which the poet represents in our first 
 parent* upon their eating the forbidden fruit, and those flaggings of spirit, 
 those damps of sorrow, and mutual accusations which succeed it, are con- 
 ceived with a wonderful imagination, and described in very natural senti- 
 ments. A. 
 
 1017-20. Exact and elegant corporeal taste is here pronounced to be no small 
 part of tapience. since sapience (or savour) has the meaning of taste as well 
 as of wisdom, or good sense. We also give to the palate (the organ 01 taste) 
 the epithet judicious, an epithet which is applied more commonly to an in- 
 tellectual act. Sapience and savour are derived from the same root, tapio. ana 
 are used by Milton iu this passage as synonymous. The primary mean- 
 ing of tapio is, to hact a tattt or rdtth, to favour: the derivative meaning is 
 to be wist, to be potteittil of judgment. Thus to the palate as well as to tht 
 understanding tavour u applied (1019.)
 
 BOOK IT. 409 
 
 Than ever, bounty of this virtuous tree. 
 
 So said he ; and forbore not glance or toy 
 Of amorous intent : well understood 1035 
 
 Of Eve, whose eye darted contagious fire 
 Her hand he seized, and to a shady bank, 
 Thick overhead with verdant roof imbower'd, 
 He led her, nothing loth. Flow'rs were the couch, 
 Pansies, and violets, and asphodel, 1040 
 
 And hyacinth, earth's freshest softest lap. 
 There they their fill of love and love's disport 
 Took largely, of their mutual guilt the seal, 
 The solace of their sin, till dewy sleep 
 
 Oppress'd them, wearied with their amorous play. 1045 
 
 Soon as the force of that fallacious fruit, 
 That with exhilarating vapour bland 
 About their spirits had play'd, and inmost pow'rs 
 Made err, was now exhaled, and grosser sleep 
 Bred of unkindly fumes, with conscious dreams 1050 
 
 Incumber'd, now had left them, up they rose 
 As from unrest, and each the other viewing, 
 Soon found their eyes how open'd, and their minds 
 How darken'd. Innocence, that as a veil 
 Had shadow'd them from knowing ill, was gone ; 
 Just confidence, and native righteousness, 1055 
 
 1033. Virtuou* tret : Tree having powerful properties, or producing great 
 effects. 
 
 1034. Toy, tfc. : Sport. What a striking contrast does this description of the 
 amorous follies of our first parents, after the fall, make to that lively picture 
 of the same passion in its state of innocence in the preceding Book, 510. 
 THYEB. 
 
 1045. The preceding passage is principally copied from Homeland would 
 be exceptionable did it not form part of the moral of the poem. 
 
 That which seems in Homer an impious fiction, becomes a moral lesson in 
 Milton, since he makes that lascivious rage of the passions the immediate 
 effect of the sin of our first parents after the fall. N. 
 
 1049. Gmiser deep, fc. : Very unlike the sleep they enjoyed in a state of 
 innocence, V. 35. 
 
 1055. Knowing ill : Being conscious of ill, or of ill-doing. 
 IS
 
 410 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And honour from about them, naked left 
 
 To guilty shame ; he cover'd, hut bis robe 
 
 Uncover'd more. So rose the Danite strong^ 
 
 Herculean Samson, from the harlot-lap 1060 
 
 Of Philistean Dalilah, and waked 
 
 Shorn of his strength ; they destitute and bare 
 
 Of all their virtue : silent, and in face 
 
 Confounded long they sat, as stricken mute, 
 
 Till Adam, though not less than Eve abash'd, 1065 
 
 At length gave utt'rance to these words, constrain 'd : 
 
 O Eve ! in evil hour thou didst give ear 
 To that false worm, of whomsoever taught 
 To counterfeit Man's voice ; true in our fall, 
 False in our promised rising ! Since our eyes 1070 
 
 Open'd we find indeed, and find we know 
 Both good and evil ; good lost, and evil got ! 
 Bad fruit of knowledge, if this be to know, 
 Which leaves us naked thus, of honour void, 
 Of innocence, of faith, of purity, 1075 
 
 Our wonted ornaments now soil'd and stain'd, 
 And in our faces evident the signs 
 Of foul concupiscence ; whence evil store ; 
 E'en shame, the last of evils : of the first 
 
 1057. From about them (was gone). 
 
 1058. He covered : Shame covered. Shame is here personified. 
 
 1059. Samson was of the tribe of Dan. So rote: Jl rose, &c. 
 
 1067. Eve in evil hour, tfc. : As this whole transaction between Adam 
 and Eve is manifestly copied from the episode of Jupiter and Juno on Mount 
 Ida (Iliad xiv.), as it has many of the same circumstances, and often the very 
 words translated, so it concludes exactly after the same manner, in a quarrel. 
 Adam awake* much in the same humour as Jupiter, and their cases are 
 somewhat parallel : they are both overcome by their fondness to their wives, 
 and are sensible of their error too late, and then their love turns to resent- 
 ment, and they grow angry with their wives, when they should rather have 
 been angry with themselves for their weakness in hearkening to them. N 
 
 1068. False worm: That is, serpent. It is a general name for the reptile 
 kind, as in VII. 476. N. 
 
 1078. Whenrt nil ttart : Whence there i rtor*, or abundance of eviU.
 
 BOOK IX. 411 
 
 Be sure then. How shall I behold the face 1080 
 
 Henceforth of God or Angel, erst with joy 
 And rapture so oft beheld ? those heav'nly shapes 
 Will dazzle now this earthly with their blaze, 
 Insufferably bright ! might I here 
 
 In solitude live savage, in some glade 1085 
 
 Obscured, where highest woods impenetrable 
 To star or sun-light, spread their umbrage broad, 
 And brown as ev'ning ! Cover me, ye Pines ; 
 Ye Cedars, with innumerable boughs 
 
 Hide me, where I may never see them more ! 1090 
 
 But let us now as in bad plight, devise 
 What best may for the present serve to hide 
 The parts of each from other, that seem most 
 To shame obnoxious, and unseemliest seen ; 
 Some tree, whose broad smooth leaves together sew'd, 1095 
 And girded on our loins, may cover round 
 Those middle parts, that this new comer, Shame, 
 There sit not, and reproach us as unclean. 
 
 So counsel'd he ; and both together went 
 
 Into the thickest wood ; there soon they chose 1100 
 
 The fig-tree ; not that kind for fruit renown'd, 
 But such as at this day, to Indians known 
 In Malabar or Deccan, spreads her arras 
 
 1095. Leave* together sewed, &fc. : The sacred text, Gen. iii. 7, 'says that 
 they tewed fig leave* together, and Milton adheres to the Scripture expression 
 (in our translation) , which has given occasion to the sneer, What could they 
 do for needles and thread ? But the original Hebrew text signifies no more 
 than they twisted (tied or fastened) the young twigs of the fig-tree round 
 about their waists, in the manner of a Roman crown (laurel wreath worn 
 about the head) ; for which purpose the fig-tree, more than all others, espe 
 cially in those Eastern countries, was the most serviceable, because it has, 
 as Pliny says, lib. xvi. cap. 26, folium maximum, umbrosissimumque, the 
 greatest and most shady leaf. Our author follows the best commentators in 
 supposing that this was the Indian fig-tree, the account of which he borrows 
 from Pliny, lib. xii. cap. 5, as Pliny had from Theophrastus. It was not that 
 kind for fruit renoiro'rf, and Pliny says that the largeness of the leaves nin- 
 th red the fruit from growing. Jf- 
 
 1103. Mulii/Mi,- : The southwestern coast of the peninsula of Hindustan.
 
 412 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Branching BO broad and long, that in the ground 
 
 The bended twigs take root, and daughters grow 1105 
 
 About the mother-tree, a pillar'd shade 
 
 High over-arch'd, and echoing walks between : 
 
 There oft the Indian herdsman, shunning heat, 
 
 Shelters in cool, and tends his pasturing herds 
 
 At loop-holes cut through thickest shade. Those leaves 1110 
 
 They gather'd, broad as Amazonian targe, 
 
 And with what skill they had together sew'd, 
 
 To gird their waist. Vain covering, if to hide 
 
 Their guilt and dreaded shame ! how unlike 
 
 To that first naked glory ! Such of late 1115 
 
 Columbus found th' American, so girt 
 
 With feather'd cincture, naked else and wild 
 
 Among the trees on isles and woody shores. 
 
 Thus fenced, and as they thought, their shame in part 
 
 Cover'd, but not at rest or ease of mind, 1 120 
 
 They sat them down to weep ; not only tears 
 
 Ilain'd at their eyes, but high winds worse within 
 
 Began to rise, high passions, anger, hate, 
 
 Mistrust, suspicion, discord, and shook sore 
 
 Their inward state of mind : calm region once 1125 
 
 And full of peace, now tost and turbulent ; 
 
 For understanding ruled not, and the will 
 
 Heard not her lore, both in subjection now 
 
 To sensual appetite, who from beneath 
 
 Usurping over sov'reign reason, claim 'd 1130 
 
 Superior sway. From thus distemper'd breast, 
 
 Adam, estranged in look and alter 'd style, 
 
 Speech intermitted thus to Eve renew'd : 
 
 Dercan : the remainder of that peninsula, stretching from the Nubuddah River 
 to Cape Comorin. 
 
 1104-10. A beautiful and concise description, founded on Pliny's account, 
 of the banyan (or fig) tree. There is in India a tree of this kind measuring 
 two thousand feet in circumference, and boasting of thirteen hundred and fifty 
 trunks. 
 
 1117. Feathered cincture A girdle of feathers. 
 1128. Lore: Lesson.
 
 BOOK IX. 413 
 
 Would thou hadst hearken'd to iny words, and stay'd 
 With me, as I besought thee, when that strange 1135 
 
 Desire of wand'ring this unhappy morn, 
 I know not whence, possess'd thee ; we had then 
 Remain'd still happy, not, as now, despoil'd 
 Of all our good, shamed, naked, miserable. 
 Let none henceforth seek needless cause to approve 1140 
 
 The faith they owe : when earnestly they seek 
 Such proof, conclude, they then begin to fail. 
 
 To whom, soon moved with touch of blame, thus Eve : 
 What words have pass'd thy lips, Adam, severe ! 
 Imput'st thou that to my default, or will 1145 
 
 Of wand'ring, as thou call'st it, which who knows 
 But might as ill have happen'd thou being by, 
 Or to thyself perhaps ? Hadst thou been there, 
 Or here th' attempt, thou couldst not have discern'd 
 Fraud in the Serpent, speaking as he spake ; 1150 
 
 No ground of enmity between us known, 
 Why he should mean me ill, or seek to harm. 
 Was I to have never parted from thy side ? 
 As good have grown there still, a lifeless rib ! 
 Being as I am, why didst not thou, the head, 1155 
 
 Command me absolutely not to go, 
 Going into such danger as thou saidst ? 
 Too facile then thou didst not much gainsay, 
 Nay, didst permit, approve, and fair dismiss. 
 Hadst thou been firm and fix'd in thy dissent, 1160 
 
 Neither had I transgress'd, nor thou with me. 
 
 To whom then, first incensed, Adam replied : 
 Is this the love, is this the recompense 
 Of mine to thee, ingrateful Eve, express'd 
 Immutable when thou wert lost, not I ; 1165 
 
 1140. Approve: Prove, put to the test; as Eve had boasted (335). 
 1149. Or here the attempt had been made. 1141. Faith: Fidelity. 
 1158. Facilt: Easy. 1159. Fair: Courteously. 
 
 1162. Fir it incensed: As Adam is now first angry, his speech is abrupt and 
 his sentences broken. N.
 
 414 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Who might have lived and joy'd immortal bibs, 
 
 Yet willingly chose rather death with thee ? 
 
 And am I now upbraided as the cause 
 
 Of thy transgressing ? not enough severe, 
 
 It seems, in thy restraint. What could I more ? 1170 
 
 I warn'd thec, I admonish'd thee, foretold 
 
 The danger, and the lurking enemy 
 
 That lay in wait. Beyond this had been force ; 
 
 And force upon free-will hath here no place. 
 
 But confidence then bore thee on, secure 1175 
 
 Either to meet no danger, or to find 
 
 Matter of glorious trial ; and perhaps 
 
 I also err'd in overmuch admiring 
 
 What seem'd in thee so perfect, that I thought 
 
 No evil durst attempt thee ; but I rue 1180 
 
 That error now, which is become my crime, 
 
 And thou th' accuser. Thus it shall befall 
 
 Him who, to worth in woman over-trusting, 
 
 Lets her will rule. Restraint she will not brook ; 
 
 And left to herself, if evil thence ensue, 1186 
 
 She first his weak indulgence will accuse. 
 
 Thus they in mutual accusation spent 
 The fruitless hours, but neither self-condemning : 
 And of their vain contest appear'd no end. 
 
 1166. Joy'd: Enjoyed. 
 
 1170. In thy restraint: In the restraint of thee. 
 
 1183. In woman: This reading is preferable to Bishop Newton'* (women) 
 and approved by him ; but, further, it has the authority of Milton himself 
 V. 333-34.
 
 BOOK X. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 MAN'S transgression known, the guardian angels forsake Paradise, and re- 
 turn up to Heaven to approve their vigilance, and are approved, God declaring 
 that the entrance of Satan could not be by them prevented. He sends his 
 Son to judge the transgressors, who descends and gives sentence accordingly ; 
 then in pity clothes them both, and re-ascends. Sin and Death, sitting till 
 then at the gates of Hell, by wondrous sympathy feeling the success of Satan 
 in this new world, and the sin by Man there committed, resolve to sit no 
 longer confined in Hell, but to follow Satan, their sire, up to the place of Man. 
 To make the wa)* easier from Hell to this world to and fro, they pave a 
 broad highway or bridge over Chaos, according to the track that Satan first 
 made ; then, preparing for Earth, they meet him, proud of his success, re- 
 turning to Hell ; their mutual gratulation. Satan arrives at Pandemonium ; in 
 full assembly relates with boasting his success against Man ; instead of ap- 
 plause, is entertained with a general hiss by all his audience, transformed 
 with himself also suddenly into serpents, according to his doom given in 
 Paradise ; then, deluded with a show of the forbidden tree springing up before 
 them, they, greedily reaching to take of the fruit, chew dust and bitter ashes. 
 The proceedings of Sin and Death ; God foretells the final victory of his Son 
 over them, and the renewing of all things ; but for the present commands his 
 angels to make several alterations in the heavens and elements. Adam, more 
 and more perceiving his fallen condition, heavily bewails, rejects the condole- 
 ment of Eve ; she persists, and at length appeases him ; then, to evade the 
 curse likely to fall on their offspring, proposes to Adam violent ways, which 
 he approves not ; but, conceiving better hope, puts her in mind of the late 
 promise made them, that her Seed should be revenged on the Serpent ; and 
 exhorts her with him to seek peace of the offended Deity, by repentance and 
 supplication.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 CEBTAIWLT Milton has in this Book shown to an amazing extent all tfte 
 variety of his powers in striking contrast with each other : the sublimity of 
 the celestial persons ; the gigantic wickedness of the infernal ; the mingled 
 excellence and human infirmities of Adam and Eve ; and the shadowy and 
 terrific beings, Sin and Death. Of any other poet, the imagination would 
 have been exhausted in the preceding Books ; in Milton, it still gathers 
 strength and grows bolder and bolder, and darts with more expanded wings. 
 When Sin and Death deserted the gates of Hell, and made their way to Earth, 
 the conception and expression of all the circumstances are of a supernatural 
 force. 
 
 I see no adequate reason why the whole of an Epic poem should (may) 
 not consist of allegorical or shadowy beings; nor do I see why they should 
 (may) not be mixed in action with those imaginary persons who represent 
 realities. Certainly the poetical parts of the Scriptures everywhere embody 
 such shadowy existences. (See note on 230.) 
 
 Sin and Death might have flown through the air from Hell to Earth, as 
 shadowy personifications, without the aid of a bridge of matter ; but this 
 ought not to have prohibited the poet from picturing a bridge of matter, if 
 his imagination led him to that device. It was intended to typify the facility 
 of access contrived by Sin and Death from Hell to this terrestrial globe, not 
 only for themselves, but for all their ministers and innumerable followers. 
 The moral is obvious : what is intended to be conveyed is, though figuratively 
 told, in perfect concurrence with our faith, instead of shocking it. We must 
 cut away all the most impressive parts of poetry, if we do not allow these 
 figurative inventions. 
 
 It may be admitted that it requires a rich mind duly to enjoy and appre- 
 ciate these grand and spiritual agencies. They, therefore, who have cold 
 conceptions, eagerly catch hold of these censures to justify their own insen- 
 sibility ; they ran understand illustrations drawn from objects daily in solid 
 forms before their eyes. But it is not only in the description of forms and 
 actions that the bard has a strength and brilliance so wonderful ; he is equally 
 happy in the sentiments he attributes to each personage. All speak their 
 own distinct characters, with a justness and individuality which meet instant 
 recognition, and waken an indescribable assent and pleasure. Thus Adam
 
 BOOK X. 417 
 
 and Eve, when they know the displeasure of tne Almighty, and are over- 
 whelmed with fear and remorse, each express themselves according to their 
 separate casts of mind, disposition, and circumstances : their moans are deeply 
 affecting. To my taste, this Book is much more lofty and much more pa- 
 thetic, than the Ninth : as the subject was much more difficult, so it is 
 executed with much more wonderful vigour and originality. 
 
 The whole of " Paradise Lost," from beginning to end, is part of one inse- 
 parable web ; and however beautiful detached parts may appear, not half 
 their genius or wisdom can be felt or understood except in connexion with 
 the whole. 
 
 Such is the erudition applied to this most wonderful work, that nothing less 
 than the conjoined attempts of a whole body of learned men for a century 
 have been able to explain its inexhaustible allusions ; and even yet the task 
 is not completed. . B. 
 
 A A
 
 BOOK X. 
 
 MEANWHILE the hainous and despiteful act 
 
 Of Satan dene in Paradise, and how 
 
 He in the serpent had perverted Eve, 
 
 Her husband she, to taste the fatal fruit, 
 
 Was known in Heav'n : for what can 'scape the eye 5 
 
 Of God all-seeing, or deceive his heart 
 
 Omniscient ! who in all things wise and just, 
 
 Hinder 'd not Satan to attempt the mind 
 
 Of Man, with strength entire, and free-will ann'd 
 
 Complete to have discover'd and repulsed 10 
 
 Whatever wiles of foe or seeming friend. 
 
 For still they knew, and ought to have still remember'd 
 
 The high injunction not to taste that fruit, . 
 
 Whoever tempted : which they not obeying, 
 
 Incurred (what could they less ?) the penalty, 15 
 
 12. They: The antecedent is Man (9) in a collective sense, embracing 
 Adam and Eve. So in Gen. i. 26, " Let us make Man in our image, and let 
 them have dominion," &c. 
 
 1415. Which they not obeying incurred, fff. : On considering the nature 
 of this command, we may confidently affirm, says Dr. Harris, that had it re- 
 mained inviolate, no one would ever have thought of impeaching its rectitude 
 or propriety ; but that all would have joined in admiring its simplicity, easi- 
 ness, and adaptation, and in adoring the sovereign goodness of the Lawgiver. 
 Or, even when violated, had the attendant penalty been a mere momentary 
 infliction on the transgressor, each of all his posterity would doubtless have
 
 BOOK X. 41P 
 
 Aud manifold in sin, deserved to fall. 
 Up into Heav'n from Paradise in baste 
 Th' Angelic guards ascended, mute and sad 
 
 acquiesced in the Divine arrangement. The quarrel is, then, not with the 
 nature of the law, but with the supposed consequmces of its violation. Its 
 character is left unconsidered. and all that is thought of is its issue. And 
 thus, indulging in the very spirit which led to the transgression of the law, 
 men judge of its character by its results. The first transgressors acted on the 
 persuasion that, judging by the fallacious advantage of its violation, it would 
 be better to break it than to keep it. Their posterity are apt to think that 
 it would have been better had it not been enacted ; both uniting in the im- 
 plied sentiment, that man's will, and not God's, should rule. The first law 
 appears to be as good a test still, of man's moral disposition, as it was on the 
 day of its Divine appointment 
 
 Dr. Harris further remarks, that the particular prohibition was only the 
 indirect occasion of transgression. The same spirit of disobedience would 
 have been developed, it may be assumed, in some other manner (although 
 not necessarily) , even if that prohibition had never existed. Indeed the pro- 
 bability is, that the probationary arrangement did not even hasten the moment 
 of transgression, but actually delayed it ; for had not the entrance of evil been 
 provided against at every avenue save one, the likelihood is that it would, 
 in however a mitigated form, have earlier made its appearance. Neither 
 must it be imagined that the outward act itself constituted the guilt of the 
 first transgressor. This was only the external manifestation of the fatal 
 change within. Had the forbidden object eluded his grasp, or vanished from 
 his sight as he essayed to take it, the sin would yet have been completed in 
 purpose, and, therefore, in the eye of God and of conscience, though still in- 
 complete in outward and muscular action. So that the consequences which 
 ensued are not to be viewed as resulting from the outward breach of a posi- 
 tive law, however reasonable and benevolent that law might be, but from 
 that breach as indicating the internal change of man's nature, or his disregard 
 to the will of God formally and solemnly expressed. 
 
 For a full discussion of this subject, and masterly vindication of the Divine 
 permission of the introduction of sin into the world, consult the " Man Pri- 
 meval" of Dr. Harris, pp. 392-418. 
 
 16. Manifold in sin : Having committed a complicated sin, involving dis- 
 obedience, unbelief, uxoriousness, self-will, and other irregularities. 
 
 18. The angelic guards, $c.: The Tenth Book of Paradise Lost has a 
 greater variety of persons in it than any other in the whole poem. The 
 author, upon the winding up of his action, introduces all those who had any 
 concern in it, and shows with great beauty the influence which it had upon 
 each of them. It is the last act of a well-written tragedy, in which all who 
 had a part in it are generally drawn up before the audience, and represented
 
 420 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 For Man ; for of bis state by this they knew, 
 
 Much wood 'ring bow tbc subtle fiend bad stolen 20 
 
 Entrance unseen. Soon as th' unwelcome news 
 
 From Earth arrived at Heaven-gate, displeased 
 
 All were wbo beard : dim sadness did not spare 
 
 That time celestial visages ; yet, ruix'd 
 
 With pity, violated not their bliss. 26 
 
 About the new-arrived, in multitudes 
 
 Th' ethereal people ran, to hear and know 
 
 How all befell : they tow'rds the throne supreme, 
 
 Accountable, made baste to make appear 
 
 With righteous plea their utmost vigilance. 30 
 
 And easily approved ; when the Most High 
 
 Eternal Father, from his secret cloud, 
 
 Amidst, in thunder utter'd thus his voice : 
 
 Assembled Angels, and ye Pow'rs returned 
 From unsuccessful charge, be not dismay'd 35 
 
 Nor troubled at these tidings from the earth, 
 
 under those circumstances in which the determination of the action places 
 them. 
 
 This book may be considered under four heads ; in relation to the celestial, 
 the infernal, the human, and the imaginary persons, who have their respec- 
 tive parts allotted in it. 
 
 The guardian angels of Paradise are described as returning to Heaven upon 
 the fall of man, in order to prove their vigilance : their arrival, their manner 
 of reception, the sorrow which appeared in themselves and in those spirits 
 who are said to rejoice at the conversion of a sinner, are very finely laid to- 
 gether in the lines quoted. A. 
 
 19. By thit (time). 
 
 23. Dim $adntts. Iff. : What a just and noble idea does our author here 
 give us of the blessedness of a benevolent temper, and how proper at the 
 same time to obviate the objection that might be made of sadness dwelling 
 in heavenly spirits. THYER. 
 
 It is plain that Milton conceived sadness mixed with pity to be more consistent 
 with heavenly bliss, than sadness without that compassionate temper. There 
 is something pleasing, something divine even, in the melancholy of a merciful 
 mind. And this (adds Mr. Thyer) might be further confirmed by the de- 
 light we take in tragical representations upon the stage, where the pleasure 
 rises from sympathizing with the distresses of our fellow-creatures, and in- 
 dulgiug a commiserating temper. N.
 
 BOOK X. 421 
 
 Which your sincerest care could not prevent, 
 
 Foretold so lately what would come to pass, 
 
 When first this tempter cross 'd the gulf from Hell. 
 
 I told ye then he should prevail and speed 40 
 
 On his bad errand ; Man should be seduced 
 
 And flatter'd out of all, believing lies 
 
 Against his Maker ; no decree of mine 
 
 Concurring to necessitate his fall, 
 
 Or touch with lightest moment of impulse 45 
 
 His free-will, to her own inclining left 
 
 In even scale. But fall'n he is ; and now 
 
 What rests, but that the mortal sentence pass 
 
 On his transgression, death denounced that day ; 
 
 Which he presumes already vain and void, 50 
 
 Because not yet inflicted, as he fear'd, 
 
 By some immediate stroke ; but soon shall find 
 
 Forbearance no acquittance, ere day end. 
 
 Justice shall not return as bounty scorn'd. 
 
 But whom send I to judge them ? Whom but thee, 55 
 
 Vicegerent Son ? To thee I have transferred 
 
 All judgment, whether in Heav'n, or Earth, or Hell. 
 
 Easy it may be seen that I intend 
 
 Mercy colleague with justice, sending thee 
 
 Man's Friend, his Mediator, his design'd 60 
 
 Both Ransom and Redeemer voluntary, 
 
 And destined Man himself to judge Man fall'n. 
 
 So spake the Father, and unfolding bright 
 
 Tow'rd the right hand his glory, on the Son 
 
 Blazed forth unclouded Deity : he full 65 
 
 Resplendent all his Father manifest 
 
 Exprcss'd, and thus divinely answer'd mild : 
 
 40. I told ye then, (fc. : See Book III. 86-96. 
 
 42. Believing lie* againtt hit Maker : Such as Satan had suggested, that all 
 things did not proceed from God, that God kept the forbidden fruit from them 
 out of envy, &c. -N. 
 
 45. Moment : Force, VI. 239. 48. Rests : Remains. 
 
 57. Mljudgntnt: John v. 22-27. 59. Psalm Ixxxv. 10.
 
 422 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Father Eternal, thine is to decree ; 
 Mine, both in Heav'n and Earth, to do thy will 
 Supreme, that thou in ine, thy Son beloved, 70 
 
 May'st ever rest well pleased. I go to judge 
 On earth these thy transgressors ; but thou know'st, 
 Whoever judged, the worst on me must light, 
 When time shall be, for so I undertook 
 
 Before thee ; and not repenting, tfcfe obtain 75 
 
 Of right, that I may mitigate their doom 
 On me derived ; yet I shall temper so 
 Justice with mercy, as may illustrate most 
 Them fully satisfy'd, and thee appease. 
 
 Attendance none shall need, nor train where none 80 
 
 Are to behold the judgment, but the judged, 
 Those two. The third, best absent, is condemn'd, 
 Convict by flight, and rebel to all law : 
 Conviction to the serpent none belongs. 
 
 Thus saying, from his radiant seat he rose 85 
 
 Of liigh collat'ral glory : him Thrones and Pow'rs, 
 Princedoms and Dominations ministrant, 
 
 72. I go to judge: The same Divine Person who in the foregoing puts ol 
 this poem (Book III. 236) interceded for our first parents before their fall 
 overthrew the rebel angels, and created the world, is now represented as de- 
 scending to Paradise, and pronouncing sentence upon the three offenders. 
 The cool of the evening being a circumstance with which holy writ intro- 
 duces this great scene, it is poetically described by our author (92-103) , who 
 has also kept religiously to the form of words in which the three several 
 sentences were passed upon Adam, Eve, and the Serpent. He has rathe' 
 chosen to neglect the melodiousness of his verse, than to deviate from those 
 speeches which are recorded on this great occasion. The guilt and confusion 
 of our first parents, standing naked before their judge, are touched with great 
 beauty. A. 
 
 74. & I undertook, $e. : Book III. 236, &c. 
 
 78. Illustrate mott : Most clearly show. 
 
 80. Shall need: Shall be necessary, as in Book III. 341. 
 
 84. Conviction notte belong* : No proof is needful against the serpent, com- 
 pelled by Satan to be the ignorant instrument of his malice against mankind, 
 now mute and unable to answer for himself. H. 
 
 86. Collateral glory . Side-by-side, or equal, glory, VIII. 426; IV. 485.
 
 BOOK x. 423 
 
 Accompanied to Heaven-gate ; from whence 
 
 Eden and all the coast in prospect lay. 
 
 Down he descended straight : the speed of Gods 90 
 
 Time counts not, tho' with swiftest minutes wing'd 
 
 Now was the sun in western cadence low 
 
 From noon, and gentle airs due at their hour 
 
 To fan the earth, now waked, and usher in 
 
 The ev'ning cool, when he, from wrath more cool, 95 
 
 Came the mild Judge and Intercessor both, 
 
 To sentence Man. The voice of God they heard 
 
 Now walking in the garden, by soft winds 
 
 Brought to their ears, while day declined : they heard, 
 
 And from his presence hid themselves among 100 
 
 The thickest trees, both man and wife, till God 
 
 Approaching, thus to Adam call'd aloud : 
 
 Where art thou, Adam ? wont with joy to meet 
 
 My coming, seen far off ! I miss thee here, 
 
 Not pleased, thus entertain'd with solitude, 105 
 
 Where obvious duty erewhile appear'd unsought : 
 
 Or come I less conspicuous ? or what change 
 
 Absents thee, or what chance detains ? Come forth ' 
 
 He came, and with him Eve, more loth, tho' first 
 T' offend ; discount'nanced both, and discomposed : 110 
 
 92. Cadence: Decline. 
 
 98. Walking: This word is to be joined, not with "Lord," but with 
 u voice," as it is in the original (in Genesis) the same word with that used 
 to signify the sound of the trumpet upon Mount Sinai, Ex. xix. 19, " And 
 when the voice of the trumpet sounded long (Heb. ' walked' )." A voice may 
 be said to walk or go when it increases in intensity, waxing louder and louder. 
 The same term is applied to a constantly brightening light. Prov. iv. 18, 
 u Shineth more and more (Heb. ' walketh') to the perfect day." BOSH on 
 Genesis. 
 
 The phrase " Voice of the Lord God," is usually applied to thunder, Job 
 xxxvii. 4, 5 ; Ps. xxix. 3-9 ; but seems here to denote the act of calling to 
 Adam. See 119-21. 
 
 102. See Gen. iii. It is curious to observe how the poet paraphrases and 
 enlarges upon the divine historian. N. 
 
 100. Obvious duty : Open, manifest respect or dutifulness. Erewhile : A 
 short while since.
 
 424 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Love was not in their looks, either to God 
 Or to each other, but apparent guilt, 
 And shame, and perturbation, and despair, 
 ^A-njrer, and obstinacy, and hate, and guile. 
 Whence Adam, fait. 'ring long, thus answer'd brief: 115 
 
 I heard thee in the garden, and of thy voice 
 Afraid, being naked, hid myself. To whom 
 The gracious Judge, without revile, replied : 
 My voice thou oft hast heard, and hast not fear'd, 
 But still rejoiced : how is it now become 120 
 
 So dreadful to thee r That thou'rt naked, who 
 Hath told thee ? Hast thou eaten of the tree 
 Whereof I gave thee charge thou shouldst not eat ? 
 To whom thus Adam, sore beset, replied : 
 
 Heav'n ! in evil strait this day I stand 125 
 Before my Judge, either to undergo 
 
 Myself the total crime, or to accuse 
 My other self, the partner of my life ; 
 Whose failing, while her faith to me remains, 
 
 1 should conceal, and not expose to blame 130 
 By my complaint ; but strict necessity 
 
 Subdues me, and calamitous constraint, 
 
 Lest on my head both sin and punishment, 
 
 However insupportable, be all 
 
 Devolved ; tho', should I hold my peace, yet thou 135 
 
 Wouldst easily detect what I conceal. 
 
 This Woman, whom thou mad'st to be my help, 
 
 And gav'st me as thy perfect gift, so good, 
 
 So fit, so acceptable, so divine, 
 
 That from her hand I could suspect no ill ; 140 
 
 And what she did, whatever in itself, 
 
 Her doing seem'd to justify the deed ; 
 
 1 14-15. He camt, tfe. : These two lines are so destitute of harmony as to 
 represent in sound the ideas of tardiness, difficulty, and hesitancy through 
 frar. C. 
 
 118. Revile: Reproof 
 
 130. &c. His unwillingness to accuse his wife, and yet the necessity of his 
 doing it, are finely imagined. N.
 
 BOOK x. 425 
 
 She gave me of the tree, and I did eat. 
 
 To whom the Sov'reign Presence thus replied : 
 Was she thy God, that her thou didst obey 145 
 
 Before his voice ? or was she made thy guide, 
 Superior, or but equal, that to her 
 Thou didst resign thy manhood, and the place 
 Wherein God set thee 'bove her, made of thee, 
 And for thee, whose perfection far excell'd 150 
 
 Hers in all real dignity ? . Adorn 'd 
 She was indeed, and lovely to attract 
 Thy love, not thy subjection ; and her gifts 
 Were such as under government well seem'd, 
 Unseemly to bear rule, which was thy part 155 
 
 And person, had'st thou known thyself aright. 
 
 So having said, he thus to Eve in few : 
 Say, Woman, what is this which thou hast done ? 
 
 To whom sad Eve, with shame nigh overwhelm'd, 
 Confessing soon, yet not before her Judge 160 
 
 Bold or loquacious, thus abash 'd, replied : 
 The Serpent me beguiled, and I did eat. 
 
 Which when the Lord God heard, without delay 
 To judgment he proceeded on th' accused 
 Serpent, though brute, unable to transfer 105 
 
 The guilt on him who made him instrument 
 Of mischief, and polluted from the end 
 Of his creation : justly then accursed, 
 As vitiated in nature : more to know 
 
 Concern'd not Man (since he no further knew) 170 
 
 Nor alter'd his offence ; yet God at last 
 To Satan, first in sin, his doom applied, 
 Though in mysterious terms, judged as then best ; 
 And on the serpent thus his curse let fall : 
 
 151-52. The same idea was communicated by the angel Raphael, VIII. 
 568. Milton often thus inculcates the superior authority belonging to the 
 husband. 
 
 156. Perton is here used in the sense of the Latin persona (dramatis) , cha- 
 racter. It was thy part and thy character (in the drama of life) to bear rule, 
 
 157. hi few: In few (words).
 
 426 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Because thou bast done this, tbou art accursed 175 
 
 Above all cattle, each beast of the field ; 
 Upon thy belly grov'ling thou shalt go, 
 And dust shalt eat all the days of thy life. 
 Between thee and the Woman I will put 
 Enmity, and between thine and her seed : 180 
 
 Her Seed shall bruise thy head ; thou bruise his heel. 
 So spake this Oracle, then verify'd 
 
 175. This is taken from Genesis iii. 14, 15. The object of the curse in tms 
 ease was both the natural visible serpent employed as the instrument, and 
 Satan himself, by whom he was instigated. It was not the serpent alone, 
 and by itself, that tempted the first pair ; it was that animal, as moved and 
 impelled by the devil, which accomplished their ruin. The expressions used 
 in denouncing the sentence, appertain to both : not that a brute reptile could 
 really be guilty of sin, or a fit subject of punishment, but it is entirely in ac- 
 cordance with the usual method of the Divine dispensations to put some 
 token of displeasure upon the instrument of an offence, as well as upon the 
 offender who employs it. Thus the beast who had been lain with by man, 
 Lev. xx. 15, was to be burned to death as well as the man himself; and even 
 the censers of Korah and his companions were condemned as no longer fit to 
 be applied to a sacred use. This is done in order to express more forcibly 
 the Divine detestation of the act, while at the same time we may freely ad- 
 mit that the main weight of the curse undoubtedly fell upon the principal 
 agent, whose doom is mystically expressed in the terms appropriate to a 
 natural serpent. It may further be observed, in justification of the Divine 
 proceeding, that the brute serpent, in pursuance of this curse, probably suf- 
 fered no pain. It might be deteriorated as to its properties ; it might be 
 lowered in the scale of creation ; it might be transformed from a shape and 
 appearance the most beautiful in the eyes of men, into a form the most dis- 
 gusting ; and all this without any diminution of its corporeal pleasures. 
 Such a change involved no mental suffering, as it would in the case of a ra- 
 tional being subjected to like degradation. BUSH. 
 
 176-81. Our author was certainly here more in the right than ever, in ad- 
 hering religiously to the words of Scripture, though he has thereby spoiled 
 the harmony of his verse. N. 
 
 182- Oracle: Here is a manifest indication that, when Milton wrote this 
 passage, he thought Paraditt was chiefly regained at our Saviour's resurrec- 
 tion. This would have been a copious and sublime subject for a second poem. 
 In episodes he might have introduced his conception, birth, miracles, and the 
 entire history of his administration while on earth ; and I much grieve that, 
 instead of this, he should choose for the argument of his Paradise Regained 
 the fourth cliapter of Luke, the temptation in the wUdernet* ; a dry, barren, and
 
 BOOK x. 427 
 
 When Jesus, Son of Mary, second Eve, 
 
 Saw Satan fall like lightning down from Heav'n, 
 
 Prince of the air ; then, rising from his grave, 185 
 
 Spoil'd principalities and pow'rs, triumph'd 
 
 In open show, and, with ascension bright, 
 
 Captivity led captive through the air. 
 
 The realm itself of Satan long usurp'd ; 
 
 Whom he shall tread at last under our feet ; 190 
 
 E'en he who now foretold bis fatal bruise, 
 
 And to the Woman thus his sentence turn'd : 
 
 Thy sorrow I will greatly multiply 
 
 By thy conception : Children thou shalt bring 
 
 In sorrow forth ; and to thy husband's will 195 
 
 Thine shall submit : he over thee shall rule. 
 
 On Adam last thus judgment he pronounced : 
 Because thou'st hearken'd to th' voice of thy wife, 
 And eaten of the tree, concerning which 
 
 I charged thee, saying, Thou shalt not eat thereof; 200 
 
 Cursed is the ground for thy sake ; thou in sorrow 
 Shalt eat thereof all the days of thy life : 
 Thorns also and thistles it shall bring thee forth 
 Unbid ; and thou shalt eat th' herb of the field ; 
 In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, 205 
 
 Till thou return unto the ground ; for thou 
 Out of the ground wast taken (know thy birth) ; 
 For dust thou art, and shalt to dust return. 
 . So judged he Man, both Judge and Saviour sent, 
 And th' instant stroke of death, denounced that day, 210 
 
 Removed far off ; then pitying how they stood 
 Before him naked to the air, that now 
 Must suffer change, disdain'd not to begin 
 Thenceforth the form of servant to assume, 
 As when he wash'd his servants' feet ; so now, 215 
 
 As Father of his family, he clad 
 
 narrow ground to build an epic poem on. In that work he has amplified his 
 scanty materials to a surprising dignity, but yet being cramped down by a 
 wrong choice, without the expected applause. BENTLEY. 
 
 21C It was formerly believed that some animals shed their skins like
 
 428 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Their nakedness with skins of beasts, or slain, 
 
 Or as the snake with youthful coat repaid ; 
 
 And thought not much to clothe his enemies : 
 
 Nor he their outward only with the skins 220 
 
 Of beasts, but inward nakedness, much more 
 
 Opprobrious, with his robe of righteousness, 
 
 Arraying, cover'd from his Father's sight. 
 
 To him with swift ascent he up return'd, 
 
 Into his blissful bosom re-assumed 225 
 
 In glory, as of old ; to him appeased, 
 
 All, tho' all-knowing, what had pass'd-with Man ' 
 
 Recounted, mixing intercession sweet. 
 
 Meanwhile ere thus was sinn'd and judged on Earth, 
 Within the gates of Hell sat Sin and Death, 230 
 
 makes ; but the most common supposition is, that the skins mentioned in 
 this part of Scripture history, were those of animals offered in sacrifice, 
 which, it is generally supposed, was instituted in the earliest period of man's 
 existence. S. 
 
 220. Wat tinned and judged: Impersonal verbs, constituting a Latin form 
 of expression, and meaning, sin and judgment took place. 
 
 230. Sat Sin and Dtath, (fc. : Some remarks may here, with propriety, be 
 made upon the introduction of such shadowy and imaginary persons into a 
 heroic poem. It is certain that Homer and Virgil are full of imaginary per- 
 sons ; and these are very beautiful in poetry, when they are just shown 
 without being engaged in any series of action. Homer, indeed, represents 
 sleep as a person, and ascribes a short part to him in his Iliad ; but we must 
 consider that though we now regard such a person as entirely shadowy and 
 unsubstantial, the heathens made statues of him, placed him in their tem- 
 ples, and looked upon him as a real deity. When Homer makes use of 
 similar allegorical persons, it is only in short, expressions which convey an 
 ordinary thought to the mind in the most pleasing manner, and may rather 
 be looked upon as poetical phrases than allegorical descriptions. Instead of 
 telling us that men naturally flee when they are terrified, he introduces the 
 persons of Flight and Fear as inseparable companions. Instead of saying 
 that the time was come when Apollo ought to have received his recom- 
 penre. he tells us that the Hour* brought him his reward. Instead of de- 
 scribing the effects of Minerva's apgis produced in battle, he tells us that the 
 brims of it were encompassed by Terror, Rout. Discord, Fury. Pvrtuit. Ma*- 
 mere, and Death. In the same figure of speaking, he represents Victory as 
 following Diomedes ; Ditcord, as the mother of funerals and of mourning ; 
 Venus, as dressed by the Grace*. Similar instances arc to be found in Virgil.
 
 BOOK x. 429 
 
 In countervicw within the gates, that now 
 Stood open wide, belching outrageous flame 
 Far into Chaos, since the Fiend pass'd through, 
 Sin opening, who thus now to Death began : 
 
 O Son, why sit we here each other viewing 235 
 
 Idly, while Satan our great author thrives 
 In other worlds, and happier seat provides 
 For us, his offspring dear : It cannot be 
 But that success attends him ; if mishap, 
 
 Ere this he had return 'd, with fury driven 240 
 
 By his avengers, since no place like this 
 Can fit his punishment, or their revenge. 
 
 Milton has very often made use of the same way of speaking ; as where he 
 tells us that Victory sat on the right hand of the Messiah, when he marched 
 forth against the rebel angels ; that, at the rising of the sun, the Hours 
 unbarred the gates of light ; that Discord was the daughter of Sin. Of the 
 same nature are those expressions, where., describing the singing of the night- 
 ingale, he adds. " Silence was pleased ;" and upon the Messiah's bidding 
 peace to the Chaos, '' Confusion heard his voice." There are numberless 
 instances of our author's writing in this beautiful figure. It is plain that 
 these which have been mentioned, in which persons of an imaginary nature 
 are introduced, are such short allegories as are not designed to be taken in 
 the literal sense, but only to convey particular circumstances to the reader 
 after an unusual and entertaining manner. But when such persons are in- 
 troduced as principal actors, and engaged in a series of adventures, they take 
 too much upon them, and are, by no means, proper for a heroic poem, which 
 ought to appear credible in its principal parts. A. 
 
 The opinions just expressed differ, it will be noticed, from those contained 
 in the Introductory Remarks, prefixed to this Book ; and also from those ex- 
 piessed by Bishop Newton, and here subjoined. 
 
 Milton may rather be justified for introducing such imaginary beings as 
 Sin and Death, because a great part of his poem lies in the invisible world, 
 and such fictitious beings may better have a place there ; and the actions of 
 of Sin and Death are at least as probable as many of those ascribed to the 
 good or evil angels. Besides, as Milton's subject necessarily admitted so far 
 real persons, he was in a manner obliged to supply that defect by introduc- 
 ing imaginary ones ; and the characters of Sin and Death are perfectly agree- 
 able to the hints and sketches, which are given of them in Scripture. The 
 Scripture had made persons of them before in several places ; only it repre- 
 sented them, as I may say, in miniature, and he has drawn them in their 
 full length and proportions. N. 
 
 2.11. /M rountrrvitw : With a front view of each other.
 
 430 PARADISE LOST 
 
 Methinks I feel new strength within me rise, 
 
 Wings growing, and dominion given me large 
 
 Beyond this deep ; whatever draws me on, 245 
 
 Or sympathy, or some connat'ral force, 
 
 Pow'rful at greatest distance to unite 
 
 With secret amity things of like kind 
 
 By secretest conveyance. Thou, my shade 
 
 Inseparable, must with me along ; 250 
 
 For Death from Sin no power can separate. 
 
 But lest the difficulty of passing back 
 
 Stay his return perhaps over this gulf 
 
 Impassable, impervious, let us try 
 
 Advent'rous work, yet to thy pow'r and mine 255 
 
 Not unagreeable, to found a path 
 
 Over this main from Hell to that New World, 
 
 Where Satan now prevails ; a monument 
 
 Of merit high to all th' infernal host, 
 
 Easing their passage hence, for intercourse 260 
 
 Or transmigration, as their lot shall lead. 
 
 Nor can 1 miss the way, so strongly drawn 
 
 246. Or tympathy, Ifc. : Whether sympathy. The modern philosopher 
 may. perhaps, take offence at this now exploded notion, but every friend to 
 the Muses will. I doubt not, pardon it, for the sake of that fine strain of 
 poetry which it has given the poet an opportunity of introducing in the fol- 
 lowing description. THVER. 
 
 249-50. Thou my thnde, tp. : Death teemed a thadmc, Book II. 669, and 
 was the inseparable companion as well as offspring of Sin. Shakspeare, in 
 the same manner uses shadow, as the Latins use umbra, (Hor. Sat. ii. 8 : 22) : 
 
 " I am your thadotc, my Lord, I'll foliate you." 
 
 Henry IV., Act. 2. 
 
 7* N. 
 
 250. Mutt with : Must go with, &c. 
 
 251. A momentous truth is here conveyed, and well adapted to make a 
 salutary moral impression. 
 
 257. Main: Ocean. 
 
 260. For intercourte or trantmigratian, tfc. : Intercourte, the passing fre- 
 quently backward and forward ; transmigration, quitting Hell once for all to 
 inhabit the new creation : they were uncertain which their lot should be. 
 R.
 
 BOOK X. 431 
 
 By this new-felt attraction and instinct. 
 
 Whom thus the meagre Shadow answer'd soon : 
 Go whither Fate and inclination strong 265 
 
 Leads thee ; I shall not lag behind, nor err 
 The way, thou leading, such a scent I draw 
 Of carnage, prey innumerable, and taste 
 The savour of Death from all things there that live : 
 Nor shall I to the work thou enterprisest 270 
 
 Be wanting, but afford thee equal aid. 
 
 So saying, with delight he snuff'd the smell 
 Of mortal change on earth. As when a flock 
 Of ravenous fowl, though many a league remote 
 Against the day of battle, to a field 275 
 
 Where armies lie cncamp'd, come flying, lured 
 With scent of living carcases design'd 
 For death the following day, in bloody fight ; 
 So scented the grim Feature, and upturn'd 
 His nostril wide into the murky air, 280 
 
 Sagacious of his quarry from so far. 
 Then both from out Hell-gates into the waste 
 Wide anarchy of Chaos, damp and dark, 
 Flew diverse, and with pow'r (their pow'r was great) 
 Hov'ring upon the waters, what they met, 285 
 
 Solid or slimy, as in raging sea 
 Tost up and down, together crowded drove 
 From each side shoaliug towards the mouth of Hell : 
 As when two polar winds, blowing adverse 
 
 266. Err: Mistake. 
 
 277. With tcent of living carcaset : A fabulous story is here introduced 
 from Pliny by way of illustration ; for such a purpose no simile could be 
 more appropriate. 
 
 279. The grim Feature : The grim Form. 
 
 28J. Sagacious of his quarry: Quick of scent to discern his prey. 
 
 289. A when two polar uiW, Sfc. : Sin and Death, flying into different 
 parts of Chaos, and driving all the matter they meet with there in shoals 
 towards the mouth of Hell, afte compared to two polar urindt, north and south, 
 blowing advene upon the Cronian Sea, the Northern frozen sea, and driving 
 together mountain* of ice that ttop tht imagined rvay, the northwest passage, as
 
 432 
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Upon the Cronian sea, together drive 290 
 
 Mountains of ice, that stop th' imagined way 
 
 Bejond Petsora eastward, to the rich 
 
 Cathaian coast. The aggregated soil 
 
 Death with his mace petrific, cold and dry, 
 
 As with a trident smote, and fix'd as firm 295 
 
 As Dclos floating once ; the rest his look 
 
 Bound with Gorgonian rigour not to move ; 
 
 And with asphaltic slime, broad as the gate, 
 
 Deep to the roots of Hell the gather'd beach 
 
 They fasten'd, and the mole immense wrought on 300 
 
 Over the foaming deep high arch'd, a bridge 
 
 Of length prodigious, joining to the wall 
 
 Immoveable of this now fenceless world 
 
 Forfeit to Death : from hence a passage broad, 
 
 Smooth, easy, inoffensive down to Hell. 305 
 
 So, if great things to small may be compared, 
 
 it is railed, which so many have attempted to discover, beyond Pettora eatt- 
 vxtrd (292) , the most north-eastern province of Muscovy, Russia, to the rich 
 Cathaian coast Cathay, the northern part of China. N. 
 294. Petrific : Converting substances into stone. 
 
 296. Delot : An island in the ^Egean Sea, one of the Cyclades, and 
 the alleged birth-place of Apollo. Its name is commonly derived from<ii|>oj 
 manifest, in allusion to the island being supposed to have once floated under 
 the surface of the sea, until, by order of Neptune, it was made to rise above, 
 and remain. The rett : The slimy parts, 286, as distinguished from the solid, 
 or soil. 
 
 297. Gorgonian rigour : Rigidness, such as the Gorgans were fabled to 
 produce : these were three sisters to whom the power was ascribed of turn- 
 ing into stone all persons on whom they fixed their eyes. 
 
 299. Beach: Shore. 
 
 303. Fencelet*: Unguarded. 
 
 306. So Xerxet, tfc. : This simile is very exact and beautiful. As Sin and 
 Death built a bridge over Chaos to subdue and enslave mankind, to if great 
 thing* to tmall may be compared u Si parva licet componere magnis," as Virgil 
 says, Georg. iv. 176 Xerxet, the Persian monarch, to bring the free states 
 of Greece under his yoke, came from Sutu, the chief city of Susiana, a pro- 
 vince jf Persia, the residence of the Persian monarch*, called Mcmnonia by 
 Herodotus, of Memnon, who built it, and who reigned there.
 
 
 BOOK x. 433 
 
 Xerxes, the liberty of Greece to yoke, 
 
 From Susa his Memnonian palace high 
 
 Came to the sea, and over Hellespont 
 
 Bridging his way, Europe with Asia join'd, 310 
 
 And scourged with many a stroke th' indignant waves. 
 
 Now had they brought the work by wondrous art 
 
 Pontifical, a ridge of pendent rock, 
 
 Over the vex'd abyss, (following the track 
 
 Of Satan to the self-same place where he 315 
 
 First lighted from his wing, and landed safe 
 
 From out of Chaos,) to the outside bare 
 
 Of this round world. With pins of adamant 
 
 And chains they made all fast, too fast they made 
 
 And durable ; and now in little space 330 
 
 The confines met of Empyrean Heav'n 
 
 And of this World, and on the left hand Hell 
 
 309-10. And over the Hellespont bridging hi* way : Building a bridge, rest- 
 ing on ships, over Hellespont, the narrow sea by Constantinople, that divides 
 Europe from Asia, to march his large army over it. 
 
 310-11. Europe with Asia joined, and scourged with many a stroke the in- 
 dignant waves : Alluding particularly to the madness of Xerxes in ordering 
 the sea to be whipped for the loss of some of his ships. 
 
 311. Indignant waves: Scorning and raging to be so confined ; as Virgil 
 says, " Pontem indignatus, Araxes," JEn. viii. 728. 
 
 312. By wondrous art pontifical : By the wondrous art of building bridges. 
 The high priest of the ancient Romans was distinguished by the name of 
 Pontifex, from pans, a bridge, and facer e, to make : " Quia sublicius pons a 
 Pontificibus factus est primum, et restitutus saepe," as Varro relates. 
 
 Jlrt pontifical, says Warburton, is a very bad expression to signify the art 
 of building bridges, and yet, to suppose a pun, would be worse, as if the 
 Roman priesthood were as ready to make the way easy to Hell, as Sin an 
 Death did. 
 
 312-318. The prominent statements are : Now had they brought the work, 
 over the vexed at>yss, to the outside bare of this round world, following tht track 
 of Satan, &c. 
 
 315-17. For an explanation of outside bare of this round world, consult 
 note on Book iii. 34; ii. 1029-52. 
 
 322. On the left hand Hell : Virgil locates Hell on the left, and Elysium 
 on the right hand, JEn. vi. 542. 
 
 B B
 
 434 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 With long reach interposed : three sev'ral ways 
 
 In sight, to each of these three places led. 
 
 And now their way to Earth they had descry 'd, 325 
 
 To Paradise first tending, when, behold, 
 
 Satan, in likeness of an Angel bright, 
 
 Betwixt the Centaur and the Scorpion steering 
 
 His zenith, while the sun in Aries rose. 
 
 Disguised he came ; but those his children dear 330 
 
 Their parent soon discern'd, though in disguise. 
 
 He, after Eve seduced, unminded slunk 
 
 Into the wood fast by, and changing shape 
 
 T' observe the sequel, saw his guileful act 
 
 By Eve, though all unweeting, seconded 335 
 
 Upon her husband, saw their shame that sought 
 
 Vain covertures ; but when he saw descend 
 
 The Son of God to judge them, terrify'd 
 
 He fled, not hoping to escape, but shun 
 
 The present, fearing, guilty, what his wrath 340 
 
 323. Reach: Extent. 
 
 328. Steering hit zenith : Alluding to a ship steering her course between 
 two islands : so Satan directed his way, on his return from the earth, be- 
 tween these two signs of the zodiac, upward*, towards the outside of thia 
 round world, whence he had come down, 317 ; III. 418-23, 560-74. 
 
 Satan, to avoid being discovered, as he had been before, IV. 569, &c., by 
 Uriel, regent of the sun, takes care to keep at as great distance as possible, 
 and, therefore, while the tun rote in Jlriet, he steers his course dirsctly up- 
 wards, betwixt the Centaur and the Scorpion, two constellations which lay in 
 a quite different part of the heavens from Aries. N. 
 
 It is observed by those who would set forth the greatness of Virgil's 
 plan, that he conducts his reader through all the parts of the earth which 
 were discovered in his time. Asia, Africa, and Europe, are the aerttai 
 scenes of his fable. The plan of Milton's poem is of an infinitely greater 
 extent, and fills the mind with many more astonishing circumstances. 
 Satan, having surrounded the earth seven times, departs at length from Para- 
 dise. We then see him steering his course among the constellations; and. 
 after having traversed the whole creation, pursuing his voyage through the 
 chaos, and entering into his own infernal dominions. A. 
 
 332. Seduced : Had been seduced. 
 
 335. Ml unweeting : Altogether ignorant, that is, of his presence. Second- 
 ed: Practised a second time.
 
 BOOK x. 435 
 
 Might suddenly inflict ; that pass'd, return'd 
 
 By night, and listening where the hapless pair 
 
 Sat in their sad discourse, and various plaint, 
 
 Thence gathered his own doom, which understood 
 
 Not instant, but of future time, with joy 345 
 
 And tidings fraught, to Hell he now return'd, 
 
 And at the brink of Chaos, near the foot 
 
 Of this new wondrous pontifice, unhoped 
 
 Met who to meet him came, his offspring dear. 
 
 Great joy was at their meeting, and at sight 850 
 
 Of that stupendous bridge his joy increased. 
 
 Long he admiring stood, till Sin, his fair 
 
 Enchanting daughter, thus the silence broke : 
 
 Parent, these are thy magnific deeds, 
 
 Thy trophies, which thou view'st as not thine own ! 355 
 
 Thou art their author and prime architect : 
 For I no sooner in my heart divined, 
 (My heart, which by a secret harmony 
 Still moves with thine, join'd in connexion sweet,) 
 That thou on earth hadst prosper'd, which thy looks 360 
 
 Now also evidence, but straight I felt, 
 Tho' distant from thee worlds between, yet felt 
 That I must after thee with this thy son ; 
 Such fatal consequence unites us three : 
 
 Hell could no longer hold us in her bounds, 365 
 
 Nor this unvoyageable gulf obscure 
 Detain from following thy illustrious track. 
 Thou hast achieved our liberty, confined 
 
 344. Which, understood : Which being understood. 
 
 345. With joy and tidings : That is, with joyful tidings : an idiom of th 
 Lalin writers, as in JEn. viii. 436, " Squamis auroque," instead of " durrit 
 Kfuamit ; ./En. i. 630, " Munera latitiamque Dei," for " Munera lata Dei." 
 R. 
 
 348. Pontifice: Bridge-work. 
 
 363. Must (go) after thee. 
 
 364. Fatal consequence: Fated connection of cause and effect. 
 
 368. Our liberty : The liberty of us. For similar instances of this nw ol
 
 436 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Within Hell-gates till now ; thou us impower'd 
 
 To fortify thus far, and overlay 370 
 
 With this portentous bridge the dark abyss. 
 
 Thine now is all this world ; thy virtue hath won 
 
 What thy hands builded not ; thy wisdom gain'd 
 
 With odds what, war hath lost, and fully 'venged 
 
 Our foil in Heav'n : here thou shalt monarch reign ; 375 
 
 There didst not ; there let him still victor sway. 
 
 As battle hath adjudged, from this new world 
 
 Retiring, by his own doom alienated, 
 
 And henceforth monarchy with thee divide 
 
 Of all things parted by th' empyreal bounds, 380 
 
 His quadrature, from thy orbicular W9rld, 
 
 Or try thee now more dangerous to his throne. 
 
 Whom thus the Prince of darkness answer'd glad : 
 Fair Daughter, and thou Son and Grandchild both, 
 High proof ye now have given to be the race 385 
 
 Of Satan (for I glory in the name, 
 Antagonist of Heav Vs Almighty King) ; 
 Amply have merited of me, of all 
 Th' infernal empire, that so near Heav'n's door 
 Triumphal with triumphal act have met, 390 
 
 Mine with this glorious work, and made one realm 
 Hell and this world, one realm, one continent 
 Of easy thoroughfare. Therefore, while I 
 
 the pronoun, refer to IV. 129; VIII. 423; DC 108. To fortify: To erect 
 firm work. 
 
 375. Foil: Defeat 
 
 381. Hit quadrature, tfc. : This world is orbicular , or round ; the empyreal 
 Heaven is a quadrature, or square. Our author had said before (II. 1048) 
 that it was undetermined tquare or round ; and so it might be to Satan, 
 viewing it at that distance ; but here he follows the opinion of Gassen- 
 dus and others, who say that the empyrium, or Heaven of heavens, is 
 of a square figure, because the holy city, in the Revelation (xxi. 16), is w> 
 described. N. 
 
 384. Son and grandchild : Death is by these terms described as the imme- 
 diate effect of sin, and the more remote effect of the agency of Satan, by which 
 the sin of man was effected. 
 
 386. Satan means antagonist or adversary
 
 BOOK x. 437 
 
 Descend through darkness, on your road with ease, 
 
 To my associate Pow'rs, them to acquaint 395 
 
 With these successes, and with them rejoice, 
 
 You twd this way, among these numerous orbs 
 
 All yours, right down to Paradise descend ; 
 
 There dwell and reign in bliss, thence on the earth 
 
 Dominion exercise, and in the air, 400 
 
 Chiefly on Man, sole lord of all declared ; 
 
 Him first make sure your thrall, and lastly kill. 
 
 My substitutes I send ye, and create 
 
 Plenipotent on earth, of matchless might 
 
 Issuing from me. On your joint vigour now 405 
 
 My hold of this new kingdom all depends, 
 
 Through Sin to Death exposed by my exploit. 
 
 If your joint pow'r prevail, th' affairs of Hell 
 
 No detriment need fear. Go, and be strong. 
 
 So saying, he dismiss'd them ; they with speed 410 
 
 Their course through thickest constellations held, 
 Spreading their bane ; the blasted stars look'd wan, 
 And planets, planet-struck, real eclipse 
 Then suffer'd. Th' other way Satan went down 
 The causey to Hell-gate ; on either side 415 
 
 Disparted Chaos over-built exclaim'd, 
 And with rebounding surge the bars assail'd 
 That scorn 'd his indignation. Through the gate, 
 Wide open and unguarded, Satan pass'd, 
 
 And all about found desolate ; for those 420 
 
 Appointed to sit there had left their charge, 
 
 402. Thrall: Slave. 
 
 409. Go and be strong : The words of Moses to Joshua, Deut. xxxi. 7, 8. 
 
 412. Spreading their bane, ffc. : Ovid's description of the journey of Envy 
 to Athens, Met. ii. 791-94, and Milton's of the journey of Sin and Death to 
 Paradise, have a great resemblance. But whatever Milton imitates, he adds 
 a greatness to it : as in this place, he alters Ovid's flowers, herbs, people, and 
 cities, to stars, planets, arid worlds. 
 
 413. And planets, planct-strurk : We say of a thing when it is blasted and 
 withered, that it is planet-struck; and this is now applied to the planets 
 themselves. And what a sublime idea does it give us of the devastations 
 of Sin and Death ! N. 415. Causo^ Raised "A'av-
 
 438 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Flown to the upper world ; the rest were all 
 
 Far to tli' inland retired, about the walls 
 
 Of Pandemonium, city and proud scat 
 
 Of Lucifer, so by allusion call'd, 425 
 
 Of that bright star to Satan paragon 'd. 
 
 There kept their watch the legions, while the Grand 
 
 In council sat, solicitous what chance 
 
 Might intercept their emperor sent ; so he 
 
 Departing, gave command ; and they observed. 430 
 
 As when the Tartar from his Russian foe 
 
 By Astracan over the snowy plains 
 
 Retires, or Bactrian Sophi from the horns 
 
 Of Turkish crescent, leaves all waste beyond 
 
 The realm of Aladule, in his retreat 435 
 
 To Tauris or Casbeen, so these the late 
 
 Heav'n-banish'd host, left desert utmost Hell 
 
 424. Pandemonium, referred to Book I. 756, and there said to be the high 
 capital of Satan and his peers. It is derived from ra, all, and &<>&>*, 
 demon. 
 
 425. Lucifer : Light bnnger. The old poets give this name to Venus 
 when she is a morning star, and then heralds the great orb of light. In 
 Isaiah, xiv. 12, Nebuchadnezzar is compared to Lucifer, from the worldly 
 splendor by which he had previous to his death been surrounded, and by 
 which he surpassed all other monarchs, as the brilliancy of Lucifer (Venus) 
 surpasses that of the other celestial bodies, in the absence of the sun. Ter- 
 tullian and Gregory the Great, erroneously understood this passage in Isaiah 
 as referring to the fall of Satan, in consequence of which the name Lucifer 
 has since been applied to Satan. K. Compare Book i. 591-06 ; X. 440-55. 
 
 426. Paragoned: From paragonner (French), to be equal to, to be like; 
 from *ua, juxta, and ayur, ccrtamcn. An exact idea or likeness of a thing) 
 able to contest with the original. H. 
 
 432-36. Attrafcm : A large city near the mouth of the Volga. Sophi : 
 A title of the King of Persia. He is styled Bactrian, from one of his rich- 
 est provinces, lying near the Caspian Sea. Alalult : The greater Armenia. 
 Tauri* : A city in Persia, now called Ecbatana. Catbeen : One of the largest 
 cities of Persia, in Parthia, towards the Caspian Sea. In this city, after the 
 loss of Tauris, the Persian monarchs made their residence. 
 
 434. Cretctnt : The Turkish standard bears the figure of the new moon, 
 which terminates in points, or horn*. The new moon is crttcent, or growing ; 
 it enlarges its figure. The phrase, " horns of Turkish crescent," is equivalent 
 to Turkish standard, tud this may figuratively stand for Turkish power.
 
 BOOK x. 439 
 
 Many a dark league, reduced in careful watch 
 
 Round their metropolis, and now expecting 
 
 Each hour their great advent'rer from the search 440 
 
 Of foreign worlds ; he through the midst, unuiark'd, 
 
 In show plebeian Angel militant 
 
 Of lowest order, pass'd ; and from the door 
 
 Of that Plutonian hall, invisible, 
 
 Ascended his high throne, which under state 445 
 
 Of richest texture spread, at th' upper end 
 
 Was placed in regal lustre. Down a while 
 
 He sat, and round about him saw, unseen. 
 
 At last, as from a cloud, his fulgent head 
 
 And shape star-bright appear'd, or brighter, clad 450 
 
 With what permissive glory since his fall 
 
 Was left him, or false glitter. All amazed 
 
 At that so sudden blaze, the Stygian throng 
 
 Bent their aspect, and whom they wish'd beheld, 
 
 Their mighty chief return 'd. Loud was th' acclaim : 455 
 
 Forth rush'd in haste the great consulting peers, 
 
 Raised from their dark divan, and with like joy 
 
 Congratulant approach'd him, who with hand 
 
 Silence, and with these words attention, won : 
 
 Thrones, Dominations, Princedoms, Virtues, Pow'rs, 460 
 For in possession such, not only of right, 
 I call ye, and declare ye now, return'd 
 
 445-47. Ascended hit high throne, fyc. : His first appearance in the assem- 
 bly of fallen angels is worked up with circumstances which give a delight- 
 ful surprise to the reader ; but there is no incident in the whole poem which 
 does this more than the transformation of the whole audience, that follows 
 the account their leader gives them of his expedition. The gradual change 
 of Satan himself is described after Ovid's manner, and may vie with any of 
 those celebrated transformations which are looked upon as the most beauti- 
 ful parts in that poet's works. A. State : Canopy, elegant covering. 
 
 454. Bent their atpcct : Directed their look. 
 
 457. Raited from their dark divan : The devils are frequently described by 
 metaphors taken from the Turks. Satan is called the Sultan (I. 348), as here 
 the council is styled the divan. The said council is said to sit in secret con- 
 clave (I. 795) , the Devil, the Turk, and the Pope being commonly thought 
 to be nearly related, and often joined together. N.
 
 440 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Successful beyond hope, to lead ye forth 
 
 Triumphant out of this infernal pit 
 
 Abominable, accursed, the house of woe, 466 
 
 And dungeon of our tyrant. Now possess, 
 
 As Lords, a spacious world, to our native Heavn 
 
 Little inferior, by my adventure hard 
 
 With peril great achieved. Long were to tell 
 
 What I have done, what suffer'd, with what pain 470 
 
 Voyaged th' unreal, vast, unbounded deep 
 
 Of horrible confusion, over which 
 
 By Sin and Death a broad way now is paved 
 
 To expedite your glorious march ; but I 
 
 Toil'd out my uncouth passage, forced to ride 475 
 
 Th' untractable abyss, plunged in the womb 
 
 Of unoriginal Night and Chaos wild, 
 
 That jealous of their secrets fiercely opposed 
 
 My journey strange, with clamorous uproar 
 
 Protesting Fate supreme ; thence how I found 480 
 
 The new-created world, which fame in Heav'n 
 
 Long had foretold, a fabric wonderful, 
 
 Of absolute perfection, therein Man 
 
 Placed in a Paradise, by our exile 
 
 Made happy. Him by fraud I have seduced 485 
 
 From his Creator, and the more to increase 
 
 Your wonder, with an apple ! He thereat 
 
 Offended (worth your laughter) hath given up 
 
 475. Uncouth : Strange, unknown, unusual. 
 
 477. Unoriginal: Unorigiuated, ungenerated. 
 
 4SO. Protesting Fate tupreme : Calling upon Fate as a witness against my 
 proceedings. This does not perfectly agree with the account in Book II. 
 1007-9. But Satan is here extolling his own performances, ana perhaps the 
 author did not intend that the father of lies should keep strictly to truth. N. 
 
 484. Exile: Accent on the last syllable. 
 
 487 With an apple: The fall of man, and this incident connected with it, 
 have long been the profane jest of infidelity, as, according to tnis passage, 
 they were previously of Satan and his wicked associates. But the act as ft 
 crime and as a source of universal wretchedness, is too serious to admit, with 
 propriety, of any such treatment.
 
 BOOK X. 441 
 
 Both his beloved Man and all his world, 
 
 To Sin and Death a prey, and so to us, 490 
 
 Without our hazard, labour, or alarm, 
 
 To range in, and to dwell, and over Man 
 
 To rule, as over all he should have ruled. 
 
 True is, me also he hath judged, or rather 
 
 Me not, but the brute Serpent, in whose shape 495 
 
 Man I deceived. That which to me belongs 
 
 Is enmity, which he will put between 
 
 Me and mankind : I am to bruise his heel ; 
 
 His seed (when is not set) shall bruise my head. 
 
 A world who would not purchase with a bruise, 500 
 
 Or much more grievous pain ? Ye have th' account 
 
 Of my performance : What remains, ye Gods, 
 
 But up and enter now into full bliss ? 
 
 So having said, a while he stood, expecting 
 Their universal shout and high applause 505 
 
 To fill his ear ; when, contrary, he hears 
 On all sides, from innumerable tongues 
 A dismal universal hiss, the sound 
 Of public scorn. He wonder'd, but not long 
 Had leisure, wond'ring at himself now more : 510 
 
 His visage drawn he felt to sharp and spare, 
 His arms clung to his ribs, his legs intwining 
 Each other, till supplanted down he fell 
 
 494. True u : True (it) is. 
 
 496. That which to me belongs, Sfc. : The sentence referred partly to Satan, 
 and partly to the serpent, his instrument, as explained fully in the Introductory 
 Remarks of Book IX. and in note Book X. 175. 
 
 499. When : (The time) when. 
 
 513. Till supplanted, Sfc. : We may observe here a singular beauty and 
 elegance in Milton's language ; and that is in using words in their strict and 
 literal sense which are commonly applied to (used with) a metaphorical 
 meaning, whereby he gives a peculiar force to his expressions, and the literal 
 meaning appears more new and striking than the metaphor itself. We have 
 an instance of this in the word supplanted, which is derived from the Latin 
 stifijilanto, to trip up one's heels, or overthrow (a planta pedis subtus emota) , 
 and there is an abundance of other examples in several parts of this wcrk 
 N.
 
 442 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 \ 
 
 A monstrous serpent on his belly prone. 
 
 Reluctant, but in vain ; a greater Pow'r 515 
 
 Now ruled him, punish'd in the shape he sinn'd, 
 
 According to his doom. He would have spoke, 
 
 But hiss for hiss return'd with forked tongue 
 
 To forked tongue ; for now were all transform 'd 
 
 Alike ; to serpents all as accessories 520 
 
 To his bold riot. Dreadful was the din 
 
 Of hissing through the hall, thick swarming now 
 
 With complicated monsters, head and tail. 
 
 Scorpion, and Asp, and Amphisbaena dire, 
 
 Cerastes horn'd, Hydras, and Elops drear, 525 
 
 And Dipsas (not so thick swarm'd once the soil 
 
 Bedropt with blood of Gorgon, or the isle 
 
 Ophiusa) ; but still greatest he the midst, 
 
 514. A monttrout serpent, tfc. : Our author, in describing Satan's transfor- 
 mation into a serpent, had, no doubt, in mind the transformation of Cadmus 
 (Ovid Met. book iv.), to which he had alluded before in Book IX. 505: but 
 there is something far more astonishing in Milton than in Ovid ; for there 
 only Cadmus and his wife are changed into serpents, but here myriads of 
 angels are transformed all together. N. 
 
 519-20. The moral lessons which this transformation of the fallen angels 
 convey are good : a rebuke to pride, impiety, and falsehood ; the certainty 
 of retribution according to Divine threatenings ; the entire subjection of Satan 
 to God's control ; the degradation resulting from rebellion against the govern- 
 ment of Jehovah. 
 
 524. Amphiibana : A species of serpent that moves with either end fore- 
 most, as the name indicates, from -i/iii and Jir>->. 
 
 525. Ceratte* : A serpent that possesses horns, named from *'>, a horn. 
 Hydna : water-serpent, from il<, p. water a serpent that approaches without 
 giving notice, by hissing, to avoid him. Drtar: Direful, sad. 
 
 526. Diptat : A poisonous serpent whose bite produces severe thirst, Deut. 
 viii. The name is from <5. J^, thirst. 
 
 527. The fable of Medusa, one of the Gorgons. is here referred to. Her 
 lock!* of hair were converted into snakes. She was slain by Perseus, who 
 cut off her head; and the blood that flowed from it produced the serpents ol 
 Africa, Perseus having, on his return, winged his way over that country. 
 
 528. Ophiuta : A name given to many places on account of being greatly 
 infested by serpents; amongst others, to the islands of Tenos and of Rhodes
 
 BOOK x. 443 
 
 Now Dragon grown, larger than whom the sun 
 
 Engender'd in the Pythian vale on slime, 530 
 
 Huge Python, and his pow'r no less he seem'd 
 
 Above the rest still to retain. They all 
 
 Him follow'd, issuing forth to th' open field, 
 
 Where all yet left of that revolted rout 
 
 Heav'n-fall'n, in station stood or just array, 535 
 
 Sublime with expectation when to see 
 
 In triumph issuing forth their glorious chief: 
 
 They saw, but other sight instead, a crowd 
 
 Of ugly serpents. Horror on them fell, 
 
 And horrid sympathy ; for what they saw, 540 
 
 They felt themselves now changing. Down their arms, 
 
 Down fell both spear and shield, down they as fast, 
 
 And the dire hiss renew'd, and the dire form 
 
 Catch'd by contagion, like in punishment, 
 
 As in their crime. Thus was th' applause they meant 545 
 
 Turn'd to exploding hiss ; triumph to shame, 
 
 Cast on themselves from their own mouths. There stood 
 
 A grove hard by, sprung up with this their change, 
 
 His will who reigns above, to aggravate 
 
 Their penance, laden with fair fruit, like that 550 
 
 Which grew in Paradise, the bait of Evo 
 
 Used by the Tempter. On that prospect strange 
 
 Their earnest eyes they fix'd, imagining 
 
 For one forbidden tree a multitude 
 
 Now risen, to work them further woe or shame ; 555 
 
 Yet parch'd with scalding thirst and hunger fierce, 
 
 Though to delude them sent, could not abstain, 
 
 TV above catalogue of species of serpents seems to have been taken fro 
 Lucan's Pharsalia, book ix. 696. 
 
 529. Dragon : This name is applied to the Devil, who is also called the 
 Old Serpent in Rev. xx. 2. Lucan had described the dragon as the greatest 
 and mswt terrible of the Lybian serpents. 
 
 ?31. Huge Python: A famous serpent, in the vicinity of Delphi in Greece, 
 fabled to have sprung from the mud which remained upon the earth after the 
 deluge of Deucalion. Pythian vale: Vale near Delphi. See note pn 578-79 
 Ovid'i Met i. 438.
 
 444 PARADISE 1.08T. 
 
 But on they rolled in heaps, and up the trees 
 
 Climbing, sat thicker than the snaky locks 
 
 That curl'd Mcgaora. Greedily they pluck'd . 660 
 
 The fruitage, fair to sight, like that which grew 
 
 Near that bituminous lake where Sodom flamed ; 
 
 This more delusive, not the touch, but taste 
 
 Deceived : they fondly thinking to allay 
 
 Their appetite with gust, instead of fruit 665 
 
 Chew'd bitter ashes ; which th' offended taste 
 
 With spatt'ring noise rejected. Oft they assay 'd, 
 
 Hunger and thirst constraining, drugged as oft 
 
 With hatefullest disrelish, writhed their jaws 
 
 With soot and cinders fill'd ; so oft they fell 570 
 
 Into the same illusion, not as Man 
 
 Whom they triumph'd once lapsed. Thus were they plagued, 
 
 And worn with famine long, and ceaseless hiss, 
 
 560. Megara : One of the Furies, whose hair, like Medusa's, :onsisted of 
 serpents. 
 
 562. Bituminous lake, $c. : The lake Aspbaltites (or Dead Sea) , near which 
 Sodom and Gomorrha were situated. Josephus affirms that the shapes and 
 fashions of them and those other cities called the citiet of the plain, were to be 
 aeen in his days, and trees laden with fair fruit (styled the applet of Sodoni) , 
 rising out of the ashes, which at the first touch dissolved into ashes and smoke, 
 Wars of the Jews, book iv. c. 8. But this fair fruitage was more deceitful 
 and disappointing than Sodom's cheating apples, which only deceived the 
 touch, by dissolving into ashes ; but this endured the handling, the more to 
 vex and disappoint their taste, by filling the mouths of the damned with 
 grating cinders and bitter ashes, instead of allaying their scorching thirst, 
 provoking and inflaming it : so handsomely has our author improved (en- 
 hanced) their punishment. H. 
 
 565. Gutt: Relish. 
 
 568. Drugg'd: This is a metaphor taken from the general nauseoiuness of 
 drugs, when they are taken by way of medicine. P. Tormented with the 
 taste usually found in drugs. R. 
 
 572. IVhom they triumphed once lapttd : That is, whom they triumphed (over) 
 once fell. 
 
 573. Long and ccateleu hiu: (With) long, &c. 
 
 574. Permitted : Being permitted. This idea Warburton supposes to have 
 oeen taken from the old romances, of which Milton was a great reader ; 01 
 from Ariosto, can. zliii. tt. 9S, which comes nearer to it than any other work.
 
 BOOK x. 445 
 
 Till their lost shape, permitted, they resumed , 
 
 Yearly enjoin'd, some say, to undergo 575 
 
 This annual humbling certain number'd days, 
 
 To dash their pride, and joy for Man seduced. 
 
 However, some tradition they dispersed 
 
 Among the Heathen of their purchase got, 
 
 And fabled how the Serpent, whom they call'd 580 
 
 Ophion with Eurynome, the wide 
 
 Encroaching Eve perhaps, had first the rule 
 
 Of high Olympus, thence by Saturn driv'n 
 
 And Ops, ere yet Dictaean Jove was born. 
 
 Mean while, in Paradise the hellish pair 585 
 
 Too soon arrived, Sin there in Pow'r before, 
 
 578-79. It deserves remark, says Kirto, that in most of the accounts of the 
 dragon, or serpent, whom the heathen regarded as the source of evil, he is 
 called Typhon, or Python, a word which signifies " to over-persuade, to de- 
 ceive." Now, this very name Pitho or Python, designates the great deceiver 
 of mankind. When the damsel at Philippi is said to have been possessed by 
 "a spirit of divination," it is called, in the original, "a spirit of Python,' 
 manifestly showing that the pagan Python was, and could be, no other than 
 u that Old Serpent, called the Devil and Satan, which deceiveth the whole 
 world" (Rev. xii. 9) . 
 
 580-84. Our author is endeavouring to show that there was some tradition 
 among the heathen of the great power that Satan had obtained over mankind ; 
 and this he proves by what is related of Ophion with Eurynome. Ophion with 
 Eurynome, he says, had first the rule of high Olympus, and were driven thence 
 by Saturn and Ops. or Rhea, ere yet their son, Dictcean Jove, was born, so 
 called from Dicte, a mountain of Crete, where he was educated. Milton 
 seems to have taken this story from Apollonius Rhoditis. 
 
 Now Ophion, according to the Greek etymology, signifies a serpent, and 
 therefore Milton conceives that by Ophion the Old Serpent might be intended, 
 the serpent whom they called Ophion ; and Eurynome, signifying wide-ruling, he 
 bays, but says doubtfully, that she might be the wide-encroaching Eve perhaps. 
 This epithet is applied to Eve, to show the similitude between her and Eu- 
 rynome, and why he takes the one for the other; and therefore, in allusion to 
 the name of Eurynome, he styles Eve the wide-encroaching, as extending her 
 rule and dominion further than she should over her husband, and affecting 
 godhead. N. 
 
 588. Sin in power: That is, sin potential. Sin at first existed in possibility, 
 not in act. Jlctual once: It became actual, though not "in body," when 
 Adam violated Gods prohibition. It came in body upon the arrival of this
 
 4*6 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Once actual, now in body, and to dwell 
 
 Habitual habitant ; behind her Death 
 
 Close following, pace for pace, not mounted yet 
 
 On his pale horse : to whom Sin thus began : 590 
 
 Second of Satan sprung, all-conquering Death, 
 What think'st thou of our empire now, tho' earn'd 
 - With travel difficult ? Not better far 
 
 Than still at Hell's dark threshold to have sat watch, 
 Unnamed, undreaded, and thyself half starred ? 595 
 
 Whom thus the Sin-born monster answer'd soon : 
 To me, who with eternal famine pine, 
 Alike is Hell, or Paradise, or Heav'n ; 
 There best, where most with ravin I may meet ; 
 Which here, tho' plenteous, all too little seems 600 
 
 To stuff this maw, this vast unhide-bound corpse. 
 
 To whom the incestuous mother thus reply'd : 
 Thou therefore on these herbs, and fruits, and flow'rs, 
 Feed first, on each beast next, and fish, and fowl, 
 No homely morsels ; and whatever thing 605 
 
 The scythe of Time mows down, devour unspared ; 
 
 imaginary personage, which, however, emblematically denotes the propen- 
 sities to sin that existed in the bodies and souls of men after the apostacy ; as 
 the shadowy representation of Death, next spoken of, images to us the actual 
 or real death to which every human body, from its connection with sin, is 
 inevitably subjected. 
 
 588-90. Behind her Death, tft. : See Rev. vi. 8. 
 
 Milton has given a fine turn to this poetical thought, by saying that Death 
 had not mounted yet on his pale horse ; for, though he was to have a long 
 and all-conquering power, he had not yet begun, neither was he for some 
 time to put it into execution. GREENWOOD. 
 
 593. Not better, tfc. : Is it not better? &c. 
 
 599. Ravin: Prey. 
 
 601. Corptt : A contemptuous term, signifying, in this place, body. Un- 
 hide-bound : Not hide-bound ; not filled, but lank. 
 
 606. Srythe of Time : An allusion, perhaps, to the pagan god Saturn, called 
 by the Greeks Chronot, Time. He was accordingly represented as devouring 
 his own children, and casting them up again, as Time devours and consumes 
 all things which it has produced, which at length revive again, and are, as it 
 were, renewed : or else days, months, and years are the children of Time,
 
 BOOK x. 447 
 
 Till I in Man, residing through the race, 
 
 His thoughts, his looks, words, actions, all infect, 
 
 And season him thy last and sweetest prey. 
 
 This said, they both betook them sev'ral ways, 610 
 
 Both to destroy or unimmortal make 
 All kinds, and for destruction to mature 
 Sooner or later ; which th' Almighty seeing, 
 From his transcendent seat the Saints among, 
 To those bright Orders utter'd thus his voice : 615 
 
 See with what heat these dogs of Hell advance 
 To waste and havoc yonder world, which I 
 So fair and good created, and had still 
 Kept in that state, had not* the folly of Man 
 Let in these wasteful furies, who impute 620 
 
 Folly to me ! So doth the Prince of Hell 
 And his adherents, that with so much ease 
 I suffer them to enter and possess 
 A place so heav'nly, and conniving seem 
 
 To gratify my scornful enemies, 625 
 
 That laugh as if, transported with some fit 
 Of passion, I to them had quitted afl, 
 At random yielded up to their misrule, 
 
 wnich he constantly devours and produces anew. He was generally repre- 
 sented as an old man bent through age and infirmity, holding a scythe in hia 
 right hand, with a serpent, which bites its own tail, in the left ; which is an 
 emblem of Time, and of the revolution of the year. In his left hand he holds 
 a child, which he is raising up, as if with the design of devouring it. See 
 Anthon's Diet. 
 
 611. Unimmortal: Mortal; implying that these things would have been 
 immortal had not sin entered the world. 
 
 616. These dogs of Hell, $c. : Upon the arrival of Sin and Death into the 
 works of the creation, the Almighty is again introduced as speaking to his 
 angels that surrounded him. A. 
 
 Newton thinks some of the expressions in this speech too coarse and low 
 to accord either with the dignity of an epic poem, or with the majesty of the 
 Divine Speaker; yet they are not altogether- without vindication, on the 
 ground that similar expressions are attributed to the same speaker in the 
 sacred writings ; and besides, it has been remarked that Homer often put* 
 such language into the mouths of his gods and heroes.
 
 448 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And know not that I call'd and drew them thither, 
 
 My Hell-hounds, to lick up the draff and filth 630 
 
 Which Man's polluting sin with taint hath shed 
 
 On what was pure, till cramm'd and gorged, nigh burst 
 
 With suck'd and glutted offal, at one sling 
 
 Of thy victorious arm, well-pleasing Son, 
 
 Both Sin, and Death, and yawning Grave, at last, 635 
 
 Thro' Chaos hurl'd, obstruct the mouth of Hell 
 
 For ever, and seal up his ravenous jaws. 
 
 Then Heav'n and Earth renew'd, shall be made pure 
 
 To sanctity, that shall receive no stain : 
 
 Till then, the curse pronounced on both precedes. 640 
 
 He ended, and the heav'nly audience loud 
 Sung Halleluiah, as the sound of seas, 
 Through multitude that sung: Just are thy ways, 
 Righteous are thy decrees on all thy works ; 
 Who can extenuate thee ? Next, to the Son, 645 
 
 Destined Restorer of mankind, by whom 
 New Heav'n and Earth shall to the ages rise, 
 
 <J30. Draff: Waste matter. 
 
 635. Deatli and yawning Grave, ire. : Death and the Grave, meaning the 
 same, is a pleonasm, an abounding fulness of expression, which, adding force 
 and energy, and calling forth the attention, is a beauty common in the best 
 writel s. But not for that reason only has Milton used it ; the Scripture has 
 thus joined Death and the Grave, Hos. xiii. 14: 1 Cor. xv. 55: Rev. xx. 13, 
 where the word rendered " Hell" signifies also the Grave. R. 
 
 640. On both precede* : That is, on Heaven and Earth. (638) , by which 
 terms are meant the Earth and its atmosphere (647 ; Book II. 1004) , which 
 the sin of man had polluted, and which were to be renewed and devoted to 
 tanttity. Till sin and Death should be overcome by Messiah (634-37) , the 
 curse pronounced upon them proceed* (as Dr. Bentley alters the reading) . 
 With the common reading, precede*, Mr. Richardson explains the passage as 
 meaning, that the curse pronounced shall go before those ravagers, Sin and 
 Death, and shall direct and lead them on. 
 
 642. Sound of ttat, tft. : Rev. xir. i. 2. 
 
 643. Rev. xv. 3, 4 : xvi. 7 : xix. 6. 
 
 645. Extenuate thee : Lessen thee in honour. 
 
 647. To the age* rise : To age* of endlet* dale. XII. 549. Rite from the state 
 of conflagration (rait 1 d from the conflagrant matt, XII. 547, and tpringingfrvm 
 *he athtt, III. 334) .
 
 BOOK x. 449 
 
 Or down from Heav'n descend. Such was their song, 
 
 While the Creator, calling forth by name 
 
 His mighty Angels, gave them several charge, 650 
 
 As sorted best with present things. The sun 
 
 Had first his precept so to move, so shine, 
 
 As might affect the earth with cold and heat 
 
 Scarce tolerable ; and from the north to call 
 
 Decrepit winter ; from the south to bring 055 
 
 Solstitial summer's heat. To the blank moon 
 
 Her office they prescribed ; to th' other five 
 
 Their planetary motions and aspects 
 
 Or dotcn. fyc. : This accords with John's description of the New Jerusalem 
 coming down from God out of Heaven, Rev. xxi. 2. 
 
 650-714. Several charge, ffc. : Here notice the command which the angels 
 received to produce the several changes in nature, and mar the beauty of 
 creation. They are represented as infecting the stars and planets with ma- 
 lignant influences, weakening the light of the sun, bringing down the winter 
 into the milder regions of nature, planting winds and storms in several quar- 
 ters of the sky, storing the clouds with thunder, and, in short, perverting the 
 whole frame of the universe to the condition of its criminal inhabitants. A 
 noble incident is embraced in those lines of this passage, in which we see the 
 angels heaving up the earth and placing it in a different posture towards the 
 sun from what it had before the fall of man : it is conceived with that sub- 
 lime imagination which was so peculiar to this great author. A. 
 
 655. From the south, $c. : This quarter was represented by the ancient 
 poets as the region of heat. Solstitial : Such as exists at the time of the sum- 
 mer solstice, about the 22d of June. 
 
 656. Blank : Pale, white, from the French word blane. 
 
 658. Aspects : The relative situations of the planets with respect to each 
 other, determined by the angle formed by the rays of light proceeding from 
 any two planets and meeting at the eye. There are five aspects ; textile, 
 when the planets thus viewed are 60 apart, or the sixth part of the Zodiac ; 
 square, quadrate or quartile, when their angular distance is 90, or fourth part 
 of the Zodiac ; trine, when a third part, or 120 ; opposite, or in opposition 
 when occupying an opposite position in the Zodiac, or 180 apart ; conjunc- 
 tion, when seen in the same part of the heavens. To this last aspect Milton re- 
 fers in the expression, join in synod (661) . Fixed : That is, the stars, in distinc- 
 tion from the planets, which, unlike the former, move in relation to each other. 
 
 The aspects above described, for ages were groundlessly supposed to exert 
 upon individuals and nations a controlling influence, favourable or disastrous ; 
 and it was the object of astrology, from these aspects, to attempt to predict 
 the fortunes of men. See Brande. Art. Astrology. 
 
 C c
 
 450 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In sextile, square, and trine, and opposite 
 
 Of noxious efficacy, and when to join 660 
 
 In synod unbenign ; and taught the fix'd 
 
 Their influence malignant when to show'r, 
 
 Which of them rising with the sun, or falling, 
 
 Should prove tempestuous ; to the winds they set 
 
 Their corners, when with bluster to confound 665 
 
 Sea, air, and shore, the thunder when to roll 
 
 With terror through the dark aereal hall. 
 
 Some say, he bid his Angels turn askance 
 
 The poles of earth twice ten degrees and more 
 
 From the sun's axle ; they with labour push'd 670 
 
 660. Of noxious efficacy, Ire. : If an unnecessary ostentation of learning be, 
 M Mr. Addison observes, one of our author's faults, it certainly must be an 
 aggravation of it when he not only introduces, but countenances, such en- 
 thusiastic, unphilosophical notions as this jargon of the astrologers is made 
 up of. THYER. 
 
 665. Their comer*, ffc. : Their individual, or separate places. When : We 
 must prefix "and taught them," as in 660-61. The thunder, (ft.: That is, 
 when to roll the thunder. Dark aerial hall : The sky darkened by the clouds 
 whence the thunder proceeds. 
 
 668. Bid hi* Angel*, c. : It was eternal tpring (IV. 268) before the fall , 
 and he is now accounting for the change of seasons after the fall, and men* 
 tions the two famous hypotheses. Some toy it was occasioned by altering 
 the position of the Earth, by turning the poles of the Earth above 20 degrees 
 aside from the Sun's axle, he bid hi* angel* turn, Sfc. (668-70), and the poles 
 of the Earth are about twenty-three and a half degrees distant from those of 
 the ecliptic. 
 
 670. They with labour pushed oblique the centric globe (the Earth) ; It was 
 erect before, but is oblique now. Centric : As being the centre of the world 
 according to the Ptolemaic system, which our author usually follows. 
 
 Some toy again (671 ), this change was occasioned by altering the course of 
 the sun ; the tun wot bid turn rein* from the equinoctial road, in which he had 
 moved before, like dittant breadth in both hemispheres, to Taurut with the teven 
 Atlantic Sitter* ( 673-74 \ the constellation Taurus, with the seven stars in 
 his neck ; the Pleiades, daughters of Atlas and the Spartan Twin*; the sign 
 Gemini, Castor and Pollux, twin-brothers, and sons of Tyndarus, king of 
 Sparta, up to the Tropic Crab, the tropic of Cancer, the sun's furthest stage 
 northwards. Thence down amain (675) , Dr. Bentley reads a* much, as much 
 on one side of the equator as the other ; or, if altered, it may be read, thenct 
 down again by Leo and the Virgin, the sign Virgo and the Scale*, the constel-
 
 BOOK X. 451 
 
 Oblique the centric globe. Some say, the sun 
 
 Was bid turn reins from th' equinoctial road 
 
 Like distant breadth to Taurus with the seven 
 
 Atlantic Sisters, and the Spartan Twins 
 
 Up to the Tropic Crab ; thence down amain 675 
 
 By Leo, and the Virgin, and the Scales, 
 
 As deep as Capricorn, to bring in change 
 
 Of seasons to each oliuie ; else had the spring 
 
 Perpetual smiled on earth with vernant flow'rs, 
 
 Equal in days and nights, except to those 680 
 
 Beyond the polar circles ; to them day 
 
 ffad unbenighted shone, while the low sun, 
 
 To recompense his distance, in their sight 
 
 .ffad rounded still th' horizon, and not known 
 
 Or east or west, which had forbid the snow 685 
 
 From cold Estotiland, and south as far 
 
 Beneath Magellan. At that tasted fruit, 
 
 The sun, as from Thyestean banquet, turn'd 
 
 lation Libra, at deep as Capricorn, the tropic of Capricorn, which is the sun's 
 furthest progress southwards. This motion of the sun in the ecliptic occa- 
 sions the variety of seasons, else had the spring perpetual smiled on earth with 
 vernant flowers (678-79), if the sun had continued to move in the equator. 
 N. 
 
 672. Turn reins : There seems to be an allusion here to the story of Phaeton, 
 who having obtained permission of the sun-god, his father, to guide for a 
 single day the chariot of the sun, grasped the reins, but was unable to keep 
 in their proper course the flame-breathing steeds. 
 
 673. To Taurus : Dr. Bentley reads, through Taurus, which Dr. Newton 
 approves, as answering to by Leo (676). 
 
 682. Unbenighted : Without night to succeed it. 
 
 686. Estotiland : A region in North America, near Hudson's Bay. Ma* 
 geUan : The straits near the southern extremity of South America. Beneath, 
 in the sense of beyond. 
 
 688 Thystean banquet : The legend is thus told : Astreus, a king of My- 
 cena;, had a quarrel with his brother Thyestes, but invited him to a feast in 
 token of reconciliation. At this feast he, however, indulged his revenge by 
 serving up the flesh of two sons of Thyestes whom he had killed, and while 
 Thyestes was eating, he caused the heads and hands of his slaughtered chil- 
 dren to be brought in and shown to him. The sun, it is said, at the sight of
 
 452 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 His coarse intended ; else how had the world 
 
 Inhabited, though sinless, more than now, 690 
 
 Avoided pinching cold and scorching heat ? 
 
 These changes in the Heav'ns, tho' slow, produced 
 
 Like change on sea and land ; sideral blast, 
 
 Vapour and mist, and exhalation hot, 
 
 Corrupt and pestilent : now from the north 695 
 
 Of Norumbega, and the Samocd shore, 
 
 Bursting their brazen dungeon, arm'd with ice, 
 
 And snow, and hail, and stormy gust, and flaw, 
 
 Boreas, and Caecias, and Argestes loud, 
 
 And Thrascias, rend the woods, and seas upturn ; 700 
 
 With adverse blast upturns them from the south 
 
 Notus and Afer black, with thund'rous clouds 
 
 From Serraliona. Thwart of these as fierce 
 
 Forth rush the Levant and the Ponent winds, 
 
 Eurus and Zephyr, with their lateral noise, 705 
 
 Sirocco and Libecchio. Thus began 
 
 Outrage from lifeless things ; but Discord, first, 
 
 Daughter of Sin, among th' irrational, 
 
 Death introduced, through fierce antipathy. 
 
 Beast now with beast 'gan war, and fowl with fowl, 710 
 
 And fish with fish ; to graze the herb all leaving, 
 
 this horrible deed, checked his chariot in the midst of his course. See An- 
 thon, art. Atreus, and the " Agamemnon" of vEschylus. 
 
 693. Sideral blast : Pernicious influence of stars. An allusion to astrology. 
 
 696. Norumbega : A province of the northern Armenia. Samocd shore : 
 The northeast shore of Asiatic Russia. 
 
 699. Borea* : North wind. Caciat : E. N. E. Jlrgtttt* : N. W. Thrat- 
 cia* : N. N. W., the wind blowing from Thrace. 
 
 702. Notta: South wind. jSfer: S. W. 
 
 703. From Serraliona. or Lion-mountains, near Cape Verd, in Southwestern 
 Africa deriving their name from the storms which there roar like a lion. 
 Eurut and Zephyr (700) . East and West, bearing also the names Levant and 
 Ponent (rising and setting) , the one blowing from where the sun rises, the 
 other from where he sets. Sirocco and Libecchio (706) : Italian terms used 
 by seamen of the Mediterranean, for the Southeast and Southwest. 
 
 707. Outrage: Injury. 
 
 711. To graze the herb all leaving : This implies that beasts, fowl, and fish
 
 BOOK x. 453 
 
 Devour'd each other ; nor stood much in awe 
 
 Of man, but fled him, or with count'nance grim 
 
 Glared on him passing. These were from without 
 
 The growing miseries, which Adam saw 715 
 
 Already in part, though hid in gloomiest shade, 
 
 To sorrow abandon'd, but worse felt within ; 
 
 And in a troubled sea of passion tost, 
 
 Thus to disburden sought with sad complaint : 
 
 miserable of happy ! Is this the end 720 
 
 Of this new glorious world, and me so late 
 The glory of that glory, who now, become 
 Accursed of blessed, hide me from the face 
 Of God, whom to behold was then my height 
 Of happiness ? Yet well, if here would end 725 
 
 all grazed before the fall, and immediately after began to devour one another 
 by classes : the fowl preyed upon fowl, fish upon fish, and beast upon beast. 
 Of the fish, Milton says, VIII. 404, that they "graze the sea-weed their 
 pasture." 
 
 713. But fled Aim, under the influence of fear. They did not stand in awe. 
 This would not have induced flight, being a mingled emotion of reverence 
 and affection. 
 
 714. These were from without, Sfc.: The transition to Adam here is very 
 easy and natural, and cannot fail of pleasing the reader. We have seen 
 great alterations produced in nature, and it is now time to see how Adam is 
 affected with them, and whether the disorders urithin are not even worse 
 than those without. N. 
 
 718. And in a troubled sea, Sfc. : A metaphor taken from a ship in a tem- 
 pest, unlading, disburdening, to preserve itself from sinking by its weight. 
 R. 
 
 7!?0. Of happy : From happy, from (being) happy. So (723) of blessed, 
 from (being) blessed. According to Webster, the primary meaning of the 
 preposition of is from, out of, proceeding from. 
 
 725. Milton's art is nowhere more shown than in his conducting the parts 
 of our first parents. The represenlation he gives of them, without falsify- 
 ing the story, is wonderfully contrived to influence the reader with pity and 
 compassion towards them. Though Adam involves the whole species in 
 misery, his crime proceeds from a weakness which every man is inclined to 
 I ardon and commiserate, as it seems rather the frailty of human nature than 
 of the person who offended. Every one is too apt to excuse a fault which 
 ne himself might have falkn into. It was the excess of love for Eve that
 
 i.~> t PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The misery. I deserved it, and would bear 
 
 My own deserving* ; but this will not serve ; 
 
 All that I cat or drink, or shall beget, 
 
 Is propagated curse ! voice once heard 
 
 Delightfully, * Increase and multiply ;' 730 
 
 Now death to hear ! For what can I increase 
 
 Or multiply, but curses on my head ? 
 
 Who, of all ages to succeed, but feeling 
 
 The evil on him brought by me, will curse 
 
 My head ? Ill fare our ancestor impure ! 735 
 
 For this we may thank Adam ! but his thanks 
 
 Shall be the execration ! So besides 
 
 Mine own that bide upon me, all from me 
 
 Shall with a fierce reflux on me redound ; 
 
 On me, as on their natural centre, light 740 
 
 Heavy, though in their place. O fleeting joys 
 
 Of Paradise, dear bought with lasting woes ! 
 
 Did I request thee, Maker, from my clay 
 
 To mould me man ? Did I solicit thee 
 
 From darkness to promote me, or here place 745 
 
 In this delicious garden ? As my will 
 
 Concurr'd not to my being, it were but right 
 
 ruined Adam and his posterity. I need not add, that the author is justified 
 in this particular by many of the fathers, and the most orthodox writers. 
 A. 
 
 729. Propagated curie : Meat and drink propagate it by prolonging life ; 
 and children, by carrying it on beyond me. 
 
 739. Reflux : A flowing back. 
 
 740. At on their natural centre, <$rc. : There is a reference here to some 
 exploded notions in philosophy, which it is not easy, or worth while, to ex- 
 plain. Bishop Newton's explanation is about as unintelligible as the text 
 itself. 
 
 743-50. Did I requett Thee, ttc : The sentiments ascribed to Adam and 
 Eve in this Book, are adapted not only to interest the reader in their afflic- 
 tions, but to excite in him the tenderest feelings of humanity and commis- 
 eration. When Adam observes the several changes of nature produced 
 around him, he appears in a disorder of mind suitable to one who had for- 
 feited both his innocence and his happiness he is filled with horror, re- 
 morse, and despair in the anguish of his heart he expostulates with hia 
 Creator for having given him an unasked existence. A.
 
 BOOK x. 455 
 
 And equal to reduce me to my dust ; 
 
 Desirous to resign and render back 
 
 All I received, unable to perform 760 
 
 Thy terms too hard, by which I was to hold 
 
 The good I sought not. To the loss of that, 
 
 Sufficient penalty, why hast thou added 
 
 The sense of endless woes ? Inexplicable 
 
 Thy justice seems ; yet, to say truth, too late 756 
 
 I thu contest : then should have been refused 
 
 Those terms whatever, when they were proposed. 
 
 Thou didst accept them. Wilt thou enjoy the good, 
 
 Then cavil the conditions ? And though God 
 
 Made thee without thy leave, what if thy son 760 
 
 Prove disobedient, and reproved, retort, 
 
 Wherefore didst thou beget me ? I sought it not. 
 
 Wouldst thou admit for his contempt of thee 
 
 That proud excuse ? yet him not thy election, 
 
 But natural necessity begot. 765 
 
 God made thee of choice his own, and of his own 
 
 To serve him : thy reward was of his grace ; 
 
 Thy punishment then, justly, is at his will. 
 
 Be it so, for I submit : his doom is fair, 
 
 That dust I am, and shall to dust return. 770 
 
 welcome hour whenever ! Why delays 
 
 His hand to execute what his decree 
 
 758. Thou didtt, ffc. : The change of persons, sometimes speaking of him- 
 self in the first, and sometimes to himself in the second, is very remarkable 
 in this speech, as well as the change of passions. In like manner he speaks 
 sometimes of God and sometimes to God. N. 
 
 783. All I: All of me. See, 792. A similar expression is used by 
 Horace in Book iii. Od. 30 : 6 : 
 
 ' NOD omnis moriar ; multaque pars mei 
 Vitabit libitinam." 
 
 771-782. Why delays, $c. : Adam here recovers from his presumption, 
 owns his doom to be just, and begs that the death which is threatened him 
 may be inflicted on him. The whole speech is full of emotion, and varied 
 with all those sentiments which we may suppose natural to a mind so 
 broken and disturbed. The generous concern which our first father shows 
 in it for his posterity is suited to affect the reader, 723-735, 817-825. A.
 
 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Fix'd on this day ? Why do I overlive ? 
 
 Why am I mock'd with death, and lengthen'd out 
 
 To deathless pain ? How gladly would I meet 77fi 
 
 Mortality, my sentence, and be earth 
 
 Insensible ! How glad would lay me down, 
 
 As in my mother's lap ! There I should rest, 
 
 And sleep secure ; his dreadful voice no more 
 
 Would thunder in my ears ! No fear of worse 780 
 
 To me and to my offspring would torment me 
 
 With cruel expectation ! Yet one doubt 
 
 Pursues me still, lest all I cannot die ; 
 
 Lest that pure breath of life, the spirit of Man 
 
 Which God inspired, cannot together perish 785 
 
 With this corporeal clod ! then in the grave, 
 
 Or in some other dismal place, who knows 
 
 But I shall die a living death ! thought 
 
 Horrid, if true ! Yet why ? It was but breath 
 
 Of life that sinn'd. What dies but what had life 790 
 
 And sin ? The body, properly, hath neither. 
 
 All of me then shall die. Let this appease 
 
 The doubt, since human reach no further knows ; 
 
 For though the Lord of all be infinite, 
 
 Is his wrath also ? Be it, Man is not so, 795 
 
 But mortal doom'd. How can he exercise 
 
 Wrath without end on Man whom death must end ? 
 
 Can he make deathless death ? That were to make 
 
 Strange contradiction, which to God himself 
 
 Impossible is held ; as argument 800 
 
 Of weakness, not of pow'r. Will he draw out, 
 
 For anger's sake, finite to infinite, 
 
 784. Breath of lift: Gen. ii. 7. 
 
 792. Jttl of me then thall die : It is here taken for granted that the body is 
 mortal. This follows from the sentence, 769-70. 
 
 800. Argument: Proo 
 
 802. Finite to infinite, $c. : Adam had argued (794) that although the Lord 
 of all u infinite, and although his wrath should be so too, yet man is not in- 
 finite in duration, having been doomed to death (796) ; and hence, as death 
 terminates man's existence, it must terminate also the punishment inflicted.
 
 BOOK z. 457 
 
 In punish'd Man, to satisfy his rigour, 
 
 Satisfy'd never ? That were to extend 
 
 His sentence beyond dust and Nature's law, 805 
 
 By which all causes else, according still 
 
 To the reception of their matter, act, 
 
 Not to th' extent of their own sphere. But say 
 
 That death be not one stroke, as I supposed, 
 
 Bereaving sense, but endless misery 810 
 
 From this day onward, which I feel begun 
 
 Both in me and without me, and so last 
 
 To perpetuity ! Ah me ! that fear 
 
 Comes thund'ring back with dreadful revolution 
 
 On my defenceless head ! Both Death and I 815 
 
 Am found eternal, and incorporate both ! 
 
 He argues, further, that a deathless death is an absurdity, a contradiction in 
 terms. But will he, for anger's sake, give to the finite being of punished 
 man. infinity ? Will he, for the sake of satisfying his extreme rigour, give 
 to man a capacity which does not belong to him a capacity like his own ? 
 That would be a transcending of the sentence passed upon man, " Dust thou 
 art, and unto dust shall thou return." It would also transcend a law of 
 nature, by which all causes, act, (fc. (806-8) that is, by which all efficient 
 causes act according to the capacity of the recipient, (reception of their mat- 
 ter), and not to the extint of their own sphere or capacity. 
 
 This must have been Milton's meaning, if, as Newton supposes, he alludes 
 to the following scholastic axiom : " Omne efficiens agit secundum vires 
 recipientis, non suas." The school divinity of the middle ages, was much 
 studied and admired by some in Milton's day, and hence the acquaintance 
 with it he himself discovers ; yet, in our day, the greater part of it is held 
 of small account. 
 
 810. Bereaving tense: Taking away sensibility, and rendering incapable 
 of feeling, and, of course, of pain. 
 
 814. Comes thundering, tfc. : The thought is as fine as it is natural. The 
 sinner may invent ever so many arguments in favour of the annihilation and 
 utter extincticn of the soul ; but, after all his subterfuges and evasions, the 
 fear of a futu state, and the dread of everlasting punishment, will still pur- 
 sue him. He may put it off for a time, but it will return with dreadful revo- 
 lution ; and let him affect what serenity and gaiety he pleases, will, not- 
 withstanding, in the midst of it all, come thundering back on hit definceltu 
 head.*!. 
 
 816. And incorporate both: Lodged both together in one motfal body. 
 Rom. vii. 24, ' Who shall deliver m from the body of this death." H. 
 20
 
 458 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Nor I on my part single : in me all 
 
 Posterity stands cursed ! Fair Patrimony 
 
 That I must leave ye, Sons ! O were I able 
 
 To waste it all myself, and leave ye none ! 890 
 
 So disinherited, how could ye bless 
 
 Me, now your curse ! Ah, why should all mankind 
 
 For one man's fault thus guiltless be condemned, 
 
 If guiltless ? But from me what can proceed 
 
 But all corrupt, both mind and will depraved ; 825 
 
 Not to do only, but to will the same 
 
 With me ! How can they then acquitted stand 
 
 [n sight of God ? Him, after all disputes, 
 
 Forced, I absolve. All my evasions vain, 
 
 And reasonings, tho' through mazes, lead me still S30 
 
 But to my own conviction. First and last 
 
 On me, ine only, as the source and spring 
 
 Of all corruption, all the blame lights due ; 
 
 So might the wrath. Fond wish ! could thou support 
 
 That burden, heavier than the earth to bear, 835 
 
 Than all the world much heavier, though divided 
 
 With that bad Woman ? Thus, what thou desirest 
 
 And what thou fear'st, alike destroys all hope 
 
 Of refuge, and concludes thee miserable 
 
 Beyond all past example and future : 840 
 
 834. So might the wrath : A wish is here expressed, as in III. 34, " So 
 were I equalled with them in renown." 
 
 835-30. Heavier, tfc. : This word is elegantly arranged in these two lines, 
 " Heavier than the earth," " than all the world much heavier," presenting a 
 contrast, and a fine climax. The burden is not only heavier than the earth, 
 but heavjer than all the world the universe around it; not only heavier but 
 much heavier. 
 
 840. Beyond all pott example and future : The accent is upon the second 
 syllable of future, as in the Latin. As Adam is here speaking in great 
 agony of mind, he aggravates his own misery, anil concludes it to be greater 
 and worse than that of the fallen angels, or all future men. as having in him- 
 self alone the source of misery for all his posterity : whereas both angels 
 and men had only their own to bear. Satan wasjike him only as being the 
 ringleader; and this added very much to his remorse, as we read in I. G02. 
 N.
 
 BOOK X. 459 
 
 To Satan only like, both crime and doom. 
 
 Conscience ! into what abyss of fears 
 
 And horrors hast thou driven me ! out of which 
 
 1 find no way ! from deep to deeper plunged ! 
 
 Thus Adam to himself lamented loud 845 
 
 Through the still night, not now, as ere Man fell, 
 Wholesome, and cool, and mild, but with black air 
 Accompany'd, with damps and dreadful gloom, 
 Which to his evil conscience represented 
 All things with double terror. On the ground 850 
 
 Outstretch'd he lay, on the cold ground, and oft 
 Cursed his creation ; Death as oft accused 
 Of tardy execution, since denounced 
 The day of his offence. Why comes not Death, 
 Said he, with one thrice-acceptable stroke, 855 
 
 To end me ! Shall Truth fail to keep her word ! 
 Justice divine not hasten to be just ? 
 But Death comes not at call ; Justice divine 
 Mends not her slowest pace for pray'rs or cries. 
 woods, fountains, hillocs, dales, and bow'rs ! 860 
 
 With other echo late I taught your shades 
 To answer, and resound far other other song ! 
 
 Whom thus afflicted, when sad Eve beheld, 
 Desolate where she sat, approaching nigh, 
 
 841. Crime: As to crime. 
 
 846. The ttill night : Newton assigns various reasons for the opinion, that 
 this was some other night than that immediately alter the fall. 
 
 850. On the ground: Who can behold the father of mankind extended 
 upon the earth, uttering his midnight complaints, bewailing his existence 
 and wishing for death, without sympathizing with him in his distress ? 
 A. 
 
 861. With other echo : Alluding to a part of Adam's morning hymn, V. 
 202-5. 
 
 863. When tad Eve, fyc. : The part of Eve in this Book is no less passion- 
 ate, and apt to sway the reader in her favour. She is represented with great 
 tenderness as approaching Adam, but is spurned from him with a spirit of 
 upbraiding and indignation, conformable to the nature of man, whose pas- 
 sions had now gained the dominion over him. A.
 
 460 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Soft words to his fierce passion she assay'd : 865 
 
 But her with stern regard he thus repell'd : 
 
 Out of my sight, thou Serpent ! that name best 
 Befits thee with him leagued, thyself as false 
 And hateful ! nothing wants, but that thy shape 
 Like his, and colour serpentine, may shew 870 
 
 Thy inward fraud, to warn all creatures from thee 
 Henceforth, lest that too heav'nly form, pretended 
 To hellish falsehood, snare them. But for thee 
 I had persisted happy, had not thy pride 
 And wand'ring vanity, when least was safe, 875 
 
 Rejected my forewarning, and disdain 'd 
 Not to be trusted ; longing to be seen 
 Though by the Devil himself, him overweening 
 To o'er-reach ; but with the Serpent meeting 
 Fool'd and beguiled ; by him thou, I by thee, 880 
 
 To trust thee from my side ; imagined wise, 
 Constant, mature, proof against all assaults ; 
 And understood not all was but a show 
 Rather than solid virtue ; all but a rib 
 
 Crooked by nature, bent, as now appears, 885 
 
 More to the part sinister, from me drawn ; 
 Well if thrown out, as supernumerary 
 To my just number found. ! why did God, 
 
 872. Pretended to hellith faltehood : A Latin idiom, the literal sense oi 
 which is, held before, or in front of, hellith faltehood, as a covering. 
 
 876. Not, modifies to be trusted. 
 
 878. Overweening, Sfc. : Conceitedly thinking. 
 
 880. The meaning is : Thou by him wast fooled and beguiled ; I was 
 fooled and beguiled by thee, to trust thee from my side, accounted to be wise, 
 constant, &c., and I understood not, &r. 
 
 886. Sinitter : Left, wrong. Adam contemptuously refers to the crooked 
 rib out of which Eve was formed, and asserts that she, in her moral con- 
 duct, had become more crooked, more bent to the tinitter part, to the wrong 
 course, than the rib was crooked in its shape, which had been drawn from 
 him. 
 
 888. To my jiat number fmtnd : Namely twenty-four, twelve on each side. 
 Some writers have been of opinion that Adam had thirteen ribs on the left 
 tide, ami that out of the thirtenth rib God formed Ev : and it is to this
 
 BOOK Z. 461 
 
 Creator wise, that peopled highest Heav'n 
 With Spirits masculine, create at last 890 
 
 This novelty on earth, this fair defect 
 Of nature, and not fill the world at once 
 With Men, as Angels, without feminine, 
 Or find some other way to generate 
 
 Mankind ? This mischief had not then befall'n, 895 
 
 And more that shall befall ; innumerable 
 Disturbances on earth, through female snares, 
 And straight conjunction with this sex : for either 
 He never shall find out fit mate, but such 
 As some misfortune brings him, or mistake ; 900 
 
 Or whom he wishes most shall seldom gain, 
 Through her perverseness, but shall see her gain'd 
 By a far worse ; or if she love, withheld 
 By parents ; or his happiest choice too late 
 Shall meet, already link'd and wedlock-bound 905 
 
 To a fell adversary, his hate or shame : 
 Which infinite calamity shall cause 
 To human life, and household-peace confound. 
 He added not, and from her turn'd. But Eve, 
 
 opinion that Milton here alludes, and makes Adam say, It was toell if this rib 
 was thrown out, as supernumerary to his just number. N. 
 
 O why did Gorf, fyc. : This thought was originally that of Euripides, who 
 makes Hippolytus in like manner expostulate with Jupiter for not creating 
 man without woman. Hippol. 616. 
 
 And Jason is made to talk in the same strain in the Medea, 573. And 
 such sentiments as these procured Euripides the name of the woman-hf.ter. 
 Nor are similar examples wanting in old English authors that Milton may 
 have read : in Thomas Brown's Religio Medici, sec. 9. and in Shakspeare's 
 Cymbeline, act 2, and Midsummer Night's Dream, act 1. N. 
 
 898. Straight : Intimate. For either, fyc. : I have often thought it was a 
 great pity that Adam's speech had not ended where these lines begin ; as he 
 could not very naturally be supposed at that time to foresee so very circum- 
 stantially the inconveniences which he describes. THYER. 
 
 909-46. He added not, (fc. : The following passage, wherein Eve is de- 
 scribed as renewing her addresses to Adam, and the whole speech that fol- 
 lows it, are exquisitely moving and pathetic. Adam's reconcilement to her 
 is worked up in the same spirit of tenderness. A.
 
 462 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Not so repulsed, with tears that ceased not flowing, 910 
 
 And tresses all disorder 'd, at his feet 
 
 Fell humble, and embracing them, besought 
 
 His peace ; and thus proceeded in her plaint : 
 
 Forsake me not thus, Adam ! Witness, Hear'n, 
 What love sincere, and rev'rence in my heart 915 
 
 I bear thee, and unweeting have offended, 
 Unhappily deceived ! Thy suppliant, 
 I beg, and clasp thy knees. Bereave me not, 
 Whereon I live, thy gentle looks, thy aid, 
 Thy counsel in this uttermost distress, 920 
 
 My only strength and stay. Forlorn of thee, 
 Whither shall I betake me ? where subsist ? 
 While yet we live, scarce one short hour perhaps, 
 Between us two let there be peace ; both joining, 
 As join'd in injuries, one enmity 925 
 
 Against a foe by doom express assign 'd us, 
 That cruel Serpent. On me exercise not 
 Thy hatred for this misery befall'n, 
 On me already lost, me than thyself 
 
 More miserable. Both have sinn'd ; but thou 930 
 
 Against God only ; I against God and thee ; 
 And to the place of judgment will return, 
 There with my cries importune Heav'n, that all 
 The sentence, from thy head removed, may light 
 On me, sole cause to thee of all this woe ; 935 
 
 Me, me only, just object of his ire ! 
 
 918. Unwttting: Ignorant 
 
 921. Forlorn: Forsaken. 
 
 926. By doom expreu, tfc. : Gen. iii. 15, " I will put enmity," &c. In this 
 part of the poem Newton traces a close resemblance to some passages from 
 the " Adamiis Exsul" of Grotius, a Latin poem ; but, as usual, they have 
 undergone a high degree of improvement under the operations of Milton's 
 genius. 
 
 936-946. Af, me only: The repetition of the pronoun imparts great 
 pathos. 
 
 The scene here described may have been drawn from the counterpart of 
 it, a real one, in which himself and wife were the actors. His choice of
 
 BOOK x. 463 
 
 She ended weeping ; and her lowly plight, 
 Immoveable till peace obtain 'd from fault 
 Acknowledged and deplored, in Adam wrought 
 Commiseration. Soon his heart relented 940 
 
 Tow'rds her, his life so late, and sole delight, 
 Now at his feet submissive in distress, 
 Creature so fair his reconcilement seeking, 
 His counsel, whom she had displeased, his aid ; 
 As one disarm'd, his anger all he lost, 945 
 
 And thus with peaceful words upraised her soon : 
 
 Mary Powell, as a wife, was quite hasty, and proved to be adverse to his 
 happiness. Being strongly attached, like all her family, to the royalist party, 
 and accustomed to the affluent hospitality of her father's house, she soon 
 became tired of a studious, recluse, and republican husband. After a month's 
 experience of her new life, she sighed for the gaieties she had left behind, 
 and, by the earnest request of her relatives, obtained permission to pay a 
 short visit to Forest Hill, her father's residence, in Oxfordshire. But when 
 the period fixed for her return arrived, she evinced no disposition to keep 
 her word, but, on the contrary, treated her husband's letter with silence, and 
 sent back his messenger with disdain. [Edinburgh Encyclopedia.] The 
 royalist party being now in the ascendant, the Powells were the more in- 
 clined, on that account, to break their connection with Milton, and Milton 
 was provoked to form the scheme of repudiating a wife who had deserted 
 him without just grounds. Probably to prepare the way for this act, he 
 wrote several treatises in vindication of divorce, on other grounds besides 
 adultery. He had begun, also, to pay addresses to another lady, with the 
 intention of seeking her hand in marriage. The Powells hearing of this, 
 and having met with disasters and losses in the recent defeat of the royalist 
 cause, were eager to bring about a reconciliation with the poet, who might 
 aid them in their now broken fortunes. Milton's wife repaired to the hoise 
 of one of his relatives, whom, as she knew, her husband often visited, and 
 awaited his arrival. Great was his surprise to meet her there, and especially 
 for such a purpose. It is said that she threw herself at his feet, confessed, 
 in the most humble manner, her fault, and, with flowing tears, supplicated 
 his forgiveness. 
 
 At first he appeared to be unmoved and inexorable ; but, at length, the 
 generosity of his temper, and the intercession of some mutual friends, con- 
 quered his anger, and a perfect reconciliation took place, with the promise 
 of oblivion of everything which had happened. Her relatives, on political 
 grounds, it is supposed, being of the opposite party from her husband, had, 
 probably, been the principal cause of these domestic troubles, though Milton 
 himself is suspected of a supercilious and haughty demeanour towards his 
 wife previous to this
 
 464 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Unwary and too desirous, as before, 
 So now of what thou know'st not, who desir'st 
 The punishment all on thyself ; alas, 
 
 Bear thine own first, ill able to sustain 950 
 
 His full wrath, whose thou fecl'st as yet least part, 
 And my displeasure bear'st so ill. If pray'rs 
 Could alter high decrees, I to that place 
 Would speed before thee, and be louder heard, 
 That on my head all might be visited ; 955 
 
 Thy frailty and infirmer sex forgiven, 
 To me committed, and by me exposed. 
 But rise, let us no more contend, nor blame 
 Each other, blamed enough elsewhere, but strive 
 In offices of love, how we may lighten 960 
 
 Each other's burden, in our share of woe ; 
 Since this day's death denounced, if aught I see, 
 Will prove no sudden, but a slow-paced evil, 
 A long day's dying to augment our pain, 
 And to our seed (0 hapless seed !) derived. 965 
 
 To whom thus Eve, recovering heart, reply 'd : 
 Adam, by sad experiment, I know 
 How little weight my words with thee can find, 
 Found so erroneous, thence by just event 
 Found so unfortunate ! nevertheless, 970 
 
 Restored by thee, vile as I am, to place 
 Of new acceptance, hopeful to regain 
 Thy love, the sole contentment of my heart 
 Living or dying, from thee I will not hide 
 What thoughts in my unquiet breast are risen, 975 
 
 Tending to some relief of our extremes, 
 Or end, though sharp and sad, yet tolerable, 
 As in our evils, and of easier choice. 
 If care of our descent perplex us most, 
 Which must be born to certain woe, devour'd 980 
 
 977. Or end, tft. : Or to an end, though sharp and sad, yet tolerable, at m 
 9nr evilt, considering our ill situation, and of easier choice. 
 979. Dttcent: Descendants.
 
 BOOK X. 465 
 
 By Death at last ; and miserable it is 
 
 To be to others cause of misery, 
 
 Our own begotten, and of our loins to bring 
 
 Into this cursed world a woeful race, 
 
 That after wretched life, must be at last 985 
 
 Food for so foul a monster ! In thy pow'r 
 
 It lies, yet ere conception, to prevent 
 
 The race unblest, to being yet unbegot. 
 
 Childless thou art, childless remain ; so Death 
 
 Shall be deceived his glut, and with us two 990 
 
 Be forced to satisfy his rav'nous maw. 
 
 But if thou judge it hard and difficult, 
 
 Conversing, looking, loving, to abstain 
 
 From love's due rites, nuptial embraces sweet, 
 
 And with desire to languish without hope, 995 
 
 Before the present object languishing 
 
 With like desire, which would be misery 
 
 And torment less than none of what we dread, 
 
 Then both ourselves and seed at once to free 
 
 From what we fear for both let us make short ; 1000 
 
 Let us seek Death, or he not found, supply 
 
 With our own hands his office on ourselves. 
 
 Why stand we longer shivering under fears, 
 
 That shew no end but death, and have the pow'r 
 
 Of many ways to die, the shortest choosing, 1005 
 
 Destruction with destruction to destroy ? 
 
 She ended here, or vehement despair 
 Broke off the rest ; so much of death her thoughts 
 Had entertain'd, as dyed her cheeks with pale. 
 But Adam with such counsel nothing sway'd, 1010 
 
 To better hopes his more attentive mind 
 Labouring had raised ; and thus to Eve reply'd : 
 
 990. Deceived hit glut: Cheated of that which he hopes to swallow. 
 1009. With pale: With paleness. 
 
 1011. More attentive mind: Attending more to what had passed, calling to 
 mind with heed their tentenct, 1030. N. 
 
 1012-96. To Evt replied: The arguments of Adam in opposition to Eve's 
 
 D D
 
 466 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Eve, tbj contempt of life and pleasure seems 
 To argue in thee something more sublime 
 And excellent than what thy mind contemns ; 1015 
 
 But self-destruction therefore sought, refutes 
 That excellence thought in thee, and implies, 
 Not thy contempt, but anguish and regre 
 For loss of life and pleasure overloved. 
 
 Or if thou covet death, as utmost end 1020 
 
 Of misery, so thinking to evade 
 The penalty pronounced, doubt not but God 
 Hath wi seller arm'd his vengeful ire than so 
 To be forestall'd ; much more I fear lest death 
 So snatch'd will not exempt us from the pain 1025 
 
 We are by doom to pay : rather such acts 
 Of contumacy will provoke the Highest 
 To make death in us live. Then let us seek 
 Some safer resolution, which methinks 
 
 I have in view, calling to mind with heed 1030 
 
 Part of our sentence, that thy seed shall bruise 
 The Serpent's head. Piteous amends ! unless 
 Be meant, whom I conjecture, our grand foe 
 Satan, who in the serpent hath contrived 
 Against us this deceit. To crush his head 1035 
 
 Would be revenge indeed : which will be lost 
 By death brought on ourselves, or childless days 
 Resolved, as thou proposest ; so our foe 
 Shall 'scape his punishment ordain'd, and we 
 Instead, shall double ours upon our heads. 1040 
 
 No more be mention 'd then of violence 
 Against ourselves, and wilful barrenness, 
 That cuts us off from hope, and savours only 
 Rancour and pride, impatience and despite, 
 Reluctance against God and his just yoke 1045 
 
 Laid on our necks. Remember with what mild 
 And gracious temper he both heard and judged, 
 
 in regard to suicide, and to remaining childless, display to great 
 advantage the reasoning powers of the poet.
 
 BOOK x 467 
 
 Without wrath or reviling ! We expected 
 
 Immediate dissolution, which we thought 
 
 Was meant by death that day ; when lo ! to thee 1050 
 
 Pains only in child-bearing were foretold, 
 
 And bringing forth ; soon recompensed with joy, 
 
 Fruit of thy womb. On me the curse aslope 
 
 Glanced on the ground. With labour I must earn 
 
 My bread. What harm ? Idleness had been worse : 1055 
 
 My labour will sustain me. And lest cold 
 
 Or heat should injure us, his timely care 
 
 Hath unbesought provided, and his hands 
 
 Cloth 'd us, unworthy, pitying while he judged ; 
 
 How much more, if we pray him, will his ear 1060 
 
 Be open, and his heart to pity incline, 
 
 And teach us farther by what means to shun 
 
 Th' inclement seasons, rain, ice, hail, and snow ! 
 
 Which now the sky with various face begins 
 
 To shew us in this mountain, while the winds 1065 
 
 Blow moist and keen, shatt'ring the graceful locks 
 
 Of these fair spreading trees ; which bids us seek 
 
 Some better shroud, some better warmth to cherish 
 
 Our limbs benumb'd, ere this diurnal star 
 
 Leave cold the night, how we his gather'd beams 1070 
 
 Reflected, may with matter sere foment, 
 
 Or, by collision of two bodies, grind 
 
 The air attrite to fire, as late the clouds 
 
 Justling, or push'd with winds, rude in their shock, 
 
 Tine the slant lightning, whose thwart flame driv'n down 1075 
 
 Kindles the gummy bark of fir or pine, 
 
 And sends a comfortable heat from far, 
 
 Which might supply the sun. Such fire to use, 
 
 1066. Graceful locks : Trees are here beautifully personified, in imitation 
 of Horace, Od. iv. 3: 11: " Spissae nemorura comae;" iv. 7:2: "Arbori- 
 busque comae." 
 
 1069. Diurnal ttar : The sun, the star of day. 
 
 1071. With matter tere foment, fyc. : With dry, withered matter, increase 
 the heat produced by the rays of the sun reflected from a mirror, ^En. i. 175-76, 
 ' Stifceptique igncin fohis, atque arida circum 
 Nutnnieuta dedit, rapuitque in fomlU flammam."
 
 468 PARADISE LOST 
 
 And what may else be remedy or cure 
 
 To evils which our own misdeeds have wrought, 1080 
 
 He will instruct us praying, and of grace 
 
 Beseeching him, so as we need not fear 
 
 To pass commodiously this life, sustain 'd 
 
 By him with many comforts, till we end 
 
 In dust : our final rest and native home. 1085 
 
 What better can we do, than to the place 
 
 Repairing where he judged us, prostrate fall 
 
 Before him, reverent, and there confess 
 
 Humbly our faults, and pardon beg, with tears 
 
 Watering the ground, and with our sighs the air 1090 
 
 Frequenting, sent from hearts contrite, in sign 
 
 Of sorrow unfeign'd, and humiliation meek ? 
 
 Undoubtedly he will relent, and turn 
 
 From his displeasure ; in whose look serene, 
 
 When angry most he seem'd, and most severe, 1095 
 
 What else but favour, grace, and mercy shone ? 
 
 So spake our father penitent : nor Eve 
 Felt less remorse. They forthwith to the place 
 Repairing where he judged them, prostrate fell 
 Before him, reverent, and both confess'd 1100 
 
 Humbly their faults, and pardon begg'd, with tears 
 Watering the ground, and with their sighs the air 
 Frequenting, sent from hearts contrite, in sign 
 Of sorrow unfeign'd, and humiliation meek. 
 
 1075. Tine the tlant. $c. : Set on fire the oblique lightning, whose trans* 
 verse flame, &c. From tine comes the word tinder. 
 
 1090-1107. What better can we do, tec. : The turn here given to the senti- 
 ments and conduct of our first parents, administers great relief and pleasure 
 to the pious mind, while it furnishes a wholesome lesson to their sinful de- 
 scendants. It is material to observe, that they not only resolve to humble 
 themselves before their offended Maker, and to implore his pardon, but im- 
 mediately carry out their design. This primitive scene of penitence, the 
 first witnessed on earth, beautifully closes the Book.
 
 BOOK XI. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 THE Son of God presents to his Father the prayers of our first parents, 
 now repenting, and intercedes for them ; God accepts them, but declares that 
 they must no longer abide in Paradise ; sends Michael with a band of Cheru- 
 bim to dispossess them ; but first to reveal to Adam future things ; Michael's 
 coming down; Adam shews to Eve certain ominous signs; he discerns 
 Michael's approach ; goes out to meet him ; the Angel denounces their de- 
 parture ; Eve's lamentation ; Adam pleads, but submits ; the Angel leada 
 him up to a high hill ; sets before him in vision what shall happen till the
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 PROBABLY there is less invention in this than in some other Books, bat 
 the descriptive parts are not less powerful, nor less important, instructive, 
 and awful in their topics. The Deluge was a trial of strength with the 
 ancients, since it forms so important a feature in Ovid's poems. So far as 
 there is invention in this Book, it lies in the selection of circumstances, in 
 picturesque epithets, and in moral, political, and religious reflections. It* 
 intellectual compass is vast and stupendous. Such a view opened upon 
 Adam of the fate of his posterity, as could only be conceived and compre- 
 hended by the splendid force of the poetical eye of Milton. 
 
 It is truly said that Milton everywhere follows the great ancients, and im- 
 prove* upon them. He despises all the petty gildings and artifices which 
 are so much boasted in modem poetry. His object is, to convey images and 
 ideas, not words ; and the plainer the words, so that they do not disgrace the 
 thought, the better. He would never sacrifice the force of the language to 
 the metre. The mark of this is, that when he had occasion to use the terms 
 of Scripture, he would not derange them for the sake of the rhyme. . B.
 
 BOOK XL 
 
 THUS they in lowliest plight, repentant, stood 
 
 Praying ; for from the mercy-seat above 
 
 Prevenient grace descending, had removed 
 
 The stony from their hearts, and made new flesh 
 
 Regenerate grow instead, that sighs now breathed 5 
 
 Unutterable, which the Spirit of prayer 
 
 Inspired, and wing'd for Heav'n with speedier flight 
 
 Than loudest oratory : yet their port 
 
 Not of mean suitors ; nor important less 
 
 Seem'd their petition, than when the ancient pair 10 
 
 I. Repentant stood, Sfc.: Milton has shown a wonderful art in describing 
 that variety of passions which arise in our first parents upon the breach of 
 the commandment that had been given them. We see them gradually passing 
 from the triumph of guilt through remorse, shame, despair, contrition, 
 prayer, and hope, to a perfect and complete repentance. A. 
 
 3. Prevenient, $c. : Going before. Divine grace had preceded the act of 
 prayer, and prepared them for it by producing religious sensibility and ten- 
 derness. 
 
 8. Tet their port, $c. : Their behaviour. The yet refers us to the first part 
 of the second line. " Stood praying, yet their port," &c. : The intermediate 
 lines are to be regarded as included in a parenthesis. 
 
 II. In fable* old, tfc. : Milton has been often censured for his frequent 
 allusions to the Heathen Mythology, and for mixing fables with sacred 
 truths ; but it may be observed in favour of him, that what he borrows from 
 the Heathen Mythology, he commonly applies only by way of similitude;
 
 472 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 In fables old, less ancient yet than these, 
 
 Deucalion and chaste Pyrrha, to restore 
 
 The race of mankind drown 'd, before the shrine 
 
 Of Themis stood devout. To Heav'n their pray'rs 
 
 Flew up ; nor miss'd the way, by envious winds 15 
 
 Blown vagabond or frustrate. In they pass'd 
 
 Dimensionless, through heav'nly doors ; then clad 
 
 With incense, where the golden altar fumed, 
 
 and a similitude from thence may illustrate his subject as well as from any- 
 thing else, especially since it is one of the first things that we learn at 
 school, and is made by the ancienU such an essential part of poetry, that it 
 can hardly be separated from it ; and no wonder that Milton was ambitious 
 of showing something of his reading in this kind, as well as in all others. 
 N. 
 
 12. Deucalion was a Thessalian prince, who, with his wife Pyrrha, escaped 
 the general flood that happened in his times, 1541, B c. This is one of the 
 first events recorded in profane history. All the inhabitants, except these 
 two, having been destroyed, they consulted the oracle of Themis, the God- 
 dess of Justice, to ascertain by what means the human race might be re- 
 stored. On being ordered to throw stones behind them, those thrown by 
 Deucalion became men, and those by Pyrrha womea. In this fable the 
 history of some partial inundation seems to be confounded with the tradition 
 of the universal deluge. In that beautifiul ode dedicated to Augustus (Book 
 i. 2) , in which richness of imagery and elegance of language vie with the 
 loftiest tone of morality, Horace thus alludes to the flood of Deucalion. 
 
 Terruit gentei, grare ne rediret 
 Saeculura Pyrrhz nora monstrt queitse 
 Omne cum Proteui pecui egit altoi 
 Viiere montei," fee. 
 
 BRANDS. FISRK. 
 
 14-20. To Heav'n their prayen, ire. : As the author never fails to give a 
 poetical turn to his sentiments, he describes the acceptance which these 
 prayers met with, in a short allegory formed upon that beautiful passage 
 in holy writ, Rev. viii. 3, 4. A. 
 
 16. Blown vagabond : Blown out of their proper course. Fruttrate : Frus- 
 tiated, brought to nothing, defeated. 
 
 It is a familiar expression with the ancient poets, as Newton informs us, 
 to say of such requests as are not granted, that they are dispersed and driven 
 away by the winds, Virg. JEn. xi. 794. 
 
 17. Dimtntionle$, ffc. : As these prayers were of a i>pi ritual nature, not 
 as matter that has dimensions, measure, and proportion, they passed through 
 Heaven's gates without any obstruction. R.
 
 BOOK xi. 473 
 
 By their great Intercessor, came in sight 
 
 Before the Father's throne : then the glad Son 20 
 
 Presenting, thus to intercede began : 
 
 See, Father, what first fruits on earth are sprung 
 From thy implanted grace in Man ; these sighs 
 And pray'rs, which in this golden censer, mix'd 
 With incense, I thy priest before thee bring : 25 
 
 Fruits of more pleasing savour from thy seed 
 Sown with contrition in bis heart, than those 
 Which his own hand manuring, all the trees 
 Of Paradise could have produced, ere fall'n 
 From innocence. Now therefore bend thine ear 30 
 
 To supplication ; hear his sighs though mute. 
 Unskilful with what words to pray, let me 
 Interpret for him, me his Advocate 
 And propitiation. All his works on me, 
 Good or not good, ingraft ; my merit those 35 
 
 Shall perfect, and for these my death shall pay. 
 Accept me, and in me from these receive 
 The smell of peace tow'rd mankind. Let him live 
 Before thee reconciled, at least his days 
 
 Number'd, tho' sad, till death, his doom (which I 40 
 
 To mitigate thus plead, not to reverse) 
 To better life shall yield him ; where with me 
 All my redeem'd may dwell in joy and bliss ; 
 Made one with me as I with thee am one. 
 
 To whom the Father, without cloud, serene : 45 
 
 All thy request for Man, accepted Son, 
 Obtain : all thy request was my decree. 
 But longer in that Paradise to dwell, 
 The law I gave to nature him forbids : 
 
 Those pure immortal elements that know 50 
 
 No gross, no inharmonious mixture foul, 
 Eject him, tainted now, and purge him off 
 
 32. The order of the sense is : Let me interpret for him wuktlful with what 
 word* to pray, me hit, &c., 1 John ii. 1, 2. 
 
 38. The tmell of peace: The peace-offering, says Moses, is of a tweet 
 tavour unto the Lord, Lev. iii. 5.
 
 474 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 As a distemper gross, to air as gross, 
 
 And mortal food ; as may dispose him bail 
 
 For dissolution wrought by sin, that first 55 
 
 Distemper'd all things, and of incorrupt 
 
 Corrupted. I at first with two fair gifts 
 
 Created him endow'd ; with happiness 
 
 And immortality : that fondly lost, 
 
 This other served but to eternize woe ; 60 
 
 Till I provided death ; so death becomes 
 
 His final remedy, and, after life, 
 
 Tried in sharp tribulation, and refined 
 
 By faith and faithful works, to second life, 
 
 Waked in the renovation of the just, 65 
 
 Resigns him up with Heav'n and Earth renew'd. 
 
 But let us call to synod all the Blest 
 
 Through Heav'n's wide bounds ; from them I will not hide 
 
 My judgments, how with mankind I proceed, 
 
 As how with peccant Angels late they saw, 70 
 
 And in their state, tho' firm, stood more confirm 'd. 
 
 He ended ; and the Son gave signal high 
 To the bright minister that watch'd. He blew 
 His trumpet (heard in Oreb since, perhaps, 
 When God descended, and perhaps Once more 75 
 
 To sound at general doom) : th' angelic blast 
 Fill'd all the regions. From their blissful bow'rs 
 Of amaranthine shade, fountain or spring, 
 By the waters of life, where'er they sat 
 
 In fellowships of joy, the sons of light 80 
 
 Hasted, resorting to the summons high, 
 And took their seats ; till from his throne supreme 
 Th' Almighty thus pronounced his Sov'reign will : 
 
 Sons ! like one of us Man is become, 
 
 53. Sin having rendered man gross, he is now to be Thrust out into the air 
 u gross, or impure, ill adapted to perpetuate life ; he is also condemned to 
 mortal food, or that which promotes mortality. See lines 234, 285. 
 
 74. Oreb : Horeb. Exod. xx. 18 ; 1 Cor. xv. 52 j 1 Then. iv. 16. 
 
 78. dmaranthint : Unfading, undecay ing, III. 353.
 
 BOOK xi. 475 
 
 To know both good and evil, since his tasto 85 
 
 Of that defended fruit ; but let him boast 
 
 His knowledge of good lost, and evil got : 
 
 Happier, had it sufficed him to have known 
 
 Good by itself, and evil not all. 
 
 He sorrows now, repents, and prays contrite, 80 
 
 My motions in him. Longer than they move, 
 
 His heart I know how variable and vain 
 
 Self-left. Lest therefore his now bolder hand 
 
 Beach also of the tree of life, and eat, 
 
 And live for ever (dream at least to live 95 
 
 For ever) to remove him I decree, 
 
 And send him from the garden forth to till 
 
 The ground whence he was taken, fitter soil. 
 
 Michael, this my behest have thou in charge : 
 Take to thee from among the Cherubim 100 
 
 Thy choice of flaming warriors, lest the Fiend, 
 Or in behalf of Man, or to invade 
 Vacant possession, some new trouble raise. 
 Haste thee, and from the Paradise of God, 
 Without remorse, drive out the sinful pair, 105 
 
 (From hallow'd ground th' unholy), and denounce 
 To them and to their progeny, from thence 
 Perpetual banishment. Yet, lest they faint 
 At the sad sentence rigorously urged, 
 
 For I behold them soften'd, and with tears 110 
 
 Bewailing their excess, all terror hide. 
 
 86. Defended : Forbidden, from defendre, a French word. 
 
 91. Longer than, tfc. : After my motions within him cease. 
 
 99. Behest : Command. As Michael was the principal angel employe 
 in driving the rebel angels out of Heaven, so he was the most proper to expel 
 our first parents too out of Paradise. N. 
 
 105. Rrmont: Pity. 
 
 111. Their excess, tfc. : God is here represented as pitying our first parents, 
 and even while he is ordering Michael to drive them out of Paradise, orders 
 him at the same time to hide all terror ; and, for the same reason, he chooses 
 to speak of their offence in the slightest manner, calling it only an excess a
 
 476 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 If patiently thy bidding they obey, 
 
 Dismiss them not disconsolate. Reveal 
 
 To Adam what shall come in future days, 
 
 As I shall thee enlighten. Intermix 115 
 
 My covenant in the Woman's seed renew'd ; 
 
 So send them forth, tho' sorrowing, yet in peace ; 
 
 And on the east side of the garden place 
 
 Where entrance up from Eden easiest climbs, 
 
 Cherubic watch, and of a sword the flame 120 
 
 Wide-waving, all approach far off to fright, 
 
 And guard all passage to the tree of life, 
 
 Lest Paradise a receptacle prove 
 
 To spirits foul, and all my trees their prey, 
 
 With whose stol'n fruit Man once more to delude. 125 
 
 He ceased ; and the Archangclic Pow'r prepared 
 For swift descent ; with him the cohort bright 
 Of watchful Cherubim. Four faces each 
 Had, like a double Janus : all their shape 
 Spangled with eyes, more numerous than those 130 
 
 Of Argus, and more wakeful than to drowse, 
 Charm'd with Arcadian pipe, the pastoral reed 
 Of Hermes, or his opiate rod. Mean while 
 To re-salute the world with sacred light, 
 
 going beyond the bounds of their duty, by the same metaphor as sin is often 
 called trantgrestion. N. 
 
 128-33. Four facet each, tfc. : Ezekiel says that " every out had four facet," 
 X. 14. The poet adds, u Four facet each had like a double Janut." Janus was a 
 king (afterwards a deity) of Italy, and is represented with two (aces, to de- 
 note his great wisdom, looking upon things past and to come ; and the men- 
 tion of a well-known image with two faces, may help to give us the better 
 idea of others with four. Ezekiel says, x. 12, "And their whole body, and 
 their backs, and their handt, and their wingt, were full of eye* round about. The 
 poet expresses it by a delightful metaphor, " Jill their thape tpangled with 
 eyet ;" and then adds by way of comparison, " More numerout than thote of 
 jlrgut a shepherd who had a hundred eyes ; " And more waktful than to 
 drowte," as he did, "charmed with Arcadian pipe, the pastoral reed" (132) 
 is, the pastoral pipe made of reeds, as was that of Hermet. or Mercury, who 
 was employed by Jupiter to lull Argus asleep, and kill him, or hit opiate rod 
 (133), the caduceus of Mercury, with which he could give sleep to whom
 
 BOOK u. I 477 
 
 Leucothea waked, and with fresh dews imbalm'd 135 
 
 The Earth ; when Adam and first matron Eve 
 Had ended now their orisons, and found 
 Strength added from above, new hope to spring 
 Out of despair ; joy, but with fear yet link'd : 
 Which thus to Eve his welcome words renew'd : 140 
 
 Eve, easily may faith admit, that all 
 
 soever he pleased. With this pipe and this rod, he lulled Argus asleep, and 
 cut off his head. It is an allusion to a celebrated story in Ovid, Met. i. 
 625, &c. : 
 
 Centum luminibus cinctum caput Argus habitat. ''ic. 
 
 N. 
 
 Ovid is conceived to have been a favourite with Milton, among other 
 reasons from so many of his subjects having a relation to Scripture, such as 
 the creation, the deluge, the foreshowing of the destruction of the world by 
 fire, &c. 
 
 135. Levcothea leaked, ffc. : The white goddess, as the name in Greek im- 
 ports ; the same with Matuta in Latin, as Cicero affirms ; and this is the 
 early morning that ushers in the Aurora rosy with the sunbeams, according 
 to Lucretius, v. 655 : 
 
 " Tempore item certo roseam Matuta per oras 
 jKlheris Aurora defert. et lumina pandit." 
 
 This is the last morning in the poem the morning of the fatal day 
 whereon our first parents were expelled out of Paradise. According to the 
 best calculation we can make, this is the eleventh day of the poem ; we mean 
 of that part of it which is transacted within the sphere of day. 
 
 But Addison reckons only ten days to the action of the poem, supposing 
 that our first parents were expelled out of Paradise the very next day after 
 the fall. Bishop Newton shows this to be an error. 
 
 But indeed the poet is not very exact in the computation of time, and per- 
 haps he affected some obscurity in this particular, and did not choose to de- 
 fine, as the Scripture itself has not defined, how soon after the fall it was that 
 our first parents were driven out of Paradise. N. 
 
 140. Which refers to Adam. An ingenious writer, quoted by Newton, 
 descants upon the beauty of several of the lines that follow; of 141, in 
 which the last five words are alliterated with the same vowel, a ; of 1-1.1, in 
 the solemn pause after the first syllable, but, and the caesura upon the mono- 
 syllable vi that follows; of 150, in the word kneel' d, followed, as it is by a 
 pause, the effect of which is such, that we actually see Adam upon his knees 
 before the offended Deity, while, by the concluding words of the paragraph, 
 bending hi* ear, infinite goodness is visibly represented to our eyes, as inclin- 
 ing to hearken to the prayers of this penitent creature.
 
 478 | PARADISE LOST. 
 
 , * 
 
 The good which we enjoy, from Heav'n descends ; 
 
 But that from us aught should ascend to Heav'n 
 
 So prevalent as to concern the mind 
 
 Of God high-blest, or to incline his will, 145 
 
 Hard to beliof may seem ; yet this will prayer, 
 
 Or one short sigh of human breath, upborne 
 
 Ev'n to the seat of God ! For since I sought 
 
 By prayer th' offended Deity to appease, 
 
 Kneel'd, and before him humbled all my heart, 150 
 
 Methought I saw him placable and mild, 
 
 Bending his ear ! Persuasion in me grew 
 
 That I was heard with favour ! Peace return 'd 
 
 Home to my breast, and to my memory 
 
 His promise, that thy seed shall bruise our foe ; 155 
 
 Which, then not minded in dismay, yet now 
 
 Assures me that the bitterness of death 
 
 Is past, and we shall live ! Whence hail to thce, 
 
 Eve, i ightly call'd mother of all mankind, 
 
 Mother of all things living ; since by thee 160 
 
 Man is to live, and all things live for Man ! 
 
 To whom thus Eve, with sad demeanour meek ; 
 111 worthy I such title should belong 
 To me transgressor, who, for thee ordain'd 
 A help, became thy snare ! To me reproach 165 
 
 Rather belongs, distrust, and all dispraise ! 
 But infinite in pardon was my Judge, 
 That I, who first brought death on all, am graced 
 The source of life ; next favourable thou, 
 Who highly thus to entitle me vouchsaPst, 170 
 
 Far other name deserving. But the field 
 To labour calls us, now with sweat imposed, 
 Though after sleepless night ; for, see, the morn, 
 
 146-7. Will prayer : Will prayer do. It will be up-borne. 
 
 157. The btitemett of death it patted: These are the words of A gag, 
 1 Sam. zv. 32. 
 
 159. Eve is from a Hebrew word signifying life or to live, and was applied 
 from the first in anticipation of the event of her becoming the " mother of 
 all living."
 
 BOOK XI. 479 
 
 All unconcern'd with our unrest, begins 
 
 Her rosy progress smiling ; let us forth ; 175 
 
 I never from thy side henceforth to stray, 
 
 Where'er our day's work lies, though now enjoin'd 
 
 Laborious, till day droop. While here we dwell, 
 
 What can be toilsome in these pleasant walks ? 
 
 Here let us live, though in fall'n state, content. 180 
 
 So spake, so wish'd much-humbled Eve, but Fate 
 Subscribed not. Nature first gave signs, impress'd 
 On bird, beast, air ; air suddenly eclipsed 
 After short blush of morn : nigh in her sight 
 The bird of Jove, stoop'd from his aery tour, 185 
 
 Two birds of gayest plume before him drove. 
 Down from a hill the beast that reigns in woods, 
 First hunter then, pursued a gentle brace, 
 Goodliest of all the forest, hart and hind : 
 Direct to th' eastern gate was bent their flight. 190 
 
 Adam observed, and with his eye the chase 
 Pursuing, not unmoved, to Eve thus spake : 
 
 O Eve, some further change awaits us nigh, 
 
 175. Her rosy progress smiling: Compare 135. where Lcucothea is spoken 
 of as the most early morning that ushers in the Aurora. She was pale and 
 white before, but now she is rosy red, with the nearer approach of the sun- 
 beams. The expression of the morn's beginning her progress seems to be 
 copied from Shakspeare, Henry IV. Act. 3 : 
 
 " the heavenly harness'd team 
 
 Brfini his golden progress in the east." N. 
 
 182. Subscribed not : Did not agree to it ; from subscriber, to under-write. 
 
 185. The bird of Jove, ttoojjd, $c. : The eagle ; sometimes called the king 
 of birds, from his great strength, the elevation to which he flies, and the 
 rapidity of his movements. Stoop'd is a participle, and means, coming down 
 on hit prey. An event of this kind is sometimes represented by the poets as 
 ominous, as by Virgil, JEn. i. 393. 
 
 These omens, says Newton, have a singular beauty here, as they show the 
 change that is produced among animals, as well as the change that is going 
 to be made in the condition of Adam and Eve ; and nothing could be in- 
 vented more apposite and proper for this purpose. An eagle, pursuing two 
 beautiful birds, and a lion chasing a fine hart and hind, and both to the eastern 
 gate of Paradise, as Adam and Eve were to be driven out by the angel at 
 the eastern gate of Paradise. 
 
 193-211. Sonu further rhange, fa. : The conference of Adam and Ev if
 
 460 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Which Ileav'n by these mute signs in nature shews, 
 
 Forerunners of his purpose, or to warn 195 
 
 Us haply, too secure of our discharge 
 
 From penalty, because from death released 
 
 Some days. How long, and what till then our life 
 
 Who knows ? or more than this, that we are dust, 
 
 And thither must return, and be no more ? 200 
 
 Why else this double object in our sight, 
 
 Of flight pursued in th' air, and o'er the ground 
 
 One way the self-same hour ? Why in the east 
 
 Darkness ere day's mid-course, and morning light 
 
 More orient in yon western cloud, that draws 205 
 
 O'er the blue firmament a radiant white, 
 
 And slow descends, with something hcav'nly fraught ? 
 
 He err'd not ; for by this the heav'nly bands 
 Down from a sky of jasper lighted now 
 
 In Paradise, and on a hill made halt ; 210 
 
 A glorious apparitioa, had not doubt 
 And carnal fear that day dimm'd Adam's eye. 
 Not that more glorious, when the Angels met 
 Jacob in Mahanaim, where he saw 
 The field pavilion 'd with his guardians bright ; 215 
 
 fall of moving sentiments. Upon their going abroad, after the melancholy 
 night which they had passed together, they discover the lion and the eagle, 
 each of them pursuing their prey towards the eastern gate of Paradise. 
 There is a double beauty in this incident, not only as it presents great and 
 just omens, which are always agreeable in poetry, but as it expresses that 
 enmity which was now produced in the animal creation. The poet, to show 
 the like changes in nature, as well as to grace his story with a noble prodigy, 
 represents the sun in an eclipse. This particular incident has likewise a 
 fine effect upon the imagination of the reader in regard to what follows; 
 for at the same time that the sun is under an eclipse, a bright cloud descends 
 in the western quarter of the heavens, filled with a host of angels, and more 
 luminous than the sun itself. The whole theatre of nature is darkened 
 that this glorious appearance may shine with all its lustre and magnificence. 
 A. 
 
 209. Sky of j'tuper : Resembling the colours of the precious stone of that 
 name. 
 
 214. Mahanaim: Gen. xxxii. 1,2.
 
 BOOK XI. 481 
 
 Nor that which on the flaming mount appear'd 
 
 In Dothan, cover'd with a camp of fire, 
 
 Against the Syrian king, who, to surprise 
 
 One man, assassin-like, had levied war, 
 
 War unproclaim'd. The princely Hierarch 220 
 
 In their bright stand there left his Pow'rs to seize 
 
 Possession of the garden ; he alone, 
 
 To find where Adam shelter'd, took his way, 
 
 Not unperceived of Adam, whom to Eve, 
 
 While the great visitant approach'd, thus spake : 225 
 
 Eve, now expect great tidings, which perhaps 
 Of us will soon determine, or impose 
 New laws to be observed ; for I descry 
 From yonder blazing cloud that veils the hill, 
 One of the heav'nly host, and by his gait 230 
 
 None of the meanest ; some great Potentate 
 Or of the Thrones above ; such majesty 
 Invests his coming ; yet not terrible, 
 That I should fear, nor sociably mild, 
 
 As Raphael, that I should much confide ; 235 
 
 But solemn and sublime ; whom not to offend, 
 With reverence I must meet, and thou retire. 
 
 He ended : and th' Arch- Angel soon drew nigh, 
 Not in his shape celestial, but as man 
 
 Clad to meet man. Over his lucid arms 240 
 
 A military vest of purple flow'd, 
 
 217. Dothan : 2 Kings vi. 13, 14. 
 
 219. One man: Elisha, who had provoked the anger of the king of Syria 
 by disclosing his designs to the king of Israel. 
 
 238-50. Th? archangel toon, tyc. : It may be observed how properly th 
 poet, who always suits his parts to the actors whom he introduces, has em- 
 ployed Michael in the expulsion of our first parents from Paradise. The 
 archangel, on this occasion neither appears in his proper shape, nor in the 
 familiar manner with which Raphael, the sociable spirit, entertained the 
 father of mankind before the fall. His person, his port, and behaviour, are 
 suitable to a spirit of the highest rank, and exquisitely described in this pas- 
 sage. A. 
 
 241. Purple: The colour worn by distinguished persons among the 
 21 E E
 
 482 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Livelier .than Melibcean, or the grain 
 
 Of Sarra, worn by kings and heroes old 
 
 In time of truce ; Iris had dipt the woof; 
 
 His starry helm unbuckled shcw'd him prime 245 
 
 In manhood where youth ended. By his side, 
 
 As in a gliat'ring zodiac, hung the sword, 
 
 Satan's dire dread ; and in his band the spear. 
 
 Adam bow'd low : He, kingly, from his state 
 
 Inclined not, but his coming thus declared : 250 
 
 Adam, HeavVs highest behest no preface needs : 
 Sufficient that thy pray'rs are heard, and Death, 
 Then due by sentence when thou didst transgress, 
 Defeated of his seizure, many days 
 
 Giv'n thee of grace, wherein thou may'st repent, 255 
 
 And one bad act, with many deeds well done, 
 May'st cover : well may then thy Lord,* appeased, 
 
 ancients. Near Melibaa, in Thessaly, was found a species of fish, from 
 which was extracted a celebrated scarlet dye. 
 
 242. Grain of Sarra : Dye of Tyre, Sarra being the earlier Latin name 
 of Tyre. This dye was derived from a shell-fish, and was highly valued. 
 
 This beautiful and highly-prized colour of purple, which was so ex- 
 tensively appropriated as the hue of royal robes, was known as a dye, in 
 the days of Moses. A later period, however, has been fixed for the dis- 
 covery of this dye, by fabulous antiquity. The honour has been given to 
 Tyrian Hercules. The tradition is, that when this hero was walking one 
 day on the sea shore, with a nymph of whom he was enamoured, his dog 
 found a shell, which, being pressed with hunger, he broke, and the liquid 
 which ran from the expiring fish within, stained his mouth with so beautiful 
 a colour, that the fair damsel, charmed with it, declared to her lover that 
 she would see him no more, till he brought her a dress dyed the same 
 colour. DUNCAN on the Seasons, vol. iv. 188. 
 
 244. 7m, t;c. : Irit was goddess of the rainbow. The clause means that 
 the threads crossing the warp had the colour of the rainbow, the most beau- 
 tiful of colours. 
 
 248. And in hit hand (was held) the spear : The verb hung applies well 
 only to tword. 
 
 254. Defeated in his intended act of teizurt. 
 
 251. Maytt cover : Good poetry, but corrupt theology. The blood of the 
 Messiah, and not our good deeds, forms tne only Scriptural covering lor our 
 bad deeds. It was with reference to the future shedding of that blood, that
 
 BOOK XI. 483 
 
 Redeem thee quite from Death's rapacious claim ; 
 
 But longer in this Paradise to dwell 
 
 Permits not. To remove thee I am come, 260 
 
 And send thee from the garden forth, to till 
 
 The ground whence thou wast taken ; fitter soil. 
 
 He added not ; for Adam at the news 
 Heart-struck, with chilling gripe of sorrow stood, 
 That all his senses bound. Eve, who unseen, 265 
 
 Yet all had heard, with audible lament, 
 Discover'd soon the place of her retire. 
 
 unexpected stroke, worse than of Death ! 
 Must I thus leave thee, Paradise ! thus leave 
 
 our first parents were admitted to favour, and redeemed from death in its 
 highest penal sense. Milton, in the Third Book (203-12, 227-41, 285-99) 
 has given the correct view of the divine method of covering our bad deeds. 
 
 258. Retire: Retirement 
 
 260. When Michael announces to Adam and Eve the necessity of their 
 immediate departure from the garden of Eden, the poet's art in preserving 
 the decorum of the two characters is very remarkable. Eve, in all the vio- 
 lence of ungovernable sorrow, breaks forth into a pathetic apostrophe to 
 Paradise. Adam expresses without a figure his regret for being banished 
 
 " from this happy place, our sweet 
 
 Recess,'' &c. 304. 
 
 The use of the apostrophe in the one case, and its omission in the other, 
 not only gives a beautiful variety to the style, but also marks that superior 
 elevation and composure of mind by which the poet had all along distin- 
 guished the character of Adam. BEATTIE. 
 
 269-79. Must I thus leave thee, Paradite : The highest degree of the figure 
 of personification, is that wherein inanimate objects are introduced, not only 
 as feeling and acting, but as speaking to us, or hearing and listening when 
 we address ourselves to them. 
 
 All strong passions prompt us to use this figure. Not only love, anger, 
 and indignation, but even those which are seemingly more dispiriting, such 
 as grief, remorse, and melancholy. For all passions struggle for vent, and, 
 if they can find no other object, will, rather than be silent, pour themselves 
 forth to woods, and rocks, and the most insensible things ; especially if these 
 be in any way connected with the causes and objects that have thrown the 
 mind into this agitation. Of this figure Milton has here furnished an ex- 
 tremely fine example, in the moving, tender, and womanly address which 
 Eve makes to Paradise, just before she is compelled to lav*> it BLAIR.
 
 484 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Thee, native soil ! these happy walks and shades, 270 
 
 Fit haunt of Gods ! where I had hope to spend, 
 
 Quiet though sad, the respite of that day 
 
 That must be mortal to us both ! flowVs, 
 
 That never will in other climate grow, 
 
 My early visitation, and my last 275 
 
 At e'en, which I bred up with tender hand 
 
 From the first opening bud, and gave ye names, 
 
 Who now shall rear ye to the sun, or rank 
 
 Your tribes, and water from th' ambrosial fount ? 
 
 Thee lastly, nuptial bower ! by me adorn'd 280 
 
 With what to sight or smell was sweet, from thee 
 
 How shall I part, and whither wander down 
 
 Into a lower world, to this obscure 
 
 And wild ? How shall we breathe in other air, 
 
 . t ' 
 
 Less pure, accustom 'd to immortal fruits ? 285 
 
 Whom thus the Angel interrupted mild : 
 Lament not, Eve, but patiently resign 
 What justly thou hast lost ; nor set thy heart 
 
 .70-71. Fit haunt of godt: To men imbued with the spirit of the fall, to 
 whom the excitements of conflict and conquest are necessary, and who will 
 not be happy unless they can " ride in the whirlwind and direct the storm," 
 the Paradise of Eden may seem insipid, and the loss of it no great privation, 
 merely as a condition of life. But to those to whom the strifes of men are 
 hateful ; who faint beneath the curse of life ; who are cut off from sun and 
 air by the necessities of daily toil ; or who groan under the burden of their 
 sins, the repose, the rest, the happiness of Eden, glorified by the presence of 
 God, appears beyond all measure inviting, and well may they cry, u Oh, 
 Adam, what hast tho i done, to lose thy children so fair a heritage." K. 
 
 272. Day: Period. 
 
 279. Jlmbrotial: Delightful. It is derived from a Greek word signifying 
 immortal. Ambrosia denoted the food on which the pagan gods were sup- 
 posed to subsist, and to which, along with nectar, their immortality was at- 
 tributed. 
 
 285. Arruttomtd to immortal fruit* : Accustomed to that which produces 
 immortai fruits. It is implied that the let* pure air of the obtrure and wild 
 regions of the lototr world, or less elevated parts of the earth around the hill 
 of Paradise, must produce less wholesome fruits and bring about an unhappy 
 change in their condition.
 
 BOOK xi. 485 
 
 Thus over-fond, on that which is not thine ; 
 
 Thy going is not lonely ; with theo goes 290 
 
 Thy husband ; him to follow thou art bound. 
 
 Where he abides, think there thy native soil. 
 
 Adam by this from the cold sudden damp 
 Recov'ring, and his scatter'd spirits return 'd, 
 To Michael thus his humble words address'd : 295 
 
 Celestial, whether among the Thrones, or named 
 Of them the high'st, for such of shape may seem 
 Prince above princes ! gently hast thou told 
 Thy message, which might else in telling wound, 
 And in performing end us. What besides 300 
 
 Of sorrow, and dejection, and despair, 
 Our frailty can sustain, thy tidings bring ; 
 Departure from this happy place, our sweet 
 Recess, and only consolation left 
 
 Familiar to our eyes ; all places else 305 
 
 Inhospitable appear and desolate ; 
 Nor knowing us nor known : and if by prayer 
 Incessant I could hope to change the will 
 Of Him who all things can, I would not cease 
 To weary him with my assiduous cries. 310 
 
 But prayer against his absolute decree 
 No more avails than breath against the wind, 
 Blown stifling back on him that breathes it forth : 
 Therefore to his great bidding I submit. 
 
 This most afflicts me, that departing hence, 215 
 
 As from his face I shall be hid, deprived 
 
 315-33. Thi* matt afflicts, fyc.: Adam's speech abounds with thought* 
 which are equally moving, but of a more masculine and elevated turn than 
 those of Eve. Nothing can be conceived more sublime and poetical than 
 this passage. A. 
 
 The circumstance here named indicates the piety of Adam. The presence 
 of God was to him the chief attraction of Paradise. It is the chief attrac- 
 tion of Heaven, and on earth should be diligently sought. " Adam grieves," 
 as Pope remarks, " that he must leave a place where he had conversed with 
 God and his angels ; but Eve laments that she shall never more behold the 
 fine flowers of Eden. Here Adam mourns like a man, and Eve like a
 
 486 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 His blessed connt'nance. Here I could frequent 
 
 AVith worship place by place where he vouchsafed 
 
 Presence divine, and to my sons relate ; (g r) 
 
 On this mount he appear'd ; under this tree 320 
 
 Stood visible ; among these pines his voice 
 
 I heard ; here with him at this fountain talk'd. 
 
 So many grateful altars I would rear 
 
 Of grassy turf, and pile up every stone 
 
 Of lustre from the brook, in memory 325 
 
 Or monument to ages, and thereon 
 
 Offer sweet-smelling gums, and fruits and flow'rs. 
 
 In yonder nether world, where shall I seek 
 
 His bright appearances, or footstep trace ? 
 
 For though I fled him angry, yet recall'd 330 
 
 To life prolong'd and promised race, I now 
 
 Gladly behold, though but his utmost skirts 
 
 Of glory, and far off his steps adore. 
 
 To whom thus Michael, with regard benign : 
 Adam, thou know'st Heav'n his, and all the Earth ; 335 
 
 Not this rock only. His omnipresence fills 
 Land, sea, and air, and every kind that lives, 
 Fomented by his virtual pow'r and warm'd. 
 All th' earth he gave thee to possess and rule : 
 No despicable gift : surmise not then 340 
 
 His presence to these narrow bounds confined 
 Of Paradise or Eden. This had been 
 Perhaps thy capital seat, from whence had spread 
 
 325. In memory of the places where God appeared to himself ; in monu- 
 ment to future aget that is, to admonish or instruct posterity of the same 
 thing. The patriarchs were accustomed to raise altars, to remind them of 
 the places where God had condescended to reveal himself to them by some 
 acts of distinguishing favour, Gen. xi. 7 ; xxv. 25. 
 
 332. Skirtt : An allusion to Exod. xxxiii. 22, 23. 
 
 335. Hit: Is his. 
 
 337-38. Fomented by hi* virtual power: Advanced in growth by power 
 which it efficaciout, though not sensible, not exerted through material organs, 
 and///* every kind that live*. Acts zvii. 28 : "In him we live and move and 
 have our being."
 
 BOOK xi. 487 
 
 Al generations, and had hither come 
 
 From all the ends of th' earth, to celebrate 245 
 
 And rev'rence thee, their great progenitor. 
 
 But this pre-eminence thou'st lost ; brought down 
 
 To dwell on even ground now with thy sons. 
 
 Yet doubt not, but in valley and in plain 
 
 God is as here, and will be found alike 350 
 
 Present, and of his presence many a sign 
 
 Still following thee, still compassing thee round 
 
 With goodness and paternal love, his face 
 
 Express, and of his steps the track divine : 
 
 Which, that thou may'st believe, and be confirm'd 355 
 
 Ere thou from hence depart, know I am sent 
 
 To shew thee what shall come in future days 
 
 To thee and to thy offspring. Good with bad 
 
 Expect to hear, supernal grace contending 
 
 With sinfulness of men ; thereby to learn 360 
 
 True patience, and to temper joy with fear 
 
 And pious sorrow, equally inured 
 
 By moderation either state to bear, 
 
 Prosperous or adverse : so shalt thou lead 
 
 Safest thy life, and, best prepared, endure 365 
 
 Thy mortal passage when it comes. Ascend 
 
 This hill. Let Eve (for I have drench'd h&.r eyes) 
 
 Here sleep below, while thou to foresight wak'bt ; 
 
 As once thou sleptst, while she to life was form'd. 
 
 To whom thus Adam gratefully reply'd : 370 
 
 Ascend ; I follow thee, safe Guide, the path 
 Thou lead'st me, and to the hand of Heav'n submit, 
 However chastening ; to the evil turn 
 My obvious breast, arming to overcome 
 
 353-54. Face express: Countenance revealed, or his t'avour manifested. 
 359. Supernal: Celestial. 
 
 367. Drenched her eyes : Made an application to her eyes. 
 373-74. Turn my obvious (unprotected, open) breast ; arming preparing, 
 to overcome by suffering ; as Virgil says : 
 
 " Quicquid erit, superand* omnii fortuaa fereiulo eit." 
 
 JEn. v. 710.
 
 483 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 By suff 'ring, and earn rest from labour won, 375 
 
 If so I may attain. So both ascend 
 
 In the visions of God. It was a hill 
 
 Of Paradise the highest, from whose top 
 
 The hemisphere of earth in clearest ken 
 
 Stretch'd out to th' amplest reach of prospect lay. 380 
 
 Not higher that hill nor wider, looking round, 
 
 Whereon for different cause the Tempter set 
 
 Our second Adam in the wilderness, 
 
 To shew him all earth's kingdoms and their glory. 
 
 His eye might there command wherever stood 385 
 
 City of old or modern fame, the seat 
 
 376. So both ascrnd, Ift. : The angel leads Adam to the highest mo mt in 
 Paradise, and lays before him the hemisphere, as a proper stage for those 
 visions which were represented to be upon it. Adam's vision, unlike that 
 of Virgil's hero in the JEneid. is not confined to any particular tribe of man- 
 kind, but extends to the whole species. A. 
 
 336-410. It is not to be supposed that Milton in this passage seeks to dis- 
 play learning; for the kind of learning here employed is not of a very high 
 order; but his design was, by a detail of many particular countries and 
 prominent places, to impress more strongly on the mind of the reader the 
 statement made in the previous lines, or to give a more just idea of the 
 great extent of prospect afforded to the eye of Adam. 
 
 387. From the dettined walls, ffc. : He first takes a view of Asia, and there 
 of the northern parts, the dettined wall*, not yet in being, but designed to be 
 (which is to be understood of all the rest) : of Cambalu, seat of Cathaian Can, 
 the principal city of Cathay, a province of Tartary, the seat of the ancient 
 Chams ; and Samarcand, by Oxu, the chief city of Zagathaian Tartary 
 near the river Oxus. Temir't throne : The birth-place and royal residence 
 of Tamerlane. 
 
 From the northern he passes to the eastern and southern parts of Asia 
 (390) to Paquin, or Pekin, of Si'tuean king*, the royal city of China, the 
 country of the ancient Sin t- mentioned by Ptolemy, and thence to Jlgra and 
 Lahore, two great cities in the empire of the great Mogul, down to the golden 
 Chrrtonese (392) , that is, Malacca, the most southern promontory of the 
 East Indies, so called on account of its riches, to distinguish it from the 
 other Chersoneses, or peninsulas, or where the Pertian in Ecbatan tat. Ec- 
 batan. formerly the capital city of Persia, or tince in Hirpahan, the capital 
 city at present, or where the Ruttian Czar, the Czar of Muscovy, in Motco, 
 the metropolis of all Russia (formerly); or the tultan in Bisance (395), tbo 
 Grand Seignior, in Constantinople, formerly Byzantium. Turchestan born : As 
 the Turks came from Turchestan, a province of Tartary. He reckons theso
 
 BOOK xi. 489 
 
 Of mightiest empire, from the destined walls 
 
 Of Cambalu, seat of Cathaian Can, 
 
 And Samarcand by Oxus, Temir's throne, 
 
 To Paquin of Sinzean kings, and thence 390 
 
 To Agra and Lahore of great Mogul, 
 
 Down to the golden Chersonese, or where 
 
 The Persian in Ecbatan sat, or since 
 
 In Hispahan, or where the Russian Czar 
 
 In Moscow, or the Sultan in Bizance, 395 
 
 Turchestan-born ; nor could his eye not ken 
 
 Th' empire of Negus to his utmost port 
 
 Ercoco, and the less maritime kings, 
 
 Mombaza, and Quiloa, and Melind, 
 
 And Sofala, thought Ophir, to the realm 400 
 
 Of Congo, and Angola farthest south : 
 
 Or thence from Niger flood to Atlas mount, 
 
 The kingdoms of Almansor, Fez, and Sus, 
 
 Morocco, and Algiers, and Tremisen : 
 
 On Europe thence, and where Rome was to sway 405 
 
 to Asia, as they are adjoining, and a great part of their territories lies ii 
 Asia. X. 
 
 396. Nor could hit eye, ffc. : He passes now into Africa. Nor could his eye 
 not ken (discover) M empire of Negus : The Upper Ethiopia, or the land of 
 the Abyssinians, subject to one sovereign, styled in their own language, 
 Negus, or king, and by the Europeans, Prester John, to his utmost port Ercoco, 
 or Erquico, on the Red Sea, the northeast boundary of the Abyssian empire. 
 and the less maritime kings, the lesser kingdoms on the sea coast, Mombaza, 
 and Quiloa, and Melind, all near the line (equinoctial) in Zanguebar, a great 
 region of the lower Ethiopia on the Eastern or Indian Sea, and subject to 
 the Portuguese. And, Sofala, thought Ophir (400), another kingdom and city 
 on the same sea, mistaken by some for Ophir, whence Solomon brought 
 gold, to the realm of Congo (401) , a kingdom in the lower Ethiopia on the 
 western shore, as the others were on the eastern, and Angola farthest south, 
 another kingdom south of Congo ; or thence from Niger flood (402) , the river 
 Niger, that divides Negroland into two parts, to Jltla* Mount in the most 
 western parts of Africa; the kingdoms of Jllmansor, the countries over which 
 Almantor was king, namely, Fez and Sus, Morocco and Algiers, and Tremisai, 
 all kingdoms in Barbary. N. 
 
 405. On Europe thence, fyc. : After Africa he eomes to Europe. Jlnd 
 where Rtme ica* to tway the world : The less is said of Europe as it is so well 
 21*
 
 490 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The world. In spirit perhaps he also saw 
 
 Rich Mexico, the seat of Montezume, 
 
 And Cusco in Peru, the richer seat 
 
 Of Atabalipa, and yet unspoil'd 
 
 Guiana, whose great city Geryon's sons 410 
 
 Call 1 Dorado ; but to nobler sights 
 
 Michael from Adam's eyes the film removed, 
 
 Which that false fruit, that promised clearer sight, 
 
 Had bred ; then purged with euphrasy and rue 
 
 The visual nerve, for he had much to see ; 415 
 
 And from the well of life three drops instill 'd. 
 
 So deep the pow'r of these ingredients pierced, 
 
 E'en to the inmost seat of mental sight, 
 
 That Adam, now enforced to close his eyes, 
 
 Sunk down, and all his spirits became entranced ; 420 
 
 But him the gentle Angel by the hand 
 
 Soon raised, and his attention thus recall'd : 
 
 Known. In spirit pcrhapt he also taw: He could not see it otherwise, as 
 America was on the opposite side of the globe ; rich Mexico in North Ame- 
 rica, the teat of Montczumt, who was subdued by the Spanish general, Cortez ; 
 and Cutco in Peru in South America, the richer teat of Atabalipa the last 
 emperor subdued by the Spanish general, Pizarro ; and yet vnipoiled Guiana 
 (410), another country of South America, not then invaded and spoiled, \chott 
 great city, namely, Manhoa, Geryon't ton*, the Spaniards from Geryon, an 
 ancient king of Spain, call El Dorado, or the golden city, on account of ita 
 riches and extent. N. 
 
 411. But to nobler tightt. Sfc. : These which follow are nobler tight*, being 
 not only of cities and kingdoms, but of the principal actions of men to the 
 final consummation of things; and to prepare Adam for these sights, the 
 angel removed the film from hit eyet, as Pallas removed the mists from the 
 eyes of Diomede, Iliad v. 127, and as Venus did from those of ^Eneas, JEn 
 ii. 604, arid as the same Michael did from those of Godfrey, Taseo, cant 
 xviii., stanz. 93. What follows of Adam's sinking down overpowered, ana 
 then being raised again by the hand gently by the angel, he has copied from 
 Daniel, x. 8, &c v or from Rev. i. 17. N. 
 
 414. Purged with euphraty and rue: Cleared the organs of bis sight with 
 rue, and euphraty or eye-bright, so named from its clearing virtue. H. 
 Rue was used in exorcisms, and is therefore called herb of grace by Shaks- 
 peare. N. 
 
 419. Enforced: Forced.
 
 BOOK XI. 491 
 
 Adam, now ope thine eyes, and first behold 
 Th' effects which thy original crime hath wrought 
 In some to spring from thee, who never touch'd 425 
 
 Th' excepted tree, nor with the snake conspir'd, 
 Nor sinn'd thy sin ; yet from that sin derive 
 Corruption, to bring forth more violent deeds. 
 
 His eyes he open'd, and beheld a field, 
 
 Part arable and tilth, whereon were sheaves 430 
 
 New reap'd, the other part sheep-walks and folds ; 
 In tir midst an altar as the land-mark stood, 
 Rustic, of grassy sord. Thither anon 
 A sweaty reaper from his tillage brought 
 First fruits ; the green ear and the yellow sheaf, 435 
 
 Uncull'd, as came to hand. A shepherd next, 
 More meek, came with the firstlings of his flock 
 Choicest and best ; then sacrificing, laid 
 The inwards and their fat, with incense strow'd, 
 On the cleft wood, and all due rites perform'd. 440 
 
 422, &c. A prophetic history, or a revelation by vision, is here granted to 
 Adam respecting his future descendants. 
 
 430. Tilth: Tilled. 
 
 434. A tweaty reaper (Cain) , fyc. : Compare the account here given with 
 Gen. iv. 2, &c. The poet adds that Cain took the fruits unculled, as came to 
 hand, whereas Abel selected the choicest and best of his flock ; and in this 
 some interpreters have conceived the guilt of Cain to consist. The poet 
 too makes them offer both upon the same altar, for the word brought, in 
 Scripture (which Milton likewise retains), is understood of their bringing 
 their offerings to some common place of worship ; and this altar he makes 
 of turf, of grassy sord (sward) , as the first altars are represented to be, and 
 describes the sacrifice somewhat in the manner of Homer. The Scripture 
 says only, that " the Lord had respect unto Mel and to his offering ; but unto 
 Cain and to hi* offering he had not respect." The poet makes this respect to 
 Abel's offering to be a fire from Heaven consuming it. There are severa 
 instances of such acceptance in Scripture. Cain's was not so accepted ; for, 
 says the poet, hit was not sincere. N. 
 
 The more important reason for this non-acceptance was, that in Abel's case 
 there was the exercise of faith in God (probably in the predicted Messiah, 
 indicated by the kind of offering he presented an animal sacrifice) , while, 
 in that of Cain there was no such faith, nor outward manifestation of it. 
 Heb. xi. 4 : " By faith Abel offered to God a more excellent sacrifice than 
 Cain," &c. The poet himself barely alludes to this, indeed (458) .
 
 492 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 His offering soon propitious fire from Heav'n 
 
 Consumed ; with nimble glance and grateful steam ; 
 
 The other's not, for his was not sincere ; 
 
 Whereat he inly raged, and as they talk'd, 
 
 Smote him into the midriff with a stone 445 
 
 That beat out life. He fell, and, deadly pale, 
 
 Groan'd out his soul with gushing blood effused. 
 
 Much at that sight was Adam in his heart 
 
 DismayM ; and thus in haste to th' Angel cry'd : 
 
 Teacher, some great mischief hath betall'n 450 
 
 To that meek man, who well had sacrificed ' 
 Is piety thus and pure devotion paid ? 
 
 T' whom Michael thus (he also moved) reply'd: 
 These two are brethren, Adam, and to come 
 Out of thy loins. Th' unjust the just hath slain, 455 
 
 For envy that his brother's ofTring found 
 From Heav'n acceptance : but the bloody fact 
 Will be avenged, and th' other's faith approved. 
 Lose no reward, though here thou see him die 
 Rolling in dust and gore. To which our sire : 460 
 
 Alas ! both for the deed and for the cause ! 
 But have J now seen Death ? Is this the way 
 I must return to native dust ? sight 
 Of terror, foul and ugly to behold ! 
 Horrid to think ! how horrible to feel ! 465 
 
 To whom thus Michael : Death thou hast seen 
 In his first shape on Man ; but many shapes 
 
 442. dance : Shooting, darting. 
 
 462. But have I now Ken death : That curiosity and natural horror which 
 arises in Adam at the sight of the first dying man, is touched with great 
 beauty. A. 
 
 Neither he nor Eve had any such sad conception of death when, Book X. 
 1001, she said, u Let us seek death," &c. The form in which it now ap- 
 peared was indeed peculiarly shocking. 
 
 467-69. But many thapts of death, &fr. : Newton here quotes an illustrative 
 passage from Seneca- Pheniss*, Art. i. 151-53: 
 
 Ubique more eit 
 Mill* d hoc litui patent."
 
 BOOK xi. 493 
 
 Of Death, and many are the ways that lead 
 
 To his grim cave, all dismal : yet to sense 
 
 More terrible at th' entrance than within. 470 
 
 Some, as thou saw'st, by violent stroke shall die, 
 
 By fire, flood, famine, by intemp'rance more 
 
 In meats and drinks, which on the earth shall bring 
 
 Diseases dire, of which a monstrous crew 
 
 Before thee shall appear ; that thou may'st know 475 
 
 What misery th' inabstinence of Eve 
 
 Shall bring on men. Immediately a place 
 
 Before his eyes appear 'd, sad, noisome, dark, 
 
 A lazar-house it seem'd, wherein were laid 
 
 Numbers of all diseased, all maladies 480 
 
 Of ghastly spasm or racking torture, qualms 
 
 Of heart-sick agony, all fev'rous kinds, 
 
 Convulsions, epilepsies, fierce catarrhs, 
 
 Intestine stone and ulcer, colic pangs, 
 
 Demoniac frenzy, moping melancholy, 485 
 
 And moon-struck madness, pining atrophy, 
 
 Marasmus, and wide-wasting pestilence, 
 
 Dropsies and asthmas, and joint-racking rheums. 
 
 Dire was the tossing, deep the groans ; Despair 
 
 477. Immediately a place, Sfc. : The second vision sets before him the image 
 of death in a great variety of appearances. The angel, to give a general 
 idea of those effects which his guilt had brought upon his posterity, places 
 before him a large hospital, or lazar-house filled with persons lying under 
 all kinds of mortal diseases. A. 
 
 486. Atrophy : Defect of nutrition, producing emaciation. 
 
 487. Marasmut: Consumption accompanied with a wasting fever. 
 
 489. The breaks and pauses in this verse are admirable ; and this beauty 
 is improved by each period's beginning with the same letter d: 
 " Dire was the tossing, deep the groans ; Despair." 
 
 Substitute any other word in the room of dire or deep, and you will per- 
 ceive the difference, and then follows : 
 
 " And over them triumphant Death hii dart 
 Shook, but delay 'd to itrike." 
 
 As the image is wonderfully fine, so 11 is excellently expressed with the 
 solemn pause upon the first syllable of the line shook. One thinks that he 
 almost sees the dart shaking. X.
 
 494 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Tended the sick, busiest, from couch to couch ; 490 
 
 And over them triumphant Death his dart \ 
 
 Shook, but delay'd to strike, though oft invoked 
 
 With vows, as their chief good and final hopo. 
 
 Sight so deform, what heart of rock could long 
 
 Dry-eyed behold ? Adam could not, but wept, 495 
 
 Though not of woman born. Compassion quell'd 
 
 His best of man, and gave him to tears 
 
 A space, till firmer thoughts restrain'd excess ; 
 
 And, scarce recov'ring words, his plaint renew'd. 
 
 miserable mankind ! to what fall . 500 
 
 Degraded ! to what wretched state reserved ! 
 Better end here unborn. Why is life given 
 To be thus wrested from us ? Rather, why 
 Obtruded on us thus ? who if we knew 
 
 What we receive, would either not accept 506 
 
 Life offer'd, or soon beg to lay it down, 
 Glad to be so dismiss 'd in peace. Can thus 
 The image of God, in man created once 
 So goodly and erect, though faulty since, 
 To such unsightly suff 'rings be debased 510 
 
 Under inhuman pains ? Why should not man, 
 Retaining still divine similitude 
 In part, from such deformities be free, 
 And, for his Maker's image sake, exempt ? 
 
 Their Maker's image, answer'd Michael, then 515 
 
 494. Dfform: Deformed. 
 
 405. Mam ictpt, ffc. : This thought, as Mr. Walley observe*, is certainly 
 from Shakspeare, whose words Milton has preserved at the close of the 
 entence : 
 
 " I bad not 10 much of nan about me, 
 But all my mother came into my eyi, 
 And gave me up to lean." 
 
 Henry V. Act 4. 
 
 496. Qufird hit bett, tfc. : Subdued his strongest powers, or his utmost 
 power as a man. 
 
 502. Better end, $c. : It were better that you should end your existence 
 here, yet unborn that is, that you should be seen only in vision, and never 
 have existence.
 
 BOOK xi. 495 
 
 Forsook them when themselves they vilify'd 
 
 To serve ungovern'd appetite, and took 
 
 His image whom they served, a brutish vice, 
 
 Inductive mainly to the sin of Eve. 
 
 Therefore, so abject is their punishment, 620 
 
 Disfiguring not God's likeness, but their own, 
 
 Or, if his likeness, by themselves defaced, 
 
 While they pervert pure Nature's healthful rules 
 
 To loathsome sickness ; worthily, since they 
 
 God's image did not rev'rence in themselves. 625 
 
 I yield it just, said Adam, and submit. 
 But is there yet no other way, besides 
 These painful passages, how we may come 
 To death, and mix with our connatural dust ? 
 
 There is, said Michael, if thou well observe 530 
 
 The rule of Not too much : by Temp'rance taught, 
 In what thou eat'st and drink'st ; seeking from thence 
 Due nourishment, not gluttonous delight, 
 Till many years over thy head return : ^ 
 
 So may'st thou live till, like ripe fruit, thov +r,\f>. . ,, r 535 
 Into thy mother's lap, or be with ease >' 
 Gather'd, not harshly pluck'd ; for death mature. 
 This is old age ; but then thou must outlive 
 
 517. To serve ungoverned appetite : Appetite here is made a person, jlnd 
 look hit image whom they served : The image of ungoverned appetite. j$ 
 brutish (degrading) vice: That was the principal occasion of the sin of Eve. 
 Inductive mainly to the sin of Eve : How different is this image from God's 
 image, as described IV. 291. N. 
 
 531. The rule of Not too much : " Ne quid nimis." N. 
 
 536. Mother's lap: The Earth. An allusion may here be made to an in- 
 cident mentioned by Livy, Book i. chap. 56, where Brutus is said to have 
 imprinted a kiss upon the earth, because she was the common mother of all 
 mortals. 
 
 538. But then thou must outlive, ifc. : There is something very just and 
 poetical in this description of the miseries of old age, so finely contrasted as 
 they are with the opposite pleasures of youth. It is indeed short, but vastly 
 expressive, and I think ought to excite the pity as well as the admiration 
 of the reader ; since the poor poet is here no doubt describing what he felt 
 at the time he wrote it, being then in the decline of life, and troubled with 
 various infirmities. TIIYKK.
 
 496 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Thy youth, thy strength, thy beauty, which will change 
 
 To wither'd, weak, and grey. Thy senses then 540 
 
 Obtuse, all taste of pleasure must forego, 
 
 To what thou hast ; and for the air of youth, 
 
 Hopeful and cheerful, in thy blood will reign 
 
 A melancholy damp of cold and dry, 
 
 To weigh thy spirits down, and last consume 545 
 
 The balm of life. To whom our ancestor : 
 
 Henceforth I fly not death, nor would prolong 
 Life much, bent rather how I may be quit, 
 Fairest and easiest, of this cumb'rous charge, 
 Which I must keep till my appointed day 550 
 
 Of rend'ring up, and patiently attend 
 My dissolution. Michael replied : 
 
 Nor love thy life, nor hate ; but what thou liv'st 
 Live well ; how long, or short permit to Heav'n. 
 And now prepare thee for another sight. 555 
 
 He look'd, and saw a spacious plain, whereon 
 Were. Jents <f various hue : by some were herds 
 'Of caodt,7iftu^.er^ others, whence the sound 
 Of instruments; Ithat made melodious chime, 
 Was heard, of harp and organ ; and who moved 560 
 
 Their stops and chords, was seen. His volant touch 
 Instinct through all proportions low and high, 
 
 551. Attend : Wait for. 
 
 553-54. Nor lot*, ffc. : Campbell remarks that the dignity and authority 
 of the preceptive style receive no small lustre from brevity. How manv 
 important lessons are couched in these two lines ! 
 
 554. Permit to Heav'n: "Permitte Divis," Hor. Od. i. 9: 9. N. 
 
 557. Tentt, iff. : Those of Cain's descendants. 
 
 558. Cattle, $c. : These belonged to Jabal. 
 
 558-97. Whence the tound, fr. : As there is nothing more delightful in 
 poetry than a contrast and opposition of incidents, the author, after this 
 melancholy prospect of death and sickness, raises up a scene of mirth and 
 love. The secret pleasure that steals into Adam's heart, as he is intent 
 upon the vision, is imagined with great delicacy. A. 
 
 560. Harp and organ : Invented by Jubal. 
 
 561. Volnnt: Flying, rapid. Inttinct Spontaneous, without effort
 
 BOOK xi. 497 
 
 Fled and pursued transverse the resonant fugue. 
 
 In other part stood one who, at the forge 
 
 Labouring, two massy clods of iron and brass 566 
 
 Had melted (whether found where casual fire 
 
 Had wasted woods on mountain or in vale, 
 
 Down to the veins of earth, thence gliding hot 
 
 To some cave's mouth ; or whether wash'd by stream 
 
 From under ground) : the liquid ore he drain'd 570 
 
 Into fit moulds prepared ; from which he form'd 
 
 First bis own tools ; then what might else be wrought 
 
 Fusile, or grav'n in metal. After these, 
 
 But on the hither side, a different sort 
 
 From the high neighb'ring hills, which were their seat, 575 
 
 Down to the plain descended. By their guise, 
 
 Just men they seem'd, and all their study bent 
 
 To worship God aright, and know his works 
 
 Not hid ; nor those things last which might preserve 
 
 Freedom and peace to men. They on the plain 580 
 
 Long had not walk'd, when, from the tents, behold 
 
 A bevy of fair women, richly gay 
 
 In gems and wanton dress ! To th' harp they sung 
 
 Soft amorous ditties, and in dance came on. 
 
 563. Retonant fugue : A musical composition, in which the teveral parti 
 follow each other (from fuga, flight), each repeating the subject at a certain 
 interval, above or below the preceding part. BHANDK. 
 
 564. Stood one : Tubal-Cain, Gen. iv. 20-22. 
 
 573. Fusil : Flowing, in a melted state. Graven : Carve'd. After these : 
 As being the descendants of the younger brother. But on the hither side : 
 Cain having been banished into a more distant country. A different tort : 
 The posterity of Seth, wholly different from that of Cain. From the high 
 neighbouring hills which were their seat : Having their habitation in 1 he 
 mountains near Paradise. Down to the plain descended : Where the Cainites 
 dwelt. By their guise just men they wem'rf, Sfc. : The Scripture itself speaks 
 of them as the worshippers of the true God. And know his icorks not hid: 
 Josephus, and other writers, inform us that they were addicted to the study 
 of natural philosophy, and especially of astronomy (Antiq. lib. i. c. 2) . Nor 
 those things last which might preserve : Nor was it their last care and study to 
 know those things which might preserve freedom and peace to men. N.< 
 
 ?>83. Bevy: Company. 
 
 F F
 
 498 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The men, though grave, eyed them, and let their eyes 586 
 
 Rove without rein, till in the amorous net 
 
 First caught, they liked, and each his liking chose : 
 
 And now of love they treat, till th' ev'ning star, 
 
 Love's harbinger, appeared ; then all in heat 
 
 They light the nuptial torch, and bid invoke 590 
 
 Hymen, then first to marriage rites invoked. 
 
 With feast and music all the tents resound. 
 
 Such happy interview, and fair event 
 
 Of love arid youth not lost, songs, garlands, flow'rs, 
 
 And charming symphonies, attached the heart 595 
 
 Of Adam, soon inclined t' admit delight, 
 
 The bent of nature ; which he thus expressed : 
 
 True opener of mine eyes, prime Angel blest, 
 Much better seems this vision, and more hope 
 Of peaceful days portends, than those two past : 600 
 
 Those were of hate and death, or pain much worse ; 
 Here Nature seems fulfilled in all her ends. 
 
 To whom thus Michael : Judge not what is best 
 By pleasure, though to nature seeming meet, 
 Created, as thou art, to nobler end, 605 
 
 Holy and pure, conformity divine. 
 Those tents thou saw'st so pleasant were the tents 
 Of wickedness, wherein shall dwell his race 
 Who slew his brother. Studious they appear 
 Of arts that polish life, inventors rare, 610 
 
 Unmindful of their Maker, though his Spirit 
 Taught them ; but they his gifts acknowledged none ; 
 Yet they a beauteous offspring shall beget ; 
 For that fair female troop thou saw'st, that seem'd 
 Of Goddesses, so blithe, so smooth, so gay, 615 
 
 587. Liking: Object of his liking. 
 
 588. Ev'ning ttar : Venus. 
 
 591. Hymen: The pagan god of marriage. 
 
 604. Pletuurt : By the pleasure it affords. 
 
 814. The construction is, for thou tawett that fair femalt troop that Meat At
 
 BOOK . 499 
 
 Yet empty of all good, wherein consists 
 
 Women's domestic honour and chief praise ; 
 
 Bred only and completed to the taste 
 
 Of lustful appetence, to sing, to dance, 
 
 To dress, and troll the tongue, and roll the eye ; 620 
 
 To these that sober race of men, whose lives 
 
 Religious titled them the sons of God, 
 
 Shall yield up all their virtue, all their fame, 
 
 Ignobly to the trains and to the smiles 
 
 Of these fair atheists ; and now swim in joy, 625 
 
 Ere long to swim at large ; and laugh, for which 
 
 The world ere long a world of tears must weep. 
 
 To whom thus Adam, of short joy bereft : 
 O pity and shame, that they, who to live well 
 Enter'd so fair, should turn aside to tread 630 
 
 Paths indirect, or in the mid-way faint ! 
 But still I see the tenor of Man's woe 
 Holds on the same, from Woman to begin.. 
 
 From Man's effeminate slackness it begins, 
 Said th' Angel, who should better hold his place 635 
 
 By wisdom, and superior gifts received. 
 But now prepare thee for another scene. 
 
 He look'd, and saw wide territory spread 
 Before him ; towns and rural works between ; 
 Cities of men, with lofty gates and tow'rs, 640 
 
 Concourse in arms, fierce faces threat'ning war, 
 Giants of mighty bone, and bold emprise : 
 Part wield their arms, part curb the foaming steed, 
 Single or in array of battle ranged 
 
 622. Sont of God: Descendants of Seth, Gen. vi. 1-4; but there are pas- 
 cages in this poem which countenance the exploded notion of the angels 
 being intended, III. 463 ; V. 447 ; also in Par. Reg. II. 178. 
 
 626-27. Sioim at large . . . world of tears : Witty allusions to the deluge, 
 which was occasioned by the depravity to which these unlawful or ill- 
 advised marriages gave rise, Gen. vi. 4-13. 
 
 637. Another tcene : That of war, which causes Adam to shed tears, and 
 pour forth most pathetic and just lamentations, 674-82. 
 
 642. Empriu: Enterprise.
 
 500 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Both horse and foot ; nor idly must'ring stood. 645 
 
 One way a band select from forage drives 
 
 A herd of beeves, fair oxen and fair kine, 
 
 From a fat meadow-ground ; or fleecy flock, 
 
 Ewes and their bleating lambs over the plain, 
 
 Their booty. Scarce with life the shepherds fly, 650 
 
 But call in aid ; which makes a bloody fray. 
 
 With cruel tournament the squadrons join : 
 
 Where cattle pastured late, now scatter'd lies 
 
 With carcases and arms th' insanguined field 
 
 Deserted. Others, to a city strong 655 
 
 Lay siege, encamp'd ; by battery, scale, and mine 
 
 Assaulting : others, from the wall, defend 
 
 With dart and javelin, stones and sulph'rous fire : 
 
 On each hand slaughter and gigantic deeds. 
 
 In other part the scepter'd heralds call 660 
 
 To council in the city gates. Anon 
 
 Grey-headed men and grave, with warriors mix'd, 
 
 Assemble, and harangues are heard ; but soon 
 
 In factious opposition, till at last 
 
 Of middle age one rising, eminent 665 
 
 In wise deport, spake much of right and wrong, 
 
 Of justice, of religion, truth and peace, 
 
 And judgment from above. Him old and young 
 
 Exploded, and had seized with violent hands, 
 
 Had not a cloud descending snatch'd him thence, 670 
 
 Unseen amid the throng : so violence 
 
 Proceeded, and oppression, and sword-law 
 
 660. Iliad xviii. 491, 509, 527, 550, &c. 
 
 661. The city gate* used to be the place for popular assemblies, and for 
 judic ; al business. 
 
 665. Of middle age : Not aa life is now measured. Enoch, here referred 
 to, was three hundred and sixty-five yean old at the time of his translation, 
 Gen. v. 23, which was only about half the usual duration then of human 
 life. 
 
 666. Deport : Deportment. 
 
 668. Judgment, $c. : Jude 14.' 
 
 669. Exploded : Rejected with disdain, cried down.
 
 BOOK XI. 501 
 
 Through all the plain ; and refuge none was found. 
 
 Adam was all in tears, and to his Guide 
 
 Lamenting, turn'd full sad : what are these ? 675 
 
 Death's ministers, not men, who thus deal death 
 
 Inhumanly to men, and multiply 
 
 Ten thousand fold the sin of him who slew 
 
 His brother ! for of whom such massacre 
 
 Make they but of their brethren, men of men ? 680 
 
 But who was that just man, whom had not Heav'n 
 
 Rescued, had in his righteousness been lost ? 
 
 To whom thus Michael : These are the product 
 Of those ill-mated marriages thou saw'st ; 
 Where good with bad were match'd ; who of themselves 685 
 Abhor to join, and by imprudence mix'd, 
 Produce prodigious births of body or mind. 
 Such were these giants, men of high renown ; 
 For in those days might only shall be admired, 
 And valour and heroic virtue call'd ; 690 
 
 To overcome in battle and subdue 
 Nations, and bring home spoils with infinite 
 Man-slaughter, shall be held the highest pitch 
 Of human glory, and for glory done 
 
 Of triumph, to be styled great conquerors, 695 
 
 Patrons of mankind, (rods, and sons of Gods : 
 Destroyers rightlier call'd, and plagues of men. 
 Thus fame shall be achieved, renown on earth, 
 And what most merits fame in silence hid. 
 But he the seventh from thee, whom thou beheld'st 700 
 
 The only righteous in a world perverse, 
 And therefore hated, therefore so beset 
 With foes for daring single to be just, 
 And utter odious truth, that God would come 
 
 <J87. Prodigious births of body or mind : Milton leaves to the reader to 
 cnoose between the two interpretations, that these men were either of 
 gigantic stature and power, or of gigantic wickedness. 
 
 690. Called : Held in esteem. 
 
 C94. For glory done of triumph, fyc. : And shall be done for the glory of 
 triumph, for the purpose of lieing styled great conqutron, fa.
 
 502 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 To judge them with his saints ; him the Most High, 705 
 
 Rapt in a balmy cloud with winged steeds, 
 
 Did, as thou saw'st, receive to walk with God, 
 
 High in salvation and the climes of bliss, 
 
 Exempt from death ; to shew thee what reward 
 
 Awaits the good, the rest what punishment : 710 
 
 Which now direct thine eyes, and soon behold. 
 
 He look'd and saw the face of things quite changed. 
 The brazen throat of war had ceased to roar : 
 All now was turn'd to jollity and game, 
 
 To luxury and riot, feast and danoe, 715 
 
 Marrying or prostituting, as befel, 
 Rape or adultery, where passing fair 
 Allured them : thence from cups to civil broils. 
 At length a reverend sire among them came, 
 And of their doings great dislike declared, 720 
 
 And testified against their ways. He oft 
 Frequented their assemblies, whereso met, 
 Triumphs or festivals, and to them preach'd 
 Conversion and repentance, as to souls 
 
 In prison under judgments imminent : 725 
 
 But all in vain : which when he saw, he ceased 
 Contending, and removed his tents far off: 
 Then from the mountain, hewing timber tall, 
 Began to build a vessel of huge bulk, 
 
 Measured by cubit, length, and breadth, and heighth; 730 
 Smear'd round with pitch, and in the side a door 
 Contrived ; and of provisions laid in large 
 
 711. Which is governed by the more remote verb behold. 
 
 712, &c. To keep up an agreeable variety in his visions, after having 
 raised in the mind of his reader the several ideas of terror which are con- 
 formable to the description of war, Milton passes on to those softer images 
 of triumphs and festivals, in that vision of voluptuousness and luxury which 
 ushers in the flood. A. 
 
 719. Sire: Noah. 
 
 732. Large : Largely. As in Latin, the adjective is often used by Milton 
 tor the adverb.
 
 BOOK XI. 
 
 603 
 
 For man and beast ; when lo, a wonder strange f 
 Of every beast, and bird, and insect small, 
 Came sevens and pairs, and enter 'd in as taught 735 
 
 Their order : last, the sire and his three sons 
 With their four wives ; and God made fast the door. 
 Meanwhile the south wind rose, and with black wings 
 Wide hov'ring, all the clouds together drove 
 From under Heaven ; the hills, to their supply, 740 
 
 Vapour, and exhalation dusk and moist, 
 Sent up amain. And now the thickcn'd sky 
 Like a dark ceiling stood ; down rush'd the rain 
 ^Impetuous, and continued till the earth 
 No more was seen. The floating vessel swum 745 
 
 Uplifted, and secure with beaked prow, 
 Rode tilting o'er the waves : all dwellings else 
 Flood overwhelm'd, and them with all their pomp 
 Deep under water roll'd ; sea cover'd sea, 
 Sea without shore : and in their palaces, 750 
 
 Where luxury late reign 'd, sea monsters whelp 'd 
 And stabled. Of mankind, so numerous late, 
 All left, in one small bottom swum imbark'd. 
 How didst thou grieve then, Adam, to behold 
 The end of all thy offspring, end so sad, 755 
 
 Depopulation ! Thee another flood, 
 Of tears and sorrow a flood, thee also drown'd, 
 And sunk thee as thy sons ; till gently rear'd 
 By th' Angel, on thy feet thou stood'st at last, 
 Though comfortless, as when a father mourns 760 
 
 738. The description of the deluge here given by Milton bears in many 
 particulars a great resemblance to the deluge of Deucaleon, described by 
 Ovid, Book i. 260-355 ; but with great judgment has he omitted everything 
 redundant or puerile in the Latin poet. A. 
 
 742. Amain : At once. 
 
 749. A new sea covered the old one. 
 
 753. All (that were) left. 
 
 754. The transition made by the poet from the vision of the deluge to the 
 Concern it occasioned in Adam, is exquisitely graceful, and copied after 
 Virgil ; vet the first thought ia rather in the spirit of Ovid.
 
 604 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 His children, all in view destroy'd at once : 
 
 And scarce to th' Angel utter'dst thus thy plaint : 
 
 visions ill foreseen ! Better had I 
 Lived ignorant of future, so had borne 
 
 My part of evil only, each day's lot 765 
 
 Enough to bear ! those now, that were dispensed 
 The burden of many ages, on me light 
 At once, by my. foreknowledge gaining birth 
 Abortive, to torment me ere their being, 
 With thought that they must be ! Let no man seek 770 
 
 Henceforth to be foretold what shall befal 
 Him or his children : evil he may be sure, * 
 
 Which neither his foreknowing can prevent, 
 And he the future evil shall no less 
 
 In apprehension than in substance feel 775 
 
 Grievous to bear. But that care now is past ; 
 Man is not whom to warn : those few escaped 
 Famine and anguish will at last consume, 
 Wand'ring that watery desert. I had hope 
 When violence was ceased, and war on earth, 780 
 
 All would have then gone well, peace would have crown'd 
 With length of happy days the race of man ; 
 But 1 was far deceived : for now I see 
 Peace to corrupt no less than war to waste. 
 How comes it thus r Unfold, celestial guide, 785 
 
 And whether here the race of man will end. 
 
 To whom thus Michael : Those, whom last thou saw'st 
 In triumph and luxurious wealth, are they 
 First seen in acts of prowess eminent 
 
 And great exploits, but of true virtue void ; 790 
 
 Who, having spilt much blood, and done much waste, 
 Subduing nations, and achieved thereby 
 
 766. Ditptnted : Distributed, or dealt out in parcels, as the burden, &c. 
 769. Abortive: Premature. 
 
 773. Neither: Not. As in this instance, and frequently in Latin, this 
 word is not always followed by nor, but by and sometimes. 
 777. Ktraptd : That hav* FM-aprd. 784. (Tends) In nrrnpt.
 
 BOOK XI. 505 
 
 Fame in the world, high titles, and rich prey, 
 
 Shall change their course to pleasure, ease, and sloth, 
 
 Surfeit, and lust, till wantonness and pride 595 
 
 Raise out of friendship hostile deeds in peace. 
 
 The conquer'd also, and enslaved by war, 
 
 Shall, with their freedom lost, all virtue lose 
 
 And fear of God, from whom their piety feign'd 
 
 In sharp contest of battle found no aid 800 
 
 Against invaders ; therefore cool'd in zeal, 
 
 Thenceforth shall practice how to live secure, 
 
 Worldly or dissolute, on what their lords 
 
 Shall leave them to enjoy ; for th' earth shall bear 
 
 More than enough, that temperance may be try'd : 805 
 
 So all shall turn degenerate, all depraved, 
 
 Justice and temperance, truth and faith forgot 
 
 One man except, the only son of light 
 
 In a dark age, against example good, 
 
 Against allurement, custom, and a world 810 
 
 Offended ; fearless of reproach and scorn, 
 
 Or violence, he of their wicked ways 
 
 Shall them admonish, and before them set 
 
 The paths of righteousness, how much more safe, 
 
 And full of peace ; denouncing wrath to come 815 
 
 On their impenitence ; and shall return 
 
 Of them derided, but of God observed 
 
 The one just man alive. By his command 
 
 Shall build a wond'rous ark, as thou beheld'st 
 
 To save himself and household from amidst 820 
 
 A world devote to universal wrack. 
 
 No sooner he, with them of man and beast 
 
 Select for life, shall in the ark be lodged, 
 
 And shelter'd round, but all the cataracts 
 
 798. Shall with freedom hit, tfc. : Milton everywhere shows his love of 
 liberty; and here he observes very rightly that the loss of liberty u soon 
 followed by the loss of all virtue and religion. N. 
 
 809. Contrary to the example of others, good. 
 
 821. Devote: Devoted. 
 
 824. Cataract* : In lh Arabic, Septuagint, Syriac, and Latin versions 01
 
 506 PARADISE T.08T. 
 
 Of Heav'n, set open on the earth, shall pour 825 
 
 Rain day and night ; all fountains of the deep, 
 
 Broke up, shall heave the ocean, to usurp 
 
 Beyond all bounds, till inundation rise 
 
 Above the highest hills : then shall this mount 
 
 Of Paradise, by might of waves, be moved 830 
 
 Out of bis place, push'd by the horned flood, 
 
 With all his verdure spoil'd, and trees adrift, 
 
 Down the great river to the opening gulf, 
 
 And there take root an island salt and bare, 
 
 The haunt of seals, and ores, and sea-mew's clang ; 835 
 
 To teach thee that God attributes to place 
 
 No sanctity, if none be thither brought 
 
 By men who there frequent, or therein dwell. 
 
 And now what further shall ensue, behold. 
 
 He look'd, and saw the ark hull on the flood, 840 
 
 Genesis, this is the translation of the word which, in the English version, is 
 endered icimlotrs. 
 
 826. Jill fountain* of the deep : The great reservoirs of waters under 
 ground. 
 
 829. It is the opinion of many learned men, that Paradise was destroyed 
 by the deluge, and our author describes it in a very poetical manner. 
 Puth'd by the horrid flood : So that it was before the flood became universal, 
 and while it poured along like a vast river ; for rivers, when they meet with 
 anything to obstruct their passage, divide themselves, and become horned, as 
 it were ; and hence the ancients have compared them to bulls : 
 Sic taunforii volvitur Aufidui." 
 
 Hor. Od. Iv. 14, 35, 
 
 Down the great river to the opening gulf: Down the river Tigris or Euphra- 
 tes, to the Persian Gulf. They were both riven of Eden, and Euphrates 
 particularly is called in Scripture, " the great rher, tht River Ettphrtittt,' 1 
 Gen. xv. 18. N. 
 
 835. Or:t : A species of whale. Clangor is the term which was used by 
 the Latins to express the noise occasioned by the flight of large docks of 
 birds. 
 
 836-37. A weighty and practical remark, deserving universal attention. 
 I think, says Mr. Thyer, that Milton here alludes to the manner of conse- 
 crating churches used by Archbishop Laud, which was prodigiously cla- 
 moured against by people of our author's thinking, as superstitious and 
 foolish. 
 
 840. The ark is called a hull, because destitute of masts and sails.
 
 BOOK XII. 507 
 
 Which now abated ; for the clouds were fled, 
 
 Driven by a keen north-wind, that, blowing dry, 
 
 Wrinkled the face of deluge, as decay'd ; 
 
 And the clear gun on his wide watery glass 
 
 Gazed hot, and of the fresh wave largely drew, 845 
 
 As after thirst ; which made their flowing shrink 
 
 From standing lake to tripping ebb, that stole 
 
 With soft foot towards the Deep, who now had stopt 
 
 His sluices, as the Heav'n his windows shut. 
 
 The ark no more now floats, but seems on ground, 850 
 
 Fast on the top of some high mountain fix'd. 
 
 And now the tops of hills as rocks appear : 
 
 With clamour thence the rapid currents drive 
 
 Towards the retreating sea their furious tide. 
 
 Forthwith from out the ark a raven flies, 855 
 
 And after him, the surer messenger, 
 
 A dove, sent forth once and again to spy 
 
 Green tree or ground whereon his foot may light. 
 
 The second time returning, in his bill 
 
 An olive leaf he brings ; pacific sign. 860 
 
 843. Wrinkled the face, tfc. : The deluge is here personified, and repre- 
 sented with the wrinkles of old age, being about to disappear. The image, 
 though exact, is regarded as far-fetched. 
 
 844. The sun is next personified in a happier manner. He looks into the 
 diluvial ocean as his mirror. He drinks, as after thirst, of the fresh wave, the 
 process of rapid evaporation produced by the sun's rays being alluded to. 
 Wave is here put for waves, as we infer from the next line, which speaks of 
 their flowing. 
 
 847. The ebb, or reflux water, is here beautifully personified. He steals 
 with soft foot towards the deep. The deep is personified. He stops his 
 sluice* : The openings miraculously made, which let out his waters upon the 
 earth. The sacred writer (Gen. vii. 11; viii. 3), and the poet (826-28) 
 seem to suppose that, besides the ocean, there is an immense reservoir o 
 water enclosed in the earth. They call it the " Deep," the " Fountains of the 
 Deep ;" and to this source, and to the cataracts, or water-spouts of Heaven, 
 they attribute the deluge. Heaven (849) is personified also. 
 
 860. Pacific sign : Sign of peace, of God's mercy to mankind. The olive 
 was sacred to Pallas, and borne by those who sued for peace, as being the 
 emblem of it, and of plenty : 
 
 1'uril'tM : ijiit- inaiai lainmii pnrtendit olii .'' 
 
 ;*'.n viii. 118.
 
 608 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Anon dry ground appears, and from his ark 
 
 The ancient sire descends with all his train : 
 
 Then, with uplifted hands and eyes devout, 
 
 Grateful to Heav'n, over his head beholds 
 
 A dewy cloud, and in the cloud a bow 865 
 
 Conspicuous with three listed colours gay, 
 
 Betokening peace from God and covenant new. 
 
 Whereat the heart of Adam, erst so sad, 
 
 Greatly rejoiced, and thus his joy broke forth : 
 
 thou, who future things canst represent 870 
 
 As present, heav'nly Instructor, I revive 
 
 At this last sight ; assured that man shall live 
 
 With all the creatures, and their seed preserve. 
 
 Far less I now lament for one whole world 
 
 Of wicked sons destroyed, than I rejoice 875 
 
 For one man found so perfect and so just, 
 
 That God vouchsafes to raise another world 
 
 From him and all his anger to forget. 
 
 But say, what mean those colour'd streaks in Heav'n 
 
 Distended, as the brow of God appeased ? 880 
 
 Or serve they as a flow'ry verge to bind 
 
 The fluid skirts of that same watery cloud, 
 
 Lest it again dissolve and shower the earth ? 
 
 To whom the Arch- Angel : Dext'rously thou aim'st ; 
 So willingly doth God remit his ire, 885 
 
 Though late repenting him of man depraved, 
 Grieved at his heart, when looking down he saw 
 The whole earth fill'd with violence, and all flesh 
 Corrupting, each their way ; yet those removed, 
 Such grace shall one just man find in his sight, 890 
 
 That he relents, not to blot out mankind, 
 And makes a covenant never to destroy 
 
 866. Three lifted colour*: Three striped colours. Referring to the red, 
 yellow, and blue, which are the principal ones. 
 
 882-83. An ingenious thought. 
 
 886-87. Gen. vi. 6. A mode of speech not to be too literally interpret^ 
 but designed strongly to express the Divine displeasure in view of man's 
 degeneracy.
 
 BOOK XI. 509 
 
 The earth again by flood, nor let the sea 
 
 Surpass his bounds, nor rain to drown the world 
 
 With man therein or beast ; but when he brings 895 
 
 Over the earth a cloud, will therein set 
 
 His triple-coloured bow, whereon to look, 
 
 And call lo mind his covenant. Day and night, 
 
 Seed-time and harvest, heat and hoary frost, 
 
 Shall hold their course, till fire purge all things new, 900 
 
 Both Heav'n and Earth, wherein the just shall dwell. 
 
 895. With man therein or beast : The last term is used in a wider sense, 
 aa comprehending also the birds.
 
 BOOK XII. 
 
 THE ARGUMENT. 
 
 THK Angel Michael continues, from the flood, to relate what shall succeed, 
 then, in the mention of Abraham, comes by degrees to explain who that 
 Seed of the Woman shall be, which was promised Adam and Eve in the 
 fall; his incarnation, death, resurrection, and ascension; the state of the 
 Church till his second coming ; Adam, greatly satisfied and comforted by 
 these relations and,promises, descends the hill with Michael ; wakens Eve, 
 who all this while had slept, but with gentle dreams composed to quietness 
 of mind and submission ; Michael in either hand -leads them out of Para- 
 dise, the fiery sword waving behind them, and the Cherubim taking their 
 stations to guard the place.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 THE Eleventh and Twelfth Books are built upon the single circumstance 
 of the removal of our first parents from Paradise ; but though this is not in 
 itself so great a subject as that in most of the foregoing Books, it is extended 
 and diversified with so many surprising incidents and pleasing episodes, that 
 these last two Books can by no means be looked upon as unequal parts of 
 this divine poem. It may be added, that, had not Milton represented our 
 first parents as driven out of Paradise, his fall of man would not have been 
 complete, and, consequently, his action would have been imperfect. A. 
 
 But there is another topic of remark which the concluding Book of Mil- 
 ton's divine poem suggests : it is his comparative affluence of invention. The 
 sentence upon Adam might have been attended by immediate expulsion ; 
 but how gracious is the divine condescension, to allow some interval of re- 
 flection, and, previously to ejectment, to fortify the minds of the repentant 
 pair with anticipated knowledge and distant consolation ! Thus the interest 
 of the poem is kept alive with the reader to the last line. The whole of 
 the Twelfth Book closely relates to Adam and his posterity ; and so deJight- 
 ful are these soothing hopes of happiness administered by the archangel, 
 that we, equally with Adam, forget that we are to quit Paradise, and are, 
 like him, heart-struck by the sudden warning, that " the hour is come, the 
 very minute of it ;" and attend the " hastening angel, to the gates of exclu- 
 'rion, with all the sad and lingering acquiescence of our first parents." E. B.
 
 BOOK XII. 
 
 As one who in his journey bates at noon, 
 
 Though bent on speed, so here th' Arch-Anp ; paused 
 
 Betwixt the world destroy'd and world restorj, 
 
 If Adam aught perhaps might interpose ; 
 
 Then with transition sweet new speech resumes. 
 
 Thus thou hast seen one world begin and end ; 
 And man, as from a second stock, proceed. 
 Much thou hast yet to see, but I perceive 
 Thy mortal sight to fail ; objects divine 
 
 Must needs impair and weary human sense : 10 
 
 Henceforth what is to come I will relate, 
 Thou therefore give due audience and attend. 
 This second source of men, while yet but few, 
 And while the dread of judgment past remains 
 Fresh in their minds, fearing the Deity, 15 
 
 1. jS$ one, tft. : In the first edition, before the last Book was divided into 
 two, the narration went on without any interruption ; but upon that division 
 in the second edition, these first five lines were inserted. This addition be- 
 gins the Book very gracefully, and is, indeed (to apply the author's own 
 words) , a tweet trantitian. N. 
 
 9-10. Thy mortal fight to fail ', ffc . : A very handsome reason is hcrt 
 devised for discontinuing the vision and despatching the remaining part 
 of the history in the narrative form ; though, doubtless, the true reason wai 
 the difficulty which the poet would have found to shadow out so mixed and 
 complicated a story in visible objects. A.
 
 BOOK XII. M3 
 
 With some regard to what is just and right 
 
 Shall lead their lives, and multiply apace, 
 
 Labouring the soil, and reaping plenteous crop, 
 
 Corn, wine, and oil : and from the herd or flock, 
 
 Oft sacrificing bullock, lamb, or kid, 20 
 
 With large wine-off'rings pour'd, and sacred feast, 
 
 Shall spend their days in joy unblamed, and dwell 
 
 Long time in peace, by families and tribes, 
 
 Under paternal rule, till one shall rise, 
 
 Of proud ambitious heart ; who not content 25 
 
 With fair equality, fraternal state, 
 
 Will arrogate dominion undeserved 
 
 Over his brethren, and quite dispossess 
 
 Concord and law of nature from the earth, 
 
 Hunting, (and men not beasts shall be his game,) 30 
 
 With war and hostile snare such as refuse 
 
 Subjection to his empire tyrannous : 
 
 A mighty hunter thence he shall be styled 
 
 Before the Lord, as in despite of Heav'n, 
 
 Or from Heav'n claiming second sov'reignty ; 35 
 
 16. With some regard, $c. : This answers to the silver age of the poets ; 
 the Paradisaical state is the golden one : that of iron begins soon (24) . R. 
 
 24. Till one shall rise, Sfc.: It is generally agreed that the first govern- 
 ments of the world were patriarchal, by families and tribes; and that Nim- 
 rod was the first who laid the foundations of kingly government among 
 mankind. Our author, therefore (who was no friend to kingly government 
 at the best), represents him in a very bad light, as a most wicked and inso- 
 lent tyrant ; but he has great authorities, both Jewish and Christian, to jus- 
 tify him for so doing. The Scripture says of Nimrod, Gen. x. 9. that " he 
 was a mighty hunter before the Lord." And this our author understands in 
 its worst sense of hunting men, and not beasts (30) , by persecution, oppres- 
 sion, and tyranny. The phrase, before the Lord, seems to be made use of by 
 way of exaggeration, and in a bad sense, as in Gen. xiii. 13; xxxviii. 7. 
 And St. Austin translates the phrase, against the Lord, to which opinion our 
 author conforms, as in despite of Heaven (34\ but then adopts the opinion of 
 others also, that before the Lord i the same as under the Lord, usurping all 
 authority to himself next under God, and claiming it, jure Divino, as was 
 done in Milton's own time ; or from Heaven claiming second sovereignty, 
 35. IT. 
 
 22* <* o
 
 514 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 And from rebellion shall derive his name, 
 
 Though of rebellion others he accuse. 
 
 He with a crew, whom like ambition joins 
 
 With him or under him to tyrannize, 
 
 Marching from Eden tow'rds the west, shall find 40 
 
 The plain, wherein a black bituminous gurge 
 
 Boils out from under ground, the mouth of Hell : 
 
 Of brick, and of that stuff, they cast to build 
 
 A city and tow'r, whose top may reach to Heav'n ; 
 
 And get themselves a name, lest far dispersed 45 
 
 In foreign lands, their memory be lost ; 
 
 Regardless whether good or evil fame. 
 
 But God, who oft descends to visit men 
 
 Unseen, and through their habitations walks 
 
 r o mark their doings, them beholding soon, 50 
 
 Joines down to see their city, ere the tow'r 
 
 x/bstruct Heav'n-tow'rs ; and in derision sets 
 
 Upon their tongues a various spirit, to rase 
 
 36. Nimrod is derived from a word meaning to rebel. 
 
 37. Though of rebellion, (ft. : This was added by our author, probably not 
 without a \iew to his own time, when himself and those of his party were 
 stigmatized as the worst of rebels. N. 
 
 41. Gurge: Whirlpool. The Hebrew word chemar, which we translate 
 tlimt, is what the Greeks call atphaltos, and the Latins bitumen a kind of 
 pitch ; and that it abounded very much in the plain near Babylon that it 
 swam upon the waters that there was a cave and fountain continually 
 emitting it, and that this famous town, at this time, and the no less famous 
 walls of Babylon afterwards, were built with this kind of cement, is con- 
 firmed by the testimony of several profane authors. This black bituminous 
 gvrge, this pitchy pool, the poet calls the mouth of Hell not strictly speak- 
 ing, but by the came sort of figure by which the ancient poets call Ta narus, 
 or Avernus, the jaws and gate of Hell. Virg. Georg. iv. 467. 
 
 51. Coma doum to *, tfc. : Gen. xi. 5, &c. The Scripture here speaks 
 after the manner of men. And thus the heathen gods are often represented 
 as coming down to observe tlw actions of men, as in the stones of Lycaou, 
 Philemon. &c. N. 
 
 53. A variant tpirit : 2 CLion. xviii. 22. It is said that the Lord had put 
 a lying tpirit in the mouth of tne prophets, here he puts a various spirit in 
 the mouth of the builders a tpmc varying the sounds by which they would 
 express their thoughts one to aoou r, and bringing, consequently, M 
 whence the work is so called. K
 
 BOOK XII 515 
 
 Quite out their native language, and instead 
 To sow a jangling noise of words unknown. 55 
 
 Forthwith a hideous gabble rises loud 
 Among the builders ; each to other calls, 
 Not understood, till hoarse, and all in rage 
 As mock'd, they storm. Great laughter was in Heav'n ; 
 And looking down to see the hubbub strange, 60 
 
 And hear the din ; thus was the building left 
 Ridiculous, and the work Confusion named. 
 Whereto thus Adam, fatherly displeased : 
 execrable son, so to aspire 
 
 Above his brethren, to himself assuming 65 
 
 Authority usurp'd ; from God not given. 
 He gave us only over beast, fish, fowl, 
 Dominion absolute ; that right we hold 
 By his donation : but man over men 
 
 He made not lord : such title to himself 70 
 
 Reserving, human left from human free. 
 But this usurper, his encroachment proud 
 
 59. Great laughter teat in Heaven: The author varies the tense in seve- 
 ral places, and speaks of the future as past future, with regard to the time 
 when the angel is speaking ; but past., with regard to the time which he is 
 speaking of. Homer also represents the gods as laughing at the awkward 
 limping carriage of Vulcan in waiting. Iliad i. 599, which Pope thus trans- 
 lates : 
 
 ' Vulcan with awkward grace his office plies. 
 And unextinpuislicil laughter shakes the skies. 1 ' 
 
 But, as Mr. Thyer adds, it is rather too comic for the grave character of 
 Milton's gods, to be represented as peeping down and laughing, like a parcel 
 of mere mortals, to see the workmen puzzled and squabbling about their 
 work ; though there are such expressions even in Scripture. Ps. ii. 4 ; 
 Prov. i. 20, &c. N. 
 
 62. Jind the work Confusion namrd . For Babel in Hebrew signifies confu- 
 i'on, Gen. xi. 9. As the poet represents this confusion among the builders an 
 object of ridicide, so he makes use of some ridiculous words, such as are not 
 very usual in poetry, to heighten that ridicule, as jangling noise, hideous gab- 
 ble, ttrange hubbub. N. 
 
 71. Human left from, fyc. : That is, left mankind in full and free possession 
 of their liberty. Every reader must be pleased with the spirit of liberty 
 that breathes in this speech of our first ancestor. N
 
 51fi PARADISE LOST 
 
 Stays not on man ; to God bis tow V intends 
 
 Siege and defiance. Wretched man ! what food 
 
 Will he convey up thither to sustain 76 
 
 Himself and his rash army, where thin air 
 
 Above the clouds will pine his entrails gross, 
 
 And famish him of breath, if not of bread ? 
 
 To whom thus Michael : Justly thou abhorr'st 
 That son, who on the quiet state of men 80 
 
 Such trouble brought, affecting to subdue 
 Rational liberty ; yet know withal, 
 Since thy original lapse, true liberty 
 Is lost, which always with right reason dwells 
 Twinn'd, and from her hath no dividual being ; 85 
 
 Reason in man obscured, or not obey'd, 
 Immediately inordinate desires 
 And upstart passions catch the government 
 From reason, and to servitude reduce 
 
 Man till then free. Therefore, since he permits 90 
 
 Within himself unworthy powers to reign 
 Over free reason, God in judgment just 
 Subjects him from without to violent lords ; 
 Who oft as undeservedly in tin all 
 
 His outward freedom. Tyranny must be, 95 
 
 Though to the tyrant thereby no excuse. 
 Yet sometimes nations will decline so low 
 From virtue, which is reason, that no wrong, 
 But justice, and some fatal curse annex'd, 
 Deprives them of their outward liberty, 100 
 
 Thir inward lost. Witness th' irrev'rent son 
 Of him who built the ark, who for the shame 
 
 73. To God hit tower inctnd* . This not being asserted in Scripture, but 
 only supposed by some writers, U better put into the mouth of Adam, than 
 of the angel. 1 wish the poet had taken the same care in 51. 
 
 84. Dire//* twinned, ffc. : Liberty and virtue (which it rouon, 98) are twn 
 ii$trrx, and the one hath no being divided from the other. N. 
 
 85. Dividual: Separate. 
 
 101. Son: Ham, Gen. ix. 23, 25.
 
 BOOK XII. 517 
 
 Done to his father, heard this heavy curae, 
 
 * Servant of servants,' on his vicious race. 
 
 Thus will this latter, as the former world, 105 
 
 Still tend from bad to worse, till God at last, 
 
 Weary'd with their iniquities, withdraw 
 
 His presence from among them, and avert 
 
 His holy eyes ; resolving from thenceforth 
 
 To leave them to their own polluted ways ; 110 
 
 And one peculiar nation to select 
 
 From all the rest, of whom to be invoked, 
 
 A nation from one faithful man to spring : 
 
 Him on this side Euphrates yet residing, 
 
 Bred up in idol-worship. that men 115 
 
 (Canst thou believe ?) should be so stupid grown, 
 
 While yet the patriarch lived, who 'scaped the flood, 
 
 As to forsake the living God, and fall 
 
 To worship their own work in wood and stone 
 
 For Gods ! yet him God the Most High vouchsafes 120 
 
 To call by vision from his father's house, 
 
 His kindred, and false Gods, into a land 
 
 Which he shall shew him, and from him will raise 
 
 A mighty nation, and upon him shower 
 
 His benediction, so that in his seed 125 
 
 All nations shall be blest. He straight obeys, 
 
 Not knowing to what land, yet firm believes. 
 
 I see him, but thou canst not, with what faith 
 
 111. Nation: The Hebrew, which sprung from Abraham. 
 
 114. Yet residing: Not when the angel was speaking, but when God se 
 lected one peculiar nation, &c., 111-12. 
 
 115. Josh. xxiv. 2. As Terah, Abraham's father, was an idolater, I think 
 we may be certain that Abraham was bred up in the religion of his father, 
 though he renounced it afterwards, and, in all probability, converted his 
 father likewise ; for Terah removed with Abraham to Haran. and thore died. 
 See Gen. xi. 31, 32. N. 
 
 117. Terah, Abraham's father, was born two hundred and twenty-two 
 Tears after the flood, and Noah was living till the three hundred and fiftieth 
 year after it; so that idolatry had gained some ground before his death. S. 
 
 128. This is not, says Stebbing, a reverting to the former vision, as some
 
 518 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Ho leaves his Gods, his friends, and native soil, 
 
 Ur of Chaldaea, passing now the ford 130 
 
 To Haran : after him a curab'rous train 
 
 Of herds, and flocks, and numerous servitude ; 
 
 Not wand'ring poor, but trusting all his wealth 
 
 With God, who call'd him, in a land unknown. 
 
 Canaan he now attains : I see his tents 135 
 
 Pitch'd about Sechem, and the neighb'ring plain 
 
 Of Moreh ; there, by promise, he receives 
 
 Gift to his progeny of all that land, 
 
 From Hamath northward to the Desert south 
 
 commentators seem to suppose, but a mode of speaking natural to the angel, 
 to whom all the future was revealed. 
 
 It is well observed by Addison, that, as the principal design of this episode 
 was to give Adam an idea of the holy persori who was to reinstate human 
 nature in that happiness and perfection from which it had fallen, the poet 
 confines himself to the line of Abraham, whence the Messiah was to de- 
 scend. The angel is described as seeing the patriarch actually travelling to- 
 wards the land of promise, which gives a particular liveliness to this part of 
 the narrative. 
 
 Our poet, sensible that tbis long historical description might grow irksome, 
 has varied the manner of representing it as much as possible, beginning first 
 with supposing Adam to have a prospect of it before his eyes, next by mak- 
 ing the angel the relator of it, and lastly, by imitatii.- ^ the two former 
 methods, and making Michael see it as in a vision, anl give a rapturous en- 
 livened account of it to Adam. This gives great ea^e to the languishing at- 
 tention of the reader. Turin. 
 
 130. Ur: Situated in Mesopotamia, near the Euphrates, and about four 
 hundred miles northeast from Jerusalem. A short distance from Ur was 
 Haran, to which Abraham first removed. Ur signifies light or/irr, and re- 
 ceived this name from the worship of the sun and its symbol, fire, being 
 there practised. 
 
 132. Jlnd numerous ttnitudt : Many servants. The abstract for the con- 
 crete. N. 
 
 139. Hamath: Quite famous in the Bible as the northern limit of the land 
 of Israel. According to Coleman, it is a narrow pass between Lebanon and 
 Anti-Lebanon, at the head of the great Valley Code-Syria, above Baalbee, 
 at the head waters of the Orontes, which runs north and west one hundred 
 and fifty miles into the northeastern coast of the Mediterranean. 
 
 This river forms the natural boundary of the kingdom of Hamath on the 
 south, and the limit of the land promised to Israel on the north.
 
 BOOK XII. 519 
 
 (Things by their names I call, tho' yet unnamed), 140 
 
 From Hermon east to the great western sea ; 
 
 Mount Hermon, yonder sea ; each place behold 
 
 In prospect, as I point them : on the shore 
 
 Mount Carmel : here the double-founted stream 
 
 Jordan, true limit eastward ; but his sons 145 
 
 Shall dwell to Senir, that long ridge of hills. 
 
 This ponder, that all nations of the earth 
 
 Shall in his seed be blest. By that seed 
 
 Is meant the great Deliv'rer, who shall bruise 
 
 The Serpent's head : whereof to thee anon 150 
 
 Plainlier shall be reveal'd. This patriarch blest, 
 
 Whom faithful Abraham due time shall call 
 
 A son, and of his son a grandchild leaves, 
 
 Like him in faith, in, wisdom, and renown. 
 
 144. Doubled-founted : The Jordan has its origin among the mountains 
 thirty or forty miles north of the Sea of Galilee. The original source is a 
 large fountain just above Hasbeiya, twenty miles from Banias, or Caesarea 
 Philippi, and the ancient idolatrous city of Dan, where again are large foun- 
 tains, which have usually been regarded as the head waters of the Jordan. 
 COLEMAN'S Geography of the Bible. 
 
 145. True limit eastward : Though the name of Canaan sometimes in- 
 cludes the whole land possessed by the twelve tribes, yet it appropriately 
 belongs to no more than the country westward of the River Jordan ; and 
 the Jews themselves make a distinction between the land promised to their 
 lathers, and the lands of Sihon and Og, which were to the eastward of the 
 river. Moses does the same, Deut. ii. 29, and the land on this side Jordan 
 was esteemed more holy than the land on the other. 
 
 146. Senir : Hermon, Deut. iii. 9, lying not far eastward of the sources of 
 the Jordan, moistened with copious dews. It stands pre-eminent among the 
 mountains of the land. It is thus described by an American missionary, Mr. 
 Thompson : *' Old Jebel Esh-Sheihh (the modern name) , like a venerable 
 Turk, with his head wrapped in a snowy tuiban, sits yonder on his throne in 
 the sky, surveying with imperturbable dignity the fair lands below ; and all 
 around, east, west, north, south, mountain meets mountain to guard and gaze 
 upon the lovely vale of the Huleh. What a constellation of venerable 
 names : Lebanon and Hermon, Bashan and Gilead, Moab and Judah, Sama- 
 ria and Galilee !" 
 
 152. Abraham: See Gen. xvii. 5. It means a father of many nationt 
 Hi name previously was jibram, signifying a great fathtr.
 
 620 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The grandchild with twelve sons increased, departs 155 
 
 From Canaan to a land hereafter call'd 
 
 Egypt, divided by the river Nile. 
 
 See where it flows, disgorging at seven months 
 
 Into the sea. To sojourn in that land 
 
 He comes, invited by a younger son, 160 
 
 In time of dearth ; a son whose worthy deeds 
 
 Raise him to the second in that realm 
 
 Of Pharaoh. There he dies, and leaves his race 
 
 Growing into a nation, and now grown 
 
 Suspected to a sequent King, who pecks 165 
 
 To stop their overgrowth, as inmate guests 
 
 Too num'rous ; whence of guests he makes them slaves 
 
 Inhospitably, and kills their infant males : 
 
 Till by two brethren (those two brethren call 
 
 Moses and Aaron) sent from God to claim 170 
 
 His people from inthralment, they return 
 
 With glory and spoil back to their promised land. 
 
 But first the lawless tyrant, who denies 
 
 To know their God, or message to regard, 
 
 Must be compell'd by signs and judgments diro. 175 
 
 To blood unshed the rivers must be turn'd ; 
 
 Frogs, lice, and flies must all his palace fill 
 
 With loath 'd intrusion, and fill all the land ; 
 
 His cattle must of rot and murrain die ; 
 
 Botches and blains must all his flesh emboss, 180 
 
 And all his people ; thunder mix'd with hail, 
 
 Hail mix'd with fire, must rend th' Egyptian sky, 
 
 And wheel on th' earth, devouring where it rolls ; 
 
 What it devours not, herb, or fruit, or grain 
 
 A darksome cloud of locusts swarming down 180 
 
 155. A Latin form of expression, as Plaut. "Cumque es aucta liberis." 
 
 158. Ste where itjlowt, Iff. : This pointing to the river adds a loveliness t 
 the narrative, and the ancient poets t-eldom mention the river without tak- 
 ing notice of it* teven moutht, Virg. JEn. vi. 800 ; Ovid Met. i. 422 ; ii. 256 
 N. 
 
 179. Murren: The spelling conformi to the Latin word murrena. N. 
 
 183. Whttl: Exodix. 23-4.
 
 BOOK XII. 521 
 
 Must eat, and on the ground leave nothing green : 
 
 Darkness must overshadow all his bounds, 
 
 Palpable darkness, and blot out three days ; 
 
 Last, witK one midnight stroke, all the first-born 
 
 Of Egypt must lie dead. Thus with ten wounds 19C 
 
 The river-dragon tamed, at length submits 
 
 To let his sojourners depart, and oft 
 
 Humbles his stubborn heart : but still as ice 
 
 More harden'd after thaw, till in his rage 
 
 Pursuing whom he late dismiss'd, the sea 195 
 
 Swallows him with his host ; but them lets pass 
 
 As on dry land, between two crystal walls, 
 
 Awed by the rod of Moses so to stand 
 
 Divided, till his rescued gain'd their shore. 
 
 Such wondrous power God to his saint will lend, 200 
 
 Though present in his Angel, who shall go 
 
 Before them in a cloud and pillar of fire 
 
 (By day a cloud, by night a pillar of fire), 
 
 To guide them in their journey, and remove 
 
 Behind them, while th' obdurate king pursues. 205 
 
 All night he will pursue ; but his approach 
 
 Darkness defends between till morning watch 
 
 Then through the fiery pillar and the cloud 
 
 God, looking forth, will trouble all his host, 
 
 And craze their chariot-wheels : when by command 210 
 
 Moses once more his potent rod extends 
 
 Over the sea ; the sea his rod obeys ; 
 
 On their embattled ranks the waves return 
 
 188. Palpable : In the expressive language of the Bible, " Darkness that 
 may be felt." In the Latin Vulgate it reads, " Tarn dense ut palpari quc- 
 ant." Hence our author's word palpable. 
 
 191. The river-dragon is an allusion to the crocodile, the chief inhabitant 
 of the Nile. It was probably suggested by a sublime passage in the pro- 
 phecy of Ezekiel, commencing with, " Thus saith the Lord, Behold I am 
 against thee, Pharaoh, king of Egypt, the great dragon," &c. 
 
 207. Darknen defend* between, fyc. : Darkness between them keep* off his 
 approach till, &c., Exod. xiv. 19, 20. 
 
 210. Craze : Crush, from the French tcrater.
 
 522 
 
 PARADISE LOST 
 
 And overwhelm their war : the race elect 
 
 Safe towards Canaan from the shore advance 215 
 
 Through the wild desert, not the readiest way, 
 
 Lest, ent'ring on the Canaanite, alarm'd, 
 
 War terrify them inexpert, and fear 
 
 Return them back to Egypt, choosing rather 
 
 Inglorious life with servitude ; for life 220 
 
 To noble and ignoble is more sweet 
 
 Untrain'd in arms, where rashness leads not on. 
 
 This also shall they gain by their delay 
 
 In the wide wilderness ; there they shall found 
 
 Their government, and their great senate choose 225 
 
 Through the twelve tribes, to rule by laws ordain'd. 
 
 God from the mount of Sinai, whose gray top 
 
 Shall tremble, he descending, will himself 
 
 In thunder, lightning, and loud trumpets' sound, 
 
 Ordain them laws ; part such as appertain 230 
 
 To civil justice, part religious rites 
 
 Of sacrifice, informing them,T)y types 
 
 And shadows, of that destined Seed to bruise 
 
 The Serpent, by what means he shall achieve 
 
 Mankind's deliverance. But the voice of God 235 
 
 To mortal car is dreadful ! They beseech 
 
 That Moses might report to them his will, 
 
 And terror cease. He grants what they besought, 
 
 Instructed that to God is no access 
 
 Without Mediator, whose high office now 240 
 
 Moses in figure bears, to introduce 
 
 One greater, of whose day he shall foretell ; 
 214. War: Army. 
 
 216. The political cause of their long wanderings is given by Milton ; the 
 moral cause is emitted, for it was the design of the angel to comfort and not 
 to distress Adam by this recital, Exod. xiii. 17, 18. 
 
 227. Who$e gray top : It received this hue from the snow, the clouds, and 
 moke which enveloped it, Exod. xix. 
 
 230. Part tuck at appertain, Sfc. : It is singular that Milton here omits all 
 mention of the moral law, the delivery of which formed so impressive and 
 important a part of the proceedings at Sinai. 
 
 241. In figurt : As a type or representative.
 
 BOOK xii. 523 
 
 And all the prophets in their age the times 
 
 Of great Messiah shall sing. The laws and rites 
 
 Establish'd, such delight hath God in men 245 
 
 Obedient to his will, that he vouchsafes 
 
 Among them to set up his tabernacle, 
 
 The Holy One with mortal men to dwell. 
 
 By his prescript a sanctuary is framed 
 
 Of cedar, overlaid with gold ; therein 250 
 
 An ark, and in the ark his testimony, 
 
 The records of his covenant ; over these 
 
 A mercy-seat of gold between the wings 
 
 Of two bright Cherubim; before him burn 
 
 Seven lamps, as in a zodiac, representing 255 
 
 The heav'nly fires ; over the tent a cloud 
 
 Shall rest by day, a fiery gleam by night, 
 
 Save when they journey ; and at length they come, 
 
 Conducted by his Angel, to the land 
 
 Promised to Abraham and his seed. The rest 260 
 
 Were long to tell how many battles fought, 
 
 How many kings destroy'd, and kingdoms won, 
 
 Or how the sun shall in mid Heav'n stand still 
 
 A day entire, and night's due course adjourn, 
 
 Man's voice commanding, Sun in Gibeon stand, 265 
 
 And thou moon in the vale of Aijalon, 
 
 Till Israel overcome ; so call the third 
 
 From Abraham, son of Isaac, and from him 
 
 His whole descent, who thus shall Canaan win. 
 
 255. Seven lamps as in a zodiac : That the lamps signified the seven planets, 
 and that, therefore, the lamps stood slope-wise, as it were, to express th 
 obliquity of the zodiac, is the gloss of Josephus, from whom, probably, Mil 
 ton borrowed it, Joseph. Antiq. lib. 3, c. 6, 7, and De Bel. Jud. lib. 5, c. 5. 
 N. 
 
 258. Save token they journey : How it was when they journeyed is set forth 
 in Exod. xl. 34, &c. The moving of the cloud, or of the pillar of fire was 
 an indication of the divine will, that the Hebrews should proceed on their 
 march. See also Exod. xiii. 21. The cloud, and the fiery gleam (257) were 
 the sublime ensigns and shields of that distinguished people, and Jehovah 
 WM their invisible leader.
 
 524 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Here Adam interposed : O sent from Heav'n, 270 
 
 Knlight'ncr of my darkness, gracious things 
 Thou hast reveal'd, those chiefly which concern 
 Just Abraham and his seed : now first I find 
 Mine eyes true opening, and my heart much eased, 
 Erewhile perplex 'd with thoughts what would become 275 
 
 Of me and all mankind ; but now I see 
 Hia day, in which all nations shall be blest ; 
 Favour unmerited by me, who sought 
 Forbidden knowledge by forbidden means. 
 This yet I apprehend not, why to those 280 
 
 Among whom God will deign to dwell on earth, 
 So many and so various laws are given : 
 So many laws argue so many sins 
 Among them. How can God with such reside ? 
 
 To whom thus Michael : Doubt not but that sin 285 
 
 Will reigu among them, as of thee begot ; 
 And therefore was law given them to evince 
 Their natural pravity, by stirring up 
 Sin against law to fight ; that when they see 
 Law can discover sin, but not remove, 290 
 
 Save by those shadowy expiations weak, 
 
 270. Here Adam interpoied : These interpositions of Adam have a very 
 good effect, for otherwise the continued narrative of the angel would appear 
 too long, and be tedious. N. - 
 
 274. Mine eyet true opening: For that was a false promise which the 
 tempter had made, Gen. iii. 5. N. 
 
 277. Hit : John viii. 56. 
 
 283. So many laic* argue, tfc. : The scruple of our first father, and the re- 
 ply of the angel, are grounded on St. Paul's Epistles, and particularly those 
 k> the Ephesians, Galatians, and Hebrews. Compare the following texts 
 with our author : Gal. iii. 19 ; Rom. vii. 7, 8 ; Rom. iii. 20 ; Heb. ix. 13, 14 ; 
 Heb. x. 4, 5 ; Rom. iv. 22-4 ; v. 1 ; Heb. vii. 18, 19 ; x. 1 ; Gal. iii. 11, 12, 
 ">3; iv. 7; Rom. viii. 15. 
 
 How admirably, as Bishop Newton further remarks, hath our author, in a 
 few lines, summed up the sense and argument of these and more texts of 
 Scripture ! It is really wonderful how he could comprise so much divinity 
 *n so few words, and, at the same time, express it with such strength and 
 perspicuity.
 
 BOOK xii. 526 
 
 The blood of bulls and goats, they may conclude 
 
 Some blood more precious must be paid for man ; 
 
 Just for unjust, that in such righteousness 
 
 To them by faith imputed, they may find 295 
 
 Justification towards God, and peace 
 
 Of conscience, which the law by ceremonies 
 
 Cannot appease, nor man the moral part 
 
 Perform, and, not performing, cannot live. 
 
 So law appears imperfect, and but given 300 
 
 With purpose to resign them in full time 
 
 Up to a better covenant, disciplined 
 
 From shadowy types to truth, from flesh to spirit, 
 
 From imposition of strict laws to free 
 
 Acceptance of large grace, from servile fear 305 
 
 To filial, works of law to works of faith. 
 
 And therefore shall not Moses, though of God 
 
 Highly beloved, being but the minister 
 
 Of law, his people into Canaan lead ; 
 
 But Joshua, whom the Gentiles Jesus call, 310 
 
 His name and office bearing, who shall quell 
 
 The adversary Serpent, and bring back, 
 
 Through the world's wilderness long wander'd man 
 
 Safe to eternal Paradise of rest. 
 
 Meanwhile they in their earthly Canaan placed, 315 
 
 Long time shall dwell and prosper, but when sins 
 
 National interrupt their public peace, 
 
 Provoking God to raise them enemies ; 
 
 From whom as oft he saves them penitent 
 
 By judges first, then under kings ; of whom 320 
 
 The second, both for piety renown'd 
 
 And puissant deeds, a promise shall receive 
 
 Irrevocable, that his regal throne 
 
 310. Jena: Acts vii. 45; Heb. iv. 8. Joshua in Hebrew, and Jena in 
 Greek, are the same name. The Septuagint renders the former by the lat- 
 ter, and in the passages here quoted the one is substituted for the other. Th 
 name means Saviour. 
 
 322. d promise, fyc. : Reference is made to 2 Sam. vii. 16, and Ps. Ixxxiz 
 34-30.
 
 526 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 X 
 
 For ever shall endure. The like shall sing 
 
 All prophecy, that of the royal stock 325 
 
 Of David (so I name this King) shall rise 
 
 A Son, the Woman's Seed to thee foretold, 
 
 Foretold to Abraham, as in whom shall trust 
 
 All nations, and to kings foretold, of kings 
 
 The last ; for of his reign shall be no end. 330 
 
 But first a long succession must ensue, 
 
 And bis next son, for wealth and wisdom famed, 
 
 The clouded ark of God, till then in tents 
 
 Wand'ring, shall in a glorious temple enshrine: 
 
 Such follow him as shall be register 'd 335 
 
 Part good, part bad, of bad the longer scroll ; 
 
 Whose foul idolatries, and other faults 
 
 Heap'd to the popular sum, will so incense 
 
 God, as to leave them, and expose their land, 
 
 Their city, his temple, and his holy ark, 340 
 
 With all his sacred things, a scorn and prey 
 
 To that proud city, whose high walls thou saw'st 
 
 Left in confusion, Babylon thence call'd : 
 
 There in captivity he lets them dwell 
 
 The space of seventy years, then brings them back, 345 
 
 Remcmb'ring mercy, and his covenant sworn 
 
 To David, 'stablish'd as the days of Heav'n. 
 
 Return 'd from Babylon, by leave of kings 
 
 Their lords, whom God disposed, the house of God 
 
 They first re-edify, and for a while 35v 
 
 In mean estate live moderate, till grown 
 
 In wealth and multitude, factious they grow. 
 
 But, first, among the priests dissension springs ! 
 
 Men who attend the altar, and should most 
 
 Endeavour peace. Their strife pollution brings 355 
 
 325. All prophecy : All the prophets. 
 
 338. Heap'd to the popular turn : Added to the people's ameum (of crime). 
 
 342. Thou tawttt : Not physically, but with the eye of the mind upon the 
 narration of the angel. 
 
 355. Their ttrife, ire. : It was chiefly through the contests between Jason 
 and Manelaus, high priests of the Jews, that the temple was polluted by 

 
 BOOK xn. 527 
 
 Upon the temple itself. At last they seize 
 
 The sceptre, and regard not David's sons ; 
 
 Then lose it to a stranger, that the true 
 
 Anointed King, Messiah, might be born 
 
 Barr'd of his right ; yet at his birth a star, 360 
 
 Unseen before in Heav'n, proclaims him come, 
 
 And guides the eastern sages, who inquire 
 
 His place, to offer incense, myrrh, and gold. 
 
 His place of birth a solemn Angel tells 
 
 To simple shepherds, keeping watch by night : 365 
 
 They gladly thither haste, and, by a choir 
 
 Of squadron'd Angels, hear his carol sung : 
 
 A virgin is his mother, but his Sire 
 
 The Pow'r of the Most High. He shall ascend 
 
 The throne hereditary, and bound his reign 370 
 
 With earth's wide bounds, his glory with the Heav'na. 
 
 He ceased, discerning Adam with such joy 
 Surcharged, as had like grief been dew'd in tears, 
 Without the vent of words, which these he breathed : 
 
 O prophet of glad tidings ! finisher 375 
 
 Of utmost hope ! now clear I understand 
 What oft my steadiest thoughts have search 'd in vain, 
 Why our great expectation should be call'd 
 The seed of Woman. Virgin Mother, hail ! 
 High in the love of Heav'n, yet from my loins 380 
 
 Thou shalt proceed, and from thy womb the Son 
 Of God Most High ; so God with Man unites. 
 Needs must the Serpent now his capital bruise 
 
 Antiochus Epipbanes. See 2 Maccab. v., and Prideaux, and Davidson. At 
 last they $eize the sctptre(356) : Aristobulus, the eldest son of Hyrcanus, high 
 priest of the Jews, was the first who assumed the title of king after the 
 Babylonish captivity, B. c. 107. And regard not David" 1 * son*: None of the 
 family having had the government since the days of Zerubbabel. Then 
 lote it to a ttranger (358) : To Herod, who was an Idumean, in whose reign 
 Christ was born. See Josephus and Prideaux. N. 
 
 370. And bound hit reign : A beautiful parallel passage nav be read in 
 Virg. JEn. i. 287 : 
 
 ' Imperium oceano. famam qui terminet aitrii >' 
 
 383. Capital bruite : Bruise on the head.
 
 628 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Expect with mortal pain. Say where and when 385 
 
 Their fight ; what stroke shall bruise the Victor's heel ? 
 
 To whom thus Michael : Dream not of their fight 
 As of a duel, or the local wounds 
 Of head or heel : not therefore joins the Son 
 Manhood to Godhead, with more strength to foil 
 Thy enemy ; nor so is overcome 390 
 
 Satan, whose fall from Heav'n, a deadlier bruise, 
 Disabled not to give thee thy death's wound : 
 Which he, who comes thy Saviour, shall recure, 
 Not by destroying Satan, but his works 
 
 In thee and in thy seed : nor can this be, 395 
 
 But by fulfilling that which thou didst want, 
 Obedience to the law of God imposed 
 On penalty of death, and suff'ring death, 
 The penalty to thy transgression due, 
 
 And due to theirs, which out of thine will grow : 400 
 
 So only can high justice rest appaid. 
 The law of God exact he shall fulfil, 
 Both by obedience and by love, though love 
 Alone fulfil the law. Thy punishment 
 
 He shall endure, by coming in the flesh 405 
 
 To a reproachful life and cursed death, 
 Proclaiming life to all who shall believe 
 In his redemption, and that his obedience 
 Imputed becomes theirs by faith, his merits 
 To save them, not their own, though legal works. 410 
 
 4*0. Due to their*. Ifc. : Punishment is due to men's actual transgressions, 
 enough the original depravity, the transgression of Adam, was the root of 
 them. R. 
 
 401. Jppaid: Satisfied. 
 
 410. To gave them, tfc. : I apprehend that the verb believe governs the rest 
 of the sentence, and I understand the passage thus : Proclaiming life to 
 all who thall believe in hit redemption, and shall believe that hit obediitve im 
 puted becomet theirs by faith, and shall believe hit merit* to tave them, not their 
 own, though legal work*. N. 
 
 Another, and perhaps better construction, may be suggested for the latter 
 part of this passage, commencing at hi$ merit* (409) , by simply supplying 
 (from 407) th word proclaiming. Proclaiming his merits to save, Ice.
 
 BOOK xn. 329 
 
 For this he shall live hated, be blasphemed, 
 
 Seized on by force, judged, and to death condemn'd, 
 
 A shameful and accursed, nail'd to the cross 
 
 By his own nation, slain for bringing life ; 
 
 But to the cross he nails thy enemies ; 415 
 
 The law that is against thee, and the sins 
 
 Of all mankind, with him there crucify'd, 
 
 Never to hurt them more who rightly trust 
 
 In this his satisfaction. So he dies, 
 
 But soon revives ; death over him no power 420 
 
 Shall long usurp : ere the third dawning light 
 
 Return, the stars of morn shall see him rise 
 
 Out of his grave, fresh as the dawning light ; 
 
 Thy ransom paid, which man from death redeems, 
 
 His death for man, as many as offer'd life 425 
 
 Neglect not, and the benefit embrace 
 
 By faith not void of works. This Godlike act 
 
 Annuls thy doom, the death thou shouldst have died, 
 
 In sin for ever lost from life. This act 
 
 Shall bruise the head of Satan, crush his strength, 430 
 
 Defeating sin and death, his two main arms, 
 
 And fix far deeper in his head their stings 
 
 Than temp'ral death shall bruise the Victor's heel, 
 
 Or theirs whom he redeems, a death-like sleep, 
 
 A gentle wafting to immortal life. 435 
 
 Nor after resurrection shall he stay 
 
 Longer on earth than certain times t' appear 
 
 To his disciples, men who in his life 
 
 Still follow'd him : to them shall leave in charge 
 
 To teach all nations what of him they learn 'd 440 
 
 And his salvation ; them who shall believe 
 
 Baptizing in the profluent stream, the sign 
 
 415. Enemiet : These are the law and the sins mentioned in the following 
 line. Col. ii. 14, is alluded to. 
 
 424. Thy raruom, (ft. : Adam is spoken of as a representative of the 
 human race ; so in 427. 
 
 423. An explanation it here made of the term ransom in the line there. 
 23 H u
 
 630 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Of washing them from guilt of sin to life 
 
 Pure, and in mind prepared, if so befall, 
 
 For death, like that which the Redeemer died. 445 
 
 All nations they shall teach ; for, from that day, 
 
 Not only to the sons of Abraham's loins 
 
 Salvation shall be preach'd, but to the sons 
 
 Of Abraham's faith, wherever through the world ; 
 
 Lo in his seed all nations shall be blest. 459 
 
 Then to the Heav'n of Heav'ns he shall ascend 
 
 With victory, triumphing through the air 
 
 Over his foes and thine ; there shall surprise 
 
 The Serpent, prince of air, and drag in chains 
 
 Thro' all the realm, and there confounded leave ; 455 
 
 Then enter into glory, and resume 
 
 His scat at God's right hand, exalted high 
 
 Above all names in Heav'n ; and thence shall come, 
 
 When this world's dissolution shall be ripe, 
 
 With glory and pow'r to judge both quick and dead ; 460 
 
 To judge th' unfaithful dead, but to reward 
 
 His faithful, and receive them into bliss, 
 
 Whether in Heav'n or Earth ; for then the Earth 
 
 Shall all be Paradise ; far happier place 
 
 Than this of Eden, and far happier days. 465 
 
 So spake th' Arch-Angel Michael, then paused, 
 As at the world's great period ; and our sire, 
 Replete with joy and wonder, thus reply'd : 
 
 Godncss infinite, Goodness immense ! 
 
 That all this good of evil shall produce, 470 
 
 And Evil turn to good ! more wonderful 
 Than that which by creation first brought forth 
 Light out of darkness ! full of doubt I stand, 
 Whether I should repent me now of sin. 
 
 469. The poet has very finely represented the joy and gladness of heart 
 which rises in Adam upon his discovery of the Messiah. As he sees his 
 day at a distance through types and shadows, he rejoices in it ; but when he 
 finds the redemption of man completed, and Paradise again renewed, he hert 
 breaks forth in rapture and delight. A. 
 
 470. Of: Out of.
 
 BOOK XII. 531 
 
 By me done and occasion'd, or rejoice 470 
 
 Much more, that much more good thereof shall spring, 
 
 To God more glory, more good-will to men 
 
 From God, and over wrath grace shall abound. 
 
 But say : if our Deliv'rer up to Heav'n 
 
 Must reascend, what will betide the few 480 
 
 His faithful, left among th' unfaithful herd, 
 
 The enemies of truth ? Who then shall guide 
 
 His people ? who defend ? Will they not deal 
 
 Worse with his followers than with hinl they dealt ? 
 
 Be sure they will, said the Angel ; but from Heav'n 485 
 He to his own a Comforter will send, 
 The promise of the Father, who shall dwell 
 His Spirit within them, and the law of faith, 
 Working through love, upon their hearts shall write, 
 To guide them in all truth, and also arm 490 
 
 With spiritual armour able to resist 
 Satan's assaults, and quench his fiery darts ; 
 What man can do against them, not afraid, 
 Though to the death, against such cruelties 
 With inward consolations recompensed, 495 
 
 And oft supported so as shall amaze 
 Their proudest persecutors ; for the Spirit 
 Poured first on his Apostles, whom he sends 
 T' evangelize the nations, then on all 
 
 Baptized, sha/l them with wondrous gifts endue 500 ' 
 
 To speak all tongues, and do all miracles, 
 As did their Lord before them. Thus they win 
 Great numbers of each nation to receive 
 With joy the tidings brought from Heav'n. At length, 
 Their ministry perform'd, and race well run, 505 
 
 Their doctrine and their story written left, 
 They die ; but in their room, as they forewarn, 
 Wolves shall succeed for teachers, grievous wolves, 
 Who all the sacred mysteries of Heav'n 
 To their own vile advantages shall turn 510 
 
 487-8. Shall dwell hit spirit within them: Shall cause his spirit (disposi- 
 tion or temper) to dwell within thHm : shall make them like Christ.
 
 532 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Of lucre and ambition ; and the truth 
 With superstitions and traditions taint, 
 Left only in those written records pure, 
 Though not but by the Spirit understood. 
 Then shall they seek to avail themselves of aaaaes fill 
 
 Places and titles, and with these to join 
 Secular pow'r ; though feigning still to act 
 By spiritual, to themselves appropriating 
 The Spirit of God, promised alike, and given, 
 To all believers ; and from that pretence, 520 
 
 Spiritual laws by carnal power shall force 
 1 In ev'ry conscience ; laws which none shall find 
 Left them inroll'd, or what the Spirit within 
 Shall on the heart engrave. What will they then 
 But force the Spirit of grace itself, and bind 525 
 
 His consort Liberty ? What but unbuild 
 His living temples, built by faith to stand, 
 Their own faith, not another's ? for on earth 
 Who against faith and conscience can be heard 
 Infallible ? Yet many will presume : 630 
 
 Whence heavy persecution shall arise 
 On all who in the worship persevere 
 Of spirit and truth ; the rest, far greater part, 
 Will deem in outward rites and specious forms 
 Religion satisfy 'd. Truths shall retire 535 
 
 Bestuck with sland'rous darts, and works of faith 
 Barely be found. So shall the world go on, 
 To good malignant, to bad men benign ; 
 Under her own weight groaning till the day 
 Appear of respiration to the just 540 
 
 And vengeance to the wicked, at return 
 
 522. Laws which none, tfc. : Laws neither agreeable to revealed nor natural 
 religion ; neither to be found in holy Scripture, nor written on their hearts by 
 , the Spirit of God, according to that Divine promise, Jer. xxxi. 33. N. 
 
 526. Hit contort liberty : " Where the spirit of the Lord is, the.-* is liberty," 
 2 Cor. iii. 17. 
 
 527. Living templet: Christians are denominated by the Apostle Paul, 
 '' ttmplet of tiu Holy Ghott,'' 1 Cor. iii. 16, 17 ; vi. 19. 
 
 532. Of tpirit and truth : An allusion to John iv. 23.
 
 BOOK XII. 
 
 533 
 
 Of him so lately promised to thy aid, 
 
 The Woman's Seed, obscurely then foretold ; 
 
 Now amplier known thy Saviour and thy Lord : 
 
 Last in the clouds from Heav'n to be reveal'd 543 
 
 In glory of the Father, to dissolve 
 
 Satan with his perverted world, then raise 
 
 From the conflagrant mass, purged and refined, 
 
 New Heav'ns, new Earth, ages of endless date 
 
 Founded in righteousness, and peace, and love, 650 
 
 To bring forth fruits, joy, and eternal bliss. 
 
 He ended ; and thus Adam last reply'd : 
 How soon hath thy prediction, Seer blest, 
 Measured this transient world, the race of time, 
 Till time stand fix'd ! Beyond is all abyss, 555 
 
 Eternity, whose end no eye can reach. 
 Greatly instructed, I shall hence depart, 
 Greatly in peace of thought, and have my fill 
 Of knowledge, what this vessel can contain ; 
 Beyond which was my folly to aspire. 560 
 
 Henceforth I learn that to obey is best, 
 And love with fear the only God ; to walk 
 As in his presence ; ever to observe 
 His providence, and on him sole depend, 
 Merciful over all his works, with good 565 
 
 Still overcoming evil, and by small 
 Accomplishing great things ; by things deem'd weak 
 Subverting worldly strong, and worldy wise 
 By simply meek ; that suffering for truth's sake 
 Is fortitude to highest victory, 670 
 
 And to the faithful, death the gate of life : 
 Taught this by his example, whom I now 
 Acknowledge my Redeemer ever blest. 
 
 To whom thus also th' Angel last reply'd : 
 
 546. To diftolvt So/an, tfc. : This verb more appropriately applies to world 
 than to Satan, and must be taken in a stricter sense in its application to the 
 former than to the latter. The expression is derived from 2 Pet iii. 11, 12, 
 " Seeing then that all these things shall be dittolvcd," &c. 
 
 .574. Latt replied : This is the last speech of the angel, as the foregoing
 
 534 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 This having learn'd, thou hast attained the sum 575 
 
 Of wisdom ; hope no higher, though all the stars 
 
 Thou knew'st by name, and all th' ethereal pow'rs, 
 
 All secrets of the deep, all Nature's works, 
 
 Or works of God in Heav'n, air, earth, or sea, 
 
 And all the riches of this world enjoy'dst, 580 
 
 And all the rule, one empire : only add 
 
 Deeds to thy knowledge answerable ; add faith, 
 
 Add virtue, patience, temperance ; add love, 
 
 By name to come call'd Charity, the soul 
 
 Of dl the rest : then wilt thou not be loath 585 
 
 To leave this Paradise, but shalt possess 
 
 A Paradise within thee happier far. 
 
 Let us descend now therefore from this top 
 
 Of speculation ; for the hour precise 
 
 Exacts our parting hence : and see the guards, 590 
 
 By me encamp'd on yonder hill, expect 
 
 Their motion, at whose front a flaming sword, 
 
 In signal to remove, waves fiercely round. 
 
 We may no longer stay. Go, waken Eve : 
 
 Her also I with gentle dreams have calm'd, 595 
 
 Portending good, and all her spirits composed 
 
 To meek submission. Thou at season fit 
 
 Let her with thee partake what thou hast heard, 
 
 Chiefly what may concern her faith to know, 
 
 The great deliv'rance by her seed to come 600 
 
 (For by the Woman's seed) on all mankind : 
 
 That yc may live, which will be many days, 
 
 Both in one faith unanimous, though sad, 
 
 With cause, for evils past ; yet much more cheer'd 
 
 With meditation on the happy end. 605 
 
 He ended, and they both descend the hill ; 
 Descended, Adam to the bower, where Eve 
 
 one is the last speech of Adam ; and they are both introduced in the same 
 manner. 
 
 588. Top of tptrulation : High eminence commanding a most extensive 
 prospect. It may further have reference to the vision* and predictions ther 
 offered to Adam.
 
 BOOK wi. 535 
 
 Lay sleeping, ran before ; but found her waked ; 
 And thus with words not sad she him received : 
 
 Whence thou returns't, and whither went'st, I know: 610 
 For God is also in sleep, and dreams advise, 
 Which he hath sent propitious, some great good 
 Presaging, since with sorrow and heart's distress 
 Weary'd I fell asleep ; but now lead on ; 
 In me is no delay. With thee to go, 615 
 
 Is to stay here ; without thee here to stay, 
 Is to go hence unwilling ; thou to me 
 Art all things under Heav'n, all places thou, 
 Who for my wilful crime art banish'd hence. 
 This further consolation yet secure 620 
 
 I carry hence : though all by me is lost, 
 (Such favour I unworthy am vouchsafed) 
 By me the promised Seed shall all restore. 
 
 So spake our mother Eve ; and Adam heard 
 Well pleased, but answer'd not ; for now too nigh 625 
 
 Th' Arch-Angel stood, and from the other hill 
 
 608. Found her wak'd : Newton notices an inconsistency with the Argu- 
 ment, which relates that Adam wakens Eve ; but may he not have waked 
 her by his running to the bower where she lay sleeping. 
 
 609. The poem ends very nobly. The last speeches of Adam and the 
 archangel are full of moral and instructive sentiments. The sleep that fell 
 upon Eve, and the effects it had in quieting the disorders of her mind, pro- 
 duce the same kind of consolation in the reader, who cannot peruse this last 
 beautiful speech which is ascribed to the mother of mankind, without a 
 secret pleasure and satisfaction. A. 
 
 611. Jldvise: Admonish, give information, Numb. xii. 6. Adam had a 
 vision, and Eve a dream ; and God was concerned in both. 
 
 616. It to stay here, Sfc. : She is now come to that temper of mind in 
 which she thinks it Paradise wherever her husband is, as the angel had 
 taught her before, XI. 290. So that the author makes woman's Paradise to 
 be in company with her husband, but man's to be in himself, 587. N. 
 
 624-34. Heliodorus, in his ^Ethiopics, acquaints us, that the motion of the 
 gods differs from that of mortals, as the former do not stir their feet, nor 
 proceed step by step, but slide over the surface of the earth by a uniform 
 swimming of the whole body. The same kind of motion is here poetically 
 attributed to the angels who were to take possession of Paradise. A.
 
 536 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 To their fix'd station, all in bright array 
 
 The cherubim descended ; on the ground 
 
 Gliding meteorous, as evening mist 
 
 Risen from a river o'er the mari>h jrl; 630 
 
 And gathers ground fast at the labourer's heel 
 
 Homeward returning, Hii'li in front advanced, 
 
 The brandish 'd sword of God before them blazed 
 
 Fierce as a comet ; which with torrid heat, 
 
 And vapour as the Libyan air adust, 635 
 
 Began to parch that temperate clime : whereat 
 
 In either hand the hast'ning Angel caught 
 
 Our ling'ring parents, and to th' eastern gate 
 
 Led them direct, and down the cliff as fast 
 
 To the subjected plain ; then disappcar'd. 640 
 
 They, looking back, all the eastern side beheld 
 
 Of Paradise (so late their happy seat) 
 
 Waved over by that flaming brand, the gate 
 
 With dreadful faces throng'd and fiery arms. 
 
 Some natural tears they dropt, but wiped them soon : 645 
 
 The world was all before them where to choose 
 
 Their place of rest, and Providence their guide. 
 
 They, hand in hand, with wand'ring steps and slow, 
 
 630. Marith: Marsh, from the French marais, or the Latin maritatt, 
 rushes commonly growing in such a situation. The word occurs in 
 1 Maccab. ix. 42, 45; also in Shakspeare, Henry VI. Act. 1. 
 
 635. Mutt : Scorched, fiery. 
 
 637-41. An allusion is here made to the incident of Lot and his family 
 being conducted by the angel from the doomed Sodom, Gen. xix. 15-26. 
 
 643. Flaming brand: Milton had called it a sword before, XI. 120, "and of 
 a sit-ord the flame;" and XII. 633, and brand here does not signify what we 
 commonly mean by it, but a tword, as it is used in the Faery Queen of 
 
 Spenser: "Which steely brand that all other swords excelled ;" and 
 
 also in other more recent authors. Brando, in Italian, signifies a sword; so 
 called, as Junius thinks, because men fought with burnt stakes and firebrands 
 before arms were invented. N. 
 
 647. Providence their guide: As Michael, who had hitherto conducted 
 them by the hand was departed Yrom them, they had no guide to their steps 
 but the general guidance of Providence to keep them safe and unhurt. P.
 
 BOOK sir. -*>37 
 
 Through Eden took their solitary way. 
 
 649. Solitary way : It was solitary, not in regard to any companions whom 
 they had met with elsewhere, but because they were here to meet with no 
 object of any kind they were acquainted with, XI. 305. P. Or it was sol- 
 itary in reference to the companionship of Michael. 
 
 647-49. It has been objected to these lines, that they end the poem in too 
 sorrowful a manner, and that they are inconsistent with other passages in 
 this Book, which describe the joy, the peace, and consolation of our first 
 parents. But these emotions, as Dr. Pierce remarks, are represented always 
 as arising in our first parents from a view of some future good, chiefly of the 
 Messiah ; while the thought of leaving Paradise was always a sorrowful 
 one to them", 613, 638, 645, 603. 
 
 As to the first-named objection, there is, says Newton, no more necessity 
 that an epic poem should conclude happily, than there is that a tragedy 
 should conclude unhappily. There are several instances of a tragedy ending 
 happily ; and with as good reason, an epic poem may terminate fortunately 
 or unfortunately, as the nature of the subject requires; and the subject of 
 Paradise Lost plainly requires something of a sorrowful parting, and was in- 
 tended, no doubt, for terror as well as pity to inspire us with the fear of 
 God, as well as with commiseration of man. 
 
 Newton further calls us to observe the beauty of the numbers in these 
 concluding lines the heavy dragging of the first line, which cannot be pro- 
 nounced but slowly, and with several pauses : 
 
 " They | hand in hand, | with waml'ring steps, | and slow,'' | 
 and then the quicker flow of the last line, with only the usual pause in the 
 middle. As if our first parents had moved heavily at first, being loath to 
 leave their delightful Paradise; and afterwards mended their pace, when 
 they were at a little distance. At least this is the idea which the numbers 
 convey. The varying of the pauses, is the life and soul of all versification, 
 in all languages. It is this chiefly which makes Virgil's verse better than 
 Ovid's, and Milton's superior to that of any other English poet ; and it is for 
 want of this chiefly that the French heroic verse can never come up to the 
 English. There can be no good poetry without music, and there can be no 
 music without variety.
 
 638 
 
 CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 No just heroic poem ever was, or can be made, whence one great moral 
 may not be deduced. That which reigns in Milton is the most general and 
 most useful that can be imagined. It is, in short, this : THAT OBEDIENCE TO 
 
 THE WILL OP GOD MAKES MEN HAPPY, AND THAT DISOBEDIENCE MAKES 
 
 THEM MISERABLE. This is obviously the moral of the principal story 
 which 'turns upon Adam and Eve, who continued in Paradise while they 
 kept the command that was given them, and were driven out of it as soon 
 as they transgressed. This is likewise the moral of the principal episode, 
 which shows us how an innumerable multitude of angels fell by their 
 disobedience. 
 
 Besides this great moral, which may be regarded as the soul of the story, 
 there is an infinity of under-morals, which may be drawn from the several 
 parts of the poem, rendering this work more useful and instructive than any 
 other poem in any language. A. 
 
 Throughout the whole poem the author discovers himself to have been a 
 most critical reader, and a most passionate admirer, of holy Scripture. Hi 
 it indebted to Scripture infinitely more than to Homer and Virgil, and all 
 other book* whatever. Not only his principal story, but all his episodes are 
 founded on Scripture. The Scripture has not only furnished him with the 
 noblest hints, raised his thoughts, and fired his imagination, but has also 
 very much enriched his language, given a certain solemnity and majesty to 
 his diction, and supplied him with many of his choicest, happiest expres- 
 sions. Let men, therefore, learn from this instance to reverence those sacred 
 writings. If any man can pretend to deride or despise them, it must be said 
 of him at least, that he has a taste and genius the most different from Mil- 
 ton's that can be imagined. Whoever has any true taste and genius, we are 
 confident, will esteem this poem the best of modern productions, and the 
 Scriptures the best of all ancient ones. N.
 
 539 
 
 THE LIFE OF MILTON A GREAT EPIC ITSELF. 
 
 LET us glance for a moment at what was even finer than Milton's trans- 
 cendent genius his character. His life was a great epic itself. Byron's 
 life was a tragic comedy ; Sheridan's was a brilliant farce ; Shelley's was a 
 wild, mad, stormy tragedy ; Keats' life was a sad, brief, beautiful lyric ; 
 Moore's has been a love song ; Coleridge's was a " Midsummer Night's 
 Dream ;" Schiller's was a harsh, difficult, wailing, but ultimately victorious 
 war ode, like one of Pindar's ; Goethe's was a brilliant, somewhat melo- 
 dramatic, but finished novel ; Tasso's was an elegy ; but Milton, and Milton 
 alone, acted as well as wrote an epic complete in all its parts high, grave, 
 sustained, majestic. His life was a self-denied life. "Susceptible," says 
 one, " as Burke, to the attractions of historical prescription, of royalty, of 
 chivalry, of an ancient church, installed in cathedrals and illustrated by old 
 martyrdoms, he threw himself, the flower of elegance, on the side of the 
 reeking conventicle the side of humanity, unlearned and unadorned." It 
 was a life of labour and toil ; labour and toil unrewarded, save by the secret 
 sunshine of his own breait, filled with the consciousness of divine approba- 
 tion, and hearing from afar the voice of universal future fame. 
 
 It was a life of purity. Even in his youth, and in the countries of the 
 south, he seems to have remained unsullied. Although no anchorite, he was 
 temperate. Rapid in his meals, he was never weary of the refreshment of 
 music ; his favourite instrument, as might have been expected, being the 
 organ. It was a life not perfect ; there were spots on his fame acerbities 
 of temper, harshness of language, peculiarities of opinion, which proved him 
 human, and grappled him with difficulty to earth, like a vast balloon ere it 
 takes its flight upward. 
 
 It was the life of a patriot, " faithful found among the faithless, faithful 
 only he ;" and Abdiel, that dreadless angel, is just Milton transferred to the 
 skies. It was, above all, the life of a Christian; it was the life of prayer, 
 of faith, of meek dependence, of perpetual communing with Heaven. 
 
 Thus faintly have we pictured John Milton. Forgive us, mighty shade! 
 wherever thou art, mingling in whatever choir of adoring spirits, or engaged
 
 540 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 in whatever exalted ministerial service above, or whether present now 
 among those " millions of spiritual creatures that walk the earth ;" forgive 
 us the feebleness, for the take of the sincerity of the offering, and reject it 
 not from that cloud of incense which, with enlarging volume, and deepening 
 P^fP"""i, is ascending to thy name, from every country, and in every lan- 
 guage! 
 
 In fine, we tell not our readers to imitate Milton's genius : that may be 
 too high a thing for them ; but to imitate his life the patriotism, the sin- 
 cerity, the manliness, the purity, and the piety of his character. When con- 
 sidering him, and the other men of his day. we are tempted to say, "There 
 were giants in those days," while we have fallen on the days of little men ; 
 nay, to cry out with her of old, " I saw gods ascending from the earth, and 
 one of them is like to an old man, vhote face it covered with a mantle." la 
 those days of rapid and universal change, what need for a spirit so pure, so 
 wise, so sincere, and eo gifted as his ! and who will not join in the language 
 of Wordsworth ? 
 
 '* Milton ! thnu shouldit be living it (his hour. 
 England hath need of thee. She it fen 
 Of stagnant water*. We are selfish men. 
 O, raise ui up ! Return to us again. 
 
 ' Thy soul was like a star ; and dwelt apart ; 
 Pure as the naked heaven*, majestic, free. 
 So didjtt thou travel on life'* common way. 
 In cheerful godlines* ; ami yet thy heart 
 The luw lie>t duties on itself did lay." 
 
 GlLFILLA)f. 
 
 STRICTURES UPON DR. JOHNSON'S CRITICISM. 
 
 Johnson's criticism, inserted in his " Life of Milton, 7 ' is so universally 
 known, that I shall not repeat it here ; it shows the critic to have been a 
 master of language, and of perspicuity, and method of ideas; it has not, 
 however, the sensibility, the grace, and the nice perceptions of Addison : it 
 is analytical and dry. As it does not illustrate any of the abstract positions 
 by cited instances, it requires a philosophical mind to feel its full force ; it 
 has wrapped up the praises, which were popularly expressed by Addison, in 
 language adapted to the learned. The truth is, that Johnson's head was 
 more the parent of that panegyric than his heart. He speaks by rule ; and 
 by rule he is forced to admire. Rules are vain to which the heart does not 
 assent. Many of the attractions of Milton's poem are not at all indicated 
 by the general words of Johnson. From Addison's critique we can learn 
 distinctly its character and colours ; we can be taught how to appreciate ;
 
 CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS 541 
 
 and can judge by the examples produced, how far our own sympathies go 
 with the commentator. We cannot read, therefore, without being made 
 converts, where the comment is right. It is not only in the grand outline 
 that Milton's mighty excellence lies : it is in filling up all the parts even to 
 the least minu'.KP. The images, the sentiments, the long argumentative 
 passages, are all admirable, taken separately; they form a double force, as 
 essential parts of one large and magnificent whole. The images are of two 
 sorts, inventive and reflective ; the first are, of course, of the highest order. 
 
 If our conceptions were confined to what reality and experience have im- 
 pressed upon us, our minds would be narrow, and our faculties without light. 
 The power of inventive imagination approaches to something above hu- 
 manity : it makes us participant of other worlds and other states of being. 
 Still mere invention is nothing, unless its quality be high and beautiful. 
 Shakspeare's invention was in the most eminent degree rich ; but still it was 
 mere human invention. The invention of the character of Satan, and of 
 the good and bad angels, and of the seats of bliss, and of Pandemonium, and 
 of Chaos, and of the gates of Hell, and of Sin and Death, and other super- 
 natural agencies, is unquestionably of a far loftier and more astonishing 
 order. 
 
 Though the arts of compositions, carried one step beyond the point which 
 brings out the thought most clearly and forcibly, do harm rather than good, 
 yet up to this point they are of course great aids ; and all these Milton pos- 
 sessed in the utmost perfection: all the strength of language, all its turns, 
 breaks, and varieties all its flows and harmonies, and all its learned allu- 
 sions, were his. In Pojw there is a monotony and technical mellifluence : 
 in Milton there is strength with harmony, and simplicity with elevation. 
 He is never stilted, never gilded with tinsel, never more cramped than if he 
 were writing in prose ; and. while he has all the elevation, he has all the 
 freedom of unshackled language. To render metre during a long poem tin- 
 fatiguing, there must be an infinite diversity of combinations of sound and 
 position of words, which no English bard but Milton has reached. John- 
 son, assuming that the English heroic line ought to consist of iambics, has 
 tried it by false tests : it admits as many varied feet as the Odes of Horace ; 
 and so scanned, all Milton's lines are accented right. 
 
 If we consider the " Paradise Lost" with respect to instruction, it is the 
 deepest and the wisest of all the uninspired poems which were ever written; and 
 what poem can do good which does not satisfy the understanding? Of al- 
 most all other poems it may be said, that they are intended more for delight 
 than instruction ; and instruction in poetry will not do without delight ; yet 
 when to the highest delight is added the most profound instruction, what 
 fame can equal the value of the composition? Such, unquestionably, is the 
 compound merit of the u Paradise Lost." It is a duty imperative on him 
 who has an intellect capable of receiving this instruction, not to neglect the 
 cultivation of it: in him who understands the English language, the neglect 
 to study this poem is the neglect of a positive duty : here is to be found in 
 combination what can be learned no where else.
 
 542 PARADISE LOST. 
 
 Before such a performance all technical beauties sink to nothing. The 
 question is : Are the ideas mighty, and just and authorized f and are they 
 adequately expressed ! If this is admitted, then ought not every one to read 
 this poem next to the Bible ! So thought Bishop Newton. Bat Johnson 
 has the effrontery to assert, that though it may be read as a duty, it can give 
 no pleasure ; for this Newton seems to have pronounced by anticipation the 
 stigma due to him. Is any intellectual delight equal to that which a high 
 and sensitive mind derives from the perusal of innumerable passages in 
 every Book of this inimitable work of poetical fiction ! The very story 
 never relaxes : it is thick-wove with incident, as well as sentiment, and ar- 
 gumentative grandeur. SIR E. 
 
 THE METRICAL STRUCTURE OF PARADISE LOST. 
 
 The measure (says the author himself) is English heroic verse, without 
 rhyme, as that of Homer in Greek, and of Virgil in Latin ; rhyme being no 
 necessary adjunct or true ornament of poem or good verse, in longer works 
 especially, but the invention of a barbarous age, to set off wretched matter 
 and lame metre ; graced indeed since by the use of some famous modern 
 poets, carried away by custom, but much to their own vexation, hindrance, 
 and constraint to express many things otherwise, and for the most part 
 worse than else they would have expressed them. Not without cause, 
 therefore, some both Italian and Spanish poets of prime note have rejected 
 rhyme both in longer and shorter works, as have also, long since, our best 
 English tragedies, as a thing of itself, to all judicious ears, trivial and of no 
 true musical delight ; which consists only in apt numbers, fit quantity of 
 syllables, and the sense variously drawn out from one verse into another, 
 not in the jingling sound of like endings, a fault avoided by the learned 
 ancients, both in poetry and all good oratory. This neglect then of rhyme 
 so little is to be taken for a defect, though it may seem so perhaps to vul- 
 gar readers, that it rather is to be esteemed an example set, the first in 
 English, of ancient liberty recovered to heroic poem, from the troublesome 
 and modern bondage of rhyming.
 
 INDEX. 
 
 BOOK I. 
 
 Page. Lin*. 
 
 Introductory remarks 12 
 
 The subject proposed Man's disobedience and its effects . 16 1 
 
 Satan, the prompter of man's revolt from God 18 27-35 
 
 Satan's rebellion in Heaven and his expulsion 19 8649 
 
 His place of punishment the fiery gulf 20 52-75 
 
 Satan's address to Beelzebub 22 84-1 24 
 
 Beelzebub's answer 24 128-155 
 
 Satan's reply 25 157-191 
 
 Satan's vast stature 26 192-227 
 
 His survey of the infernal world, and his indomitable 
 
 spirit of rebellion SO 242-270 
 
 Satan's shield and spear described 82 283-296 
 
 The calling and the gathering of his routed legions 32 299-350 
 
 Heathen idols, the representatives of evil spirits 36 364-391 
 
 A description of the leaders of the infernal army 36 381-521 
 
 The bloody Moloch 37 892-405 
 
 The obscene Chemos, or Peor 38 406^18 
 
 Baalim and Ashtaroth. The nature of spirits 39 419^*37 
 
 Astoreth, or Astarte. Thammuz 40 437-457 
 
 Dagon. Rimmon 41 457-476 
 
 Osiris, Iris, Orus 41 476-489 
 
 Belial 42 490-505 
 
 The gods of Greece and Rome 43 507-521 
 
 Satan's army reorganized and put in battle array 44 531-587 
 
 The person of their dauntless commander described .... 46 587-608 
 Satan harangues his army, and rouses them to attempt 
 
 the recovery of heaven 48 622-662 
 
 The character and agency of Mammon, or Pluto 50 678-699 
 
 The Pandeinonian Palace, constructed by Mulciber, or 
 
 Vulcan 52 710-751 
 
 The council held in Pandemonium 54 755-797 
 
 The characters in Paradise Lost 66 
 
 Objection to mythological allusions considered 57 
 
 The character of Milton's Satan 57
 
 544 
 
 I50ZZ. 
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 tuc*. UM. 
 
 Introductory remarks -60 
 
 Satan's speech from the throne in Pandemonium 61 1-42 
 
 Moloch's character, and his speech advocating war with 
 
 Heaven 63 43-105 
 
 Belial's character, and hU speech diwuading from war.. . 65 108-225 
 Mammon advises not to tight, but to make the best of 
 
 their present condition 70 229-283 
 
 Beelzebub described ; his speech, wherein he urges a hoc- 
 tile attempt on the residence of man 72 299-41 6 
 
 None but Satan dare.* to explore the way to it ; his 
 
 speech on proposing to undertake the enterprise 76 417-605 
 
 The council breaks up, and its members separate until 
 
 their chief shall return 80 506-527 
 
 The various employments and amusement* in which they 
 
 engage till that event may occur 80 528-618 
 
 The scenery of Hell 83 570-628 
 
 Satan's journey from Hell towards Earth 87 629-1055 
 
 The monsters Sin and Death 87 647-676 
 
 The altercation between Death and Satan 90 674-726 
 
 Sin interposes to prevent a threatened contest 92 724745 
 
 The biography of Sin and Death 93 746-814 
 
 Satan explains to them hid malicious design upon man's 
 
 integrity and happiness 95 817-844 
 
 Sin opens for Satan the gates of Hell, but cannot again 
 
 close them 97 871-889 
 
 The confused regions of Night and Chaos thus disclosed. . 99 890-927 
 
 Satan's voyage through these horrid realms 100 917-1055 
 
 His interview and speech at the court of Chaos 103 959-1009 
 
 He proceeds on his adventurous voyage 105 1010-1055 
 
 Poetic diction of Milton 108 
 
 BOOK III. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks Ill 
 
 Apostrophe to Light 114 1-56 
 
 The Almighty Father surveying the whole creation .... 118 56-79 
 He addresses the Son concerning Satan's designs against 
 
 man 119 80-184 
 
 He predicts the fall of man, asserts his free-agency, and 
 
 entire responsibility 120 92-181 
 
 He reveals his purpose of grace to (alien man, which u 
 
 approved by the Son of God 121 181-166
 
 INDEX. 
 
 545 
 
 He describes to the Son the plan of his future conduct 
 
 towards man, and the method of redemption 123 166-212 
 
 He asks who will undertake to expiate man's sin 124 213-221 
 
 The Son of God declares his readiness to make atonement 
 
 in hia behalf 124 227-265 
 
 His amazing love to man, and filial obedience 126 266-273 
 
 The Father accepts his offer to atone for man's sin, and 
 
 unfolds the manner and influence of the atonement. . . 128 274341 
 The angels worship the Father and the Son in view of 
 
 man's proposed redemption 129 341-410 
 
 Satan alights upon the outside of the organized universe, 
 
 of which a description is given 132 418-441 
 
 The Limbo of Vanity, or Paradise of Fools 133 442-497 
 
 Satan descries at a distance the gate of Heaven 138 601-525 
 
 Ho discovers also a passage to Paradise his feelings in 
 
 view of it 138 526-554 
 
 His flight among the stars, and his landing upon the sun. 140 561-587 
 
 The sun described its structure and influence 142 588-621 
 
 Satan beholds on the sun an angel, and transforms him- 
 self into a young cherub 144 621-644 
 
 He holds an interview with the angel Uriel 145 645-735 
 
 Hia passage from the sun to our earth 148 736742 
 
 Milton's Satan his portrait drawn 149 
 
 BOOK IV. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 151 
 
 Satan's premeditated attempt on man 153 1-31 
 
 His soliloquy in view of the sun 154 32-113 
 
 The cause of his fall from Heaven and happiness 155 40-61 
 
 Satan the first hypocrite 157 J 14-130 
 
 He approaches Eden, of which a general description is 
 
 given 158 131-171 
 
 He leaps into Paradise and ascends the Tree of Life . 160 172-204 
 
 A particular and exquisite description of man's happy 
 
 residence 162 205-287 
 
 Adam and Eve described as they first appeared to Satan . 168 288-355 
 Satan's soliloquy on view of Adam and Eve in their prim- 
 itive state 171 358-392 
 
 He descends from the Tree of Life and assumes several 
 
 animal shapes 172 395-408 
 
 He listens to Adam's discourse with Eve on Qod's pro- 
 hibition of the Tree of Knowledge 173 41 1-489 
 
 Eve's reply to Adam. Her conjugal lovo and beauty. .. 174 440-504
 
 546 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Satan's soliloquy upon what they say. His envy of their 
 
 happiness 177 606-535 
 
 The station of Gabriel, chief guardian angel of Paradise. 178 689-554 
 The approach of Uriel, and his speech warning of Satan's 
 
 design 179 555-675 
 
 The first evening in Paradise. Adam and Eve's dis- 
 course upon their happy lot, and upon the heavenly 
 
 luminaries 182 697-688 
 
 The blissful bower of our first parents , 185 689-719 
 
 Their worship of God upon first occupying it 187 720-735 
 
 Wedded love, and the author's praise of it 188 736-775 
 
 Gabriel's charge to Uzziel, Ithuriel, and Zephon, to search 
 
 the garden 190 776-796 
 
 Ithuriel and Zephon discover Satan in the assumed form 
 
 ofatoad 192 797-813 
 
 He starts up in his original form, and a sharp controversy 
 
 ensues 192 813-976 
 
 He prepares for a terrible combat with Ithuriel and his 
 
 band, but the Almighty prevents it 198 977-1015 
 
 Difficulties in executing the portrait of our first 
 parents 201 
 
 BOOK V. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 202 
 
 Adam, on awaking, finds Eve still asleep, and with a dis- 
 composed countenance , . 203 1-15 
 
 He awakes her, and she relates a dream (the product of 
 
 Satan's agency) that had disturbed her mind 204 15-94 
 
 The affectionate and soothing address of Adam to Eve in 
 
 relation to this dream 208 95-128 
 
 Their noble hymn in praise of the Deity 210 153-208 
 
 God's charge to Raphael to warn Adam of bis danger of 
 
 temptation to apostasy 214 224-246 
 
 Raphael's descent to Paradise on this mission 214 246-297 
 
 The preparations of Adam and Eve for entertaining the 
 
 heavenly messenger 218 298-349 
 
 Adam invites the angel to his bower, and the invitation 
 
 is graciously accepted .' 220 '850-387 
 
 The discourse held with Raphael on various subject* . . . 222 895-907 
 
 Raphael's curious account of the nature of spirits and 
 
 mode of support 228 404-443 
 
 His discourse on the perfection, variety, and gradual 
 economy of the creation 225 468-543
 
 INDEX. 
 
 547 
 
 Page. Lint. 
 
 On obedience, as a Juty of choice, not of necessity 228 620-543 
 
 On the revolt and defeat of the fallen angels 230 577-897 
 
 The inauguration of God the Son 231 600-617 
 
 The employments of the holy angels in Heaven 231 618-657 
 
 The inauguration of the Son of God the occasion of the 
 
 revolt of the first archangel, thence called Satan 233 657-710 
 
 Satan's conspiracy discovered ; its overthrow committed 
 
 to the Son of G*od 235 711-742 
 
 The assembling of Satan's party, and the arrogant speech 
 
 delivered by him 237 743-802 
 
 The eloquent speech of the faithful Abdiel in opposition 
 
 to Satan 239 803-849 
 
 Satan's reply to Abdiel 241 853-871 
 
 Abdiel's fearless rejoinder, and his departure 242 876-907 
 
 On Miltcn'e portrait of the angels and devils 243 
 
 BOOK VI. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 345 
 
 The retreat of Abdiel from Satan's party 246 1-28 
 
 The plaudits V*>8towed upon his fidelity to God 248 29 13 
 
 Gabriel and Michael ordered to lead out an army against 
 
 the rebel angels 249 4455 
 
 The meeting of the hostile parties 250 56-113 
 
 Soliloquy of Abdiel on view of Satan at the head of the 
 
 rebel army 252 114-126 
 
 The mutual addresses of Abdiel and Satan before the 
 
 battle 253 131-188 
 
 Satan is struck down by Abdiel, and the armies advance 
 
 to a general contest 255 189-245 
 
 Satan and Michael contend in words and in arms 258 245-353 
 
 The prowess and victories of Gabriel, Uriel, Raphael, and 
 
 Abdiel 262 354-885 
 
 The rout of Satan's army 263 386 4 17 
 
 Satan's artful speech to his companions in arms 265 418-445 
 
 Nisrook's reply 266 446-468 
 
 Satan's answer to Nisrock, in which he proposes the use 
 
 of artillery 267 469-495 
 
 Artillery and ammunition provided 268 496-523 
 
 The engagement of the second day begins 269 524 
 
 The advance of the new artillery, and its prodigious 
 
 execution 271 568-608 
 
 The derisive speeches on the retreat of the celestial army. 273 609-627 
 The celestial angels rally again, and hurl mountains and 
 
 hilla upon their foes 274 634-669
 
 648 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 The Son of God commissioned to be the leader of the 
 
 third day's engagement 276 669-746 
 
 The Messiah, or Son of God, comes forth alone in his 
 
 chariot to cast his foes out of Heaven 278 746-838 
 
 The complete overthrow of Satan's army 283 838-877 
 
 Messiah's triumphal return and glad reception 285 878-892 
 
 Raphael's advice to Adam, founded on his narrative .... 285 893-9 K! 
 
 BOOK VII. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 287 
 
 Invocation to Urania, the heavenly Muse 289 1-39 
 
 The apostasy in Heaven was related to Adam as a warn- 
 ing against apostasy 298 40-80 
 
 Raphael is requested to give to Adam an account of the 
 
 creation, the manner and design of it 294 80-108 
 
 Raphael's answer 296 109-640 
 
 The address of the Eternal Father to his Son, proposing 
 
 the creation of the world 297 131-173 
 
 The angels rejoice at this announcement 299 174-191 
 
 The Son of God enters upon this great performance. His 
 person, equipage, <tc., in the work of creation, and the 
 
 work itself, described 300 192-557 
 
 His grand reascent to Heaven after creating the world, 
 
 and the hymns of angels thereupon 821 557-634 
 
 BOOK VIII. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 325 
 
 The impression which Raphael's discourse made on our 
 
 first parents 828 1-13 
 
 Adam inquires respecting the motions of the heavenly 
 
 bodies 329 13-38 
 
 Eve withdraws and goes among the fruits and flowers . . 330 39-63 
 
 Raphael's discourse on the motion, appearances, and influ- 
 ences of the heavenly bodies. He describes the Ptole- 
 maic and Copernican hypotheses 331 66-178 
 
 Conversation between Adam and Raphael 337 179-248 
 
 Adam gives an account of himself and of objects about 
 
 him, <fcc., on his creation 340 249-311 
 
 Account of his first view of the Divine Presence, and in- 
 troduction into Paradise, tc. 342 311-356 
 
 Adam's conversation with God thereon, and on his sol- i . 
 
 itude there.. . 346 357-451
 
 INDEX. 
 
 549 
 
 Pip*. LIB*. 
 
 Adam's sleep, on the formation of ETC, described 350 452-480 
 
 His first view of Eve ; his passionate regard for her .... 352 481-559 
 
 Appropriate admonitions thence suggested by Raphael. . 856 660-594 
 Question of Adam, and answer of Raphael, concerning 
 
 love, and the expression of it in spirits celestial 857 595-643 
 
 Raphael's excellent advice on parting with Adam 358 630-653 
 
 BOOK IX. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 360 
 
 The author's introduction to the scenes about to be 
 
 related 364 1-47 
 
 Satan, having compassed the earth, returns to Paradise 
 
 by night, in a mist, in order to his temptation 867 61-76 
 
 He selects the serpent as the instrument for tempting Eve. 369 76-96 
 
 Soliloquy of Satan at this juncture 370 99-178 
 
 He enters the serpent, and inspires him with intelligence. 373 179-190 
 Morning in Eden : the morning worship of our first parents. 374 192-202 
 Adam's conversation with Eve preceding the temptation 
 
 (on Satan's subtlety, the means to resist it, <fcc.) 374 205-384 
 
 Eve, with the reluctant permission of Adam, withdraws 
 
 from him to the groves 382 385-411 
 
 Satan rejoices to find her alone in a retired and charming 
 
 spot, which is described 383 412^162 
 
 Satan's soliloquy in view of her 386 472493 
 
 In form of a beautiful serpent he approaches Eve : the 
 
 artifices he employs, and the conversation he holds 
 
 with Eve 387 494-732 
 
 The serpent falsely declares how he became endowed 
 
 with the-gift of speech 390 667-645 
 
 He sets aside the scruples of Eve against partaking of 
 
 the fruit of the forbidden tree 393 647-732 
 
 Eve debating whether to yield to the reasonings of the 
 
 tempter 396 736-779 
 
 She eats the forbidden fruit : its immediate effects shown 
 
 in her soliloquy 398 780-838 
 
 The care and anxiety of Adam for her in her absence. . . 401 838-847 
 
 He meet* her returning with the forbidden fruit 401 847-855 
 
 She apologizes for her long absence, and tempts Adam to 
 
 share the fruit with her 402 856-895 
 
 His soliloquy lamenting her transgression 403 896-916 
 
 Conversation between them in relation to her trans- 
 gression 404 920 
 
 Against his better knowledge, Adam shares in that 
 
 transgression 407 996-9 

 
 550 
 
 I.fDKX. 
 
 Fan. 
 
 The earth was convulsed a second time at this event . . . 407 1000-4 
 The demoralizing effects of this transgression upon our 
 
 first parents . . 407 1004-1066 
 
 Shame, remorse, mutual resentments and accusations 
 
 follow 410 1067-1189 
 
 
 
 BOOK X. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 415 
 
 Han's transgression being known, the guardian angels for- 
 sake Paradise and carry a report to Heaven 420 1-31 
 
 Speech of Ood the Father on the subject of Adam's fall . 4 20 34-02 
 The Son of Ood appointed the judge of men ; his answer 
 
 to the Father, and his descent to Eden 422 56-97 
 
 The offenders summoned to his presence and put on 
 
 trial 423 97-123 
 
 The offence of Adam and Eve investigated 424 124-156 
 
 Sentence passed on the serpent ; how verified 425 163196 
 
 Sentence passed on our first parents 427 192-208 
 
 The Son of God compassionately clothes them, and re- 
 ascends to Heaven 427 209-228 
 
 Sin's speech to Death upon Adam's apostasy 429 235-263 
 
 Death's answer, and high gratification 431 264-281 
 
 Death and Sin make a bridge from Hell, through chaos, 
 
 to the earth 431 282-324 
 
 They meet Satan on his return to Hell from Paradise. . . 434 825-351 
 
 Tin- congratulatory speeches that ensue 435 352-409 
 
 The journey of Sin and Death to Paradise, and its 
 
 influences 437 410-414 
 
 Satan's return to Pandemonium and report of his success. 437 414-503 
 The degradation of Satan and other evil angels, com- 
 pelled to assume the form of serpents 441 504-547 
 
 They are further punished with an illusion of the forbid- 
 den fruit 443 547-584 
 
 Sin and Death arrive at Paradise, and discourse with 
 
 each other 445 685-609 
 
 The Almighty addresses the celestial angels respecting 
 
 the entrance of Sin and Death into our world 447 616-640 
 
 Thev reply in joyful hallelujahs, and receive commands 
 
 to mar the beauty of creation 448 641-714 
 
 Adam's soliloquy upon the sentence pronounced on him . 453 720-862 
 His repulsory speech to Eve on attempting to console 
 
 hisgrief 460 867-908 
 
 Eve's humble and pathetic speech in reply 461 909-936 
 
 The relenting of Adam, and full reconciliation to his wife. 463 937-965 

 
 INDEX. 
 
 551 
 
 The counterpart in the history of Milton and his wife, 
 
 Mary Powell 462 (note.) 
 
 Eve proposes to Adam that each shall commit suicide. . . 464 96(5-1006 
 
 Adam declines the proposal, and recommends submission 
 
 to God's will, and repentance 465 1010-1096 
 
 Both become penitent, and seek divine forgiveness 468 1097-1104 
 
 BOOK XI. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 469 
 
 The penitent prayers of our first parents 471 1-20 
 
 The intercession of the Son of I Jtnl in their behalf, and 
 
 the Father's acceptance 473 22-71 
 
 The angels are called together, and some are charged 
 
 with the expulsion of man from Paradise 474 72-133 
 
 The morning of the day of expulsion ; Adam and Eve 
 
 converse upon the efficacy of prayer 476 133-180 
 
 Ominous changes in nature noticed by them, and their 
 
 reflections thereon 479 181-207 
 
 Michael, with his celestial band, arrives in Paradise ; hU 
 
 appearance ; his message concerning the expulsion. . . . 480 208-262 
 The sorrowful lamentings and reflections of our first 
 
 parents in view of their expulsion 483 263-338 
 
 Michael's speech to Adam, and Adam's reply, on this 
 
 painful subject 486 334-376 
 
 The archangel leads Adam to the highest mount in Para- 
 dise to give him a view of the scenes of future events. 488 376-422 
 He discovers to him (in vision) what should happen to 
 
 the time of the flood 491 423-901 
 
 The story of Cain and Abel 429-465 
 
 Death with its causes, and the variety of its forms 492 466-555 
 
 Vision of the social and civil state of the antediluvian 
 
 world 497 556-673 
 
 The story of Enoch 500 661-712 
 
 Explanation sought, and given, of the enormities of that 
 
 period 501 674-718 
 
 The story of Noah 502 719-753 
 
 The flood 503 738-862 
 
 The rainbow, and God's covenant '. 508 863-901 
 
 BOOK XII. 
 
 The argument and introductory remarks 510 
 
 Michael's narrative of events posterior to the flood 512 1-651 
 
 The patriarchal government 512 13-24
 
 552 
 
 I1TDKI. 
 
 tyranny, and the building cf Babel 513 24-101 
 
 The story of Ham 616 101-1 13 
 
 Of Abraham and the patriarchs .'. . 617 114-163 
 
 Of the bondage of the Israelites in Egypt, and their 
 
 deliverance 620 163-223 
 
 Of the settlement of their civil and sacred economy in 
 
 the wilderness, and establishment in Canaan 522 224-279 
 
 Of their various ritual laws, their reason, use, Ac. 624 280-314 
 
 Of their government by judges and kings 525 815-334 
 
 Of t heir captivity in Babylon 526 835-344 
 
 Of their return thence ; after dissensions ; the birth and 
 
 kingdom of the Messiah 626 845-371 
 
 Of Messiah his life, passion, resurrection; mission of the 
 
 Apostles, Ac. 627 875-465 
 
 Of the mission of the Holy Ghost, gift of tongues, Ac. . . . 631 485-504 
 Of the Apostles' successors (false teachers, Ac.) ; their 
 
 ambition, Ac. ; the effects, and Messiah's coming to 
 
 judgment 631 504-551 
 
 Adam's reply to Michael, including resolutions of future 
 
 obedience, dependence on God, Ac. 533 652-573 
 
 Michael's last reply and advice 533 674-605 
 
 Eve's observations to Adam on quitting Paradise 635 610-628 
 
 The departure, under Michael's guidance 635 624-649 
 
 Concluding observations 538 
 
 The life of Milton a great epic itself 689 
 
 Strictures upon Dr. Johnson's criticism 540 
 
 The metrical structure of the poem 543
 
 University of California 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL ^ 
 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 from which It was borrow**.
 
 A 000 161 221 7